Catalogextract pdf+16-17
Catalogextract pdf+16-17
Catalogextract pdf+16-17
1
Accounting Minor ........................................................................................................................................................... 45
Department of Economics............................................................................................................................................... 46
Economics (B.A.) ........................................................................................................................................................... 47
Economics Minor............................................................................................................................................................ 48
Economics in International Development (M.A.) ........................................................................................................... 49
Economics with a Thesis Option or with concentrations in Middle East Economic Development, Competitive Strategy
and Valuation, International Economics, and Financial Economics for Non-Thesis Track (M.A.) ................................ 51
Economics in International Development (Graduate Diploma) ...................................................................................... 52
Department of Management............................................................................................................................................ 54
Business Administration, with concentrations in Marketing, Finance, Management of Information Systems,
Entrepreneurship and International Business (B.B.A.) ................................................................................................... 55
Management of Information and Communication Technology (B.B.A.) ........................................................................ 59
Bachelor of Business Administration in Management of Information and Communication Technology (MICT) ......... 59
Entrepreneurship Minor .................................................................................................................................................. 65
Information Systems Minor ............................................................................................................................................ 65
Finance, with concentrations in Corporate Finance, and Investments (M.Sc.) ............................................................... 66
Executive Master of Business Administration (EMBA) ................................................................................................. 68
Business Administration, with tracks in Finance, Marketing, Operations Management, Management of Information
Technology and Construction Industry (M.B.A.) ........................................................................................................... 70
School of Global Affairs and Public Policy .................................................................................................................... 74
Department of Journalism & Mass Communication ....................................................................................................... 74
Communication and Media Arts (B.A.) .......................................................................................................................... 74
Integrated Marketing Communication (B.A.) ................................................................................................................. 76
Multimedia Journalism (B.A.) ........................................................................................................................................ 77
Arabic Writing and Reporting Minor .............................................................................................................................. 78
Journalism and Mass Communication Minor ................................................................................................................. 79
Journalism and Mass Communication (M.A.) ................................................................................................................ 80
Department of Law ......................................................................................................................................................... 82
Political Science (B.A.) and International Human Rights Law (M.A.) ........................................................................... 82
Dual Degree Option in Political Science (B.A.) and International Human Rights Law (M.A.) ...................................... 82
International Human Rights Law (M.A.) ........................................................................................................................ 84
Dual Degree Option in Political Science (B.A.) and International Human Rights Law (M.A.) ...................................... 85
International and Comparative Law (LL.M.) .................................................................................................................. 86
International and Comparative Law (Graduate Diploma) ............................................................................................... 88
International Human Rights Law (Graduate Diploma) ................................................................................................... 89
Department of Public Policy and Administration ........................................................................................................... 90
Global and Public Affairs Minor..................................................................................................................................... 90
Global Affairs, with concentrations in International Cooperation, and International Security (MGA) ........................... 92
2
Public Administration, with concentrations in Management of Public Sector Reform, and Management of Nonprofit
and Development Organizations (MPA) ......................................................................................................................... 94
Public Policy, with concentrations in Social and Environmental Policy, Promotion and Regulation of Private Sector
Development, and Media Policy (MPP) ......................................................................................................................... 98
Public Administration (Graduate Diploma) .................................................................................................................. 101
Public Policy (Graduate Diploma) ................................................................................................................................ 101
The Cynthia Nelson Institute for Gender and Women's Studies ................................................................................... 101
Gender and Womens Studies in the Middle East/North Africa, with specializations in Geographies of Gender and
Justice, Gendered Political Economies, and Gender and Womens Studies in the Middle East/ North Africa (M.A.) . 101
Gender and Women's Studies in the Middle East and North Africa (Graduate Diploma)............................................. 104
Migration and Refugee Studies with concentrations in Migration, and in Refugee Studies (M.A.) .............................. 104
Migration and Refugee Studies (Graduate Diploma) .................................................................................................... 106
Psychosocial Interventions for Forced Migrants and Refugees (Graduate Diploma) .................................................... 106
Kamal Adham Center for Television and Digital Journalism ....................................................................................... 107
Television and Digital Journalism (M.A.) .................................................................................................................... 108
Middle East Studies (B.A.) ........................................................................................................................................... 109
Middle East Studies (M.A.) .......................................................................................................................................... 111
Prince Alwaleed Bin Talal Bin Abdulaziz Alsaud Center for American Studies and Research .................................... 113
School of Humanities and Social Sciences ................................................................................................................... 114
Department of Applied Linguistics ............................................................................................................................... 114
Linguistics Minor.......................................................................................................................................................... 115
Teaching Arabic as a Foreign Language (M.A.) ........................................................................................................... 115
Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages (M.A.) ........................................................................................... 117
TAFL (Graduate Diploma) ........................................................................................................................................... 119
TESOL (Graduate Diploma) ......................................................................................................................................... 119
Department of Arab and Islamic Civilizations .............................................................................................................. 120
Arabic Studies, with specializations in Arabic Literature, Middle Eastern History and Islamic Art and Architecture
(B.A.) ............................................................................................................................................................................ 120
Arab and Islamic Civilizations Minor ........................................................................................................................... 123
Arabic Literature Minor ................................................................................................................................................ 123
Classical/Medieval Islamic History Minor ................................................................................................................... 124
Islamic Art and Architecture Minor .............................................................................................................................. 124
Islamic Studies Minor ................................................................................................................................................... 125
Arabic Studies, with specializations in Islamic Art and Architecture, Arabic Language and Literature, Middle Eastern
History and Islamic Studies (M.A.) .............................................................................................................................. 125
Arabic Studies (Graduate Diploma) .............................................................................................................................. 127
Department of English & Comparative Literature ........................................................................................................ 128
English and Comparative Literature (B.A.) .................................................................................................................. 128
English and Comparative Literature Minor .................................................................................................................. 130
Writing Minor ............................................................................................................................................................... 130
3
English and Comparative Literature (M.A.) ................................................................................................................. 132
Comparative Literary Studies (Graduate Diploma) ...................................................................................................... 133
Department of History .................................................................................................................................................. 134
History (B.A.) ............................................................................................................................................................... 134
Comparative Religion Minor ........................................................................................................................................ 135
History Minor ............................................................................................................................................................... 136
Department of the Arts.................................................................................................................................................. 136
Film (B.A.).................................................................................................................................................................... 137
Graphic Design (B.A.) .................................................................................................................................................. 140
Music Technology (B.A.) ............................................................................................................................................. 142
Theatre (B.A.) ............................................................................................................................................................... 144
Bachelor of Arts in Visual Arts ..................................................................................................................................... 146
Bachelor of Musical Arts (B.M.A.) .............................................................................................................................. 149
Digital Media Minor ..................................................................................................................................................... 151
Film Minor .................................................................................................................................................................... 151
Music Minor ................................................................................................................................................................. 152
Music Technology Minor ............................................................................................................................................. 153
Theatre Minor ............................................................................................................................................................... 154
Type Design Minor ....................................................................................................................................................... 155
Department of Philosophy ............................................................................................................................................ 155
Philosophy (B.A.) ......................................................................................................................................................... 156
Philosophy Minor ......................................................................................................................................................... 157
Philosophy (M.A.) ........................................................................................................................................................ 157
Department of Political Science .................................................................................................................................... 159
Political Science, with specializations in General Political Science, International Relations, Middle East Politics, and
Political Economy (B.A.) .............................................................................................................................................. 160
Dual Degree Option in Political Science (B.A.) and International Human Rights Law (M.A.) .................................... 164
International Relations Minor ....................................................................................................................................... 165
Middle East Politics Minor ........................................................................................................................................... 166
Political Economy Minor .............................................................................................................................................. 167
Political Science Minor ................................................................................................................................................. 167
Political Science, Joint Program with University of Tubingen (Comparative and Middle East Politics and Society-
CMEPS), with specializations in Comparative Politics, International Relations, and Development Studies (M.A.) .... 167
Political Science, with specializations in Comparative Politics, International Relations, and Development Studies
(M.A.) ........................................................................................................................................................................... 168
Political Science (Graduate Diploma) ........................................................................................................................... 171
Department of Sociology, Anthropology, Psychology, and Egyptology....................................................................... 171
Bachelor of Arts in Egyptology .................................................................................................................................... 174
Psychology (B.A.)......................................................................................................................................................... 176
4
Sociology (B.A.) ........................................................................................................................................................... 177
Anthropology Minor ..................................................................................................................................................... 179
Community Development and Organizing Minor ......................................................................................................... 179
Coptic Studies Minor .................................................................................................................................................... 180
Development Studies Minor ......................................................................................................................................... 180
Egyptology Minor ......................................................................................................................................................... 182
Psychology Minor ......................................................................................................................................................... 182
Sociology Minor ........................................................................................................................................................... 183
Community Psychology (M.A.) .................................................................................................................................... 183
Counseling Psychology (M.A.) ..................................................................................................................................... 185
Egyptology and Coptology MA, with tracks in Art, Archaeology and History; Language, Literature and Religion; and
Coptology (M.A.) ......................................................................................................................................................... 186
Sociology-Anthropology (M.A.) ................................................................................................................................... 190
Community Psychology (Graduate Diploma) ............................................................................................................... 191
Sociology - Anthropology (Graduate Diploma) ............................................................................................................ 192
Development Studies at AUC (Graduate) ..................................................................................................................... 193
School of Sciences and Engineering ............................................................................................................................. 194
Department of Architecture .......................................................................................................................................... 194
Architectural Engineering (B.S.)................................................................................................................................... 194
Architectural Design Minor .......................................................................................................................................... 198
Department of Biology ................................................................................................................................................. 199
Biology (B.Sc.) with concentrations in Marine Biology or Molecular and Cell Biology .............................................. 199
Concentration in Marine Biology.................................................................................................................................. 201
Concentration in Molecular and Cell Biology .............................................................................................................. 201
Bioinformatics Minor.................................................................................................................................................... 202
Biology Minor .............................................................................................................................................................. 203
Biomedical Sciences Minor .......................................................................................................................................... 203
Environmental Science Minor ...................................................................................................................................... 204
Department of Chemistry .............................................................................................................................................. 206
Chemistry, with specializations in Petrochemical Industry, Clinical Chemistry, and Food Chemistry (B.S.) .............. 207
Archaeological Chemistry Minor .................................................................................................................................. 209
Chemistry Minor ........................................................................................................................................................... 209
Chemistry, with concentration in Food Chemistry (M.Sc.)........................................................................................... 209
Food Chemistry (Graduate Diploma) ............................................................................................................................ 211
Department of Computer Science and Engineering ...................................................................................................... 212
Computer Engineering (B.S)......................................................................................................................................... 212
Computer Science (B.S)................................................................................................................................................ 215
Computer Science Minor .............................................................................................................................................. 218
Master in Computing (Non Thesis Option) ................................................................................................................... 219
5
Computer Science (Graduate Diploma) ........................................................................................................................ 222
Department of Construction Engineering ..................................................................................................................... 222
Construction Engineering, with concentrations in Construction Materials and Structures, Construction Management and
Technology, and Environmental Engineering (B.S.) .................................................................................................... 222
Construction Engineering (M.Sc.) ................................................................................................................................ 228
Department of Electronics and Communications Engineering ..................................................................................... 230
Electronics and Communications Engineering (B.S) .................................................................................................... 230
Electronics Minor ......................................................................................................................................................... 232
Electronics and Communications Engineering with Concentration in Management of Technology (M. Eng.) ............ 234
Electronics and Communications Engineering (M. Sc.) ............................................................................................... 236
Department of Mathematics and Actuarial Science ...................................................................................................... 238
Actuarial Science (B.S.) ................................................................................................................................................ 238
Mathematics, with an option in Statistics & Data Analysis (B.S.) ................................................................................ 241
Applied Probability and Statistics Minor ...................................................................................................................... 242
Financial Mathematics Minor ....................................................................................................................................... 243
Department of Mechanical Engineering ....................................................................................................................... 244
Mechanical Engineering, with concentrations in Design, Industrial, Materials and Manufacturing, Mechatronics, and
Power (B.S.).................................................................................................................................................................. 245
Mechanical Engineering, with specializations in Design, Industrial Engineering, Materials & Manufacturing
Engineering, Mechatronics, and Power (M.Sc.) ........................................................................................................... 251
Department of Petroleum and Energy Engineering ....................................................................................................... 253
Petroleum Engineering (B.S.) ....................................................................................................................................... 253
Petroleum Engineering Minor ....................................................................................................................................... 255
Department of Physics .................................................................................................................................................. 256
Physics, with a specialization in Solar Energy (B.S.) ................................................................................................... 256
Physics Minor ............................................................................................................................................................... 258
Physics (Graduate Diploma) ......................................................................................................................................... 260
Biotechnology Program ................................................................................................................................................ 260
Biotechnology (M.Sc.) .................................................................................................................................................. 261
Applied Sciences, with specializations in Biotechnology, Chemistry, Computer Science and Nanotechnology (Ph.D.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................... 262
Engineering, with specializations in Construction Engineering, Electronics and Communications Engineering,
Environmental Engineering, Mechanical Engineering and Robotics, Control & Smart Systems (Ph.D.) ..................... 267
Environmental Engineering Program ............................................................................................................................ 273
Nanotechnology Program ............................................................................................................................................. 276
Masters of Science in Nanotechnology ......................................................................................................................... 276
Robotics, Control and Smart Systems Program ............................................................................................................ 278
Master of Engineering in Robotics, Control and Smart Systems (RCSS) ..................................................................... 278
Master of Science in Robotics, Control and Smart Systems (RCSS) ............................................................................ 279
Graduate Degree Programs ........................................................................................................................................... 282
6
Course Prefix Identification and coding rational........................................................................................................... 285
Courses ......................................................................................................................................................................... 289
UNDERGRADUATE STUDENT FINANCES............................................................................................................ 782
Undergraduate Admissions ........................................................................................................................................... 808
First-Year Experience Program..................................................................................................................................... 815
Undergraduate Studies .................................................................................................................................................. 816
Academic Advising Center (AAC) ............................................................................................................................... 817
The Core Curriculum .................................................................................................................................................... 817
Undergraduate Academic Requirements & Regulations ............................................................................................... 828
Graduate Admissions .................................................................................................................................................... 842
Graduate Academic Requirements & Regulations ........................................................................................................ 846
Continuing Education and Training Programs .............................................................................................................. 854
GRADUATE STUDENT FINANCES ......................................................................................................................... 854
Fellowships ................................................................................................................................................................... 862
Administration Personnel.............................................................................................................................................. 864
Academic Support Services .......................................................................................................................................... 869
AUC PRESS ................................................................................................................................................................. 870
7
The University
Statement of Mission
The American University in Cairo (AUC) is a premier English-language institution of higher
learning. The University is committed to teaching and research of the highest caliber and
offers exceptional liberal arts and professional education in a cross-cultural environment.
AUC builds a culture of leadership, lifelong learning, continuing education and service among
its graduates and is dedicated to making significant contributions to Egypt and the
international community in diverse fields. Chartered and accredited in the United States and
Egypt, it is an independent, not-for-profit, equal-opportunity institution. AUC upholds the
principles of academic freedom and is dedicated to excellence.
Vision
Our vision is to be a worldclass University internationally recognized for its leadership and
excellence in teaching, research, creative expression and service. We will build on our
existing strengths to become the leading University in the Middle East and the destination of
choice for students and faculty from around the world seeking in-depth cultural exposure
combined with outstanding academic programs, cutting-edge research and an ethically
engaged, diverse community of scholars.
Values
Excellence
We continually strive to be among the best in all we do: in teaching, research, creative
expression, service to our communities and service to each other in our daily interactions.
Diversity
We seek to treat all individuals with dignity and fairness and to promote understanding and
respect for diversity of perspectives, traditions and experiences.
Social Responsibility
We are committed to exploring the challenges that confront Egypt, the region and the world,
and to using our intellectual and creative capabilities to address these challenges, serve our
communities, and have a positive and sustainable impact on development, business, the
environment and society.
Integrity
We believe that individuals are accountable for their actions, and, as members of a
community, our individual actions have an impact on others. We are stronger as a
community when we reflect on the consequences of our decisions and actions, and we
uphold the principles of academic integrity, including fairness, accountability and honesty.
Lifelong Learning
We believe that the pursuit of knowledge, understanding, and personal and professional
development should continue throughout ones lifetime.
8
Institutional Priorities
History
The American University in Cairo was founded in 1919 by Americans devoted to education
and service in the Middle East. For its first 27 years, the University was shaped by its
founding president, Charles A. Watson, who wished to create an English-language University
based on high standards of conduct and scholarship, and to contribute to the intellectual
growth, discipline and character of the future leaders of Egypt and the region.
Throughout its history, AUC has balanced a strong commitment to liberal arts education with
a concern for the region's needs for practical applications and professional specializations.
Today, AUC emphasizes a liberal arts education, with all undergraduate students studying a
common set of courses in the humanities and the natural and social sciences as part of the
University's Core Curriculum. In addition, AUC maintains its strong commitment to fostering
understanding across world regions, cultures and religions.
Early Years
9
Initially, AUC was intended to be both a preparatory school and a University. The preparatory
school opened in October 1920 with 142 students in two classes that were equivalent to the
last two years of an American high school. The first diplomas issued were junior college-level
certificates given to 20 students in 1923.
At first an institution only for males, the University enrolled its first female student in 1928,
the same year in which the first class graduated, with two Bachelor of Arts and one Bachelor
of Science awarded. Master's degrees were first offered in 1950.
Originally, AUC offered instruction in the arts and sciences, as well as education. In 1921,
the School of Oriental Studies was added, followed in 1924 by the Division of Extension. This
division was renamed the Division of Public Service, and later the Center for Adult and
Continuing Education. AUC's high school division, known as the Lincoln School, was
discontinued in 1951.
Two applied research units, the Social Research Center and the Desert Development
Center, were established in 1953 and 1979 respectively. Another landmark in the history of
the University was the development of professional programs: The engineering, computer
science, journalism and mass communication, and management departments began to
offer several degree programs at the bachelor's and master's levels.
In 1960, AUC enrolled approximately 400 academic students. By 1969, the University had
more than tripled its degree enrollment to more than 1,300 students, 450 of whom were
pursuing graduate studies. Since then, academic program enrollment grew to more than
5,000, with an additional 1,000 at the master's degree level.
In 1993, the academic programs offered through the 13 departments were organized into
three schools: Humanities and Social Sciences; Sciences and Engineering; and Business,
Economics and Communications.
Adult education expanded simultaneously and now serves approximately 40,000 individuals
each year in noncredit courses and contracted training programs offered by the School of
Continuing Education (formerly the Center for Adult and Continuing Education).
The Present
Through subsequent reorganizations, the University currently has 25 departments and
institutes offering bachelor's, master's and graduate diploma programs, in addition to 13
10
cross-discipline research centers. Today, AUC offers 36 undergraduate, 44 masters and two
PhD programs rooted in a liberal arts education that encourages students to think critically
and find creative solutions to conflicts and challenges facing both the region and the world.
Accreditation
AUC'S ACCREDITATION
AUC operates within the framework of a 1975 protocol with the Egyptian government, which
in turn is based on a 1962 cultural relations agreement between the Egyptian and U.S.
governments. In the United States of America, AUC is licensed to grant degrees and is
incorporated by the state of Delaware. AUC is governed by a Board of Trustees and is
administered by a chief executive officer appointed by this board.
AUC holds institutional as well as specialized accreditation for departments and programs
from:
On April 28, 2011, AUC became the first university in Egypt to be accredited at the
institutional level by theNational Authority for Quality Assurance and Accreditation of
Education (NAQAAE), a government body formed in 2007 with the purpose of establishing
11
quality standards for Egypt's educational institutions. AUC's School of Sciences and
Engineering also received NAQAAE accreditation at the school level.
The school is the first in Egypt and North Africa to be awarded accreditation from AACSB
International, making it one of only 5 percent of all business schools in the world to receive
such accreditation. The AACSB accreditation is considered the highest standard of
achievement for business schools. There are about 45,000 business schools worldwide, and
only 540 schools outside of the United States are accredited by AACSB. AUC's
undergraduate programs in accounting, business administration, and management of
information and communication technology, as well as the graduate program in business
administration, have received this accreditation.
12
AUCs School of Business also received accreditation for its MBA and Executive MBA
programs by the London-based AMBA. Only 2 percent of MBA programs worldwide are
AMBA-accredited.
Other Accreditations
Resources
Characteristics of Excellence in Higher Education: Eligibility Requirements and Accreditation
Standards
MSCHE Periodic Review Report, 2013
MSCHE Progress Report, 2012
MSCHE Monitoring Report, 2010
MSCHE Self-Study for Reaccreditation, 2008
13
Leadership
AUC's leadership team is made up of a knowledgeable, diverse, group of individuals from all
over the world. Leadership at all levels is dedicated to creating a University environment that
promotes excellence in teaching, research, creative expression and service.
The Board of Trustees is the governing body that is responsible for the overall direction of
the University. The board approves AUCs mission and vision, budgets, campus plans and
policy changes. Board of Trustees members supervise the Universitys endowment and
serve without compensation. The board also appoints the AUC president.
AUC's president is the chief executive officer of the University and oversees all its
operations. The president provides leadership and supervises the strategic actions that
advance the overall direction, vision and values of the institution.
The president works with the provost, the University's chief academic officer, on all issues
related to academic programs. The provost is responsible for shaping and implementing the
Universitys academic vision, building the size and quality of its faculty, and ensuring that the
quality of research and education are at par with the Universitys mission and goals.
Academic Administration
Office of the Provost Sherif Sedky, provost
Ehab Abdel Rahman, vice provost
Ahmed Tolba, associate provost for strategic
initiatives
John Swanson, associate provost for special
projects
14
Composition
15
Communications
16
Department of Sociology, Anthropology, Hani Henry, chair
Psychology and Egyptology
Center for Learning and Teaching (CLT) Aziza Ellozy, associate dean for learning
technologies and director of CLT
Rare Books and Special Collections Philip Croom, associate dean for RBSCL and
Library (RBSCL) Archives
17
AUC Faculty
Check the following Link: http://www.aucegypt.edu/faculty/faculty-profiles
Campus
New Cairo Campus Background
Designed to accommodate 5,500 full-time students and 1,500 faculty and staff, AUCs $400
million, 260-acre campus is technologically advanced and environmentally sensitive. Offering
state-of-the-art resources to students and faculty from around the world, the campus
weaves Egyptian urban and architectural traditions into a modern campus and is designed to
be accessible to persons with disabilities. It is equipped with modern classrooms,
laboratories, lecture halls and other essential facilities to support current and future teaching
methods, curricula and educational technologies. At the heart of the campus, the library
houses the largest English-language collection in the region. Renowned architect Ricardo
Legorreta designed the Campus Center and the student-housing complex, which he likened
to a small village.
AUC Profile
Check the following Link: http://www.aucegypt.edu/about/about-auc/auc-profile-and-fact-book
Financial Support
AUC provides opportunities to assist students who meet certain criteria for financial need.
Financial aid may be given in the form of grants or student employment for full-time
undergraduates. More than 60 percent of AUC students receive some form of financial aid.
Catalog Home
18
AUC reserves the right to repeal, change, or amend the rules, regulations, and courses contained
in this bulletin at any time.
^
Admission Application Target Dates
Undergraduate Admissions
For consideration for the Winter session of 2017:
19
Graduate Admissions
Degree seeking
ALI
20
Summer May 1, 2016
Contact us
USA
The American University in Cairo
Egypt-New Cairo
420 Fifth Avenue
The American University in Cairo
New York, N.Y. 10018-2729
AUC Avenue
U.S.A.
P.O. Box 74
tel 1.212.730.8800
New Cairo 11835
fax 1.212.730.1600
tel 20.2.2615.1000
e-mail [email protected]
fax 20.2.2795.7565
Office of Recruitment and Student Service Center
Egypt-Tahrir Square
tel 20.2.2615.4040
P.O. Box 2511
fax 20.2.2794.4728
113 Kasr El Aini Street, Cairo, Egypt
e-mail [email protected]
tel 20.2.2794.2964
fax 20.2.2795.7565
www.aucegypt.edu
Bachelor of Accounting
Accounting (B.A.C.)
Bachelor of Arts
Anthropology (B.A.)
Arabic Studies, with specializations in Arabic Literature, Middle Eastern History and Islamic Art and Architecture
(B.A.)
Communication and Media Arts (B.A.)
Economics (B.A.)
Egyptology (B.A.)
English and Comparative Literature (B.A.)
Film (B.A.)
21
Graphic Design (B.A.)
History (B.A.)
Honors Program in History (B.A.)
Honors Program in Political Science (B.A.)
Integrated Marketing Communication (B.A.)
Middle East Studies (B.A.)
Multimedia Journalism (B.A.)
Music Technology (B.A.)
Philosophy (B.A.)
Political Science, with specializations in General Political Science, International Relations, Middle East Politics, and
Political Economy (B.A.)
Psychology (B.A.)
Sociology (B.A.)
Theatre (B.A.)
Visual Arts (B.A.)
Bachelor of Business Administration
Performance (B.M.A.)
Bachelor of Science
Minors
Accounting Minor
American Studies Minor
Anthropology Minor
Applied Probability and Statistics Minor
Arab and Islamic Civilizations Minor
Arabic Literature Minor
Arabic Writing and Reporting Minor
22
Archaeological Chemistry Minor
Architectural Design Minor
Bioinformatics Minor
Biology Minor
Biomedical Sciences Minor
Business Administration Minor
Chemistry Minor
Classical/Medieval Islamic History Minor
Community Development and Organizing Minor
Comparative Religion Minor
Computer Science Minor
Coptic Studies Minor
Development Studies Minor
Digital Media Minor
Economics Minor
Educational Studies Minor
Egyptology Minor
Electronics Minor
English and Comparative Literature Minor
Entrepreneurship Minor
Environmental Science Minor
Film Minor
Financial Mathematics Minor
Global and Public Affairs Minor
History Minor
Information Systems Minor
International Relations Minor
Islamic Art and Architecture Minor
Islamic Studies Minor
Journalism and Mass Communication Minor
Linguistics Minor
Mathematics Minor
Mechatronics
Middle East Politics Minor
Music Minor
Music Technology Minor
Petroleum Engineering Minor
Philosophy Minor
Physics Minor
Political Economy Minor
Political Science Minor
Psychology Minor
Sociology Minor
Theatre Minor
Type Design Minor
Writing Minor
23
Dual Degree Programs
Premedical Track
Rhetoric and Composition
Arabic Language Teachers: H. Abdel Wahab, D. Abo El-Seoud, S. Attalla, K. Al Ekhnawy, S. El-Ezabi, I. Hafez, A.Haidar, N.
Harb, M. K. Hassan (Director, Arabic Language (ALNG) and Arabic Language Intensive Program (ALIN)), A. Hassanein , S.
Massoud, I. Saad, H. Salem, L. Al-Sawi, S. Serry, I. Soliman (Executive Director, Center for Arabic Study Abroad / Center for
Advanced Arabic Studies in Cairo (CASA/CAASIC)), A. Waked, L. White and S. Yacout, H. Abdel Mobdy , H. Kamal
Hassanein, M. Mohamed Al-Qaffash, R. Hassan (CALL Director), S.Ismail
The Department of Arabic Language Instruction (ALI) is responsible for Arabic Language Instruction within the university's
academic structure. The ALI administers regular non-intensive and accelerated courses in Arabic offered for academic credit
(ALNG). This Unit offers courses that cater to undergraduates and graduates who need to fulfill their Arabic requirements. It also
serves non-degree and study abroad students. ALNG Unit offers courses at the elementary, intermediate, and advanced levels in
both Modern Standard Arabic and Egyptian Colloquial Arabic. There are two tracks for Modern Standard Arabic classes: normal
and accelerated.
Under the umbrella of the Department of Arabic Language Instruction, three intensive programs are administered: the Arabic
Language Intensive Program (ALIN), Arabic Language Intensive Summer Program (ALIS), the Center for Arabic Study Abroad
(CASA) and the Center for Arabic Study Abroad / the Center for Advanced Arabic Studies in Cairo (CASA/CAASIC). ALIN
students who are qualified to change to undergraduate programs may receive up to 12 undergraduate credits in the fall and in the
spring semesters from AUC, except elementary undergraduate students who can receive 10 credit hours. In the Summer Program
(ALIS), students can receive up to 6 credit hours. Students may be able to obtain credit toward an academic degree at their home
institution for their Intensive Arabic Language (ALIN) coursework. They should determine their institution's policy regarding
transfer credit before coming to Cairo.
Students registered in the ALIN and wishing to change their program to AUC undergraduate, graduate and non-degree programs
have to satisfy the admission requirements listed in the catalog for these programs.
All Arabic language credit classes at AUC are administered and taught by the Department of Arabic language Instruction. For
24
details of university Arabic language requirements, see the "General Academic Requirements" section.
Arabic Language Undergraduate Credit Courses (ALNG): To see all ALNG courses, please go the "Courses" link in the
homepage.
The Department of Arabic language Instruction offers intensive Arabic language courses for students, businessmen, diplomats,
scholars, and others needing to gain a broad command of contemporary Arabic as quickly and as effectively as possible. For over
sixty years, first through its School of Oriental Studies and then through its Center for Arabic Studies, AUC has taught Arabic to
foreigners. Since the inception of what is now the Department of Arabic language Instruction, in the 1970s, this program has
attracted students from the United States, Africa, Asia and Europe, offering intensive courses in both modern standard and
Egyptian colloquial Arabic. A summer program is also offered.
Arabic Language Intensive Program (ALIN) is part of the Department of Arabic language Instruction program. Students must
register for a minimum of twelve credit hours per semester, while the normal course load is twenty contact hours per week. All
courses are taken for grades, and credit is granted as indicated at the beginning of each course listing. ALIN students who are
qualified to change to undergraduate programs may receive up to 12 undergraduate credits in the fall and in the spring semesters
from AUC, except elementary undergraduate students who can receive 10 credit hours. Summer students can receive up to 6
credit hours. (see "Non-degree Academic Regulations" for transfer of credit to other universities under "Undergraduate Academic
Requirements and Regulations").
Elementary Level
The course for beginners runs from the first week of September through May. The main emphasis is on modern standard Arabic,
but Egyptian colloquial Arabic is simultaneously offered (about thirty percent of class time is devoted to colloquial). Arabic is
used as the main medium of instruction in the second half of the program. The course comprises up to twenty hours per week of
classroom instruction, including language laboratory work, and up to twenty hours of home assignments.
A student who successfully completes the first year of intensive study with the Department of Arabic Language Instruction can
expect to possess a working competence in reading and writing modern standard Arabic and understanding and speaking
Egyptian colloquial or modern standard Arabic.
Intermediate Level
Courses at this level are designed for those who have completed a year of intensive study at the elementary level of the
Department of Arabic Language Instruction or who have studied two or more years elsewhere and can demonstrate a similar
level of competence. The program runs from the first week of September through May in the following year.
Arabic is the chief medium of instruction. Students continue work in modern standard Arabic and Egyptian colloquial Arabic.
Interested students may, at this level, begin to acquire familiarity with classical Arabic. Attention is given to the Arabic of print
and broadcast media, while special lecture courses in Arabic are offered in response to the special interests of the students, such
as Middle Eastern economics and politics, business correspondence, medieval and modern Arabic literature.
Students who complete this second year of study should be able to read and write modern standard Arabic with some fluency, to
pursue study in topics that specially interest them in Arabic, and to converse freely in Arabic. Intermediate-level students will
also have had an opportunity to acquire vocabulary and terminology related to such special fields of interest as business and
diplomacy.
Advanced Level
25
Exceptional students may wish to take a third year. These courses are arranged according to demand, but they typically include
advanced work in reading and writing and lecture courses in special topics. At the end of such a course a student should be able
to compete with Arab students at the university level. Alternatively, the student should be able to employ Arabic with
competence and confidence in the fields of business and/or diplomacy.
ALIN fulltime students must take twenty contact hours per week for which they are awarded twelve to fifteen program credits per
semester.
At the end of students' enrollment in the Department of Arabic Language Instruction, certificates of achievement will be awarded
from the department (specifying their level, i.e. elementary, intermediate or advanced) (See the Intensive Arabic Language
Course listing and the number of program credits awarded for each course).
ALIN courses are listed sequentially by area. In this three digit system, the first digit represents the level of the course: 1 for
elementary, 2 for intermediate, and 3 for advanced.
Prerequisites are not listed for every course. However, entry into all intermediate and advanced courses presupposes that the
student is of intermediate or advanced standing. The instructor's permission may also be required. Standing will be determined by
written and/or oral placement tests for incoming students and sometimes for continuing students.
The Department of Arabic Language Instruction offers an intensive summer program from the second week of June until the last
week of July. Students must take twenty hours of class per week to be considered full-time. The summer curriculum includes
either Modern Standard Arabic (MSA) and Egyptian Colloquial Arabic (ECA) at all levels, or Modern Standard Arabic only,
both options as a full load.
In addition, a number of electives are also offered depending on the students' level.
Students in summer receive from six to eight credit hours depending on their level. A certificate of achievement from the
Department of Arabic language Instruction is then offered upon successful completion of the program.
An integral part of the intensive language program, both full year & summer, is an extensive series of tours of Cairo and trips to
the easily visited sites of interest all over Egypt. These tours and trips are supplemented by a lecture series. While the department
subsidizes a large portion of the expenses, including transportation (except where air travel is involved) and entrance fees,
students are required to pay for their food and lodging.
The Department of Arabic Language Instruction cultural program also includes a cultural component featuring activities such as
calligraphy, music, folkloric dance and an overview of Egyptian films.
In addition, the program includes an end of semester summer party which is organized with the active participation of the
students.
Arabic Language Intensive Summer Program Courses (ALIS): To see all ALIS courses, please go the "Courses" link in the
homepage.
26
Center for Advanced Arabic Studies in Cairo (CAASIC)
Director (U.S.A.): Nevneka Korica-Sulliavn, Harvard University
Executive Director: Iman Soliman
CAASIC offers full-year, advanced-level training in Arabic language and culture to graduate and undergraduate students at The
American University in Cairo. CAASIC welcomes applicants from all nationalities with a minimum of three years of formal
instruction in Arabic.
Students receive 12 credit hours per semester (total of three semesters) , twelve credit hours per semester, while the normal
course load is twenty contact hours per week.
All courses are taken for grades, and credit is granted as indicated at the beginning of each course listing.
CAASIC students apply and undergo a selection process that requires sitting and passing a language entry exam, submitting
transcripts, three letters of recommendation as well as a statement of purpose.
CAASIC fulltime students must take twenty contact hours per week during the summer and fall and 12 contact hours in spring
for which they are awarded twelve to fifteen program credits per semester.
At the end of students' enrollment in the Arabic Language Intensive Program, certificates of achievement will be awarded from
the Arabic Language Institute (specifying their level, i.e. elementary, intermediate or advanced) (See the Intensive Arabic
Language Course listing and the number of program credits awarded for each course)
Program Description
The program consists of three semesters - summer, fall and spring - as explained below:
A. Summer Program
The summer program offers up to 20 contact hours per week and fellows are expected to spend between four to five hours daily
doing homework and preparing for class activities for the following day.
This course offers eight to ten contact hours per week and aims to develop the fellows' proficiency in the Egyptian dialect quickly
so that they can function in their new environment. In addition to focusing on the colloquial of daily life, the course places
emphasis on aammiyyat al-muthaqqafiin (educated colloquial), in which the colloquial is mixed with formal Arabic. Multiple
sections of this course are offered to accommodate varying levels of proficiency.
This is a content-based course that offers eight to ten contact hours per week and aims to engage students through a number of
historical, political, social and cultural issues of significance to the society in which they are living. The course places emphasis
on the development of all language skills with attention to expanding vocabulary and enhancing grammatical accuracy.
27
1. AIAS 501/5301 - Egyptian Colloquial Arabic (3 cr.)
2. AIAS 521/5151 - Listening And Speaking (3 cr.)
3. AIAS 531/5121 - Reading, Writing And Vocabulary Building (5 cr.)
4. The cultural program offers a structured lecture series aligned with fall curriculum (1 credit)
Objectives and themes. Learners attend a biweekly lecture. Short and long trips are organized by ALI and all CAASIC
learners are welcome to join any of the free one-day activities or the long excursions for a fee.
C. Spring Academic Program (12 credits)
The spring semester represents the culmination of the CAASIC program. The spring semester allows learners to utilize the
advanced language skills they have developed during the summer and fall by working with Arabic materials in their own fields of
specialization. Each fellow is required to study four courses. Each course is for 3 credits, for approximately 12 contact hours per
week: two elective core courses with language focus (such as Palestinian literature, the city of Cairo, Arabic media, Arabic
literature, Egyptian history through movies, Egyptian colloquial literature and text, etc.), in addition to two elective courses
related to the learners' research interest (such as literature, religion, politics, economics, political Islam, etc.). The selection
process happens in consultation with the CAASIC director. Fellows choose from a list of courses that have been previously
offered.
The community-based learning component of the program, Learners Without Borders, is highly recommended. This is a
Community-Based Learning course in which learners design and complete a community project, documentary or presentation
based on volunteer work with local organizations or institutions related to their academic and/or general interests. Fellows will
engage with the target language community so they can develop superior language proficiency, improve intercultural competence
and establish significant lifelong social networks. Each learner will work with a cultural adviser and develop a course agreement
specifying the nature of their work. Course projects involving volunteer work will require a signed student organization
agreement, outlining roles and responsibilities which should be submitted to the advising professor.
Any spring course offered must have a minimum enrollment of six students.
Language Pledge
All CAASIC students will be required to abide by an Arabic-only speaking policy on campus and off campus as much as
possible.
Exit Exam
All CAASIC students will be required to participate in an end of full-year proficiency exit exam. This exam is no substitute for
the regular quizzes or monthly and end of semester achievement exams.
Academic English for the Liberal Arts (ENGL 0210 ) Program Director: M. El Saady
Academic English for the Liberal Arts ( ENGL 0210 ) Assessment Specialist: A. Mishriki
Senior Instructors: N. Aboul Fetouh, E. Arrigoni, C. Clark, A. Demian, S. Esnawi, S. Farag, K. Helmy, R. Jabr, L. Kamal, N.
Kassabgy, N. Khafagi, S. Abdel Hady Makhlouf, A. Mishriki, S.
28
Eldin.
Mission Statement
The Department of English Language Instruction (ELI) offers intensive, semi-intensive, and modular non-credit courses to
prepare undergraduate and graduate students in academic English, critical thinking, and other academic skills that they will need
at university. This is accomplished by highly qualified faculty using content-based and learner-centered approaches designed to
align with courses at AUC and to empower learners
The Department of English Language Instruction of the American University in Cairo, Academy of Liberal Arts is accredited by
the Commission on English Language Program Accreditation for the period August 2015 through August 2025 and agrees to
uphold the CEA Standards for English Language Programs and Institutions. CEA is recognized by the U.S. Secretary of
Education as a nationally recognized accrediting agency for English language programs and institutions in the U.S. For further
information about this accreditation, please contact CEA, 801, North Fairfax Street, Suite 402A, Alexandria, VA 22314, (703)
665-3400,
www.cea-accredit.org
Undergraduates
An Academic Bridge Program ensures academic preparedness and provides foundations for success for incoming students
needing developmental course-work prior to their freshman semester. The undergraduate courses offered by the Department of
English Language Instruction (ELI) are the essential core of AUC's efforts in this regard. As such, their goal is to provide the
proficiency in Academic English, along with enhanced reading, critical thinking and study skills, needed for successful study at
the American University in Cairo as an English-Language, American style institution of higher learning committed to the
principles of a liberal arts education.
As detailed below, the ELI offers two levels of study for undergraduates: Intensive Academic English and Academic English for
the Liberal Arts. Both are designed to help transition students into the freshman program at AUC, and to contribute to ensuring
future academic success for students, whatever their fields of study.
The Intensive Academic English (IAEP) program for undergraduates offers ELIN 0101 (Intermediate English), and ELIN
0102 (Advanced English). Students are placed in one of the two levels according to their scores on the International English
Language Testing System (IELTS) or Test of English as a Foreign Language Internet-Based Test (TOEFL-ibt).
Attendance
Students in all undergraduate IAEP classes take five hours of classes a day. Because of the intensive nature of the classes, regular
attendance and active involvement are major factors in a student's success. It is very difficult and often impossible to make up
what has been missed.
Attendance and participation are considered so important to this intensive language program that a student who for any reason
misses the equivalent of six days of class (thirty hours) in any one semester will be asked to withdraw. Students who are asked to
29
withdraw but fail to do so will be suspended. A committee of IEP Administrators and instructors will decide whether or not the
suspended student will be allowed to return to the IEP.
Undergraduate students in Intensive Academic English (IAEP) classes are allowed to take up to a full calendar year to reach
either the level of ENGL 0210 , Academic English for the Liberal Arts, or the Freshman level (RHET 1010). For example,
students entering IAEP classes in the spring who do not reach the required level of Academic English (either ENGL 0210 or
RHET 1010) by the end of the semester in order to do so. At the end of one calendar year, a student who has still not attained the
required level will be suspended.
Readmission
Suspended students who are not allowed to return to the IEP may be readmitted to AUC only if they submit new iBT or IELTS
scores placing them in levels higher than the IEP. Other applicants for readmission may not submit a new TOEFL iBT or IELTS
score unless more than six months have elapsed since their last TOEFL iBT or IELTS examination or the IEP exit battery.
Academic English for the Liberal Arts (ENGL 0210) is a non-credit, concurrent, conference-centered course intended to
transition students into a full course of study in the Freshman Program at AUC. Sessions are devoted to the comprehension and
summary of university-level texts, the introduction to basic research tools, the writing of essays on science and humanities topics,
and remedial grammar, within the context of individual teacher-student conferences. Newly developed materials and approaches,
such as close adjuncting to Freshman Program courses or course content, ensure that students see the relevance and impact of
their efforts in terms of their long-term academic success.
Since students receive the equivalent of nine credit hours of instruction in Academic English for the Liberal Arts, students taking
the course (ENGL 0210) may enroll in no more than two academic courses with a maximum of 7 credit hours of academic course
credits. Any student who withdraws from ENGL 0210 must also withdraw from the two other academic courses. Regular
attendance in ENGL 0210 is important; a student who for any reason misses more than 10 days will be dropped from the course.
A student who is dropped will be allowed to retake the course the following semester. For new students, placement in ENGL
0210 is determined by their score on the International English Language Testing System (IELTS) or Test of English as a Foreign
Language- Internet-Based Test (TOEFL-Ibt). For students enrolled in Intensive Academic English (IAEP) courses, placement in
Academic English for the Liberal Arts (ENGL 0210) is determined by their score on the IAEP exit test. All students who have
been admitted into ENGL 0210 must satisfactorily complete the course work within a time period not to exceed two full
semesters and a summer session. Students taking ENGL 0210 in summer may not enroll in any other academic course.
Graduate students in the intensive ELIN 0301 and ELIN 0302 courses are allowed a maximum of two semesters and a summer to
reach the level of Academic English for Graduates (see Academic English for Graduates Modules in this section), or beyond.
Graduate students enrolled in the modules are allowed a maximum of three semesters to pass out of the program.
The intensive English for Graduates course is offered at ELIN 0301 (intermediate) and ELIN 0302 (advanced) levels. Students
are placed in one of the two levels according to their scores on the TOEFL iBT or IELTS. Students in these courses are not
allowed to concurrently enroll in other AUCcourses.
Content of Courses
Students are placed in sections normally composed of up to twelve students. Students are given a grammar review, extensive
30
reading and writing practice, advanced vocabulary review, and practice in speaking and listening comprehension. Grading in this
course is on a Pass/Fail system.
Attendance
Attendance and participation are considered so important to this intensive language program that a student who for any reason
misses the equivalent of more than 21 class hours in any one semester will be asked to withdraw. Applicants for readmission may
submit an iBT TOEFL or IELTS score. If their score is the intensive level, they will be allowed to return to ELIN 0301 or ELIN
0302. Students who are asked to withdraw but fail to do so will be suspended.
Graduate students suspended from ELIN 0301 or ELIN 0302 must petition for readmission and must meet all the admission
requirements prevailing at the time of readmission. Readmission is not granted automatically. Students suspended from ELIN
0301 or ELIN 0302 who are readmitted to the university must score high enough on the TOEFL iBT or the IELTS for direct
admission to Academic English for Graduates or higher, as they will not be allowed to return to ELIN 0301 or ELIN 0302.
Academic English for graduate students consists of three non-credit modules covering effective writing (ENGL 0310), academic
reading (ENGL 0311), listening and speaking (ENGL 0312 ). Students who are taking all their required modules may take other
courses at the same time, thus enabling them to apply what they are learning in these modules to what they will be expected to do
in other graduate courses. Grading in these modules is on a Pass/Fail system.
ENGL 0310 meets for two hours two times a week, while the other two modules (ENGL 0311 and ENGL 0312) meet for two
hours one time per week. Students who have part-time or full-time jobs are strongly advised not to attempt other undergraduate
or graduate courses until they have completed their academic English requirements. Students enrolled in any of the modules are
expected to spend at least three hours per week outside of class in preparation for each weekly class meeting of each module in
which they are enrolled (e.g., a student enrolled in three modules should expect to spend at least 9 hours per week outside class
plus eight hours per week in class).
Generally students taking the modules are limited to taking courses according to the formula below:
Any student who withdraws from a module must first withdraw from any non-ENGL courses. Students who fail any given
module(s) may repeat the module(s) twice. Students who are repeating a given module will not be allowed to take concurrent
courses without the written approval of the Program Director of Academic English for Graduates (AEG) program. Students who
fail the same module three times will be disqualified but may apply for readmission. Applicants for readmission must score high
enough on the TOEFL iBT or IELTS to be exempt from English courses as they will not be allowed to return to ENGL 123-
125/0310, 0311, 0312.
Senior Instructors: R. Byford, M. Carter, G. Elshimi (ALA Associate Dean), M. Gibson, H. Grant, M. Henry (Chair), R . Hoath,
D. Jones, G. Marquis (HUSS Associate Dean), G. McCullough, Y. Motawy, K. Saville
31
Instructors: H. Attiah, F. Boutros, B. Comer, S. Darwish, A. Elafifi, D. Fyfe, D. Gomaa, I. Hamam, M. Hassan, M. Hendershot
(Associate Chair), S. Holder, S. Khabbar, J. Keevy, D. Lamey, A. Leone, J. Maklad, H. El Minyawi, W. Wali, D. Waszkowski,
A. Young, S. Zaki
The Department of Rhetoric and Composition provides a solid foundation for critical thinking, reading, writing, and promoting
excellence in research and rhetoric. As part of this effort, we work to maintain a community where knowledge, research methods,
rhetorical skills, and universal human values are cultivated to deepen scholarly practices, personal growth and community
engagement.
AUC's Freshman Program requires students to take 6 credit hours of writing. The Department of Rhetoric and Composition offers
the following sequence of courses to fulfill this requirement:
Students sitting for the TOEFL or IELTS exams and achieving scores that place them at RHET 1010 entry level will be
placed directly in RHET 1010 in their first semester at AUC.
Students in the English Language Instruction program who pass their exit exam will be placed in RHET 1010.
Students with university transfer credits, or certain high school credits (e.g. HL or AP English) may transfer credit or be
exempted from RHET courses, depending on their circumstances (as indicated in their letters of acceptance from
AUC.)
The University reserves the right to make changes in student placement during the first two weeks of classes, in the rare
event this is deemed necessary by program instructors.
Department of Rhetoric and Composition Course Policies:
All students need to complete 6 credits of RHET courses - RHET1010 (along with its 3-credit partner course,
CORE1010), and RHET1020, as described below:
1. Students who are placed by an external placement exam or the ELI exit exam in RHET 1010 should complete RHET
1010 and RHET 1020 consecutively in their first two semesters as freshmen.
2. Students who have been exempted from RHET 1010 must complete RHET 1020 in their first semester at AUC, then
take an upper division course in the Department of Rhetoric and Composition to complete their requirements.
3. Students who have been transferred RHET 1010 credit must complete RHET 1020 in their first semester at AUC. This
will complete their RHET requirements.
Students enrolled in RHET 1010 must be concurrently registered in a CORE 1010 course with the same theme. This
creates a student learning community across the two courses, emphasizing the scholarly practices necessary for
undergraduate success.
Both RHET 1010 and CORE 1010 must be completed in the freshman year.
In the event that the department has accepted transfer credits for CORE1010, the student will be placed in a standalone
(non-tandem) section of RHET1010 to complete freshman requirements. In the event that the department has accepted
transfer credits for RHET1010, the student will be placed in a standalone (non-tandem) section of CORE1010 to
complete freshman requirements
RHET 1020 must be taken in the semester immediately following the passing of RHET 1010.
Dropping one of the two courses RHET 1010 or CORE 1010 will result in the other course being automatically
dropped.
Students repeating the tandem course CORE 1010/RHET 1010 must enroll in a different theme, unless approved by the
department to repeat in the same theme.
The passing of one of the tandem courses is not contingent upon the passing of the other. Students may pass or fail one
or both.
Students may take each of RHET 1010 and RHET 1020 up to three times in three consecutive semesters in order to
fulfill department or graduation requirements.
32
Only students repeating RHET or CORE 1010 will be able to enroll during summer semesters. Enrollment will not be
open to students wishing to take the course for the first time in summer.
As of Fall 2014, students retaking RHET 101 (RHET 1000) will instead take the RHET 1010 along with the matching
CORE 1010 course. RHET 1010 will also meet the requirement for RHET 102 (RHET 1100).
As of fall 2014, students taking or retaking RHET 102 (RHET 1100) will take RHET 1010 with the choice of taking
the CORE 1010 partner course.
As of fall 2014, students taking or retaking RHET 201 (RHET 2010) will instead enroll in RHET 1020 - an equivalent
course.
RHET1010, CORE1010 and RHET1020 are part of the freshman program. They are governed by the Timely
Completion of Required Freshman Classes policies, found here.
Department of Rhetoric and Composition required courses: Rhetoric and Composition .
For students entering Fall 2013 and after, please click here for current core curriculum
requirements.
Or
A 300 or 400 level writing course (3 cr.) (e.g., RHET 3210, RHET 3230, RHET 3320, RHET 4360, or RHET 4260)
and:
RHET 102/1100 - Effective Argument (3 cr.)
RHET 201/2010 - Research Writing (3 cr.)
Core Curriculum
Graduate School of Education
33
Educational Studies Minor
The minor in Educational Studies is administered by the Graduate School of Education, Department of International &
Comparative Education. This minor offers undergraduate students at AUC an opportunity to study educational issues related to
educational reform, as well as theories and practises of teaching and learning. It is an initial base from which they may pursue
post - graduate interests in education, and it provides humanities, social sciences, or natural sciences majors with an introduction
to the professional opportunities available in education.
This minor requires 15 credit hours from among the following courses. The Education and Society and Fundamentals of
Teaching and Learning courses are core courses and pre-requisites required of all students.
Thesis
The Graduate School of Education conceives of the thesis in one of a variety of ways, including, but not limited to:
1. As a research paper that utilizes quantitative, qualitative, or mixed research methods based on a theoretical framework
and a full review of the related literature.
2. As a thorough literature review that utilizes meta-analytic techniques or a theoretical framework to organize and
portray a concept, argument, or field-based concern.
3. As an applied project that utilizes a rigorous literature review and a carefully explained problem in order to demonstrate
skill in applying research to real problems in the field.
4. As a policy analysis or program evaluation that utilizes various analytic methods to provide interpretation on the effect
of a particular policy or program, bolstered by a thorough literature review.
The thesis should be between 10,000 and 20,000 words and should demonstrate capacity to utilize research tools and existing
empirical and theoretical literature.
34
A proposal must be submitted to, and approved by, a committee consisting of a faculty supervisor, a second reader, and the
Department Chair. Upon approval, IRB and other research approvals (such as CAPMAS) must be obtained prior to any data
being collected. Upon completion of the thesis, the document must be submitted to, and approved by, the same committee. A
period of two semesters must be devoted to the thesis.
In lieu of a thesis, the student may opt to: (i) take one extra 3-credit course; and then (ii) sit for a comprehensive exam, through
registering for a 1-credit Comprehensive Exam course EDUC 5288. The exam will consist of essays written in a specified time
period, followed by a brief oral interview conducted by 2 faculty members. The purpose of the interview is to give the candidate
the opportunity to amplify and supplement the written papers.
Core Courses
The following courses represent the content Core courses required of all students.
Concentrations
Each student will select one of the following concentrations: School Leadership or Higher Education. Students must take a
minimum of three courses from their concentration and complete their thesis on a subject within that concentration.
1. School Leadership
Students in the School Leadership concentration are required to complete at least three of the following courses:
2. Higher Education
Students in the Higher Education concentration are required to complete at least three of the following courses:
35
EDUC 552/5231 - Online and Blended Learning Design and Instruction in Developing Countries (3 cr.)
EDUC 562/5241 - Pedagogy & Theory of Modern Teaching & Learning in Higher Education (3 cr.)
EDUC 563/5242 - Theories of Student Development in Higher Education (3 cr.)
EDUC 564/5243 - Policy and Administration in Higher Education (3 cr.)
EDUC 580/5282 - Independent Study in International & Comparative Education (3 cr.)
Additional courses for both concentrations can be taken from among the other MA-level courses offered by the Graduate School
of Education.
A total of 34 credit hours (10 courses plus the thesis) are required for MA students. Students may, with prior department
approval, bring in up to six credit hours of coursework from other relevant programs. The program seeks to enroll students who
are interested in improving educational policy and practice in Egypt, the Middle East, and beyond. By focusing on education
from an international and comparative perspective, the program prepares students to gain inquiry-based practices and
professional educational skills in local, regional and global contexts of reform which offer career opportunities in educational
policy, development, and NGOs in addition to classroom teaching. All students in the MA Program in International and
Comparative Education must either complete and defend a thesis, or complete the "Alternative to thesis Option" as described
below.
Thesis
The Graduate School of Education conceives of the thesis in one of a variety of ways, including, but not limited to:
1. As a research paper that utilizes quantitative, qualitative, or mixed research methods based on a theoretical framework
and a full review of related literature.
2. As a thorough literature review that utilizes meta-analytic techniques or a theoretical framework to organize and
portray a concept, argument, or field-based concern.
3. As an applied project that utilizes a rigorous literature review and a carefully explained problem in order to demonstrate
skill in applying research to real problems in the world.
4. As a policy analysis or program evaluation that utilizes various analytic methods to provide interpretation of the effect
of a particular policy or program, bolstered by a thorough literature review.
The thesis should be between 10.000 and 20.000 words and should demonstrate capacity to utilize research tools and existing
empirical and theoretical literature.
A proposal must be submitted to, and approved by, a committee consisting of a faculty supervisor, a second reader, and the
Department Chair. Upon approval, IRB and other research approvals (such as CAPMAS) must be obtained before any data are
collected. Upon completion of the thesis, the document must be submitted to, and approved by, the same committee. An oral
defense with the thesis committee will be required. A period of two semesters must be devoted to the thesis.
In lieu of a thesis, the student may opt to: (i) take one extra 3-credit course; and then (ii) sit for a comprehensive exam, through
registering for a 1-credit Comprehensive Exam course EDUC 5288. The exam will consist of essays written in a specified time
36
period, followed by a brief oral interview conducted by 2 faculty members. The purpose of the interview is to give the candidate
the opportunity to amplify and supplement the written papers.
Core Courses
The following courses represent the content Core Courses required of all MA students.
Concentrations
Each student will select one of the following concentrations: International Education Development & Policy, or Teaching and
Learning. Students must take a minimum of three courses from their concentration and complete their thesis on a subject within
that concentration.
EDUC 532/5211 - Globalization, Development, and Educational Reform in the Arab World (3 cr.)
EDUC 533/5212 - Comparative Gender, Adolescent, Youth, and Human Development Policy (3 cr.)
EDUC 535/5213 - Educational Evaluation & Assessment (3 cr.)
EDUC 536/5214 - Human Rights-based Education (3 cr.)
EDUC 588/5216 - Research-Based Comparative Approaches to Educational Reform (3 cr.)
EDUC 534/5217 - Strategic Educational Planning and Development (3 cr.)
EDUC 580/5282 - Independent Study in International & Comparative Education (3 cr.)
37
Office of the Dean of Graduate Studies
Students from Politecnico di Milano, after completing their first year of LaureaMagistrale and achieving a minimum of 60 ECTS
(18 Credit Hours), join the M.Sc. program in Sustainable Development offered by AUC. Such students will complete 18 Credit
Hours (60 ECTS), divided into 9 Credit Hours of Core Module courses (GREN 5201 is mandatory, plus selected ones from
among GREN 5202, GREN 5203, GREN 5204, and GREN 5205) and 9 Credit Hours from the modules: Green Technologies
Module (GREN 5211, GREN 5213, GREN 5214), the Entrepreneurship Module (GREN 5221, GREN 5222, GREN 5223, GREN
5224), the Sustainable Cities Module (GREN 5231, GREN 5232, GREN 5233), or the Sustainable Communities Module GREN
5244. An additional 9 Credit Hours (30 ECTS) are required as Sustainable Development Project, to be carried out either as a
project work/internships at the Politecnico di Milano or at AUC in the form of three courses (GREN 5281, GREN 5282, GREN
5283). Finally, such students will produce a final thesis in English through 30 ECTS (9 Credit Hours)defended to faculty at both
institutions. After completing 180 ECTS (60 ECTS at POLIMI, 18 Credit Hours at AUC, 9 credit hours/30 ECTS of project and
30 ECTS thesis), students shall be awarded two MSc degrees: the "LaureaMagistrale" in Ingegneria, Architettura or Design,
according to the specific course of studies at the POLIMI and the Master of Science in Sustainable Development.
Students from the American University in Cairo, after completing 18 Credit Hours (60 ECTS) in the M.Sc. Sustainable
Development program, join one of the English-language delivered LaureaMagistrale programs at the Politecnico di Milano to
take 60 ECTS (18 Credit Hours). At AUC, the initial 18 Credit Hours is divided into 9 Credit Hours of Core Module courses
(GREN 5201 is mandatory, plus selected ones from among GREN 5202, GREN 5203, GREN 5204, and GREN 5205) and 9
Credit Hours from the modules: Green Technologies Module (GREN 5211, GREN 5213, GREN 5214), the Entrepreneurship
Module (GREN 5221, GREN 5222, GREN 5223, GREN 5224), the Sustainable Cities Module (GREN 5231, GREN 5232,
GREN 5233), or the Sustainable Communities Module GREN 5244. Upon completion of those 18 Credit Hours, students who
began at AUC study for one year at Politecnico di Milano for 60 ECTS (18 Credit Hours) in one of the approved programs;
approved courses are those that meet the qualifications for the selected degree program (list of available programs and admission
rules can be found under:
http://www.polinternational.polimi.it/educational-offer/laurea-magistrale-equivalent-to-master-of-science-programmes/
Students will have also to complete an additional 9 Credit Hours (30 ECTS) of Sustainable Development Project at AUC in the
form of three courses (GREN 5281, GREN 5282 and GREN 5283) or as a project work/internships at the Politecnico di Milano.
Finally, such students will produce a final thesis in English through 9 Credit Hours (GREN 5251, GREN 5252, GREN 5253)
defended to faculty at both institutions. After completing total54 Credit Hours (180 ECTS, students shall be awarded two MSc
degrees: the "LaureaMagistrale in Ingegneria, Architettura or Design, according to the specific course of studies at the POLIMI
and the Master of Science in Sustainable Development.
The conversion of credits from Politecnico di Milano to the American University in Cairo is calculated as follows: 1 Credit Hours
is equal to 3.33 ECTS.
Admissions
A candidate for the Dual Degree Program, at both AUC and the Politecnico di Milano must meet the requirements for admission
to the AUC M.SC. Sustainable Development program and the selected LaureaMagistrale. AUC students can apply after
completing their first semester latest by 30th March of each year. Admission to the Dual Degree Program is based on academic
qualifications, experience, and a personal statement of interest.
38
Sustainable Development (M.Sc.)
Director: Hani Sewilam
Steering Committee: Adham Ramadan (Dean of Graduate Studies), Hani Sewilam (Program Director), Salah El-Hagger (SSE),
George Marquis (HUSS), Ayman Ismail (BUS), Khaled Abdelhalim (GAPP), Ted Purinton (GSE), and the Associate Deans of
the SSE, HUSS, BUS, GAPP and GSE.
The MSc program in Sustainable Development is designed to take advantage of sustainable development as an economic growth
opportunity. This MSc program aims to create a whole new generation of business and social entrepreneurs with the skills will
allow them to start up green businesses, launch innovative ventures and products, and put in place public policy and social
entrepreneurship innovations that, together, address society's environmental and natural resource challenges. The program aims
to provide students with a sound theoretical and practical understanding of innovation and entrepreneurship in all three sectors-
private, governmental and non-profit- in preparation for careers as entrepreneurs and "intrapreneurs" in a range of organizations.
Through this program, students will learn how to identify, assess and shape environmental ideas into real business opportunities
and how to support such ventures through entrepreneurial private, government and civil society initiatives. Adopting an
interdisciplinary approach, the course work combines a conceptual review of the relationships among business, industry,
environment, policy and society, with a much more applied examination of the wide range of initiatives that relate to
environmental management and sustainable economic development.
The MSc is facilitated by the available state-of-the-art equipment and facilities available at the SSE, BUS and GAPP.
A minimum of 33 credit hours is required for the MSc. The degree to be awarded is an "AUC MSc in Sustainable Development."
Objectives
1. Have the multi-disciplinary knowledge of green innovation and the key aspects and dimensions of sustainable
development.
2. Foster a strong culture of green entrepreneurship and business in Egypt and the region
3. Engage in advanced green industry careers
4. Excel in an interdisciplinary environment both as individuals and within a team
5. Seize and develop commercial opportunities in the fast advancing green technologies field locally and globally.
Admissions
A candidate for the program must have a bachelor's degree in Engineering, policy, business or social background. Admission is
also subject to the general university requirements for graduate study, including English language proficiency. A minimum GPA
of 3.0 out of 4.0 is required for full admission into the program. Students who have some deficiency in their undergraduate
training but are well-qualified in other aspects maybe admitted provisionally. The program director and track coordinators may
prescribe a program of non-credit work to make up for the deficiency.
39
The program of study is planned with the program director, and should include a minimum of 9 credit hours of core courses and a
minimum of 15 credit hours of electives from three of the four sustainable development sub-modules. A maximum of 3 credits
hours may be taken as independent study (GREN 000/5910 - Independent Study in Sustainable Development (3 cr.)) with prior
approval of the program director. Students might be asked to take additional non-credit courses from the balance module to
qualify them for this program.
40
GREN 533/5233 - Urban Infrastructure Development for Sustainability (3 cr.)
GREN 000/5235 - Corporate Social Responsibility and NGO Partnerships (3 cr.)
The Diploma in Sustainable Development considers the concept of sustainable development as an economic growth opportunity.
The Diploma is designed for candidates who desire to make a contribution to the emerging field of sustainable development. The
Diploma is directed at providing the student with multi-disciplinary background in areas such as innovation and entrepreneurship,
sustainable technologies, social and environmental policy. It aims at preparing students for careers in green industry with the
capacity necessary to lead sustainable development in Egypt and the Middle East. Adopting an interdisciplinary approach, the
course work combines a conceptual review of the relationships between business, industry, environment, policy and society, with
a much more applied examination of the wide range of initiatives that relate to environmental management and sustainable
economic development.
The Diploma is facilitated by the available state-of-the-art equipment and facilities available at the SSE, BUSS, GAPP, HUSS,
GSE and DDC.
A minimum of 18 credit hours (6 courses) are required for the diploma. The degree to be awarded is a "Graduate Diploma" as an
AUC Degree.
41
Objectives:
1. Have the multi-disciplinary knowledge of green innovation and the key aspects and dimensions of sustainable
development
2. Foster a strong culture of green entrepreneurship and business development in Egypt and the region
3. Engage in advanced green industry careers
4. Excel in an interdisciplinary environment both as individuals and within a team
5. Seize and develop commercial opportunities in the fast-advancing green technologies field locally and globally.
Admissions
A candidate for the program must have a Bachelor's in Engineering, policy, business or social sciences. Admission is also subject
to the general university requirements for graduate study, including English language proficiency. A minimum GPA of 3.0 out of
4.0 is required for full admission into the program. Students who have some deficiency in their undergraduate training but are
well-qualified in other aspects may be admitted provisionally. The program director and tract coordinators may prescribe a
program of noncredit work to make up for the deficiency.
The program of study is planned with the program director, and should include a minimum of 9 credit hours of core courses and a
minimum of 9 credit hours of electives from two of the four sustainable development sub-modules. A maximum of 3 credit hours
may be taken as independent study ( GREN 000/5910 - Independent Study in Sustainable Development (3 cr.)) with prior
approval of the program director. Students might be asked to take additional non-credit courses from the balance module to
qualify them for this program.
42
hours can be taken as an independent study course or as a 4000-level course of a topic of relevance with prior approval of the
program director.
School of Business
Department of Accounting
Emeritus Professors: S. Farag
Professors: K. Dahawy (Vice President for Student Affairs), M. Hegazy
Associate Professors: A. Abdel-Meguid (Chair), K. Samaha
Visiting Associate Professor: M. Basuony
Assistant Professor: A. Abdel-zaher
Visiting Assistant Professors: M. El Helaly, N. Shehata
Accounting (B.A.C.)
Accounting is both a primary communication channel between business entities and its stakeholders and a comprehensive
information system which supports effective decision making. The role of the accounting profession is becoming more
43
pronounced in today's business environment which is characterized by scarce resources, fierce rivalry, complex transactions and
increased public scrutiny. Furthermore, auditors are considered the key deterrent to managerial malfeasance, a phenomenon
which adversely affects markets and investors' confidence. Students pursuing the Bachelor of Accounting will be exposed to a
comprehensive set of technical knowledge of financial accounting, cost/managerial accounting, taxation, and auditing. Ethical
considerations, corporate governance and financial transparency issues are covered throughout the course offerings.
Accounting graduates are qualified to work within different professional capacities at corporate multinationals, Big 4 auditing
firms, banks, consulting firms, and other types of organizations. In addition, recent graduates of the program have attained, or are
currently pursuing, professional certifications such as the Certified Public Accountant (CPA), the Chartered Financial Analyst
(CFA), the Certified Management Accountant (CMA), and the Association of Chartered Certified Accountants (ACCA)
qualification, in addition to other postgraduate studies.
The objective of the Bachelor of Accounting degree is to provide conceptual and practical knowledge to graduates who will
prepare, report and analyze economic and financial information used for making sound managerial decisions.
Students who seek to be admitted to the Bachelor of Accounting (BAC) program through the declaration process must have
completed no less than 27 credit hours of study including the courses listed in (1) below. Students who have successfully
completed these courses, with the minimum required grades where applicable, and who meet the minimum major weighted grade
point average as determined by the department, will be accepted in the major.
The major weighted Grade Point Average = Overall GPA at time of declaration x 60% + (Average GPA in ACCT
2001 and ACCT 2002) x 40%.
Admission to the Accounting major is competitive. Eligible students will be ranked and selected based on their major
weighted grade point average.
Students must complete a minimum of 127 credit hours for the Bachelor of Accounting degree.
Students who seek the Bachelor of Accounting degree are not permitted to minor in Business Administration.
All students seeking a Bachelor of Accounting degree are required to complete the following collateral requirements (15 credits):
44
BADM 300/3003 - Business Environment and Ethics (3 cr.)
MGMT 307/3201 - Management Fundamentals (3 cr.)
MGMT 311/3301 - Business Law (Commercial & Fiscal) (3 cr.)
BADM 000/4999 - Internship and Career Development (3 cr.)
Electives (9 credits)
Accounting Minor
45
Students who seeks to a minor in accounting must already be declared in another major and completed ACCT 201/2001 -
Financial Accounting (3 cr.) with a minimum grade of B and ACCT 202/2002 - Managerial Accounting (3 cr.) with a minimum
grade of B. Students who have successfully completed these courses, with the minimum required grades and who meet the
minimum minor weighted grade point average as determined by the department, will be accepted in the minor. Accepted students
should plan their minor with their academic advisor with the approval of the department.
The minor weighted grade point Average = Overall GPA at time of minor declaration x 60% + (Average GPA in ACCT
2001 and ACCT 2002) x 40%.
Admission to the Accouting minor is competitive. Eligible students will be ranked and selected based on their minor weighted
grade point average.
Students who have a minor in accounting are not permitted to have a minor in business administration.
Students who seek the Bachelor of Business Administration degree are not permitted to minor in accounting.
The accounting minor consists of at least five courses (15 credits) two of which are required, and three are electives, as follows:
Required courses:
Additional elective courses (at least THREE) from the following with
approval of the advisor:
Department of Economics
Professors Emeritus: G. Amin, W. Mikhail
Professors: A. Beshai (Director of Graduate Studies), N. Rizk, T. Selim (Chair)
Associate Professors: A. Kamaly, H. El-Ramly, M. Said, J. Salevurakis, A. Seghir (Dean of the School of Business), A. El-
Shennawy
Assistant Professors: S. Atallah, M. Bouaddi (Associate Chair), D. El Edel, M. Al-Ississ, M. El-Komi, D. Noureldin, S. Ali Shah
Visiting Assistant Professor: N. Abdel Razek
Teaching Associate: S. Al Ashrafy
A society's scarce resources are allocated among various production activities and among various consumers. An economy is
made up of business producing goods and services for sale, individuals working, receiving income, and spending that income on
the goods and services, and government taxing businesses and individuals and providing services not available from the private
sector. The methods in which this complex system is organized and coordinated through a series of interrelated markets is the
subject of economics. The basic training in these methods is provided in concentration requirements covering economic theory,
statistics, econometrics, finance, development, trade, and economic history.
46
The Department of Economics offers three graduate programs in economics: an established master's program and two new
programs: an M.A. Economics in International Development and a Graduate Economics Diploma in International Development.
Together, these three programs cater to evolving job market needs and keep up with recent developments in the field.
Economics (B.A.)
Bachelor of Arts
The content of the curriculum for the B.A. degree in Economics offers a comprehensive coverage of subjects. The program is
designed to prepare students as i) citizens with future influence by virtue of a university degree; ii) future holders of jobs which
require training in economics; and iii) future postgraduate students of economics. For the first group, the curriculum offers
training in rational thought and the connections between theory and main features of policy. For the second group, the curriculum
offers the standard tools of economic analysis and an appreciation of the interdependence of world economies. For the third
group, the curriculum, by virtue of its content of research methods and statistics, and econometrics offers entry into M.A. and
Ph.D. programs. A holder of the B.A. in Economics from AUC can participate in advanced training on equal basis with
undergraduates from major American and British Universities.
A student who seeks a major in Economics must satisfy the following requirements:
1. Complete a minimum of 27 credit hours including ECON 2011, ECON 2021 and ECON 2061.
2. Earn an average of B or higher in ECON 2011 and ECON 2021 with a minimum of B minus in each course, as the
student's performance in these courses can provide a good indicator of his/her aptitude in these basic courses and thus
how well that student will perform once he/she is admitted in the major.
3. Earn a minimum B in ECON 2061. Equivalently, earn an average of B or higher in MACT 1121 and MACT 1122 with
a minimum of B minus in each course.
4. Earn a minimum Weighted Score of 3.0 based on the following:
(Grade Point of ECON 2011*15%) + (Grade point of ECON 2021*15%)+
The required minimum overall score to declare a major in economics will vary across semesters, depending on demand by
student applicants on one hand, and the number of seats that the department can accommodate, based on available resources in
terms of full-time and part-time faculty members as well as facilities, while adhering to minimum accreditation requirements.
Students cannot declare a major in Economics if they have earned 90 credit hours or more.
47
MACT 210/2222 - Statistics for Business (3 cr.)
Notes:
Students who plan to pursue the Master of Arts in Economics should take ECON 4061 and ECON 4081 , since these are
prerequisites for the program.
Economics Minor
The minor in field of study provides students with an introduction to the fundamental historical, descriptive, and theoretical
concepts of the field.
48
Additional Requirements
Three other economics courses, with a minimum of two 300-level courses or above.
With the approval of the instructor and the unit head, students may substitute other economics courses for credit
towards the minor.
Admission
The applicant for admission to this program should have a good knowledge of the concepts and analytical tools of economics. An
applicant whose bachelors degree is in a discipline other than economics may be admitted provisionally, but in such cases the
applicant must either display competence in economics by passing required examinations or develop the necessary competence
by completing additional undergraduate courses.
The department uses as reference for admission, minimum acceptable scores on the Graduate Record Exam (GRE) of 150 verbal,
150 quantitative, and 3.0 analytical (which is equivalent to 450 verbal, 600 quantitative, and 3.0 analytical for exams taken prior
to September1, 2011). Prior to full admission, students must have reported their GRE examination scores.
Courses
A minimum of 27 credit hours is required. All students must:
49
2. Choose five electives
Group 1
Group 2
Group 3
Group 4
Group 5
PPAD 504/5222 - Fundamentals of Financial Planning and Management for Government and Nonprofit Organizations
(3 cr.)
PPAD 505/5121 - Institutions, Democratization, and Public Policy (3 cr.)
PPAD 512/5114 - Management of Development Programs (3 cr.)
PPAD 517/5126 - Non-profit Management (3 cr.)
PPAD 520/5133 - Global Health Issues and Policies (3 cr.)
PPAD 522/5135 - Promotion of Local Economic Development (3 cr.)
50
PPAD 526/5128 - Corporate Social Responsibility and NGO Partnerships (3 cr.)
Admission
The applicant for admission to the master's program in economics should have a considerable background in economic theory.
An applicant whose bachelor's degree is in a discipline other than economics may be admitted provisionally, but in such cases the
applicant must complete additional undergraduate courses. The prerequisite for full admission to the master's degree in
economics is completion of ECON 4061 and ECON 4081 with a grade of B or better; i.e. a student must complete ECON
4061 and ECON 4081 before enrolling in any 500 level course.
The department uses as reference for admission, minimum acceptable scores on the Graduate Record Exam (GRE) of 150 verbal,
150 quantitative, and 3.0 analytical (which is equivalent to 450 verbal, 600 quantitative, and 3.0 analytical for exams taken prior
to September 1, 2011). Prior to full admission, students must have reported their GRE examination scores.
Students applying for Master in Economics can choose either Thesis Track or Non-Thesis Track option. Total credit hours for
completion of the Master Degree for either track is 27 credit hours.
Courses
All students must take the following four courses (12 credit hours)
A maximum of three hours of 5000-level courses or 4000 level courses in related fields other than economics may be taken for
graduate credit with the approval of the Director of Graduate Studies and the Department Chair.
An M.A. thesis is not allowed to be submitted for examination until the student has made a presentation of a major part of it at
the department seminar.
51
Requirements for Non-Thesis Track
Courses
All students must take the following four courses (12 credit hours)
A maximum of three hours of 5000-level courses or 4000 level courses in related fields other than economics may be taken for
graduate credit with the approval of the Director of Graduate Studies and the Department Chair.
Concentration Fields
Within the Non-Thesis track student must complete at least one Concentration Field (6 credit hours).
52
more integrated perspective of development issues.
The Diploma should be of interest to those who plan to seek a position or a career with development-related institutions or with
government departments directly concerned with development planning and evaluation.
Admission
The applicant for admission to this program should have a good knowledge of the concepts and analytical tools of economics. An
applicant whose bachelors degree is in a discipline other than economics may be admitted provisionally, but in such cases, the
applicant must either display competence in economics by passing required examinations or develop the necessary competence
by completing additional undergraduate courses.
The department uses as reference for admission, minimum acceptable scores on the Graduate Record Exam (GRE) of 150 verbal,
150 quantitative, and 3.0 analytical (which is equivalent to 450 verbal, 600 quantitative, and 3.0 analytical for exams taken prior
to September 1, 2011). Prior to full admission, students must have reported their GRE examination scores.
Courses
A minimum of 15 credit hours is required. All students must:
Group 1
Group 2
Group 3
53
SOC/ANTH 500/5201 - Classical Social Thought (3 cr.)
SOC/ANTH 507/5200 - Introduction to Migration and Refugee Studies (3 cr.)
SOC/ANTH 530/5230 - Theorizing the State (3 cr.)
SOC/ANTH 535/5235 - Maintaining Systems of Global Inequality (3 cr.)
SOC/ANTH 560/5260 - Population Dynamics (3 cr.)
PSYC 525/5253 - Consultation to Non-Profit Organizations (3 cr.)
Note
Students awarded the Diploma may apply for admission to the M.A. in Economics International Development.
Department of Management
Emeritus Professors: F. El Hitami, H. El Sherif
Professors: S. Akabawy, M. Badran, M. El Shinnawy, M. Hassanein, T. Hatem, S. Kamel, S. Youssef
Associate Professors: A. Badr El Din, O. Farooq, I. Hegazy, D. Rateb, P. Rostan, A. Tolba (Chair), E. Tooma, I. Azzam, H.
Shamma, A. Sallam, H. Mertzanis
Assistant Professors: A. Hassanein (Associate Dean for Undergraduate Studies and Adminstation), N. Ahmed, A. Basiouny, D.
Bassiouni, S. El Rakabawy, S. Formancek, A. Ismail (Abdul Latif Jameel Chair of Entrepreneurship), M. Mourad, I. Seoudi, N.
Becheikh (Associate Dean for Graduate Studies and Research), C. Wishart, R. Samir
Professor of Practice: K. O'Connell (Willard W. Brown Chair of International Business Leadership)
Associate Professor of Practice: A. Awni
Participating Faculty: A. Kais
Vision
The vision of the Department of Management is to be a leading business learning institution in the region offering high quality
academic programs comparable to those at the best universities worldwide.
Mission Statement
The mission of the Department of Management is to develop business leaders who are dedicated to the betterment of the society
by providing a high quality business education to top caliber students from all segments of the Egyptian society as well as from
other countries while focusing on continuous improvement and commitment to excellence in learning, intellectual contributions
and services.
Provides a high quality contemporary - style business education that blends a global perspective with national cultures
and is relevant to the business needs of Egypt and the region.
Provides programs that encourage the development of an entrepreneurial spirit that emphasizes creativity, innovation,
individual initiative and teamwork.
Provides learning environment that fosters faculty/student communication and promotes lifelong learning and career
development.
Encourages faculty development activities that improve teaching, maintain competence and keep faculty current with
ideas and concepts in their fields.
Seeks to develop a portfolio of intellectual contributions to learning and pedagogy, to practice, and to the theory and
knowledge base of the disciplines.
54
Encourages the establishment of close partnerships with the business community through consultancies and service that
enhance the intellectual and economic quality of Egypt while enriching the learning process.
Core Values
In support of the mission, the faculty and staff are committed to share core values that promote:
Individual excellence
Personal integrity and ethical professional behavior
Collaboration, contribution, and inclusiveness
Life-long learning
Continuous improvement
Adaptation to a changing global environment
Social responsibility and community service
A successful economic future for Egypt and the Middle East is highly concerned with a basic understanding of the principles and
practices of business as they apply to firms in a dynamic environment. The business administration curriculum provides students
with a foundation in the liberal arts and sciences while enabling them to develop expertise in business management and practices.
Major emphasis is placed on the role of business in Egypt and the Middle East.
Declaration Policy
The number of students accepted in the Bachelor of Business Administration program is limited and is filled through the
declaration of major process.
Students who seek to be admitted to the Bachelor of Business Administration program should apply in their third semester.
Students seeking to declare the BBA program must have completed not less than 27 credit hours of study including the four
courses listed below.
Based on the available space, a limited number of students who have successfully completed these courses and who meet the
declaration requirements as determined by the department will be accepted in the major. The selection of students into the
Business Major is competitive and will depend on the calculation of an equal weighted score between:
I. Overall GPA
55
2. All courses a student has completed will be included in the calculation, excluding, in certain cases, the course with the
lowest grade*.
* A student could be eligible to have his/her lowest grade excluded from the calculation of the Overall GPA if he/she has
completed 30 or more credit hours
The Major GPA based will be calculated using the following criteria:
1. A minimum of 12 credit hours of courses related to the Business Major must be completed.
2. All Business Major courses, including collateral courses, that the student has completed will be included in the
calculation, excluding, in certain cases, the course with the lowest grade*.
* A student could be eligible to have his/her lowest grade excluded from calculating the Management Related GPA if he/she has
completed 15 or more credit hours
Admission to the Business Administration major is competitive. Eligible students will be ranked and selected based on their
weighted grade point average.
Degree Requirements
Students must complete a minimum of 127 credit hours for the Bachelor of Business Administration degree in the following
areas: I. Core Curriculum (37 credits), II. Collateral Requirements (18 credits), III. Business Core Requirements (48 credits), IV.
Concentration (15 credits), V. General Electives (9 credits)
Students who seek the Bachelor of Business Administration degree are not permitted to the minor in accounting or
entrepreneurship.
56
FINC 404/3201 - Investment Analysis (3 cr.)
MGMT 311/3301 - Business Law (Commercial & Fiscal) (3 cr.)
MGMT 404/4202 - Managing the Human Capital (3 cr.)
MKTG 302/2101 - Principles of Marketing (3 cr.)
MKTG 405/3201 - Marketing Research (3 cr.)
MOIS 305/2101 - Introduction to Information Systems/Technology (3 cr.)
MOIS 406/3201 - Management Information Systems and Database Management (3 cr.)
OPMG 310/3201 - Operations for Competitive Advantage (3 cr.)
OPMG 401/4301 - Supply Chain Management (3 cr.)
Students seeking a concentration in marketing are required to take the following courses:
1. Average B+ in FINC 2101 and FINC 3201 . BBA students who do not score this average should not be allowed to
register for other Finance courses in the concentration
57
2. In the special event, where a student has FINC 2101 or FINC 3201 transferred from another university, then, a
minimum of B+ in either FINC 2101 or FINC 3201 has to be obtained to addition to an average of B in any two
additional Finance courses.
For avoidance of doubt, to declare the Finance concentration, a student must take at AUC either FINC 2101 or FINC 3201. In the
case where both FINC 2101 and FINC 3201 are transferred, the student will have to repeat FINC 3201 at AUC.
Students seeking a concentration in finance are required to take the following courses:
Students seeking a concentration in Management of Information Systems (MOIS) are required to take the following courses:
Students seeking a concentration in Entrepreneurship are required to take the following courses:
ENTR 417/4301 - Entrepreneurship Lab: Developing and Launching a New Venture (3 cr.)
58
ENTR 419/4303 - Social Entrepreneurship (3 cr.)
Students seeking to pursue a concentration in International Business are required to take TWO of the following courses:
Students who select a major in MICT should be able to function as a user advocate and select, create, apply, integrate and
administer computing technologies to meet the needs of users within a societal and organizational context. Equipped with this
knowledge, the students enrolled in the major will be able to analyze, design and manage information and communication
technology infrastructure.
59
All MICT declaration-of-major applicants must have completed not less than 27 credit hours of study including the three courses
listed below (with an average of B+ or more).
Admission to the major is competeive. Eligiable students will be ranked and selected based on the cumulative GPA requirement
(weight of 75%) as well as the average GPA in the three courses required (weight of 25%).
Students who seek the MICT degree are not permitted to have a major or a minor in accounting.
Students must complete a minimum of 130 credit hours for the MICT degree with no more than 63 hours of courses in the
business area.
Course Requirements
(Total Credit = 127 with no more than 63 hours of courses in the business area)
Humanity (P/S) 3
60
Total 40
Course No.Cr.
ALING 3
ALING 3
Total 6
Before declaration:
ACCT 2001
CSCE 1001
MACT 2222
61
OPMG 310/3201 - Operations for Competitive Advantage (3 cr.) 3
Total 33
Collateral Requirements
ECON 2061 3
MACT 1221 3
Total 18
ECON 2061 can be replaced by MACT 1121 / MACT 1122 (for BADM & ACCT majors only)
MACT 1111 is a pre-requisite for MACT 1221 and ECON 2061.
It can be taken with MACT 112 (same semester) but must be taken before ECON 216. It is considered as an elective course.
MOIS 499/4999 - Internship and Graduation Project (3 cr.) (double counted with Core Capstone)3
62
MOIS 433/3701 - Marketing Information Systems (3 cr.) 3
Total 15
CSCE 485/4930 - Selected Topics in Computer Science and Engineering (1-3 cr.) 3
Total 21
63
or
or
Students seeking to minor in Business Administration have to apply for the minor prior to registering for business minor courses.
The selection of students into the minor in Business Administration is competitive and will depend on the calculation of an equal
weighted score between:
I. Overall GPA
The student's GPA in the above three courses required for minor declaration.
Admission to the Business Administration minor is competitive. Eligible students will be ranked and selected based on their
weighted grade point average.
Requirements
The minor requires completion of five courses (15 credit hours) as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
64
5.
Entrepreneurship Minor
The Minor in business entrepreneurship is designed to introduce students to the idea of entrepreneurship, the traits and behaviors
of an entrepreneur. They will learn how to identify market opportunities and how to conduct simple feasible studies for their
business ideas. Students can also expect to learn the basic legal aspects of establishing a company in Egypt, and the basic
marketing and financial knowledge and skills they need to manage their new company. This knowledge is finally integrated when
students engage in multidisciplinary teams in the challenging yet exciting task of creating a new venture and preparing a full
business plan. Further exposure to real life will be attained through an internship that each student will have to attend. Students
who have completed the minor requirements and who meet the GPA requirement should apply for the minor in their senior year.
Students who minor in entrepreneurship are not permitted to have a minor in business administration or accounting.
Requirements
The Entrepreneurship minor requires completion of five courses (15 credit hours) as follows:
ENTR 417/4301 - Entrepreneurship Lab: Developing and Launching a New Venture (3 cr.)
Students who select a minor in information systems (IS) understand the fundamental concepts of information processing and the
relationship between the underlying technology and end-user applications that are continuously changing and affecting different
elements related to business and organizational development and growth... Equipped with this knowledge, the students enrolled
in the minor will be able to solve different computer and information systems related problems, as well as exploring the latest in
information and communication technology.
Students who minor in information systems are not permitted to have a minor in business administration or accounting.
65
Course Requirements
Students who minor in information systems are required to complete the following courses:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Admission
All applicants must satisfy the university's graduate admission requirements and obtain an acceptable score on the Graduate
Management Admission Test (GMAT) or Graduate Record Examinations (GRE). The Applicant must present a bachelor's degree
from a regionally accredited college or university with a minimum GPA of 3.0 or very good for non-GPA measured degrees. No
previous working experience is needed.
To obtain the MSc in Finance degree, students must complete 42 credit hours of which 33 credit hours of course work and nine
credit hours of thesis. Students with relevant background can waive some of the core courses but must complete a minimum of 36
credit hours to be awarded the degree. A research methodology course will be mandatory.
66
The program will consist of 11 for-credit courses plus a thesis designed to be completed in two full years.
1- Investments Concentration
67
Research Methodology (3 credit hours)
A student must take a research methodology course before starting the thesis.
Admissions
All applicants must satisfy the general university requirements for graduate programs and have a bachelor's degree from a
regionally accredited college or university in any academic discipline with minimum GPA of 3.0 and minimum 8 years of
experience in his field of work. The GMAT is recommended but not required as the case of the MBA. A personal interview is a
must to be accepted in the program. In addition, minimum acceptable results for standardized test for English Language
proficiency will be required as in line with university policies for admission i.e TOFEL, 2 recommendation letters, written essay,
written letter of commitment from the organization, whether sponsoring or not its employees, to allow their employees off the job
during the program. To obtain EMBA degree, a total of 48 credit hours are required.
The EMBA program is delivered in a highly interactive modular format. It consists of 23 modules for a total of 48 credit hours to
satisfy the requirements of the program at AUC.
Program Details
The 23 modules of the program are divided into five sections:
68
Takes Participants from general insights to challenging business practices of todays economy and globalization, thus preparing
them for what they will be doing in the coming modules. Participants will learn general insights about business practices,
globalization of economy latest theories and best practices of today, importance of using team-work approach which the program
focuses on through out the modules either through group assignments, case studies and projects and building basic framework in
a qualitative, analytical and problem solving skills. It covers the following modules:
Gaining common business knowledge background with more depth and complexity in order to master the managements
fundamentals and disciplines. This section is going to prepare them to master the management fundamentals i.e. accounting,
finance, marketing etc., with a much higher level of complexity and expertise. It will expand and strengthens participants basic
knowledge in the fundamental disciplines of business, so they will be able to integrate everything together when making business
decisions or developing action plans that provide effective leadership of the organization.
The modules combine a solid foundation in critical management practices with essential skills for senior level executives i.e.
negotiation. It prepares executives to be effective leaders, confident, innovative, visionary, be able to manage entrepreneurial
ventures and for the management greatest challenge of all, constant change. The continuous shift in the globalized economy and
the rapid advances in communication technology forces organizations to constantly reshape their business strategies, structure
and role of their business leaders. Executives have to change themselves to be confident, speedy, visionary, innovative, and
responsive to this challenging business environment. Being effective leaders, they will help their organizations to survive in this
unpredictable global business environment; relating business to legal environment, competition law and corporate governance
and how they affect decision-making. This section addresses what executives should know about legal environment, competition
law and about how corporate governance affects the way organizations are directed and controlled. It will address some
important aspects such as separation of ownership and control, property rights and reconciling conflicts between stakeholders. It
examines how the quality of corporate governance system influences prices, shares of the company and cost of raising capital and
how it complies with the legal and regulatory requirements. It relates business to its legal environment and provides broad
analysis of how laws influence management decisions and strategies. Participants will be familiarized with certain basic legal
concepts relating to doing business on the national and international levels. Thus completing the cycle by making executives
familiar with how business decisions and transactions should comply with national as well as international laws.
69
EMBA 617/5617 - Entrepreneurial Management (1.75 cr.)
EMBA 618/5618 - Doing Business With The East (International Live-in Module) (2.75 cr.)
EMBA 619/5619 - Doing Business With The East (International Live-in Module) (2.75 cr.)
Relating business to legal environment, competition law and corporate governance and how they affect decision-making. This
section addresses what executives should know about legal environment, competition law and about how corporate governance
affects the way organizations are directed and controlled. It will address some important aspects such as separation of ownership
and control, property rights and reconciling conflicts between stakeholders. It examines how the quality of corporate governance
system influences prices, shares of the company and cost of raising capital and how it complies with the legal and regulatory
requirements. It relates business to its legal environment and provides broad analysis of how laws influence management
decisions and strategies. Participants will be familiarized with certain basic legal concepts relating to doing business on the
national and international levels. Thus completing the cycle by making executives familiar with how business decisions and
transactions should comply with national as well as international laws.
This section is the integrating part of the program. Participants undertake a consulting project within their own organization,
identify a challenge or an opportunity to seek to address and undertake the appropriate analysis leading to a recommended course
of action. They are encouraged to apply and integrate several analytic tools and organizational skills learned in various modules
during the program.
The MBA is designed to prepare students who have completed undergraduate work in any academic discipline and intend to
pursue a management career. The primary objective of the program is to provide candidates with a general and versatile business
acumen, skills and technical competencies, which have become essential for the success of today's business professional. While
the curriculum meets international standards, it also addresses local and regional business peculiarities. Advanced and elective
courses provide more specialized insights in certain business areas. The program is housed by the School of Business which
holds the triple-crown accreditation; the Association to Advance Collegiate Schools of Business (AACSB), European Quality
Improvement System (EQUIS), and the Association of MBAs (AMBA) accreditations.
Admission
70
All applicants must satisfy the university's graduate admission requirements and obtain an acceptable score on the Graduate
Management Admission Test (GMAT). In addition, applicants should have three or more years of relevant professional
experience. To obtain the MBA degree, a minimum of 39 semester credit hours and a maximum of 48 credit hours are required.
The exact number of credits will be determined according to the educational background of each candidate.
Integrating course:
Finance
Marketing
Operations Management
Construction Industry
Finance Track
71
To complete this track, students must complete four track courses. The two track mandatory courses stated below, and choose
one course from the list of track electives. The fourth course is to be taken from any other track or from the list of general
electives.
Marketing Track
To complete this track, students must complete four track courses. The two track mandatory courses stated below, and choose
one course from the list of track electives. The fourth course is to be taken from any other track or from the list of general
electives.
To complete this track, students must complete four track courses. The two track mandatory courses stated below, and choose
one course from the list of track electives. The fourth course is to be taken from any other track or from the list of general
electives.
72
Track Electives (choose one course):
To complete this track, students must complete four track courses. The two track mandatory courses stated below, and choose
one course from list of track electives. The fourth course is to be taken from any other track or from the list of general electives.
MOIS 551/5303 - Electronic Business: Doing Business in the Digital Economy (3 cr.)
MOIS 555/5305 - Information Technology Strategy and Entrepreneurship (3 cr.)
OPMG 521/5301 - Managing and Coordinating Supply Chains (3 cr.)
MOIS 570/5370 - Advanced Topics (Next Generation Technologies) (3 cr.)
MOIS 575/5375 - Independent Research in Management of Information Systems/Technology (1-3 cr.)
To complete this track, students must complete four track courses. The two track mandatory courses stated below, and choose
one course from list of track electives. The fourth course is to be taken from any other track or from the list of general electives.
73
ACCT 570/5370 - Selected Topics in Accounting (3 cr.)
ACCT 575/5375 - Independent Study in Accounting (1-3 cr.)
MGMT 506/5304 - Management of International Business Organizations (3 cr.)
MGMT 509/5306 - Leadership (3 cr.)
MGMT 511/5308 - Strategic Management of Innovation (3 cr.)
MGMT 570/5370 - Selected Topics in Management (3 cr.)
MGMT 575/5375 - Independent Study in Management (1-3 cr.)
ECON 519/5213 - Project Evaluation (3 cr.)
ECON 520/5215 - Competitive Strategy and Game Theory (3 cr.)
ECON 511/5252 - Economic Development in Middle East Countries (3 cr.)
ECON 508/5271 - Labor Economics (3 cr.)
Cairo is not only the capital of the land that gave writing to civilization, but it is also the hub of mass communication for the
entire Middle East.
The Journalism and Mass Communication department offers three undergraduate degree programs:
Master of Arts
74
Consistent with the mission of the School of Global Affairs and Public Policy, our program/s encompass a number of
interdisciplinary courses.
The goal of this major is to produce well-rounded students who are knowledgeable about contemporary media theories and
research issues, have developed excellent writing skills, have gained production and presentation skills, and are critical thinkers
and writers.
Before declaring a CMA major, students must complete 24 credits of university coursework, complete RHET 2010 with a grade
B or better, and pass an English Proficiency Test.
CMA majors are not permitted to have a major in MMJ or IMC. Students must complete a minimum of 120 credits for the
Bachelor of Arts degree in CMA, of which no more than 48 credits can be in CMA and another 65 of their total credits must be
Humanities and Social Sciences.
75
General Electives/Minor
Depending on the number of credit hours needed to complete 120 credits required for a bachelors degree from AUC, CMA
majors are required to select elective courses leading to a minor in an area that will complement their major, including Rhetoric
and Writing, Middle East Studies, Arabic Studies, History, Political Science, Sociology or the Arts. Double majors are exempt.
Selections should be made in consultation with your major advisor.
Students majoring in IMC gain skills and experience in all aspects of the marketing communication process through both
theoretical learning and hands-on-experience. Components of the program include exposure to the fundamentals of strategic
planning, media research, budgeting, creative strategy, creative development, media planning, production, modern corporate
image, branding, social responsibility, event marketing, sales promotions, direct marketing, and public relations.
Before declaring an IMC major, students must complete 24 units of university coursework, complete RHET 2010 with a grade of
B or better, and an English Proficiency Test.
IMC majors are not permitted to have a major in CMA or MMJ. Students must complete a minimum of 120 credits for the
Bachelor of Arts degree in IMC of which no more than 42 credits can be in IMC and another 65 of their total credits must be in
Humanities and Social Sciences.
76
MKTG 410/3202 - Consumer-Buyer Behavior (3 cr.)
General Electives/Minor
Depending on the number of credit hour needed to complete 120 credits required for bachelors degree from AUC, IMC majors
are required to select elective courses leading to a minor in an area that will complement their major, including Rhetoric and
Writing, Middle East Studies, Arabic Studies, History, Political Science, Sociology or the Arts. Double majors are exempt.
Selections should be made in consultation with your major advisor.
The major stresses basic news gathering, reporting and writing skills for multi-platform delivery, with a particular emphasis on
the instantaneous dissemination advantages of social media.
The major is structured as a building process that moves students from the initial broad exposure to mass communication. The
focus is on the essentials of media ethics and responsibilities and creating media professionals who will compete in any terrain
around the world.
Before declaring a MMJ major, students must complete 24 credits of university coursework, complete RHET 2010 with a grade
B or better, and an English Proficiency Test.
MMJ majors are not permitted to have a major in CMA or IMC. Students must complete a minimum of 120 credits for the
Bachelor of Arts degree in MMJ, of which no more than 45 credits can be in MMJ and another 65 of their total credit hours must
be in Humanities and Social Sciences.
77
JRMC 230/2230 - Photography Foundations 1 (3 cr.)
JRMC 301/3301 - Journalism Editing and Design (3 cr.)
JRMC 312/3312 - Multimedia Journalism Lab: The Caravan (3 cr.)
JRMC 333/3333 - Research for Journalists (3 cr.)
JRMC 337/3337 - TV Scriptwriting and Production (3 cr.)
JRMC 339/3339 - Studio Production: AUC TV (3 cr.)
JRMC 412/4412 - Newsroom Editing and Management (3 cr.)
JRMC 444/4444 - Media Law and Policy (3 cr.)
JRMC 460/4460 - Audio Production (3 cr.)
JRMC 480/4480 - Multimedia Reporting Capstone (3 cr.)
General Electives/Minor
Depending on the number of credit hours needed to complete 120 credits required for bachelors degree from AUC, MMJ majors
are required to select elective courses leading to a minor in an area that will complement their major, including Rhetoric and
Writing, Middle, Middle East Studies, Arabic Studies, History, Political Science, Sociology or the Arts. Double Majors are
exempt. Selections should be made in consultation with your major advisor.
The minor has two tracks (1) Arabic Reporting Skills and (2) Arabic Writing Skills
Prerequisites: students must take ALWT 2271 from Reading to Writing: Intermediate Level (3cr.) and ALWT 3271 from
Reading to Writing: High Intermediate Level (3cr.) or be exempted from those classes by performing well on the Arabic
placement exam administrated every semester by the Department of Arabic Language Instruction.
Students shall take six courses for a total of eighteen (18) credits:
78
Core Courses (15 credits):
Prerequisites: students must take ALWT 2271 from Reading to Writing: Intermediate Level (3cr.) and ALWT 3271 from
Reading to Writing: High Intermediate Level (3cr.) or be exempted from those classes by performing well on the Arabic
placement exam administrated every semester by the Department of Arabic Language Instruction.
Students shall take six courses for a total of eighteen (18) credits:
Core Course:
79
The study of journalism and mass communication provides the student with a basic exposure to news gathering and reporting
skills, multi-media writing skills and other mass media cultures. Students who have completed JRMC 2200 and RHET 1100 and
who meet the GPA requirement of 3.4 are encouraged to apply for the minor before their junior year.
Additional Requirements:
Three additional courses at the 300 level or above (provided that prerequisites are completed). Courses not included are JRMC
406/4406 - Internship (3 cr.) and JRMC 499/4499 - Directed Individual Study in Mass Communication (1-3 cr.) and Capstone
Courses JRMC 4480 , JRMC 4482 and JRMC 4425 and MTKG courses.
The Master of Arts program in journalism and mass communication is designed to provide intellectual growth and advanced
training for persons already engaged in mass media or public information work. Students wishing to specialize in a particular
area, such as marketing communication or international business journalism, sociological or political communication, are
encouraged to design a sequence of elective courses that best meets their interests.
Admission
Students are required to have a minimum GPA of 3.00 (on a 4.00 scale) on an undergraduate degree from an accredited college or
university. For students who have been out of school for some time work experience or other relevant criteria may be considered
in lieu of a lower than 3.0 GPA. Students who have below a 3.0 cumulative GPA from their bachelor's degree may still be
considered for provisional admission and should provide an explanation of extenuating circumstances and/or a demonstration of
outstanding work experience.
Students who do not have an undergraduate degree in a mass communication major from AUC may be asked to complete a set of
readings and/or a program of undergraduate prerequisite courses completed with grades of B or higher.
In addition to the general requirements established by the university, the applicant must demonstrate a proficiency in English at
an advanced level and obtain an acceptable score on the Graduate Record Examination (GRE) (currently frozen).
Students are also required to submit two recommendation letters from relevant, credible sources and a personal statement of
purpose, which is evaluated for its clarity of expression, creativity, and persuasiveness in arguing that:
The applicant has the necessary record of preparation and performance to succeed in the program.
The applicant's goals can be served by the program's courses and experiences.
The program itself can benefit from the applicant's experiences.
80
Applicants are also to submit an updated curriculum vitae, official transcripts of all university degrees, and samples of
professionally published or broadcast work if available.
A writing sample that demonstrates the potential to write clearly and critically is also required. If the student has graduated within
the last three years, an academic paper from the undergraduate (or M.A.) coursework will suffice. Writing samples may include a
term paper, a chapter from an Honors or M.A. thesis, or a conference paper. If the student has graduated more than three years
ago, he/she should include an essay of 300-500 words about a recent local, regional, or international communication issue that
he/she deems important.
Applicants may be required to take an entry exam administered by the department to measure their writing skills and their overall
awareness of the communication field and the word around them. Applicants may also be required to sit through a personal
interview.
Admission Checklist:
Courses
A minimum of 27 graduate credit hours is required, including the following four core courses. Note that the four core courses
should be taken as early after admission to the program as possible.
Note
Students should complete the following courses as early after admission to the program as possible.
Additional Requirements
Additional coursework should come from the following list of Master of Arts courses, or because of the interdisciplinary scope of
mass communication, students may, with adviser approval, take and apply up to three 500-level courses (9 hours) from other
disciplines. A maximum of six credit hours of 400-level coursework may be approved and counted toward the required credit
hours.
81
Master of Arts Courses
Comprehensive Examination
Master of Arts students must complete the following courses in preparation for the comprehensive examination. The examination
procedure is described in the General Requirements section. An oral examination may be required in addition to the written
examination. Students must pass comprehensive examinations before being permitted to begin work on their theses.
Thesis
A thesis is required for all students. The department's thesis committee must approve the thesis topic after the student, in
consultation with an advisor, submits a formal proposal. Written in English, the thesis must be defended by the student before
faculty members, and must conform to current university requirements, policies and procedures.
Department of Law
Professor Emeritus: E. Hill
Associate Professors: A. Lorite (on leave), A. Shalakany, T. Skouteris
Assistant Professors: N. Badawi, J. Beckett, M. Khalil, T. Monforte (on leave), U. Natarajan, G. Parolin (on leave), H. Sayed
(Chair), J. Terrell.
Senior Instructor: D. Van Bogaert
82
The dual degree option enables good students to prepare for a postgraduate degree while completing the requirements for the BA
in Political Science. Non-law students who achieve a MA Degree under the auspices of the Law Department at AUC qualify for
better jobs in Egypt or abroad, or pursue a legal education at prestigious law schools in the United States and elsewhere. The MA
degree also provides students with the necessary expertise in international human rights law and with the intellectual, analytical
and communication tools needed to intervene critically and effectively in the global policy debates confronting their societies as
policy makers, academics, activists and international civil servants.
By the end of the sixth semester of the political science BA at AUC, and after successfully completing POLS 4371, the student
has to declare her/his intention to pursue the Dual Degree by submitting a graduate admission application. The student should
follow the application procedures for graduate studies. Admission decisions will be made by the Law Department's Admission
Committee. Successful applicants will be admitted pending the fulfillment of two conditions: i) finishing the requirements of
their undergraduate degrees with at least B (GPA 3); and ii) obtaining an average of at least a B+ (GPA of at least 3.3) across the
three cross-listed 'Dual Degree' Law courses. Places are limited.
Students enrolled in the dual degree will receive a political science BA degree certificate upon the completion of their
undergraduate course requirements. Many students feel the need to work in parallel to the pursuit of an MA degree. We believe
that students who fulfill the pols BA requirement should not be denied the opportunity to do so.
Under this structure, dual-degree students will be required to take three 400-level courses that are cross-listed under LAW and
POLS. These three "Dual Degree" cross-listed courses (see below) will count for credit towards both the BA in Political Science
and under the MA in International Human Rights Law.
The three 'Dual Degree' Law courses to be offered to undergraduates in the Political Science Department are the following: (a)
POLS 471/4371 - Introduction to Public International Law (3 cr.) (b) POLS 475/4375 - Introduction to Egyptian and Islamic Law
(3 cr.) and (c) POLS 478/4378 - Introduction to International Human Rights Law (3 cr.)The curriculum for the MA IHRL
requires the completion of nine courses and a thesis, as indicated in the tentative plan below: 3 POLS/LAW undergraduate
courses, 2 graduate regional human rights courses, 3 graduate elective courses, LAW 5227 , and the thesis.
LAW/POLS 471/4371 - Introduction to Public International Law (3 cr.) (counts towards both concentrations in POLS for all
students) (and MA IHRL credits)
[4 POLS courses or other courses as required to complete POLS BA degree]
LAW/POLS 478/4378 - Introduction to International Human Rights Law (3 cr.) (counts towards both BA POLS and MA IHRL
credits)
[4 POLS courses or other core courses as required to complete POLS BA degree]
LAW/POLS 475/4375 - Introduction to Egyptian and Islamic Law (3 cr.) (counts towards both BA POLS and MA IHRL credits)
[4 POLS courses or other core courses as required to complete POLS BA degree]
LAW 514/5214 - Human Rights in the Middle East (3 cr.) * (2 out of 3 starred courses required)
LAW 519/5219 - Human Rights in Africa (3 cr.) * (2 out of 3 starred courses required)
LAW 513/5213 - The European System of Human Rights Protection (3 cr.) * (2 out of 3 starred courses required)
LAW Electives**
83
SEMESTER X (MA IHRL program)
LAW Electives**
LAW Electives**
LAW 527/5227 - Graduate Law Seminar (3 cr.)
** Lists of LAW elective courses will be provided to students in the program prior to registration for each semester.
It is possible to work towards the MA in International Human Rights Law and the Diploma in Forced Migration and Refugee
Studies (FMRS) simultaneously or sequentially, and to cross count 4 courses (12 credits) with the advice and consent of the
department for a total of eleven courses (see Dual Graduate Degrees under Academic Requirements and Regulations section).
Admission
The applicant for admission to the MA program should have an acceptable bachelors degree in law, political science or a closely
related social science (preferably with a minor in political science or law studies) with a grade of gayyid giddan (very good) or a
grade point average of 3.0. Applicants with deficiencies in their preparation may be required to take appropriate courses at the
undergraduate level. English language proficiency is required as per general AUC graduate admission requirements. Admitted
degree candidates should normally start their course sequence in the fall semester. Students enrolled in the AUC English
Language Institute must complete all ELI Courses and modules before being allowed to enroll in Law Classes. For these
students, spring enrollment is allowed.
Course Requirements
The International Human Rights Law MA degree requires a total of 27 credits hours.
84
The remaining four courses are electives, two of which have to be Law courses.
Department approval is required for electives offered by other departments.
Thesis Requirements
The research requirement for the MA in International Human Right Law is satisfied by writing a thesis of sufficient depth and
length for the topic addressed therein and prepared under the supervision of a faculty member of the department. Students are
required to register for the following course while fulfilling their thesis requirement.
The dual degree option enables good students to prepare for a postgraduate degree while completing the requirements for the BA
in Political Science. Non-law students who achieve a MA Degree under the auspices of the Law Department at AUC qualify for
better jobs in Egypt or abroad, or pursue a legal education at prestigious law schools in the United States and elsewhere. The MA
degree also provides students with the necessary expertise in international human rights law and with the intellectual, analytical
and communication tools needed to intervene critically and effectively in the global policy debates confronting their societies as
policy makers, academics, activists and international civil servants.
By the end of the sixth semester of the political science BA at AUC, and after successfully completing POLS 4371, the student
has to declare her/his intention to pursue the Dual Degree by submitting a graduate admission application. The student should
follow the application procedures for graduate studies. Admission decisions will be made by the Law Department's Admission
Committee. Successful applicants will be admitted pending the fulfillment of two conditions: i) finishing the requirements of
their undergraduate degrees with at least B (GPA 3); and ii) obtaining an average of at least a B+ (GPA of at least 3.3) across the
three cross-listed 'Dual Degree' Law courses. Places are limited.
Students enrolled in the dual degree will receive a political science BA degree certificate upon the completion of their
undergraduate course requirements. Many students feel the need to work in parallel to the pursuit of an MA degree. We believe
that students who fulfill the pols BA requirement should not be denied the opportunity to do so.
Under this structure, dual-degree students will be required to take three 400-level courses that are cross-listed under LAW and
POLS. These three "Dual Degree" cross-listed courses (see below) will count for credit towards both the BA in Political Science
and under the MA in International Human Rights Law.
The three 'Dual Degree' Law courses to be offered to undergraduates in the Political Science Department are the following: (a)
POLS 471/4371 - Introduction to Public International Law (3 cr.) (b) POLS 475/4375 - Introduction to Egyptian and Islamic Law
(3 cr.) and (c) POLS 478/4378 - Introduction to International Human Rights Law (3 cr.)The curriculum for the MA IHRL
requires the completion of nine courses and a thesis, as indicated in the tentative plan below: 3 POLS/LAW undergraduate
courses, 2 graduate regional human rights courses, 3 graduate elective courses, LAW 5227 , and the thesis.
85
SEMESTER VI (POLS undergraduate program)
LAW/POLS 471/4371 - Introduction to Public International Law (3 cr.) (counts towards both concentrations in POLS for all
students) (and MA IHRL credits)
[4 POLS courses or other courses as required to complete POLS BA degree]
LAW/POLS 478/4378 - Introduction to International Human Rights Law (3 cr.) (counts towards both BA POLS and MA IHRL
credits)
[4 POLS courses or other core courses as required to complete POLS BA degree]
LAW/POLS 475/4375 - Introduction to Egyptian and Islamic Law (3 cr.) (counts towards both BA POLS and MA IHRL credits)
[4 POLS courses or other core courses as required to complete POLS BA degree]
LAW 514/5214 - Human Rights in the Middle East (3 cr.) * (2 out of 3 starred courses required)
LAW 519/5219 - Human Rights in Africa (3 cr.) * (2 out of 3 starred courses required)
LAW 513/5213 - The European System of Human Rights Protection (3 cr.) * (2 out of 3 starred courses required)
LAW Electives**
LAW Electives**
LAW Electives**
LAW 527/5227 - Graduate Law Seminar (3 cr.)
** Lists of LAW elective courses will be provided to students in the program prior to registration for each semester.
Dr. Ibrahim Shihata, in whose memory this LL.M has been established, made significant contributions to the development of
international economic law. In addition to his positions of Senior Vice President and General Counsel with the World Bank, Dr.
Shihata also served as Secretary-General of the International Center for the Settlement of Investment Disputes; he was principal
architect of the Multilateral Investment Guarantee Agency (MIGA); and he was responsible for the World Bank Guidelines for
the Legal Treatment of Foreign Investments. Other positions included first Director General of the OPEC Fund for Economic
Development and General Counsel of the Kuwait Fund. He was instrumental in establishing the Inter-Arab Investment Guarantee
Agency, and he was the founder of the International Development Law Institute in Rome. Indeed the entire career of Dr. Shihata
was devoted to the infrastructures that assisted development. The LL.M program itself, as well as individual courses, are directly
concerned with law and development. In Dr. Shihata's words: "Law, as the formal instrument of orderly change in society, plays
a pivotal role, even though this role has not always been readily recognized."
The Master of Laws (LL.M) Degree in International and Comparative Law is intended for law school graduates who seek to
acquire the intellectual and analytical tools to intervene critically and effectively in the global policy debates confronting their
86
societies, as policy makers, practicing lawyers, judges, academics, activists or international civil servants. In the context of
constantly changing global economic and political realities, and the crumbling of old regulatory models, the Degree is designed
to empower students to adapt, innovate and gain mastery over what they don't know.
The Master of Laws (LL.M.) Degree in International and Comparative Law offers a wide range of courses designed to provide
students with the intellectual tools to promote and critically assess economic, social, and legal developments. The curriculum is
flexible and allows students to pursue advanced studies in specialized areas (e.g., business regulation, Islamic law and Middle
Eastern legal systems, gender studies, and international human rights law). LL.M. students have an invaluable opportunity to
benefit from the multidisciplinary offerings of the School of Global Affairs and Public Policy (GAPP). Fulfilling the
requirements of the LL.M. degree normally calls for two years of study.
Admission
The Applicant for admission to the LL.M degree should have an acceptable bachelor's degree in law, political science or a closely
related social science (preferably with a minor in political science or law studies) with a grade of gayyid (good) or its equivalent
for full admission. Students lacking the grade requirement may be eligible to be considered for provisional admission (as
specified in the AUC catalog supra). Acceptance is by decision of the Law Faculty Committee, which may grant provisional
admission pending the fulfillment of certain conditions. English language proficiency is required as per general AUC graduate
admission requirements. Admitted degree candidates should normally start their course sequence in the fall semester. Students
enrolled in the AUC English Language Institute must complete all ELI Courses and modules before being allowed to enroll in
Law Classes. For these students, spring enrollment is allowed.
For students admitted to the LL.M degree without a first degree in law, the Equivalent Certificates Committee (ECC) of the
Supreme Council of Universities in Egypt may consider on a case-by-case basis, the equivalence of the LLM degree.
Requirements
The LL.M degree requires nine courses (27 credits hours) as well as a thesis of sufficient depth and length as specified below.
Electives
Students will be able to take up to five courses as electives, three of which have to be law courses. The Law Departments
approval is required for electives offered by other Departments.
Thesis Requirements
87
The research requirement for the LL.M. is satisfied by writing a thesis of sufficient depth and length for the topic addressed
therein and prepared under the supervision of a faculty member of the department. Students are required to register for the
following course while fulfilling their thesis requirement.
Admission
The applicant for admission to the Graduate Diploma in International and Comparative Law should have an acceptable bachelor's
degree in law, political science or a closely related social science (preferably with a minor in political science or law studies) with
a grade of gayyid (good) or its equivalent for full admission. Students lacking the grade requirement may be eligible to be
considered for provisional admission (as specified in the AUC catalog supra). Acceptance is by decision of the Law Faculty
Committee, which may grant provisional admission pending the fulfillment of certain conditions. English language proficiency is
required as per general AUC graduate admission requirements. Admitted degree candidates should normally start their course
sequence in the fall semester. Students enrolled in the AUC English Language Institute must complete all ELI Courses and
modules before being allowed to enroll in Law Classes. For these students, spring enrollment is allowed.
Following admission to the Diploma in International and Comparative Law, students may apply for admission to the LLM
program in International and Comparative Law. As a minimum enabling condition, students need to achieve a B+ grade average
at the end of their Diploma studies. The application may be submitted at the end of the fulfillment of the Diploma requirements.
If the application is successful, credits earned during the diploma will count towards the LLM, given that the Diploma curriculum
is identical with the curriculum of the first year of the LLM program. Upon completion of the LLM requirements the student will
receive only the LLM degree and therefore not the Diploma.
Requirements
The Graduate Diploma requires 18 credit hours.
Electives
88
Students will be able to take up to four courses as electives. The Law Departments approval is required for electives offered by
other departments.
Admission
The applicant for admission to the IHRL diploma should have an acceptable bachelor's degree in law, political science or a
closely related social science (preferably with a minor in political science or legal studies) with a grade of gayyid giddan (very
good) or a grade point average of 3.0. Applicants with deficiencies in their preparation may be required to take appropriate course
at the undergraduate level. English language proficiency is required as per general AUC graduate admission requirements.
Admitted degree candidates should normally start their course sequence in the fall semester. Students enrolled in the AUC
English Language Institute must complete all ELI Courses and modules before being allowed to enroll in Law Classes. For these
students, spring enrollment is allowed.
Following admission to the Diploma in International Human Rights Law, students may apply for admission to the MA degree in
International Human Rights Law. As a minimum enabling condition, students need to achieve a B+ grade average at the end of
their Diploma studies. The application may be submitted following fulfillment of the Diploma requirements. If the application is
successful, credits earned during the Diploma will count towards the MA, given that the Diploma curriculum is identical with the
curriculum of the first year of the MA program. Upon completion of the MA requirements the student will receive only the MA
Degree and therefore not the Diploma.
Requirements
The Graduate Diploma requires 18 credit hours.
The remaining two courses are electives. The Law Departments approval is required for electives offered by other departments.
89
Fulfilling the Graduate Diploma in International Human Rights Law normally calls for one year of study
Undergraduate
The mission of the Public Policy and Administration Department is to support evidence-based policy-making, effective and
efficient administration of government and non-profit organizations, and better public governance in Egypt and the Middle East
by preparing professionals for careers in public service, conducting policy-relevant research, and promoting dialog on issues of
public importance. The PPAD Department builds a culture of leadership and service among its graduates and is dedicated to
making significant contributions to Egypt and the international community through public service in diverse institutional settings.
Students interested in pursuing a career of public service or those interested in public policy and management are encouraged to
explore PPAD's course offerings, shown below. Seniors may also request enrollment in PPAD graduate courses.
Graduate
The objective of the PPAD Department is to equip future leaders with the conceptual framework and the specific skills needed to
be effective and innovative policy makers and administrators in various spheres of governance within governmental, regional,
international and multinational institutions through structured course work, internship and research that explores public policy
and administration challenges in the region and globally and their possible solutions.
Advising for the minor is provided by the undergraduate advisors in Public Policy and Administration Department.
PPAD 511/5122 - Administrative Environment and Public Policy in Egypt and the Middle East (3 cr.)
90
The above mentioned PPAD graduate courses cannot be double counted for students pursuing a PPAD graduate degree.
Students electing the dual degree option begin taking graduate courses in their ninth semester and receive both the BSc. and the
MPA upon the completion of their coursework and master's thesis, normally at the end of their 6th year. The following course
sequence has been developed for this option, but students should consult their advisor in CENG to ensure that all SSE
requirements are met:
SEMESTER IX
Engineering Concentration 2
CENG 567/5243 - Construction Leadership and Management Skills (3 cr.)
CENG 491/4981 - Senior Project II (2 cr.) (Capstone Core Level II )
PPAD 506/5111 - Essentials of Public Policy and Administration (3 cr.) (MPA credit)
PPAD 500/5201 - Research Methods for Public Policy and Administration (3 cr.) (MPA credit)
Science elective (from MDP list)
Summer internship public/NGO management focus preferred (MPA credit through 5198)
SEMESTER XI
91
PPAD 514/5224 - Human Resource Management for Government and Nonprofit Organizations (3 cr.) (MPA Credit)
PPAD 516/5132 - Social and Environmental Policy (3 cr.) (MPA Credit)
PPAD 517/5126 - Non-profit Management (3 cr.) (MPA Credit)
PPAD 599/5299 - Research Guidance (0 cr.) (MPA Credit)
Summer thesis work, if needed.
Lists of MDP-relevant courses will be provided to students in the program prior to registration for each semester, based on
offerings available in the appropriate departments
The MGA program aims to provide students with knowledge and professional skills required for the functioning of the global
system in an inclusive manner at the international and national levels, combining conceptual understanding with analytic skills
and knowledge of global affairs. Through this program, students will gain the capability to participate effectively in the
formulation and implementation of policies in their own countries and in supporting, guiding, and monitoring action on global
affairs at the multilateral level. Ultimately, both their own countries and the global system should benefit from the knowledge
acquired.
Admission
All applicants must satisfy the universitys graduate admission requirements. Candidates for the MGA are recommended but not
required to have two or more years of relevant professional experience.
Students seeking the degree of Master of Global Affairs must complete 33 credit hours of coursework plus a master's project. The
program core, required of all students, consists of 6 courses (18 credits). Students must also complete a concentration of 5
courses (15 credits). Students may elect either the concentration in International Security or the concentration in International
Cooperation. Students are required to declare their concentration before beginning their second semester of enrollment in the
program. In addition to coursework, students must complete a master's project consistent with department and university
guidelines.
PPAD 500/5201 - Research Methods for Public Policy and Administration (3 cr.)
PPAD 527/5251 - International Organization in Global Governance (3 cr.)
PPAD 528/5252 - Theory and Practice of Negotiation (3 cr.)
PPAD 540/5161 - Diplomacy: Theory and Practice (3 cr.)
92
Group 2: Complete one (1) of the following:
Group 3:
Complete two (2) additional relevant courses (other than PPAD 5298 and PPAD 5299; selected in consultation with departmental
advisor.
93
MGA Concentration 2: International Cooperation -- 5 courses (15 credits)
required
Group 3:
Complete two (2) additional relevant courses (other than PPAD 5298 and PPAD 5299 ; selected in consultation with
departmental advisor).
Capstone Project
Students must complete a capstone project that addresses an issue or a challenge in global affairs with relevance to their
concentration. The project should be directed towards an external client engaged in this issue. If a member of the client's staff is
not available, the client role may be performed by an alternate designated by the department. The preparation of the capstone
project plan and final report must comply with departmental guidelines with regard to client involvement, content, format, and
dates. Once the project plan is approved by the supervisor and/ or the client , the student will enroll in PPAD 5293 , the capstone
project, where they will complete the necessary components per the departmental guidelines and client's specification. The
capstone project may be completed as a group or individual project with client and faculty permission.
The Master of Public Administration is administered by the Department of Public Policy and Administration in the School of
Global Affairs and Public Policy. The program prepares students for leadership and upper management positions in public
service. Students, who are generally mid-career at entry, pursue careers in government, nonprofit organizations, international
development agencies, academia, and the private sector.
Program objectives
The mission of the MPA Program is to support effective and efficient administration of government and nonprofit organizations
and better public governance in Egypt and the Middle East by preparing professionals for careers in public service with the
highest ethical standards, strong competencies in public governance, excellent leadership and communication skills, a sound
94
understanding of the use of evidence and analysis in public service settings, and a commitment to building a better future for the
people of Egypt and the region.
Admission
All applicants must satisfy the university's graduate admission requirements. Candidates for the MPA or DPA are recommended
but not required to have two or more years of relevant professional experience.
Students seeking the degree of Master of Public Administration must complete 33 credit hours plus a thesis or 39 credit hours and
a comprehensive examination. The program core, required of all students, consists of 6 courses (18 credits). Students must
complete a concentration of 5 courses (15 credits). Students may elect either the concentration in Management of Public Sector
Reform or the concentration in Management of Nonprofits and Development Organizations. Students are required to declare their
concentration before beginning their second semester of enrollment in the program. In addition to coursework, students must
complete a thesis, or opt to sitting for comprehensive examination after taking two additional courses. Students write a thesis,
consistent with department and university guidelines, complete at least one enrollment in thesis sequence courses (PPAD
5298 and PPAD 5299, both non-credit).
95
PPAD 510/5113 - Organizational Behavior for Government and Nonprofit Management (3 cr.)
PPAD 513/5223 - International Models of Public Management (3 cr.)
PPAD 518/5123 - Governance, Accountability, and Stakeholder Negotiations (3 cr.)
PPAD 523/5125 - Citizen-centered government (3 cr.)
Group 2: Complete three other courses selected in consultation with the departmental advisor, of which at least two
must be PPAD courses. Students are strongly encouraged to take a course in another School of Global Affairs and
Public Policy department or center if possible and in particular students in this concentration are strongly recommended
to take at least one course in law as a concentration elective.
Thesis
Students are required to write a thesis on some aspect of public administration relevant to their concentration. The preparation of
the thesis and the thesis itself must comply with Departmental and AUC guidelines with regard to content, format, dates, and the
review and supervision process. Students are responsible for familiarizing themselves with these guidelines and meeting formal
deadlines. Students preparing the thesis normally develop a preliminary thesis proposal during PPAD 5201, a required core
course, but may prepare an alternative thesis proposal if desired. Once the proposal is approved, students are required to enroll in
PPAD 5298, the thesis research seminar, in the first semester in which they are working on the research component and write-up
of their thesis. Thereafter, if additional work is required to complete the thesis, students can enroll each semester in PPAD 5299.
Students must pay 3 credits of tuition for the first enrollment in PPAD 5298 and PPAD 5299 and thereafter pay 1 credit of tuition
each semester, until the thesis is successfully defended and approved by the Dean.
PPAD 5298, the thesis research seminar, is designed to support the applied research required for the thesis and the writing of the
thesis itself. Students will be required to read and comment on the work of other students, both orally and in writing, and to
present draft thesis chapters.
Non-Thesis Track
Students who do not wish to undertake a thesis can choose to substitute the thesis with two additional PPAD courses, with the
approval of the program director, and then sit for a comprehensive examination after completing all program course
requirements. A comprehensive examination is usually offered in mid-December and mid-April. Students not registered for
96
courses or thesis credit hours and planning to sit for the comprehensive examination in any semester must register for
comprehensives (PPAD 5888) in that semester and pay tuition equivalent to one graduate credit hour.
Comprehensive examination may be repeated once. A student who fails the comprehensive examination a second time would be
dismissed from the degree program after the end of the semester in which the examination was retaken.
Students enrolled in the School of Science and Engineering may apply to complete the MPA on an accelerated basis in
conjunction with completion of the BSc. in engineering. At present, this option is open only to students completing the BSc. in
Construction Engineering. Students interested in this option should consult with their advisors during the Fall of their fourth year
for potential admission to the program in their fifth year. Those interested in this option are required to complete a summer work
assignment for Fall practicum in their fifth year. The program is jointly administered by the Department of Public Policy and
Administration in the School of Public Affairs and the School of Sciences and Engineering. Admission is based on the
recommendation of the student's SSE advisor and review by the PPAD department. The program prepares students for careers in
public service with the highest ethical standards, strong competencies in environmental analysis and management as well as
public governance, excellent leadership and communication skills, a sound understanding of the use of evidence and analysis in
public service settings, and a commitment to building a better future for the people of Egypt and the region. Students pursue
careers in government, nonprofit organizations, international development agencies, academia, and the private sector.
Students electing the dual degree option begin taking graduate courses in their ninth semester and receive both the BSc. and the
MPA upon the completion of their coursework and master's thesis, normally at the end of their 6th year. The following course
sequence has been developed for this option, but students should consult their advisor in CENG to ensure that all SSE
requirements are met:
SEMESTER IX
Engineering Concentration 2
CENG 567/5243 - Construction Leadership and Management Skills (3 cr.)
CENG 491/4981 - Senior Project II (2 cr.) (Capstone Core Level II )
PPAD 506/5111 - Essentials of Public Policy and Administration (3 cr.) (MPA credit)
PPAD 500/5201 - Research Methods for Public Policy and Administration (3 cr.) (MPA credit)
Science elective (from MDP list)
Summer internship public/NGO management focus preferred (MPA credit through 5198)
SEMESTER XI
97
SEMESTER XII
PPAD 514/5224 - Human Resource Management for Government and Nonprofit Organizations (3 cr.) (MPA Credit)
PPAD 516/5132 - Social and Environmental Policy (3 cr.) (MPA Credit)
PPAD 517/5126 - Non-profit Management (3 cr.) (MPA Credit)
PPAD 599/5299 - Research Guidance (0 cr.) (MPA Credit)
Summer thesis work, if needed.
Lists of MDP-relevant courses will be provided to students in the program prior to registration for each semester, based on
offerings available in the appropriate departments
The Master of Public Policy is administered by the Department of Public Policy and Administration in the School of Global
Affairs and Public Policy. The program prepares students for leadership positions in public service and for careers as policy
analysts. Students, who are generally in the early part of their career at entry, pursue careers in government, nonprofit
organizations, international development agencies, academia, consulting firms, and the private sector.
Program objectives
The mission of the MPP Program is to support evidence-based policy-making and better public governance in Egypt and the
Middle East by preparing professionals for careers in public service with the highest ethical standards, strong competencies in
public governance, excellent leadership and communication skills, capability to develop and use evidence and analysis in public
service settings, and a commitment to building a better future for the people of Egypt and the region.
Admission
All applicants must satisfy the university's graduate admission requirements. Candidates for the MPP or DPP should have
adequate preparation in quantitative analytic methods. Relevant professional experience is desirable but not required.
Students seeking the degree of Master of Public Policy must complete 33 credit hours plus a thesis or 39 credit hours and a
comprehensive examination. The program core, required of all students, consists of 6 courses (18 credits). Students must
complete a concentration of 5 courses (15 credits). Students may elect either the concentration in Social and Environmental
Policy or the concentration in Government Regulation and Promotion of the Private Sector. Students are required to declare their
concentration before beginning their second semester of enrollment in the program and to identify an area of professional
concentration at that time. In addition to coursework, students must complete a thesis, or opt to sitting for a comprehensive
examination after taking two additional courses. Students writing a thesis, consistent with department and university guidelines,
will complete at least one enrollment in the thesis sequence courses (PPAD 5298 and PPAD 5299, all are non-credit).
98
PPAD 503/5232 - Role of Government in a Market-Oriented Economy (3 cr.)
PPAD 515/5202 - Public Policy Analysis and Program Evaluation (3 cr.)
Group 2: Complete one (1) of the following:
PPAD 505/5121 - Institutions, Democratization, and Public Policy (3 cr.)
PPAD 506/5111 - Essentials of Public Policy and Administration (3 cr.)
PPAD 507/5131 - Government Finance for Policy Analysis (3 cr.)
PPAD 517/5126 - Non-profit Management (3 cr.)
PPAD 518/5123 - Governance, Accountability, and Stakeholder Negotiations (3 cr.)
PPAD 519/5124 - Leadership and Communication for Public Affairs (3 cr.)
Group 3: Complete one (1) of the following:
PPAD 508/5211 - Qualitative Analysis for Policy and Administration (3 cr.)
PPAD 509/5212 - Applied Quantitative Analysis (3 cr.)
NOTE: Students with limited preparation management and social science are strongly encouraged to enroll in
PPAD 5111 ; conversely, students with a background in management and/or social science may not enroll
inPPAD 5111 for credit toward the MPP. Students with strong preparation in economics may substitute any
course in Group 2 or 3 to complete their Group 1 requirement.
Students should select concentration courses based on their chosen area of specialization, which may include health and social
services policy, anti-poverty policy, environmental policy, or an area defined by the student.
99
Students should select concentration courses based on their chosen area of specialization, which may include financial markets;
telecommunications, power, and water; private sector development; regional economic development, or a topic identified by the
student.
Group 3: Complete one (1) additional PPAD course selected in consultation with the departmental advisor.
Thesis
Students are required to write a thesis on some aspect of public policy relevant to their concentration. The preparation of the
thesis and the thesis itself must comply with Departmental and AUC guidelines with regard to content, format, dates, and the
review and supervision process. Students are responsible for familiarizing themselves with these guidelines and meeting formal
deadlines. Students preparing the thesis normally develop a preliminary thesis proposal during PPAD 5201, a required core
course, but may prepare an alternative thesis proposal if desired. Once the proposal is approved, students can enroll in PPAD
5298, the thesis research seminar, in the first semester in which they are working on the research component and write-up of their
thesis. Thereafter, if additional work is required to complete the thesis, students must enroll each semester in PPAD 5299.
100
Students must pay 3 credits of tuition for the first enrollment in PPAD 5298 and PPAD 5299 and thereafter pay 1 credit of tuition
for each semester, until the thesis is successfully defended and approved by the Dean.
PPAD 5298, the thesis research seminar, is designed to support the applied research required for the thesis and the writing of the
thesis itself. Students will be required to read and comment on the work of other students, both orally and in writing, and to
present draft thesis chapters.
Non-Thesis Track
Students who do not wish to undertake a thesis can choose to substitute the thesis with two additional PPAD courses, with the
approval of the program director, and then sit for a comprehensive examination after completing all program course
requirements. A comprehensive examination is usually offered in mid-December and mid-April. Students not registered for
courses or thesis credit hours and planning to sit for the comprehensive examination in any semester must register for
comprehensives (PPAD 5888) in that semester and pay tuition equivalent to one graduate credit hour.
Comprehensive examination may be repeated once. A student who fails the comprehensive examination a second time would be
dismissed from the degree program after the end of the semester in which the examination was retaken.
Program Requirements
The Diploma Program requires the completion of 18 credit hours of coursework in the PPAD department, including at least 12
credit hours from the courses making up the MPA core.
Program Requirements
The Diploma Program requires the completion of 18 credit hours of coursework in the PPAD department, including at least 12
credit hours from the courses making up the MPP core.
Affiliated Faculty: Mulki Al Sharmani (SRC), Soraya Altorki (SAPE), Ibrahim Elnur (POLS), Alejandro Lorite Escorihuela
(Law), Nadia Farah (POLS), Ferial Ghazoul (ECLT), Barbara Ibrahim (Gerhart Center), Vassiliki Kotini (ECLT), Hoda Lutfi
(ARIC), Samia Mehrez (ARIC), Tanya Monforte (Law), Adrienne Pine (SAPE), Helen Rizzo (SAPE), Reem Saad (SRC), Hanan
Sabea (SAPE), Mona Said (ECON), Hany Sayed (Law), Amr Shalakany (Law), Hania Sholkamy (SRC), Robert Switzer (PHIL),
Mariz Tadros (POLS), Richard Tutwiler (DDC).
101
Master of Arts in Gender and Womens Studies in the Middle East/North Africa
The graduate program in Gender and Womens Studies offers advanced study in three tracks:
The graduate program in Gender and Womens studies prepares graduates for a wide variety of professional careers. Specialists
in gender and womens studies are being hired as consultants in international development agencies, local NGOs, national
government agencies, all of which hire people that have special training in understanding gender relations. Students wishing to
pursue doctoral work will find that interdisciplinary training in gender and womens studies equips them with theoretical and
methodological strengths in most disciplines and applied research fields. Consistent with the mission of the School of Global
Affairs and Public Policy, Gender and Womens Studies is an interdisciplinary graduate program.
Geographies of Gender and Justice offers advanced study of contemporary practices and problems of justice ranging from
international justice regimes to national legal cultures to social and economic justice claims with a particular focus on the global
south.
The specialization in Gendered Political Economies engages with shifts in the gendering of economic and political trajectories of
late modernity. It deals with issues relating to poverty, labor politics, political economies of desire, migration, mobility and
development histories and practices. The aim is to provide students with a solid grounding in the nexus between gender and
modalities for reorganizing the political economic order in the contemporary world.
The Gender and Women's Studies in the Middle East, North Africa focus offers an interdisciplinary field of analysis that draws
its questions and approaches from the humanities and social sciences through investigating how relations of gender are embedded
in social, political and cultural formations. It provides students with an interdisciplinary and transnational perspective with
special emphasis on the Middle East and North African region.
Core Requirements
There are three core requirements for students in all specializations:
102
GWST 508/5108 - Women and Human Rights (3 cr.)
SOC/ANTH 530/5230 - Theorizing the State (3 cr.)
Electives:
The remaining two courses are 500 level electives one of which must be a GWST course. The list of electives are
reviewed by the IGWS Graduate Advisory Committee every academic year. The list of electives for any given semester
is available on the IGWS graduate center website.
Electives:
The remaining two courses are 500 level electives one of which must be a GWST course. The list of electives are
reviewed by the IGWS Graduate Advisory Committee every academic year. The list of electives for any given semester
is available on the IGWS graduate center website.
Specialization in Gender and Women's Studies in the Middle East and North
Africa
GWST 501/5101 - Approaches to Gender and Women's Studies in the Middle East/ North Africa (3 cr.)
GWST 503/5103 - Histories and Theories of Gender and Development (3 cr.)
GWST 504/5104 - Gender and Migration (3 cr.)
Electives:
The remaining two courses are 500 level electives one of which must be a GWST course. The list of electives are
reviewed by the IGWS Graduate Advisory Committee every academic year. The list of electives for any given semester
is available on the IGWS graduate center website.
MA Thesis
All students must complete a thesis according to university regulations. Students must register for GWST 5299. Before
commencing work on the thesis, the student must have a thesis proposal approved by the IGWS Graduate Advisory
Committee. Students should familiarize themselves with the specific procedural requirements of the IGWS thesis. Guidelines
are available in the IGWS office and on the web.
Admission
Applicants seeking admission to the graduate program should have an undergraduate degree of high standing in the social
sciences or humanities with an overall grade of gayyid giddan or a grade point average of 3.0 or above. Those who lack this
background but who are exceptionally well qualified may be admitted provisionally. Provisional admission usually involves
additional non-credit coursework to prepare the applicant for graduate work over one or two semesters. Provisionally accepted
103
students must successfully complete the required prerequisites before being admitted to enroll in GWST graduate courses.
Students are admitted to the graduate degree program in the fall semester only.
Gender and Women's Studies in the Middle East and North Africa
(Graduate Diploma)
Course Requirements
Six courses (18 credit hours) are required for the diploma. Diploma students must take two required courses (GWST 5100 and
GWST 5205) and four GWST elective courses.
The diploma option allows students to pursue a disciplinary M.A. at AUC and at the same time acquire gender studies
qualifications.
The Center for Migration and Refugee Studies (CMRS), was first established in 2000 and was expanded in 2008 into a Regional
Center encompassing all forms of international mobility, whether voluntary or forced, economic or political, individual or
collective, temporary or permanent. Consistent with the mission of the School of Global Affairs and Public Policy, our programs
are all multidisciplinary.
CMRS offers a Master of Arts in Migration and Refugee Studies, a Graduate Diploma in Forced Migration and Refugee Studies
and a Graduate Diploma with a Specialization in Psychosocial Intervention for forced migrants and refugees.
The CMRS research program includes a systematic and comparative inventory of the situation regarding migration and refugee
movements across the Middle East and North Africa (MENA), as well as in-depth studies of emerging issues in the region.
CMRS outreach includes disseminating knowledge on migration and refugee issues beyond the universitys gates, as well as
providing a range of educational services to refugee communities.
The MA program in Migration and Refugee studies is an interdisciplinary degree program that aims to provide graduates with
critical knowledge, research methods and analytical skills of current theoretical, legal, political, economic, social, demographic
and psychological issues in migration and refugee studies. The knowledge and skills acquired may be applied in careers within
institutions such as governmental, non-governmental and international agencies, as well as universities, research organizations
and private corporations dealing with the multitude of issues connected with migration and refugee movements. Students have
the option of pursuing concentrations in migration or in refugee studies.
It is possible to work towards the MA in Migration and Refugee Studies with other MAs and Diplomas in the fields of Humanity
and Social Sciences simultaneously or sequentially. For more information, see Dual Graduate Degrees under the Academic
Requirements and Regulations section: Graduate Academic Requirements & Regulations
104
Admission
Applicants seeking admission to the Master's program should have an undergraduate degree of high standing (equivalent of a B
grade or higher) within the field of Humanities and/or Social Sciences and meet the university's language proficiency. Pre-
requisites may be assigned, depending on the student's academic background. Students with related work, research or volunteer
experience will be given priority.
Requirements:
Course Requirements
The MA program requires the successful completion of 8 courses (24 credit hours). All students must take the following 5 core
courses:
To take the degree without a concentration, students may choose 3 courses from
any of the electives listed above.
105
Thesis Requirements
All students must complete a thesis according to university regulations. Before commencing work on the thesis, the student must
present a thesis proposal for approval by CMRS. The thesis proposal should comprise a research question, including a set of
hypotheses, the sources of information and an outline of the research method to be used and should not exceed 2000 words.
After the acceptance of the thesis proposal, students must register for course MRS 5299 "Research Guidance and Thesis". After
the completion of the thesis, it must be defended in an oral examination during which questions may be asked regarding any
aspect of the thesis itself or of courses taken in the program particularly as they may relate to the thesis.
Time Line
Completion of the Masters Degree in Migration and Refugee Studies will normally take 2 years.
Admission
Applicants seeking admission to the Graduate diploma should have an undergraduate degree of high standing (equivalent of a B
grade or higher) within the field of humanities and or Social Sciences and meet the university's language proficiency exam.
Course Requirements
The Graduate Diploma requires the successful completion of 6 courses (18 credit hours). These include four required core
courses plus two elective courses.
MRS 500/5202 - Migration & Refugee Movements in the Middle East and North Africa (3 cr.)
MRS 501/5203 - International Migration & Development (3 cr.)
MRS 507/5200 - Introduction to Migration and Refugee Studies (3 cr.)
MRS 518/5201 - International Refugee Law (3 cr.)
Two electives are to be chosen from the CMRS list of electives offered each semester.
Time Line
Completion of the Graduate Diploma in Migration and Refugee Studies will normally take 1 year. It does not require the
completion of a thesis. Students who finish the diploma can develop it into an MA by taking the two extra required courses of
the MA program and complete a thesis.
106
The diploma is offered by the Center for Migration and Refugee Studies (CMRS) in collaboration with the Psychology unit of
the SAPE department.
Admission
Applicants seeking admission to the Graduate diploma in - Psychosocial Intervention for forced migrants and refuges should
have an undergraduate degree of high standing (no less than a GPA of 3.00) within the field of humanities and/or Social Sciences
and meet the universitys language proficiency exam. Pre-requisites may be assigned, depending on the students academic
background. Students with related work, research or volunteer experience will be given priority.
Applicants must display through a written personal statement in their applications the following traits: leadership, compassion,
cultural sensitivity, social responsibility, emotional maturity, good mental health, and ethical standards. Recommendation letters
will be required.
Graduates of this new specialized diploma will acquire core competencies that qualify them to think critically and analytically
about migration and refugee issues and plan and implement holistic culturally sensitive interventions that minimize or alleviate
the psychosocial issues affecting forced migrants and refugees at individual, family, group, community and societal levels. They
will learn to plan, manage and implement state-of-the-art interventions that make an impact on the psychosocial well-being of
refugee adults and children without discrimination due to ethnicity, gender, religion or capacities. These interventions can be
implemented during and after emergencies in urban, rural or camp locations. They will include but not be limited to the provision
of humanitarian relief that supports human rights and dignity, provision of basic psychological first aid and psychosocial support,
facilitation of psycho-education and support for families and groups, community and child focused activities in support of
psychosocial well-being, advocacy, referral, protection, psycho-education and peace building.
Course Requirements
The specialized graduate diploma in applied psychosocial intervention requires the successful completion of 6 courses with 19
credit hours. These will consist of 5 core courses, plus one elective. The practicum course:
MRS 513/5213 - Practicum in Psychosocial Interventions for Forced Migrants and Refugees (2 cr.)
will be taken twice, once in the Fall and once in Spring; each semester will count for 2 credit hours.
The remaining four core courses are:
MRS 507/5200 - Introduction to Migration and Refugee Studies (3 cr.)
MRS 512/5112 - Psychosocial Issues in Forced Migration (3 cr.)
PSYC 502/5210 - Community Psychology and Systems Theory (3 cr.)
MRS 514/5214 - Psychosocial Interventions for Forced Migrants and Refugees (3 cr.)
The one elective can be selected based on student interests, with approval from the Director of the psychosocial
program.
Time Line
The Graduate Diploma in Psychosocial Intervention can be finished in one year of full time study or two years of part-time study.
It does not require the completion of a thesis. Students who finish the diploma can develop it into an MA by taking the MA
required courses and completing a thesis.
On the other hand, following completion of the Graduate Diploma in Psychosocial Intervention for forced migrant and refugees,
if a student wants to undertake the FMRS Diploma in refugee studies, he/she will need to take one or two courses only of the four
core courses depending on the electives taken in the psychosocial diploma plus two electives of the FMRS diploma.
107
The Kamal Adham Center for Television and Digital Journalism is designed to prepare graduate students for careers in television
broadcasting and news reporting in the digital age. Through its masters program, the Center offers graduates the opportunity to
become reporters, producers, television anchors, hosts and media professionals at the top television and satellite channels locally
and internationally.
The 33-credit hour curriculum provides comprehensive knowledge of the literature and practice of television journalism and
news media. It is a practical program that provides intensive and hands-on exposure to the skills needed for producing both field
reports and in-studio shows. The program courses focus on editorial and technical skills, such as scriptwriting in English and
Arabic, camera use, editing and studio operations, as well as courses on interviewing, talk show hosting and voice coaching.
Students learn to use the latest HD and 3D cameras and digital equipment that is comparable to facilities found in major news
organizations around the world.
Master of Arts
The Kamal Adham Center for Television and Digital Journalism is designed to prepare graduate students for careers in television
broadcasting and news reporting in the digital age. Through its masters program, the Center offers graduates the opportunity to
become reporters, producers, television anchors, hosts and media professionals at the top television and satellite channels locally
and internationally.
The 33-credit hour curriculum provides comprehensive knowledge of the literature and practice of television journalism and
news media. It is a practical program that provides intensive and hands-on exposure to the skills needed for producing both field
reports and in-studio shows. The program courses focus on editorial and technical skills, such as scriptwriting in English and
Arabic, camera use, editing and studio operations, as well as courses on interviewing, talk show hosting and voice coaching.
Students learn to use the latest HD and 3D cameras and digital equipment that is comparable to facilities found in major news
organizations around the world.
Admission
Applicants are required to have a minimum GPA of 3.00 (on a 4.00 scale) or its equivalent of gayyid giddan (very good) in an
undergraduate degree from an accredited college or university. Applicants with relevant work experience, but with a GPA
slightly lower than 3.0 may still be considered for admission by the Centers graduate committee.
In addition to general language requirements established by AUC, the applicant must demonstrate a proficiency in English at an
advanced level. All applicants will be personally interviewed by the director of the program in order to assess their level of
communication and spoken language skills. Some applicants will be asked to complete, with a minimum grade of B, one to three
undergraduate courses in broadcast writing and production as prerequisites.
Applicants must submit official transcripts of all university degrees, an updated curriculum vitae, two recommendation letters
from relevant, credible sources and a personal statement of purpose. Applicants with media experience must submit samples of
their work.
Since the Television and Digital Journalism Masters is a practical and hands-on program, requiring daily assignments outside of
normal scheduled classes, students are expected to be available to take classes and complete assignments during the day and
evening hours. Students are advised not to hold full-time employment that might conflict with fulfilling the programs
requirements.
Admission checklist:
108
Proof of English Language proficiency
Official transcripts
Curriculum Vitae
Two letters of recommendation
Personal statement of purpose
Samples of published/broadcast work if applicable
Director interview
Electives
All students must also take two (2) 500-level courses offered either by the Department of Journalism and Mass Communication
or departments and/or Centers of the School of Global Affairs and Public Policy. All electives must be approved by the advisor to
ensure relevance to the program.
109
Bachelor of Arts
A minimum GPA of 2.7 is required in order to declare and maintain a major in the Middle East Studies program.
A total of 120 credits is required for the bachelors degree in Middle East Studies:
In the case of ARIC and HIST courses, if the student takes one of the courses listed below as part of the Core requirements, the
student must take another course from the Core courses listed under these fields.
ARIC 343/3343 - Birth of Muslim Community and Rise of the Arab Caliphates (3 cr.)
ARIC 336/3336 - Studies in Ibn Khaldun (3 cr.)
ARIC 353/3353 - Muslim Political Thought (3 cr.)
In addition to the above courses, students are required to take three 400-level courses from the following list:
110
OR ANTH 460/4560 - Development Studies Seminar (3 cr.)
ARIC 439/5142 - Islamic Law (3 cr.)
ARIC 451/5133 - Islamic Institutions (3 cr.)
ARIC 454/5134 - Modern Movements in Islam (3 cr.)
ECON 415/4051 - Seminar on Economic Development in the Middle East (3 cr.)
HIST 412/4290 - Selected Topics in Modern Egyptian History (3 cr.)
OR HIST 462/4288 - Selected Topics in the History of the Modern Middle East (3 cr.)
POLS 420/4420 - Issues in Middle East Politics (3 cr.)
POLS 423/4523 - The Political Economy of Poverty and Inequality (3 cr.)
POLS 442/4542 - Environmental Politics (3 cr.)
SOC 450/4106 - Critical Approaches to Development (3 cr.)
OR SOC 460/4560 - Development Studies Seminar (3 cr.)
Master of Arts
The master's degree program in Middle East Studies is an interdisciplinary degree program. Applicants for admission should
have an undergraduate degree of high standing (GPA of 3.0 or higher). Prerequisites are often assigned depending on the
individual student's academic background. The program is designed to meet the needs of aspiring professionals who need in-
depth knowledge of the modern Middle East as well as those intending to pursue an academic career.
Admission
Students are normally admitted to the MA degree program in the fall only. The application deadline for fall 2011 is February 1
for application with a fellowship and April 1 for application without a fellowship. Students who are offered admission must
indicate their intention to enroll by May 15 and pay a deposit to hold their place.
Language
To obtain the MA each candidate must demonstrate, in addition to the normal university requirements in English, proficiency in
Modern Standard Arabic up to the completion of ALNG 2101-2102-2103.
Proficiency is tested by an examination administered by the Arabic Language Institute. Students who have no background in
Arabic are strongly advised to enroll in the summer intensive course (20 contact hours a week, 12 credits) of the Arabic
Language Unit before beginning their MA program.
Courses
111
Ten courses are required for the MA degree (Eight for those who choose to write an MA thesis and enroll in MEST 5298 and
MEST 5299. The following two courses are required:
Note
The other five courses (or three for thesis writers) may be selected from 400 or 500 level courses related to the Middle East in
Anthropology/Sociology, Arabic Studies, Economics, Gender and Women's Studies, History, Law, Middle East Studies and
Political Science. No more than two 400 level courses may be counted towards the degree and only one course originally at the
400 level but for which requirement are added to raise it to 500 level may be applied towards the degree. Students must consult
with their advisor to ensure an adequate coverage of social science and history.
Thesis
Students opting to do a thesis must complete a thesis in accordance with university regulations. Before commencing work on the
thesis, the student must have a thesis proposal approved by three faculty members.
Comprehensive Examination
Students not opting to do a thesis will, after the completion of all course requirements, take a comprehensive examination
administered by an interdisciplinary examining board. An oral examination will be given following the written test.
Students are expected to finish the program in two semesters, though they may take up to four semesters to complete their
requirements.
Admission
112
An applicant should have an undergraduate degree of high standing (a GPA of 3.0 or above). Prerequisites may be assigned
depending on the applicant's academic background.
Language
To obtain the diploma each candidate must demonstrate, in addition to the normal university requirements in English, proficiency
in Modern Standard Arabic up to the completion of ALNG 1101-1102-1103.
Courses
Five courses are required for the Diploma, from at least three departments. Students can take a maximum of two courses at the
400 level. Students must take three of the following courses:
The remaining two courses must be related to the Middle East, from Arab & Islamic Civilizations, Economics, Gender
and Womens Studies, History, Law, Middle East Studies, Political Science or Anthropology/Sociology.
Prince Alwaleed Bin Talal Bin Abdulaziz Alsaud Center for American
Studies and Research
Prince Alwaleed Bin Talal Bin Abdulaziz Alsaud Center for American Studies and
Research
School of Global Affairs and Public Policy
Director: M. Shahin
Requirements:
113
And at least four of the following:
Notes:
Footnote one: when instructor and the Dean of GAPP deem course content appropriate
Footnote two: with permission of the instructor
See departmental announcements or AUC Catalog entries under departmental headings for complete course descriptions.
Applied Linguistics is an interdisciplinary field of inquiry that addresses a broad range of language-related issues in order to
improve the lives of individuals and conditions in society. It draws on a wide range of theoretical, methodological, and
educational approaches from various disciplines-from the humanities to the social, cognitive, medical, and natural sciences-as it
develops its own knowledge-base about language, its users and uses, and their underlying social and material conditions. The
Department of Applied Linguistics at AUC has as its primary focus the application of linguistic knowledge to language
pedagogy, particularly the Teaching of Arabic as a Foreign Language and the Teaching of English to Speakers of Other
Languages.
114
Linguistics Minor
The linguistics minor is administered by the English Language Institute in cooperation with the Anthropology Unit and the
Department of Rhetoric and Composition. It offers courses in linguistics anthropology, Teaching English to Speakers of Other
Languages (TESOL), or writing in specific genres. The minor is particularly valuable as a complement to majors such as English
and comparative literature, Psychology, Sociology, Anthropology, and Journalism and Mass Communication.
Requirements (9 credits):
ANTH 332/3060 - Social Constructions of Difference: Race, Class and Gender (3 cr.)
ANTH 380/3105 - Fieldwork Methods (3 cr.)
Interest in the Arabic language has increased greatly throughout the world. With this has come a demand for professionals trained
in the field. Based on modern theory and practice, the master's degree and the diploma programs in Teaching Arabic as a Foreign
Language (TAFL) are especially designed to meet this need.
The master's degree requires two years' residence and covers the following areas: linguistics, second language acquisition, and
methods of teaching foreign languages. Practice teaching is also required. The courses have been structured to promote research
as well as to develop highly trained teachers. In addition, a number of issues related to the role of Arabic in modern society are
freshly examined, such as current methods of teaching Arabic to children, reform of the writing system, grammar reform
movements, and the problem of diglossia. The TAFL program seeks to inspire new approaches to these problems.
Admission
Applicants for the master of arts degree in TAFL should preferably hold a bachelor of arts degree specializing in Arabic
language, Islamic studies, Middle East area studies, or a modern language. Applicants should also meet general university
115
admission requirements. Applicants with undergraduate specialization in a modern language other than Arabic must take a
number of additional courses in the field of Arabic studies. Applicants who are not specialized in Arabic language will need also
to take an entrance exam to be offered by ALI to show that applicant has sufficient command of Arabic to qualify for admission
into an Arabic language program. Applicants for the master of arts degree in TAFL should preferably have teaching experience
prior to admission into the program or concurrently with the program. Applicants with no or little experience in teaching are
required to work as unpaid teacher assistants for at least one semester before graduation.
Language
Non-native speakers of Arabic and holders of degrees other than Arabic language or Islamic studies must demonstrate in an
examination that their proficiency in Arabic is adequate for study in the program. The level of language proficiency required for
admission is not less than the level Superior as specified by the guidelines of the American Council for the Teaching of Foreign
Languages (ACTFL). Those with less but showing exceptional promise may be recommended for AUC preparatory training for a
period not to exceed one year.
An applicant who is not a native speaker of English must have sufficient command of English to qualify for admission as an
AUC graduate student. Those with less but showing exceptional promise may be recommended for AUC preparatory training for
a period not to exceed one year.
Courses
A minimum of 30 graduate credit hours and a thesis are required except as indicated in the "Thesis" section below.
Electives
Electives should complete the required number of credit hours. Choice will depend upon the thesis topic and the students
undergraduate field of study and must be approved by the adviser. While they are normally selected from among 500-level TAFL
courses, with the advisers approval, electives may include up to two non-TAFL courses. No more than two 400-level courses
may be counted toward the degree.
Comprehensive Examination
116
The comprehensive examination consists of a written examination followed by an oral examination. It is required only of
students not writing theses and may not be taken more than twice.
Thesis
The thesis is usually required for graduation. In some circumstances and with the advisers approval, a candidate may be allowed
to replace the thesis with two additional courses, increasing the total number of minimum credit hours required from 30 to 36. In
such cases the candidate would be required to take the comprehensive examination.
The student writing a thesis must produce a professional paper on some aspect of TAFL. The thesis must be prepared under the
guidance and close supervision of a faculty adviser and a designated committee.
The graduate programs in Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages (TESOL) are designed to enhance knowledge,
skills, and effectiveness of teachers, researchers, and administrators in the profession. These programs attract an international
student body and combine rigorous academic standards with an appropriate balance between theory and practice.
Admission
It is desirable that applicants for the Master of Arts degree in TESOL have teaching experience prior to admission into the
program; they may also acquire this experience concurrent with the program.
Language
Applicants who are not native speakers of English will be required to demonstrate on the TOEFL with TWE that their command
of English is adequate for study in the program.
Courses
Required of all students:
For thesis writers, a minimum of 33 graduate hours plus the thesis is required. For non-thesis writers, a minimum of 36 graduate
hours is required plus a comprehensive examination.
117
Electives
In choosing electives, students with assistance of their advisors, are to choose at least one course from two of the groups listed
below.
2. Linguistics:
Note
In the case of APLN 5370 Selected Topics in Applied Linguistics, the course topic must relate to the general category.
Capstone Portfolio
As a part of their graduation requirements, students will submit a capstone portfolio at the end of their final semester. The
capstone portfolio will include various items of graded student work from core and elective courses showing that students have
successfully achieved MATESOL program learning outcomes. The capstone portfolio will be submitted as a final assignment
in APLN 511/5397 - Methods of TESOL II (3 cr.) .
Comprehensive Examination
The Comprehensive Examination consists of a written examination followed by an oral examination. It is required only of
students not writing theses, and may not be taken more than twice.
Thesis
118
The thesis as a requirement for graduation is optional. The student who chooses to write a thesis must produce a professional
paper on some aspect of TESOL/applied linguistics. The thesis must be prepared under the guidance and close supervision of a
faculty adviser and a designated committee, and must be defended to the satisfaction of the department. The thesis defense is not
open to the public.
Notes
One three-hour elective course to be decided upon by the student
A maximum of one appropriate course may be accepted, with departmental approval, as transfer credit toward the diploma in lieu
of APLN 5305 , APLN 5203, APLN 5102, or an acceptable elective.
Two three-hour additional courses to be decided upon by the student in consultation with the academic adviser
APLN 500/5303 - English Grammar (3 cr.)
APLN 501/5301 - Principles of Linguistic Analysis (3 cr.)
APLN 503/5304 - Second Language Acquisition (3 cr.)
APLN 510/5300 - Methods of TESOL I (3 cr.)
With departmental approval, as transfer credit toward the Diploma in lieu of the following:
119
Department of Arab and Islamic Civilizations
Bachelor of Arts
The objective of the Bachelor of Arts is to develop a broad awareness of Arab-Islamic civilization and to develop in students the
ability to examine critically the different aesthetic, intellectual and cultural components of this civilization. Each student is
required to fulfill Arabic language requirements and take a common core of courses from Arabic Literature, Islamic Studies,
Middle Eastern History and Islamic Art and Architecture. Students should find opportunities in any line of work where
knowledge of Middle Eastern culture or analytical and communication skills are important.
Language Requirements
Students must demonstrate their proficiency in Arabic at the advanced level, either by completing ALNG 312/3502 or its
equivalent, or by taking a proficiency test, or by holding the Thanawiya 'Amma.Students must reach this level of proficiency
before their senior year. The department may give permission for deferral until the senior year in exceptional cases. However,
students should note that advanced-level proficiency is a prerequisite for enrollment in certain Arabic literature courses, as
described below. Students who are required to take Arabic language proficiency courses may use a maximum of 15 hours of their
elective credits to take language courses in Intermediate or Advanced Arabic. Elementary Arabic courses may not be taken for
credit.
Students should have the Thanawiya 'Amma certificate, evidence of advanced-level proficiency or consent of instructor before
enrolling in any Arabic literature course which is taught in Arabic, or in ARIC 5114 for which the readings are in Arabic.
120
Concentration requirements (48 credits)
All students must take 24 credit hours as follows:
EITHER
OR
Additional Requirements
Each student must take another 24 credits of ARIC courses, chosen with the help of the advisor. These must include two
additional 400-level courses.
Specializations
Students may, if they wish, take a specialization in Middle Eastern History or in Arabic Literature.
121
Students who wish to specialize in this field must take a minimum of 18 credits in Middle Eastern history, medieval and modern.
These must include two 400-level courses, and at least one course on modern Middle Eastern history. Students may choose from
among the following courses offered by the Department of Arab and Islamic Civilizations (ARIC) and by the Department of
History (HIST):
Students who wish to specialize in this field must complete 24 credits in Arabic literature. At least of 18 of these 24 credits
should be taken in the courses listed below. It is expected that the readings for these classes will be in Arabic. A student may take
up to two classes in which translated texts are used, provided they read the texts in the original Arabic.
122
Depending on the number of credits needed to complete the 20 credits, the student is strongly advised to use some of their
electives to take a suitable minor or minors.
Language Requirement
Student may use up to 15 credit hours of electives to satisfy the Arabic language requirements for the ARIC degree.
In addition to the Islamic Art and Architecture courses ( ARIC 2206 and ARIC 270/2270) stipulated in the Arabic Studies core
requirements, the students must take an additional 8 courses (24 credit hours), of which two must be of the 400-level, from
among the following:
ARIC 270-271/2270-2271 - From Andalusia to Indonesia: Introduction to Islamic Art and Architecture (3 cr. per
semester)
ARIC 368/3268 - The Art of the Book in the Islamic World (3 cr.)
ARIC 369/3269 - Ceramic Arts of the Islamic World (3 cr.)
ARIC 370/3270 - The Age of Transition: Early Islamic Art and the Pre-Islamic Past (3 cr.)
ARIC 371-372/3271-3272 - Islamic Architecture in Egypt and Syria (3 cr. per semester)
ARIC 464/5121 - Islamic Art and Architecture in India and Pakistan (3 cr.)
ARIC 465-466/5122-5123 - Islamic Architecture in Turkey, Persia and Central Asia (3 cr.)
ARIC 467/5124 - Islamic Architecture in Spain and North Africa (3 cr.)
EGPT 361/3201 - Art and Architecture of Ancient Egypt I (3 cr.)
EGPT 362/3202 - Art and Architecture of Ancient Egypt II (3 cr.)
Notes:
In addition to the core and specialization requirements an additional 26-38 credit hours can be devoted to electives.
123
ARIC 203/2103 - Classical Arabic Literature in Translation (3 cr.)
ARIC 204/2104 - Modern Arabic Literature in Translation (3 cr.)
Students will also take three (3) courses from the following, depending on the student's area of interest:
ARIC 305/3104 - Arabic Literature and Gender (3 cr.)
ARIC 306/3106 - Arabic Literature and Film (3 cr.)
ARIC 307/3107 - The Writer and the State (3 cr.)
ARIC 308/3108 - Colloquial and Folk Literature (3 cr.)
ARIC 309/3097 - Selected Themes and Topics in Arabic Literature (3 cr.)
ARIC 310/3197 - Selected Themes and Topics in Arabic Literature in Translation (3 cr.)
ARIC 314/3114 - The Arabic Novel (3 cr.)
ARIC 315/3115 - Arabic Drama (3 cr.)
ARIC 316/3116 - The Arabic Short Story (3 cr.)
ARIC 401/5110 - Senior Seminar in Arabic Texts (3 cr.)
ARIC 402/5111 - Senior Seminar in Arabic Literature in Translation (3 cr.)
ARIC 403/5112 - Arabic Literary Criticism (3 cr.)
124
ARIC 370/3270 - The Age of Transition: Early Islamic Art and the Pre-Islamic Past (3 cr.)
ARIC 371-372/3271-3272 - Islamic Architecture in Egypt and Syria (3 cr. per semester)
ARIC 465-466/5122-5123 - Islamic Architecture in Turkey, Persia and Central Asia (3 cr.)
Courses
The student must take a minimum of eight courses in his/her area of specialization.
125
For Arabic Language and Literature specialization
ARIC 504/5210 - Seminar on a Selected Work or Author in Classical Arabic Literature (3 cr.)
OR
ARIC 507/5211 - Seminar on Modern Arabic Literature: Nineteenth Century (3 cr.)
ARIC 508/5212 - Seminar on Modern Arabic Literature: Twentieth Century (3 cr.)
ARIC 526/5242 - Seminar on Selected Topics in Islamic Law and Legal Theory (3 cr.)
Or
ARIC 527/5243 - Selected Topics in Islamic Theology, Sufism or Philosophy (3 cr.)
ARIC 530/5230 - Seminar on a Selected Topic in Medieval Arab/Islamic History, 600-1800 A.D. (3 cr.)
OR
ARIC 542/5231 - Seminar on the Nineteenth-Century Middle East (3 cr.)
OR
ARIC 543/5232 - Seminar on the Twentieth-Century Middle East (3 cr.)
Additional Requirements
5100 level courses may be taken as part of the M.A. program in which case extra readings and research will be required of the
graduate students. See below:
126
ARIC 521-522/5202-5203 - Special Studies in Islamic Thought and Institutions (3 cr.)
ARIC 560 - 561/5233-5234 - Special Studies in Middle Eastern History (3 cr.)
ARIC 575-576/5222-5223 - Special Studies in Islamic Art and Architecture (3 cr.)
Notes:
Subject to departmental approval, up to two courses may be taken outside the area of specialization.
Courses on 19th - 20th century Middle Eastern history are taught by the Department of History.
Admissions
The history unit has a preference for applicants who already have some academic background in Arabic and Islamic studies and
who have studied the Arabic language at the university level for at least one year.
Language
To be eligible for the master of arts degree in Arabic Studies the student must reach an acceptable level of proficiency in
advanced literary Arabic as established by examinations. The student whose degree concentration is Arabic language and
literature is expected to go beyond this minimum requirement. The student whose degree concentration is Islamic Art &
Architecture is expected to attain the equivalence of ALNG 2101-2102-2103 by test. The student whose degree concentration is
history must reach the ALNG 3103-3104 level or its equivalent before writing his/her thesis. To be eligible for the degree of
master of arts in Arabic studies, the student must also demonstrate through examination a reading knowledge of at least one
major language other than English, preferably French or German. If the student's research can be performed successfully without
knowledge of a third language, the department may exempt the student from this requirement.
Thesis
A thesis is required in all three branches of the master of arts in Arabic studies. The thesis must be written in English and
submitted in accordance with university regulations.
An opportunity for students with a background in history, literature, art history, etc. to complement their knowledge with specific
study pertaining to the Arab and Islamicate worlds.
Requirements:
Students will take six (6) courses from at least two different disciplinary specializations taught in the department of Arab &
Islamic Civilizations.
Two (2) of the six (6) courses should be chosen from the following list:
ARIC 504/5210 - Seminar on a Selected Work or Author in Classical Arabic Literature (3 cr.)
127
ARIC 575-576/5222-5223 - Special Studies in Islamic Art and Architecture (3 cr.)
ARIC 530/5230 - Seminar on a Selected Topic in Medieval Arab/Islamic History, 600-1800 A.D. (3 cr.)
Admission Requirements:
Same as for existing MA programs taught in the department. If a student in good standing decides during the course of their
diploma that they would like to transfer to an MA program, they may apply via the standard procedure for graduate admissions.
The program in English and Comparative Literature provides the undergraduate student with an understanding of the role which
literature plays in presenting men and women with images of themselves, their society, and their culture and introduces them to
the different questions and answers which literature has given to the central problems of human experience.
To major in English and Comparative Literature students must have taken at least one ECLT course with not less than a C grade
and be registering for the required program of the major.
A total of 120 credits is required for the bachelors degree in English and comparative literature:
128
ECLT 410/4010 - Classics of the Ancient World (3 cr.)
129
ECLT 347/3099 - Selected Topics (3 cr.)
ECLT 352/3052 - Recurrent Themes in Literature (3 cr.)
ECLT 353/3053 - Modern Drama (3 cr.)
ECLT 370/3070 - Creative Writing (3 cr.)
ECLT 447/4099 - Capstone Seminar: Selected Topics (3 cr.)
Writing Minor
The Minor in Writing introduces and advances the knowledge, understanding and value of rhetoric and writing disciplines at the
university. It provides the opportunity for students to study and practice across disciplines of writing, from narrative nonfiction
and creative writing, to business and technical writing, to approaches to academic inquiry.
6-9 credits in one emphasis area (Writing in the Creativity Genres, Business/ Technical Writing, or Writing and
Society)
3 credits in a second emphasis area, and
0-3 credits in any area of their choice
130
Minor in Writing courses may be double-counted for Core Curriculum credit at the secondary and capstone levels, consistent
with the rules and policies of the Core Curriculum.
Students who have already taken any of the writing courses below as electives or Core courses (as described above) may count
credits retroactively.
Students who select this area of emphasis will practice and work toward mastery in several creative genres of writing, including
the following: narrative nonfiction, autobiography, travel writing, fiction, poetry, playwriting and children's literature. They will
read within and practice the conventions of these genres, consider ethical concerns raised in the genres, develop critical mastery
of the creative genres, and produce a substantial capstone project demonstrating significant growth in writing in a chosen creative
genre.
B. Business/Technical Writing
Students who select this area of emphasis will practice and work toward professional competency in the fields of business,
science and technical communications, including the following: business writing, technical writing, proposal writing, and digital
rhetoric. They will read within and practice the conventions of these fields of communication, and will reflect upon ethical and
critical standards enforced or called into question by these practices.
Students who select this area will focus on the social power of writing: writing as a force in academic disciplines, writing and
cognitive studies, and writing for publication in the various disciplines. Students learn how writing drives thought, genres, and
the development of disciplines and consider ethical concerns raised through this practice.
131
RHET 322/3320 - Writing in the Social Sciences (3 cr.)
RHET 323/3330 - Changing Words, Changing Worlds (3 cr.)
RHET 325/3340 - The Rhetoric of Argument in the Humanities and Social Sciences (3 cr.)
RHET 330/3350 - Writing and Cognition (3 cr.)
RHET 400/4360 - Writing and Editing for Publication (3 cr.)
(Depending on topic, these courses may fit in any of above emphasis areas each course may be repeated for credit as long as
the content differs each time it is taken.)
An applicant for admission to the masters program in English and comparative literature should have a considerable background
in the study of literature. Applicants who are not native speakers of English or graduates of English and comparative literature at
AUC will be required to demonstrate on the TOEFL with TWE that their command of English is adequate for study in the
program.
Courses
A minimum of twenty-four graduate hours is required. Normally, eight courses are to be taken at the 5000 level. However, up to
two of the eight courses might be taken at the 4000-level.
All students admitted to the graduate program will be required to take the following courses, unless they have taken these courses
at the undergraduate level.
With permission of the student's adviser and the chair of the department, a student may take graduate coursework in another
department provided that its content is directly concerned with the area of the student's degree work. No more than two such
courses will be accepted for credit toward the master's degree.
132
ECLT 514/5114 - Eighteenth-Century Writers (3 cr.)
ECLT 516/5116 - The Romantic Movement (3 cr.)
ECLT 517/5117 - Nineteenth-Century Writers (3 cr.)
ECLT 523/5123 - Modern Poets (3 cr.)
ECLT 531/5131 - The Modern Novel (3 cr.)
ECLT 540/5140 - Readings in American Literature (3 cr.)
ECLT 542/5142 - Readings in French Literature (3 cr.)
ECLT 543/5143 - Readings in British Literature (3 cr.)
ECLT 545-546/5199-5299 - Selected Topics (3 cr.)
ECLT 000/5256 - Approaches to Gender and Women's Studies in the Middle East/North Africa (3 cr.)
ECLT 588/5288 - Comprehensives (no cr.)
ECLT 599/5298 - Research Guidance and Thesis (no cr.)
Language
Before writing a thesis the student must demonstrate, in an examination, knowledge of either French or German. At the discretion
of the department another modem language may be substituted, should it be more pertinent to the student's field of interest. The
exam for both languages will take place in Spring and Fall of each year.
Thesis
The department conceives of the thesis as a research paper at the recommended length of forty to sixty pages (10,000 to 15,000
words), double-spaced, standard font, which should demonstrate by its high quality the student's ability to handle the techniques
of research and to write critically and pointedly about a given subject. The topic must be chosen from subjects in the student's
area of concentration. It must be acceptable to the student's thesis director in the light of his/her special qualification and
his/her judgment of the student's capability, and the availability of the required library facilities.
A proposal must be submitted to, and approved by, the first and second readers as well as the department chair. This should be
approximately one to two thousand words. A working bibliography should be included. There will be a final defense of the thesis
and related topics.
Admission
Applicants seeking admission to the Graduate Diploma in Comparative Literary Studies must have completed an undergraduate
degree in any field. They are required to meet the graduate admission standards of AUC and meet the English language
133
requirements of the Department of English and Comparative Literature. Information concerning these can be found in the AUC
catalog and the Office of Graduate Admission.
Curriculum
Students take a total of six courses and sit for an examination in a language of their choice other than English. Each diploma
student is assigned a faculty advisor who will recommend courses and seminars, taking in consideration the vocational and
intellectual interest of the student. Students will have a choice of four graduate courses in ECLT and two graduate courses in
specified Departments/Programs of HUSS.
Department of History
Professors: K. Fahmy, A. Ezz el Arab, R. Tutwiler (Professor of Practice)
Associate Professors: M. Reimer (Chair), P. Ghazaleh, H. Kholoussy
Visiting Professors: J. Capani, T. Gleason, M. Hojairi
The study of history lies at the foundation of a liberal education. It teaches crucial intellectual and analytical skills, and develops
communicative abilities. It plays a key role in instilling curiosity and discernment, and in teaching people how not to be misled.
Understanding the past allows us to better understand the present and to prepare intelligently for the future, and is especially
important in an increasingly globalized and fast-changing world.
History (B.A.)
Bachelor of Arts
AUC's history major covers a range of European, American and Middle Eastern topics, and allows students the flexibility to
develop and pursue their own interests. All courses develop in students an appreciation of the richness, complexity, and diversity
of past civilizations, allowing them to examine the human experience in its fullest dimensions. The program as a whole gives
students appropriate historical, academic and personal competencies, develops their intellectual sophistication, and provides a
solid foundation for their future lives, preparing them for a wide variety of subsequent careers, from law or diplomacy to
journalism or business.
Students interested in declaring History as their major must take at least two courses in History the year they join the major and
pass an interview to be conducted by the Department Academic Adviser.
134
HIST 420/4801 - Historical Theory and Methodology (3 cr.)
"Major Capstone"
Students must consult with their advisors to ensure that their courses provide an appropriate coverage of different historical
periods.
Electives:
38-50 credits, to be selected in consultation with a history faculty advisor.
A total of 120 credits is required for a bachelor's degree in Honors Program in History.
135
The minor in Comparative Religion is designed to allow students with an interest in religious studies to pursue their research by
choosing from a selection of courses on various aspects of the subject both past and present.
Either two further CREL courses or any two of the following courses (6 credits):
Notes:
With the approval of the CREL advisor, other 300 or 400 level courses on Islam from ARIC, HIST, POLS or PHIL may be
substituted for the non-CREL courses listed above.
History Minor
The minor in History is designed to provide students with a substantial introduction to the craft of history while allowing them to
choose their own areas of interest.
Visual Art
136
Film
Professor: M. Khouri
Graphic Design
Music
Music Performance
Music Technology
Theatre
Film (B.A.)
Bachelor of Arts in Film
Since its early days, cinema has been one of the most influential art forms of the twentieth century. Uniquely situated in the
"film" city of Cairo, the major in film, integrates professional film production training with the study of the historical and
theoretical nature of the medium. Another critical component of the degree of the degree is studying the dynamics of cinema as a
complex cultural, economic, and industrial practice. In conjunction with this academic and professional framework, the degree
also provides a balance consideration of international, regional and local facets of the subject. The curriculum covers the
following areas: the development of cinema as an art form; the impact of cinema on culture and society; the historical, thematic
and stylistic trends within Egyptian and Arab cinema; the development of the theoretical and practical background and
appreciation of the art of film making; aesthetic techniques used in production; and the relationship between cinema and the
increasingly mediated visual cultures of the world.
Students interested in declaring a Film Major are required to take FILM 2120 (introduction to Film), and FILM 2200 (Analogue
and Digital Practices). Students with a minimum of B grade average in these FILM courses can apply to declare their Film major.
Final recommendation regarding the declaration is made following an interview with the applicant.
137
The Visual Cultures Programs
The Film major participates in the Visual Cultures Program at AUC, which provides the home for interdisciplinary study in
theory and practice across the three individual majors of Visual Art, Graphic Design, and Film. Established within the
Department of the Arts in 2011 in response to the increasingly interdisciplinary character of visual creative practice in the 21st
century, the Program offers courses that facilitate research-driven creative practice and the critical study and conscious use of
diverse visual media in cultural context.
As a contemporary "visual culture" is a necessarily open-ended field in continual transformation, the Visual Cultures Program is
a work in progress. It currently supports two introductory courses: the studio course Analogue and Digital Practices, which is
cross-listed as ARTV 2200, DSGN 2200, and FILM 2200 and offers foundational study in visual research in a cross-disciplinary
environment; and the lecture course Introduction to Visual Cultures, which is cross-listed as ARTV 2113, DSGN 2113, and
FILM 2113 and provides students with a primer in the key terms and concepts for the analysis of visual texts past and present.
Major Requirements
A total of 120 credits are required for the bachelor's degree in Film, two courses of which must be FILM courses in the 4000
level.
138
FILM 402/4402 - Independent Study (1-3 cr.)
139
Electives (17 credits)
The Graphic Design major prepares students for a wide range of professional options. Branding, advertising, publication, web,
digital and broadcast design, exhibition and type design are all possible career paths. The major offers both theory and studio
courses that will enable design students to integrate a good command of visual language with conceptual work, theory, and
technology.
Classes are mostly critique based, encouraging debate, discussion and lateral thinking, utilizing formal and practical knowledge.
Most course work is conducted in studios. Classes are taught by a group of accomplished faculty supported by visiting faculty,
guest lecturers, field trips, camps and workshops. Students create work that is uniquely theirs helping them build a portfolio from
which they can build their careers.
To be eligible to declare a Graphic Design major, students must have completed four courses in the program: DSGN 2200
(Analogue and Digital Practices), DSGN 2113 (Introduction to Visual Cultures), DSGN 2201 (Design I) and DSGN 2115
(History of Graphic Design). After the completion of these four courses, students are requested to sit for a portfolio interview
where their work is evaluated by a committee. Based on the availability of space, a limited number of students who have
successfully completed their courses and who present a promising portfolio as determined by the department will be accepted in
the major.
The Graphic Design major participates in the Visual Cultures Program at AUC, which provides the home for interdisciplinary
study in theory and practice across the three individual majors of Visual Arts, Graphic Design, and Film. Established within the
Department of the Arts in 2011 in response to the increasingly interdisciplinary character of visual creative practice in the 21st
century, the Program offers courses that facilitate research-driven creative practice and the critical study and conscious use of
diverse visual media in cultural context.
As contemporary "visual culture" is a necessary open-ended field in continual transformation, the Visual Cultures Program is a
work in progress. It currently supports two introductory courses: the studio course Analogue and Digital Practices, which is
cross-listed as ARTV 2200, DSGN 2200, and FILM 2200 and offers foundational study in visual research in a cross-disciplinary
environment; and the lecture course Introduction to Visual Cultures, which is cross-listed as ARTV 2113, DSGN 2113, and
FILM 2113 and provides students with primer in the key terms and concepts for the analysis of visual texts past and present
Major Requirements
A total of 120 credits are required for the bachelor's degree in Graphic Design.
140
DSGN 200/2200 - Analogue and Digital Practices (3 cr.)
DSGN 201/2201 - Design I (3 cr.)
DSGN 210/2210 - Typography I (3 cr.)
DSGN 213/2113 - Introduction to Visual Cultures (3 cr.)
DSGN 215/2115 - History of Graphic Design (3 cr.)
DSGN 250/2250 - Digital Practice I (3 cr.)
DSGN 420/4220 - Production for Designers (3 cr.)
DSGN 469/4269 - Senior Project Thesis (3 cr.)
DSGN 470/4270 - Senior Project Practice (3 cr.)
141
Collateral Requirements (6 credits):
Choose two:
The program lays a special emphasis on two aspects of what musicians do which are of particular value to students, whether they
aspire to a career in music, or only seek to broaden their understanding of the world by enrolling in one or two courses. First, all
students who take private instruction in voice or an instrument will learn to sight-read musical notation fluently, and to
comprehend what they hear. Second, in the classroom and studio, lessons, rehearsals, and performances, all students in the
program are expected to conform to professional standards: to be punctual and prepared, and to treat their colleagues, and the
material to be studied or performed, with the respect that is their due.
Students who major in music may pursue either a Bachelor of Arts degree in music technology, or a Bachelor of Musical Arts
(B.M.A) degree in performance. The Bachelor of Arts in music technology is a liberal arts degree which prepares students for a
career in sound engineering, ie. Music recording, editing, production, and broadcasting, or for graduate study in the field.
The Institute for Music Technology offers a sequence of courses in music recording, editing, and production, music for video
and film, and electronic music. Such training is crucial not only for students interested in a career in these professions, but also to
performers and teachers who need to create and edit demos and audition tracks, to use music files in web sites and other internet
applications, or to prepare and market recordings of their own performances and compositions. The Institute for Music
Technology is responsible for the recording studio, which is used both as a teaching space and for professional recording.
The Cairo Choral Society is a community chorus dedicated to the study, promotion, and performance of the great choral works
in the Western musical tradition. It presents performances with a professional orchestra (the Cairo Festival Orchestra) and
soloists at various venues in Cairo. The membership is voluntary, multinational, and cross-generational. The Cairo Choral
Society was founded in 1983; in the fall choral ensembles in Egypt, it is both a community-based organization and a for-credit
course at AUC. Students may also participate in the chorus on a not-for-credit basis.
Bachelor of Arts
142
In order to complete the Bachelor of Art in music with a concentration in music technology, a student will:
Learn to read music, and acquire intermediate listening and sight-reading skills.
Learn fundamental principles of music theory, both Western and Arab.
Demonstrate the ability to play the piano at an intermediate level or better, and to use the key board as a tool for music
data entry; more advanced students may also present part of a solo recital, in piano, some other instrument, or voice,
with the permission of their teacher.
Acquire a basic ability to compose and arrange using MIDI ("musical instrument digital interface," the protocol for the
transmission of music data between electronic musical instruments).
Learn advanced techniques of recording, editing, mixing, and mastering with Protocol and other editing software
(Protocols software is the industry standard for recording, composing, arranging, editing, and mixing digital music).
Acquire an advanced understanding of the use of music events (i.e. MIDI and related technologies) using synthesizers
and samplers.
Declaration of the Major in Music Technology
To be eligible to declare a major in Music Technology, students must take three courses:
Final recommendation is made by the Director of the Institute for Music Technology after an interview with members of the
music technology faculty.
A total of 120 credits are required for the bachelor's degree in music with a concentration in music technology.
143
MUSC 342/3250 - Music in the Arab Tradition (3 cr.)
MUSC 360/3200 - Music in the Western Tradition (3 cr.)
Theatre (B.A.)
The Department of the Arts offers both a bachelor's degree and three minors in theatre. The curriculum balances solid
fundamental study of the literature, history, and theory of theatre with practical theatre experience in performance, directing,
design, and technical theatre. The program offers a liberal arts approach to theatre study, an approach that aims at enriching the
students' awareness of the role of theatre arts within society.
144
Performances
The department produces a season of fully-realized plays, sponsors student-directed plays, and hosts visiting productions in its
three theatres, the Malak Gabr Theatre, Gerhart Theatre, and Black Box Theatre. The department offers students the opportunity
to interact with international renowned guest artists who are brought to AUC to serve as directors, designers, and performers.
Students who participate are eligible to receive course credit depending on the extent of their involvement.
The Theatre Program's productions are an integral component of its curriculum and an essential part of the learning and training
process. Auditions are open to all registered AUC students. Casting in a play is dependent upon the ability of the student to
comply with the rigorous requirements of a given rehearsal schedule.
Bachelor of Arts
Theatre majors follow a program of courses in dramatic literature, theory, and history; a program of studio courses (acting,
directing, and design), and play and active role in the department's productions.
A total of 120 credits is required for the bachelor's degree in theatre.
*The Theatre program will not authorize substitution in the case of courses the student has failed.
145
Five courses in the department to be chosen among the following:
146
To be eligible to declare a Visual Arts major, students must have completed four courses in the program: ARTV 2200 (Analogue
and Digital Practices), ARTV 2113 (Introduction to Visual Cultures), and two more Visual Arts studio courses. Final
recommendation is made by the Visual Arts faculty after an interview and portfolio review.
The Visual Arts major participates in the Visual Cultures Program at AUC, which provides the home for interdisciplinary study
in the theory and practice across the three individual majors of Visual Arts, Graphic Design, and Film. Established within the
Department of the Arts in 2011 in response to the increasingly interdisciplinary character of visual creative practice in the 21st
century, the program offers courses that facilitate research-driven creative practice and the critical study and conscious use of
diverse visual media in cultural context.
As contemporary "visual culture" is a necessarily open-ended field in continual transformation, the Visual Cultures Program is a
work in progress. It currently supports two introductory courses: the studio course Analogue and Digital Practices, which is
cross-listed as ARTV 2200, DSGN 2200, and FILM 2200 and offers foundational study in visual research in a cross-disciplinary
environment; and the lecture course Introduction to Visual Cultures, which is cross listed as ARTV 2113, DSGN 2113, and FILM
2113 and provides students with a primer in the key terms and concepts for the analysis of visual texts past and present.
Major Requirements
A total of 120 credits are required for the bachelor's degree in Visual Arts:
147
Additional Requirements (21 credits)
Choose SEVEN:
Performance (B.M.A.)
The mission of the Music Program is to teach the theory, literature, and performance of music, and the theory and practice of
music technology, to the highest attainable standard in the context of a liberal arts environment, with an orientation towards
performance and study in both Western and Arab music.
The program lays a special emphasis on two aspects of what musicians do which are of particular value to students, whether they
aspire to a career in music, or only seek to broaden their understanding of the world by enrolling in one or two courses. First, all
students who take private instruction in voice or an instrument will learn to sight-read musical notation fluently, and to
comprehend what they hear. Second, in the classroom and studio, lessons, rehearsals, and performances, all students in the
program are expected to conform to a professional standard: to be punctual and prepared, and to treat their colleagues, and the
material to be studied or performed, with the respect that is their due.
148
Students who major in music may pursue either a Bachelor of Arts degree in music technology, or a Bachelor of Musical Arts
(B.M.A.) degree in Performance. The Bachelor of Musical Arts in Performance is a professional degree built on a liberal arts core
which prepares students for a career in teaching or performance in voice or an instrument, or for graduate study in performance.
The Institute for Music Technology offers a sequence of courses in music recording, editing, and production, music for video
and film, and electronic music. Such training is crucial not only to students interested in a career in these professions, but also to
performers and teachers who need to create and edit demos and audition tracks, to use music files in web sites and other internet
applications, or to prepare and market recordings of their own performances and compositions. The Institute for Music
Technology is responsible for the recording studio, which is used both as a teaching space and for professional recording.
The Cairo Choral Society is a community chorus dedicated to the study, promotion, and performance of the great choral works
in the Western musical tradition. It presents performances with a professional orchestra (the Cairo Festival Orchestra) and
soloists at various venues in Cairo. The membership is voluntary, multinational, and cross-generational. The Cairo Choral
Society was founded in 1983; in the fall of 2009 it became an ensemble-in-residence within the Department of the Arts. One of
the leading large choral ensembles in Egypt, it is both a community-based organization and a for-credit course at AUC. Students
may also participate in the chorus on a not-for-credit basis.
In order to complete the Bachelor of Musical Arts with a concentration in performance, a student will:
Learn to read music fluently, and demonstrate advanced listening and sight-reading skills.
Demonstrate the ability to play the piano at an intermediate level or better.
Develop a significant understanding of Western and Arab music theory.
Study representative great works of Western and Arab music literature and the composers who produced them.
Demonstrate the ability to sing or play an instrument at or near a professional level; as a final project the student would
present a solo recital.
Sing in choir, and/or play in an instrumental ensemble.
Students who enter the concentration in performance must choose a primary instrument or voice, in which they must complete at
least five semesters of private applied instruction, plus MUSC 4980, the Capstone Solo Recital. In order to be accepted into the
major, all students will be required to audition before the faculty in their primary instrument or voice, normally by the end of the
freshman year.
All students entering the Bachelor of Musical Arts program must either pass the music literacy placement exam or take MUSC
1805, How to Read Music, concurrently with MUSC 1800-1801, the first semester of Private Applied Instruction. Students who
choose a primary instrument other than piano will also be required to pass a piano proficiency exam by the end of the sophomore
year in order to graduate; those who fail to pass this exam are required to take MUSC 2850-2851-2852, Private Applied
Instruction for Piano Proficiency.
A total of 120 credits are required for the Bachelor of Musical Arts degree. Students who wish to add a second major in another
subject can do so by completing 140-145 credits.
149
Concentration Requirements (55 - 63 credits)
Literature (9 credits)
All students entering the B.M.A. are required to take the music literacy placement exam. Those who do not achieve a passing
grade are required to take the following:
150
All students with primary instrument other than piano must take the piano proficiency exam. Those who do not achieve a passing
grade are required to take the following:
Electives (9 - 29 credits)
Students who choose to add a second major will in most cases need to complete an additional fifteen to twenty credits.
Based on the availability of space, a limited number of students will be accepted into the minor. Faculty recommendations are
based on the student's performance in the required two courses for minor declaration, DSGN 2113 and DSGN 2200.
Film Minor
Minor Requirements:
All Film minor students must complete 18 credit hours of course work as follows:
151
FILM 200/2200 - Analogue and Digital Practices (3 cr.)
FILM 220/2120 - Introduction to Film (3 cr.)
FILM 320/3120 - Cinema in Egypt and the Arab World (3 cr.)
Music Minor
In order to complete the minor in music, a student will:
Learn to read music, and acquire fundamental listening and sight-reading skills.
Learn the basic principles of music theory, either Western or Arab.
Study representative great works of music literature and composers who produced them, either Western or Arab.
Make substantial progress in learning to sing or play an instrument; more advanced students may also present part of a
solo recital, with the permission of their teacher.
Sing in a choir, and/ or play in an instrumental ensemble.
This will require that the student complete 17 credit hours of instruction, normally including the following:
EITHER
152
MUSC 240/2400 - Western Music Theory I (3 cr.)
AND
MUSC 241/2401 - Sight-Singing and Aural Skills I (1 cr.)
AND
MUSC 360/3200 - Music in the Western Tradition (3 cr.)
OR
Performance (4 cr.)
MUSC 1800-1801 Applied Private Instruction (1 cr. each = 2 cr.)
EITHER
MUSC 330/2300 - Introduction to Music Technology (3 cr.)
OR
MUSC 331/2301 - Music Production Using Protools I (3 cr.)
Learn to read music, and acquire fundamental listening and sight-reading skills.
Learn the basic principles of music theory (either Western or Arab).
Acquire some fluency at playing piano, and at using the keyboard as a tool for music data entry; more advanced
students may present a part of a solo recital, in piano or another instrument, with permission of their teacher.
Learn the fundamental techniques of recording, editing, mixing, and mastering.
Acquire an intermediate knowledge of Protools and editing software.
153
Acquire an intermediate understanding of MIDI.
This will require the student to complete 18 credit hours of instruction, normally including the following:
EITHER
OR
Performance (2 cr.)
MUSC 284-285-286/2850-2851-2852 - Private Instruction for Piano Proficiency (1 cr.each)
Theatre Minor
The minor in theatre provides a general introduction to the art and craft of theatre through the study of dramatic literature and the
exploration of performance processes through practical application.
Students are encouraged to declare the minor early in their academic career to accommodate necessary prerequisites and give the
student the benefit of practical experience. After declaring, all students must have an advising session with the Director of
Theatre to define the selected course of study.
Requirements:
154
A minimum of 18 credits in Theatre:
Based on the availability of space, a limited number of students will be accepted into the minor. Faculty recommendations are
based on the student's performance in the required courses for minor declaration, DSGN 2113 DSGN 2200 .
Department of Philosophy
Professors: S. Stelzer, E. Wolf-Gazo, W. Lammi (Emeritus), G. Harman (Distinguished University Professor)
Associate Professors: R. Switzer (Dean of Undergraduate Studies & Director of Core Curriculum), N. Bowditch (Dean of the
School of Humanities and Social Sciences), C. Belo, R. Fincham (chair)
Assistant Professors: S. Singh, A. Topa
Post-Doctorate Teaching Fellows: M. Crippen, R. Weiss
The study of philosophy involves engaging in a process of coming to terms with oneself, and thus with one's place in the world.
This requires a clear and careful thinking of a wide ranging sort, questioning assumptions and attitudes, analyzing problems
thoroughly and seeking their solutions through sound reasoning and evidence. Some of the major concerns addressed by
philosophy are: moral and socio-political values, the nature of knowledge, the relation of the mind to the body, the principles of
the sciences, the arts, and religion. Philosophy aims, in addition, comprehensively to situate these subjects in terms of underlying
questions about the meaning of existence and the nature of reality.
155
Philosophy (B.A.)
Bachelor of Arts
The philosophy major stresses a firm grounding in both the history and the disciplines of philosophy. It is strongly recommended
that students majoring in Philosophy minor in another discipline and to explore other areas of study offered by the university.
Forty-two credit hours of philosophy course-work are required for the major in philosophy. A total of 120 credit hours are
required for the bachelor's degree in philosophy. Declared majors must enroll in a minimum of 6 credit hours of philosophy every
semester. Exception to the 6 credit per semester minimum requires written permission from the department.
To major in Philosophy, students must have taken PHIL 2100 course with not less than a "B" grade. In addition, they must take a
philosophy major aptitude exam.
PHIL 2100 is prerequisite for all philosophy courses except PHIL 1010, PHIL 1099 and PHIL 2010.
156
General Electives (38 credits)
Philosophy Minor
The minor in philosophy introduces the student to the specific forms of philosophic questioning and to philosophic methods and
modes of thought. It offers an opportunity for students to learn about the unique contribution philosophical traditions have made
to civilization; moreover the minor shows students the close relationship philosophy has with the social sciences, the arts, and the
natural sciences.
PHIL 2100 is prerequisite for all philosophy courses except PHIL 1010, PHIL 1099, and PHIL 2010.
Philosophy (M.A.)
The mission statement of the M.A. program in Philosophy (reflecting those of the Department and the University) is as follows:
Engaging in graduate study in philosophy is to engage in a process of coming to understand one's self and one's place in the
world. The M.A. in Philosophy is devoted to this endeavor through its content and form. It engages students in asking questions
about the possibility of knowledge, the nature of morality, beauty and aesthetic experience, the meaning of religious experience,
the justification and limits of power, and the purpose and meaning of philosophical inquiry itself. And it holds that to be
successful in this enquiry clear and careful thinking, the ability to question deeply held assumptions and attitudes, and a
commitment to sound reasoning and careful appraisal of evidence is needed.
The goal of the M.A. in Philosophy is therefore to offer the highest quality liberal arts education to our graduate students.
Philosophy postgraduates will finish this M.A. program with an in-depth knowledge of the professional discipline as well as the
detailed understanding of the history of ideas more generally. This entails rigorous training in rational and critical thought, the
close reading and interpretation of some of the history of philosophy's most challenging texts, exemplary intellectual
responsibility, and the ability to clearly and effectively present the results of independently conducted research within the form of
a M.A. thesis.
In the words of the executive director of the American Philosophical Association, "The skills that philosophy teaches you are
wonderfully transferable." Our program aims at teaching students advanced philosophical skills, which they will be able to
usefully apply either within the context of a future professional career of or as preparation for entering a Ph.D. program at
another institution. Students often register for graduate study in Philosophy because of their love of the discipline, rather than for
any utilitarian purpose.
Nonetheless, a background in Philosophy can be professionally beneficial, insofar as employers and professional schools have
become increasingly aware over the last couple of decades that philosophers tend to have the best training in thinking and
writing, and are open and flexible.
Requirements
157
The M.A. in Philosophy is aimed at any undergraduate with a background in the study of philosophy. A minimum of twenty-four
graduate hours are required.
Eight courses must be taken, at least six of which must be taken within the Department of Philosophy at the 5000 level. Students
are required to follow the Philosophy Graduate Core, a series of advanced 5000 level seminars that are open only to Masters
students. Two such 5000 level seminars are taught each semester. The Department also offers a series of electives: a select
number of undergraduate courses that can also be taken at the 5000 level.
A maximum of two courses may be taken within other departments at AUC, at either the 4000 or 5000 level but only with the
Chair's approval. Students who are not native speakers of Arabic and who wish to write a thesis within the sphere of Islamic
Philosophy will be strongly encouraged to elect for credit at least one of the courses (at an appropriate level) offered by the
Arabic Language Institute. Although AUC does not currently offer formal instruction in modern European language, students
intending to write a thesis within the sphere of Continental Philosophy will be required to have a basic reading knowledge of
either French or German. Any student who wishes to write a thesis in the sphere of Continental Philosophy but who lacks such
knowledge is strongly encouraged to privately arrange some tuition outside of AUC.
Before commencing work upon the thesis students will be required to write a thesis proposal. The thesis itself should take the
form of a research paper of approximately 15,000 words in length. There will also be a final defense of the finished thesis.
The Philosophy Graduate Program Director organizes a series of (non-credit) seminars at the beginning of every academic year,
which all graduate students are expected to attend in order to ensure that they possess the research and academic writing skills
requisite for tackling the thesis (PHIL 5299 ). This training will be further reinforcedby the course requirements for the
Department's Philosophy Graduate Core courses, in which the students are required to find and engage with relevant secondary
literature and write in a highly professional manner for the papers upon which they are examined.
Breakdown of Courses
4 Philosophy Graduate Core courses and 4 optional courses (2 of which can be taken within other departments) and a thesis
(PHIL 5299 (no cr.) ):
158
PHIL 360/5117 - Dimensions of Language in its Philosophical Reflection (3 cr.)
PHIL 458-558/5119 - Advanced Seminar in Political Philosophy (3 cr.)
PHIL 000/5120 - Advanced Seminar in Feminist Philosophy (3 cr.)
PHIL 403/5199 - Selected Topics in Philosophy (3 cr.)
Political Science is the systematic study of structures and processes pertaining to governing, policy making, and political life. It
concerns ideas about governing and political participation, about rights and duties of governors and governed. Political science
includes the study of modern state, its historical evolution, variations in its present configurations, and relations between and
among nations, including institutions that organize these relations. It seeks to understand relationships between politics, the
economy and society. The scope of Political Science is local, national, regional, international, and global. The program at AUC
includes major fields and subfields of Political Science, vis: Comparative Politics, Development, International Relations, Political
Economy, Political Theory and Philosophy, and Public and International law. The Middle East, Africa, and the Third World
generally are emphasized in the program. As extra curricular enhancement, the Political Science Department sponsors a Model
Arab League each year in the Fall and a Model United Nations in the spring.
159
POLS 471/4371 - Introduction to Public International Law (3 cr.)
Other Requirements:
Students must complete the general electives and the collateral courses required of all Political Science majors, depending on the
number of core curriculum credits taken to make up 120 credits total. Before registering in the 400 and 500 level course students
will normally have taken the concentration requirements, or its equivalent.
Political Science at AUC is taught as a humanistic discipline with the overall objectives of fostering understanding of the
contemporary world and developing knowledge about, and an appreciation of, the complex mechanisms, authoritative structures,
and the allocation of values, which characterize contemporary human communities. Political Science at AUC requires students to
develop abilities of comprehension and analysis, and skills for oral and written presentations. The graduate of Political Science is
thus well equipped for life in the modern world, and to follow those professions and lines of work that require independence of
thought, initiative, creativity in solving problems, and continuing self development. AUC graduates of Political Science are
presently found in business, journalism, research, analytic writing, and public contact work. They occupy positions in public,
private, development agencies, the diplomatic service, governmental ministries and agencies, and university teaching. A
significant number of past graduates have subsequently completed M.A. and Ph.D. degrees.
For students to declare a major in Political Science, they must take either POLS 1001 or POLS 2003. POLS 1001 may only be
taken in the Freshman Year by students who have a minimum of 2.5 GPA and will fulfill the Social Science requirement at the
primary level of the Core Curriculum and will not be counted as part of the 45 credits required for the Political Science major.
POLS 2003 must be taken after the Freshman Year and for those who have not taken POLS 1001. Students wishing to transfer
from another major after their sophomore year will be considered on a case by case basis. Junior-year (300-level) courses are
required in four subfields and are prerequisite to the more advanced courses and seminars (400-level). Each semester a selection
of 300 and 400 level courses and seminars is offered from which students may choose courses to complete the requirements of
the major.
A total of 120 credits is required for the bachelor's degree in Political Science:
160
Collateral requirements: (6 or 9 credits)
General Electives: (26-29 credits)
All Political Science major and minor students must abide with the following regulations:
RHET 1000 is a prerequisite to POLS 2104 and all 300 level POLS courses
RHET 1100 May be taken concurrently with POLS 2104 and 300 level POLS courses
Collateral requirements
General Electives
Students may use 15 hours of elective credit to minor in a discipline of their choice. Minoring is optional. Courses taken as
collateral requirements may count towards the minor.
Students have the choice to use the 18 elective credits in Political Science (or 15 elective credits if they had to take POLS 2003 to
fulfill their concentration requirements) to obtain BA in Political Science in:
161
2. Specialization in International Relations
3. Specialization in Middle East Politics
4. Specialization in Political Economy
Three courses are required for each specialization as specified below.
Students opting for a double specialization need to be encouraged to take a combination of courses from the two specializations
rather than having to stick to the History courses required for one of the specializations.
Requirements:
Options:
To further their understanding in this specialization, students have the option to take a number of recommended courses
including:
162
HIST 402/4488 - Selected Topics in European History (3 cr.)
(when approved by POLS department)
HIST 462/4288 - Selected Topics in the History of the Modern Middle East (3 cr.)
Requirements:
POLS 354/3454 - Political and Social Thought in the Modern Arab World (3 cr.)
POLS 420/4420 - Issues in Middle East Politics (3 cr.)
POLS 422/4422 - Contemporary Egypt (3 cr.)
Options:
To further their understanding in this specialization, students have the option to take a number of recommended courses
including:
163
Requirements:
Options:
To further their understanding in this specialization, students have the option to take a number of recommended courses
including:
The dual degree option enables good students to prepare for a postgraduate degree while completing the requirements for the BA
in Political Science. Non-law students who achieve a MA Degree under the auspices of the Law Department at AUC qualify for
better jobs in Egypt or abroad, or pursue a legal education at prestigious law schools in the United States and elsewhere. The MA
degree also provides students with the necessary expertise in international human rights law and with the intellectual, analytical
and communication tools needed to intervene critically and effectively in the global policy debates confronting their societies as
policy makers, academics, activists and international civil servants.
By the end of the sixth semester of the political science BA at AUC, and after successfully completing POLS 4371, the student
has to declare her/his intention to pursue the Dual Degree by submitting a graduate admission application. The student should
follow the application procedures for graduate studies. Admission decisions will be made by the Law Department's Admission
Committee. Successful applicants will be admitted pending the fulfillment of two conditions: i) finishing the requirements of
their undergraduate degrees with at least B (GPA 3); and ii) obtaining an average of at least a B+ (GPA of at least 3.3) across the
three cross-listed 'Dual Degree' Law courses. Places are limited.
Students enrolled in the dual degree will receive a political science BA degree certificate upon the completion of their
undergraduate course requirements. Many students feel the need to work in parallel to the pursuit of an MA degree. We believe
that students who fulfill the pols BA requirement should not be denied the opportunity to do so.
164
Under this structure, dual-degree students will be required to take three 400-level courses that are cross-listed under LAW and
POLS. These three "Dual Degree" cross-listed courses (see below) will count for credit towards both the BA in Political Science
and under the MA in International Human Rights Law.
The three 'Dual Degree' Law courses to be offered to undergraduates in the Political Science Department are the following: (a)
POLS 471/4371 - Introduction to Public International Law (3 cr.) (b) POLS 475/4375 - Introduction to Egyptian and Islamic Law
(3 cr.) and (c) POLS 478/4378 - Introduction to International Human Rights Law (3 cr.)The curriculum for the MA IHRL
requires the completion of nine courses and a thesis, as indicated in the tentative plan below: 3 POLS/LAW undergraduate
courses, 2 graduate regional human rights courses, 3 graduate elective courses, LAW 5227 , and the thesis.
LAW/POLS 471/4371 - Introduction to Public International Law (3 cr.) (counts towards both concentrations in POLS for all
students) (and MA IHRL credits)
[4 POLS courses or other courses as required to complete POLS BA degree]
LAW/POLS 478/4378 - Introduction to International Human Rights Law (3 cr.) (counts towards both BA POLS and MA IHRL
credits)
[4 POLS courses or other core courses as required to complete POLS BA degree]
LAW/POLS 475/4375 - Introduction to Egyptian and Islamic Law (3 cr.) (counts towards both BA POLS and MA IHRL credits)
[4 POLS courses or other core courses as required to complete POLS BA degree]
LAW 514/5214 - Human Rights in the Middle East (3 cr.) * (2 out of 3 starred courses required)
LAW 519/5219 - Human Rights in Africa (3 cr.) * (2 out of 3 starred courses required)
LAW 513/5213 - The European System of Human Rights Protection (3 cr.) * (2 out of 3 starred courses required)
LAW Electives**
LAW Electives**
LAW Electives**
LAW 527/5227 - Graduate Law Seminar (3 cr.)
** Lists of LAW elective courses will be provided to students in the program prior to registration for each semester.
Requirements:
165
POLS 203/2003 - Introduction to Political Science II (3 cr.)
This course must be taken if, and only if, POLS 1001 was not taken during the Freshman year.
POLS 205/2403 - Europe in the Age of Revolution and Reform (1789-1914) (3 cr.)
Or
POLS 206/2404 - Europe in International Politics in the Twentieth Century (3 cr.)
Students minoring in International Relations are strongly encouraged to take POLS 2404.
POLS 320/3620 - International Relations (3 cr.)
Additional Requirements
Plus three courses (two courses, if POLS 2003 had to be taken) chosen from:
Requirements:
Additional Requirements
and Four courses (three courses if POLS 202 had to be taken) selected from the following:
Notes:
166
Footnote 1: The requirement that POLS 3620 be taken as a prerequisite for POLS 4605 may be waived for minors with the
consent of the instructor.
Requirements:
The Minor requires successful completion of :
Additional Requirements
Plus two courses (one course if POLS 2003 had to be taken) from the following:
Required Courses
167
POLS 535/5235 - Middle East Politics (3 cr.)
(1st semester)
POLS 558/5258 - Comparative Politics and the Middle East (3 cr.)
(2nd semester)
POLS 530/5230 - Regime Change and Democratization (3 cr.)
(or Tubingen equivalent 3rd semester)
POLS 545/5245 - Development Politics and International Cooperation (3 cr.)
(3rd semester)
Plus Thesis
The Political Science Department values its location in the heart of the Middle East and seeks, through its faculty, courses and
activities, to link the discipline of political science to the thriving and complex political realities of Cairo, Egypt and the region.
Its graduate programs offer students a thorough grounding in the theoretical underpinnings of the political phenomena as well as
a deep understanding of political realities in Egypt, the Arab World and the international arena. The programs combine courses
aimed at familiarizing students with the knowledge necessary for developing their understanding of these political realities with
research seminars that are required for familiarizing students with research methods that they will need to independently analyze
complex political phenomena.
The graduate programs are intended for students who would like to pursue academic careers as well as those presently working,
or desiring to work, in international political bodies, government departments concerned with political issues, or in other public,
private and international sectors where there is increasingly a need for persons who have a scientific understanding of the
political realities of the Middle East and the World.
Students have the option of pursuing a one-year Graduate Diploma or a Masters degree in any of the three specializations
offered by the Department. In addition to the requirements of each option, students will be able to choose elective courses
covering the political topics closest to their interest. They are also encouraged to take up to two relevant courses from other
departments and units of AUC. The Department works closely with its students to ensure that their chosen courses correspond to
and serve their academic and professional goals.
Graduate students constitute an integral part of the academic life of the Political Science Department. They are encouraged to
participate, individually and through their association, at the events and activities organized by the Department both inside AUC
campus and in the thriving metropolis that constitutes its environment.
Comparative Politics
168
The strength of Comparative Politics at AUC is in the areas of Third World Politics and Development, with greatest faculty
expertise being in Egypt and the Middle East. Graduate studies in Comparative Politics seek to increase students knowledge
about the political dynamics of disparate systems within the larger contexts of state and society, political economy, interstate and
regional relations. It seeks to develop skills of analysis and writing in order to enhance students understanding of their region of
interest and its relations with the world. Comparative Politics is particularly suitable for students who wish to pursue a career in
academia, research, journalism, political consultancy, or similar positions in which a solid political background and analytical
abilities are required.
International Relations
International Relations include examination of current world politics as well as the many dimensions of the international system.
This includes regional relations, foreign policies of selected states, as well as Middle Eastern international and interstate relations,
and international political economy. The International Relations option seeks to provide greater depth of understanding of the
forces operating in the international arena and the constraints that face foreign policy makers. Practice in analyzing current world
and regional events and in the skills of written and oral presentation is provided as well as extra curricular activities that are
designed to give students the opportunity to put their academic learning into practice. International Relations option is valuable
for students who are working or seek to work in foreign relations, either in their own government or in international
organizations. The field also prepares students for employment in other kinds of positions that require the ability to analyze and
write about national or international politics.
Development Studies
Development Studies (previously Professional Development) is designed for those who have an interest in studying the
developing world. The program includes (but is not limited to) courses with practical components and requires an internship
usually done in the summer between the first and second years. Development Studies (previously Professional Development)
seeks to prepare students to assume positions of greater responsibility in development agencies and organizations by expanding
their understanding of the development field, its aims, objectives, methods of operation, and the broad scope of development
work in the world today. It seeks to develop students critical and analytical capacities, and provide practice in linguistic and
writing skills needed for development work. Creativity in finding solutions to development problems is encouraged so that
graduates may have an impact in their chosen areas of work in development. Practice in preparing project documents is included
in the program. Development Studies (previously Professional Development) is designed for those who are either presently
working in development organizations or who are seeking to enter a development career.
Admission
The applicant for admission to the masters program should have an acceptable bachelors degree in political science or in a
closely related social science (preferably with a minor in political science), and a grade-point average of at least 3.00 (an overall
grade of gayyid giddan for graduates from Egyptian universities). Applicants with deficiencies in their preparation may be
required to take appropriate courses at the undergraduate level.
All specializations have gateway courses that situate each specialization within its theoretical context and provide students with
analytic tools for other courses. These introductory courses also prepare students for research and analysis needed for writing
original seminar papers and for the thesis.
Requirements
169
A specialization in Comparative Politics requires the following courses.
A specialization in Development Studies (previously Professional Development) requires the following courses:
170
POLS 502/5202 - Scope and Method of Developmental Analysis (3 cr.)
POLS 504/5204 - Advanced Political Science Methods (3 cr.)
POLS 584/5284 - Practicum: Internship or Research (3 cr.)
POLS 585/5285 - Project Seminar (3 cr.)
POLS 586/5286 - Skills in Development Practice (3 cr.)
Note
With department approval, students are strongly encouraged to take up to six hours of relevant courses outside the department.
Thesis
A thesis, written in English and submitted in accordance with university regulations, is required of all specializations for the
masters degree in Political Science. Students, working with a supervisor of their choice, should submit a detailed thesis
prospectus to the department for approval. Once approved, students must register for thesis supervision until graduation. The
thesis must be defended in an oral examination.
The Department encourages its students to familiarize themselves with procedures regarding committee selection, writing of the
thesis, presentation to the supervisor and readers, and defense of the thesis. It strongly encourages them to plan ahead their
program in order to successfully meet the procedural requirements within the specified time frame.
Admission
Requirements for admission to the Diploma program are the same as those for admission to the graduate degree program of the
department. Should a student in good standing decide during or after completion of the requirements for the Diploma that he/she
wishes to work towards the MA degree he/she may apply to transfer to one of the degree specializations
171
Professor Emeritus: D. Cole, N. Hopkins
Professor: S. Altorki
Associate Professor: R. Saad, H. Sabea (Chair)
Assistant Professors: H. Al-Rustom, M. Tabishat, M. Khayyat, M. Anawati, M. Westmoreland
Assistant Professor and Post-Doctoral fellow: R. Aly
Sociology
Sociology is the systematic study of society with special attention to social interaction and the social making of humans. It
investigates the forces that hold society together and that threaten to pull it apart through the analysis of interaction at every level
from micro-group interaction to competition of nation states. Having as its goal a holistic understanding of human society, human
beings and their lives, sociology is relevant to a wide range of other disciplines and every day life issues. As a result, sociology
has a broad scope that includes culture, family, gender, crime, religion, politics, development, population, and urbanization,
among others. Besides their coursework, sociology majors are given the opportunity to carry out supervised field research as a
part of their undergraduate program.
Egyptology
Egyptology is the scientific study of the history and culture of Ancient Egypt, from the earliest times to the Arab conquest, a time
span covering some 4,600 years. Egyptology covers all aspects of Ancient Egyptian civilization, from language and religion to
art, architecture and social structure.
Psychology
Sociology - Anthropology
Anthropology (B.A.)
172
Anthropology spans the social and natural sciences as well as the humanities, offering interpretations of all aspects of human life.
Socio-cultural anthropology, one of the four traditional subfields of the discipline, seeks to understand human life-worlds in all
their variation across time and space using people's lived experiences, practices, ideas and explanations as a principle source of
knowledge about the world.
AUC Anthropologists specialize in ethnographic field research and are involved in innovative theoretical engagement with
emergent issues of both local and global concern. Our faculty who come from across the region maintain diverse research
interests in areas like: religion and ritual, gender and feminism, youth cultures and activism, post-colonial theory, rural studies,
cities and globalization, history, memory, and identity, health and the body,war and violence, art, film and aesthetics.
Our research is enhanced by our commitment to training students in the history and foundations of social and cultural theory. The
Anthropology program at the American University in Cairo was founded in 1956, making it one of the first in the Arab region,
and situated in the region's largest city. We offer a BA program for undergraduate Anthropology majors, as well as minors in
Anthropology and in Community Development. We also run a joint MA program in Sociology-Anthropology, as well as a wide
offering of courses that provide students majoring in Middle East studies, economics, psychology and architecture, with new
perspectives on their disciplines. Our approach to teaching anthropology is enhanced through fieldtrips, film screenings and
seminars where we showcase the research of both faculty and students.
Bachelor of Arts
The undergraduate program aims to present the main themes and trends in cultural and social anthropological thought and
practice and thereby to nurture critical, intercultural, and reflexive perspectives as part of liberal education. In doing so, it seeks
to foster understanding of the transformation of society and culture in Egypt and the region. The program also engages with
other parts of the world, such as Africa, South Asia and Latin America. Our aim is to prepare students for graduate studies and
for living and working in an increasingly complex and changing world. Upon graduation our students are well-positioned to
pursue careers in teaching, research and applied anthropology, such as in international development agencies, non-governmental
organizations, private sector, social service, media, and heritage preservation.
2) A student must have an overall GPA at the time of the declaration of C+ (2.3 GPA)
Upper-division (300-400 level) courses are normally taken during the junior and senior years. Students must take ANTH
3102 and ANTH 3104 during the junior year. Students must take ANTH 4107 in their last full academic year. Most of the other
courses are offered in alternate years and so may be taken in any order. Courses at the 500-level are also open to selected
advanced undergraduates.
173
ANTH 311/3104 - Contemporary Anthropological Theory (3 cr.)
ANTH 380/3105 - Fieldwork Methods (3 cr.)
ANTH 495/4107 - Senior Seminar (3 cr.)
See footnote one.
ANTH 312/3301 - Peoples and Cultures of the Middle East and North Africa (3 cr.)
ANTH 382/3302 - Peoples and Cultures of Sub-Saharan Africa (3 cr.)
ANTH 384/3303 - Peoples and Cultures of Latin America (3 cr.)
ANTH 386/3304 - Peoples and Cultures of Asia (3 cr.)
ANTH 390/3305 - Selected People and Culture Areas (3 cr.)
Additional Requirements
Eight additional anthropology courses, of which three must be at the 400 level.
Notes:
Footnote one: Cross listed with Sociology
Egyptology (B.A.)
Egyptology is the scientific study of the history and culture of Ancient Egypt, from the earliest times to the Arab conquest, a time
span covering some 4,600 years. Egyptology covers all aspects of Ancient Egyptian civilization, from language and religion to
art, architecture and social structure.
174
1. Acquire knowledge, appreciation and understanding of Ancient Egypt's cultural heritage and its legacy in the world.
2. Master the research tools upon which a career in Egyptology must depend, including Ancient Egyptian language and
scripts as well as skill in excavation and site analysis.
3. Prepare properly to assume the responsibility of caring for, maintaining and preserving Ancient Egypt's unique cultural
heritage.
A student in good standing with the university who wishes to declare a major in Egyptology should have passed an Egyptology
course (e.g. EGPT 2020 or EGPT 2551) with a grade of B- or higher. Additionally, a writing sample showing the student's
writing ability should be submitted to the Egyptology faculty, who will then arrange for a personal interview with the student
prior to declaration.The writing sample should demonstrate linguistic ability commensurate with the demands of Egyptology.
EGPT 343/3211 - History of Ancient Egypt I: Pre-Dynastic Through Middle Kingdom Egypt (3 cr.)
EGPT 344/3212 - History of Ancient Egypt II: Middle Kingdom through Ptolemaic Egypt (3 cr.)
EGPT 250/2250 - Ancient Egyptian Literature in Translation (3 cr.)
EGPT 253/2251 - Hieroglyphics I (3 cr.)
EGPT 254/2252 - Hieroglyphics II (3 cr.)
EGPT 361/3201 - Art and Architecture of Ancient Egypt I (3 cr.)
EGPT 362/3202 - Art and Architecture of Ancient Egypt II (3 cr.)
EGPT 304/5100 - Culture and Society of Ancient Egypt (3 cr.)
EGPT 346/5130 - Societies and Culture of the Ancient Near East (3 cr.)
EGPT 353/5151 - Hieroglyphics III (3 cr.)
EGPT 402/5153 - Hieroglyphics IV (3 cr.)
EGPT 440/4040 - Ancient Egyptian Religion and Ethics (3 cr.)
175
EGPT 445/5160 - Selected Topics in Coptic Studies (3 cr.)
EGPT 459/5170 - Selected Topics in Cultural Resource Management and Museology (3 cr.)
EGPT 491/5191 - Field Work in Egyptological Method and Theory (3 cr.)
EGPT 499/5199 - Selected Topics in Egyptology (3 cr.)
Notes:
Students intending to pursue graduate studies in Egyptology at an Egyptian national university must take EGPT 5152
Introduction to Hieratic and EGPT 5150 Introduction to Coptic.
Psychology (B.A.)
Psychology is the multifaceted scientific study of human behavior and mental processes. The program at AUC emphasizes
physical, cognitive, emotional, personal, and social development from conception to death. Biopsychosocial development is
studied against a background of major theoretical and applied domains of psychology, concentrating on important influences of
individual, group, and multicultural dynamics.
Bachelor of Arts
The aim of psychology at AUC is to provide students with a solid background in the current major areas of the discipline. It will
give them insights which can be of personal as well as of practical value in many other occupations. In addition, the program will
prepare students wishing to continue further studies leading to a professional career.
Students who intend to seek the Psychology degree must have taken PSYC 1000 and have obtained a grade of "B" or higher. In
addition, students must have successfully taken or be currently enrolled in PSYC 2000. Admission is competitive. A combination
of discipline-relevant factors, including performance in PSYC 1000 and PSYC 2000 , GPA and evidence of commitment to the
field of psychology will be used to determine eligibility.
A total of 120 credit hours is required for the bachelor's degree in psychology:
176
PSYC 207/2000 - Introduction to Psychological Statistics (3 cr.)
PSYC 208/2100 - Research Methods for Psychology (3 cr. + 1 cr. lab)
PSYC 301/3010 - Social Psychology (3 cr.)
PSYC 304/3040 - Lifespan Development (3 cr.)
PSYC 308/3080 - Cognitive Psychology (3 cr.)
PSYC 313/3130 - Learning and Behavioral Psychology (3 cr.)
PSYC 315/3150 - Psychological Testing and Assessment (3 cr.)
PSYC 327/3270 - Theories of Personality (3 cr.)
PSYC 342/3420 - Abnormal Psychology (3 cr.)
PSYC 380/3800 - Biopsychology (3 cr.)
PSYC 403/4030 - History and Systems of Psychology (3 cr.)
Additional Requirements
Electives (7 credits)
Sociology (B.A.)
Sociology is the systematic study of society with special attention to social interaction and the social making of humans. It
investigates the forces that hold society together and that threaten to pull it apart through the analysis of interaction at every level
from micro-group interaction to competition of nation states. Having as its goal a holistic understanding of human society, human
beings and their lives, sociology is relevant to a wide range of other disciplines and every day life issues. As a result, sociology
has a broad scope that includes culture, family, gender, crime, religion, politics, development, population, and urbanization,
among others. Besides their coursework, sociology majors are given the opportunity to carry out supervised field research as a
part of their undergraduate program.
Bachelor of Arts
In addition to the possibility of pursuing advanced graduate work in sociology or related fields, majors are trained for
employment in international development agencies, government, non-governmental organizations or the private sector in social
and community services or research and managerial positions.
In order to declare the major in sociology, students must pass SOC 2101 with at least a "B". Continuation within the major is
dependent on maintaining at least 2.5 GPA within their concentration requirements. Students must take SOC 4107 in their last
full academic year. Courses at the 500-level are also open to selected advanced undergraduates.
Students need to fill out the application for declaration form. Upon review and approval of the application, students may be asked
to sit for a short interview.
177
A total of 120 credits is required for the bachelor's degree in sociology:
One of either
One of either
Additional Requirements
Two additional 3000 level courses in sociology. Certain courses listed with other disciplines can be substituted with the approval
of the adviser and unit head to our 3000 level and 4000 level requirement.
178
POLS 101/1001 - Introduction to Political Science (3 cr.)
PSYC 201/1000 - Introduction to Psychology (3 cr.)
Additional Requirements
Five additional courses from any social science or humanities discipline, or relevant substitutes, to be approved by the advisor, at
least three of which must be at the 300 or 400 level.
Notes
Footnote 1: Cross listed with Anthropology
Anthropology Minor
The minor in Anthropology provides students with a basic knowledge of anthropological method and theory from a cross-cultural
perspective on selected aspects of the world's cultures and societies.
Fifteen credits are required for the minor in Anthropology: ANTH 2101 , ANTH 3105 and three additional anthropology courses
of which at least one must be at the 400-level.
Academic Advising will be provided to minors through the Anthropology, Sociology and Psychology units. Students need to
consult the academic advisor in the SAPE Department in order to declare Community Development and Organizing as a minor.
179
ANTH 372/3090 - Public Anthropology (3 cr.)
ANTH 380/3105 - Fieldwork Methods (3 cr.)
ANTH 450/4050 - Critical Approaches to Development (3 cr.)
ANTH 460/4560 - Development Studies Seminar (3 cr.)
SOC 203/2301 - Social Problems of the Middle East (3 cr.)
SOC 307/3304 - Social Class and Inequality (3 cr.)
SOC 435/4040 - Gender and Power in Development (3 cr.)
SOC 304/3025 - Development Agencies (3 cr.)
PSYC 330/3003 - Community Psychology (3 cr.)
PSYC 430/4063 - Advanced Community Psychology (3 cr.)
RHET 410/4260 - Writing for Project Funding (3 cr.)
The minor is supervised by the head of the Egyptology Unit in the SAPE Department.
Notes:
Appropriate courses from other departments may be substituted.
The purpose of the development studies minor is to offer students an introduction to the various social, political, economic, and
cultural factors related to the process of development. The approach is interdisciplinary and comparative, with primary emphasis
upon development-related issues.
180
Academic advising is provided through the Anthropology and Sociology units of the Department of Sociology, Anthropology,
Psychology, and Egyptology on behalf of an interdisciplinary group of faculty.
ANTH 312/3301 - Peoples and Cultures of the Middle East and North Africa (3 cr.)
ANTH 382/3302 - Peoples and Cultures of Sub-Saharan Africa (3 cr.)
ANTH 384/3303 - Peoples and Cultures of Latin America (3 cr.)
ANTH 386/3304 - Peoples and Cultures of Asia (3 cr.)
ECON 215/2051 - Economic History of the Modern Middle East (3 cr.)
ECON 414/4094 - Economics of Egypt (3 cr.)
ECON 415/4051 - Seminar on Economic Development in the Middle East (3 cr.)
POLS 206/2404 - Europe in International Politics in the Twentieth Century (3 cr.)
POLS 308/3408 - Comparative Politics of the Middle East (3 cr.)
POLS 324/3424 - Comparative Government and Politics in Contemporary Eastern Europe and Russia (3 cr.)
POLS 354/3454 - Political and Social Thought in the Modern Arab World (3 cr.)
POLS 420/4420 - Issues in Middle East Politics (3 cr.)
POLS 439/4439 - Government and Politics in the Modern Caucasus and Central Asia (3 cr.)
181
SOC 203/2301 - Social Problems of the Middle East (3 cr.)
Special Topics
Selected special topics courses may be accepted as part of "development courses" or "area-studies courses" by the approval of the
Advisor:
Egyptology Minor
Egyptology is the science and study of Ancient Egypt, including the different aspects of its material and nonmaterial culture. The
minor in Egyptology is designed to provide students with a substantive introduction to Ancient Egyptian civilization through the
study of its history, art and architecture, religion and literature.
EGPT 343/3211 - History of Ancient Egypt I: Pre-Dynastic Through Middle Kingdom Egypt (3 cr.)
EGPT 344/3212 - History of Ancient Egypt II: Middle Kingdom through Ptolemaic Egypt (3 cr.)
EGPT 304/5100 - Culture and Society of Ancient Egypt (3 cr.)
Psychology Minor
The minor in psychology provides a general introduction to the field without the depth of methodological training required of
majors.
Students who intend to seek a minor in Psychology must have taken PSYC 1000 and have obtained a grade of "B" or higher.
Admission is competitive. A combination of discipline-relevant factors, including performance in PSYC 1000 , GPA, and
involvement in extracurricular activities related to psychology will be used to determine eligibility. Selection of classes for the
Minor should be approved in consultation with the Psychology faculty.
182
General Requirements (6 Credits)
Students must select at least one course from each of the groups listed below
Sociology Minor
The minor in sociology introduces students to the central concepts and methods of the field. Emphasis is on the theoretical
perspectives of sociology in the study of society, culture, and the individual.
The Master of Arts in Community Psychology is administrated by the graduate program in Counseling and Community
Psychology. The Community Psychology degree places its graduates at the forefront of advancing global trends towards
multicultural and systemic community psychology practice. Courses prepare students to work with communities, schools,
governments, international or multilateral organizations and/or nongovernmental organizations to develop, implement, and
evaluate psychosocial interventions that promote psychological and physical health and well-being. The program exposes
students to methods of community psychology practice that are ethically responsible and culturally appropriate to Egypt and the
region.
183
Admission
The applicant should have a minimum of 3.0 GPA in undergraduates studies; if the student has an MA in a related field already, a
3.0 GPA will also be expected at that level. Applicants should have taken an introduction to psychology course and completed
previous coursework in statistics and research methods relevant to the social sciences. It is preferred that applicants have
completed an undergraduate major in psychology or a related filed, or have relevant work experience.
While applications are accepted and evaluated during both the fall and spring application periods, the program course sequence
only starts in the fall semester. Admitted students with course prerequisite requirements and/or English language requirements,
must complete these requirements before being allowed to enroll in the program classes. Completion of these prerequisites can
take up to a year, so applicants who are not psychology majors are encouraged to apply during the fall application period in order
to have enough time to meet the prerequisite requirements before the start of the program.
Language Requirement
The applicant should demonstrate proficiency in the English language in accordance with AUC standards.
1. Core courses
2. Specialization courses
3. Elective
4. Internship/Final Project
184
6 credits Required 8 months
5. Thesis
A thesis must be written in English and submitted in accordance with university regulations. Students should familiarize
themselves with procedures regarding committee selection, writing of the thesis, presentation to the supervisor and readers, and
defense of the thesis. Complying with the procedural requirements within the specified time sequences is the responsibility of the
student.
The Master of Arts in Counseling Psychology is administrated by the graduate program in Counseling and Community
Psychology. The Counseling Psychology program will help students develop skills and knowledge that are needed to provide
counseling services to individuals, couples, and groups struggling with psychosocial issues and mental illness. The program
exposes students to methods of psychological practice that are ethically responsible and culturally appropriate to Egypt and the
region.
Admission
The applicant should have a minimum of 3.0 GPA in undergraduate studies; if the student has an MA in a related field already, a
3.0 GPA will also be expected at that level. The applicant should have also completed an undergraduate major in psychology
and/or the completion of a minimum of 15 credits (or equivalent) in psychology or related social/behavioral sciences including:
Statistics, Research Design, and Abnormal Psychology.
While applications are accepted and evaluated during both the fall and spring application periods, the program course sequence
only starts in the fall semester. Admitted students with course prerequisite requirements and/or English language requirements,
must complete these requirements before being allowed to enroll in the program classes. Completion of these prerequisites can
take up to a year, so applicants who are not psychology majors are encouraged to apply during the fall application period in order
to have enough time to meet the prerequisite requirements before the start of the program.
Language Requirement
The applicant should demonstrate proficiency in the English language in accordance with AUC standards
1. Core Courses
185
18 credits Required / 6 courses
2. Specialization courses:
18 credits/ 6 courses
3. Internship
The graduate program in Egyptology/Coptology at AUC offers an outstanding opportunity to study Egyptology/Coptology at the
graduate level in Egypt.
The graduate program will help prepare students for careers in Egyptology/Coptology and for further studies in the discipline. It
takes full advantage of being located in Egypt where students can visit and study the monuments in context, as well as gain
practical experience in their chosen field. The program is designed to expose students to different aspects of the discipline, teach
them to think critically and creatively, and put into practice the academic skills that they are acquiring. To ensure AUC graduates
a high quality of academic opportunity and flexibility, these programs follow international guidelines for similar degrees at
accredited institutions in the USA.
Requirements
186
The MA consists of a total of 27 credits: 8 courses (7 classroom courses, 1 of field-work, appropriate to each candidate's interest),
and a thesis. 4 are core courses, and 4 can be chosen by the student. Thus, for students with an archaeological interest this will be
more excavation focused, and for students who are more philologically inclined, this will be more epigraphic in nature. If
students have a non-Egyptology background, up to a year of additional course work of prerequisites might be required. These
will be drawn from the undergraduate offerings, but for graduate students will require extra work in the form of a more extensive
reading list, more detailed and longer papers, and more challenging exams.
We also require students to have a reading knowledge of either French or German prior to writing a thesis, which would be tested
by a language exam. If the student's research can be performed successfully without knowledge of a second language, the
department may exempt the student from this requirement.
A thesis is required in all three branches of the MA in Egyptology and Coptology. The thesis must be written in English and
submitted in accordance with university regulations.
A maximum of two 400-level courses may be taken as part of the MA program. Approved 300 and 400 level courses may be
taken at the 500 level in special circumstances.
Admission Criteria
Applicants seeking admission to the graduate program should have an undergraduate degree of high standing (3.0 equivalent to a
B or higher), and pass the Egyptology Unit's English language proficiency test (if deemed necessary). Admission will only be in
the fall semester. To continue in the program, a 3.0 average must be maintained.
Required:
EGPT 540/5180 - Advanced Method and Theory: Archaeological and Historical (3 cr.)
EGPT 598/5991 - Research Seminar: Research Design and Writing (3 cr.)
EGPT 541/5420 - Material Culture: Looking at Artifacts in Context (3 cr.) or EGPT 542/5430 - Site Analysis (3 cr.)
If a student has had no filed experience, s/he should take
Optional:
Four choices from other courses depending on individual interest (if students were AUC undergraduates, they will have to take
courses that they have never taken before):
187
EGPT 512/5130 - Art, Societies, and Cultures of the Ancient Near East (3 cr.)
EGPT 530/5120 - Graeco-Roman Egypt (3 cr.)
EGPT 519/5199 - Selected Topics in Ancient Egyptian Art and Culture (3 cr.)
** Can be taken more than once if the subject matter changes.
EGPT 521/5140 - Societies and Cultures of Ancient Nubia (3 cr.)
EGPT 522/5220 - Ancient Egyptian Religion and Ethics (3 cr.)
EGPT 525/5230 - Settlement and Daily Life in Ancient Egypt (3 cr.)
EGPT 526/5240 - Death and Burial in Ancient Egypt (3 cr.)
EGPT 533/5330 - Coptic Art and Architecture (3 cr.)
EGPT 545/5170 - Selected Topics in Cultural Resource Management and Museology (3 cr.)
** Can be taken more than once if the subject matter changes.
EGPT 560/5440 - The Iconography of Ancient Egypt (3 cr.)
ANY language class (Egyptian texts-from amongst the offerings for the philologists) If appropriate for people who
wish to specialize in conservation.
Required:
Optional:
188
EGPT 519/5199 - Selected Topics in Ancient Egyptian Art and Culture (3 cr.)
** Can be taken more than once if the subject matter changes.
EGPT 591/5191 - Field Work (3 cr.)
EGPT 545/5170 - Selected Topics in Cultural Resource Management and Museology (3 cr.)
** Can be taken more than once if the subject matter changes.
EGPT 000/5030 - Independent Study and Guided Readings (3 cr.)
Cannot be taken more than twice.
Coptology:
4 core courses and 4optional courses and a thesis (EGPT 5992)
Required:
Choices:
Prerequisites
For students who have no background in Egyptology certain prerequisites will be required. Some of their MA coursework can
also be taken during the time that they are working on their prerequisites.
189
Fall
Spring
MA Thesis
After completing the coursework, each student will prepare a statement of their research intent and methodology for the MA
Thesis. The Research Methods and Theory Class will prepare for this. Once this statement is accepted by the committee, the
student will be free to research and write, while continuing to meet with his/her committee head on a regular basis. The student's
committee must accept the completed thesis, which will be viva voce.
Sociology-Anthropology (M.A.)
The graduate program in sociology and anthropology equips students with a thorough grounding in the theory and research
methods of both disciplines. Drawing on the expertise of faculty in sociology,anthropology, and other disciplines, it offers a
unique opportunity for students to conduct original fieldwork-based research amidst an intellectually stimulating environment. Its
longstanding tradition of combining scholarship with a commitment to social, economic and political justice makes the program a
dynamic environment for learning and research. Our students conduct fieldwork in Egypt and throughout the Middle East on
topics such as urban transformation, gender, religious and social movements, memory and politics of the past,migration,
environment, health, the family, poverty, ethnicity and nationalism, media, activism, art and expressive culture, and youth
cultures.
The program emphasizes an interdisciplinary approach to social theory and research and has broad applications. It has prepared
many of our students for doctoral programs in the social sciences at universities in North America, Europe and other parts of the
Global South, as well as other career paths in social research, NGOs, development agencies, and international and non-profit
organizations.
Located at the heart of the Middle East, the faculty and students engage critically with the region and the representation of its
people, cultures, and politics. The vibrant and cosmopolitan city of Cairo makes the program's location ideal for students
interested in conducting fieldwork in the Middle East, North Africa, and the Arab world, as well as its connections to the
Mediterranean region, Sub-Saharan Africa, and the larger 'global south'. The program, accepts qualified applicants from a variety
of academic and professional backgrounds especially those who are talented and interested in acquiring alternative and critical
perspectives on society and politics.
Admission
The applicant for this program should be a graduate of high standing from an undergraduate program in the humanities or social
sciences (refers to fields in the Faculties of Arts) with an overall grade of gayyid giddan or a grade point average of 3.0 or above.
Those who lack this background but who are exceptionally well qualified in other respects may be admitted provisionally. In
such cases the department may prescribe a noncredit program of work in theory or method for one or two semesters to correct
gaps in course background. The department reserves the right to assess applicants' English proficiency and/or social science
abilities in person as a condition of acceptance into the program. Students can be admitted to the program in the fall or spring.
190
Language
The candidate for the degree must demonstrate proficiency in a language other than English. The language exam is normally
taken in Arabic and, in the case of native speakers, is intended to ensure that the student can work as a professional in that
language. In certain cases the student may take the exam in a field and/or scholarly language other than Arabic. Students'
language skills will be evaluated upon entry into the program for placement purposes and then re-evaluated for proficiency before
completing the program.
Thesis Track
All students must complete a research thesis in accordance with university regulations. Before commencing work on the thesis,
the student must write a thesis proposal following strict departmental guidelines that is approved by three faculty members.
Students should familiarize themselves with procedures and deadlines regarding writing the thesis proposal, committee selection,
writing of the thesis and presentation to the supervisor and readers. Complying with the procedural requirements by the
appropriate deadlines is the responsibility of the student. After completion of the thesis, it must be defended and approved by the
thesis committee.
Courses:
Eight courses (24 credits) are required. All students must take: SOC/ANTH 5201, SOC/ANTH 5202, and SOC/ANTH 5298, and
either SOC/ANTH 5203 or SOC/ANTH 5204. The remaining four courses should be chosen from the list of electives, each of
which is offered in principle at least once in a two-year period. A maximum of six hours of 400-level courses in sociology and
anthropology or of 500-level courses in other disciplines (including SOC/ANTH 5200 and SOC/ANTH 5208 when taught by
faculty outside the SOC-ANTH program) may be taken with departmental approval.
Final Project
MA thesis
Students not opting to do a thesis will, after the completion of all course requirements, take comprehensive examinations
administered by an Examination Committee. An oral examination may be given following the written test.
Courses:
Ten courses (30 credits) are required. All students must take SOC/ANTH 5201, SOC/ANTH 5202 and either SOC/ANTH
5203 or SOC/ANTH 5204. The remaining seven courses should be chosen from the list of electives, each of which is offered in
principle at least once in a two year period. A maximum of nine hours of 4000-level courses in sociology and anthropology or of
5000-level courses in other disciplines (including SOC/ANTH 5200 and SOC/ANTH 5208 when taught by faculty outside the
SOC-ANTH program) may be taken with departmental approval.
Final Project
Written and oral comprehensive exams on three topics (one theoretical, one focused on methodological / practical concerns, one
based on the interests of the student)
191
community psychology practice. Courses prepare students to work with communities, schools, governments, international or
multilateral organizations and/or nongovernmental organizations to develop, implement, and evaluate psychological interventions
that promote social, psychological, and physical health and well-being. The program exposes students to methods of community
psychology practice that are ethically responsible and culturally appropriate to Egypt and the region.
The diploma aims to complete students' existing knowledge by providing training in understanding communities from a
psychological and systems perspective while preparing students to intervene in communities on issues of importance.
Admission
At a minimum, applicants must meet at least one of two requirements: a) have at least two years relevant full-time work
experience, or b) have completed or be near completion a Master's degree in a related discipline. It is expected that candidates
have a minimum GPA of 3.0 out of 4.0 in previous academic studies and current academic studies if currently enrolled in a
graduate program. Admission is competitive, and dependent on successful interview.
Language Requirement
The applicant should demonstrate proficiency in the English language in accordance with AUC standards.
Required Courses
Electives
Students should take two additional electives that best meet their professional goals, with approval from the graduate advisor and
the department in which the course is offered. Students will be encouraged to take a course related to research methodology if
they have not already completed a graduate-level research course.
Notes
Students will be encouraged to complete the diploma in one year. For students pursuing a dual degree, a maximum of two
courses from their Master's degree can double count towards the diploma.
192
The program seeks to provide a thorough foundation in the principles of Sociology and Anthropology while also developing
critical skills for a wide range of real world professional situations.
Requirements
Students take 6 courses (18 credits) in a single two-semester year. All students must take:
Either SOC/ANTH 505/5203 - Ethnographic Fieldwork (3 cr.) or SOC/ANTH 506/5204 - Survey Research (3 cr.)
The remaining three courses can be chosen from among 5000 level SOC/ANTH courses.
Admission Requirements
Requirements for admission to the Graduate Diploma program are the same as those for admission to the MA Sociology -
Anthropology. Graduating diploma students may apply to transfer to MA status; however, transfer to such status is not
guaranteed and applications are evaluated according to the standard selection criteria (including academic merit, statement of
purpose and recommendation letters).
Development Studies is a rapidly growing area of study concerned with the long-term social, political and economic changes
taking place in the Global South. The field is interdisciplinary and multidisciplinary within the social sciences, drawing on the
perspectives of anthropology, economics, gender and womens studies, political science, public policy and administration, and
sociology in order to understand the complexities of poverty and inequality, population growth, political economy, globalization,
international division of labor, structural adjustment, war and human rights, democratization, civil society and NGOs, social
justice, and sustainable and alternative forms of development.
Examining questions of development in the Middle East and Africa, in particular, and the Global South more broadly is an AUC
strength. Several departments and research centers at AUC offer students opportunities to pursue advanced degrees and to
participate in collaborative applied projects and scholarly research in development studies.
Graduate Programs:
193
Gender and Development in the Middle East/North Africa Track
Migration and Refugee Studies (MA and graduate diploma
Political Science (MA and graduate diploma)
Professional Development Specialization
Public Policy and Administration (MPPA and graduate diploma)
Sociology-Anthropology (MA)
Research Centers:
Department of Architecture
Professors: B.Kamel, A.Sherif (ARCH Chair), N.Sherif
The department of Architecture offers ONE undergraduate degree and ONE minor: The Bachelor of Science in Architectural
Engineering and Architectural Design Minor.
Mission
The mission of the Department of Architecture is to provide a high quality architectural education within a liberal arts context to
students from Egypt as well as from other countries. The aim is to produce generations of architects who will be leaders in their
profession. The pursuit of excellence is central to the department's mission maintaining high standards of academic achievement,
professional behavior and ethical conduct.
Students are educated to acquire an appreciation of their responsibilities to society and to prepare themselves for successful
careers and leadership. The program provides an environment in which students develop their critical thinking capabilities,
problem solving skills, creative potential, communication skills in English and proficiency in the tools of learning.
Architecture is at a "cross roads" between human/cultural values and the technical capabilities of construction. Moreover, digital
technology is rapidly growing, changing our ways of communication, expression, perception, thought and interaction.
The goal of the Bachelor of Science in Architectural Engineering Program is to graduate architects who can lead the architectural
profession in Egypt and the Middle-East into the digital age with an understanding of context as means of respecting local
heritage. The program promotes the implementation of the latest advances in Information and Communication Technology (ICT),
stresses the rich local and historical context, and incorporates construction engineering and professional contents which respond
to the needs of the industry. It also embraces the liberal arts approach to education through its multidisciplinary nature. Thus, the
program will contribute positively to the well needed human development efforts in Egypt.
194
It is the aim to form an architect with a comprehensive vision, capable of integrating all the aspects dealing with the built
environment and how it is planned, designed, used, furnished, landscaped, maintained, and appreciated by the society. This is
emphasized through a curriculum that maintains a reasonable balance between utilization of the emerging digital design methods
and pedagogies, meeting the professional demands, and creating contextual-humanistic and sustainable awareness.
The specific objective of the Architectural Engineering Program is to educate students in the fundamentals of the science and
design of architecture with particular emphasis on developing skills of innovation, creativity and critical thinking in the design of
the built environment. This is accomplished through research-based studio pedagogy, digital aided design, history, arts and the
realization of users requirements within the constraints of the society. In the process, students learn to effectively work
independently and collaboratively, develop analytical skills, and consider the impact of architectural solutions on both Egyptian
society and the evolving global community.
Graduates of the Architectural Engineering Program will be well equipped to work in the international-level segment of the
construction industry. They will become excellent candidates for the local and international architectural design firms. They can
effectively work for construction contractors in aspects related to architecture and building integration. Graduates of the program
will be qualified for professional licensing in architecture in Egypt and the USA. Furthermore, they will be prepared to pursue
graduate studies in architecture and related fields in Egypt and abroad.
The architectural engineering program acquired the UNESCO-UIA Validation from the International Union of Architects (UIA).
It is the label of excellence in architectural education of the UIA, which encompasses key professional organizations of architects
in countries and territories all over the world. Graduates of UNESCO-UIA validated architectural programs are eligible to
register as professional architects in many countries around the world, after passing the required licensure process. The degree of
Bachelor of Science in Architectural Engineering at AUC is also acknowledged by the Egyptian Supreme Council of Universities
as equivalent to Egyptian Architectural Engineering degrees. Accordingly, graduates of the program are entitled to professional
licensure by the Egyptian Syndicate of Engineers, the sole authority for licensing the practice of architecture in Egypt.
Students are admitted to the Architectural Engineering Program either upon admission to AUC or after successful completion of
criteria courses. High school students with mathematics/science background are accepted depending on their High School grades
and the available quota in the program. Undeclared and transfer students are admitted to the program upon completing criteria
courses. Those students are accepted based on their GPA and on available quota in the department.
Students who are admitted to the program have to demonstrate their visualization, graphic communication and creative potential.
They must achieve a minimum grade of B in each of the four courses listed below before taking any other courses in the major.
A total of 162 credits is required for the bachelor of science degree in Architectural Engineering. Core Curriculum (33 credits ),
Engineering core requirements (26 credits),Concentration requirements (94 credits), concentration electives (three credits), and
general electives (zero-six credits )
195
Engineering Core Requirements (26 credits)
196
EGPT 203/2030 - Introduction to Egyptian Architecture (3 cr.)
ARCH 314/2211 - History and Philosophy of Modern and Contemporary Architecture (3 cr.)
ARCH 326/2231 - Environmental Control Systems and Sustainable Design (3 cr.)
ARCH 428/3311 - Detail Design and Finishes in Buildings (3 cr.)
ARCH 429/4312 - Design Development and Construction Documents (3 cr.)
ARCH 441/4421 - Professional Practice, Design Management and Codes (2 cr.)
ARCH 426/3321 - Building Service Systems and Building Systems Integration (3 cr.)
ARCH 323/3331 - Construction Materials and Quality Control (3 cr.)
ARCH 496/3950 - Internship in Construction Projects (0 cr.)
ARCH 497/4951 - Internship in Technical Drawing and Design (1 cr.)
CENG 302/3112 - Structural Analysis and Design Principles for Architects (3 cr.)
CENG 305/3151 - Structural Design for Architects I (3 cr.)
CENG 306/3152 - Structural Design for Architects II (3 cr.)
CENG 423/4252 - Methods and Equipment for Construction I (3 cr.)
CENG 441/4410 - Introduction to Construction Management and Cost Estimating (3 cr.)
197
Architectural Design Minor
The minor in Architectural Design provides students with an understanding of the underlying principles of architectural design. It
serves students in all majors. It is especially useful for students interested in pursuing careers in the development, finance,
construction and/or promotion of building related activities. It is also important for other students with social, cultural, and art
backgrounds, who are interested in the respective aspects of the built environment. Construction engineering students will also
benefit from the minor by becoming better qualified in the challenging activities of the construction industry.
Students from any discipline may apply for the Minor. A limited number will be accepted every semester. Students are accepted
based on their GPA and on available quota in the department. The following requirements must be satisfied for joining and
continuing in the minor:
Students with a minimum GPA of 3.0 are accepted based on available quota in the department.
A minimum grade of "B" in the basic architectural design courses (ENGR 1005, ARCH 1521 and ARCH 2512 ) to
continue in the minor.
Notes:
Construction Engineering students may not count the main architectural design courses (ARCH 4541 ) for both the Construction
Engineering Major and the Architectural Design Minor.
198
Department of Biology
Professors: H. El Dorry, R. Siam (Chair), S. Zada
Associate Professor: A. Amleh, A. Bos, A. Moustafa
Assistant Professors: A. Abdellatif, W. Fouad, A. Kakarougkas
Professor Emeritus: A. Main
Biology is the science that deals with the origin, history, characteristics, and habits of life. The approach in biology education is
dynamic in an attempt to keep the basic programs current with the advances being made in the field. At AUC, as at many
colleges and universities, there is a growing tendency to merge what had diverged into widely segregated fields: botany and
zoology, classical and modern molecular approach, field and laboratory studies. Today, with recent advances in the fields of
biomedicine, molecular biology, and genetics and the growing political interests in the environment and biodiversity, the
discipline is growing with increasing opportunities in the job market (and for research grants) for well-trained biologists.
The undergraduate program at AUC offers interested students a liberal education in biological sciences, leading to a Bachelor of
Science degree. The program provides graduates the broad background necessary in today's job market and prepares them for
graduate and professional schools.
Students with a B.Sc. degree in biology are securing positions in the growing fields in industry and in academia. The recent
advances in biology have created important new industries in genetic engineering, biomedicine, biotechnology, and
pharmacology. Students with ambitions beyond the bachelor level are entering graduate schools and professional schools
(medicine, dentistry, veterinary medicine).
Students wishing to receive a Bachelor of Science degree in biology will be required to take a total of 132 credits. Out of the 132
credits 33 credits are allocated for 'Core Curriculum', 25 credits for 'Collateral Requirements', 9 credits for 'General Electives' and
16 credits for upper level courses. Students can be granted a Concentration in Molecular and Cell Biology or Marine Biology
concentration after completion of 16 credits from the required respective courses.
The remaining 7 credit hours required to satisfy the core are fulfilled by the concentration Science/lab (4
cr.) and the capstone projects BIOL 495/4980 - Senior Research Thesis (1 cr.) and BIOL 496/4981 -
Seminar in Biology (2 cr.)
199
BIOL 211/2230 - Molecular and Cell Biology (3 cr. + 1 cr. lab)
BIOL 214/2340 - General Botany (3 cr. + 1 cr. lab)
BIOL 221/2150 - Genetics (3 cr. + 1 cr. lab)
BIOL 241/2090 - Quantitative Biology (3 cr. + 1 cr. lab)
BIOL 307/3310 - Microbiology (3 cr. + 1 cr. lab)
BIOL 310/3130 - Molecular Evolution and Population Genetics (3 cr. + 1 cr. lab)
BIOL 312/3326 - Vertebrate Anatomy and Physiology (3 cr. + 1 cr. lab)
BIOL 315/3280 - Biochemistry (3 cr.)
BIOL 341/3510 - Ecology (3 cr. + 1 cr lab)
BIOL 495/4980 - Senior Research Thesis (1 cr.)
BIOL 496/4981 - Seminar in Biology (2 cr.)
Sixteen additional credits from 3000- and 4000- level from the courses listed below:
200
General electives (9 credits)
The Concentration in Marine Biology requires that students complete 16 credits from the following list of courses, as outline
below.
BIOL 306/3541 - Environmental Biology of the Red Sea (3 cr. + 1 cr. lab)
BIOL 399/3910 - Guided Studies in Environmental Sciences (3 cr.) 1
BIOL 440/4540 - Marine Ecology (3 cr. + 1 cr. lab)
BIOL 408/4930 - Selected Topics in Biology (1-4 cr.) 1
1Only marine biology selected topics and guided studies courses will be counted towards the concentration. Requires advisor and
chairs' approvals.
Only Molecular and Cell Biology selected topics and guided studies courses will be counted towards the concentration and
requires advisor and chairs approval.
201
Students completing the requirements of Molecular and Cell Biology or Marine Biology Concentration will receive an official
certificate endorsing successful completion of the B.Sc. in Biology- Molecular and Cell Biology or Marine Biology
Concentration.
Bioinformatics Minor
The program offers a minor in Bioinformatics for students interested in an academic or industrial career in computational biology
for analysis of molecular data in health, diseases, environment and/or food research and industry.
Course Structure
To be awarded a minor in Bioinformatics, a student must successfully complete the following 18 credits depending on the
students' major.
Elective (3 credits)
BIOL 310/3130 - Molecular Evolution and Population Genetics (3 cr. + 1 cr. lab)
BIOL 307/3310 - Microbiology (3 cr. + 1 cr. lab)
BIOL 341/3510 - Ecology (3 cr. + 1 cr lab)
BIOL 411/4150 - Molecular Biology of the Gene (3 cr. + 1 cr. lab)
BIOL 408/4930 - Selected Topics in Biology (1-4 cr.)
CSCE 321/3201 - Analysis and Design of Algorithms (3 cr.)
CSCE 453/4501 - Database Systems (3 cr.)
CSCE 465/4601 - Artificial Intelligence (3 cr.)
CSCE 427/4602 - Introduction to Artificial Neural Networks (3 cr.)
CSCE 485/4930 - Selected Topics in Computer Science and Engineering (1-3 cr.) 1
202
Notes
Only bioinformatics and computational biology selected topics and guided studies courses will be counted towards the
concentration. Requires advisor and chairs approval.
If a course from the list of possible electives for the minor is in the student's major requirement, it does not fulfill the minor
elective requirement.
Students are reminded to work out a feasible study plan for the required courses in this minor. In particular, they need to ensure
that they have sufficient number of semesters left in the candidature to complete the courses and to note that BIOL 360/3600 and
BIOL 361/3601 are only offered once a year.
Biology Minor
The program also offers a minor in Biology to supplement the education of students in related disciplines including but not
limited to biometry, bioinformatics, biochemistry, biophysics, psychology, and anthropology.
Twenty credits are required for a minor in Biology: BIOL 104/1011 - Introductory Biology I (3 cr. + 1 cr. lab) , BIOL 105/1012 -
Introductory Biology II (3 cr. + 1 cr. lab) , and three additional 4-credit 200, 300, or 400 level BIOL courses.
This program fulfills the sciences requirements for the Medical College Admission Test (MCAT), and the Dental College
Admission test (DAT). Students who wish to apply for medical, dental or other related biomedical graduate programs must
complete all other course requirements for admission, as well as other application requirements and extracurricular activities.
Program of Study
The program requires completion of a minimum of 15 credits in biomedical sciences courses. Biology majors are not eligible for
this minor.
Admission requirements
A grade of B or better in the following courses:
203
PHYS 112/1021 - Electricity and Magnetism (3 cr.) + PHYS 124L/1022 - General Physics Laboratory II (1 cr.)
Required courses
Elective Courses
A minimum of TWO courses from the following:
The minor in Environmental Science is an interdisciplinary program coordinated by the departments of Biology and Chemistry.
The curriculum is flexible to allow students of all majors to enroll in the minor. The elective courses are designed to satisfy an
individual's field of interest. In the course of their studies, students will be subjected to significant environmental issues and
challenges at the national, regional and international levels. The minor will enhance the students' career marketability. Students
are required to choose an advisor for their minor from either the Department of Biology or the Department of Chemistry.
204
CHEM 311/3011 - Analytical Chemistry II (3 cr.)
Notes:
Students must finish their concentration requirements in biology and chemistry before taking BIOL 3910 /CHEM 3910.
Premedical Track
Coordinator: A. Abdellatif (Biology)
The Biology department is coordinating the premedical track. The Biology degree incorporates all premedical courses while
leading to a Bachelor of Science in Biology.
The Premedical track is open to all AUC undergraduate students. The track provides basic biological and physical science
courses that prepare students for admission into medical schools abroad. Most US and Canadian medical schools require
completion of a Bachelor degree that includes the required courses for admission. The liberal art education at AUC provides the
well-rounded education required by medical schools.
Premedical students will have to fulfill all requirements for a degree in their major and those of the premedical track. Premedical
students are assigned an advisor from the Department of Biology to guide with course requirements for medical school
admissions, Medical College Admission Test (MCAT), medical school applications and extracurricular activities.
Biology
General/Inorganic Chemistry
205
CHEM 105/1005 - General Chemistry I (3 cr.)
CHEM 115L/1015 - General Chemistry Laboratory (1 cr.)
CHEM 106/1006 - General Chemistry II (3 cr.)
CHEM 116L/1016 - General Chemistry Laboratory (1 cr.)
Organic Chemistry
Mathematics
Physics
English
Any two Rhetoric and Composition core curriculum requirement may be used to satisfy the English requirement.
Social Sciences
Notes:
Students applying for admission into certain medical schools may be required to take additional courses.
Department of Chemistry
Professor Emeritus: F. Hassan
Professors: P. Askalani, H. Azzazy, D. Fleita, T. Madkour, J. Ragai (Director of Master of Science in Chemistry), A. Ramadan
(Dean of Graduate Studies)
Associate Professor: T. Shoeib (Chair)
206
Assistant Professor: M. El Sayed, W. Mamdouh
Bachelor of Science
The objective of the Bachelor of Science in chemistry is to train students in both theory and practice of the major branches of
chemistry. It prepares students for careers in diverse fields such as industries (chemical, food and beverages, pharmaceuticals,
metal and metal finishing, cement, petrochemicals, textiles, paints); environmental monitoring and protection; quality control and
quality assurance; clinical analysis; diagnostics; marketing and sales for chemicals and specialty chemicals; education; academic
and industrial research. The Bachelor of Science in chemistry also prepares students for medical school.
A student who intends to major in chemistry must complete CHEM 1005 and CHEM 1015 with a minimum of a B average, or if
declaring the major before the completion of these two courses, should have obtained a minimum of 80% in Thanawia Amma
science or equivalent in other certificates.
The Bachelor of Science in Chemistry degree is accredited by both the Canadian Society for Chemistry (CSC) and the Supreme
Council of Egyptian Universities.
207
CHEM 310L/3010 - Organic Chemistry I Laboratory (1 cr.)
CHEM 311/3011 - Analytical Chemistry II (3 cr.)
CHEM 313L/3013 - Thermodynamics Laboratory (1 cr.)
CHEM 314L/3014 - Physical Chemistry I Laboratory (1 cr.)
CHEM 315/3015 - Biochemistry (3 cr.)
CHEM 316L/3016 - Organic Chemistry II Laboratory (1 cr.)
CHEM 318L/3018 - Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory (1 cr.)
CHEM 402/4003 - Physical Chemistry II (3 cr.)
CHEM 403/4004 - Physical Chemistry III (3 cr.)
CHEM 406/4006 - Organic Chemistry III (3 cr.)
CHEM 408/4008 - Inorganic Chemistry II (3 cr.)
CHEM 412L/4013 - Physical Chemistry II Laboratory (1 cr.)
CHEM 416L/4016 - Organic Syntheses (2 cr.)
CHEM 495/4980 - Senior Thesis I (1 cr.)
CHEM 496/4981 - Senior Thesis II (2 cr.)
208
PHYS 124L/1022 - General Physics Laboratory II (1 cr.)
PHYS 214/2221 - Waves and Optics (3 cr.)
Requirements
Total credits: 17.
Chemistry Minor
The minor in chemistry provides students with a workable knowledge of the basic principles of chemistry and some of their
applications. Students may choose to concentrate on one of the main areas in Chemistry.
Additional Requirements
8-10 credits of higher level courses in chemistry to be chosen in consultation with a faculty advisor.
209
The Master of Science program in Chemistry provides postgraduate education to prepare students for a career in Chemistry or
related fields through the development of a firm foundation in the fundamental science and applications of chemistry.
A total of 33 credit hours is required for the Master of Science degree. This consists of 24 credits hours of courses and 9 credit
hours of thesis work.
Admission
A Bachelor's degree in Chemistry or a related discipline with a minimum GPA of 3.0 out of 4.0, is required for admission into the
Chemistry master of science program. Admission is also subject to the general university requirements for the graduate program.
For those students whose grade records indicate promising ability, but who otherwise did not have an adequate preparation in
chemistry, admission may be granted under the requirement that remedial courses will be taken.
The program of study is planned with the faculty advisor, and should include 9 credit hours of core courses, 12 credit hours
chosen from the specialization courses, and 3 credit hours of electives.
Students not opting for the Food Chemistry Concentration can fulfill the 12 credits of the concentration requirements with any
chemistry 500 or 600 level courses. With the consent of the program director, one 500 or 600 level course in another science or
engineering discipline can be taken and counted towards the concentration requirements.
210
CHEM 615/6105 - Principles and Applications of Mass Spectrometry (3 cr.)
CHEM 000/6107 - Chemistry of Natural and Synthetic Polymers (3 cr.)
CHEM 640/6240 - Nanoporous Materials (3 cr.)
With the consent of the program director, one 500 or 600 level course in another science or engineering discipline can be taken
and counted towards the specialization requirements. Students opting for the Food Chemistry Specialization need to fulfill the 12
credits of the specialization requirements from the following Food Chemistry Specialization courses:
211
Students may receive a Graduate Diploma in Food Chemistry upon the successful completion of 6 courses (18 credit hours). To
receive the Graduate Diploma in Food Chemistry, students should complete 6 credit hours of core chemistry courses and 12
credit hours from the food chemistry specialization courses.
Admission
A bachelor's degree in chemistry or a related discipline with a minimum GPA 3.0 out of 4.0, is required for admission into the
program. Admission is also subject to the general university requirements for the graduate program. For those students whose
grade records indicate promising ability, but who otherwise did not have an adequate preparation in chemistry, admission may be
granted under the requirement that remedial courses will be taken.
The Department of Computer Science and Engineering offers two undergraduate degrees: The Bachelor of Science in Computer
Science and the Bachelor of Science in Computer Engineering.
Vision
The Department of Computer Science and Engineering of The American University in Cairo aspires to be an internationally
recognized source of knowledge that produces outstanding graduates in computer science and computer engineering.
Mission
The mission of the Department of Computer Science and Engineering of the American University in Cairo is to:
Motivate and inspire students by providing high-caliber, fully integrated computing programs
Provide leadership and innovation in a rapidly evolving global information society
Advance the state of knowledge in computing
Pursue scholarly research for publication and dissemination, through a comprehensive learning environment.
Computer engineering is defined as the discipline that embodies the science and technology of design, construction,
implementation, and maintenance of software and hardware components of modern computing systems and computer-controlled
equipment. It is solidly grounded in the theories and principles of computing, mathematics, science, and engineering and it
applies these theories and principles to solve technical problems through the design of computing hardware, software, networks,
and processes. Computer engineers are involved in the design of computer-based systems which includes (in addition to systems
for portable, desktop and client/server environments and communications devices) distributed computing environments and
embedded systems just to name a few. The convergence of several established technologies (such as television,
telecommunications and networking infrastructures) resulted in the creation of massive challenges and opportunities for computer
engineers.
The undergraduate program in computer engineering is to produce graduates with a broad perspective in both software and
hardware topics relevant to computer systems engineering. It provides the foundation and areas of specialization necessary to
212
analyze, design and evaluate systems software, middleware and software/hardware architectures and interfaces. The specific
objectives of the program are to: educate students with breadth of knowledge in computer engineering that would allow them to
contribute to computing projects individually or as members of multidisciplinary teams with emphasis on the creative
applications of scientific knowledge in the analysis, design, and implementation of economical computer software and hardware
systems; introduce students to a broad spectrum of computer engineering topics, with concentration in one or more computing
areas of their choice; prepare students to cope with, and improve on, the ever-evolving discipline of computer engineering and
state-of-the-art technologies in the industry of software and hardware systems. This is achieved through enabling students to
integrate various analysis and design methodologies, models, techniques, and tools to develop software/hardware systems and
their interfaces at the edge of technology; train students to communicate effectively, think critically, and recognize and consider
the impact of computing solutions in a global and societal context with ability to understand and be sensitive to other cultures;
motivate students to engage in life-long learning, develop their ability to pursue graduate studies in computer science, computer
engineering, or other related areas, and develop students who are creative, possess qualities of leadership, and committed to
professional and ethical conduct.
Program Objectives
The computer engineering program at AUC graduates a computer engineer who, within few years of graduation, fulfills societal
needs, with consideration to ethical and environmental issues, in one or more of the following roles:
4- A successful entrepreneur.
The program enables students to achieve the following outcomes, by the time of graduation:
A total of 162 credits is required for the Bachelor of Science degree in computer engineering:
213
Engineering Core Requirements (52 credits)
214
CSCE 491/4980 - Senior Project I (1 cr.)
CSCE 492/4981 - Senior Project II (2 cr.)
MGMT 307/3201 - Management Fundamentals (3 cr.)
The Bachelor of Science in Computer Science program at AUC is accredited by the Computing
Accreditation Commission of ABET, http://www.abet.org.
Program Objectives
The computer science program at AUC graduates a computer scientist who, within few years of graduation, fulfills societal
needs, with consideration to ethical and environmental issues, in one or more of the following roles:
4- A successful entrepreneur.
215
The program enables students to achieve the following outcomes, by the time of graduation:
(a) An ability to apply knowledge of computing and mathematics appropriate to the discipline;
(b) An ability to analyze a problem, and identify and define the computing requirements appropriate to its solution;
(c) An ability to design, implement and evaluate a computer-based system, process, component, or program to meet desired
needs;
(d) An ability to function effectively on teams to accomplish a common goal;
(e) An understanding of professional, ethical, legal, security, and social issues and responsibilities;
(f) An ability to communicate effectively with a range of audiences;
(g) An ability to analyze the local and global impact of computing on individuals, organizations, and society;
(h) Recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in continuing professional development;
(i) An ability to use current techniques, skills, and tools necessary for computing practices;
(j) An ability to apply mathematical foundations, algorithmic principles, and computer science theory in the modelling and design
of computer-based systems in a way that demonstrates comprehension of the tradeoffs involved in design choices;
(k) An ability to apply design and development principles in the construction of software systems of varying complexity.
The course of study offers a broad-based intellectual engagement with computing both in theory and practice as well as logic and
capabilities. The theoretical ground, abstraction, design as well as the professional practice levels (technical competence, team
work, problem solving and communication skills), social and ethical contexts of the discipline of computing are well integrated
into the curriculum that the department offers.
The study program is designed to prepare students for a wide variety of careers. The most profound positions that our graduates
are well prepared to occupy (or have already been engaged in) may be classified into the following professional disciplines:
Software Engineering, Systems Design and Programming, Applications design and programming and Information-Systems
design and analysis. The program also prepares students for further studies and research in the computing field.
216
CSCE 345/3401 - Operating Systems (3 cr.)
CSCE 422/4201 - Theory of Computing (3 cr.)
CSCE 447/4101 - Compiler Design (3 cr.)
CSCE 490/4950 - Industrial Training (1 cr.)
CSCE 491/4980 - Senior Project I (1 cr.)
CSCE 492/4981 - Senior Project II (2 cr.)
To be chosen in consultation with the students advisor from the following (no more than 9 credits can be chosen among the
MACT courses):
217
MACT 317/3224 - Probability and Statistics (3 cr.)
PHYS 111/1011 - Classical Mechanics, Sound and Heat (3 cr.)
PHYS 112/1021 - Electricity and Magnetism (3 cr.)
PHYS 123L/1012 - General Physics Laboratory I (1 cr.)
PHYS 124L/1022 - General Physics Laboratory II (1 cr.)
PHYS 215/2211 - Introduction to Electronics (3 cr.)
PHYS 222L/2213 - Electronics lab for Computer Scientists & Computer Engineers (1 cr.)
218
CSCE 253/2501 - Fundamentals of Database Systems (3 cr.)
CSCE 453/4501 - Database Systems (3 cr.)
Computer Systems:
Recommended for Physics, Mechanical & Construction majors students but not permitted for Electronics Engineering
major:
Embedded Systems:
Admission
Admission requirements are the same as those for the thesis-option M.S.
219
Courses (33 credit hours)
Eleven courses (33 credit hours) are required: Two core courses (6 credit hours), and Nine electives (27 credit hours).
The master of science program in computer science offers students the opportunity to engage in course work, research projects,
and other activities designed to develop theoretical background and up-to-date practical skills in the rapidly changing area of
Computer Science. The program provides a broad spectrum of study in preparation for careers in advanced computer research
areas. The program allows students flexibility in planning their program of study after the initial course requirements are met.
Admission
The program is open to Computer Science graduates and also to selected students whose preparation is outside Computer
Science. However, students entering graduate study from outside the computer science area may be required to go through
220
additional preparation before beginning their graduate program. Those students who have some deficiency in their undergraduate
training but are well qualified in other aspects may be admitted provisionally. The department may prescribe a number of
prerequisite courses to make up for the deficiency.
The graduate thesis work is an important and required part of the master's degree program. Each student must submit a thesis
topic that has been approved by a faculty supervisor, normally after 12 credit hours. Various research topics are discussed in the
seminar courses. The student must register in the first seminar course before submitting a thesis topic and once during the
execution of the thesis research. To ensure adequate faculty consultation on the thesis, the student must register for the graduate
thesis for at least two semesters.
The Computer Science seminar is a two-semester course (1 credit hour per semester) designed to prepare students for research in
Computer Science. The seminar must be taken by all students. The first seminar will help the student select a topic for his/her
thesis and must be taken before submitting a thesis topic. In the second seminar, the student will present a report on his/her thesis
progress.
221
Example of a Program Completion Plan:
Total Requirements
A total of six 500-level CSCE courses (18 credit hours) is required for the diploma.
Notes:
The courses which have been successfully completed in the diploma program can be considered as part of the master's degree
requirements for students who are admitted to the master's degree studies. The diploma may be completed in one academic year;
no thesis is required.
The Department of Construction Engineering offers one undergraduate degree: The Bachelor of Science in Construction
Engineering.
Mission
To provide high quality engineering education within a liberal arts context to students from Egypt and other countries. The aim is
to prepare generations of engineers to excel as leaders in their professions. The pursuit of excellence is central to the
Department's mission, maintaining the highest standards of academic achievement, professional behavior and ethical conduct.
222
The construction industry is the largest industry in Egypt and much of the world. Construction engineering is a relatively new
field that is designed to foster technological advances in the industry, to utilize modern design techniques, and to develop means
to improve production, products, components and subsystems, and distribution and utilization of equipment. Construction
engineering covers the basic civil engineering components such as structures, geotechnical, water resources, transportation, and
environmental engineering. In addition, it covers, in detail, methods for the modeling of construction projects, numerical
simulations, the evaluation of various construction strategies, and construction quality control. It deals with organizational
planning, financial and human resources management, productivity measurement, accounting, information systems, strategy and
policy formation, contracting, and construction law.
The specific objectives of the Construction Engineering Program are to: educate students in fundamentals of science and
engineering with emphasis on construction engineering applications; introduce students to a broad spectrum of construction
engineering topics, with concentration in an area of their choice, to plan for construction operations and to fit in construction
organizations; prepare students to cope with and improve on the ever evolving technologies in production, products, and
components of the construction industry; train students to communicate effectively, work independently and in teams, and fit in a
multi-discipline environment; inspire students to recognize and consider the impact of engineering solutions in a global and
societal context with the ability to understand and be sensitive to other cultures; motivate students to engage in life-long learning
and develop their ability to pursue graduate studies; develop students who are creative, possess qualities of leadership, and are
committed to professional and ethical conduct.
Students have the choice of one of three concentration areas within construction engineering. These are: 1) Construction
Materials and Structures; 2) Construction Management and Technology; and 3) Environmental Engineering. The Construction
Materials and Structures concentration provides students with the ability to integrate advances in construction materials with
advanced knowledge in structural design and mechanics. The Construction Management and Technology concentration provides
students with the tools that would enable them to become effective construction managers, through gaining a deeper appreciation
of the technology and management aspects involved, and a greater exposure to the various facets of the industry. The
Environmental Engineering concentration better equips students for involvement in civil infrastructure projects, and enables them
to contribute to consulting practice in environmental and water resources engineering. To complete a concentration, students
must complete two (2) required courses and one elective course in their chosen concentration area, in addition to an elective
within the field of construction engineering, and carry out the graduation thesis in their chosen concentration. The concentration
shall be indicated in the students Diploma.
The Bachelor of Science in Construction Engineering degree is accredited by both the American Accreditation Board for
Engineering and Technology (ABET) and the Supreme Council of Egyptian Universities.
Students are admitted to the Construction Engineering Program either upon admission to AUC or after successful completion of
criteria courses. High school students with mathematics/science background are accepted depending on their High School grades
and the available quota in the Construction Engineering Program. Undeclared and transfer students are admitted to the program
upon completing criteria courses in sciences. Students are accepted based on their GPA and on available quota in the department.
Students should consult the course listings and their faculty advisor on a regular basis to ensure that prerequisites for engineering
core, concentration and elective courses are met. A model course plan for the major is provided in the office of the Department of
Construction and Architectural Engineering.
A total of 162 credits is required for the Bachelor of Science Degree in Construction Engineering:
223
CHEM 105/1005 - General Chemistry I (3 cr.)
CHEM 115L/1015 - General Chemistry Laboratory (1 cr.)
CSCE 106/1001 - Fundamentals of Computer Science (3 cr.)
ENGR 101/1001 - Introduction to Engineering (1 cr.)
ENGR 115/1005 - Descriptive Geometry and Engineering Drawing (2 cr.)
ENGR 212/2102 - Engineering Mechanics I (Statics) (3 cr.)
ENGR 214/2104 - Engineering Mechanics II (Dynamics) (3 cr.)
ENGR 229/2112 - Strength and Testing of Materials (4 cr.)
ENGR 261/2122 - Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics (3 cr.)
ENGR 313/3202 - Engineering Analysis and Computation I (3 cr.)
ENGR 345/3222 - Engineering Economy (3 cr.)
MACT 132/1122 - Calculus II (3 cr.)
MACT 231/2123 - Calculus III (3 cr.)
MACT 233/2141 - Differential Equations (3 cr.)
MACT 317/3224 - Probability and Statistics (3 cr.)
PHYS 111/1011 - Classical Mechanics, Sound and Heat (3 cr.)
PHYS 112/1021 - Electricity and Magnetism (3 cr.)
PHYS 123L/1012 - General Physics Laboratory I (1 cr.)
PHYS 124L/1022 - General Physics Laboratory II (1 cr.)
224
To complete the requirements of any of the three concentrations, students must complete a set of four courses comprise the
following:
Two concentration core course from the intended area of concentration (Group A) (6 cr.)
One elective course from a set of courses relevant to the concentration (Group B) (3 cr.)
One elective course from the elective courses offered by the Department (3cr.)
Student should also carry out the Senior Graduation Project in their selected concentration subfield.
Group A:
Group B:
Group A:
Group B:
Environmental Engineering
Group A:
225
CENG 472/4552 - Design of Water Resources Systems (3 cr.)
CENG 473/4553 - Unit Operations in Environmental Engineering (3 cr.)
Group B:
CENG 474/4554 - Computer-aided design and construction of environmental and sanitary systems (3 cr.)
CENG 475/4555 - Solid and Hazardous Wastes Engineering (3 cr.)
CENG 494/4911 - Selected Topics in Construction Engineering (3 cr.)
Students enrolled in the School of Science and Engineering may apply to complete the MPA on an accelerated basis in
conjunction with completion of the BSc. in engineering. At present, this option is open only to students completing the BSc. in
Construction Engineering. Students interested in this option should consult with their advisors during the Fall of their fourth year
for potential admission to the program in their fifth year. Those interested in this option are required to complete a summer work
assignment for Fall practicum in their fifth year. The program is jointly administered by the Department of Public Policy and
Administration in the School of Public Affairs and the School of Sciences and Engineering. Admission is based on the
recommendation of the student's SSE advisor and review by the PPAD department. The program prepares students for careers in
public service with the highest ethical standards, strong competencies in environmental analysis and management as well as
public governance, excellent leadership and communication skills, a sound understanding of the use of evidence and analysis in
public service settings, and a commitment to building a better future for the people of Egypt and the region. Students pursue
careers in government, nonprofit organizations, international development agencies, academia, and the private sector.
Students electing the dual degree option begin taking graduate courses in their ninth semester and receive both the BSc. and the
MPA upon the completion of their coursework and master's thesis, normally at the end of their 6th year. The following course
sequence has been developed for this option, but students should consult their advisor in CENG to ensure that all SSE
requirements are met:
SEMESTER IX
226
Engineering Concentration 2
CENG 567/5243 - Construction Leadership and Management Skills (3 cr.)
CENG 491/4981 - Senior Project II (2 cr.) (Capstone Core Level II )
PPAD 506/5111 - Essentials of Public Policy and Administration (3 cr.) (MPA credit)
PPAD 500/5201 - Research Methods for Public Policy and Administration (3 cr.) (MPA credit)
Science elective (from MDP list)
Summer internship public/NGO management focus preferred (MPA credit through 5198)
SEMESTER XI
PPAD 514/5224 - Human Resource Management for Government and Nonprofit Organizations (3 cr.) (MPA Credit)
PPAD 516/5132 - Social and Environmental Policy (3 cr.) (MPA Credit)
PPAD 517/5126 - Non-profit Management (3 cr.) (MPA Credit)
PPAD 599/5299 - Research Guidance (0 cr.) (MPA Credit)
Summer thesis work, if needed.
Lists of MDP-relevant courses will be provided to students in the program prior to registration for each semester, based on
offerings available in the appropriate departments
Program Objectives
Admission requirements are the same as those for the Master of Science Program.
227
Students must complete 21 credits in graduate construction engineering courses.
Students may elect to take four courses (12 credits). A minimum of two courses must be taken from offerings in engineering
disciplines (including ENGR). No more than one 400-level course, not in the students undergraduate major may be taken for
graduate credit, subject to approval of the advisor.
Program Objectives
The objectives of the Master of Science in Construction Engineering are to provide the graduates of the program with:
Extensive knowledge in construction management & systems and in structural engineering & construction materials
In-depth understanding of the research techniques and data analysis in construction engineering
An ability to solve unstructured engineering problems, think critically, function well in a team, and communicate
effectively
Admission
A candidate for the masters program in Construction Engineering must have a B.Sc. degree in civil, construction or architectural
engineering. Students who have some deficiency in their undergraduate training but are well-qualified in other respects may be
admitted provisionally. The Department of Construction and Architectural Engineering may prescribe a program of noncredit
work to make up for the deficiency.
All students select two out of the following four ENGR core courses:
228
Students should select a minimum of four courses from any of the courses of the following subfields in Construction
Engineering:
A minimum of two courses are selected as electives. The courses are selected from a set of graduate courses in engineering,
physical sciences, social sciences, management and other related graduate level courses subject to advisor and chairs approval.
No more than one 400-level course in engineering, computer science and other related areas, not in the students undergraduate
major, may be taken for graduate credit subject to advisor and chairs approval.
May include:
Geotechnical Engineering
Construction Technology Analysis and Development
Advanced Structural Design and Construction
Thesis
Graduate thesis work is an important and required part of the Construction Engineering Master of Science degree program. Each
student must submit a thesis topic that has been approved by a faculty advisor by the end of the first academic year. Various
research topics are discussed in ENGR 5940 and ENGR 5941, Graduate Thesis Seminar I and II. Students must register in ENGR
5940 before submitting a thesis topic and in ENGR 5941 during execution of the thesis research to present their thesis plan. To
229
ensure adequate faculty consultation on the thesis, the student must register for CENG 5290, Graduate Thesis, by the completion
of 18 credit hours. Students must register in CENG 5290 for at least two semesters. The first two registrations in CENG 5290
must be for three credit hours, after that CENG 5290 is taken for one credit hour each semester until completion of the program
requirements.
Mission
The goal of the Electronics and Communications Engineering program at AUC is to provide students with the highest quality
education. The Electronics and Communications Engineering curriculum is designed to strike a balance between theoretical and
laboratory experience and to impart fundamental and practical understanding of the principles required for a successful career in
electronics and communications engineering. ECNG graduates will be prepared for a career in Egypt or abroad.
To achieve the mission of Electronics and Communications Engineering requires a solid core of foundation courses in physics,
mathematics, computer science and general engineering, which is also essential for life-long learning. Concentration courses in
Electronics and Communications Engineering (that integrate theory and laboratory wherever possible) cover electromagnetics,
circuits, electronics, digital design and communications. Courses in electric machinery, classical control, computer systems, the
capstone senior thesis and industrial internship are also required. State-of-the-art electronics engineering elective courses provide
seniors and advanced undergraduates the opportunity to develop a thrust in advanced electronics, communication systems and
computers.
Electronics and Communications Engineering accepts high school students with science/mathematics background. Undeclared
students may also be accepted to the program when they finish criteria courses set by the department. Admission to the program
is supervised by the department and depends on available places and student's performance record.
A total of 162 credits are required for the bachelor's degree in Electronics and Communications Engineering:
230
CHEM 105/1005 - General Chemistry I (3 cr.)
CHEM 115L/1015 - General Chemistry Laboratory (1 cr.)
CSCE 106/1001 - Fundamentals of Computer Science (3 cr.)
CSCE 110/1101 - Programming Fundamentals (3 cr.)
ENGR 101/1001 - Introduction to Engineering (1 cr.)
ENGR 115/1005 - Descriptive Geometry and Engineering Drawing (2 cr.)
ENGR 212/2102 - Engineering Mechanics I (Statics) (3 cr.)
ENGR 214/2104 - Engineering Mechanics II (Dynamics) (3 cr.)
ENGR 313/3202 - Engineering Analysis and Computation I (3 cr.)
ENGR 345/3222 - Engineering Economy (3 cr.)
ENGR 364/3322 - Fundamentals of Thermofluids (3 cr.)
MACT 132/1122 - Calculus II (3 cr.)
MACT 231/2123 - Calculus III (3 cr.)
MACT 232/2124 - Calculus IV (3 cr.)
MACT 233/2141 - Differential Equations (3 cr.)
MACT 317/3224 - Probability and Statistics (3 cr.)
MGMT 307/3201 - Management Fundamentals (3 cr.)
PHYS 111/1011 - Classical Mechanics, Sound and Heat (3 cr.)
PHYS 112/1021 - Electricity and Magnetism (3 cr.)
PHYS 123L/1012 - General Physics Laboratory I (1 cr.)
PHYS 124L/1022 - General Physics Laboratory II (1 cr.)
PHYS 214/2221 - Waves and Optics (3 cr.)
231
ECNG 459L/4509L - Microcontroller System Design Lab (1 cr.)
ECNG 490/4980 - Senior Project I (1 cr.)
ECNG 491/4981 - Senior Project II (2 cr.)
The credit hours in ECNG 490/491 are not counted among the concentration credit hour requirements as they are
counted in the core curriculum credit hour requirements
ECNG 497/4950 - Industrial Internship (1 cr.)
Electronics Minor
The Electronics Minor is coordinated by the Electronics and Communications Engineering department (ECNG).
The aim of the minor in electronics is to provide students typically majoring in physics, chemistry, computer science,
mathematics, and engineering with a working knowledge of electronics. The hands-on laboratory instruction emphasized in the
minor enables scientists and engineers to optimize their use of electronic equipment. The Electronics Minor cannot be taken by
students majoring in ECNG.
232
ECNG 321/3202 - Automatic Control Systems (3 cr.)
ECNG 413/4103 - Testing of Digital Circuits (3 cr.)
PHYS 323L/4234 - Semiconductor Technology Lab (2 cr.)
PHYS 404L/4225 - Photonics and Optical Communication Laboratory (1 cr.)
PHYS 414/4224 - Photonics (3 cr.)
PHYS 415/4930 - Selected Topics in Physics (3 cr.)
The Master of Engineering Degree in Electronics and Communications Engineering prepares students for higher level
professional practice in local and international markets, whether in private consulting practice, industry, or government activities.
It is intended for electronics engineers who wish to master the practice in their field of specialty.
1. Program Objectives
The objectives of the Master of Engineering Degree in Electronics and Communications Engineering are to provide the graduates
of the program with:
2. Admission
Admission requirements are the same as those for the Master of Science Program.
All students select one out of the following four ENGR core courses:
233
Concentration Courses** (30 credit hours)
Candidates must select at least eight courses out of the following ECNG course list:
**Note:
- Up to two PHD ECNG courses (600-level) to be taken for credit towards the above MS/ME degree are allowed
- Subject to the approval of the advisor and the graduate director the candidate is permitted to take six credit hours from the
following two options
1. one 400-level or graduate-level course (3 credit hours) from outside the department and within the School of Sciences
and Engineering;
2. Graduate Independent Study course (ECNG 5910) (1 to 3 credit hours).
However, the student may take a maximum of 3 hours of independent study, and a maximum of one course (3 credit hours) from
outside the ECNG department.
The Master of Engineering Degree in Electronics and Communications Engineering with Concentration in Management of
Technology prepares students for higher level professional practice in local and international markets. It is intended for
electronics engineers who wish to master the practice in their field of specialty, as well as understanding the notion of technology
and innovation as key to wealth creation, competitiveness and sustainable economic and social development. Potential students
234
can come from academia, multinational corporations, government sectors, and owners, managers and employees of private/public
sector companies.
1.program objectives
The objectives of the program are:
To provide students with solid knowledge in product and systems design in electronics engineering.
To train students to solve unstructured engineering problems, think critically, function well in a team, and communicate
effectively.
To educate students on high standard of written and oral communication on technical matters.
To enable students to manage and guide technology-based organization in a changing environment
To expose students to methods of integrating technology and business strategies
To educate student on methods to develop an organizational structure and necessary functions that permit sustainable
success.
2. Admission
Admission requirements are the same as those for the Master of Science in Electronics and Communications Engineering
program.
Candidates must select at least 7 courses out of the following list of 15 courses:
235
*Note:
Subject to the approval of the advisor and graduate director the candidate is permitted to take three credit hours from one of the
following two options:
1. one 400-level or graduate-level course (3 credit hours) from outside the department and within the School of Sciences
and Engineering;
2. Graduate Independent Study (ECNG 5910) course (1 to 3 credit hours).
A candidate for the master's program in Electronics and Communications Engineering must have a degree in electrical or
computer engineering or related discipline. Students who have some deficiency in their undergraduate training but are well-
qualified in other respects may be admitted provisionally. The Electronics and Communications Engineering Department may
prescribe a program of noncredit work to make up for the deficiency.
1. Program Objectives
The objectives of the Master of Science Degree in Electronics and Communications Engineering are to provide the graduates of
the program with:
2. Admission
A candidate for the master's program in Electronics and Communications Engineering must have a degree in engineering.
Students who have some deficiency in their undergraduate training but are well-qualified in other respects may be admitted
provisionally. The Electronics and Communications Engineering Department may prescribe a program of noncredit work to
make up for the deficiency.
236
3. Courses (24 Credit hours)
A minimum of eight courses (24 credit hours) is required.
All students select one out of the following four ENGR core courses:
Candidates must select at least five courses out of the following ECNG course list:
**Note:
- Up to two PHD ECNG courses (600-level) to be taken for credit towards the above MS/ME degree are allowed
- Subject to the approval of the advisor and the graduate director the candidate is permitted to take six credit hours from the
following two options
237
1. one 400-level or graduate-level course (3 credit hours) from outside the department and within the School of Sciences
and Engineering;
2. Graduate Independent Study course (ECNG 5910) (1 to 3 credit hours).
However, the student may take a maximum of 3 hours of Graduate Independent Study, and a maximum of one course (3 credit
hours) from outside the ECNG department.
Mathematics is the study of relationships among quantities, magnitudes and properties. It uses logical operations to find order
within the appearance of chaos and to identify intrinsic relations and patterns among seemingly disparate questions and problems.
The techniques of mathematics may be applied to a wide array of problems, such as the design and analysis of experiments,
statistics and data analysis, mathematical modeling and operations research. As the "language" of science, it constitutes the
theoretical background for computer science, engineering, and the natural sciences. The Department of Mathematics and
Actuarial Science, recognizing the central position of mathematics in traditional liberal studies, provides a rigorous foundation in
pure as well as applied mathematics, equipping students for further study and preparing them to use their mathematical skills in
many different employment arenas.
The Actuarial Science program is designed to produce graduates who have analytic, statistical, and computational skills, which
allow them to solve industrial problems, predict the financial effects of uncertain future events, and carry out decision-making
analyses. This program is appropriate for students who have a strong mathematical ability with an interest in applying their
mathematical knowledge to insurance, finance, risk management, investment, and other areas of business.
3. A Minor in Mathematics
238
The life of nearly every one is impacted by the work of actuarial experts. Actuarial experts apply mathematical models to
improve financial decision-making by evaluating the financial implications of uncertain future events. See the Actuarial Science's
web site: http://www.aucegypt.edu/sse/math/majmin/Pages/BachelorofScienceinActuarialScience.aspx for a more detailed
description of the work of actuarial experts. The number of certified actuarial experts in Egypt is notoriously low, whereas the
demand for actuarial experts is very high. One objective of the program leading to the Bachelor of Science degree is to reduce the
huge gap between supply and demand for actuarial experts in Egypt.
To be able to solve the problems of evaluating and measuring risk, an actuarial expert has to be trained in the disciplines of
mathematics, probability, statistics, economics, finance, business law, accounting, and marketing. Consequently, the Actuarial
Science Program cuts across the School of Science and Engineering and the School of Business.
many positions within Egypt, where the demand for actuarial experts in insurance companies, actuarial consulting
firms, banks and other financial institutions, as well as government agencies like the Egyptian Financial Supervisory
Authority (EFSA), greatly exceed their supply.
a wide variety of jobs in Egypt, in multi-national companies, and international institutions abroad, where training in
mathematics, probability, statistics, economics, finance, business law, accounting, and marketing are essential.
completing the first five certification examinations jointly offered by the Society of Actuaries and Casualty Actuarial
Society, an important step toward actuarial certification and toward obtaining the actuarial license from the Egyptian
Financial Supervisory Authority (EFSA).
A total of 130 credits is required for the bachelor's degree in actuarial science. Students may be exempted from the MACT
131/1121 - Calculus I (3cr.) requirement based on high school certificate and score in mathematics or by passing a placement
examination. See the Actuarial
Science's website http://www.aucegypt.edu/sse/math/majmin/Pages/BachelorofScienceinActuarialScience.aspx for a sample
schedule for completing the requirements for the B.Sc. degree in Actuarial Science.
239
MACT 421/4312 - Mathematics of Derivatives Pricing I (3 cr.)
MACT 422/4313 - Mathematics of Derivatives Pricing II (3 cr.)
MACT 423/4321 - Life Contingencies I (3 cr.)
MACT 424/4322 - Life Contingencies II (3 cr.)
MACT 427/4231 - Applied Regression Methods (3 cr.)
MACT 428/4232 - Analysis of Time Series Data (3 cr.)
MACT 429/4233 - Applied Multivariate Analysis (3 cr.)
Electives (6 credits)
Two courses to be chosen in consultation with the advisor. The following courses are recommended as electives:
240
Mathematics, with an option in Statistics & Data Analysis (B.S.)
Bachelor of Science in Mathematics
The Bachelor of Science degree in Mathematics develops a level of skill that will enable the student to apply his/her knowledge
in industry or teaching and prepares the student for advanced study of mathematics and other fields.
More information on Mathematics as a professional activity and on career opportunities is available on the department webpage:
http://www.aucegypt.edu/sse/math/alumni/Pages/default.aspx
A total of 130 credits is required for the bachelor's degree in mathematics. Students may be exempted from the MACT
1121 requirement based on high school certificate and score in mathematics or by passing a placement examination.
Appropriate substitutions allow students from most other majors in the School of Science and Engineering to complete the
Mathematics major requirements with 15 to 25 additional credits. See the page
http://www.aucegypt.edu/sse/math/Pages/Double_Major.aspx for more details.
241
To be chosen among the following:
242
Or MACT 210/2222 - Statistics for Business (3 cr.)
MACT 427/4231 - Applied Regression Methods (3 cr.)
and either
or
Course Structure
To be awarded a minor in Financial Mathematics, a student must successfully complete the following 15 credits:
1. MACT 132/1122 - Calculus II (3 cr.) (Students may be exempted from the MACT 131 requirement based on high
school certificate and score in mathematics or by passing a placement examination.)
2. MACT 231/2123 - Calculus III (3 cr.)
3. MACT 321/3311 - Mathematics of Investment (3 cr.)
4. MACT 421/4312 - Mathematics of Derivatives Pricing I (3 cr.)
5. MACT 422/4313 - Mathematics of Derivatives Pricing II (3 cr.)
Students are reminded to work out a feasible study plan for the 5 courses in this minor requirement. In particular, they need to
ensure that they have sufficient number of semesters left in the candidature to complete the courses and to note that MACT3311,
MACT4312 and MACT4313 are only offered once a year.
This minor is not awarded with the majors in Mathematics or Actuarial Science.
Mathematics Minor
243
The minor in Mathematics will acquaint non-mathematics majors with the diversity of the field and enhance the student's ability
to formulate and solve problems in other disciplines.
Mechanical Engineering involves the application of scientific knowledge for the design and manufacturing of devices and
mechanical systems that use or transfer mechanical and thermal energies. The mechanical engineer should strive both to serve the
needs of the society without unduly damaging the environment, and to produce devices and systems that use energy and material
resources efficiently.
244
Mechanical Engineering, with concentrations in Design, Industrial,
Materials and Manufacturing, Mechatronics, and Power (B.S.)
Bachelor of Science
The educational objectives of the mechanical engineering program are to graduate mechanical engineers who can: practice
professionally as team members or leaders in both local and global, multidisciplinary environments; advance their careers in
mechanical engineering or other fields through promotions, positions of increasing responsibilities or professional certification;
contribute to the welfare of the society, and respond to its needs with consideration of ethical and environmental issues; engage in
advanced academic and research careers; and pursue entrepreneurial endeavors.
Students are offered mechanical engineering electives concentrated in five areas: The Design concentration integrates elements of
the mechanical engineering program and utilizes modern computer methods to enable the engineer to model, analyze and design
mechanical components and systems. The power concentration provides the engineering background for optimum use of energy
resources; calculation of energy loads; design, selection and integration of conventional and non-conventional energy systems
and components. The Industrial concentration enables the engineer to analyze, design, integrate, automate and manage industrial
systems. The Materials and Manufacturing concentration focuses on ways of controlling material composition, treatment, and
manufacturing in order to meet design requirements, and achieve desired levels of performance. The Mechatronics concentration
focuses on computer programming, automatic control, sensor technology and microprocessor as well as manufacturing
techniques.
The program is accredited by both the Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology (ABET) and the Supreme Council of
Egyptian Universities.
Students should consult the course listings and their faculty advisor on a regular basis to ensure that prerequisites for engineering
core, concentration and elective courses are met. A model course plan for the Major is provided by the Department.
A student who intends to major in Mechanical Engineering must submit a Major declaration form upon completion of 45 credit
hours. A student should declare his/her concentration (s) after completing 80 credit hours and before completing 120 credit hours.
A total of 162 credits is required for the bachelors degree in mechanical engineering:
245
MACT 132/1122 - Calculus II (3 cr.)
MACT 231/2123 - Calculus III (3 cr.)
MACT 233/2141 - Differential Equations (3 cr.)
MACT 317/3224 - Probability and Statistics (3 cr.)
PHYS 111/1011 - Classical Mechanics, Sound and Heat (3 cr.)
PHYS 112/1021 - Electricity and Magnetism (3 cr.)
PHYS 123L/1012 - General Physics Laboratory I (1 cr.)
PHYS 124L/1022 - General Physics Laboratory II (1 cr.)
Design Concentration:
A minimum of nine credits from courses in group A of the Design concentration and the remaining three credits from courses in
either group of the concentration.
Group A:
246
MENG 455/4565 - Design of Engineering Systems (3 cr.)
MENG 475/4555 - Applied Vibration Measurements, Analysis and Control (3 cr.)
MENG 476/4756 - Automatic Control Systems (3 cr.)
Group B:
Industrial Concentration:
Students are required to complete the six credits from group A courses of the Industrial concentration and six credits from its
group B courses.
Group A:
Group B:
A minimum of six credits from group A courses of the Material and Manufacturing concentration and six from its group B
courses.
Group A:
Group B:
247
MENG 427/4227 - Failure of Mechanical Components (3 cr.)
MENG 432/4232 - Materials, Processing, and Design (3 cr.)
MENG 436/4932 - Selected Topics in Materials and Manufacturing (3 cr.)
MENG 439/4239 - Advanced Manufacturing Processes (3 cr.)
Mechatronics Concentration:
Students are required to complete the nine credits from the courses in group A of the Mechatronics concentration and the
remaining three credits from courses in group B.
Group A:
Group B:
Power Concentration
Students are required to complete the six credits from the courses in group A of the Power concentration and the remaining six
credits from courses in group B.
Group A:
Group B:
Notes:
248
In addition, a minimum of six credits must be taken from another area of concentration.
Pending approval of department and relevance of topic, only one of the concentration electives may be substituted for by a
MENG 4930 course.
Students opting for more than one concentration will take a minimum of twenty four credits, such that the minimum requirements
of each area of concentration are satisfied. Common courses may be double-counted.
Mechatronics
Coordinator and Minor Advisor: M. Habib
The minor in Mechatronics provides students with broad understanding of the latest developments of synergized interdisciplinary
knowledge, design principles, technologies, and practical skills within the growing field of Mechatronics. It serves students in all
majors. The Minor in Mechatronics as a unifying interdisciplinary field enables students with such knowledge and practical
experience to develop new and innovative solutions across disciplines for highly emerging technical challenges. It is envisaged
that the Minor would attract students to be part of the new era of industrialization, widen their views and understanding, develop
creative thinking, and to enable students to look forward to a high quality job satisfaction with enhanced career prospects.
The minor in Mechatronics requires to complete (15) credit-hour courses. Students can select their (15) credit-hour from two
pools of courses as follow:
249
For students from ECNG
Program Objectives
The objectives of the Master of Engineering Degree are to provide the graduates of the program with:
Admission requirements are the same as those for the Master of Science Program.
250
Students must complete 21 credits in graduate mechanical engineering courses.
Students may elect to take three courses (9 credits). A minimum of two courses must be taken from offerings in mechanical
engineering/ engineering disciplines (including ENGR). No more than one 400- level course, not in the students undergraduate
major may be taken for graduate credit, subject to approval of the advisor and department chair.
Students are required to attend the library and writing modules of ENGR 5940 and to undertake an engineering project approved
by the chair of the supervisory committee, which consists of the student advisor and two additional faculty members. A final
report is submitted and orally defended in the presence of the supervisory committee.
Program Objectives
The objectives of the Master of Science Degree in Mechanical Engineering are to provide the graduates of the program with:
A candidate for the masters program in Mechanical Engineering must have a degree in engineering. Students who have some
deficiency in their undergraduate training but are well-qualified in other respects may be admitted provisionally. The Mechanical
Engineering Department may prescribe a program of noncredit work to make up for the deficiency.
All students select at least one out of the following four ENGR core courses:
251
ENGR 511/5202 - Computational Methods in Engineering (3 cr.)
ENGR 512/5210 - Experimental Methods in Engineering (3 cr.)
ENGR 516/5240 - Engineering for a Sustainable Environment (3 cr.)
ENGR 518/5204 - Engineering Statistics (3 cr.)
Students should select a minimum of two courses from one of the following mechanical engineering courses:
III- Technical Elective Core Courses (Minimum 9 credit hours in a given area)
Students should select a minimum of three courses from the following elective courses:
252
IV- General Elective Courses (Maximum 6 credit hours)
The courses are selected from a set of graduate courses in all engineering disciplines, physical sciences, social sciences,
management and other related graduate or 400-level courses subject to advisor and chairs approval.
Thesis
Graduate thesis work is an important and required part of the Mechanical Engineering Master of Science degree program. Each
student must submit a thesis topic that has been approved by a faculty advisor by the end of the first academic year. Various
research topics are discussed in ENGR 5940 and ENGR 5941, Graduate Thesis Seminar I and II. Students must register in ENGR
5940 before submitting a thesis topic and in ENGR 5941 during execution of the thesis research to present their thesis plan. To
ensure adequate faculty consultation on the thesis, the student must register for MENG 5981, Graduate Thesis, by the completion
of 18 credit hours. Students must register in MENG 5981 continuously and for at least two semesters. The first two registrations
in MENG 5981 must be for three credit hours, after that MENG 5981 is taken for one credit hour each semester until completion
of the program requirements.
The curriculum has been approved by the Ministry of Higher Education, it is designed to meet the accreditation requirements for
both the Supreme Council of Egyptian Universities, and the US Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology (ABET).
Bachelor of Science
The petroleum engineer is concerned mainly with the exploration, drilling, reservoir and production operations. Economic and
environmentally safe petroleum production and processing require the application of engineering principles in addition to a wide
spectrum of knowledge including chemistry, geology, physics, and mathematics.
253
The petroleum engineering program at AUC graduates a petroleum engineer who,within a few years of graduation, fulfills
societal needs, with consideration to ethical and environmental issues, in one or more of the following roles:
4. A successful entrepreneur.
To provide more depth above that provided by the fundamental petroleum engineering core courses, students are required to
select 9 credit hours from among a list of more specialized elective courses.
Students will be admitted to the program either through the AUC admissions office (gate admissions), after satisfying the general
admission requirements and grade requirements in mathematics and sciences as declared by the department, or as undeclared and
transfer students based on their performance record after successful completion of the criteria courses. Students are advised to
consult with the department to ensure that admission criteria have been successfully met.
A total of 162 credits must be successfully completed to be awarded a Bachelor of Science in Petroleum Engineering.
254
SCI 250/2005 - Introduction to Geology (3 cr.)
PENG 000/2013 - Petroleum Industry Overview (1 cr.)
PENG 219/2413 - Fundamentals of Surveying (1 cr.)
PENG 301/3011 - Petroleum Geology and Exploration (3cr.)
PENG 302/3021 - Reservoir Rock Properties (3 cr.)
PENG 303/3022 - Petrophysics and Fluids Lab (1 cr.)
PENG 311/3111 - Drilling Engineering I (3 cr.)
PENG 313/3112 - Drilling Engineering I Lab (1 cr.)
PENG 305/3211 - Reservoir Fluids (3 cr.)
PENG 331/3215 - Reservoir Engineering Fundamentals (3 cr.)
PENG 333/3221 - Well Testing (3 cr.)
PENG 334/3222 - Well Testing Lab (1 cr.)
PENG 351/3225 - Natural Gas Engineering (3 cr.)
PENG 320/3227 - Formation Evaluation (3cr. + 1cr.)
PENG 321/3310 - Well Completion and Workover (3 cr.)
PENG 322/3311 - Production Engineering Fundamentals (2 + 1 Lab)
PENG 323/3321 - Surface Facilities (3 cr.)
PENG 361/3411 - Thermodynamics (3cr.)
PENG 411/4121 - Drilling Engineering II (3 cr.)
PENG 471/4223 - Reservoir Simulation and Modeling (2 cr. + 1 cr.)
PENG 412/4225 - Secondary and Tertiary Recovery (4 cr.)
PENG 461/4226 - Petroleum Economics (3 cr.)
PENG 000/4227 - Reservoir Description and Characterization (3 cr.)
PENG 000/4320 - Artificial Lift Methods (2+1)
PENG 497/4950 - Industrial Training (1cr.)
PENG 490/4980 - Senior Project I (1cr.)
PENG 491/4981 - Senior Project II (2cr.)
Electives (9 credits)
Students must select three courses (9 credits) out of the following electives.
Group A: The following courses are required for the Petroleum Engineering
minor (7 credits):
255
PENG 000/2013 - Petroleum Industry Overview (1 cr.)
PENG 301/3011 - Petroleum Geology and Exploration (3cr.)
PENG 302/3021 - Reservoir Rock Properties (3 cr.)
Department of Physics
Professors: S. Arafa, H. Omar(Chair), S. El-Sheikh (Chair), A. Shaarawi, S. Sedky (Founding Provost, Zuweil Academy)
Associate Professors: A. El Fiqi, E. Abdel-Rahman (Associate Provost and Acting Director of Science & Technology Research
Center), E. Soliman (Graduate Director)
Assistant Professors: K.Addas, M.AlFiky, M. Swillam, N. Allam, A. Galal, J- El Rifai.
Physics is the most fundamental of the Physical Sciences. Physics lead to a deepened understanding of the phenomena in the
world around us. The discipline of Physics is a training of the mind, and a methodology for approaching and solving problems.
The significance of Physics is manifested in its accomplishments in the development of the Scientific Method as well as
providing and important component of all physical sciences and engineering disciplines.
Physics has always attracted special students, challenged by modern theories that shaped and are still shaping our understanding
of the universe like the theory of relativity, quantum mechanics, superconductivity and particle physics; just to name a few. A
degree in Physics leaves one poised to enter many professions that include but are not limited to traditional physics. The
discipline of Physics teaches skills that are transferable to many other professions, including electronics, computer and oil
industries. These transferable skills include: mathematical modeling, problem solving, designing experiments, interpretation of
experimental data, reflecting on answers before trusting them, research experience, laboratory techniques and communication
skills.
The undergraduate program in Physics is designed to provide students with a thorough and flexible training in the fundamental
aspects of classical and modern physics. Lecture material is reinforced and complemented by closely integrated laboratory work,
and the varied course offerings provide several options from which students may choose according to their interests and abilities.
Physics students can either obtain a bachelor's degree in Physics or a bachelor's degree in Physics with a specialization in Solar
Energy.
The Solar Energy specialization is in alignment with both national and international trends that emphasize the importance of
renewable energy in general and solar energy in particular. While retaining the fundamentals of the conventional degree in
Physics, this specialization provides students with basic and applied knowledge in the solar energy field.
A student who intends to major in Physics or to change from any other major must successfully complete the following courses
with a minimum average GPA of 2.5: PHYS 1011; PHYS 1012; PHYS 1021; PHYS 1022; MACT 1122.
256
A total of 132 credit hours are required for the bachelor's degree in Physics distributed as follows:
257
Concentration Electives (21 credits):
Students have to fulfill 21 credits from the elective courses listed below. Up to 9 credits of the physics concentration electives can
be taken from upper division (300 and 400 level) courses in mathematics
For the Solar Energy specialization, the student has to complete at least 12 credits from group B and at least 6 credits from group
C
Group A
Group B
Group C
Physics Minor
The minor in physics is designed to provide students majoring in science, computer science or engineering with the opportunity
of complementing their major disciplines with a series of courses designed to provide in-depth appreciation of physics.
258
PHYS 311/3031 - Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics (3 cr.)
PHYS 312/3013 - Theoretical Mechanics (3 cr.)
PHYS 316/3023 - Electromagnetic Theory (3 cr.)
PHYS 321L/3052 - Nuclear Physics Lab (1 cr.)
PHYS 322L/3232 - Solid-State Physics Lab (2 cr.)
PHYS 325/3231 - Introduction to Solid-State Physics (3 cr.)
PHYS 413/4051 - Nuclear and Particle Physics (3 cr.)
PHYS 421/4042 - Quantum Mechanics I (3 cr.)
Physics (M.Sc.)
The Master of Science program in physics provides, along with a deep and solid foundation in basic physics, theoretical and
experimental skills that are transferable to many professions besides the traditional physics research careers. These skills,
acquired within the main stream of study in theoretical and condensed matter physics, include mathematical modeling,
instrumentation and experiment design, and general laboratory and research techniques.
A total of 32 credit hours is required for the Master of Science degree. This consists of 24 credit hours of courses and 8 credit
hours of thesis work.
Admission
A Bachelor's degree in physics or a related field, with a minimum GPA of 3.0 out of 4.0, is required for admission into the
physics master's program. Admission is also subject to the general university requirements for the graduate program. For those
students whose grade records indicate promising ability, but who otherwise did not have an adequate preparation in physics,
admission may be granted under the requirement that remedial courses will be taken.
259
Physics Electives (3-6 credit hours)
A maximum of 3 credit hours of the physics electives can be taken from graduate level courses in other related areas subject to
the advisors' approval.
Admission
Admission requirements are the same as those for the M. Sc. program.
Biotechnology Program
Professors: H. Azzazy (CHEM), H. El-Dorry (BIOL), A. Shaarawi (PHYS and Dean of Graduate Studies), S. Zada (BIOL)
Associate professors: H. Salem (MENG), R. Siam (BIOL and Program Director)
Assistant professors: A. Amleh (BIOL), W. Fouad (BIOL), J. Grubich (BIOL), A. Moustafa (BIOL), A. Rafea (CSCE), E. Cruz-
Rivera (BIOL)
260
Biotechnology (M.Sc.)
The Master of Science program in biotechnology provides postgraduate education to prepare students for a career in
biotechnology through the construction of a firm foundation in the science and engineering of biotechnology and to provide an
introduction to bioentrepreneurship.
A total of 33 credit hours is required for the Master of Science degree. This consists of 24 credits hours of courses, 6 credit hours
of thesis work, and 3 credit hours of seminar.
Program Objectives
1. To introduce students to a combination of fundamentals and frontline applications in the field of biotechnology.
2. To introduce students to regulatory affairs, intellectual property issues, and ethics related to different aspects of
biotechnology.
3. To introduce students to principles and requirements of bio-entrepreneurship.
4. To provide the students with a deep understanding of the research techniques and data analysis in the area of
specialization.
5. To train students to solve biotechnology-related problems, think critically, function well in a team, and communicate
effectively.
6. To train students at a high standard of written and oral communication skills on technical matters
Admission
A Bachelors degree in sciences or engineering, with a minimum GPA of 3.0 out of 4.0, is required for admission into the
biotechnology masters program. Admission is also subject to the general university requirements for the graduate program. For
those students whose grade records indicate promising ability, but who otherwise did not have an adequate preparation in
sciences or engineering, admission may be granted under the requirement that remedial courses will be taken.
261
BIOT 511/5211 - Bioengineering (3 cr.)
BIOT 543/5210 - Microbial Biotechnology (3 cr.)
BIOT 551/5930 - Selected Topics in Biotechnology (3 cr.)
BIOT 604/6204 - Model Systems in Cancer Research (2 cr. + 1 cr. lab)
BIOT 620/6206 - Computational Genomics and Transcriptomics (3 cr.)
BIOT 621/6207 - Systems and Computational Biology (3 cr.)
BIOT 601/6930 - Current Topics in Biotechnology (3 cr.)
Notes:
Students may also take a maximum of one 400-level course in sciences or engineering, or other related areas subject to their
advisors approval.
The Ph.D. in Applied Sciences is an interdisciplinary program that applies modern approaches from the experimental, natural and
life sciences in conjunction with theoretical and computational methods from the disciplines of engineering, mathematics and
computer science to the solution of advanced problems of fundamental importance. The Ph.D. program in Applied Sciences
emphasizes the application of research methods and procedures to advanced areas of importance in the sciences and technology.
The program builds on the premise that advancing the applied sciences and technology must be based on fundamental
comprehension of the various disciplines, while continually being responsive to the needs of new technologies, and the
interdisciplinary nature of the modern scientific enterprise. This program will be administered by a committee which has a
representation of faculty from various graduate programs in the School of Sciences and Engineering.
This program offers a Ph.D. degree in Applied Sciences with specializations in:
Nanotechnology,
Biotechnology,
Chemistry,
or Computer Science.
Admission Requirements
262
M.Sc. in Engineering or Sciences discipline
Demonstrated proficiency in English language as determined by AUC graduate admissions
Obtain an acceptable score in the Graduate Record Exam (GRE)
Program Objectives
The mission of the Ph.D. program in Applied Sciences and Engineering is to provide in-depth training to students in the natural
sciences, modern engineering, and computer science and in the conduct of original research leading to a doctoral dissertation.
The primary goal of the program is to provide students with an opportunity to contribute to the advancement of knowledge in the
field of applied sciences and engineering. The program is aimed at providing students with the opportunity to develop their
professional knowledge and expertise to a high caliber and to qualify for leadership positions in teaching, in research, in
administration and management and in policy analysis and program development. The program caters to demands of industry and
research institutes and places a strong emphasis on original thinking, professional behavior and ethical conduct. The objectives of
the program are for students to acquire
1. A broad analytic understanding of advanced experimental, theoretical and computational methods in the applied
sciences and engineering
2. Substantive knowledge of some field or area of practice (e.g., nanotechnology, biotechnology, computer science,
environmental engineering, etc.).
3. Competence to conduct independent, empirical research that extends the knowledge base of the field of interest.
4. Ability to generate new ideas, convince others that their ideas are worth pursuing, do the necessary research to
demonstrate that their ideas are viable, and communicate the results of their research in the public domain.
Program Outcomes
Upon completing the degree requirements for the Ph.D. Program in Applied Sciences and Engineering graduating students should
have the ability to:
Students going through this program are expected to successfully complete the following requirements:
1. Pass the required course work with a GPA 3.0 or higher: This ensures the breadth of knowledge of the Ph.D.
student.
2. Pass a Qualifying Examination: This signifies that course work is completed and that the student has sufficient
background knowledge in her/his field of specialization.
3. Present and defend a proposal of the intended research work: This demonstrates that the candidate has defined
her/his research problem and is capable of identifying the research methodology that she/he will adopt.
4. Submit a written Dissertation and defend it in a final Oral Defense: This marks the completion of the requirements
for the Ph.D. degree.
Doctoral Coursework:
As part of the process of achieving candidacy, a doctoral student must complete a set of courses known as the doctoral candidacy
coursework. It includes at least thirty-six (36) credit hours of relevant graduate coursework beyond the bachelor's degree, of
which at least eighteen (18) credit hours must be earned at AUC. Students who change their major specialization from that used
for their master's degree to a new specialization for their Ph.D. degree may have to take more than thirty-six (36) hours to fulfill
263
the course requirements. Because of the interdisciplinary nature of the program and in order to ensure sufficient breadth of study,
the program is designed to include required core coursework in areas outside one's main specialization. In addition, the student
must complete 3 credit hours of Seminar courses and register for thirty-three (33) credit hours of Dissertation research work.
Courses for each specialization will be listed at the 5000 and 6000 levels in addition to remedial courses to be taken at the 4000
level whenever deemed necessary.
The academic advisor is determined by the specialization of the student, and is particularly important for assistance in the
preliminary course planning of a student's Ph.D. program. Each specialization has at least one faculty member advisor (usually
the Graduate Program Director of the discipline). The academic advisor will be available to the student to help in her/his
preliminary choice of the courses. As the student progresses in the program she/he chooses the members of the Research
Advisory Committee, which consists of the Chair of the Committee (Dissertation Advisor) and two other members. This
committee will play a greater role in finalizing the courses for the student's Plan of Study and in advising her/his research work. It
is the responsibility of the student to find a faculty member willing to serve as the Chair of the Research Advisory Committee and
to choose in consultation with her/him the other members.
The Ph.D. Plan of Study is intended to help the student select courses and will ensure that she/he has an academic program that
meets the Ph.D. coursework requirements. The Plan of Study will also allow the students to identify a sequence of courses that
meets her/his professional objectives. A preliminary Plan of Study will be drafted in consultation with the student's academic
advisor and should be submitted before the student signs up to take the Ph.D. Qualifying Examination.
As the student advances in the program, she/he should choose the members of her/his Research Advisory Committee. The final
plan of Study will be drafted in consultation with the Research Advisory Committee. A final up-to-date copy must be submitted
before the student applies to take the qualifying exam.
The Plan of Study must contain a listing of the courses the student has taken or intends to take to satisfy the qualification
coursework requirements and must constitute a coherent program within the scope of the chosen specialization. It is the student's
responsibility to make sure that all requirements are met. Any departure from the requirements must be requested by written
petition, which should normally flow starting from the supervisor, to the director of the specialization area, then the Associate
Dean for Graduate Studies and Research for final approval.
The purpose of the Ph.D. Qualifying Examination is to evaluate the student's ability to analyze problems and to synthesize
solutions. It should demonstrate the ability of the student to interrelate basic concepts and ideas in her/his field of study. At least
twelve (12) weeks prior to the examination, the student must submit a request indicating her/his intention to take the examination.
The Ph.D. Qualifying Examination will be administrated by an Examining Committee in each specialization.. Following the
examination, the Examining Committee will submit an evaluation of the student's performance to Office of the Associate Dean
for Graduate Studies and Research. The qualifying examination is typically taken in the semester immediately following the
completion of the coursework credit hours, but no later than during the fourth semester since admission into the program. Any
deviation from this schedule must be made by written petition and subsequent approval as indicated earlier.
Typically in the semester immediately after the successful completion of the qualifying examination, the student has to write a
research proposal under the guidance of the Dissertation Advisor and will give a Proposal Presentation in front of the Research
Advisory Committee. Upon the acceptance of the proposal by the Research Advisory Committee, the student makes an oral
presentation of the research proposal, including relevant background material. During and after the presentation, the committee
will explore the research project with the student in order to provide guidance and make an evaluation of its suitability. They will
report their recommendation to the Office of the Associate Dean for Graduate Studies and Research. In case the student does not
264
present an acceptable proposal, the student must take immediate steps to refine the proposal in consultation with the dissertation
advisor. The Proposal Presentation requirement is completed when the Research Advisory Committee chair reports a successful
proposal presentation to the Office of the Registrar.
Following acceptance of the proposal, the Dissertation Defense Committee is finalized. This consists of the three members of the
Research Advisory Committee in addition to two external examiners. The selection of the committee is made in consultation with
the supervisor and the director of the specialization area. The membership of this Committee is communicated to the Associate
Dean for Graduate Studies and Research and the Dean of Graduate Studies for approval.
Upon completion, the dissertation must receive a written evaluation from each other member of the Dissertation Defense
Committee and must be defended orally in an open examination before the committee. Following the successful Final Oral
Defense, the student must consult with the dissertation advisor(s) about any changes required by the committee, and must take
these changes before final submission of the dissertation to the Dean of Graduate Studies.
Dissertation hours 33 (BIOT 6980, CHEM 6980, CSCE 6980, NANO 6980)
Seminar hours 3
The required number of semester credit hours of coursework to be taken for the Ph.D. degree is dependent upon the M.Sc. degree
and is determined by the academic advisor or program director of the student at the time of admission. At least eighteen (18)
credit hours of course work must be earned at AUC.
Case 1A: M.Sc. in the same Applied Sciences discipline from AUC.
A candidate may receive up to 24 hours of credit to be counted towards the Ph.D. degree
Case 1B: M.Sc. in a different Applied Sciences or Engineering discipline from AUC.
A candidate may receive up to 18 hours of credit to be counted towards the Ph.D. degree
Case 2A: M.Sc. in the same Applied Sciences discipline achieved outside AUC.
A candidate may receive up to 18 hours of credit to be counted towards the Ph.D. degree
Case 2B: M.Sc. in a different Applied sciences or Engineering discipline achieved outside AUC.
A candidate may receive up to 12 hours of credit to be counted towards the Ph.D. degree
A plan of study will be developed under guidance of the academic advisor of the student at the time of admission and may be
modified later on by her/his Research Advisory Committee. Courses are to be selected from the following, noting that at least
eighteen credit hours of course work must be earned at AUC as earlier indicated:
I. Core Courses
Core courses are selected from an area outside of the specialization of the student.
265
Admission Case 1A and 1B: at least 3 credit hours.
Admission Case 2A and 2B: at least 6 credit hours.
Admission case 1:
Admission case 2:
266
5000-level masters courses offered by the graduate programs of Biotechnology (BIOT), Chemistry (CHEM), Computer Science
(CSCE), Nanotechnology (NANO) and Physics (PHYS) are considered specialization courses. At least one of the courses taken
in the specialization must be a 6000-level course relevant to the student's specialization from the following list:
Research Dissertation Guidance, a minimum of 33 cr. (BIOT 6980, CHEM 6980, CSCE 6980, or NANO 6980)
After completing 33 credit hours of dissertation, the course may be taken for one credit hour each semester until completion of
the program requirements.
A PhD guidelines manual will detail advising, the qualifying examination, the proposal defense, and the dissertation defense.
267
The Ph.D. in Engineering is an interdisciplinary program that applies modern approaches from the experimental, natural and life
sciences in conjunction with theoretical and computational methods from the disciplines of engineering, mathematics and
computer science to the solution of advanced problems of fundamental importance. The Ph.D. program in Engineering
emphasizes the application of research methods and procedures to advanced areas of importance in the sciences and technology.
The program builds on the premise that advancing the applied sciences and technology must be based on fundamental
comprehension of the various disciplines, while continually being responsive to the needs of new technologies, and the
interdisciplinary nature of the modern scientific enterprise. This program will be administered by a committee which has a
representation of faculty from various graduate programs in the School of Sciences and Engineering.
Mechanical Engineering,
Construction Engineering,
Electronics and Communications Engineering, (The name of the Electronics Engineering department has been changed
to be the Electronics and Communications Engineering department. This change is effective starting Spring 2014. All
degrees offered by the department will reflect the new name starting Spring 2014, and all transcripts issued for students
graduating Spring 2014 onwards will bear the new name. )
Robotics, Control and Smart Systems,
or Environmental Engineering.
Admission Requirements
The mission of the Ph.D. program in Applied Sciences and Engineering is to provide in-depth training to students in the natural
sciences, modern engineering, and computer science and in the conduct of original research leading to a doctoral dissertation.
The primary goal of the program is to provide students with an opportunity to contribute to the advancement of knowledge in the
field of applied sciences and engineering. The program aims at providing students with the opportunity to develop their
professional knowledge and expertise to a high caliber and to qualify for leadership positions in teaching, in research, in
administration and management and in policy analysis and program development. The program caters to demands of industry and
research institutes and places a strong emphasis on original thinking, professional behavior and ethical conduct. The objectives of
the program are for students to acquire
1. A broad analytic understanding of advanced experimental, theoretical and computational methods in the applied
sciences and engineering
2. Substantive knowledge of some field or area of practice (e.g., electronics engineering, environmental engineering, etc.).
3. Competence to conduct independent, empirical research that extends the knowledge base of the field of interest.
4. Ability to generate new ideas, convince others that their ideas are worth pursuing, do the necessary research to
demonstrate that their ideas are viable, and communicate the results of their research in the public domain.
Program Outcomes
Upon completing the degree requirements for the Ph.D. Program in Engineering, graduating students should have the ability to:
268
7. Successfully communicate their results to constituencies of various technical backgrounds and fields of specialty.
8. Make significant contributions to their field of specialization and profession through their own continued research,
writing, teaching, and practice.
9. Implement the code of ethics within the study and work environments.
Doctoral of Philosophy Degree Requirements:
Students going through this program are expected to successfully complete the following requirements:
1. Pass the required course work with a GPA 3.0 or higher: This insures the breadth of knowledge of the Ph.D.
student.
2. Pass a Qualifying Examination: This signifies that course work is completed and that the student has sufficient
background knowledge in her/his field of specialization.
3. Present and defend a proposal of the intended research work: This demonstrates that the candidate has defined
her/his research problem and is capable of identifying the research methodology that she/he will adopt.
4. Submit a written Dissertation and defend it in a final Oral Defense: This marks the completion of the requirements
for the Ph.D. degree.
Doctoral Coursework:
As part of the process of achieving candidacy, a doctoral student must complete a set of course known as the doctoral candidacy
coursework. It includes at least thirty-six (36) credit hours of relevant graduate coursework beyond the bachelor's degree, of
which at least eighteen (18) credit hours must be earned at AUC. Students who change their major specialization of their master's
degree to a new specialization for their Ph.D. degree may have to take more than thirty-six (36) hours to fulfill the course
requirements.
Because of the interdisciplinary nature of the program and in order to ensure sufficient breadth of study, the program is designed
to include required course work in areas outside one's main specialization. In addition the student must complete 3 credit hours of
Seminar courses and register for thirty-three (33) credit hours of Dissertation research work.
Courses for each specialization will be listed at the 500 and 600 levels in addition to remedial courses to be taken at the 400 level
whenever deemed necessary.
The academic advisor is determined by the specialization of the student, and is particularly important for assistance in the
preliminary course planning of a student's Ph.D. program. Each specialization has at least one faculty member advisor (usually
the Graduate Program Director of the discipline). The academic advisor will be available to the student to help in her/his
preliminary choice of the courses. As the student progresses in the program she/he chooses the members of the Research
Advisory Committee, which consists of the Chair of the Committee (Dissertation Advisor) and two other members. This
committee will play a greater role in finalizing the courses for the student's Plan of Study and in advising her/his research work. It
is the responsibility of the student to find a faculty member willing to serve as the Chair of the Research Advisory Committee and
to choose in consultation with her/him the other members.
The Ph.D. Plan of Study is intended to help the student select courses and will ensure that she/he has an academic program that
meets the Ph.D. coursework requirements. The Plan of Study will also allow the student to identify a sequence of courses that
meets her/his professional objectives. A preliminary Plan of Study will be drafted in consultation with the student's academic
advisor and should be submitted before the student signs up to take the Ph.D. Qualifying Examination.
As the student advances in the program, she/he should choose the members of her/his Research Advisory Committee. The final
Plan of Study will be drafted in consultation with the Research Advisory Committee. A final up-to-date copy must be submitted
before the student applies to take the qualifying exam.
269
The Plan of Study must contain a listing of the courses the student has taken or intends to take to satisfy the qualification
coursework requirements and must constitute a coherent program within the scope of the chosen specialization. It is the student's
responsibility to make sure that all requirements are met. Any departure from the requirements must be requested by written
petition, which should normally flow starting from the supervisor, to the director of the specialization area, then the Associate
Dean for Graduate Studies and Research for final approval.
The purpose of the Ph.D. Qualifying Examination is to evaluate the student's ability to analyze problems and to synthesize
solutions. It should demonstrate the ability of the student to interrelate basic concepts and ideas in her/his field of study. At least
twelve (12) weeks prior to the examination, the student must submit a request indicating her/his intention to take the examination.
The Ph.D. Qualifying Examination will be administrated by an Examining Committee in each specialization. Following the
examination, the Examining Committee will submit an evaluation of the student's performance to the Office of the Associate
Dean for Graduate Studies and Research. The qualifying examination is typically taken in the semester immediately following
the completion of the coursework credit hours, but no later than during the fourth semester since admission into the program. Any
deviation from this schedule must be made by written petition and subsequent approval as indicated earlier.
Typically in the semester immediately after the successful completion of the qualifying examination, the student has to write a
research proposal under the guidance of the Dissertation Advisor and will give a Proposal Presentation in front of the Research
Advisory Committee. Upon the acceptance of the proposal by the Research Advisory Committee, the student makes an oral
presentation of the research proposal, including relevant background material. During and after the presentation, the committee
will explore the research project with the student in order to provide guidance and make an evaluation of its suitability. They will
report their recommendation to the Office of the Associate Dean for Graduate Studies and Research. In case the student does not
present an acceptable proposal, the student must take immediate steps to refine the proposal in consultation with the dissertation
advisor. The Proposal Presentation requirements is completed when the Research Advisory Committee chair reports a successful
proposal presentation to the Office of the Registrar.
Following acceptance of the proposal, the Dissertation Defense Committee is finalized. This consists of the three members of the
Research Advisory Committee in addition to two external examiners. The selection of the committee is made in consultation with
the supervisor and the director of the specialization area. The membership of this Committee is communicated to the Associate
Dean for Graduate Studies and Research and the Dean of Graduate Studies for approval.
Upon completion, the dissertation must receive a written evaluation from each member of the Dissertation Defense Committee
and must be defended orally in an open examination before the committee. Following the successful Final Oral Defense, the
student must consult with the dissertation advisor(s) about any changes required by the committee, and must make these changes
before final submission of the dissertation to the Dean of Graduate Studies.
Dissertation hours 33 (CENG 6290 , ECNG 6980 , ENVE 6980 , MENG 6980 )
Seminar hours 3
270
The required number of semester credit hours of coursework to be taken for the PhD degree is dependent upon the M.Sc. degree
and is determined by the academic advisor or program director of the student at the time of admission. At least eighteen (18)
credit hours of course work must be earned at AUC.
A candidate may receive up to 24 hours of credit to be counted towards the Ph.D. degree
A candidate may receive up to 18 hours of credit to be counted towards the Ph.D. degree
Case 2A: M.Sc. in the same Engineering discipline achieved outside of AUC.
A candidate may receive up to 18 hours of credit to be counted towards the Ph.D. degree
A candidate may receive up to 12 hours of credit to be counted towards the Ph.D. degree
A plan of study will be developed under guidance of the academic advisor of the student at the time of admission and may be
modified later on by her/his Research Advisory Committee. Courses are to be selected from the following, noting that at least
eighteen credit hours of course work must be earned at AUC as earlier indicated:
I - Core Courses
Core courses are selected from an area outside of the specialization of the student.
271
MACT 604/6111 - Advanced Numerical Methods (3 cr.)
MACT 605/6121 - Advanced Probability with Engineering Applications (3 cr.)
MENG 543/5243 - Systems Modeling and Optimization (3 cr.)
MENG 681/6241 - Stochastic Simulation (3 cr.)
PHYS 502/5023 - Classical Electrodynamics I (3 cr.)
RCSS 504/5204 - Applied Estimation (3 cr.)
RCSS 541/5241 - Smart Systems and Computational Intelligence (3 cr.)
BIOT 621/6207 - Systems and Computational Biology (3 cr.)
PHDS/PHDE 612/6216 - Design and analysis of Experiments (3 cr.)
Admission Case 1:
Admission Case 2:
5000-level masters courses offered by the graduate programs of Construction Engineering (CENG), Environmental Engineering
(ENVE), Electronics and Communications Engineering (ECNG), Mechanical Engineering (MENG) and Nanotechnology
(NANO) are considered specialization courses. At least one of the courses taken in the specialization must be a 6000-level course
relevant to the student's specialization from the following list:
272
Environmental Engineering students can also register for online graduate course offerings through a cooperative program
between AUC's Department of Construction and Architectural Engineering and lowa State University's Department of Civil,
Construction and Environmental Engineering. A maximum of six credit hours can be earned as such.Sample courses are as
follows:
After completing 33 credit hours of dissertation, the course may be taken for one credit hour each semester until completion of
the program requirements.
A PhD guidelines manual will detail advising, the qualifying examination, the proposal defense, and dissertation defense.
The Master of Engineering Degree in Environmental Systems Design prepares students for higher level professional practice in
local and international markets, whether in private consulting practice, industry, or government and regulatory activities.
Program Objectives
The objectives of the Master of Engineering Degree in Environmental Systems Design are to provide the graduates of the
program with:
Extensive knowledge in fundamental environmental engineering science, the interactions of pollutants in water, air, and
subsurface environments, and the design of treatment / pollutant remediation systems.
In-depth knowledge in an area of student interest deriving from one of the areas of environmental engineering noted
above, including applications in environmental hydraulics, solid and hazardous waste engineering, and management of
environmental control systems.
Awareness of the local and global context in which environmental engineering is practiced, including economic and
business practices, societal needs, and considerations of public health, safety, culture and ethics.
An ability to solve unstructured engineering problems of social significance, think critically, and function well in a
team.
273
A high and ethical standard of written and oral communication on technical matters.
Admission
Admission requirements are the same as those for the Master of Science Program.
Four courses (12 cr.) are to be selected from a set of graduate courses in engineering, physical sciences, social sciences,
management and other related graduate level courses subject to advisor and directors approval. No more than one 400-level
course in engineering, computer science and other related areas, not in the students undergraduate major, may be taken for
graduate credit subject to advisor and directors approval.
Program Objectives
274
The objectives of the Master of Science in Environmental Engineering graduate program are to provide the graduates of the
program with:
A candidate for the masters program in environmental engineering must have a Bachelors degree in engineering. Admission is
also subject to the general university requirements for graduate study, including English language proficiency. A minimum
GPAof 3.0 out of 4.0 is required for full admission into the masters program. Students who have some deficiency in their
undergraduate training but are will-qualified in other aspects may be admitted provisionally. The program director may prescribe
a program of noncredit work to make up for the deficiency.
All students select two out of the following four ENGR core courses:
Students should select a minimum of four courses from the following environmental engineering courses:
A minimum of two courses are selected as electives. The courses are selected from a set of graduate courses in engineering,
physical sciences, social sciences, management and other related graduate level courses subject to advisor and directors
approval. No more than one 400-level course in engineering, computer science and other related areas, not in the students
undergraduate major, may be taken for graduate credit subject to advisor and directors approval
275
Thesis
Graduate thesis work is an important and required part of the environmental engineering master's degree program. Each student
must submit a thesis topic that has been approved by a faculty advisor by the end of the first academic year. Various research
topics are discussed in the following Graduate Thesis Seminar courses . Students must register in ENGR 5940 before submitting
a thesis topic and in ENGR 5941 during execution of the thesis research to present their thesis plan. To ensure adequate faculty
consultation on the thesis, the student must register for the following ENVE course, by the completion of 18 credit hours.
Students must register in the following ENVE course continuously and for at least two semesters. The first two registrations in
ENVE 5980 must be for three credit hours, after that ENVE 5980 is taken for one credit hour each semester until completion of
the program requirements.
Nanotechnology Program
Director: Hanadi Salem (MENG)
Steering Committee: Adham Ramadan (CHEM and Dean of Graduate Studies), Amr Shaarawi (PHYS), Hassan Azzazy (CHEM),
Rania Siam (BIO Chair and BIOT program director), Magdi Nasrallah (PENG ), Mohab Anis (ECNG), Osman Hosny (CENG),
Wael Mamdouh (NANO/CHEM), Sherif Sedky (PHYS)
Nanotechnology (M.Sc.)
This program is facilitated by the available state of the art equipment at the Yousef Jamil Science and Technology Research
Center (YJSTRC).
A total of 33 credit hours are required for the Masters of Science degree. This consists of 24 credit hours of courses, 6 credit
hours of thesis work, and 3 credit hours of seminar.
Program Objectives:
1. Have the knowledge of the enabling technologies and the key aspects relevant to application in nanotechnology
2. Foster a strong culture of interdisciplinary research and development at AUC, Egypt and the region
3. Engage in advanced academic and research careers
4. Excel in an interdisciplinary environment both as individuals and within a team
5. Seize and develop commercial opportunities in the fast-advancing nanotechnology field locally and globally.
Admissions
A bachelors degree in sciences or engineering, with minimum GPA of 3.0 out of 4.0 is required for admissions into the
nanotechnology masters program. Admission is also subject to the general university requirements for graduate program. For
276
those students whose grade records indicate promising ability, but who otherwise are not have adequate preparation in sciences or
engineering, admission may be granted under the requirement that remedial courses will be taken.
A maximum of two courses are selected as electives. The courses are selected from a set of graduate courses in all engineering
disciplines, physical sciences, social sciences, management and other related graduate or 4000-level courses subject to advisor's
and chair's approval.
277
must register for Graduate Thesis Seminar I (NANO 5940) before submitting a thesis topic while Graduate Thesis Seminar II
(NANO 5941) should be taken during the execution of the thesis research work. To insure adequate faculty consultation on the
thesis, the student must register for the Research Thesis Guidance course (NANO 5980) by the completion of 18 credit hours.
The NANO 5980 course must be registered over two consecutive semesters after which the course may be registered for one
credit hour each semester until completion of the program requirement.
Program Objectives:
The Master of Engineering in Robotics, Control and Smart Systems graduates engineers who :
1. Have broad foundation in both the theoretical and the practical skills of RCSS interdisciplinary knowledge space,
2. Integrate fundamental and advanced knowledge to solve complex interdisciplinary problems in the field of RCSS,
3. Work independently as well as collaboratively within interdisciplinary teams and prepared to be team leaders,
4. Demonstrate competitive professional advancement, and engage in advanced academic and research in areas of their
interest within industry, research centers, and academia both in local and global environment.
Admissions
A bachelors degree in engineering, with minimum GPA of 3.0 out of 4.0 in major area is required as a basic requirement or
admissions into the RCSS masters program. Admission is also subject to the general university requirements for graduate
programs. For those students whose grade records indicate promising ability, but who otherwise are not have adequate
preparation in sciences or engineering, admission may be granted under the requirement that remedial courses will be taken.
Program Structure
A total of 33 credit hours are required for the Master of Engineering in RCSS. The program of study should include 33 credit
hours of courses.
278
I. Group I (6 credit hours)
279
advances scientific understanding enabling students to develop innovative and intelligent ideas for autonomous and smart
products and systems to meet today's most pressing challenges and prepare them for careers in industry, academia and research.
The Master of Science in Robotics, Control and Smart Systems provides academic excellence through an interdisciplinary
education in the fields with the aim to prepare graduate students for careers in industry, academia and research (local, regional
and global).
This program is facilitated by the available state of the art equipment at two Mechatronics Laboratories (Mechatronics Design
Lab., Mechatronics and Intelligent Systems Lab.) in Mechanical Engineering department and MEM/NEM facilities at Yousef
Jameel Science and Technology Research Center (YJSTRC).
Program Objectives:
The Master of Science in Robotics, Control and Smart Systems graduates scientists and engineers who:
1. Have broad knowledge in both the theoretical and the practical skills of RCSS interdisciplinary field.
2. Integrate fundamental and advanced knowledge to solve complex interdisciplinary problems in RCSS field,
3. Undertake interdisciplinary research, find new knowledge, analyze and document results, apply and communicate the
results reflecting knowledge depth of the research in RCSS field,
4. Work independently as well as collaboratively within interdisciplinary teams and be prepared to be team leaders,
5. Demonstrate competitive professional advancement, pursue higher graduate degrees and engage in advanced academic
and research in areas of their interest within industry, research centers, and academia both in local and global
environment.
Admissions
A bachelors degree in engineering, with minimum GPA of 3.0 out of 4.0 in major area is required as a basic requirement or
admissions into the RCSS masters program. Admission is also subject to the general university requirements for graduate
programs. For those students whose grade records indicate promising ability, but who otherwise do not have adequate preparation
in sciences or engineering, admission may be granted under the requirement that remedial courses will be taken.
Program Structure
A total of 33 credit hours are required for the Master of Science in RCSS. The program of study should include 24 credit hours of
courses, 9 credit hours of thesis work.
280
RCSS 521/5221 - Intelligent and Autonomous Robotic Systems (3 cr.)
RCSS 522/5222 - Mechatronics Innovations and Experimental Robotics (3 cr.)
RCSS 523/5223 - Bioinspired Robotics and Multi Robotic Systems (3 cr.)
RCSS 524/5224 - Robotics and Intelligent Automated Manufacturing (3 cr.)
RCSS 531/5231 - Teleoperation, Haptic Systems and Collaborative Control (3 cr.)
RCSS 532/5232 - Robust and Optimal Control (3 cr.)
RCSS 533/5233 - Nonlinear and Adaptive Control (3 cr.)
RCSS 534/5234 - Networked Control Systems: Design and Applications (3 cr.)
RCSS 541/5241 - Smart Systems and Computational Intelligence (3 cr.)
RCSS 542/5242 - MEMS/NEMS Technology and Devices (3 cr.)
RCSS 543/5243 - Image Analysis and Computer Vision (3 cr.)
RCSS 544/5244 - Sensors, Perception and Smart Systems (3 cr.)
RCSS 545/5245 - Advanced Artificial Intelligence (3 cr.)
RCSS 592/5930 - Selected Topics in RCSS (3 cr.)
Select (6 credits) from the above two groups or from other graduate courses in engineering, physical sciences, or management
subject to advisor and directors approval. No more than one 400-level course in engineering or other related areas, not in the
students undergraduate major, may be taken for graduate credit subject to advisor and directors approval.
281
Assistant Professors: M. Ali, M. Arafa, S. El-Baradei, H. Fayek, L. El-Gabry, M. Hassan, M. El-Morsi, A.Waly.
Research Professor: O. Hosny
The Engineering core and seminar courses are administered by a steering committee represented by the different Engineering
departments. All admitted graduate students pursuing their master degrees in the different Engineering departments (CENG,
ECNG, ENVE & MENG) are required to select from those ENGR core courses which provide students with research
fundamentals and methodology. The seminar courses (ENGR 5940 ENGR 5941 ) are also a requirement of the thesis and
research component that have to be fulfilled by all graduate students.
Refer to respective departments for information on graduate programs and degrees offered.
All engineering students are required to take a set of common engineering courses (ENGR). The objective of these courses is to
introduce the fundamentals of engineering science, and prepare the students for the more specialized courses. The common
engineering courses are administered by Undergraduate Engineering Steering Committee (UESC) and taught by faculty from the
Departments of Construction and Architectural Engineering, Electronics and Communications Engineering, Mechanical
Engineering and Petroleum and Energy Engineering.
282
Doctorate of Philosophy (Ph.D.)
Applied Sciences, with specializations in Biotechnology, Chemistry, Computer Science and Nanotechnology (Ph.D.)
Engineering, with specializations in Construction Engineering, Electronics and Communications Engineering,
Environmental Engineering, Mechanical Engineering and Robotics, Control & Smart Systems (Ph.D.)
Master of Arts
Arabic Studies, with specializations in Islamic Art and Architecture, Arabic Language and Literature, Middle Eastern
History and Islamic Studies (M.A.)
Community Psychology (M.A.)
Counseling Psychology (M.A.)
Economics in International Development (M.A.)
Economics with a Thesis Option or with concentrations in Middle East Economic Development, Competitive Strategy
and Valuation, International Economics, and Financial Economics for Non-Thesis Track (M.A.)
Educational Leadership (M.A.) with concentrations in School Leadership and Higher Education
Egyptology and Coptology MA, with tracks in Art, Archaeology and History; Language, Literature and Religion; and
Coptology (M.A.)
English and Comparative Literature (M.A.)
Gender and Womens Studies in the Middle East/North Africa, with specializations in Geographies of Gender and
Justice, Gendered Political Economies, and Gender and Womens Studies in the Middle East/ North Africa (M.A.)
International & Comparative Education (M.A.) with concentrations in International Education Development & Policy
and Teaching and Learning
International Human Rights Law (M.A.)
Journalism and Mass Communication (M.A.)
Middle East Studies (M.A.)
Migration and Refugee Studies with concentrations in Migration, and in Refugee Studies (M.A.)
Philosophy (M.A.)
Political Science, Joint Program with University of Tubingen (Comparative and Middle East Politics and Society-
CMEPS), with specializations in Comparative Politics, International Relations, and Development Studies (M.A.)
Political Science, with specializations in Comparative Politics, International Relations, and Development Studies
(M.A.)
Sociology-Anthropology (M.A.)
Teaching Arabic as a Foreign Language (M.A.)
Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages (M.A.)
Television and Digital Journalism (M.A.)
Business Administration, with tracks in Finance, Marketing, Operations Management, Management of Information
Technology and Construction Industry (M.B.A.)
Executive Master of Business Administration (EMBA)
283
Electronics and Communications Engineering with Concentration in Management of Technology (M. Eng.)
Environmental Systems Design (M.Eng.)
Mechanical Engineering (M.Eng.)
Robotics, Control and Smart Systems (M.Eng.)
Master of Global Affairs
Global Affairs, with concentrations in International Cooperation, and International Security (MGA)
Public Administration, with concentrations in Management of Public Sector Reform, and Management of Nonprofit
and Development Organizations (MPA)
Public Policy, with concentrations in Social and Environmental Policy, Promotion and Regulation of Private Sector
Development, and Media Policy (MPP)
Master of Science
Biotechnology (M.Sc.)
Chemistry, with concentration in Food Chemistry (M.Sc.)
Computer Science (M.Sc.)
Construction Engineering (M.Sc.)
Electronics and Communications Engineering (M. Sc.)
Environmental Engineering (M.Sc.)
Finance, with concentrations in Corporate Finance, and Investments (M.Sc.)
Mechanical Engineering, with specializations in Design, Industrial Engineering, Materials & Manufacturing
Engineering, Mechatronics, and Power (M.Sc.)
Nanotechnology (M.Sc.)
Physics (M.Sc.)
Robotics, Control and Smart Systems (M.Sc.)
Sustainable Development (M.Sc.)
Graduate Diploma
284
Community Psychology (Graduate Diploma)
Comparative Literary Studies (Graduate Diploma)
Computer Science (Graduate Diploma)
Economics in International Development (Graduate Diploma)
Food Chemistry (Graduate Diploma)
Gender and Women's Studies in the Middle East and North Africa (Graduate Diploma)
International and Comparative Law (Graduate Diploma)
International Human Rights Law (Graduate Diploma)
Middle East Studies (Graduate Diploma)
Migration and Refugee Studies (Graduate Diploma)
Physics (Graduate Diploma)
Political Science (Graduate Diploma)
Psychosocial Interventions for Forced Migrants and Refugees (Graduate Diploma)
Public Administration (Graduate Diploma)
Public Policy (Graduate Diploma)
Sociology - Anthropology (Graduate Diploma)
Sustainable Development (Graduate Diploma)
TAFL (Graduate Diploma)
TESOL (Graduate Diploma)
1000-level courses are intended for Freshmen (full-time, credit-earning students in their first year of coursework at AUC).
2000-level courses are intended primarily for Sophomore students.
3000-level courses are normally designed for Juniors.
4000-level courses are designated for Seniors, although superior students of Sophomore or Junior standing may be admitted
with permission of the department offering the course.
5000 and 6000-level courses are designed and intended for graduate and post-graduate students.
However, when the 5000-level courses have 1 as the second digit, (i.e. 51XX) this indicates that the course may be taken by
advanced (Senior and, in exceptional cases approved by the instructor, Junior level) undergraduate students as well. The same
applies to 6000-level courses, which are generally intended for PhD level students. When 6000-level courses have 1 as the
second digit (i.e. 61XX), this indicates that the course may be taken by advanced Masters-level students as well.
The second, third, and fourth digits are used by individual departments and programs to indicate the subarea, concentration or
specialization within a degree offered, or proper sequence of courses within a particular subarea.
Courses ranging from 52XX-59XX are open to graduate students; however, a senior student who has a B average may take two
graduate courses, not exceeding six credits, either for graduate credit or for completion of requirements for the bachelor's degree.
In this case the chair of the department concerned must notify the registrar's office.
285
Schools/Departments PREFIX Descriptive
School of Business
ENTR Entrepreneurship
FINC Finance
INTB International Business
Department of Management MGMT Management
MKTG Marketing
MOIS Management of Information Systems
OPMG Operations Management
Department of Journalism & Mass Communication JRMC Journalism and Mass Communication
Department of Public Policy and Administration PPAD Public Policy and Administration
Center for Migration and Refugee Studies MRS Migration and Refugee Studies
286
The Cynthia Nelson Institute for Gender and Women's Studies GWST Gender and Women's' Studies
Kamal Adham Center for Television and Digital Journalism TVDJ Television and Digital Journalism
LING Linguistics
Department of Applied Linguistics
APLN Applied Linguistics
Department of Arab and Islamic Civilizations ARIC Arab and Islamic Civilizations
TRST Translation
Department of English & Comparative Literature ECLT English and Comparative Literature
HIST History
Department of History
CREL Comparative Religion
ANTH Anthropology
EGPT Egyptology
Department of Sociology, Anthropology, Psychology, and
PSYC Psychology
Egyptology
SOC Sociology
SOC/ANTH Anthropology/Sociology
CHEM Chemistry
Department of Chemistry
SCI Science
Department of Computer Science and Engineering CSCE Computer Science and Engineering
287
Department of Construction Engineering CENG Construction Engineering
Robotics, Control and Smart Systems Program RCSS Robotics, Control and Smart Systems
Most course descriptions indicate the semester that each course is usually offered, but this information is subject to change and
some courses are not taught every year. The registrar's office publishes a detailed schedule of courses offered at the beginning of
each semester which contains accurate information on which courses are offered, at what time and by whom they are taught.
Please check the Registrar's Schedule of Classes webpage.
For long-term planning, students should consult their advisers and/or individual departments for help designing their programs of
study. Students coming from the United States, especially year-abroad students, should contact the university's office in New
York for current information about specific course offerings.
288
Courses
Description
The course introduces accounting as a discipline and the various uses of accounting information. It covers the accumulation,
processing, and communication of accounting information. The measurement of assets, liabilities, equities and income are
emphasized.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
Enrollment in is limited, and priority is given to students seeking the Bachelor of Business Administration degree or the Bachelor
of Accounting degree, students enrolling in specified as collateral requirements in other majors, and students who have declared
business administration as a minor.
Prerequisites
ACCT 2001
Description
Introduction to management accounting in terms of modern cost accounting and budgetary
systems. The course emphasizes management uses of accounting information in the planning
and controlling of business operations in the manufacturing and services sectors.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
Enrollment in is limited, and priority is given to students seeking the Bachelor of Business Administration degree or the Bachelor
of Accounting degree, students enrolling in specified as collateral requirements in other majors, and students who have declared
business administration as a minor.
Prerequisites
ACCT 2001 and MACT 2222 .
Description
An in-depth coverage of accounting valuation processes, accounting income measurement, and disclosure issues in financial
reports.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
289
Enrollment in is limited, and priority is given to students seeking the Bachelor of Business Administration degree or the Bachelor
of Accounting degree, students enrolling in specified as collateral requirements in other majors, and students who have declared
business administration as a minor.
Prerequisites
ACCT 3001
Description
A continuation of Intermediate Accounting I (ACCT 3002), focusing on the liabilities and equity sections in various types of
ownership.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
Enrollment in is limited, and priority is given to students seeking the Bachelor of Business Administration degree or the Bachelor
of Accounting degree, students enrolling in specified as collateral requirements in other majors, and students who have declared
business administration as a minor.
Prerequisites
ACCT 3002
Description
This course focuses on accounting aspects of equity investments, mergers and acquisitions, and intercompany transactions.
Topics include the preparation and analysis of consolidated financial statements and other advanced accounting issues such as
special purpose entities (SPEs) and foreign currency transactions and translations.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
Enrollment in is limited, and priority is given to students seeking the Bachelor of Business Administration degree or the Bachelor
of Accounting degree, students enrolling in specified as collateral requirements in other majors, and students who have declared
business administration as a minor.
Prerequisites
ACCT 2002
Description
Analysis of management accounting reports for decision making purposes. Cost analysis techniques, budgeting and performance
evaluation and cost data for quantitative models and control systems.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
Enrollment in is limited, and priority is given to students seeking the Bachelor of Business Administration degree or the Bachelor
of Accounting degree, students enrolling in specified as collateral requirements in other majors, and students who have declared
business administration as a minor.
290
ACCT 305/3005 - Auditing (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
ACCT 3002
Description
The course introduces the basics of assurance and attestation services and the role of auditing in enhancing the credibility of
financial statements. Topics covered will include factors affecting the auditing profession, auditor's characteristics, types of audit
evidence, the audit process and the auditor's report.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
Enrollment in is limited, and priority is given to students seeking the Bachelor of Business Administration degree or the Bachelor
of Accounting degree, students enrolling in specified as collateral requirements in other majors, and students who have declared
business administration as a minor.
Prerequisites
ACCT 302/3002 - Intermediate Accounting II (3 cr.)
Description
The main objective of this course is to present an in-depth analysis of how tax laws and regulations affect a business enterprise.
The course introduces theoretical tax concepts that support the understanding of taxation in general and the Egyptian tax system
in particular. Tax implications on both individuals and businesses are examined.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
Enrollment in is limited, and priority is given to students seeking the Bachelor of Business Administration degree or the Bachelor
of Accounting degree, students enrolling in specified as collateral requirements in other majors, and students who have declared
business administration as a minor.
Prerequisites
MOIS 2101 and ACCT 3002
Description
This course focuses on the application of financial accounting in businesses using Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) systems
as a platform to manage the financial resources and controls of a business entity. It starts with the conceptual foundations of
accounting information systems, internal controls and auditing with a focus on the computerization of core accounting cycles.
The course requires students to utilize their knowledge in accounting to analyze and use ERP systems through a complete cycle
of transaction processing and reporting. The course emphasizes the application of information technology in financial accounting.
291
Prerequisites
ACCT 3005
Description
This course highlights the governance aspects of the auditing function and its role in promoting financial transparency. Topics
covered will include fraud auditing, advanced audit sampling techniques, auditing in IT environments, and the auditor's
professional responsibilities.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
ACCT 3006
Description
This course builds on its prerequisite Principles of Taxation (ACCT 3006). The course focuses on advanced topics such as the
effects of taxation on investment, business planning and decision-making within an Egyptian corporate setting. International
taxation concepts and applications are also introduced.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
Graduating Senior.
Description
This is a research and readings capstone course which integrates all branches of Accounting. Emphasis is on developing the
research skills to deal with current and prospective issues and problems of accounting.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: Consent of Instructor.
Description
Considers selected topics of current relevance in Accounting.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Notes
Enrollment in is limited, and priority is given to students seeking the Bachelor of Business Administration degree or the Bachelor
292
of Accounting degree, students enrolling in specified as collateral requirements in other majors, and students who have declared
business administration as a minor.
Prerequisites
Prerequisites: Senior standing and consent of ACCT unit head and chair.
Description
Guided readings, research, and discussions on specific selected topic in Accounting.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Notes
Enrollment in is limited, and priority is given to students seeking the Bachelor of Business Administration degree or the Bachelor
of Accounting degree, students enrolling in specified as collateral requirements in other majors, and students who have declared
business administration as a minor.
Description
This is a basic course in financial accounting covering financial reporting by business entities. It develops the framework for the
analysis, classification, reporting, and disclosure of business transactions. The preparation and interpretation of financial
statements and reports, and ethical issues are emphasized.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
BADM 5310
Description
This course focuses on corporate decision-making skills for managers by concentrating on the concepts and practices of
managerial accounting. The emphasis is on building a general framework for choosing among alternative cost systems for
operational control and product cost and profitability measurement. The course covers recent conceptual and analytical
developments in the area of management accounting, including study of modern and relevant planning, control techniques and
their underlying concepts as applied to various functional areas within the firm, and performance evaluation.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring
Prerequisites
BADM 5310
293
Description
It considers offering contemporary topics of current relevance in Accounting.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
Consent of the Instructor and Director of the program.
Description
Guided readings, research, and discussions on specific selected topic in Accounting.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Description
The course examines key themes and major issues in American history and society that gives freshmen students an insight and a
deeper understanding of the United States of America. The course also examines a number of themes in American history,
including isolationism versus interventionism, conflicts over slavery, consumerism, the end of the cold war and the U.S. rise to a
sole superpower.
Description
Course addressing broad intellectual concerns and accessible to all students, irrespective of major.
Prerequisites
RHET 1000
Description
Course addressing broad intellectual concerns and accessible to all students, irrespective of major.
Description
Selected readings of literary works beginning with pre-Columbian oral traditions and moving from the colonial era to the early
national period through to the late nineteenth century.
Cross-listed
Same as ECLT 3010 .
294
AMST 311/3011 - Modern American Literature (3 cr.)
Description
Works of twentieth-century American writers. The reading list may be chosen to reflect changing ethnic and cultural phenomena
and will vary from year to year.
Cross-listed
Same as ECLT 3011 .
Prerequisites
Two philosophy courses or consent of instructor.
Description
The course examines philosophy in North America, focusing on the central themes of democracy and pragmatism. A guiding
question of the course will be: How is the democratic process embedded in the philosophic enterprise? The views of major
thinkers such as Peirce, James, Royce, Santayana, Dewey, Quine, and Hartshorne will be examined.
Cross-listed
Same as PHIL 3016 .
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
Sophomore Standing or Higher
Description
The course will look at the relationship between the U.S. and the global monetary, financial and trading systems. From a
historical perspective, the course will examine how the U.S. power has evolved in the post-World War Two as well as the
emergence of the Bretton Woods institutions (IMF and World Bank) and the World Trading Organization (WTO). Current issues
include but not restricted to the role and weight of the newly emerging industrialized countries. (BRICS: Brazil, Russia, India,
China, and South Africa), the continued reliance on the U.S. dollar as the predominant reserve currency, and the impact of the
growing American indebtedness on the world economy.
Description
Examination of specific topics and themes related to the field of American Studies. May be repeated for credit if content changes.
Prerequisites
JRMC 2203
295
Description
An explanation of communication law and regulation with its major segments libel, privacy and news-gathering together with
journalists' rights and defenses against libel suits. Issues of national and international topics are covered together with media law
cases.
Cross-listed
Same as JRMC 4444
Description
Course addressing broad intellectual concerns and accessible to all first-year students as part of the Primary Level Core.
Prerequisites
RHET 2010 or concurrent.
Description
Description and analysis of social and cultural characteristics and problems of contemporary Arab Society, taking into
consideration the specific historical, economic, and ideological forces that shape it. The social basis for Arab unity and identity.
Introduction to basic concepts and principles for understanding social phenomena.
Cross-listed
Same as SOC 2005.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Description
This course explores the conceptual and methodological approaches to the study of youth cultures over the last one hundred years
in order to be able to interpret and understand youth cultures in the Arab world. The course covers literature on youth cultures ,
subcultures and countercultures in the 20th and 21st centuries, covering domains such as music, arts, ideas and politics of young
people from a range of cultural settings. The course also examines generational conflict, social inequality and authoritarianism, a
globalizing economy and mass media, and continuity and change in the way young people experience self, group and social
structures.
Description
What does it mean to be occupied? How do those who are occupied experience their worlds? In this course we look at the
experience of being occupied in Palestine/ Israel. Specifically, we look at the everyday lives of Palestinians through the eyes,
ears, and words of Palestinians through a series of media, including ethnography, literature and poetry, documentary, cinema,
visual and video art, each offering a valuable insight into the social, cultural, historical and political conditions of being occupied.
Our objective across these readings and different media is to consider the Palestinian experience of being occupied with the goal
of acquiring the analytic and critical tools for thinking about other experiences of being occupied.
296
ANTH 299/2099 - Selected Topics for Core Curriculum (3 cr.)
Description
Course addressing broad intellectual concerns and accessible to all students, irrespective of major.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Description
Cultural anthropology is an exploration of human diversity and what we have in common. It is a journey of questioning,
understanding, and respecting the rich and complex tapestry of human practices, beliefs, and expressions we call culture. In
this course we will encounter a wide variety of practices and beliefs, including our own, and we will examine how these are
related to global power relations; also, we will explore how anthropologists, with their own particular ideological and theoretical
perspectives, attempt to understand these matters.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Description
Introduces the students to the different concepts and approaches to community development as well as to community
organizing. Utilizes a critically reflective framework as part of the curriculum to overcome the potential division between theory
and practice. Identifies the key issues that the students are likely to confront in community development and organizing work.
Cross-listed
Same as SOC 2201/PSYC 2201.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
ANTH 302/3015 - Global Families: Kinship and Relatedness in Late Modernity (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
Three hours of Social Sciences.
Description
Transformation of family and kin structures and relations in present-day globalization. Impacts of urbanization, international
migration, consumerism, economic and other factors on families and kin groups. Why and how people legitimize their kin
relationships in the eyes of their community, their state, and their religion, and how different family structures are tied to
naturalizing certain forms of power. Comparative perspectives from the Middle East and other world areas.
When Offered
Offered in alternate years.
297
Prerequisites
Three hours of Social Sciences.
Description
Basic processes by which societies initiate, consolidate, transform, and change their basic institutions and social structures.
Anatomy of reform and revolutionary social movements, especially those affecting Arab and Third World societies.
Cross-listed
Same as SOC 3303.
When Offered
Offered in spring
Prerequisites
ANTH 3102 or consent of instructor.
Description
The main trends, basic problems, and unresolved issues of post-war sociological thought. Essential aspects of the logic of
scientific inquiry; contemporary theories as model building in sociology including new functionalism, critical theory,
structuralism and poststructuralism.
Cross-listed
Same as SOC 3104.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Prerequisites
Three hours of Social Sciences.
Description
Analysis of dynamics of expanding state and capital relations into rural and pastoral communities, with special focus on property
and labor relations, the social organization of production and exchange, politics and power relations, and the organization and
practice of everyday life. The course draws on comparative ethnographic case studies from around the world.
When Offered
Offered in alternate years.
Prerequisites
Three hours of Social Sciences.
Description
This course will explore a variety of approaches for the study of life in cities, providing students with tools to think critically
about the meaning of urban life in the new century. Are cities the vibrant, vital centers of all that is exciting, new and
provocative in modern life or are they the decaying, decadent and dangerous remnants of an industrial age whose time has
past? How do we link the lives of corporate elites and pop icons with crack dealers and shanty town dwellers? How do we place
298
migration, world capital flows, transnational media, and global consumption in our studies of city life?
Cross-listed
Same as SOC 3045.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
ANTH 332/3060 - Social Constructions of Difference: Race, Class and Gender (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
Three hours of Social Sciences.
Description
The course will first introduce students to the vast theoretical literature on the concepts of race, ethnicity and class from
sociology and anthropology. Second, the course will expect students to shift focus away from looking at different cultures to
analyzing cultural productions of difference. In the course we will be concerned with how racial, ethnic and class identities are
shaped by diverse hegemonic systems, modes of resistance, and the structuring of social relations in different societies.
Cross-listed
Same as SOC 3060.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
Three hours of Social Sciences.
Description
The history and practice of film in anthropology; film as ethnography; comparison of films and analytical ethnographies.
Additional Mandatory Lab Sessions for Film Screening.
Cross-listed
Same as FILM 3041 .
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
Three hours of Social Sciences.
Description
The role played by language in humankind's symbolic relation to the world. Emphasis on linguistic analysis, ethnosemantics,
sociolinguistics, expressive speech and language and socialization as these elucidate patterns of cognitive orientation.
Cross-listed
299
Same as LING 3075 .
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
ANTH 2101 or consent of instructor.
Description
An introduction to the study of gender ideologies, including a cross-cultural comparison of how genders are constructed to create
different norms of masculine, feminine, and other categories linked to various forms of sexuality. Focus on analyzing how
inequalities are maintained and contested over time through gendered discourses and practices at home, at work, and at local,
national and international levels. Special emphasis on the uses of gender in justifying and challenging development agendas in
the Global South.
When Offered
Offered in alternate years.
Prerequisites
Three hours of Social Sciences.
Description
The technical aspects of environmental issues in Egypt are examined taking into account the cultural, social, and political
dimensions upsetting the balance of the environment. Major issues such as water scarcity, global warming, desertification, urban
pollution, tourism, and demographic pressures are presented and analyzed.
Cross-listed
Same as SOC 3085.
When Offered
Offered in alternate years.
Prerequisites
Three hours of Social Sciences.
Description
Cultural dynamics involved in social and economic change with special reference to Egypt and the Middle East. Community
development, cooperatives, population studies, resettlement, health and education are some of the problems that may be
discussed. Case studies and fieldwork.
When Offered
Offered in alternate years.
300
Prerequisites
Prerequisites: 9 hours of social sciences and junior or senior standing, or consent of instructor.
Description
The nature and function of social theory and its development especially since the Enlightenment. Emphasis on the cumulative
insights and ideas which have contributed to modern social theory. The essential aspects of the philosophy of social science,
especially epistemological problems in the sciences of sociology and anthropology.
Cross-listed
Same as SOC 3102.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
ANTH 3102 or consent of instructor.
Description
.Introduces major theories and theorists in the recent history of anthropology and provides a broad vision of the development of
the discipline and of contemporary anthropological thought. The course also covers the development of the ethnographic method,
important paradigms such as structural-functionalism, and recent critical theory.
When Offered
Offered in spring
Prerequisites
ANTH 2101 and 6 credit hours of social sciences.
Description
Logic and philosophy of qualitative methodology in anthropology and other social sciences. The process of research design, data
collection, analysis and interpretation of results and final write-up is elaborated with specific reference to research conducted in
Egypt, the wider Arab and Middle Eastern worlds and elsewhere. Discussion of the politics and ethics of fieldwork, including
protection of the rights of human participants in research projects.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Description
This course will introduce students to the appropriate research methodologies when dealing with community organizing and
development, particularly the participatory action research approach to community development.
Cross-listed
Same as PSYC 3202 / SOC 3202 .
301
When Offered
Offered in fall.
ANTH 312/3301 - Peoples and Cultures of the Middle East and North Africa (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
3 hours of Social Sciences.
Description
Basic structure of contemporary societies and cultures of the Middle East and North Africa, with special emphasis on the Arab
population. Problems of ecology, economics, social organization, law and politics, religion and patterns of social change.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
Three hours of Social Sciences.
Description
Basic structure of contemporary societies and cultures of sub-Saharan Africa with special emphasis on problems of ecology,
economics, social organization, law and politics, religion, and patterns of social change.
When Offered
Offered in alternate years.
Prerequisites
Three hours of Social Sciences.
Description
Basic structure of contemporary societies and cultures of Latin America with special emphasis on problems of ecology,
economics, social organization, law and politics, religion, and patterns of social change.
When Offered
Offered in alternate years.
Prerequisites
Three hours of Social Sciences.
Description
Basic structure of contemporary societies and cultures of South, South-East, and East Asia with special emphasis on problems of
ecology, economics, social organization, law and politics, religion and patterns of social change.
When Offered
Offered in alternate years.
302
ANTH 390/3305 - Selected People and Culture Areas (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
Three hours of Social Sciences.
Description
Areas to be chosen according to specific interest and faculty expertise. Examples of possible areas are: peoples and cultures of
the ancient world, of the Mediterranean, and of the United States.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Repeatable
May be taken for credit more than once if content changes.
Prerequisites
Three hours of Anthropology, 6 hours of Social Sciences, and junior or senior standing.
Description
Interdisciplinary and cross-cultural approach to the study of the reciprocal relations of culture and personality; special focus on
themes of identity, socialization and the emergence of self in various cultural settings.
Cross-listed
Same as PSYC 4015.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
Prerequisites: 9 hours of social sciences and junior or senior standing.
Description
Comparative study of religion in culture and society. The course will explore a variety of theories and controversies in the
anthropological understanding of religion. Emphasis is on how religion may restrict but also empower believers, inform their
social identities, and intersect with political and economic practices and institutions in a globalizing world.
Cross-listed
Same as SOC 4025.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
9 hours of Social Sciences and Junior or Senior standing.
303
Description
An anthropological perspective on the politics of gender in Muslim societies, with an emphasis on the Middle East. The
relationship between religion and society, especially the cultural construction of gender hierarchies within the discourses of Islam
and the realities of Muslim women's lives. The articulation of the impact of modern states on gender hierarchies.
When Offered
Offered annually.
Prerequisites
Prerequisites: 9 hours of social sciences and junior or senior standing.
Description
Contemporary theories of development as they apply to and illuminate the problems of development in underdeveloped
countries. The approach will be interdisciplinary.
Cross-listed
Same as SOC 4106 .
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
9 hours of Social Sciences and Junior or Senior standing.
Description
Through the examination of a contemporary topic in African Studies, this interdisciplinary seminar examines epistemological and
methodological issues in African Studies such as transformation, resistance, power, technology, and women and development.
Original sources will be used to examine the theoretical assumptions, data and methods underlying the literature. Prior course
work in African Studies is recommended.
Cross-listed
Same asSOC 4055
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
9 hours of social sciences and junior or senior standing.
Description
Examination of how anthropology has approached the study of economic practices, ideas and institutions in different cultural
contexts. By following the main theoretical paradigms in economic anthropology, the course will address the cultural
assumptions and power dynamics in defining what an economy is and how people go about producing, consuming and
exchanging goods, commodities, gifts, services, as well as social relationships. Ethnographic case studies will explicate the
power relations underlying the pursuit of economic lives, the centrality of gender, class, race, kinship and ethnic relations in
shaping production, consumption and exchange, and the ramifications of global markets on peoples' livelihoods and identities.
304
When Offered
Offered in alternate years.
Prerequisites
9 hours of Social Sciences and Junior or Senior standing.
Description
This course examines the contribution of anthropology to the comparative study of political organization and the exercise of
power. It reviews classical anthropological approaches to politics in non-state and non-Western state societies. The course also
examines political organization in postcolonial and global contexts, including such topics as nationalism, migration, transnational
mobilization, ethnic identity and flexible citizenship, and the use of media technologies in developing political subjectivities.
There is an emphasis on theoretical perspectives.
When Offered
Offered in alternate years.
Prerequisites
9 hours of Social Sciences and Junior or Senior standing.
Description
The course examines the experiences and relationships of people who move across states and national boundaries and whose
identifying labels range from migrants, transnationals, guest-workers, exiles, refugees, and diaspora, among others. One
underlying thread is that of dislocation and movement, while maintaining connections - real, symbolic and imagined - between
disparate places and peoples.
Prerequisites
Prerequisites: 9 hours of social sciences, and junior or senior standing.
Description
.Topics to be chosen according to specific interest, such as: agrarian transformation, desert development, sex roles, cognitive
anthropology, anthropology and education; nationalism, colonialism and postcolonialism; tourism in social science; and
anthropology of the city.
When Offered
Offered occasionally
Repeatable
May be taken for credit more than once if content changes.
305
Prerequisites
Senior standing and SOC 3105 or ANTH 3105 or 12 hours of Social Sciences.
Description
Emphasis on current methodological trends in anthropology and sociology reflecting the research interests of the faculty and
students, and drawing on the experience of the undergraduate career.
Cross-listed
Same as SOC 4107.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Notes
Content may therefore vary from year to year. The student will be required to write a methodologically sound senior paper,
preferably based on field research.
Prerequisites
Six hours of social sciences or consent of the instructor.
Description
One semester, field experience in an approved international development agency, local NGO or other professional setting
approved by faculty supervisor. Supervised by a faculty supervisor.
Cross-listed
Same as PSYC 4203 and SOC 4203.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Prerequisites
Prerequisites: a minimum B average, consent of the instructor, and approval by the unit head and the department chair.
Description
In exceptional circumstances some senior majors with departmental approval may arrange to study beyond the regular course
offerings.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Repeatable
May be repeated for credit more than once if content changes.
Description
This course allows instructors to offer a topic in Coptic Studies. The topic will be chosen from year to year in coordination with
the departments concerned and the dean of the School of HUSS, and according to the individual interests and areas of expertise
of the instructors. Topics chosen may include various aspects of Coptic art and history, monasticism, folklore, or other subjects..
306
Cross-listed
Same as ARIC 5132 , EGPT 5160 , HIST 4905 , SOC 4499 .
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Repeatable
The course may be taken more than once if the topic changes
Notes
Students in these majors may petition preferably before registration to have the course included in their major requirements.
Prerequisites
12 hours of social science.
Description
Interdisciplinary and comparative analysis of development as a process and as a historical phenomenon. Critical evaluation of
economic, political, social and cultural technological and managerial factors that structure developmental change.
Cross-listed
Same as POLS 4560/SOC 4560.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Description
Phonetics of Arabic as it is spoken at various levels in Egypt, studied in light of modern phonetic theory. Reference is made to
the phonetics of both Egyptian colloquial Arabic and the Arabic of the early Islamic era as described by the early Arab
phoneticians. Taught in Arabic and/or English.
When Offered
Offered in the fall.
Description
History and development of the Arabic Language and Linguistics. Particular attention will be given to topics such as: Major
events that shaped Arabic throughout History, the codification of the language, Arab linguistics theory and its contributions to the
study of syntax. Morphology, and lexicography, the various schools of thought among Arab philologists in the light of modern
linguistic theory and language situation in Arabic society. Taught in Arabic and/or English.
When Offered
Offered in alternate years.
307
Description
An examination of the basic concepts in traditional Arabic grammar using modern linguistic theories with the aim of suggesting
alternative methods of analysis and formalization. Taught in Arabic.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Description
Concepts fundamental to linguistic analysis in the areas of syntax, semantics, phonology, historical linguistics, sociolinguistics,
and language acquisition.
Cross-listed
Same as APLN 5301 .
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
APLN 5201 or permission of the department. Recommended prerequisite: APLN 5302 .
Description
Relationship between first and second language acquisition. Aspects of acquisition from a psycholinguistic perspective.
Cognitive, linguistic, personality and classroom factors influencing SLA. Applications for teaching.
Cross-listed
Same as APLN 5304 .
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Description
Survey of learning theories, individual learning styles and strategies as they relate to the teaching and learning processes.
Examination and critical analysis of major approaches and methods of teaching foreign languages. The course includes classroom
observations and limited practice teaching.
Cross-listed
Same as APLN 5300 .
When Offered
Offered consecutively with APLN 5204 .
Prerequisites
APLN 5203
308
Description
Survey of teaching practices and pedagogical concerns pertaining to teaching of Arabic to non-native speakers with focus on how
the language system and its diglossic nature affect the process of teaching the various language skills. The teaching practicum
includes observation of classrooms, material development and supervised teaching of Arabic to speakers of other languages.
Description
The effect of social phenomena on linguistic form. Languages, dialects, and speech communities. Multilingual societies,
diglossia, code choice. Regional, social and linguistic variation. Terms of address. Language attitudes. Language and ethnicity.
Language maintenance and shift. Language and gender. Language planning and standardization. Sociolinguistic aspects of
education.
Cross-listed
Same as APLN 5331 .
When Offered
Offered once a year.
Prerequisites
APLN 5205
Description
The course provides the intellectual basis, as distinct from methods of teaching, for the design of curriculum and the teaching of
the different language skills of Arabic to speakers of other languages. Special attention is given to four areas: The Alphabet's
historical development and variation; vocabulary scope, the root system and Arabic derivational system; syntax, historical
development and recent attempts for simplifications; language levels, diglossia, multiglossia and language continuum in Egypt.
Prerequisites
APLN 5203.
Description
Description, analysis and evaluation of CALL software. Integration of CALL into AFL learning. Guided practical experience in
producing AFL software using authoring programs. Using the Internet as a resource for learning AFL.
When Offered
Offered once a year.
Description
This course investigates Arabic language variation and change within the framework of variation theories and with respect to the
309
particularities of Arabic as a multiglossic language. Both written and spoken discourse is analyzed with special attention to
formal spoken or educated spoken Arabic. The course provides a practical approach to dealing with Arabic language corpora and
trains students to analyze linguistic data.
Description
Special topics and current issues in linguistics and language teaching with special reference to Arabic.
Cross-listed
Same as APLN 5370 .
Repeatable
May be taken more than once if content changes.
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
Description
Individual research on specific area of interest to the student.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Repeatable
May be taken a second time if content changes.
Description
Individual consultation for students preparing for the comprehensive examination.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Description
Consultation for students on matters related to their thesis.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
310
Description
Survey of learning theories, individual learning styles and strategies as they relate to the teaching and learning processes.
Examination and critical analysis of major approaches and methods of teaching foreign languages. The course includes classroom
observations and limited practice teaching.
Cross-listed
Same as APLN 5203 .
Description
Concepts fundamental to linguistic analysis in the areas of syntax, semantics, phonology, historical linguistics, sociolinguistics,
and language acquisition.
Cross-listed
Same as APLN 5201 .
Description
Provides TESOL/TAFL MA candidates with the knowledge and skills to read and understand various types of research in applied
linguistics, to have a basic grasp of the issues currently being studied in the field, and be able to critically distinguish between
good and poor research. Ability to write in appropriate technical fashion is emphasized.
Description
A descriptive overview of the structure of English. Detailed analysis of the major grammatical constructions. Implications for
language teaching and learning.
Prerequisites
APLN 5301 or permission of the department. Recommended prerequisite: TAFL/APLN 5302 .
Description
Relationship between first and second language acquisition. Aspects of acquisition from a psycholinguistic perspective.
Cognitive, linguistic, personality and classroom factors influencing SLA. Implications for teaching.
Cross-listed
Same as APLN 5202 .
Description
A practical course that will enable the student to develop valid and reliable assessment procedures, analyze results, and evaluate
311
the procedures.
Cross-listed
Same as TAFL 5305 .
Prerequisites
APLN 5300
Description
Description, analysis and evaluation of CALL software. Integration of CALL into EFL syllabus. Guided practical experience in
producing EFL software using authoring programs. Using the Internet as a resource for teaching and learning EFL.
Prerequisites
APLN 5302
Description
A seminar specially designed for thesis track candidates and others who wish to pursue research in TESOL. Students will explore
their specific research interests and are expected to share their ideas and constructive criticism with other members of the class.
The aim of this course is to guide the student towards the production of a proposal for a possible thesis or future research.
APLN 531/5312 - Second Language Reading and Writing: Theory and Practice (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
APLN 5300 .
Description
This course will survey research and theory in EFL/ESL reading and writing and explore pedagogical applications. We will
consider a number of reader/writer and text factors that play a role in second language (L2) reading and writing. As second
language reading encompasses top-down, bottom-up, and interactive approaches, we will investigate how these approaches
function interactively. We will further explore how the field of L2 writing has been influenced by L1 writing but has also become
a distinct area of inquiry in its own right. We will examine students' writing and observe them in their classes, design activities
and evaluate materials and textbooks.
APLN 000/5313 - Second Language Listening and Speaking: Theory and Practice (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
APLN 5300.
Description
Drawing on previous research in second language acquisition, this course will examine pedagogical applications of various
theories of language learning to the teaching of ESL listening and speaking. The main topics emphasized in the course are the
following: designing and constructing listening and speaking tasks at different levels of difficulty while achieving a balance
between accuracy and fluency, criteria for selecting authentic vs. pedagogically- designed listening tasks, teaching macro- and
micro- listening strategies, analyzing the linguistic and pragmatic skills required for spoken interaction, and developing
312
assessment criteria and contexts for the language classroom. Ways to integrate listening and speaking activities into other
language classes and learning contexts will also be considered.
Prerequisites
APLN 5301
Description
A study of contemporary syntactic theories of generative grammar with particular reference to the choice of formalism, universal
grammar and the claims they make about the nature of language, linguistic descriptions and implications for language teaching.
Prerequisites
APLN 5301
Description
An introduction to the analysis of large collections of computer-readable texts (corpora) using concordance software. Focus on
analytic techniques at the levels of morphology, lexicography, grammar, pragmatics and discourse. Pedagogical applications for
English for academic purposes and in data-driven learning.
Prerequisites
APLN 5301
Description
Definition of pragmatics. Relation of pragmatics to semantics, syntax and sociolinguistics. Speech act theory. Directness and
indirectness. The Cooperative Principle, principles of politeness, Relevance Theory. Cross-linguistic/cultural application.
Relevance to language teaching.
Prerequisites
APLN 5301
Description
Discourse analysis is typically thought of as studying language use above the sentence level. The central focus is on "how real
people use real language, as opposed to studying artificially created sentences" (McCarthy, 1991, p.1). This course will provide
an overview of the theories and methods of discourse analysis. We will explore various approaches to the analysis of both spoken
and written texts and examine practical implications for language teachers and students. The course will be beneficial for students
who are interested in conducting discourse based research and who would like to know how to use discourse analysis methods in
their language classes.
APLN 525/5330 - Language Transfer, Contrastive Analysis, and Error Analysis (3 cr.)
313
Prerequisites
APLN 5301
Description
The study of language contact and language transfer phenomena. Contrastive analysis and error analysis within and beyond the
sentence level. Models, procedures and theoretical underpinnings. Discourse function and organization. Implications for
second/foreign language teaching and learning.
Description
The effect of social phenomena on linguistic form. Languages, dialects, and speech communities. Multilingual societies,
diglossia, code choice. Regional, social, and linguistic variation. Terms of address. Language attitudes. Language and ethnicity.
Language maintenance and shift. Language and gender. Language planning and standardization. Sociolinguistic aspects of
education.
Cross-listed
Same as APLN 5205 .
Prerequisites
APLN 5300.
Description
This course will raise language professionals' awareness of their own cultural assumptions, sensitize them to the multiplicity of
other world views, and equip them with the means to assess and respond to their students' cultural orientation. The course
includes theoretical readings, analysis of critical incidents, values clarification, and experiential intercultural activities and field
observations leading to an ethnography of communication which analyzes a given speech community's communicative norms.
The course has four main areas of concentration: a theoretically-grounded conceptualization of intercultural communication, an
overview of variations in pedagogical traditions across cultures and ways these can affect language learning effectiveness, a
practical component focusing on developing teachers' own intercultural communicative competence, and a methodological
component which explores ways of promoting intercultural communicative competence among language learners.
Among the concepts covered are macro-level cultural dimensions, cultures within cultures, cross-cultural variability in
relationships, transmitting and interpreting verbal and non-verbal messages, managing conflict and face threats, intergroup
attitudes, identity negotiation, acculturation, assimilation and ethical considerations in intercultural communication.
Description
Special topics and current issues in linguistics and language teaching.
Cross-listed
Same as APLN 5270 .
Repeatable
May be taken more than once if content changes.
314
APLN 530/5371 - Supervised Study in TESOL (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
Consent of instructor.
Description
Individual research on a specific area of interest to the student in consultation with the instructor.
Repeatable
May be taken a second time if content changes.
Prerequisites
APLN 5300
Description
Survey of approaches to the design and implementation of foreign language curricula and teaching materials. This teaching
practicum is a capstone course and as such must be taken during a student's final semester in the program. It includes foreign
language classroom observations, supervised practice teaching, and materials development, selection, and adaptation.
Description
Consultation for students preparing for the comprehensive examination.
Description
Consultation for individual students on matters related to their theses.
Description
Selected topic in Arab and Islamic Civilizations for the core curriculum.
Description
This course introduces students in simplified form and content to contemporary literary and cultural theories pertinent to reading
and analyzing children's literature. Topics for discussion will include historical constructions of childhood and the socio-
historical contexts for the production of children's literary canon(s). Through readings to familiar classics we will explore how
representations in texts for children (both written and visual) have shaped the different ideologies of identity, race, gender, and
nation.
315
ARIC 000/1102 - Passionate Love in Arabic and World Literatures (3 cr.)
Description
Passionate Love, a subject of interest to all human societies, is the subject of this course. Passionate Love is distinct from other
forms of romantic love in that it can cause harm to the lover and beloved, as well as those around them. From Majnun Layla to
Romeo and Juliet, passionate love has long been a subject of literary interest and social anxiety. In this class, we will read
theories and depictions of passionate love in classical Arabic literature to understand how pre-modern Arabo-Islamic societies
understood love as a phenomenon, what role romantic love played in society, and what types of texts dealt with the subject. We
will also read depictions of passionate love from other world literary traditions including: modern Arabic, English, Italian,
Persian, Indian, Turkish, etc.
Description
Surveys Arab-Islamic history from the perspective of the development of the socio-cultural self and its encounters with the Other.
Pays special attention to inter-cultural and inter-confessional relations and to how these informed the development of Arab-
Islamic identities from the birth of lslam to the colonial period. Major themes include travel and intercultural encounter, polemic,
conversion, the treatment of religious minorities, and the colonial subject's view of the West.
ARIC 299/2096 - Selected Topics for the Core Curriculum in International/World Studies
(3 cr.)
Prerequisites
RHET 1000
Description
Course addressing broad intellectual concerns and accessible to all students, irrespective of major.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
ARIC 299/2097 - Selected Topics for the Core Curriculum in Arab World Studies (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
RHET 1000
Description
Course addressing broad intellectual concerns and accessible to all students, irrespective of major.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
ARIC 299/2099 - Selected Topics for the Core Curriculum in Humanities (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
RHET 1000
316
Description
Course addressing broad intellectual concerns and accessible to all students, irrespective of major.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Description
An introduction to the classical Arabic literary tradition through readings of major texts. Prerequisites: Thanawiya 'Amma or
placement examination.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
Taught in Arabic.
Description
.An introduction to the literature of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries through readings of major texts. Prerequisites:
Thanawiya 'Amma or placement examination.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring
Notes
Taught in Arabic.
Description
An introduction to the classical Arabic literary tradition through readings of major texts.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
Taught in English, with assigned texts in English translation.
Description
An introduction to the literature of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries through readings of major texts.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
Taught in English, with assigned texts in English translation.
317
ARIC 205/2205 - The World of Islamic Architecture, from the Beginnings to the Present
Day (3 cr.)
Description
An overview of Islamic architecture from Spain to Indonesia from the 7th century to the present. Major examples of religious and
secular architecture, including mosques, madrasas, palaces and caravanserais.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Description
The architectural and urban heritage of Fustat - Cairo from 641 CE to the present.
Hours
Classwork is supplemented by six to eight field trips on Friday or Saturday mornings.
When Offered
Offered in the fall and spring.
Notes
Classwork is supplemented by six to eight field trips on Saturday mornings.
Prerequisites
Prerequisite for ARIC 2271: ARIC 2270, or ARIC 2206 .
Description
Important works in architecture and decorative arts from the seventh century AD to the Ottoman period; artistic achievements of
Muslim Spain, North Africa, the Middle East, India and Southeast Asia. ARIC 2270 up to 1250 CE; ARIC 2271 1250 CE
onwards.
When Offered
ARIC 2270 offered in fall.
ARIC 2271 offered in spring.
Description
This course presents the history of the Arab-speaking Middle East from pre-Islamic times to the modern era, with emphasis on
some of the principal political, economic, social, religious, and cultural developments and their relevance to the contemporary
Middle East. The course introduces students to historiographical methodology and different interpretive approaches. It attempts
to foster a critical attitude toward sources and provides a context in which students can apply skills and concepts acquired in
other required-core.
318
Cross-listed
Same as HIST 2203.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Description
An introduction to mysticism in its Islamic context: a survey of the historical development of tasawwuf, the main trends in Sufi
thought and practice, the role played by Sufis and Sufi brotherhoods in society and the Sufi contributions to Middle Eastern
culture.
When Offered
Offered in alternate years.
Description
Focuses on one theme in the classical and/or modern period such as love, satire and humor, regional literature, wisdom literature,
Sufi literature, tradition and modernity, self and other, alienation and exile. See class schedule for specific theme or topic
offered..
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Repeatable
May be repeated once for credit if content changes
Notes
Taught in Arabic.
Description
Investigates the construction of gender, both masculine and feminine, through readings in a variety of Arabic discourses.
When Offered
Offered in fall or spring.
Notes
Taught in Arabic.
Description
Looks at the intersection between literature and film as two modes of representation. Readings of Arabic literary texts, and in
class screenings of films.
When Offered
Offered in fall or spring.
319
Notes
Taught in Arabic.
Description
Explores the nature of the relationship between writers and authority, in allegiance or in opposition.
When Offered
Offered in fall or spring.
Notes
Taught in Arabic
Description
Arabic colloquial and folk literature through the study of various genres.
When Offered
Offered in fall or spring.
Notes
Taught in Arabic.
Description
Study of different trends in the Arabic novel. In-depth reading of major modern Arab novelists.
When Offered
Offered in fall or spring.
Notes
Taught in Arabic.
Description
Study of Arabic drama through readings of major texts.
When Offered
Offered in fall or spring.
Notes
Taught in Arabic.
320
Description
Study of the short story as a genre in modern Arabic literature. In-depth reading of major short story writers.
When Offered
Offered in fall or spring.
Notes
Taught in Arabic.
ARIC 310/3197 - Selected Themes and Topics in Arabic Literature in Translation (3 cr.)
Description
Focuses on one theme or topic in the classical and/or modern period such as political poetry, village and city, literature of place,
Arab women writing. See class schedule for specific theme or topic offered.
When Offered
Offered in fall or spring.
Repeatable
May be repeated once for credit if content changes
Notes
Taught in English, with assigned texts in English translation.
ARIC 368/3268 - The Art of the Book in the Islamic World (3 cr.)
Description
While focusing on Persian book painting from the Mongols to the Safavids, the course will also briefly consider Arab, Turkish
and Mughal arts of the book. In addition to the history of painting it explores matters related to patronage, book production,
calligraphy and illumination.
When Offered
Offered in alternate years
Prerequisites
ARIC 2270 or 2271.
Description
This course surveys ceramics of the Islamic world from the 7th to the 18th centuries, tracing the technical and artistic innovations
of the medium. Visits to local museums will enhance the student's appreciation of the subject.
When Offered
Offered occasionally
ARIC 370/3270 - The Age of Transition: Early Islamic Art and the Pre-Islamic Past (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
ARIC 2270
321
Description
This course examines the formation of Islamic art and architecture during the critical period of transition from the seventh to
tenth centuries and explores the role played by antecedent cultures in this formation.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
ARIC 371-372/3271-3272 - Islamic Architecture in Egypt and Syria (3 cr. per semester)
Prerequisites
ARIC 2271.
Description
Development of architecture and decorative styles in Egypt and Syria from the Arab to the Ottoman conquests, including, in the
second semester, the Mamluk period; field trips to Cairo monuments.
When Offered
3271 offered in fall, 3272 offered in spring.
ARIC 319/3319 - Islamic Spain and North Africa (711-1492 A.D.) (3 cr.)
Description
This course is an introduction to the political, economic, social, and cultural history of Muslim Spain and North Africa. Its
emphasis is on explaining how interactions among different ethnic groups (Arabs, Berbers, and Iberian natives) and different
confessional communities (Jews, Christians, and Muslims) created social situations that made the Western Muslim lands unique
in Islamic history.
Cross-listed
Same as HIST 3205.
ARIC 321/3321 - Zawiyas, Harems, Coffee shops, Everyday Life in the Pre-Modern
Mideast (3 cr.)
Description
Examination of major trends in social and cultural trends, movements, and institutions in the medieval and early modern Middle
East. Includes the interpretation of cultural identity, the transmission of knowledge and culture, the construction of social status,
and the integration or marginalization of specific social groups in family, social and state structures.
Cross-listed
Same as HIST 3215
When Offered
Offered in alternate years.
ARIC 322/3322 - Land, Trade and Power: a History of Economic Relations in the Middle
East, 600-1800 A.D. (3 cr.)
322
Description
Examination of the major economic structures in the Middle East prior to the modern period: the consideration of land as a major
resource, structures for its management and the competition to control it. The organization of trade and commerce, including the
role of merchant communities and their place in society.
When Offered
Offered in alternate years.
ARIC 323/3323 - Marriage and the Family in the Medieval and Early Modern Middle East (3
cr.)
Description
Examination of the perspectives and approaches which define marriage, the family, the household and private life in the Middle
East; the study of these questions in relation to larger issues such as Islamic law and changing social, political and economic
structures, and how these are interlinked with family structure, sexual segregation, definitions of private and public. Sources
include travellers' accounts, legal works, architecture, deeds of pious foundations, and court records.
When Offered
Offered in alternate years.
Description
Examination of the history of non-Muslim communities in the Muslim world, with special focus on Egypt. Study of legal status,
issues of identity and assimilation, contribution to the cultural life and social life of societies, participation in Mediterranean
trade, and interaction and relations between non-Muslim communities and Muslims as well as the non-Muslim world.
When Offered
Offered in alternate years
Description
The course will examine the place of marginals both in the sense of those people who are socially marginalized like beggars,
people suffering from poverty, insane persons, or people who for any reason are not socially integrated. It may include those who
do not have a place in history because they do not make use of the written word, such as peasants or rural communities.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Description
Examination of Ibn Khaldun's work, his place in Arab Muslim thought, and his value as a critic of Muslim culture and
institutions.
323
When Offered
Offered in alternate years.
Description
This course focuses on the historical roles of Shi'i Muslims from the seventh century to the present. The aim of the course is to
familiarize the student with the major Shi'i discourses as they evolved in specific historical contexts. While emphasis will be on
the historical development of Twelver Shi'ism, other important groups such as the Ismai'liyya and the Zaydiyya will also receive
due consideration.
Cross-listed
Same as HIST 3216
ARIC 343/3343 - Birth of Muslim Community and Rise of the Arab Caliphates (3 cr.)
Description
The rise of Islam and Arab expansion, the classical period of Islamic civilization during its first centuries to the period of Abbasid
political disintegration.
Cross-listed
Same as HIST 3210.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
ARIC 344/3344 - Caliphs and Sultans in the Age of Crusades and Mongols (3 cr.)
Description
The later Abbasid caliphate, the rise of Shi'ism and the Fatimids, Sunni consolidation under the Seljuks and Ayyubids, external
threats to dar al-Islam; the rise of the Mamluks.
Cross-listed
Same as HIST 3211.
When Offered
Offered in alternate years.
Description
The decline of the Mamluks; the Timurids in Persia; the age of gunpowder: the Safavid, Ottoman, and Moghul empires and their
decline.
Cross-listed
Same as HIST 3212.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
324
ARIC 353/3353 - Muslim Political Thought (3 cr.)
Description
This course examines the development of Islamic Political thought from the rise of Islam to the present. The development of the
Muslim Umma, and the theories of the Caliphate and Muslim states are analyzed. Political theories formulated by medieval
Muslim scholars and different sects are examined in detail. Special attention is given to their relevance to modern and
contemporary thought.
When Offered
Offered in Fall and Spring.
Notes
Source readings in Arabic or in translation.
ARIC 355/3355 - State and Society in the Middle East, 1699-1914 (3 cr.)
Description
The Ottoman Empire and Iran: continuities and transformations. Imperial administration and relations with Europe. Challenges to
the premodern order: regional and global economies; social and cultural trends.
Cross-listed
Same as HIST 3213.
When Offered
Offered once a year.
ARIC 356/3356 - State and Society in the Middle East, 1906-present (3 cr.)
Description
Beginning with the Young Turk and Iran's Constitutional revolutions, this course follows the fate of Middle Eastern societies and
states during the twentieth century, with a special focus on colonialism and nationalism; independence movements and
decolonization; the Arab-Israeli conflict; society, politics, and culture.
Cross-listed
Same as HIST 3214.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Description
Focuses on theme or topic in the history of the Middle East. May be repeated for credit when topic changes.
Cross-listed
Same as HIST 3288.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
325
ARIC 354/3405 - Islamic Philosophy (3cr.)
Prerequisites
ARIC 2346 or ARIC 3343 or consent of instructor.
Description
A survey of the rational and spiritual dimension of the Arab-Islamic civilization as shown in the thought and ideas of major
theologians, philosophers, and mystics.
Cross-listed
Same as PHIL 3015.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Description
A survey of Islam and its history from the formative period to its manifestations in modern times, with a discussion of sectarian
movements such as Kharijism, Shi'ism and Sunnism, various schools of thought in law, theology, philosophy and mysticism, as
well as modern interpretations of Islam, especially with regard to political, social and gender issues.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Description
In exceptional circumstances, some senior majors may, with department approval, arrange to study beyond the regular course
offerings.
Repeatable
May be repeated for credit if content changes
Notes
Open only to senior majors with a minimum of B average.
ARIC 463/5101 - Selected Topics in the History of Islamic Thought and Institutions (3cr.)
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
Cross-listed
Same as HIST 4221.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Repeatable
May be repeated for credit when content changes.
326
Description
"Cairo in the Cultural Imaginary" is conceived as an interdisciplinary, 4000-level, capstone course designed to provide a
framework within which students can re-experience Cairo by analyzing aspects of its cultural history and urban formation that lie
outside of their ordinary orbit. The course will be organized around a series of modules, each focused on a specialized aspect of
Cairo's urban and cultural history. It will be structured as a combination of classroom sessions, field trips, walking tours, films,
and performances and will be supplemented by guest lectures from within and outside the department.
Prerequisites
ARIC 2101 or instructor's approval
Description
Source - Criticism is one of the most important philological skills at a scholar's disposal and it is fundamental to the discipline of
history. It is also a critic skill for the student of pre-modern literature as it is a key source of paratextual information and not only
an exercise in positivism. This course applies the idea of taphonomy (the study of fossilization processes) to literary and
histological works in Classical Arabic recorded in the tadwin period. Rather than seek to legitimize or delegitimize a given text
based on its historical authenticity or provenance, this course demonstrates how to integrate the dimensions of a text's
transmission and its context into the study of literary material. Students will be introduced to the university's manuscript holdings
and will each present an unedited literary text of their choosing to the class. Students will edit a portion of these MSS and analyze
these texts in their final paper.
Description
A selected theme or topic in classical or modern Arabic texts such as regional literatures of the Arab World, cross-cultural
encounters in the Mediterranean, Arabic cultural criticism, avant-garde movements in Arabic literature.
When Offered
Offered in fall or spring.
Repeatable
May be repeated once for credit if content changes
Notes
Taught in Arabic
Description
A selected theme or topic in Arabic literature, classical or modern, such as francophone and anglophone Arab writers, Andalusian
literature, writers and the nation..
When Offered
Offered in fall or spring.
Repeatable
May be repeated once for credit if content changes
Notes
Taught in English, with assigned texts in English translation.
327
ARIC 403/5112 - Arabic Literary Criticism (3 cr.)
Description
Arabic critical theory from the classical to the modern period.
When Offered
Offered in alternate years.
Notes
Taught in Arabic.
Description
The growth of the biographical literature on the Prophet and its relation to the literature of Hadith.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Notes
Taught in Arabic unless otherwise stated
Description
Special readings in Arabic texts for those majors in Arabic Studies who are attending a course taught in English and who must
read the assigned texts in Arabic to fulfil the requirements of their specialization.
Repeatable
May be repeated once for credit if content changes.
ARIC 464/5121 - Islamic Art and Architecture in India and Pakistan (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
ARIC 5122-5123 or consent of instructor.
Description
Religious and secular architecture and decoration of Islam in the Indian subcontinent; discussion of the formative impulses from
pre-Islamic traditions of India and Pakistan and Islamic influences from Persia, Afghanistan and Central Asia.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
ARIC 465-466/5122-5123 - Islamic Architecture in Turkey, Persia and Central Asia (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
ARIC 2270.
328
Description
First semester: Ghaznavids, Seljuks, and Mongols. Second semester: Timurids, Safavids, and Ottomans
When Offered
Offered in alternate years.
Prerequisites
ARIC 2270.
Description
Religious and secular architecture and decoration of Islamic Spain and North Africa; discussion of formative impulses from
Byzantium and Umayyad Syria.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
ARIC 2271.
Description
Wood carving, ivory, metals, textiles, glass, and carpets of the Islamic world; ornamental elements in common; materials, objects
and design.
When Offered
Offered in alternate years.
Repeatable
May be repeated for credit when content changes.
Prerequisites
ARIC 2101 or instructor's approval
Description
This course is deigned to give historians the tools and background they need in order to use classical Arabic poetic material for
their research. To the uninitiated, classical Arabic poetry can seem recondite, vague, or inconsequential and accordingly some
students of pre-modern Arabo-Islamic history often prefer to bypass the poetic material they encounter in their research. By
doing so, however, researchers risk ignoring a valuable source of historical information, especially regarding the affective
dimensions of cultural, social, and political history. This course will train students to read classical Arabic poetry, to decipher its
occasionally difficult syntax and figurative codes, and to relate poems to the contexts in which they appear. We will pay special
attention to how poetry is deployed in historiographical works and how it relates to the context in which it is presented. The
course will cover subjects that should be of interest to historians:politics, war, death, memory, elites and non-elites, gender and
sexuality, and modernity.
329
ARIC 440/5131 - Arabic Historical Literature (3 cr.)
Description
Study of the inception and development of the idea of history in Arabic literature. Examines issues in the transmission of
information, historical memory, and the role of historical writing in mediating social, political and religious views.
When Offered
Offered in alternate years.
Description
This course allows instructors to offer a topic in Coptic Studies. The topic will be chosen from year to year in coordination with
the departments concerned and the dean of the School of HUSS, and according to the individual interests and areas of expertise
of the instructors. Topics chosen may include various aspects of Coptic art and history, monasticism, folklore, or other subjects..
Cross-listed
Same as ANTH 4499,EGPT 5160,HIST 4905,SOC 4499.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Repeatable
The course may be taken more than once if the topic changes
Notes
Students in these majors may petition preferably before registration to have the course included in their major requirements.
Prerequisites
ARIC 3343 or ARIC 2346 or consent of instructor.
Description
Examination of the principal social, legal, and political institutions in medieval Islam, especially those subsumed under shari'a.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
HIST 3213 or HIST 3214 or equivalent background
Description
Trends of thought and activism that developed throughout the Muslim world from the eighteenth century onward and identified
themselves as Islamic. This course looks at intellectual roots, affiliations, and differences. It investigates modernity, reform,
statehood, and social change as addressed by state and non-state actors, in theory and in practice.
Cross-listed
Same as HIST 4219.
330
When Offered
Offered once a year.
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: appropriate course(s) from ARIC 3343-3345 series or consent of instructor
Cross-listed
Same as HIST 4220.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Repeatable
May be repeated for credit when content changes
ARIC 462/5136 - Selected Topics in the History of the Modern Middle East (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
ARIC 3355 or ARIC 3356 , whichever is appropriate or consent of instructor.
Cross-listed
Same as HIST 4288.
When Offered
Offered occasionally
Repeatable
May be repeated for credit when content changes
ARIC 000/5137 - International Trade 1000 - 1700: Egypt and the Mediterranean - Red Sea
Trade (3 cr.)
Description
This course will examine the development of trade between East and West from the 11th to the 18th century, with special focus
on trade routes as well as the commodities exchanged between the world of Islam and the main centers of commerce. Special
attention is given to the role of merchants, their place within their societies and their religious, cultural, and social influence on
the main centers of commerce they visited. The course also focuses on the overall political developments taking place along the
Mediterranean and Indian ocean trade routes, as well as the Silk Road, the factors that affected the rise and fall of certain trading
centers such as the East India Company.
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
Description
The greatest work in Arabic and its influence on Arabic literature and Islamic institutions, with emphasis on methods of
interpretation and their development.
331
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
Description
A survey of the origins of Jurisprudence in Islam and its development up to the founding of the four schools. The course covers
the main sources of fiqh, Qur'an and Sunna, together with ijma' and qiyas, and the study of the growth of the Maliki, Hanafi,
Shafi'i and Hanbali schools.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: consent of unit.
Description
Guided readings in selected topics in Islamic Art and Architecture, Middle Eastern History, Arabic Literature and Language or
Islamic Studies given on an individual basis.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Description
Techniques of working with Arabic manuscripts and scripts, editing, bibliographical study.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
Consent of instructor.
Description
Special readings and papers by graduate students who are attending a course of undergraduate lectures.
When Offered
5202 offered in fall, 5203 offered in spring.
Repeatable
May be repeated for credit when content changes.
332
ARIC 504/5210 - Seminar on a Selected Work or Author in Classical Arabic Literature (3
cr.)
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Repeatable
May be repeated for credit when content changes.
Description
Aspects of Arabic literature in the nineteenth century.
When Offered
Offered in alternate years.
Description
Aspects of Arabic literature in the Twentieth century.
When Offered
Offered in alternate years.
Prerequisites
Consent of instructor.
Description
Reading and papers on selected topics; attendance at a course of undergraduate lectures may be required.
When Offered
5213 offered in fall, 5214 offered in spring.
Repeatable
May be repeated for credit when content changes.
Prerequisites
Consent of instructor.
Description
Reading and papers on selected topics; attendance at a course of undergraduate lectures may be required.
333
When Offered
5215 offered in fall, 5216 offered in spring.
Repeatable
May be repeated for credit when content changes.
Description
This course focuses on the developments in the field of Translation Studies since the 1970s when translation became increasingly
conceptualized as cultural transfer rather than a linguistic operation. It introduces students to the interdisciplinary approaches in
the field including the impact of deconstruction, gender studies and post-colonial theory. Students will explore the cultural and
political agendas of translation through selected theoretical texts. The course will also introduce students to various translation
practices (adaptation, e-writing, etc)and will look at a translator's role in society, and translation as an agent social change.
Students will read a selection of texts in literary theory that will inform their practice in translation. Students will situate their
own work in translation not only in relation to contemporary cultural forms and practices, but also in relation to the traditions that
inform current translating practices. Selected texts and translation exercises will be in English and in Arabic.
Cross-listed
Same as TRST 5217 .
Description
Students will read pioneering works of the nineteenth and the twentieth century in the Arab region that dealt with issues of
translation and its centrality to modern nation-building. What exactly is the role of the translator? What is the function of
translation in society? The course situates at the act of translation within colonial/postcolonial contexts in which questions of
power surround the relationship between the original text and its translation. It also explores questions of visibility and
invisibility of the translator, translation vs, adaptation, original text and target cultural context. Taught in English. Readings and
translation exercises in English and Arabic.
Cross-listed
Same as TRST 5218 .
Description
Archaeological, museological or conservation methodology; examination of monuments and sites.
When Offered
offered occasionally
Repeatable
May be repeated for credit when content changes.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
334
Repeatable
May be repeated for credit when content changes.
Prerequisites
Consent of instructor.
Description
Reading and papers on selected topics by graduate students who also attend a course of undergraduate lectures.
When Offered
5222 offered in fall, 5223 offered in spring.
Repeatable
May be repeated for credit when content changes.
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
When Offered
Offered occasionally
Repeatable
May be repeated for credit when content changes.
Notes
Selected topics in Medieval Arab/Islamic history, 600-1800 A.D.
Description
Readings, discussion, and research.
Cross-listed
Same as HIST 5222.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Description
Readings, discussion, and research.
Cross-listed
Same as HIST 5223.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
335
ARIC 560 - 561/5233-5234 - Special Studies in Middle Eastern History (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
Consent of instructor.
Description
Special readings for graduate students who are also attending a course of undergraduate lectures.
When Offered
5233 offered in fall, 5234 offered in spring.
Repeatable
May be repeated for credit when content changes.
Prerequisites
ARIC 3435 or consent of instructor.
Description
Selected topics in Qur'anic Studies: e.g. history of the text or specific theme in the Qur'an (gender issued, relations with others,
ethical or legal issues). The course offers an examination of the principal different Muslim and Western approaches and opinions
relevant to the chosen topic, illustrated with reference to an appropriate selection of primary sources in translation and in Arabic.
When Offered
Offered annually.
Prerequisites
ARIC 3435 or consent of instructor.
Description
Selected topics in Sira and Hadith related to basic issues of the field; e.g. the sources, the methodology of oral transmission and
its influence on the assessment of authenticity, critical examination of Muslim and Western approaches to Hadith and the
relationship between interpretation of the texts of Hadith and society. The course offers an examination of the principal different
Muslim and Western approaches and opinions relevant to the chosen topic, illustrated with relevant selections of primary sources
in translation and in Arabic.
When Offered
Offered annually.
ARIC 526/5242 - Seminar on Selected Topics in Islamic Law and Legal Theory (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
ARIC 3435 or consent of instructor.
Description
336
Selected topics in Islamic Law; e.g. Its history, methodologies, specific Islamic Legal or political theories (including international
relation, minorities, human rights), administration of the criminal justice, court systems, reforms in the modern times, principles
of jurisprudence (Usul al Fiqh) the concept of social interest, legal maxims. The course offers, whenever appropriate,
comparisons, between the different Muslim and Western approaches to the selected Topic, illustrated with reference to the main
sources in translation and in Arabic.
When Offered
Offered annually.
Notes
May be repeated for credit when content changes.
Prerequisites
ARIC 3435 or consent of instructor.
Description
Selected topics focusing on one of the main areas of Islamic thought (theology, Sufism, or philosophy). The course offers themes
such as the history and sources of Islamic philosophy, theory of knowledge, ethics, metaphysics, the work of a leading Muslim
philosopher or theologian, the relationship between mysticism and shi'ism, modern developments in Islamic thought and reforms,
or new interpretations of theological questions. It also examines principle different Muslim and Western approaches and opinions
relevant to the chosen topic, illustrated with reference to selections of primary sources in translation and in Arabic.
When Offered
Offered annually.
Notes
Taught in Arabic unless otherwise stated. May be repeated for Credit when content changes.
Prerequisites
Pre-requisite: Consent of instructor.
Description
Selected Topics in Islamic Studies.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Repeatable
May be repeated for credit when content changes.
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: Enrollment in Islamic Studies MA Program.
Description
This course will introduce students to the great world religions other than Islam, and will introduce them to current theories and
methods in the academic field of Religious Studies.
337
Cross-listed
Same as CREL 5609.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Description
Develops the fundamentals of modern standard Arabic through reading, writing, and oral connection within a framework of the
essentials of syntax, morphology, and a working vocabulary. Three-semester sequence. Each course meets five hours per week.
Registration requires the permission of ALNG Director.
When Offered
Offered in fall, winter, spring and summer.
Notes
Noncredit for Thanawiyya Amma holders. Sections with odd numbers are for international students and sections with even
numbers are for Egyptian degree seeking students.
Description
Study of the basic inflectional and syntactical patterns of Egyptian colloquial Arabic through every day-life communicative
activities. Two- semester sequence. Each course meets five hours per week. Registration requires permission of the ALNG
Director.
When Offered
Offered in fall, winter, spring and summer.
Notes
These two courses are only for international students non-native speakers of Arabic.
ALNG 111/1501 - Accelerated Elementary Modern Standard Arabic (6 cr. per semester)
Description
ALNG 1501 covers material of ALNG 1101 and ALNG 1102. This course meets ten hours per week. Registration requires
permission of the ALNG Director.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
Noncredit for Thanawiyya Amma holders. Sections with odd numbers are for international students and sections with even
numbers are for Egyptian degree seeking students.
338
ALNG 112/1502 - Accelerated High Elementary and Lower Iintermediate Modern Standard
Arabic (6 cr.each per semester)
Prerequisites
ALNG 1501
Description
ALNG 1502 covers the material of ALNG 1103 and ALNG 2101. The course meets ten hours per week. Registration requires
permission of the ALNG Director.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
Noncredit for Thanawiyya Amma holders. Sections with odd numbers are for international students and sections with even
numbers are for Egyptian degree seeking students.
Description
Study of selected topics for elementary students. The course meets five hours per week. Registration requires the permission of
ALNG Director.
When Offered
Offered fall, spring, summer and winter.
Notes
May be repeated for credit if content changes. Noncredit for Thanawiyya Amma holders. Sections with odd numbers are for
international students and sections with even numbers are for Egyptian degree seeking students.
Prerequisites
ALNG 1103 or placement examination.
Description
Three-semester sequence. Each course meets five hours per week. Registration requires permission of the ALNG Director.
Increases the command of grammatical and syntactical structure of modern standard Arabic through reading materials; develops
reading and writing skills and comprehension. Critical examination of social and cultural dimensions of reading materials.
When Offered
Offered in fall, spring, summer and winter.
Notes
Noncredit for Thanawiyya Amma holders. Sections with odd numbers are for international students and sections with even
numbers are for Egyptian degree seeking students.
Prerequisites
ALNG 2103 or placement examination.
339
Description
Increase the command of grammatical and syntactical structure of modern standard Arabic through reading materials; develop
reading and writing skills and comprehension. Critical examination of social and cultural dimensions of reading materials. Two-
semester sequence. Each course meets five hours per week. Registration requires permission of the ALNG Director.
When Offered
Offered in fall, winter, spring and summer.
Notes
These two courses are only for international students.
Prerequisites
ALNG 2101.
Description
Introduction to the vocabulary and style of the Arabic press. Readings from the daily newspapers and magazines and other
sources. The course meets three hours per week. Registration requires permission of the ALNG Director.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
Noncredit for Thanawiyya Amma holders. Sections with odd numbers are for international students and sections with even
numbers are for Egyptian degree seeking students.
Prerequisites
ALNG 1302
Description
Concentrates on developing the students' listening and speaking skills in daily life situations through activities and presentations
as well as introducing cultural connotations. The course meets five hours per week. Registration requires permission of the
ALNG Director.
When Offered
Offered in fall, winter, spring and summer.
Notes
This course is only for international students non-native speakers of Arabic.
Prerequisites
ALNG 2101 or placement examination.
340
Description
Increase the command of grammatical and syntactical structures of modern standard Arabic through reading materials; develop
reading and writing skills and comprehension. Critical examination of social and cultural dimensions of reading materials. ALNG
2501 covers material of ALNG 2102-2103 , while ALNG 2502 covers the materials of ALNG 2104-2105 . Two-semester
sequence. Registration requires permission of the ALNG Director. Each course meets ten hours per week.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
These two courses are only for international students.
Description
Study of selected topics for intermediate students. The course meets five hours per week. Registration requires permission of the
ALNG Director.
When Offered
Offered in fall, winter, spring and summer.
Notes
May be repeated for credit if content changes. Noncredit for Thanawiyya Amma holders.Sections with odd numbers are for
international students and sections with even numbers are for Egyptian degree seeking students.
ALNG 301-302/3101-3102 - Advanced Modern Standard Arabic I (3 cr. each per semester)
Prerequisites
ALNG 2105
Description
Further develops reading, writing, listening and speaking of Modern Standard Arabic. Prepares advanced non-native speakers for
upper-division or graduate-level work in the Arabic language.Two-semester sequence. Each course meets five hours per week.
Registration requires permission of the ALNG Director.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring
Notes
These two courses are only for international students
ALNG 303-304/3103-3104 - Advanced Modern Standard Arabic II (3 cr. each per semester)
Prerequisites
ALNG 3102 or ALNG 3501.
Description
Further develops reading, writing, listening and speaking of Modern Standard Arabic. Prepares advanced non-native speakers for
upper-division or graduate-level work in the Arabic language.Two-semester sequence. Each course meets five hours per week.
Registration requires permission of the ALNG Director.
341
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
These two courses are only for international students
Prerequisites
Any 2000 level Arabic language course.
Description
Independent study in various aspects of MSA may be assigned to special groups in different majors. Students study the Arabic
language related to their fields of study, such as politics, economics, literature. The course meets five hours per week.
Registration requires permission of the ALNG Director.
When Offered
Offered upon request.
Notes
Non-credit for Thanawiyya Amma holders.
ALNG 306/3131 - Advanced Arabic of the News Media (3 cr. per semester)
Prerequisites
ALNG 2131 or placement examination
Description
Introduces more complex and analytical articles and editorials from the Arabic press and trains students to take notes while
listening to broadcasts. Expands students' range of vocabulary and develops their ability to listen to lengthier passages. The
course meets three hours per week. Registration requires permission of the ALNG Director.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
This is a three-credit elective course. Sections with odd numbers are for international students and sections with even numbers
are for Egyptian degree seeking students.
ALNG 311-312/3501-3502 - Accelerated Advanced Modern Standard Arabic (6 cr. each per
semester)
Description
The courses aim at preparing advanced, non-native speaking students for upper-division or graduate-level work in the Arabic
language. ALNG 3501 covers material of ALNG 3101-3102, while ALNG 3502 covers the materials of ALNG 3103-3104 .
Two-semester sequence. Each course meets ten hours per week. Registration requires permission of the ALNG Director.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
These two courses are only for international students
342
ALNG 399/3991 - Selected Topics (3 cr. per semester)
Description
Study of selected topics for advanced students. The course meets three hours per week. Registration requires the permission of
ALNG Director.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
May be repeated for credit if content changes. It is a three-credit elective course. Sections with odd numbers are for international
students and sections with even numbers are for Egyptian degree seeking students.
Description
Examination of the basic features of Arabic morphology (sarf) and prosody ('arud) with particular reference to the treatment of
the subjects by Arab grammarians. Reference is also made to the system of terminology adopted for the subject by Western
scholars.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Notes
The language of instruction is Arabic.
Description
Examination of the basic features of Arabic syntax (nahw) with particular reference to the treatment of the subject by Arab
grammarians. Reference is also made to the system of terminology adopted for the study of Arabic syntax by Western scholars.
The language of instruction is Arabic.
When Offered
413Offered in fall, 414Offered in spring.
Description
Development of the linguistic structure of Arabic and the Arabic of the early Islamic era as described by the early Arab
philologists.
When Offered
Offered in alternate years.
343
ALNG 426/4291 - The Phonetics of Arabic (3 cr.)
Description
Phonetics of classical Arabic as it is spoken in Egypt; reference to the phonetics of both Egyptian colloquial Arabic and the
Arabic of the early Islamic era as described by the early Arab phoneticians.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Description
Develops a fundamental working knowledge of the language through interactive exercises and drills within a framework of the
essentials of syntax and morphology. Six credits are taken simultaneously in a two semester sequence.
Hours
Each course meets five hours per week.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
Prerequisites are not listed for every course. However, entry into all intermediate and advanced presupposes that the student is of
intermediate or advanced standing. The instructor's permission may also be required. Standing will be determined by written
and/or oral placement tests for incoming students and sometimes for continuing students.
Description
Develops students' ability to listen and understand Modern Standard Arabic.
Hours
Each course meets three or five hours per week.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
Prerequisites are not listed for every course. However, entry into all intermediate and advanced presupposes that the student is of
intermediate or advanced standing. The instructor's permission may also be required. Standing will be determined by written
and/or oral placement tests for incoming students and sometimes for continuing students.
Description
Examines the basic features of Arabic grammar with particular attention to the system of i'rab. Reference is also made to the
Western system of grammatical terminology.
Hours
Each course meets three or five hours per week.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
344
Notes
Prerequisites are not listed for every course. However, entry into all intermediate and advanced presupposes that the student is of
intermediate or advanced standing. The instructor's permission may also be required. Standing will be determined by written
and/or oral placement tests for incoming students and sometimes for continuing students.
Description
Emphasizes the acquisition of vocabulary and increases the command of grammatical and syntactical structures. Further develops
reading, writing, listening, and speaking skills. Two semester sequence.
Hours
Each course meets five hours per week.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
Any two consecutive can be taken simultaneously. Prerequisites are not listed for every course. However, entry into all
intermediate and advanced presupposes that the student is of intermediate or advanced standing. The instructor's permission may
also be required. Standing will be determined by written and/or oral placement tests for incoming students and sometimes for
continuing students.
ALIN 207-208/2141-2142 - Intermediate Spoken Modern Standard Arabic (MSA) (2-3 cr.
each)
Description
Uses selected written material to prepare students to engage in discussions in Modern Standard Arabic.
Hours
Each course meets three or five hours per week.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
Prerequisites are not listed for every course. However, entry into all intermediate and advanced presupposes that the student is of
intermediate or advanced standing. The instructor's permission may also be required. Standing will be determined by written
and/or oral placement tests for incoming students and sometimes for continuing students.
Description
Develops students' listening skills while expanding their vocabulary in wide range topics and increases their ability to speak and
comprehend details by using selected authentic video and audio tapes.
Hours
Each course meets three or five hours per week
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
Prerequisites are not listed for every course. However, entry into all intermediate and advanced presupposes that the student is of
345
intermediate or advanced standing. The instructor's permission may also be required. Standing will be determined by written
and/or oral placement tests for incoming students and sometimes for continuing students.
Prerequisites
Prerequisites are not listed for every course. Entry into all intermediate courses presupposes that the student is of intermediate
standing. The instructor's permission may also be required. Placement is determined by written exam for incoming students and if
necessary for continuing students.
Description
Explore the morphological framework of the language in detail. A wide variety of drills introduces students to the root and patter
system of the language and helps then navigate it more effectively. Targets phonology to highlights the intrinsic link between
pattern and meaning, thus improving oral/aural skills. Devotes considerable attention to the derived verb system, addressing such
essential concepts as transitivity.
Hours
Each course meets three or five hours per week.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Hours
Each course meets three or five hours per week.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
Acquaints students with the terminology and style of selected political texts. Covers elections, the party system, public policy,
etc.
Description
Through the reading and analysis of selected texts, the course exposes students to a wide range of vocabulary, idiom, and style,
while reviewing the major topics of grammar.
Hours
Each course meets five hours per week.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
Prerequisites are not listed for every course. However, entry into all intermediate and advanced presupposes that the student is of
intermediate or advanced standing. The instructor's permission may also be required. Standing will be determined by written
and/or oral placement tests for incoming students and sometimes for continuing students.
ALIN 307-308/3141-3142 - Advanced Spoken Modern Standard Arabic (MSA) (2-3 cr. each)
346
Description
Further develops students' ability to communicate orally in Modern Standard Arabic. Students present lectures, followed by
question and answer sessions, and engage in debates and discussions.
Hours
Each course meets three or five hours per week.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
Prerequisites are not listed for every course. However, entry into all intermediate and advanced presupposes that the student is of
intermediate or advanced standing. The instructor's permission may also be required. Standing will be determined by written
and/or oral placement tests for incoming students and sometimes for continuing students.
Prerequisites
ALIN 2151-2152 or consent of instructor.
Description
Further develops students' listening and speaking skills by using selected authentic video and audio tapes, thus trains students to
comprehend, communicate and discuss material in Modern Standard Arabic
Hours
Each course meets three or five hours per week.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
Prerequisites are not listed for every course. However, entry into all intermediate and advanced presupposes that the student is of
intermediate or advanced standing. The instructor's permission may also be required. Standing will be determined by written
and/or oral placement tests for incoming students and sometimes for continuing students.
Description
Examines the complexities of Arabic grammar through textual analysis.
Hours
Each course meets three or five hours per week.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
Prerequisites are not listed for every course. However, entry into all intermediate and advanced presupposes that the student is of
intermediate or advanced standing. The instructor's permission may also be required. Standing will be determined by written
and/or oral placement tests for incoming students and sometimes for continuing students.
Description
An issue-oriented course which explores the writings of modern political scientists.
347
Hours
Each course meets three hours per week.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
Prerequisites are not listed for every course. However, entry into all intermediate and advanced presupposes that the student is of
intermediate or advanced standing. The instructor's permission may also be required. Standing will be determined by written
and/or oral placement tests for incoming students and sometimes for continuing students.
Description
Introduces students to the spoken Arabic of Cairo. Concentrates on enabling students to communicate effectively in daily life.
Targets high-frequency vocabulary and social situations and emphasizes pronunciation.
Hours
Each course meets five or seven hours per week.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
Prerequisites are not listed for every course. However, entry into all intermediate and advanced presupposes that the student is of
intermediate or advanced standing. The instructor's permission may also be required. Standing will be determined by written
and/or oral placement tests for incoming students and sometimes for continuing students.
Description
Concentrates on increasing student's vocabulary and command of syntax, with a higher level of fluency. Enables students to
communicate with native speakers in a wide variety of social situations.
Hours
Each course meets five or seven hours per week.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
Prerequisites are not listed for every course. However, entry into all intermediate and advanced presupposes that the student is of
intermediate or advanced standing. The instructor's permission may also be required. Standing will be determined by written
and/or oral placement tests for incoming students and sometimes for continuing students.
Description
Develops students' ability to express themselves more precisely and fluently. Uses authentic material, whether recorded or
written, to encourage discussion.
Hours
Each course meets five or seven hours per week.
When Offered
348
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
Prerequisites are not listed for every course. However, entry into all intermediate and advanced presupposes that the student is of
intermediate or advanced standing. The instructor's permission may also be required. Standing will be determined by written
and/or oral placement tests for incoming students and sometimes for continuing students.
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: Intermediate level in Arabic or consent of program director.
Description
Develops language through further understanding of culture. Introduces different aspects of Egyptian culture, with emphasis on
customs, traditions, family, the role of religion in society, women and social strata. Medium of instruction is combination of both
intermediate Modern Standard and Egyptian Spoken Arabic. Uses authentic material whether recorded or written to encourage
discussion.
Hours
Class meets 3 or 5 hours per week.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: Advanced level in Arabic or consent of program director.
Description
Further develops language to meet the advanced level of Arabic language students through further understanding of culture.
Introduces different aspects of Egyptian culture, emphasis on customs, traditions, family structure, the role of religion in society,
women and social strata. Medium of instruction is combination of both advanced Modern Standard and Egyptian Spoken Arabic.
Uses authentic material whether recorded or written to encourage discussion.
Hours
Class meets 3 or 5 hours per week.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Description
The course introduces students to a variety of prose and poetry selected from works of significant modern and/or contemporary
Arab authors. Focuses on expanding students' vocabulary and strengthening their command of syntax.
Hours
Course meets three or five hours per week.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
349
Prerequisites are not listed for every course. However, entry into all intermediate and advanced presupposes that the student is of
intermediate or advanced standing. The instructor's permission may also be required. Standing will be determined by written
and/or oral placement tests for incoming students and sometimes for continuing students.
Description
The course acquaints students with a selection of prose and poetry including at least one novel, by prominent authors from
several Arab countries. Sheds light on the socio-cultural backdrop of the works discussed. Both intensive and extensive reading
strategies are developed and students demonstrate their comprehensive of the texts and their ability to analyze them through
discussion and lengthy writing assignments.
Hours
Course meets three hours per week
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Notes
Prerequisites are not listed for every course. However, entry into all intermediate and advanced presupposes that the student is of
intermediate or advanced standing. The instructor's permission may also be required. Standing will be determined by written
and/or oral placement tests for incoming students and sometimes for continuing students.
Description
Introduces students to the genre through the reading of some representative novels or plays written by well known Arab writers.
Hours
Each course meets three hours per week.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Notes
Prerequisites are not listed for every course. However, entry into all intermediate and advanced presupposes that the student is of
intermediate or advanced standing. The instructor's permission may also be required. Standing will be determined by written
and/or oral placement tests for incoming students and sometimes for continuing students.
Prerequisites
ALIN 1131
Description
Introduces students to the basic format of the Egyptian newspaper and acquaints them with the vocabulary and syntax of the
Arabic press through the reading of simple news items.
Hours
Each course meets three or five hours per week
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring
Notes
350
Prerequisites are not listed for every course. However, entry into all intermediate and advanced presupposes that the student is of
intermediate or advanced standing. The instructor's permission may also be required. Standing will be determined by written
and/or oral placement tests for incoming students and sometimes for continuing students.
Prerequisites
ALIN 131
Description
Exposes students with some background in printed media to broadcast news media. Drills students in vocabulary and syntax and
helps them develop strategies for listening comprehension.
Hours
Each course meets three or five hours per week
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring
Notes
Prerequisites are not listed for every course. However, entry into all intermediate and advanced presupposes that the student is of
intermediate or advanced standing. The instructor's permission may also be required. Standing will be determined by written
and/or oral placement tests for incoming students and sometimes for continuing students.
Description
Exposes students to a wider range of topics selected from the Arabic press. Emphasizes vocabulary and idiom acquisition, and
begins to develop students' ability to read for speed.
Hours
Each course meets three or five hours per week
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring
Notes
Prerequisites are not listed for every course. However, entry into all intermediate and advanced presupposes that the student is of
intermediate or advanced standing. The instructor's permission may also be required. Standing will be determined by written
and/or oral placement tests for incoming students and sometimes for continuing students.
Description
Further develops students' listening skills while expanding their vocabulary, especially in the areas of politics and economics.
Increases their ability to comprehend details.
Hours
Each course meets three or five hours per week
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
Prerequisites are not listed for every course. However, entry into all intermediate and advanced presupposes that the student is of
351
intermediate or advanced standing. The instructor's permission may also be required. Standing will be determined by written
and/or oral placement tests for incoming students and sometimes for continuing students.
Description
Introduces more complex and analytical articles and editorials from the Arabic press. Further develops students' ability to skim.
Hours
Each course meets three or five hours per week.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
Prerequisites are not listed for every course. However, entry into all intermediate and advanced presupposes that the student is of
intermediate or advanced standing. The instructor's permission may also be required. Standing will be determined by written
and/or oral placement tests for incoming students and sometimes for continuing students.
Description
Trains students to take notes while listening to broadcasts. Expands their range of vocabulary and develops their ability to listen
to lengthier passages.
Hours
Each course meets three or five hours per week.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
Prerequisites are not listed for every course. However, entry into all intermediate and advanced presupposes that the student is of
intermediate or advanced standing. The instructor's permission may also be required. Standing will be determined by written
and/or oral placement tests for incoming students and sometimes for continuing students.
Description
Introduces students to the Qur'an, its structure, and a selection of its simpler verses. Addresses basic grammatical issues, while
focusing on comprehension, oral repetition, and correct reading..
Hours
Each course meets three to seven hours per week
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
Prerequisites are not listed for every course. However, entry into all intermediate and advanced presupposes that the student is of
intermediate or advanced standing. The instructor's permission may also be required. Standing will be determined by written
and/or oral placement tests for incoming students and sometimes for continuing students.
352
Description
Introduces a wide selection of verses, thoroughly addressing grammatical and syntactical issues. Trains students to recite with
great precision.
Hours
Each course meets three or five hours per week.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
Prerequisites are not listed for every course. However, entry into all intermediate and advanced presupposes that the student is of
intermediate or advanced standing. The instructor's permission may also be required. Standing will be determined by written
and/or oral placement tests for incoming students and sometimes for continuing students.
Description
Permits an in-depth reading and discussion of Qur'anic passages in addition to the tafsir of some verses. Addresses finer
grammatical and syntactical issues as necessary, and refines students' reading and recitation.
Hours
Each course meets three hours per week.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Notes
Prerequisites are not listed for every course. However, entry into all intermediate and advanced presupposes that the student is of
intermediate or advanced standing. The instructor's permission may also be required. Standing will be determined by written
and/or oral placement tests for incoming students and sometimes for continuing students.
Description
Study of a selected topic according to the students' level and interests. Prerequisites are not listed for every course. However,
entry into all intermediate and advanced presupposes that the student is of intermediate or advanced standing. The instructor's
permission may also be required. Standing will be determined by written and/or oral placement tests for incoming students and
sometimes for continuing students.
Hours
Each course meets two to seven hours per week
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Repeatable
May be repeated for credit when content changes
Description
Study of a selected topic according to the students' level and interests. Prerequisites are not listed for every course. However,
entry into all intermediate and advanced presupposes that the student is of intermediate or advanced standing. The instructor's
permission may also be required. Standing will be determined by written and/or oral placement tests for incoming students and
353
sometimes for continuing students.
Hours
Each course meets two to seven hours per week
When Offered
Offered in fall, winter and spring.
Repeatable
May be repeated for credit when content changes
Description
Study of a selected topic according to the students' level and interests. Prerequisites are not listed for every course. However,
entry into all intermediate and advanced presupposes that the student is of intermediate or advanced standing. The instructor's
permission may also be required. Standing will be determined by written and/or oral placement tests for incoming students and
sometimes for continuing students.
Hours
Each course meets two to seven hours per week
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Repeatable
May be repeated for credit when content changes
Description
Translation close reading and analysis of Arabic texts covering a wide range of topics, the course employs translation into
English as a means to enhance students' knowledge of Arabic vocabulary, idiomatic expressions and complex structures.
Translation from English into Arabic is used to train students to produce coherent and correct Arabic texts. Issues and techniques
related to the practice of translation are dealt with, but the primary focus is on Arabic language learning
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
Prerequisites are not listed for every course. However, entry into all intermediate and advanced presupposes that the student is of
intermediate or advanced standing. The instructor's permission may also be required. Standing will be determined by written
and/or oral placement tests for incoming students and sometimes for continuing students.
Description
Focus is more on problems and issues of translation where students are expected to produce coherent, culturally sensitive texts in
both languages. Length and level of complexity of source language texts are increased.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
Prerequisites are not listed for every course. However, entry into all intermediate and advanced presupposes that the student is of
354
intermediate or advanced standing. The instructor's permission may also be required. Standing will be determined by written
and/or oral placement tests for incoming students and sometimes for continuing students.
Description
Develops basic writing skills useful in daily life. Trains students to summarize short informative passages and complete practical
tasks such as filling out forms, writing messages, telegrams, invitations, etc.
Hours
Each course meets three or five hours per week.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring
Notes
Prerequisites are not listed for every course. However, entry into all intermediate and advanced presupposes that the student is of
intermediate or advanced standing. The instructor's permission may also be required. Standing will be determined by written
and/or oral placement tests for incoming students and sometimes for continuing students.
Description
.Develops students' ability to meet short practical writing needs. Trains students to summarize informative and narrative
passages, gradually introducing more complex structures..
Hours
Each course meets three or five hours per week
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring
Notes
Prerequisites are not listed for every course. However, entry into all intermediate and advanced presupposes that the student is of
intermediate or advanced standing. The instructor's permission may also be required. Standing will be determined by written
and/or oral placement tests for incoming students and sometimes for continuing students.
Description
Develops reading and writing by integrating the two skills in one course and introducing a wide variety of modern Arabic texts to
be used for reading and a basis for writing assignments. The course develops the students' reading comprehension, vocabulary
acquisition and acquaints them with the style of the Arabic essay. It prepares the student for the more sophisticated course in
advanced reading and writing.
Hours
Each course meets five hours per week
When Offered
Offered in Fall and Spring.
Notes
Prerequisites are not listed for every course. However, entry into all intermediate and advanced presupposes that the student is of
intermediate or advanced standing. The instructor's permission may also be required. Standing will be determined by written
and/or oral placement tests for incoming students and sometimes for continuing students.
355
ALIN 321-322/3111-3112 - Advanced Writing (2-3 cr. each)
Description
Equips students to write at greater length using a variety of techniques, including description, comparison, contrast,
argumentation, etc. Refines students' ability to write cohesive summaries.
Hours
Each course meets three or five hours per week.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
Prerequisites are not listed for every course. However, entry into all intermediate and advanced presupposes that the student is of
intermediate or advanced standing. The instructor's permission may also be required. Standing will be determined by written
and/or oral placement tests for incoming students and sometimes for continuing students.
Prerequisites
ALIN 2121-2122 or consent of instructor.
Description
Further develops reading and writing by integrating the two skills in one course and exposing the students to a wide variety of
modern Arabic texts focusing on the different stylistic devices. Emphasis on analytic reading and essay writing.
Hours
Each course meets five hours per week.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
Prerequisites are not listed for every course. However, entry into all intermediate and advanced presupposes that the student is of
intermediate or advanced standing. The instructor's permission may also be required. Standing will be determined by written
and/or oral placement tests for incoming students and sometimes for continuing students.
Description
Develops a fundamental working knowledge of the language through interactive exercises and drills within a framework of the
essentials of syntax and morphology. Each course meets 7 or 10 hours in summer.
Description
Develops basic writing skills useful in daily life. Trains students to summarize short informative passages and complete practical
tasks such as filling out forms, writing messages, invitations, etc. Each course meets three or five hours per week.
356
ALIS 131-132/1131-1132 - Elementary Printed Media (1-3 cr. each)
Description
Introduces students to the basic format of the Egyptian newspaper and acquaints them with the vocabulary and syntax of the
Arabic press through the reading of simple news items. Each course meets three or five hours per week.
Description
Introduces students to the Qur'an, its structure, and a selection of its simpler verses. Addresses basic grammatical issues, while
focusing on comprehension, oral repetition, and correct reading. Each course meets three hours per week.
Description
Introduces students to the spoken Arabic of Cairo. Concentrates on enabling students to communicate effectively in daily life.
Targets high-frequency vocabulary and social situations and emphasizes pronunciation. Each course meets seven hours per week.
Description
Study of a selected topic according to the students' level and interests.
Hours
Each course meets two to seven hours per week.
When Offered
Offered in summer.
Repeatable
May be repeated for credit when content changes.
Description
Emphasis the acquisition of vocabulary and increases the command of grammatical and syntactical structures. Further develops
reading, writing, listening and speaking skills. Any two consecutive courses can be taken simultaneously. Each course meets 7 or
10 hours in summer.
Description
Develops students' ability to meet short practical writing needs. Trains students to summarize informative and narrative passages,
gradually introducing more complex structures. Each course meets three or five hours per week .
357
ALIS 231-232/2131-2132 - Intermediate Printed Media (1-3 cr. each)
Description
Exposes students to a wider range of topics selected from the Arabic press. Emphasizes vocabulary and idiom acquisition, and
begins to develop students' ability to read for speed. Each course meets three or five hours per week.
Description
Further develops students' listening skills while expanding their vocabulary, especially in the areas of politics and economics.
Increases their ability to comprehend details. Each course meets three or five hours per week.
Description
Translation of close reading and analysis of Arabic texts covering a wide range of topics. The course employs translation into
English as a means to enhance students\' knowledge of Arabic vocabulary, idiomatic expressions and complex structures.
Translation from English into Arabic is used to train students to produce coherent and correct Arabic texts. Issues and techniques
related to the practice of translation are dealt with, but the primary focus is on Arabic language learning
Description
Introduces a wide selection of verses, thoroughly addressing grammatical and syntactical issues. Trains students to recite with
great precision. Each course meets three or five hours per week.
Description
Selections from a variety of prose writings. Course meets three hours per week.
Description
Concentrates on increasing student's vocabulary and command of syntax, with a higher level of fluency. Enables students to
communicate with native speakers in a wide variety of social situations. Each course meets five or seven hours per week.
Description
Study of a selected topic according to the students' level and interests.
358
Hours
Each course meets two to seven hours per week
When Offered
Offered in summer.
Repeatable
May be repeated for credit when content changes.
Description
Through the reading and analysis of selected texts, the course exposes students to a wide range of vocabulary, idiom, and style,
while reviewing the major topics of grammar. Each course meets 7 or 10 hours in summer.
Description
Equips students to write at greater length using a variety of techniques, including description, comparison, contrast,
argumentation, etc. Refines students' ability to write cohesive summaries. Each course meets three or five hours per week.
Description
Introduces more complex and analytical articles and editorials from the Arabic press. Further develops students' ability to skim.
Each course meets three or five hours per week.
Description
Trains students to take notes while listening to broadcasts. Expands their range of vocabulary and develops their ability to listen
to lengthier passages. Each course meets three or five hours per week.
Description
Focus in this course is more on problems and issues of translation. Students are expected to produce coherent, culturally sensitive
texts in both languages. Graded authentic texts are used.
Description
Selections from a variety of prose writings: short stories, novels, plays, and poetry by writers from different Arab countries.
Course meets three hours per week.
359
ALIS 311-312/3301-3302 - Advanced Colloquial Arabic (2-3 cr. each)
Description
Develops students' ability to express themselves more precisely and fluently. Uses authentic material, whether recorded or
written, to encourage discussion. Each course meets five or seven hours per week.
Description
Study of a selected topic according to the students' level and interests.
Hours
Each course meets two to seven hours per week
When Offered
Offered in summer.
Repeatable
May be repeated for credit when content changes.
Description
Students scoring less than 70 in the Arabic Writing Placement exam can take this course. This course combines reading and
writing skills in various disciplines such as Political Science, Anthropology, Economics, History, Arts, etc. Special attention is
given to basic structures, fixing common mistakes, rhetorical devices, clichs, collocations, and vocabulary building.
When Offered
Offered in the fall, winter, spring, summer.
Description
Students scoring from 70-84 in the Arabic Writing Placement exam can take this course. This course combines reading and
writing skills in various disciplines such as Political Science, Anthropology, Economics, History, Arts, etc. Special attention is
given to basic structures, fixing common mistakes, rhetorical devices, clichs, collocations, and vocabulary building.
When Offered
Offered in the fall, winter, spring and summer.
Notes
The level of material taught is higher than those taught in ALWT 2271 but following the same guidelines.
Prerequisites
ALWT 4271 or consent of instructor.
Description
This course is designed to meet the pressing need for high level translation in all work places. Attention is given to points of
360
contrast, idiomatic usage, semantic fields of corresponding vocabulary in both English and Arabic in business administration and
economics.
When Offered
Offered in the fall, winter, spring and summer.
Prerequisites
ALWT 4271 or consent of instructor.
Description
This course is designed to meet the pressing need for high level translation in all work places. Attention is given to points of
contrast, idiomatic usage, and semantic fields of corresponding vocabulary in both English and Arabic in the field of diplomacy
and political science.
When Offered
Offered in the fall, winter, spring and summer.
Prerequisites
Score 85 or more in the Arabic Writing Placement Exam or have taken either 2271 or 3271.
Description
This course combines reading and writing skills in various disciplines such as Political Science, Anthropology, Economics,
History, Arts, etc. It develops further the reading and writing skills. Special attention is given to complex structures, fixing
common mistakes, rhetorical devices, clichs, collocations, and vocabulary building.
When Offered
Offered in the fall, winter, spring and summer.
Prerequisites
Approval of ALNG Director.
Description
This course aims at improving students' proficiency in the Arabic language It trains students to efficiently use discourse markers
and cohesive connectors to successfully conduct interviews and write news reports in modern standard Arabic. Students will also
be familiarized with different Arabic media writings.
When Offered
Offered in fall, winter, spring and summer.
361
Prerequisites
Score 85 or more in the Arabic Writing Placement Exam or have taken either 2271 or 3271.
Description
The course bridges the communication gap between language course work and information- transfer needs of business. The
course trains the student to write major forms of business writing, including correspondence, memoranda, reports and the like.
When Offered
Offered in the fall, winter, spring and summer.
Prerequisites
Score 85 or more in the Arabic Writing Placement Exam or have taken either 2271 or 3271.
Description
The course bridges the communication gap between language course work and information- transfer needs of diplomacy. The
course trains the student to write major forms of diplomatic writing, including correspondence, memoranda, reports and the like.
When Offered
Offered in the fall, winter, spring and summer.
Prerequisites
ALWT 4272 or Approval of ALNG Director
Description
This course is a continuation of ALWT 4272 . This course makes students practice writing TV scripts in syntactically and
semantically eloquent Arabic. It also develops students' Arabic language through further understanding of Arabic and Egyptian
culture.
When Offered
Offered in the fall, winter, spring and summer.
Prerequisites
Description
Free-hand manual drawing and manual visual communication for designers. Three primary modules covering conceptual
diagramming and idea sketching; tools for diagrammatic analysis; and rendering and final presentation using manual techniques.
Hours
Three hours studio period.
362
Prerequisites
ENGR 1005
Description
An introduction to different forms of digital representation in architecture: architectural drawings, 3D-modeling, rendering, sheet
layout design and fundamentals in animation and image editing. Introduction to Building Information Modeling (BIM) and
graphical representation software. Such techniques are utilized as design tools for the creative development of projects and
communication with clients and consultants from different disciplines in architectural practice.
Hours
One-hour class period and three-hour lab period.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Description
A study of architecture as a way of contrasting the "Arts" and "Engineering" approaches to design. The course addresses issues of
form and space generation, function and interior environment, exterior and site, and materials and construction. Famous buildings
and styles will be critically analyzed from the perspectives of both the artist and the engineer.
Prerequisites
Description
A brief history of architecture from Ancient Egyptian to Baroque. Introduction to the historical development of twentieth-century
and twenty-first architecture in the western tradition, including its social, technological, and conceptual aspects. Special emphasis
on studying different paradigms, individual architects, buildings, and theoretical writings. Traditional, local vernacular, and
contemporary vernacular architecture are also studied.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
ARCH 1521.
Description
Introduction to architectural design related environment-behavior issues. Introduction to architectural programming and post-
occupancy evaluation. Human aspects in design: perception, behavioral uses of spaces, users needs, ergonomics, proximics.
Design for the disabled. Effects of cultural processes on architecture and urban design. Use of environment-behavior research
methods in architecture and urban design. Design applications of theoretical concepts into design projects.
Hours
One hour class period and 3 hours studio period.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
363
ARCH 326/2231 - Environmental Control Systems and Sustainable Design (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
PHYS 1011 , MACT 1122 and ARCH 2551
Description
Basic principles and application of environmental systems: acoustic, lighting, HVAC, energy use, and their integration with the
building envelop. Performance of the building envelops materials and assemblies. Introduction to LEED and similar systems.
Sustainable design principles and its applications. Sustainable design project.
Hours
Three-hour studio period and three-hour lab period.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
MACT 1122
Description
Basics of surveying theory, recording field data and representation of data. Digital mapping production and contouring.
Surveying applications including field work of detail surveying, stakeout, and parcel boundaries. Survey planning and associated
survey computations. Operation of automatic level, total station and GPS. Introduction to 3D scanning of buildings.
Hours
Three-hour lab period.
Description
Basic concepts and fundamentals of visualization, thinking, and design of simple forms in three dimensions. Presentation,
communication and basic design skills using simple three dimensional modeling exercises in manual formats. Balance between
aesthetic and functional design criteria. No previous modeling or digital experience is required.
Hours
Four-hour studio period.
Prerequisites
ARCH 273/1521 - Digital Representation Tools for Architects (2 cr.)
ARCH 250/2512 - Foundations of 3-Dimensional Design (3 cr.)
Description
Architectural design stages. Leadership role of architects in project delivery. Influence of site location on design. Influence of
project related factors on design. Design of simple buildings. Introduction to basic building components and assemblies.
364
Introduction to building code requirements.
Hours
One-hour class period and three-hours studio period.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
ARCH 1511 , ARCH 2221, and ARCH 2551
Description
Studio on designing in behavioral and socio-cultural contexts. "Inside-out" approach to Architecture. Design through the study of
behavioral use of space. Age, sex, culture and individuality as well as complex functional relationships influence on architectural
design. Study of the nature of human behavior and how it can be incorporated, facilitated, modified and influenced through
architectural design. Design for special needs populations. Introduction to developing project brief through definition of the needs
of society, users and clients.
Hours
Six-hour studio period.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
CENG 4252
Description
Construction details, materials selection, and methods of construction of building finishes: floors, walls, ceiling; stairs, openings,
installations, specialty works. Design and detailing of architectural components. Both manual drawings and CAD are used to
develop the construction details.
Hours
Four hours studio period.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
ARCH 426/3321 - Building Service Systems and Building Systems Integration (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
ARCH 2551 .
Description
Basic principles of plumbing, electrical, and mechanical systems in buildings. Integration of building systems. Assessment,
selection and integration of structural systems, building envelop, environmental, life safety, and building systems into building
design.
365
Hours
Two-hour class period and three-hour lab period.
Prerequisites
ENGR 2112
Description
Types and properties of construction materials with emphasis on types used by architects. Concepts of quality control and
statistical evaluation with corresponding experimental work. Aggregates and inorganic cements. Portland cement concrete mix
design and admixtures. Bitumen and other moisture, thermal and sound insulating materials. Building finishes and aesthetics of
construction materials. Timber and decorative materials.
Hours
Two one-hour class periods and three-hour lab period.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
ARCH 2551
Description
In depth application of advanced CAD concepts. Real time computer graphics. Computer applications for performance
animation, virtual reality and interactivity.. Modeling, texture mapping, environments, navigation, lighting, animation and sound.
Generative design and Avatars. Digital tools and methods of design with manual tools within the design process. Computational
design methodologies, visualization, digital fabrication, cost-estimation, scheduling and facility management. Parametric design
and Building Information Modeling (BIM). Applications through design studio and workshop on digital fabrication.
Hours
Three-hour studio period and three-hour lab period.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
ARCH 2411 and ARCH 2552
Description
Context, history and framework of regional, city and urban planning. Concepts, features and characteristics of human settlements.
Interrelationship between socio-cultural contexts and housing processes. Design of housing areas and housing units. Design of
'appropriate' and 'responsive' residential environments within specific resources. Concepts and system components of GIS.
Creation and management of a geodatabase. GIS analysis and applications in housing projects.
Hours
Three-hour studio period and three hour lab period.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
366
ARCH 352/3553 - Architectural Design Studio II (4 cr.)
Prerequisites
ARCH 2512 and ARCH 2552
Description
Studio on form, space and composition. "Outside-in" approach to architecture. The architectural form and its composition. The
compositional aspects of spatial design- expression, language, intent, dynamics etc. and their use as tools of concept and
functional accommodation. Three-dimensional models and design development. Spatial approach to design. Meaning, message
and symbolism. Work with architectural precedents through analysis of various works of architects. Contemporary design theory
as a premise for design.
Hours
Six-hour studio period.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
ARCH 2231 and ARCH 3553.
Description
Studio on Environment and Sustainability. This studio will allow students to investigate various aspects of the environment and
'sustainability' as a force within the architectural profession. Recent increases in global climatic and social pressures have
necessitated environmental awareness as well as new architectural design solutions. Using current sustainable design strategies as
a foundation, students will analyze and implement their own environmentally responsible analysis and designs. Conservation and
recycling of materials and waste management. Field trip to gain hand on experience on the sustainable design and waste
management is a requirement.
Hours
Six-hour studio period.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
CENG 2251
Description
Role of the architect and other engineers in building construction. Introduction to the factors influencing architectural design.
Building components, materials and assemblies. Architectural drawing and detailing.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
(Two-hours lecture period and three-hour lab period)
367
Prerequisites
ARCH 2551
Description
Each student is required to spend a minimum of 4 weeks of internship in Egypt or abroad. These should include substantial
practical training in construction activities. A complete account of the experience is reported and evaluated.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
ARCH 3311
Description
Development of design into technical documents. Production of construction documents. Design of construction assemblies,
constructability aspects and choice of materials. Building coordination and integration using Building Information Modeling
applications. Drawing conventions and symbols. Building permit package. Basics of technical specifications.
Hours
Six-hour studio period.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
ARCH 2551 .
Description
Types of architecture firms. Design process management. Business management of architecture firms. Procurement of
architectural services. Architects' administrative role. Architecture practice stakeholders. Building contracts and legal aspects.
Building codes. Introduction to real-estate investment concepts. Applicaions on design projects.
Hours
One hour class period and 1.5 hours studio period.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
ARCH 3531
Description
Study & Analysis of Visual Elements. Urban Form, Grain, Texture, and Fabric. The Phenomenon of Perception. Space, Time,
and Function. Space and Path Visual Analysis. Study & Analysis of Historic Urban Squares, Piazzas and similar spaces. Form
and space generation in landscape architecture. Elements of Landscape Architecture.
Hours
One-hour class period and three-hour studio period.
368
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
CENG 2251 or ARCH 1521
Description
Description: Historical background of Interior Design Styles. Concepts and principles of interior design. Space planning and
design. Aesthetics of Interior Design. Color and lighting. Materials selection. Function, material and layout of furniture and
textiles. Design for the disabled. Ergonomics and design. Mood Board design. Design drawing and detailing.
Hours
One-hour lecture and three-hour Studio.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
ARCH 453/3554 - Architectural Design Studio III (4 cr.) CENG 306/3152 - Structural Design for Architects II (3 cr.) - ARCH
323/3331 - Construction Materials and Quality Control (3 cr.)
Description
Studio on the Art of Structure and Technology. This studio's primary objective is to link the two basic components of
architecture- art and engineering. Based on a firm understanding of structural systems and their appropriate application to
architectural design, projects will be designed to incorporate both aesthetic beauty and structural thinking. The influence of
technology in the form of new materials and methods will be examined through their design potential. Three-Dimensional
manual and digital models will play an essential role in the design development processes of this studio.
Hours
Six-hour studio period.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
ARCH 454/4555 - Architectural Design 4 (4 cr.)
ARCH 468/4532 - Urban Design and Landscape Architecture (3 cr.)
ARCH 426/3321 - Building Service Systems and Building Systems Integration (3 cr.)
ARIC 205/2205 - The World of Islamic Architecture, from the Beginnings to the Present Day (3 cr.)
Description
Studio on design in critical Settings- Designing in Historical Contexts. A critical review of works, theories, and polemics in
modern architecture. Case studies of buildings within urban settings will be the focus, with an emphasis on adaptive re-use,
historic preservation, urban and landscape design practices. Within the context of a historical survey, students will develop a
framework to assess and design for contemporary issues in architecture.
369
Hours
Six-hour studio period.
ARCH 455/4558 - Architectural Design Studio VIII Design Studio High Tech (4 cr.)
Prerequisites
ARCH 456/4557 - Architectural Design Studio VI Design Studio Contextual (4 cr.)
ARCH 473/3522 - Digital Design Studio and Workshop (3 cr.)
Description
Studio on smart buildings and high-tech architecture. Expanding on the 1970's theme of High-Tech architecture, this studio aims
at redefining the role of cutting edge technology in design- both process and product. Digital technology has revolutionized the
way we conceptualized, visualize, present and are eventually able to construct our buildings, making impossible designs of the
past a reality. Rapid developments in materials, building systems and construction methods have broadened our design horizons.
Issues such as virtual architecture and smart buildings will be explored with regards to their viability and role in the future of
architecture.
Hours
Six-hour studio period.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: consent of instructor and department chair on the basis of a well-defined proposal.
Description
Independent study in various problem areas of construction may be assigned to individual students or groups. Readings assigned
and frequent consultations held
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Repeatable
May be repeated for credit if content changes.
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: senior standing.
Description
Specialized topics in Architecture will be selected and presented.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
370
Description
Egypt is one of the richest countries in its cultural heritage. Monuments, buildings of value, archaeological remains, and
preserved urban tissues are dispersed along its geographical areas dating back from pre-history, Ancient Egyptian, Coptic,
Islamic, Colonial and Modern periods, in addition to the vernacular settlements. Although this gift is an asset for its development,
challenges for comprehensive conservation and valorization are great. Poverty, demographic pressure, lack of awareness,
deteriorating services, environmental hazards, and difficult bureaucratic procedures are among other difficulties facing heritage
successful preservation.
Description
The aim of this course is for students to understand the context and the process within which sustainable landscape environments
are conceived and designed, from concept to preparation of construction documents stage and to apply this knowledge in a
specific landscape design project with emphasis on establishing sustainable sites consideration.
Description
The objective of this course is to introduce students to a departure from conventional architecture to the vernacular. By exploring
architecture without architects, the vernacular will be discussed not as a style or even an architectural approach, but an attitude.
Using examples from different geographic regions and different historical periods, as well as contemporary interpretations,
students will engage in a series of lectures, debates, research and design.
Hours
Three hour class and studio period
ARCH 000/4934 - Cairo in the Curriculum, The Urban Laboratory: Mapping Cairo's
Complexities (3 cr.)
Description
This course examines the city of Cairo through the lens of the juxtopolis pedagogy. It defines the city as a multi-layered series of
juxtapositions representing often colliding and oppositional urban conditions. Students are expected to apply various mapping
tools to document these urban juxtapositions through a series of thematic investigations that change every semester.
Description
The course offers an interdisciplinary undergraduate course to students majoring in either art or architecture, as the theme of the
course covers the study of architectural forms and elements of Coptic churches, construction and roofing systems, as well as
portraits, iconography, wall paintings, decorative patterns, wood and stone carving.
Prerequisites
ARCH 3311
Description
Each student is required to spend a minimum of 8 weeks of internship in Egypt or abroad. The internship should include
substantial practical training in technical drawing and design. A complete account of the experience is reported, presented and
evaluated. Introduction to professional ethics, professional judgment and the social responsibilities of architects.
371
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
ARCH 4558
Description
A capstone project. Topics are selected by students from a set defined by advisors and according to their area of interest. Project
analysis and research. Developing project brief through definition of the needs of society, users and clients. Preparation of space
and functional programs. In depth studies of specific design aspects.
Hours
Three-hour studio period.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring
Prerequisites
ARCH 420/4541 - Design of Interior Spaces (3 cr.)
ARCH 455/4558 - Architectural Design Studio VIII Design Studio High Tech (4 cr.)
Description
A continuation of senior project I. Comprehensive architectural design demonstrating an understanding of the different
conceptual and technical aspects of architecture. In depth analysis and design study for specific aspects of the project.
Hours
Eight-hour studio period.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Description
Course addressing broad intellectual concerns and accessible to all first-year students as part of the Primary Level Core.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Description
This lecture course provides a primer in visual literacy across media, introducing students to key terms and methods for critically
reading the visual world including iconology, formal analysis, art history, ideological analysis, and semiotics. Students gain
372
fluency in understanding how images work in cultural context to communicate meaning, to express a sense of self, to convey
pleasure, to sell things, and to distribute power. Questions of the effect of specific visual technologies are also engaged,
particularly their impact on perception and conduct. Examples are drawn from fine art, advertising, film, popular culture, and
new media.
Cross-listed
Same as DSGN 2113,FILM 2113.
Description
This introductory studio course introduces students to techniques of visual research as a basis for creative work in various media
forms. Students undertake a continuous visual research project as the basis for the course. By means of class lectures and
exercises, sketchbook practices, technical workshops, take-home assignments, and group critiques designed to activate the
research process, they develop their skills in the expressive use of analogue and digital media for the realization of art, design, or
film projects.
Cross-listed
Same as DSGN 2200,FILM 2200.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Description
An introduction to the technical and observational skills of drawing in a variety of mediums. Concepts of line, value and
composition will be explored in objective, non-objective, still life, and landscape drawing exercises.
Prerequisites
ARTV 2201
Description
An introduction to the technical, aesthetic, and historical aspects of painting in a variety of mediums. Formal concepts of
composition, pictorial space and color interaction are applied to subjects such as still life, landscape and the figure.
Prerequisites
ARTV 2200
Description
An introduction to the contemporary practices in Sculpture and installation. Offers a focused practice for students that addresses
the origins and history of installation art/sculpture including site-specificity, the context of the gallery/museum, and alternate
environments.
373
ARTV 204/2204 - Introduction to Time-Based Media (3 cr.)
Description
Introduces students to the creative practice of video art in a production studio environment, including both concepts and
techniques. Classes include workshops on camera, lighting, video effects, and sound recording techniques. Students create
individual video projects.
Prerequisites
ARTV 2201.
Description
This studio course introduces students to experimental techniques and theories of animation art, particularly the use of simple
frame animation as a means to trace the development and mutation of ideas, narratives, memories and experiences in the
imagination. It is designed as an extension of students' foundation experiences in drawing, painting and collage. Emphasis is on
integrating those skills into "moving image" making through techniques of addition and subtraction to the surface of the animated
frame.
Description
This course aims to explore the various techniques and concepts of ceramics, with an emphasis on basic skills and crafts of clay.
The course includes introductory information and experiments in clay free-hand technique related to ceramics arts, starting from
making building techniques, glazing techniques and kiln firing operations. Students will be introduced to ceramic art history and
its long-term cultural traditions, as well as contemporary ceramics concepts and ceramics installation arts. This course has a
minimum of two filed trips to Fustat, an "ancient ceramics area in old Cairo" to explore the historical and local Craft of ceramic
art and Egypt's social history in relation to the field.
Prerequisites
Student should be declared as Visual Art Major.
Description
This course must be taken with ARTV 000/4312 - Advanced Studio III (3 cr.)
Student will be introduced to the most established independent contemporary art institutions in Egypt through an official
collaboration agreement between the VA program and those institutions. Students are free to choose one of these institutions
according to the availability of places as an intern for a period 8-10 days during the semester.
Students will be asked to contribute to work related to tasks such as, achieving professional work, organizing public workshops,
curating public exhibitions, organizing public screenings, also investigate their use of archives: what kind of important, how do
they use it in exhibitions.
Prerequisites
Student should be declared as Visual Arts Major
374
Description
This course provides visual art major students with important and essential practices to work in their own spaces and time at the
university in order to create arts projects for experimentation of needed art practices and training.
Students should spend minimum of 10 hours per week of studio work in one of the Visual Arts studios (p008 & p019) Total of
100-150 working hours per semester starting from their declaration date till their graduation projects exhibition.
Prerequisites
Student should be declared as Visual Arts Major
Description
Students should take minimum 5 workshops during their studies as Visual Arts Major student. These workshops may be selected
from a variety offered at AUC, or in other institutions in Cairo.
The workshops will enhance crafts and skills they need and are not offered in our courses like printmaking crafts, carpentry
crafts, photography printing crafts, textile making crafts, electronic and coding interactive arts, etc.
Description
Introduces photographic practices in a digital environment. Explores camera, tools, techniques and conceptual approaches related
to image capture and printing. A digital camera is required.
Prerequisites
ARTV 213/2113 - Introduction to Visual Cultures (3 cr.)
Description
This course aims to explore the historical and conceptual practices of contemporary Visual Arts from the 1950s to the present.
Students will discover a wide range of media and will analyze theoretical models of art criticism. Students will become familiar
with major names and works from the period and will gain an understanding of the major social, political and theoretical shifts
that this period brought to the fundamentals of art history. This course is based on students' research, presentations and readings.
Prerequisites
ARTV 2113
Description
Offers an introduction to art theory from the start of the twentieth-century up until the present. Emphasis is on reading theoretical
375
texts and interpreting their application to modern and contemporary artistic practices. The course is writing intensive.
Prerequisites
Determined by instructor.
Description
In-depth examination of specific topics in the studio arts or art history.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Repeatable
May be repeated for credit when content is different
Prerequisites
ARTV 201/2201 - Introduction to Drawing (3 cr.)
ARTV 202/2202 - Introduction to Painting (3 cr.)
Description
This course provides students with practical and advanced study of new techniques and theoretical concepts in contemporary
painting and drawing. Starting from the use and innovation of painting and drawing techniques to collage, assemblage and three
dimensional installation art. Students will also revise traditional methods of painting, while being introduced to contemporary
visual and critical thinking techniques.
Students will study the theories of conceptual painting in contemporary art and its relation to contemporary painting
methodologies.
Prerequisites
ARTV 200/2200 - Analogue and Digital Practices (3 cr.)
ARTV 201/2201 - Introduction to Drawing (3 cr.)
Description
This course is the first course in a series of advanced 3 sequential courses, and is an introduction to cross-medium studio
practices and mediums. It introduces students to the basics of visual, conceptual and theoretical language as it relates to multiple
types of contemporary studio practices. Concepts/ ideas are examined through diverse approaches to painting, drawing, sound,
installation/ sculpture, video, performance and alternative practices. The class structure will be a combination of lectures,
tutorials critical reports and studio practices.
Description
An examination of contemporary issues in Arab art within its historical-political geographic terrain and its contemporary diaspora
communities. We will explore various kinds of visual and built environments including art works, exhibitions, literature and
popular culture. Students will develop visual and analytic skills needed to examine contemporary issues in Arab art in relation to
376
the local, regional and global markets and discourse.
Description
The first in the advanced Senior Project A and B sequence that is required for the Visual Art major. Course is devoted to the
processes of research, experimentation, reflection and critical feedback necessary for successful completion of ARTV 4270.
Preparation for subsequent professional life will also be emphasized, including writing and portfolio assignments and studio
visits with practicing artists.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
ARTV 4269
Description
A continuation of ARTV 4269, students develop and exhibit a final body of work that expresses a thorough conceptual and
technical process. The course culminates in a group exhibition of senior projects, typically to be installed in the Sharjah Art
Gallery. This course is the equivalent of a "thesis" or a "capstone" class.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Description
Professional internship, independent research, or studio work conducted by either individual students or small groups of students
with the aid of faculty members. A detailed plan and schedule of the work must be approved by the Art Program Director prior to
registration. No independent study can substitute for course regularly offered in the program.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Repeatable
May be repeated up to three times if the content changes.
Notes
Open to seniors only, with a minimum B average.
Prerequisites
ARTV 000/3312 - Advanced Studio I (3 cr.) and its prerequisites
Description
Continuation from Advanced Studio I, this is an advanced course that further develops students' studio practices with an initial
multidisciplinary collaborative working process. Particular focus is given to newer mediums such as immaterial, conceptual,
interventionist and performative practices: new media; and collaborative and cross-disciplinary work. Students develop critical
377
thinking skills about context, space and location. Increasingly sophisticated and ambitious studio practice is expected. The class
is conducted through a combination of lectures, group project assignments, and studio practice. This course is required to be
taught in Sharjah Art Gallery.
Preferably taught as an Accelerated Summer course.
Prerequisites
ARTV 000/4311 - Advanced Studio II (3 cr.) and its prerequisites
Description
Continuation from Art Studio II. This course looks at archives and collections as creative practice, specifically looking at the
archive itself as an object of critical analysis. Using interdisciplinary methods and readings on archival practice, students will be
challenged to look critically at a range of archival collections to interrogate the motivations behind collecting and curating arts.
Class discussions and projects, students will engage in various theoretical and practical contexts within a contemporary discourse
on art and archival practices.
In addition to class work, all students are expected to undertake short-term internships at local art institutions as a part of ARTV
000/2208 - Internship Practice (0 cr.) course.
Prerequisites
Non-science majors only.
Description
This course aims to emphasize the connection between fundamental principles of Biology and other life sciences. Lectures and
lab sessions cover topics such as the cell as basic unit of life, biological molecules to understand energy flow and nutrition,
tissues and organ systems (with a focus on human health), and ecological and evolutionary processes explaining biodiversity.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
Students taking BIOL 1010 may not take BIOL 1011 for credit.
Description
Introduction to the basic concepts of biology, molecules of life, cell structure and function, photosynthesis, cell respiration, cell
cycle and cancer are presented. Basis and applications of genetics and molecular biology are addressed. The course introduces
students to the fundamental concepts, principles and processes upon which the unity of life is based: the relationship of the course
material to their day-to-day world: and how to apply scientific methods. Laboratories introduces students to basic principles of
plant and animal structure and function and build on the principles of inheritance to the structure and function of tissues and
organ systems.
When Offered
Offered in fall, spring and summer.
Notes
BIOL 1011 cannot be taken by students who have taken BIOL 1010 for credit.
378
Description
Based on the diversity of life: viruses, bacteria, protistans, fungi, plants and animals are studied. The course concentrates on
development, structure, and function of plants and animals, population genetics, ecology and the environment, and animal
behavior. Laboratories introduce students to systematics, evolution, population dynamics, and modeling of populations of
organisms and ecosystems. Some field applications are examined.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Notes
This course is designed for science majors, but can be taken by anyone interested in studying biology in more depth than BIOL
1010 .
Prerequisites
Non-science majors only.
Description
This course is designed for non-science majors who are interested in in learning more about environmental issues through the
lens of biological principles. The course covers biological concepts and fundamentals of environmental biology, and introduced
students to a range of environmental issues (pollution, degradation of natural resources, overpopulation, etc.) that are currently
affecting Egypt and the rest of the planet. The course will highlight man's impact on how our planet functions and examine
societal and scientific solutions to these problems. The course is taught through lectures, class projects, reading discussions, and
may include mandatory field trips and active participation in a sustainable community development project.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Description
Explores the public and personal health infrastructure with a focus on Egypt. The course has an optional service-learning
component in which students become aware of their role in community health issues. Information will be present in the form of
classroom discussions, debates, field trips, and videos.
Notes
This course is open to all AUC students.
Description
Course addressing broad intellectual concerns and accessible to all students, irrespective of major.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
BIOL 2150 and MACT 1221 .
Description
379
This course discuses essential concepts in experimental design and testing hypothesis and introduces quantitative skills for
processing, analyzing, and visualizing data generated by biological and medical experiments, focusing on analysis of microarray
genes expression data. The open-source bioinformatics and computing platform R will be introduced and used throughout the
course in the laboratory sessions.
Prerequisites
BIOL 1011 .
Description
The course is designed to cover the basic fundamentals of classical and molecular genetics. This includes principal of
segregation, DNA structure and genetic variation, chromosome and gene organization, replication, molecular biology of gene
expression, and mechanisms of gene regulation. The course also covers genetics of bacteria and their viruses, human genome
variation, biotechnology, transgenic organisms, and ethical issues in genetic research. The laboratory consist of exercises to
introduce students to classical and contemporary genetic analysis.
Prerequisites
BIOL 2150 and CHEM 2003 or co-requisite.
Description
The course is designed to provide a detailed understanding of the structure and function of the cell. This includes mechanisms of
DNA replication and repair in prokaryotic and eukaryotic organisms and regulation of transcription and translational machinery.
Protein sorting into functional structural proteins will be addressed with emphasis of post-translational protein modifications.
Mechanisms of cell-cell signaling and their role in regulating genomic integrity and cell cycle regulation will be covered in
details and consequences of abnormalities in these mechanisms will be discussed. Laboratories include the identification of basic
cell structures, laboratory techniques in DNA and protein isolation, characterization and computational tools in molecular
biology.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Prerequisites
PHYS 1011 and PHYS 1012 .
Description
Principles, concepts and advances in the physical analysis of life processes. Fundamental and advanced physical and
physicochemical treatment of kinetic processes underlying the normal function of biological systems will be addressed to include
mechanics, hydrodynamics, electricity, optics and nuclear physics.
Prerequisites
BIOL 1011 and BIOL 1012
Description
This course will explore several aspects of plant biology with emphasis on structure, function, reproduction, systematics, plant
380
metabolism and development. Students will be introduced to basic concepts of plant breeding, plant tissue culture and genetic
transformation and the generation of genetically-modified crops. Detailed morphological, physiological study and greenhouse
experimentation will be covered in the lab. Upon completion of this course, students will gain an appreciation for plant diversity,
learning how plants are essential for supporting life on our planet and the potential impact of plant biotechnology on our life.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing.
Description
This course covers aspects of soil, water, food, and mineral resources management, waste disposal, energy alternatives,
population ecology, and environmental ethics with special emphasis on problems encountered by engineers. Laboratory includes
field studies of ecosystems, environmental monitoring instrumentation, solar energy techniques, electronic population modeling
and techniques used to deal with human consumption of natural resources.
BIOL 310/3130 - Molecular Evolution and Population Genetics (3 cr. + 1 cr. lab)
Prerequisites
BIOL 2230
Description
This course covers a spectrum of evolutionary forces at the molecular level and their impact on allele frequencies in the
population. Topics the course will address include the Hardy-Weinberg principles, linkage disequilibrium, genetic drift, neutral
theory of molecular evolution, mutation and natural selection, evolution of gene families, lateral gene transfer, basics of
molecular phylogenetics, and origin of viruses and origin of the cell. Laboratory sessions will include computational simulations
of evolutionary forces in action, population genetics, and maximum likelihood and Bayesian phylogenetic inferences.
Prerequisites
CHEM 3006
Description
The living cell, structure of biomolecules and their relationship to biological functions; biochemical energetics; metabolism of
major cellular components and their relationship to clinical conditions..
Cross-listed
Same asCHEM 3015.
Hours
Two class periods and one three hour lab period.
Prerequisites
BIOL 2230
Description
381
This course provides a broad understanding of the microbial world, its application and implications. The fundamentals and
principles of bacteriology, virology and mycology are addressed. Cellular and molecular aspects that contribute to selected
infectious diseases and the role of the immune system in preventing such diseases are discussed. Additionally we examine the
recent advances in pharmaceutical and biotechnology application of microbes.
BIOL 312/3326 - Vertebrate Anatomy and Physiology (3 cr. + 1 cr. lab)
Prerequisites
BIOL 2230
Description
The principal objective of this course is to give the student a solid foundation in understanding the anatomy and physiology of the
basic vertebrate body from a functional perspective. The course focuses on describing the anatomy of the major organ systems
found in vertebrates and explaining how the physiology of these anatomical systems enables vertebrate bodies to function in their
environment. The course will survey model organisms to compare variation in anatomy and physiology associated with different
behavioral and ecological requirements. The laboratory will consist of computer learning models, physiological and biomedical
experiments with living tissue and specimens to investigate the function of various organ systems, and dissection of preserved
and fresh vertebrate specimens, to give students in-depth experience with anatomical identification.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
BIOL 1012
Description
Invertebrate Zoology is the study of animals without a backbone. These organisms comprise over 99% of all animal species
known. Anatomy, development, behavior, systematics, and phylogeny of diverse invertebrate groups are included in the lectures.
The class also covers major groups of protozoa. Discussed examples include both representatives of each phylum and highlights
of groups of medical, veterinary, or biotechnological importance. Laboratory sessions emphasize morphology and anatomy
through dissections, mounted specimens, and prepared slides.
Prerequisites
BIOL 2150
Description
Study of ethology with emphasis on its development, control and function. Laboratory includes observations and descriptions,
qualification techniques and experimentation.
Prerequisites
BIOL 2230
Description
A comparative approach to the nutrient procurement, temperature, osmotic and ionic regulation, regulation of fluids, respiratory,
circulatory, and digestive systems, reproduction, hormonal and nervous control, behavior, and biological rhythms of animals.
Laboratory emphasizes the physiology of invertebrates and vertebrates.
382
BIOL 303/3370 - Developmental Biology (3 cr. + 1 cr. lab)
Prerequisites
BIOL 2230
Description
This course is designed to acquaint students with the mechanisms that direct the development of multicellular organisms from a
single cell. The course covers the fundamental processes operating during embryonic development including cellular
differentiation, development of specialized tissues, morphogenesis, and organogenesis at the cellular and molecular levels.
Special attention will be on the understanding of key experiments that contributed to the current knowledge of the basic
principles implicated in the development of the organism. Laboratory includes examination of various developmental biology
aspects at the molecular, cellular and morphological levels.
Prerequisites
BIOL 1012, CHEM 1005 , PHYS 1011 .
Description
Ecology is the study of the distribution and abundance of organisms and the interactions with the environment that determine
those distributions and abundances. The class discusses ecological interactions and mechanisms at organismal, population,
community, and ecosystem levels. Chemical, physical, evolutional, and human-driven factors that influence the natural world are
explained. A laboratory emphasizing collection, analysis and interpretation of data is included and intended to expose students to
a broad array of ecological techniques.
Prerequisites
BIOL 3510 or instructor's consent.
Description
Examination of degradation and pollution of natural environments. Aspects of soil, water, food, and mineral resources
management, waste disposal, energy alternatives, population ecology, and environmental ethics. Laboratory to include field
studies of ecosystems, environmental monitoring instrumentation, solar energy techniques, electronic population modeling,
techniques used to deal with human consumption of natural resources.
BIOL 306/3541 - Environmental Biology of the Red Sea (3 cr. + 1 cr. lab)
Prerequisites
Prerequisites: students must be good swimmers and consent of the instructor.
Description
This course is designed to be an interdisciplinary course for students with an interest in coastal and marine environmental issues.
Topics covered include marine biology, ecology, geology, paleontology, climatology, and oceanography. Using the Red Sea as a
model, students will receive extensive field experience in evaluating the impact of natural phenomena and human activities on
coastal and marine environmental planning, management, and monitoring, as well as in the preparation of environmental impact
assessments.
Notes
Laboratories and field trips to the Red Sea are essential to the course.
383
BIOL 345/3542 - GIS For Biologists (4 cr.)
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: Junior or Senior standing
Description
.Geographic Information Systems (GIS) for Biologists is designed to introduce the student to the use and application of computer
based mapping and analysis technology to ecological data. The application of GIS technology requires program operation skills,
computerization of data and relevant biological information. The course is designed to provide "hands-on" skill development in
the use and application of GIS.
Prerequisites
Any of the following:
BIOL 2150, BIOL 2230 , BIOL 3280 , CHEM 3015
Description
Bioinformatics is the application of computational methods and tools to, retrieve, and analyze large quantities of sequence
datasets. The course covers genomic public databases and resources, sequence alignment, protein structure and function
prediction, and analysis of microarray gene expression. Concepts of programming for bioinformatics are introduced. The course
provides the students with hand-on experience solving practical problems such as characterization of gene interest, identification
of differentially expressed genes, prediction of secondary and tertiary structures of proteins, and tracking spatial and temporal
dynamics of a virus.
Prerequisites
BIOL 3600 and CSCE 1101
Description
This interdisciplinary course is designed for students in biology, computer science, and mathematics to build the most essential
concepts and practices for Bioinformatics development using Biopython and R.
Description
Under faculty guidance, students will carry out a project on an environmentally related topic. The students will present their
results by submitting a common/individual report or by passing an examination, as determined by the supervisor.
Cross-listed
Same asCHEM 3910
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
BIOL 2230 and CHEM 2003 or co-requisite.
384
Description
A comprehensive molecular biology course with emphasis on principles, processes and methodologies leading to the formation
of central concepts of molecular genetics. Students are presented to the latest models of describing gene structure, genome
organization and regulation of gene and protein expression, in eukaryotes and prokaryotes. Current topics such as epigenetics,
RNA interference and transgenics are also exposed. Laboratory sessions cover modern techniques in recombinant DNA
technology related to gene cloning, protein expression, and omics.
Prerequisites
BIOL 2230 and CHEM 1005
Description
The students are introduced to the basic principles of immunology, including the structure and function of the immune system at
the molecular, cellular, tissue, and organ system levels and the processes involved in the host defense against infection. This
includes antigen and antibody structure and function, effector mechanisms, complement, major histocompatibility complexes, B-
and T-cell receptors, antibody formation and immunity, cytotoxic responses, and regulation of the immune response. Students are
also introduced to the applied aspects of immunology, which include immunoassay design, flow cytometry and LUMENIX
technology. Special topics are also highlighted and discussed including cancer immunology, immunotherapy, autoimmunity,
immunomics and vaccination. Laboratories include practical experience with the anatomy and histology of the lymphoid tissues,
cell isolation, identification and serological and cellular immune techniques as well as basic tissue culture techniques.
Prerequisites
BIOL 2230 and BIOL 2150
Description
The course provides a broad knowledge on the biological principals underlying tumor and cancer formation. The basic science of
tumor at the cellular, molecular and genetic level will be addressed. The course allows students to understand the fundamental
mechanisms that underlie eukaryotic cell multiplication, cell senescence and cell death, including the alterations that are involved
in the initiation of uncontrolled growth and carcinogenesis. In addition, cell cycle surveillance mechanisms that ensure genomic
integrity and the signaling pathways that regulate tumor development and spread will be covered.
Prerequisites
BIOL 3510 and CHEM 1005
Description
Examination of the ecology of marine ecosystems. Relationship of physical and chemical processes of marine systems to
biological processes in both pelagic and benthic regions. Where possible, examples will be drawn from the Mediterranean and the
Red seas.
Notes
Includes an extended field trip to marine research institute for "hands-on" experience in marine biological research.
Prerequisites
BIOL 3510
385
Description
Examination of the ecology of desert ecosystems with particular reference to Middle-Eastern deserts. Emphasis is placed on the
strategies employed by desert-living organisms which allow them to survive and prosper under desert conditions. Field trips are
an integral part of this course.
Prerequisites
Prerequisites or corequisites BIOL 3600 or BIOL 3601
Description
Students complete a capstone proposal and major elements of the capstone project for the Minor in Bioinformatics.
Bioinformatics Capstone Seminar I will focus on the development of the problem statement and the research questions that will
be answered in the Capstone. Emphasis will be placed on the development of a sound rationale for the project, justified by a
thorough literature review.
Prerequisites
BIOL 4690
Description
In this project-based course, the students tackle a real-life biological or biomedical problem using a computational approach
where they utilize existing bioinformatics resources and/or develop novel tools. The students are required to deliver a written
report and an oral presentation describing the problem, methodology/approach, contribution, and results. This course is available
only for students enrolled in the Minor in Bioinformatics program.
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: consent of the instructor.
Description
Under the guidance of a faculty member and with the approval of the Chair, the student undertakes readings or research on a
specific topic in biology. The student should demonstrate achievements by presenting results, submitting a report, or passing an
examination as determined by the supervisor.
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: consent of the instructor.
Description
Topics in biology chosen according to the special interests of the student and faculty.
Repeatable
May be repeated for credit more than once if the content changes.
386
Prerequisites
Senior standing in biology.
Description
Students select a research topic according to their field of interest and the availability of advisers and facilities. A research
proposal is submitted to include a literature review on the topic and the design of a laboratory and/or field investigation.
When Offered
Offered in fall
Prerequisites
BIOL 4980
Description
The senior research thesis project is executed and presented in the form of an oral presentation and a poster session in the annual
biology department senior thesis conference. A final report, written similar to an original research manuscript, to include the
execution, results and conclusion of the project will be submitted.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Description
A basic course introducing the student to chemical bonds, structure of biomolecules, the structure and function of cellular
components, protein structure and folding, carbohydrates metabolism, fatty acids oxidation, the kinetics of enzyme-catalyzed
reactions, cellular metabolism, energy production, cellular regulatory processes, signal transduction cascades, and photosynthesis.
Cross-listed
Same as CHEM 5201.
Description
This course is designed to introduce the student to structure and function of the basic unit of life, the cell. This includes organelle
biogenesis, cytoskeleton and cell motility, protein and lipid trafficking, membrane and ion transport, energy flow within the cell,
cell cycle, division, and programmed cell death. In addition, to the passage of information from gene to protein will be addressed.
Prerequisites
BIOT 5201 and BIOT 5202
Description
This course, taught by a team of instructors, covers different areas of biotechnology. This course introduces students to the
different aspects of the biotechnology revolution including principles of recombinant DNA technology, protein engineering,
directed mutagenesis, manipulation of gene expression, microbial synthesis of biologics, biomass utilization, large scale
production of proteins, transgenic animals, and the human genome project. In addition, this course introduces students to
bioinformatics and bioengineering.
387
BIOT 504/5204 - Experimental Biotechnology (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
BIOT 5203
Description
This course consists of two class periods and one three-hour lab period. It introduces students to the experimental methods used
in investigation and research in biotechnology applications. The laboratory section will provide students with hands-on
experimentations in major techniques in molecular biology such as DNA and RNA isolation, protein purification, DNA and
protein electrophoresis, nucleic acid hybridization and polymerase chain reaction.
Description
This course covers four modules: business aspects of biotechnology, regulatory issues, patenting biotechnology inventions, and
bioethics.
Prerequisites
Prerequisites: Familiarity with molecular biology, calculus, basic probability and statistics.
Description
This course should introduce students to the fundamental theories and practices of bioinformatics. Lectures should focus on the
basic knowledge required in this field, including the need for databases, access to genome information, sources of data, and tools
for data mining. The course should also cover identification of both lower order and higher order informational patterns in DNA
and approaches to linking genome data to information on gene function. Emphasis will be placed on how to use the databases and
tools. Students should use the PERL programming language in this course.
Description
Topics include diagnosis of genetic disorders, infectious diseases, malignant diseases, and forensic applications such as paternity
testing, DNA fingerprinting. Aspects of quality control, quality assurance, regulatory issues, and intellectual properties will be
also covered.
Description
The course introduces genetics studies in molecular biotechnology; introduction to Mendalian genetics, eukaryotic gene
regulation, genome project and model organisms utilized in research studies, cytogenetics, cellular genomic instability in
carcinogenesis and molecular genetic based therapeutic approaches.
Description
The course introduces current advances in bacteriology, mycology and virology. This covers from medical applications,
environmental application of microbes to microbial quality control and assurance in biotechnology products. In addition topics
include the use of microbes in recombinant DNA technology, protein production in prokaryotes, fermentation technology,
antimicrobial peptides and its applications in medical microbiology.
388
BIOT 511/5211 - Bioengineering (3 cr.)
Description
The application of the concepts and methods of the physical sciences and mathematics in an engineering approach to problems in
the life sciences.
Description
This course covers the use of various nanostructures for ultrasensitive detection of DNA, bacteria, and viruses. Recent techniques
for detection of single biomolecules that offers superior advantages over the conventional bulk measurements will also be
presented. This course will also cover the use of different nanoparticles such as nanocrystals and gold nanoparticles for optical
imaging, as hyperthermia agents for cancer therapy, and the development of smart drug delivery nanocarriers.
Cross-listed
Same as NANO 5271
Description
Independent study in various problem areas of biotechnoloyg may be assigned to individual students or to groups. Readings
assigned and frequent consultations held.
Notes
Students may sign up for up to 3 credits towards fulfilling M.Sc. requirements.
Prerequisites
Pre-requisite: consent of instructor, graduate standing.
Description
Topics chosen according to special interests of faculty and students.
Repeatable
May be repeated for credit more than once if content changes.
Description
Seminars on research topics, research methodology, and thesis writing and presentations given by invited speakers.
Prerequisites
BIOT 5940
Description
389
Seminars on research topics given by invited speakers and on research plans given by students to discuss their thesis topics and
the results obtained in their work.
Description
Consultation on problems related to student thesis.
Notes
Must be taken twice for a total of 6 credits.
Prerequisites
BIOT 5203 or BIOT 5204 .
Description
This course exposes graduate students to a powerful tool, cell lines, for research. Cell lines are commonly used in many fields of
laboratory research mainly as in vitro models in cancer research. Topics covered in class include but not limited to the biology,
epidemiology, and molecular mechanisms of cancer including genetic variants, role of microRNA and epigenetic gene
deregulation. Students, throughout the semester, will develop an understanding of the molecular events underlying the
development of human cancer through examining primary literature related to the current knowledge of cancer biology. The
course includes a laboratory component exploring a range of techniques used in the study of cancer biology.
Prerequisites
BIOT 5206
Description
The course is designed to provide graduate students with the essential concepts and skills for processing, analyzing, and
visualizing biologcial data generated by modern high-throughput transcriptomic and genomic technologies such as microarray
and next-generation sequencing. The open-source statistical platform R and the BioConductor package will be used throughout
the course for the practical sessions. The course will focus on how to extract meaningful information from microarray and RNA-
Seq data (e.g., differentially expressed genes, alternative splice forms, and polymorphism). Different data visualization methods
will be covered from simple summarizing graphs to interaction networks of cellular elements. Practical exercises will use
publically published data and simulated data with applications crossing from cancer genomics to environmental genomics. Target
audience is biomedical and computational sciences graduate students and postdoctoral researchers.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Description
Systems biology is an interdisciplinary study field that focuses on complex interactions in biological systems. A major goal of
systems biology is the modeling and discovery of emergent properties, properties of a system whose theoretical description is
only possible using techniques, which fall under the remit of systems biology. The course targets graduate students from various
scientific backgrounds. This course aims to provide hands-on experience in computational systems biology by combining
experimental data and mathematical modeling with emphasis on modeling of cellular pathways. Potential biomedical and
biotechnological applications are introduced.
390
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Description
This course provides a comprehensive and thorough understanding of recent trends in biotechnology research and development.
Frontier areas in biotechnological applications as bioremediation, genetically modified organisms, molecular medicine and nano-
biotechnology will be addressed.
Description
Contemporary biotechnology topics, addressed from current primary literature will be discussed. Dogmas and disputes in
biological, medical and/or agricultural sciences will be addressed to generate student discussions.
Description
Description
This course integrates the four language skills to help students develop their ability to produce and comprehend both oral and
written discourse at the advanced/advanced high level. The material addresses linguistic needs at this level and provides students
with opportunities to further develop their understanding of the various aspects of Egyptian culture.
When Offered
Offered in summer.
Description
This course further develops students' skills in Egyptian colloquial Arabic in general while emphasizing the shared features
between ECA and MSA. The course concentrates on increasing students' vocabulary and command of syntax, with a higher level
of fluency. The material designed to train students to emulate the speech of educated native speakers in a wide range of social
situations.
When Offered
Offered in summer.
Description
This course fosters and further develops the student's ability to read long, authentic texts on a wide range of topics with minimal
dependency on the dictionary. Students are trained to extend their reading strategies and knowledge of different genres and styles.
Special emphasis is placed upon vocabulary building and the idiomatic use Arabic. The writing component is integrated whereby
391
students employ and manipulate syntactic and morphological structures studied in the reading component, in addition to various
cohesive devices, to produce complex sentences at the paragraph and text level, according to the mores of connected Arabic
written discourse.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Description
This course further develops students' skill in comprehending large chunks of authentic spoken MSA in different forms of
discourse (reports, interviews, debates, etc.). It integrates listening and speaking skills by training students to carry out discussion
on various topics of general and personal interest. The course includes a number of live lectures given by specialists in different
fields of interests.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
AIAS 4101 and AIAS 5151
Description
This course fosters and further develops the students' ability to understand the main ideas and most details of connected academic
and discourse in a variety of fields. It does so by teaching strategies to sustain both comprehension and delivery of
propositionally and linguistically complex extended aural/oral discourse. These include training students to recognize and use
cohesive devices signaling the sequence of thought in a given text, enabling them to follow MSA-ECA code-switching and code-
mixing patterns, as well as sensitizing them to the socio-cultural nuances embedded in the spoken message.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Description
This course fosters and develops students' skills in translating written texts of different genres. Attention is given to points of
contrast, idiomatic usage, and semantic fields of corresponding vocabulary in English and Arabic. Most work is done on
translating from Arabic into English, with special attention given to developing the skills necessary for the preservation of the
finer nuances of meaning when rendering a text from one language to another.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Description
This course further develops the students' critical reading skills of linguistically and conceptually complex texts in Arabic printed
media. It does so by exposing the students to different text types on a variety of topics, many outside their respective immediate
spheres of interest or specialization. It encourages learners to make inferences based on comprehension of the facts presented in a
text through sensitizing them to the socio-cultural nuances embedded in the written message. The course also focuses on
vocabulary building and trains learners to recognize the special stylistics properties of media language.
392
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Description
This course fosters and develops students' ability to write, with a high degree of precision and detail, on a variety of academic
topics. It also trains them to observe the well-defined rules of Arabic letter-writing. The course teaches the students to write
extended research papers, reports and essays, performing various language functions beyond descriptions, comparisons etc., such
as argumentation, hypothesizing, refutation etc. Students are trained to appraise samples of authentic written material and model
their own written production on them, demonstrating a solid command of grammar (syntax and morphology), vocabulary use,
spelling, cohesive devices and general stylistic norms of Arabic discourse.
When Offered
Offered in spring
Description
This course further develops students' skill to communicate in Egyptian colloquial. It concentrates on complex vocabulary and
syntax and enables students to communicate with native speakers in a wide range of situations with high level of accuracy and
fluency. Special emphasis is placed upon educated Egyptian Arabic as well as appropriateness of speech, and cultural
competency.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Description
This course further develops students' ability to communicate with native speakers in a wide range of situations with a higher
degree of accuracy, fluency, and cultural appropriateness. The course trains students to comprehend and discuss topics of general
and personal interest. The materials used reflect the dynamics of Egyptian society and focus on educated Egyptian Arabic.
When Offered
Offered in Spring.
Description
This course empowers students to engage in significant learning experiences, develop intercultural competence, work on superior
level language proficiency skills, and establish social networks by engaging in the target language community through a project
related to their academic and/or professional interests. Each student will design and complete a project related to their academic
and/or professional interests that requires their engagment with the target language community. The project will span the fall and
spring semesters. Each student will work with a supervising teacher with whom they will write a contract specifying the nature of
their project. The project may include volunteer service in a local organization. Projects involving service to the community are
highly encouraged.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
393
AIAS 553/5991 - Selected Topics in Arabic (3 cr.)
Description
Each course addresses a different topic of interest to advanced plus/superior Arabic language students. Topics covered are chosen
by the students each semester. Some examples of topics include: Arab literature, politics in the Middle East, and religious studies.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Prerequisites
Not for credit for Science, Engineering and Computer Science Majors
Description
Not for credit for Science, Engineering and Computer Science majors. Introduction to basic chemical principles; examples of
chemistry in context of daily life and impact on society : nutrition, polymers, colors and pigments, drug development, energy
storage, environmental pollution and control, agro chemicals and other related issues
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
Not for credit for Science, Engineering and Computer Science majors
Description
Chemistry of the environment. Principles of ecosystem structures, energy flow and elements cycles. Natural resources,
Population and Development. Renewable energy. Pollution control and prevention: air pollution, global warming, the depletion
of the ozone layer and water pollution. Hazardous substances. Solid waste and recycling. Pests and pest control. Sustainability.
When Offered
Offered in fall, spring and occasionally in summer.
Notes
Not for credit for science, engineering and computer science majors.
Prerequisites
Thanawiya Amma Science or equivalent.
Description
Chemical stoichiometry; atomic structure and periodicity; an overview of chemical bonding with a discussion of models and
theories of covalent bonding; introduction to structure and chemistry of organic compounds.
When Offered
Offered in fall, spring and occasionally in summer and winter.
394
Prerequisites
CHEM 1005
Description
Gases; thermochemistry; liquids and solids, properties of solutions; introduction to chemical kinetics, chemical equilibria,
environmental pollution.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
Thanawiya Amma Science or equivalent
Description
Selected experiments in inorganic and organic chemistry.
Hours
One three-hour lab period
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring and occasionally in summer and winter.
Prerequisites
CHEM 1015
Description
Semi-micro qualitative analysis of selected salts and mixtures
Hours
One three-hour laboratory period.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Description
Course addressing broad intellectual concerns and accessible to all students, irrespective of major.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
CHEM 1005
Description
Aliphatic and aromatic hydrocarbons, stereochemistry and conformational analysis, ionic and free-radical substitution and
addition reactions.
395
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
CHEM 1006
Description
Introduction; analytical environmental data: assessment and interpretation, titrimetry, chromatography, atomic spectrometry,
mass spectrometry, potentiometric techniques, thermal techniques. Specific applications to the environment.
Notes
This course is not available for credit for students who take CHEM 3011 . Some laboratory demonstrations will be provided.
Prerequisites
CHEM 1006 and to be taken concurrently with CHEM 2016
Description
Ionic equilibria: solubility, activity and ionic strength. Gravimetry: nucleation and crystal growth, methodology, colloids. Acid-
base, complexation, oxidation-reduction and precipitation equilibria and titrations. Introduction to separations in analytical
chemistry.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Prerequisites
CHEM 1006 .
Description
An overview of major chemical industries, global and local production, major products and their production, selected from:
metals petrochemicals, agrochemicals, dyes, pharmaceuticals, plastics, glass, ceramics, cement. Quality assurance.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Notes
Field trips to local industries.
Prerequisites
CHEM 1016 and concurrent with CHEM 2006
Description
Acid-base, oxidation-reduction, complexometric and precipitation titrations; gravimetric analysis; potentiometric titrations.
396
Hours
Two three-hour periods.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Prerequisites
CHEM 1005 .
Description
An overview of the interdisciplinary nature of food science. The chemical and physical properties of foods. An overview of food
regulation. Concepts and applications of food chemistry, food analysis, food processing, biotechnology, sensory evaluation, food
packaging, food product development and food engineering. Global food situation with an emphasis on the Egyptian context.
Prerequisites
CHEM 1006 .
Description
Characterization of metals, minerals, pigments, glass, stone, dyes. Dating techniques: thermoluminescence, radiocarbon, amino-
acid, Obsedian hydration and potassium/argon. Introduction to Mossbauer spectroscopy and neutron activation analysis.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
MACT 2123 and CHEM 1005.
Description
Gas laws, state variables and equations of state, energy and the first law, thermochemistry; entropy and the second and third laws;
spontaneity and equilibrium; physical transformation of pure substances, phase rule, phase equilibria.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
CHEM 3003 , PHYS 1021 and concurrent with CHEM 3014 .
Description
Chemical potential and equilibria, solutions and colligative properties, electrochemical systems.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
397
Prerequisites
CHEM 3003 and CSCE 1001 .
Description
Introduction to computational chemistry techniques and their applications to chemical and biochemical areas; Principles of
Density Functional Theory; Thermochemistry modeling in Chemistry; Generating and Analyzing a Molecular Dynamics
Trajectory; Mass transport in material science; Basics of Monte Carlo Sampling Techniques; Binding Energies in Biochemistry;
Combined QM/MM Simulation; Enzyme Reaction Mechanism.
Prerequisites
CHEM 2003
Description
Stereochemistry, aromaticity, electrophilic aromatic substitution; spectroscopy and structure; SN1, SN2, E1, and E2 reactions.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Prerequisites
CHEM 1006 and junior standing.
Description
Basic principles of quantum mechanics as applied to hydrogenic and polyelectron atoms, atomic orbitals, electron-electron
interactions, atomic parameters. Molecular orbital theory as applied to diatomic and polyatomic molecules and to solids, bond
properties, molecular shape and symmetry, introduction to applications of molecular symmetry in chemistry. The structures of
simple solids; acids & bases; oxidation-reduction.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
CHEM 1016 and CHEM 3006 .
Description
Characterization of organic compounds by classification tests.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
CHEM 2006 and CHEM 2016.
Description
Instrumental methods of chemical analysis: visible, ultraviolet, and infrared absorption spectroscopy, atomic absorption and
398
emission spectrometry, fluorimetry, X-ray diffraction and fluorescence; mass spectrometry, gas chromatography, thermometric
and electrochemical methods.
Hours
Two class periods and one three-hour lab period.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
CHEM 1006 ,CHEM 2016 and concurrent with CHEM 3003 .
Description
Experiments in physical chemistry, thermodynamics and error analyses.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
CHEM 3013 and concurrent with CHEM 3004 .
Description
Experiments in electrochemistry. One three-hour lab period.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Prerequisites
CHEM 3006
Description
The living cell, structure of biomolecules and their relationship to biological functions; biochemical energetics; metabolism of
major cellular components and their relationship to clinical conditions.
Cross-listed
Same as BIOL 3280.
Hours
Two class periods and one three hour lab period.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
CHEM 3010
Description
399
Systematic identification of organic compounds, analysis of mixtures (qualitative and quantitative).
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Prerequisites
CHEM 2016
Description
Preparations, reactions, and characterization of some inorganic compounds; ion-exchange; chromatography; measurements of
stability constants.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
CHEM 1005 .
Description
This course covers the chemistry of food constituents, the changes these constituents undergo during processing, the chemistry
and technology of meat and meat products, dairy products, fruit and vegetables, cereal products and alcoholic/non-alcoholic
beverages. It also covers the basic chemistry of color, odor and taste (sensory properties of foodstuffs).
CHEM 325/3025 - Clinical Chemistry I (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
CHEM 3011 or concurrently, CHEM 3013 or consent of instructor
Description
Module 1: Principles of laboratory techniques: spectrophotometry, chromatography, mass spectrometry, radioisotopes,
electrophoresis, immunochemical techniques, electrochemistry, point-of-care devices, and lab automation. Module 2:
Chemometrics: statistical procedures, selection and interpretation of lab procedures, reference intervals, clinical decision limits,
quality control and method evaluation. Module 3: Laboratory management, quality and informatics.
Hours
Two class periods and one three-hour lab period.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Prerequisites
CHEM 1006 .
Description
An overview of planning scale-up from laboratory to pilot plant, to production plant, with a focus on models for determining
profitability of new projects, new products and new processes. Selected topics from: process design, plant layout and flowsheets,
material and energy balances, mass and heat transfer, reactor kinetics, chemical economics, process design strategies and waste
management.
400
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
CHEM 3003
Description
Crude oil processing and production of basic, intermediate, and final petrochemicals; ethylene, propylene, butenes, benzene,
toluene, xylene; non-hydrocarbon intermediates; higher paraffin-based chemicals; C4 olefins and diolefin-based chemicals;
process technologies in petrochemical industries including thermal and catalytic cracking, reforming, dehydrogenation
When Offered
Offered in Spring
Description
Under faculty guidance, the student(s) will carry out a group individual project on an environmental related topic. The student(s)
will present their results by submitting a common/individual report or by passing an examination, as determined by the
supervisor.
Cross-listed
Same as BIOL 3910.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
Junior standing
Description
Weekly one-hour seminars in different areas of science and technology with emphasis on chemistry to be given by faculty and
invited speakers from industries and other scientific communities.
When Offered
Offered occasionally
Prerequisites
CHEM 3004 , MACT 2141 and concurrent with CHEM 4013 .
Description
The kinetic theory of gases, chemical kinetics and dynamics, photochemistry, homogeneous and heterogeneous catalysis, surface
chemistry including adsorption.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
401
CHEM 403/4004 - Physical Chemistry III (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
CHEM 3004 (or concurrent) and PHYS 2221 .
Description
Basic concepts and theory of quantum mechanics, applications to atomic and molecular spectroscopy; introduction to statistical
thermodynamics.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Prerequisites
CHEM 3006
Description
A continuation of the chemistry of monofunctional and polyfunctional compounds, including the chemistry of carbanions,
condensation reactions, nucleophiic addition and multistep syntheses.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Prerequisites
CHEM 1006 .
Description
An overview of fruit, vegetable, cereal, dairy, seafood and meat science and technology. The principles of food processes,
including refrigeration, freezing, heat processing, dehydration, fermentation, high pressure, irradiation, pulsed electric field and
packaging. Commercial preservation technologies used in the preservation of minimally processed and processed foods.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
CHEM 3009
Description
Coordination chemistry, transition metals and their complexes, theories of metal-ligand bonding, complexes of pi-acceptor
ligands and organometallic compounds, reaction mechanisms of d-block complexes. Selected topics in nanochemistry, solid state
chemistry, bioinorganic chemistry and/ or catalysis.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
402
CHEM 412L/4013 - Physical Chemistry II Laboratory (1 cr.)
Prerequisites
CHEM 3014 and concurrent with CHEM 4003 .
Description
Experiments in physical chemistry emphasizing chemical kinetics.
Hours
One three-hour lab period.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
CHEM 3016 and CHEM 4006 .
Description
Organic Synthesis of compounds through one step or multistep, using different techniques for separation and purification. Several
spectroscopic tools, (MS, IR, NMR & C13) are used to confirm the structure of synthesized compounds.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
CHEM 3025
Description
Module 1. Clinical analytes: amino acids, proteins, nucleic acids, lipids, carbohydrates, electrolytes, clinical enzymology, clinical
toxicology, tumor markers, therapeutic drug monitoring, and vitamins. Module 2. Pathophysiology: hepatic, cardiac, renal,
gastric, and pancreatic diseases, acid-base disorders, endocrine function, bone disease, organ transplantation, pregnancy and fetal
development, and biochemical aspects of hematology.
Hours
Two class periods and one three-hour lab period
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
CHEM 4016 and consent of instructor.
Description
Advanced organic multistep syntheses, identification of products by spectroscopy, semimicro quantitative determination of
organic compounds.
403
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
CHEM 4006 consent of instructor.
Description
Specialized topics in the field of organic chemistry chosen according to specific interests; e.g. polynuclear aromatic compounds,
heterocyclic compounds, carbohydrates, proteins, nucleic acids, physical organic chemistry.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
CHEM 3009 and consent of instructor.
Description
Molecular symmetry: basic principles and applications, molecular vibrations, construction of hybrid orbitals, delocalized
molecular orbitals with emphasis on pi orbitals, ligand field spectra and construction of energy-level diagrams.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
(CHEM 3003 and CHEM 3522) or equivalent
Description
Mechanisms and kinetics of polymerization reactions of monomers; principles, limitations and advantages of various methods for
molecular weight characterization; structure - physical properties relationship; specific catalysis for the control of polymeric
stereo-specificity and morphology; polymer production and processing techniques
When Offered
Offered in Fall
Prerequisites
Senior Standing
Description
Each student is required to spend a minimum of four weeks in Petrochemical Industrial Training in Egypt or abroad. A complete
account of the experience is reported, presented and evaluated.
404
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: consent of instructor, senior standing.
Description
In exceptional circumstances some senior Chemistry students, with departmental approval, may arrange to study a selected topic
outside of the regular course offerings. The student and faculty member will select a topic of mutual interest and the student will
be guided in research and readings. The student would demonstrate achievement either by submitting a report or passing an
examination, according to the decision of the supervisor.
Repeatable
May be taken more than once if content changes.
Notes
A student may earn up to a total of three credits.
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
Description
Topics chosen according to special interests of faculty and students..
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Repeatable
May be repeated for credit more than once if content changes
Prerequisites
Senior standing.
Description
A capstone course. Each student selects a topic in his/her field of interest under the supervision of a faculty member. In this
course, the student prepares an outline, assembles a bibliography, and develops a study plan under the supervision of the faculty
advisor to be followed in preparing his/her project. The students are also expected to compose a theoretical background section
that illustrates his/her knowledge of the range of equipment and techniques that will be used in obtaining and reporting the results
of research. Each student is expected to deliver a seminar by the end of the semester that provides an overview of the research
topic, anticipated outcomes and evaluation criteria.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
May be substituted by a 400-level course in chemistry or other sciences with the approval of the department.
Prerequisites
CHEM 4980 .
Description
A capstone course. Students will embark in this course on performing the actual work on the project topics selected in CHEM
405
4980 . After completion of this research study, the students are expected to compose in accordance with the departmental
guidelines, a full thesis and give an oral presentation of the main results achieved.
Description
Catalytic processes of ozone destruction; rates of free-radical reactions; supercritical gas pressure; fossil fuels and CO2;
molecular vibrations and energy absorption by greenhouse gases; petroleum refining and fractional distillation; thermochemical
production of fuels; environmental problems of nuclear fuel; acid rain; long-range transport of atmospheric pollutants; toxic
metals and compounds; oxidation-reduction chemistry in natural waters; water disinfection; activated carbon; the desalination of
salty water
Description
A basic course introducing the student to chemical bonds, structure of biomolecules, the structure and function of cellular
components, protein structure and folding, carbohydrates metabolism, fatty acids oxidation, the kinetics of enzyme-catalyzed
reactions, cellular metabolism, energy production, cellular regulatory processes, signal transduction cascades, and photosynthesis.
Cross-listed
Same as BIOT 5201.
Description
Structure and properties of different types of organometallic compounds, types of ligands, bonding, reactivity of organotransition
metal compounds, applications in synthesis and catalysis.
Description
This course discusses important organic classes, concepts, reactions and mechanisms not usually covered in depth in the
undergraduate organic courses such as: heterocycles, photochemistry computational chemistry in modern organic chemistry and
the art of planning multi-step syntheses.
Description
Structure-properties relationships. Methods of structure determinations:
diffraction methods, spectroscopic methods, resonance techniques, ionization-based techniques, magnetometry and other
miscellaneous techniques. Case histories will be presented.
Description
This course introduces students to the basics of chemistry at the nanoscale, and would entail a general introduction to the nano
world; physico-chemical considerations for properties at the nanoscale (band structures, typical and useful "nano effects" etc...);
basic synthesis and fabrication methods for nano structures (top-down and bottom up approaches).
Cross-listed
NANO 5205
406
CHEM 000/5206 - Advanced Food Chemistry (3 cr.)
Description
Chemistry of food constituents, the changes these constituents undergo during processing, the chemistry and technology of meat
and meat products, dairy products, fruit and vegetables, cereal products and alcoholic/non-alcoholic beverages, basic chemistry
of color, odor and taste (sensory properties of foodstuffs).
Description
This course consists of two lectures and one laboratory session per week. It is designed to train students on different aspects of
food microbiology. It focuses on the biology and practical aspects of both pathogenic microorganisms and useful industrial
bacteria associated with foodstuffs. The course also considers topics on food preservation regimes and laboratory methods for the
detection of various food-born bacteria. Much emphasis is being placed on practical training via extensive laboratory classes
planned in this course. This training involves practical work on both classical and modern methodologies in food microbiology.
Prerequisites
CHEM 5211
Description
This course prepares students to participate in food safety monitoring and maintenance in various food industry and
governmental health inspection sectors. The course encompasses topics on food-associated hazards and approaches to ensure
food safety. In addition to lectures, the course will involve problem-based learning, class discussions and hands-on training on
the application of food safety assurance systems. Multiple visits to modern safety units within food processing plants will be
organized.
Description
This course covers the principles of Food Packaging including the chemistry and technology of packaging materials (metal, glass,
plastics, and paper/paperboard), It will also cover main packaging technologies (Modified Atmosphere Packaging, Aseptic
Packaging, Active and Intelligent Packaging, etc.) and technical processes for the production of packaging materials (extrusion,
co-extrusion, lamination, high vacuum metallization, etc.). It will stress the significance of the phenomena of migration and
permeation in packaging materials and finally it will review the main applications of packaging to basic food commodities.
Description
The course is designed to provide the students with in-depth information on the principles of food selection and food preparation.
This course covers the physical, chemical, and nutritional changes which occur in food during storage, cooking, processing and
preservation.
Description
The course discusses the principles and various aspects of food additive utilization. It will train students on how to use analytical
techniques to distinguish between "natural" and "artificial" additives.
Regulation and approval of additives for use in foods will be covered.
407
CHEM 516/5216 - Food Fermentation (3 cr.)
Description
Food fermentations by microorganisms play central roles in the processing and preservation of foodstuffs. The typical flavor and
other sensory characteristics of fermented foods depend on the formation of specific fermentation products. This course covers
the study of microorganisms responsible for fermentation, the biochemistry of microbial fermentations and the industrial aspects
of the fermentation process. It also seeks to deliver up-to-date knowledge and practical training on various technologies of food
fermentation.
Description
This course consists of two lectures and one laboratory session per week. It investigates the nutritional, chemical, physical, and
sensory properties of foods in relation to preparation procedures. It will present sensory characteristics of foods and assessment
of color, texture, and flavor. The course will give the student the ability to apply sensory testing of foods, practice different types
of sensory tests, and understand errors in sensory testing. It will assess the best environment for sensory testing and procedures of
sensory testing, measurements and scales. Statistical analysis of sensory data such as discrimination tests, descriptive tests,
hedonic tests, affective tests will also be discussed.
Description
Functional foods & nutraceuticals (FFN) and herbal products present some potential to improve the long-term health of the
population through disease prevention. The move of FFN into the mainstream is part of the shift towards a preventative approach
to health and disease and a move away from relying on pharmaceuticals to treat disease. This course introduces students to the
FFN industry with its diversity of natural health products (NHP). Topics will cover classes of FFN and their connection to foods
and drugs. Aspects of the development, production, quality control and assurance of FFN will be discussed. The safety and
efficacy of individual FFN products are emphasized. Issues regarding the unique regulatory environment of natural heath
products and their influence on the development and commercialization of these products in global markets will be presented.
Description
This course is designed to introduce students to the theory and application of chemical, physical and instrumental methods of
food analysis. Modern separation and instrumental analysis techniques that are used for detection of food constituents (e.g.
moisture, ash, nitrogen, protein, lipid, carbohydrate, vitamins, minerals, etc) as well as contaminants (e.g. mycotoxins, pesticide
residues, antimicrobial agents, heavy metals, etc) are stressed. Topics will include sample handling, preparation and analysis as
well as the evaluation and reporting of data. Key analytical and separation techniques such as spectroscopy, titration,
potentiometry, atomic absorption, chromatography and mass spectrometry will also be presented.
Prerequisites
CHEM 5205
Description
This course addresses the synthesis and chemical properties of the different categories of nanostructures such as carbon
NANOubes/nanorods/ etc..., fullerenes, colloids, Self-assembled monolayer structures (SAMs), dendrimers and other
macromolecules, oxide and inorganic nanotubes/fibers/rods/etc. For each category examples of applications would be giving to
demonstrate the applicability of the properties discussed.
408
Cross-listed
NANO 5241
Prerequisites
CHEM 5205
Description
This course addresses the fundamentals of electrochemistry, and their application to the synthesis of nanostructures, together with
applications (e.g. sensors, fuel cells, batteries, electrolysis, photovoltaic cells, reduction of carbon dioxide, environmental
remediation, water disinfection, ect...). Characterization and analysis techniques would also be addressed.
Cross-listed
NANO 5242
Prerequisites
Consent of instructor.
Description
Independent study in various problem areas of biotechnology may be assigned to individual students or to groups. Readings are
assigned and frequent consultation held. Students may sign for up to 3 credits towards fulfilling M.Sc. requirements.
Prerequisites
Consent of instructor
Description
Topics include: polymer science, quantum chemistry and spectroscopy, and molecular symmetry and applications.
Description
Seminars on research topics, research methodology, and thesis writing and presentations given by invited speakers.
Prerequisites
CHEM 5940 .
Description
Seminars on research topics given by invited speakers and on research plans given by students to discuss their thesis topics and
the results obtained in their work.
Description
Consultation on problems related to student thesis. Must be taken twice for a total of 6 credits.
409
CHEM 603/6103 - Bioseparation Processes for Food and Pharmaceutical Industries (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
Consent of instructor.
Description
This course deals with the separation processes used in food and pharmaceutical industries for the isolation and purification of
biological molecules. The focus is on the science and engineering concepts underlying the separation, as well as the process
calculations associated with each bioseparation unit operation. Key topics include principles and design calculations of
centrifugation and cell disruption, extraction phase separations and equipment design, absorption equilibrium and column
dynamics, chromatography plate theory, chromatography equipment and methods, dynamic scale-up, electric-field based
methods, engineering analysis of membrane processes, membrane concentration polarization and fouling, modeling of filtration
processes, crystallization and drying operations, and overall process development.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
CHEM 5204 or consent of instructor.
Description
This course addresses the theory of mass spectrometry and develops the technique as a modern analytical tool to solving research
problems in chemistry and biochemistry. It also addresses gas-phase ion chemistry. The course will be delivered in three sections:
instrumentation, theory and applications. Topics will include ionization techniques, mass separation techniques and mass
analyzers, ion dissociation, ion mobility, in addition it will include sophisticated experimental methods, such as tandem in space
and tandem in time mass spectrometry. Mass spectral interpretation will also be covered for various applications, including
environmental, food chemistry and medical sciences.
Prerequisites
NANO 5205
Description
Review of the field of nanoprous materials. Synthesis, characterization and surface modification. Adsorption and separation
processes, biological and catalytic applications. Nanoporous materials for the removal of pollutants in the gaseous and liquid
phases.
410
Description
Independent study in various problem areas of Chemistry may be assigned to individual students or to groups. Readings assigned
and frequent consultations held.
Description
Topics chosen according to special interests of faculty and students. May be repeated for credit more than once if content
changes.
Description
Consultation on problems related to student thesis. To be taken 11 times for credit.
SCI 105/1005 - Science and Technology of Ancient Egypt (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: Not for credit for Science, Engineering and Computer Science students.
Description
Development of civilization in ancient Egypt. Primitive time reckoning and measurement. Building materials. Outline of the
different chemical arts and crafts which developed in Egypt as interpreted from mural paintings and works of art.
Mummification. Aspects of mathematics and medicine in ancient Egypt.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: Not for credit for Science, Engineering and Computer Science students.
Description
An introduction to historical and conceptual developments in astronomy. Stars and galaxies: the sun as a case history in stellar
evolution; the formation of elements in the stars. A survey of the sky with particular attention to the solar system: the members of
the solar system as physical bodies with specific structures and as entities whose motion characteristics can be understood and
predicted.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
SCI 1020 or concurrently and not for credit for Science, Engineering and Computer Science students, except for Actuarial
Science students.
Description
Introduction to experimental techniques of measurement in the general fields of physics, chemistry, and other sciences.
Hours
One three-hour lab period.
411
When Offered
Offered in fall, spring, and occasionally in winter and summer
Description
The course emphasizes the unifying aspects of the scientific approach to the study of nature and human behavior. About one-third
of the course is devoted to scientific inquiry and investigation. The course focuses on fact identification and concept formation
and testing. In the remaining parts, the students are exposed to applications of the approach in various disciplines. The course sets
some basic concepts and theories of science into broad historical, philosophical, and cultural context and traces the development
of these theories to their present status. This serves the double purpose of acquainting students with the appropriate setting in
which a given idea gained relevance and exposing them to the evolution toward the current methods of investigation. Moral and
ethical issues in science are examined.
When Offered
Offered in the fall and spring.
Description
Course addressing broad intellectual concerns and accessible to all students, irrespective of major.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Description
The course provides students with some grounding in the application of Natural Sciences to the solution of problems related to
Art and Archaeology and instigates in them an appreciation of the complementary contributions of the Humanities and Sciences
to the study of particular phenomenon. Students are introduced to analytical scientific techniques on a need to know basis
depending on relevant applications. Celebrated cases of fakes and forgeries are discussed. The course aims at enhancing the
student's analytical ability and skills to solve problems related to forgery.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Description
The environment of Earth and the natural forces that shape it; Earth's materials, origin and its 4.5 billion years history; geological
events and their implications in finding oil and gas and other natural energy resources; economic contributions of geology to the
environment; special case studies with emphasis on Egypt are discussed.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Description
Environmental geology is applied geology focussing briefly on the entire spectrum of possible interactions between people and
412
the physical environment.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Description
Introduction to the physical properties of the earth material. Identification of minerals and all types of rocks; mode of
preservation and identification; of fossils; topographic maps and map readings; geological maps and cross sections; remote
sensing (aerial photography).
Hours
One three-hour lab period.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
Prerequisites: Junior standing or higher.
Description
An introductory, multidisciplinary approach to studying the relationships between science, technology and the environment.
Principles of ecosystem structure, function, balance, communities and populations. Principles of environmental sciences, outline
of crises, overpopulation, depletion and pollution. Framework for understanding environmental problems. Group projects, aimed
at exploring broad range of environmental issues from an interdisciplinary approach, constitute a major component of the course.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
SCI 2005 or consent of instructor
Description
An interdisciplinary study. The geology of naturally occurring minerals, methods for determining the utility of natural resources,
and the environmentally sound industrial conversion of raw materials. Particular attention given to the natural resources of Egypt,
especially to their importance in economic development.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
CREL 299/2096 - Selected Topics for the Core Curriculum in Global Studies (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
RHET 1000
Description
Course addressing broad intellectual concerns and accessible to all students, irrespective of major.
413
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
CREL 299/2097 - Selected Topics for the Core Curriculum in Arab World Studies (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
RHET 1000
Description
Course addressing broad intellectual concerns and accessible to all students, irrespective of major.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
RHET 1000
Description
Course addressing broad intellectual concerns and accessible to all students, irrespective of major.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Description
What defines religion? What might explain the practically universal impulse to recognize the divine? This course investigates a
variety of religions, according to common dimensions held by them that run across cultures: the social; the ethical; the doctrinal;
the ritual; the mythic; the experiential; and the artistic.
Description
An introduction to the academic study of religion. By looking at the history, beliefs, practices, institutions and cultural
expressions of a number of different religions, students will broaden their understanding of religions other than their own, and of
the diversity of the human religious experience. Students will learn to appreciate the variety of the religions of the world, and the
similarities and differences between them.
Description
Investigates the life and teachings of Jesus of Nazareth within the context of Second Temple Judaism and Greco-Roman culture.
Considers a range of pre-modern and modern interpretations of Jesus and the emergence of Christianity.
Cross-listed
Same as HIST 2604.
When Offered
Offered occasionally
414
CREL 220/2606 - Hinduism and Buddhism in India (3 cr.)
Description
This course will explore the major dimensions of the two most important religions in India from 1500 BCE to 1000 CE. Along
with providing an introduction to these two traditions, the course will give particular attention to the ways in which these
religions have interacted historically.
Description
This course examines pilgrimage as a unifying theme in exploration of human religiosity. While we will focus on what are called
"ritual pilgrimages", such as the Islamic hajj, we will also explore pilgrimage more metaphorically, by looking at the allegorical,
mythological, and visionary journeys. As frameworks for our analyses, we will also look at humanistic and social scientific
interpretive and theoretical models concerning pilgrimage.
Description
The Zionist ideology and movement in its own terms, and in the context of modern Judaism. The course places Zionism in its
historical and religious contexts, and examines its varieties. The Zionist movement is followed from its origins to the
establishment of Israel. Related aspects of Israeli politics are then examined, with especial reference to ideological and religious
debates
Cross-listed
Same as HIST 3208.
CREL 320/3608 - Masters, Saints, and Saviors: Sacred Biography in the World's Religions
(3 cr.)
Description
This course will explore one of the most important subjects in religious literature, the lives of great spiritual figures. We will
investigate a variety of biographical and autobiographical materials from several different religious traditions, examining both
form and function and testing whether or not we can make useful cross-cultural comparisons.
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: Enrollment in the Islamic Studies MA program.
Description
This course will introduce students to the great world religions other than Islam, and will introduce them to current theories and
methods in the academic field of Religious Studies.
Cross-listed
Same as ARIC 5245.
415
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: College level preparation course in Mathematics or MACT 1111 .
Description
Introduction to the discipline of computing. Computer systems, number systems, data representation and basic computer
organization. Basic Math concepts, functions and propositional logic. Problem solving, abstraction, design and programming.
Selection structures, repetition and loop statements. Modular programming. Basic testing and debugging of programs.
Introduction to programming in C++. Professional Ethics for computer professionals.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Description
Introduction to computer-related terms and concepts. Scope limitations of the computer capabilities. Ethics and social impact of
using computers. Basic skills related to the familiarity and efficient use of computer input/output devices, operating systems and
computer communications. Training on popular computer applications (e.g. word processing, spread sheet, database and
presentation graphics). Limited programming experience in a high-level language.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
This course is intended for arts students.
Prerequisites
CSCE 1001
Description
Overview of basic programming constructs. Functions, parameter passing and files. Data modeling with arrays, structures and
classes. Pointers and linked lists. Recursion. Basic program design and analysis, testing and debugging techniques. Programming
in C++. Program development using modern APIs.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
CSCE 1101
Description
The role of data structures in software engineering and algorithm design. Abstract data types and classes: concepts, data models,
and levels of abstraction. Recursion. Analysis of algorithms. Elementary data structures and their implementation: arrays, strings,
structures and files. Specification, implementation and application of stacks, queues, lists, trees and graphs. Searching and sorting
algorithms.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
416
CSCE 230/2301 - Digital Design I (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
PHYS 2211 or Concurrent
Description
Basic logic gates, Boolean algebra, logic minimization algorithms, modular design of combinational circuits, introduction to
computer arithmetic, memory elements, sequential circuits, Finite State Machines analysis and design, top-down digital systems
design approach, timing aspects of digital systems. Exposure to modern Electronic Design Automation tools, Hardware
Description Languages and programmable logic devices. The laboratory component will cover experiments in digital electronics.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
Concurrent with CSCE 2301 .
Description
The laboratory will cover experiments in digital design and experiments illustrating material of course CSCE 2301 .
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
CSCE 1101 and either CSCE 2301 * or ECNG 2101
*can be taken concurrently
Description
Explaining the state of the art computer systems focusing on major components: CPU,I/O, and memory. In-depth discussion of
the instructions set architecture of the MIPS microprocessors. This includes different types of assembly instructions doing basic
arithmetic, data movement, decision making, and jumping. Discussing different performance matrices of microprocessors and
how to measure and analyze performance and evaluate speedups. Going through basic computer arithmetic covering integer and
floating point operations. Discussing I/O ports, I/O devices and controllers, DMA channels, priority interrupts. Also discussing
different I/O technologies, such as magnetic disks, flash disks, and optical storage. It also discusses the latest trends in
microprocessors design and programming (such as SIMD and MIMD).
Cross-listed
Same as ECNG 3502.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
CSCE 2201
417
Description
Basic concepts, database system environment, DBMS. Components and architecture access structures, indexing and hashing,
high-level data models, ER and EER model, the relational model, relational languages, relational algebra, relational calculus,
SQL, introduction to functional dependencies and normalization, social and ethical context of databases.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or higher.
Description
Module 1: The Components of Information Technology: data technology, processing technology, and networking technology.
Module 2: Computer Ethics and Social Issues. Module 3: Business, Economic and Development Impacts of Information
Technology. Module 4: Computer Applications (in which students will be given the chance to create, modify and interact with
sophisticated computer applications.)
When Offered
Offered once every year.
Prerequisites
CSCE 2201
Description
A programming language different from those studied in CSCE 1001 and CSCE 1101 will be presented according to the interest
of both students and faculty.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Repeatable
Students may repeat this course with different languages but only a maximum of four credits can be counted toward the
concentration requirements.
Prerequisites
CSCE 2201
Description
This course offers intermediate programming concepts in the Java programming language to include virtual machines, dynamic
type checking, object serialization, inheritance and polymorphism, file manipulation, interfaces and packages. Java Applets,
event handling, multithreading and network-based application development in Java are also covered along with a set of selected
topics such as remote method invocation and remote database access using the language.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
418
CSCE 317/3103 - Object Oriented Programming (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
CSCE 2201
Description
In-depth study of a typical object-oriented programming language (C++) from a software engineering perspective, with emphasis
on features supporting the development of large, efficient and reusable object-oriented applications. Principles and practice of
three software development paradigms: developing classes from scratch, reuse of existing classes, incremental extension of
frameworks. Encapsulation, templates, polymorphism, dynamic binding and virtual methods, operator's overloading, complex
associations, dynamic aggregation, inheritance (single and multiple), exception handling, the standard template library.
Introduction to UML for describing program designs.
When Offered
Offered Occasionally.
Prerequisites
CSCE 2201
Description
Comparative study of abstraction, syntax, semantics, binding times, data and sequence control, run-time resources, translators,
and storage of programming languages. Programming projects using selected programming languages to enhance practical
aspects.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
CSCE 2201 and MACT 2131
Description
Analysis and complexity bounds of basic classes of algorithms. Basic algorithm design methodologies: Brute force, Transform
and Conquer, Divide and conquer, and Greedy methods. Dynamic Programming, Backtracking and Branch and Bound methods.
Applications to problems such as sorting and searching, traveling salesperson, knapsack, optimal merge patterns and graph
algorithms. Introduction to the theory of complexity.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
CSCE 2301 and CSCE 2303
Description
The objectives of this course are to introduce the principles of Modern Computer Architecture and design. Topics to be discussed
include Instruction Set Architectures, Arithmetic Logic Unit design, CPU data path design, CPU pipelining, memory hierarchy,
419
cache and virtual memory, and introduction to I/O.
Cross-listed
Same as ECNG 4505.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: Concurrent with CSCE 3301
Description
The laboratory will cover experiments in computer architecture and hardware design and experiments illustrating material of
course CSCE 3301 .
Cross-listed
Same as ECNG 4508L
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
PHYS 2211
Description
Devices and Basic Circuits: Introduction to Electronics, Operational Amplifiers, Diodes, Bipolar Junction Transistors (BJT's),
Field Effect Transistors (FET's), MOS and bipolar logic families, design parameter analysis, storage elements, interfacing logic
families, Operational amplifiers.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
CSCE 2301 , CSCE 3303 .
Description
VLSI fabrication, Design of complex CMOS gates, Combinational and Sequential logic structures in VLSI; Semiconductor
memories and array structures; Introduction of ASIC design techniques and tools; design and programming of FPGAs using
CAD tools; timing in sequential circuits; essential hazards; races in sequential circuits; Digital systems design; Datapath and
Control design; Modeling and simulation; Fault models and testing.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Prerequisites
CSCE 2201 and PHYS 2211
420
Description
Data transmissions. Transmission media, data encoding, data link control, and multiplexing. Introduction to wide area networks
and local area networks technology and systems.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
CSCE 2201 and CSCE 3301
Description
Operating systems concepts and structure. The Kernel, interrupts, system calls. Process concepts, operations, and
implementation. Threads. Concurrency, interprocess communication and synchronization. Process scheduling. Resources and
deadlocks. Memory management: swapping, paging, segmentation, virtual memory. File system interface, protection. Case
studies: Windows, Linux, and MINIX.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
CSCE 1001
Description
This course exposes attendees in breadth to the most viable systems relating to Information Technology, and their associated
administration. This includes networking fundamentals and related management, operating systems, computer organization and
architecture, hardware, firmware, and enterprise applications.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Notes
This course is not available for either Computer Science or Computer Engineering students.
Prerequisites
CSCE 1101 .
Description
This course introduces foundations of information security. It addresses cyber-security issues and common threats, basics of
network security, general security principles and practices, basics of cryptology and cryptanalysis, information security
management, and other selected topics.
Not allowed for Computer Science or Computer Engineering students.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
421
Prerequisites
PHYS 2211 and junior standing.
Description
Characterizations of signals, ADC and DAC, Fourier series and Fourier transform for discrete and continuous time signals,
sampling, Digital spectrum analysis, discrete transforms, digital filters, audio and image processing applications.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Prerequisites
CSCE 2201
Description
Basic concepts of software engineering project management, ethical and social issues as well as the software development life
cycle. Techniques for software specification, design, implementation, validation, verification and documentation. State-of-the art
tools for computer-aided software engineering (CASE tools) are used to support term projects.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
CSCE 3104 .
Description
Principles and practices in the design of compilers. Lexical analysis. Syntax analysis, top-down and bottom-up parsing. Syntax-
directed translation and syntax trees. Declarations, types, and symbol management. Run-time environments, storage organization,
parameter passing, dynamic storage allocation. Intermediate languages and intermediate code generation. Code generation and
optimization.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
Project: students construct a simple compiler that generates unoptimized code.
Prerequisites
MACT 2131 and Senior standing.
Description
Finite automata and regular expressions, context-free grammars and push-down automata, nondeterminism. Context-sensitive
grammars and the Chomsky hierarchy of grammars. Turing machine and the halting problem. Undecidable problems. Church's
Conjecture and its implications.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
422
CSCE 432/4301 - Embedded Systems (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
CSCE 445/4411 - Fundamentals of Distributed Systems (3 cr.)
Description
Embedded processor architecture and programming, I/O and device driver interfaces to embedded processors with networks,
video cards and disk drives. Using operating systems primitives for concurrency, timeouts, scheduling, communication and
synchronization, Real-time resource management techniques, and application-level embedded system design concepts such as
basic signal processing and feedback control.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Prerequisites
Concurrent with CSCE 4301
Description
The laboratory will cover experiments in embedded systems illustrating material of course CSCE 4301 .
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Prerequisites
CSCE 2201 and PHYS 2211
Description
Communication architecture and protocols. Networks, internetworking and transport protocols. Issues of mobile computing,
network security, and network applications.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
Concurrent with CSCE 4311
Description
The laboratory will cover experiments in computer networks illustrating material of course CSCE 4311 .
When Offered
Offered in fall.
423
Prerequisites
CSCE 3311
Description
Introduction to LAN, MAN and WAN. Topologies and transmission media. Protocol Architecture and Logical Link Control.
Traditional LANs. High-Speed Ethernet-Like LANs, FDDI. ATM LANs. Wireless LANs. Network performance and
management.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Prerequisites
Concurrent with CSCE 4313
Description
The laboratory will cover experiments in Local Area Networks to support and illustrate the material of the course CSCE 4313 .
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Prerequisites
CSCE 3401
Description
Introduction to distributed systems. Modeling, specifications, consistency, fault tolerance, interprocess communication, network
and distributed operating systems, distributed mutual exclusion, distributed deadlock detection, load balancing and process
migration.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
CSCE 3401
Description
Fundamentals of computer security. Identification and authentication. Access control, different approaches for inclusion of a
security kernel. Security in UNIX and Windows. How security is broken and how it is evaluated. Distributed systems security,
World Wide Web security, and network security. Practical experience to be gained through an assigned project to evaluate the
security of a real operational system.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
CSCE 2501
424
Description
Advanced relational database theory: functional dependencies, multivalued dependencies, join dependencies, inclusion
dependencies. System catalog implementation, query optimization techniques, transaction processing, concurrency control,
database security, backup and recovery strategies. Advanced data modeling (e.g. object-oriented databases), distributed and client
server architectures, and further exposure to social and ethical issues in databases.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
CSCE 2501
Description
Introduction to the Web as a platform, the Web as an n-tier client-server architecture, basic components of a web-based
application, developing static and dynamic web pages. Enhancing Web pages using Scripting languages. Developing Web-based
applications. Using Server-extension techniques and tools. Introduction to XML and its associated technologies. Emerging
technologies and tools on the web. Wireless Web protocols and techniques.
When Offered
Offered in fall
Prerequisites
MOIS 2101
Description
The World Wide Web as a business domain, E-Business and E-Commerce, Network Options and Infrastructure, HTML/XML
and WWW Site Design, Emerging technologies, WWW Tools, Internet Issues and Implications (Security issues, social and
ethical issues, legal issues), Costs and Resources, Internet Services Providers.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
CSCE 3104 and MACT 2131
Description
Problem spaces and application areas in engineering and science. LISP or PROLOG programming. AI architecture, knowledge
representation, hierarchical planning. Machine learning and Connectionist models. Parallel and distributed AI. Object-oriented
Knowledge representations. Students will use an AI programming language to solve some of the famous AI problems.
When Offered
Normally offered in fall.
425
Prerequisites
CSCE 2201 MACT 2123 and MACT 2132
Description
An introduction to basic concepts in the design, analysis, and application for computational neural networks. Mathematical
models of biological neurons. Multilayer perceptrons backward error propagation. Hopfield networks and Boltzmann machines.
Radial-basis function networks. Kohonen self-organizing feature maps. Adaptive Resonance Theory networks.
When Offered
Offered Occasionally.
Prerequisites
CSCE 210/2201 - Data Structures and Algorithms (3 cr.)
MACT 132/1122 - Calculus II (3 cr.)
Description
Image acquisition, image transformations, gray level operations, histogram equalization, spatial filtering, edge detection, line and
circle detection, generalized Hough transform, connected components labeling. Haar features, object detection with Adaboost,
applications: face detection, open CV programming.
Prerequisites
CSCE 2201 and MACT 2132 or concurrent.
Description
Overview of graphic systems and interactive devices. Output primitives and their attributes. Two-dimensional transformations,
segments, windowing, and clipping. Introduction to three-dimensional representation and viewing.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
CSCE 3701 .
Description
The structure of complex systems. The evolution and elements of the object model. The nature of objects and classes.
Relationships among classes and objects. Object-oriented analysis and design. Putting key object-oriented techniques to work in
constructing large-scale software systems. Case studies covered to demonstrate the use of an object-oriented development process
in the construction of software systems. Object-oriented metrics. Testing object-oriented software. Performance evaluation.
Advanced topics including design patterns and component-based software development.
When Offered
Offered occasionally
426
Prerequisites
CSCE 3701 and CSCE 3401
Description
This course introduces the main security problems found in contemporary systems and addresses how such problems are
introduced and how we may work towards their eradication. The course enables students to treat security issues as an important
and integral part of system design and development. It also provides them with a solid understanding of the basic ideas and
techniques used in assessing and addressing security risks.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
CSCE 495/4910 - Guided Studies in Computer Science and Engineering (1-3 cr.)
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
Description
Under the guidance of a faculty member, the student carries on a reading, research, or a project on a specific computer-science
topic. The student will present his/her results by submitting a report or passing an examination as determined by the supervisor.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
CSCE 485/4930 - Selected Topics in Computer Science and Engineering (1-3 cr.)
Prerequisites
Permission of instructor.
Description
Topics chosen according to special interests of faculty and major students. May be repeated for credit more than once if content
changes.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: junior standing.
Description
Each student is required to spend a minimum of eight weeks in some related computer training in Egypt or abroad. A report
followed by discussion is submitted to a departmental committee for evaluation.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
Graded pass or fail
427
CSCE 491/4980 - Senior Project I (1 cr.)
Prerequisites
Completion of all required, concentration, 3000-level and must have taken two 4000-level concentration courses or concurrent.
Description
Participating students select project topic according to their subject of interest and the availability of facilities and advisers.
Students carry out necessary preliminary work, which involves initial design space exploration, and submit a progress report.
Ethical responsibilities of a computing professional are covered by lectures and seminars and emphasized through the student's
teamwork.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
CSCE 4980
Description
Participating students carry on the plan of work they developed in CSCE 4980 . Students use all of their acquired knowledge
toward the design, implementation, testing, and documentation of a product. Each participant gives an oral presentation of his/her
results. On the approval of the supervisor, each group prepares and presents a complete package. Further ethical issues of the
computing profession are covered and emphasized all over the course work.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Description
Advanced data structures. An introduction to parallel algorithms. Amortized complexity. NP-Completeness and lower-bound
theory. Cook's Theorem. Techniques for proving problems NP-complete. Complexity of parallel algorithms.
When Offered
Offered in Spring.
CSCE 529/5222 - Design and Analysis of Parallel Algorithms (3 cr.)
Description
PRAM model and work-time presentation framework. Basic parallel algorithm design techniques: balanced problem
decomposition, printer jumping, divide and conquer, partitioning, pipelining, accelerated cascading, symmetry breaking. Parallel
searching and sorting. Parallel pattern matching. Randomized parallel algorithms.
Description
Advanced topics in modern microprocessor microarchitecture especially as they relate to systems and applications software.
Modern "core" CPU design: Instruction Level Parallelism, (ILP: Instruction Level Parallelism via software), Dynamic Instruction
428
Level Parallelism by hardware (Dynamic scheduling, Superscaling, Reservation stations, Instruction Reordering buffers,
Speculative instruction execution, Out-of-order instruction execution and retirement), Static and Dynamic Branch prediction
techniques & VLIW technology. CMP (Chip Multiprocessing), Chip multithreading design and applications. Basics of parallel
software design issues and how they interact with the architecture. All topics are illustrated by state of the art Microprocessors.
Prerequisites
CSCE 4311 or equivalent.
Description
Introduction to the need for Giga-bit networks and the technology support of that demand. Changes required to support this high
rate of data, voice, and live video. Over view of IDN, ISDN, and B-ISDN. Fiber Optics Medium. Cell networking. ATM
(Asynchronous Transfer Mode). Switching and switches. Traffic control in ATM networks. ATM Local Area Networks.
Description
Models of concurrency, specifications of distributed systems, consistent global states, fault tolerance and related problems,
interprocess communication, distributed file systems, replication mechanisms, distributed operating systems, real-time distributed
systems, transputers, and case studies of distributed systems.
Prerequisites
CSCE 5231
Description
Analysis and design of high-performance computer systems, pipelining techniques, cache design, instruction level parallelism,
parallel and vector architectures, shared memory multiprocessors, message passing multicomputers, data flow architectures,
scalability and performance, software for parallelism.
Prerequisites
Consent of instructor
Description
Covers both practical and theoretical aspects of developing embedded systems with real time constraints. Topics include real time
operating systems, task management and synchronization, real time scheduling algorithms, performance analysis and
optimization, real time communication, design for low power, interfacing to external devices, and device drivers.
Description
Problem Solving by Search, Knowledge Representation and Reasoning, Planning, Quantifying Uncertainty, Probabilistic
Reasoning, Learning from Examples, Learning Probabilistic Models, and Reinforcement Learning.
Cross-listed
Same as RCSS 5245.
429
CSCE 527/5262 - Neural Networks and Genetic Algorithms (3 cr.)
Description
Basic concepts of artificial neural networks, supervised learning networks, Back-propagation learning, Hebbian learning.
Unsupervised learning networks, Self Organizing Map networks. Deep learning, Convolutional neural networks, restricted
Boltzmann machines, and deep belief networks. Evolutionary computation, genetic algorithms, and some applications.
Description
Introduction to knowledge based system development life cycle, acquiring knowledge from domain experts, text, and data,
machine learning techniques used to automate the knowledge acquisition process, knowledge modeling approaches, design and
implementation of knowledge based systems, knowledge based systems verification and validation techniques.
Description
Introduction to syntactic and semantic analysis of natural languages with emphasis on English and Arabic. Issues on word sense
disambiguation, parsing formalism, and discourse analysis; machine translation techniques: transfer, knowledge based and
statistical approaches.
Description
Introduction to web data mining including web usage mining, structure mining, and content mining. Web mining techniques: data
and text classification, data and text clustering, association, and path analysis. Applications of web mining: personalization,
summarization, web page ranking, opinion mining, information extraction, topic tracking and others.
Prerequisites
Approval of Instructor.
Description
Image formation, image filtering and features detection, SIFT and HOG, segmentation, object detection with sliding windows,
bag of words, OpenCV library, camera 3D to 2D projection, stereo vision, shape from X, object registration, model matching,
and virtual reality.
Description
Image acquisition, color representation, quantization, image transforms, enhancement, filtering, multi-spectral processing, image
restoration, image segmentation, morphological transform, compression, and applications.
Description
Fundamental concepts and basic techniques of computer graphics. Algorithms and recent research in graphics and animation. A
430
thorough survey of object modeling, realism, ray tracing, rendering, and light models. Modeling of animated objects, motion
animation, and human animation.
Prerequisites
Consent of instructor
Description
Decision Theory, Linear Discriminants, Logistic Regression, Principal Components Analysis, Support Vector Machines, Vector
Quantization, Mixture of Gaussian, Expectation-Maximization, Clustering, Mixture of Gaussian, Case Studies and applications:
object classification.
Description
Formal methods in software engineering, first-order logic, basic specification elements and rigorous proofs. Verification and
validation. Testing and debugging techniques and tools. Reusability, modularity, top-down and bottom-up development
approaches, object classification, support for concurrency and polymorphism.
Description
Introduction to advanced topics in software quality such as aspects of quality in various development life cycles, software
measurement, software quality metrics, testing, quality models, high maturity, better practices in the domain to produce high
quality and reliable software, as well as case studies.
CSCE 000/5910 - Independent Studies in Computer Science and Engineering (1-3 cr.)
Prerequisites
Consent of instructor
Description
Under the guidance of a faculty member, the student carries on a reading, research, or a project on a specific computer science
topic. The student will present his/her results by submitting a report or passing an examination as determined by the supervisor.
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: permission of instructor.
Description
Topics chosen according to special interests of faculty and students.
Repeatable
May be repeated for credit more than once if content changes.
Description
Seminars of research topics given by invited speakers as well as presentation and discussion of results obtained by graduate
431
students during their research work.
Notes
Must be taken twice for credit. Graded pass or fail.
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
Description
Under the guidance of a faculty member, the student carries out a research project on a specific computer science topic. The
student will present his/her results by submitting a report or passing an examination as determined by the supervisor.
Notes
This course cannot be taken for credit by thesis-option M.Sc. students.
Description
Consultation on problems related to student thesis.
Notes
Must be taken twice for credit.
Prerequisites
Approval of Instructor.
Description
Fundamentals, challenges, and state of the art research discussions in mobile and pervasive computing. To include topics related
to the domain such as location management, data dissemination, context awareness, software engineering, middleware, security
and privacy, sensing and actuation, applications, and research paper critique.
Prerequisites
Consent of instructor.
Description
Theoretical aspects of data mining techniques including classification, association, predication, and cluster analysis. Related
fields from which data mining draws, like database technology, artificial intelligence, and machine learning, will be emphasized.
Data mining applications will also be introduced based on the interest of the students.
Description
Topics chosen according to special interests of faculty and students. May be repeated for credit more than once if content
changes.
432
CSCE 699/6980 - Research Guidance Dissertation (3 cr.)
Description
Consultation on problems related to student thesis. To be taken 11 times for credit.
Prerequisites
ENGR 1005
Description
Architectural and structural drawings. Roads and hydraulic works drawings. Construction details. Electro-mechanical drawings
for construction.
Hours
One three-hour lab period.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
MACT 1122
Description
Principles of plane surveying; methods of measuring distances, angles and differences in heights (levels); traverse computations;
setting out horizontal and vertical curves; earthwork computation; setting out engineering structures and construction projects.
Hours
Two class periods and three-hour lab period.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
CENG 000/3011 - Electrical and Mechanical Systems for Construction Engineering (4 cr.)
Prerequisites
ARCH 3562 , ENGR 2122
Description
A study of electrical and mechanical systems used in both residential and commercial construction. Lectures cover the basic
principles of electrical distribution, artificial lighting, fire protection, plumbing systems and heating, ventilating and air
conditioning (HVAC) systems. Course content will include system design, component selection and utilization for energy
conservation. Techniques of application and installation will be included as well as site visits and workshops.
When Offered
offered in fall and spring
433
Prerequisites
ENGR 2102 and ENGR 2112 or concurrent
Description
Analysis of statically determinate structures under static loads, member forces in trusses, shear and moment diagrams, live loads
and influence lines, deflections, analysis of statically indeterminate structures by three-moment equation, the method of
consistent deformation, slope-deflection, and moment distribution. Approximate analysis of statically indeterminate structures.
Matrix force and displacement methods with computer applications.
Hours
Three class periods and three-hour tutorial.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring
CENG 302/3112 - Structural Analysis and Design Principles for Architects (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
ENGR 2112 or concurrent.
Description
Classification and analysis of determinate structures including; trusses, beams, frames, arches and cables. Computation of
deflections. Analysis of structure using commercial software. Principles of limit states design. Properties of concrete and
construction material. Distribution of loads and arrangement of structural elements in reinforced concrete buildings.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring
Prerequisites
CENG 3112
Description
Reinforced Concrete Design: Flexural theory of reinforced concrete beams. Design of singly reinforced sections, design and
detailing of: beams, solid slabs and short columns. Structural Steel Design: properties of steel, load and resistance factor design
of steel structures, structural systems, and computation of loads and load combinations. Design of: Tension of compression
members. Behavior of beams and beam columns. Types of Connections.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
CENG 3151
Description
Structural systems for gravity loads: flat slab, hollow block slabs, paneled beams, stairs, frames. Structural systems for lateral
loads: frames, shear wall and combined systems. Foundation systems: introduction to soil types and soil exploration, foundation
design consideration, types of foundation systems, design of shallow foundations.
434
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
CENG 3111
Description
Properties of plain and reinforced concrete, behavior of composite sections, ultimate strength and working stress design of
structural elements, beams, columns, one-way and two-way solid slabs, detailing of reinforcing steel. Concept of elastic design of
steel structures, structural systems for steel buildings and bridges, elastic design and analysis of steel tension members,
compression members, beams, columns, and connections.
Hours
Three class periods and three-hour tutorials.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring
Prerequisites
ENGR 2112
Description
Types and properties of construction materials and components. Concepts of quality control, statistical evaluation and
corresponding experimental work. Aggregates types, sources and quality. Inorganic cements. Concrete mix design, admixtures
and quality control. Asphalt cement, asphalt concrete mix design and quality control. Steel in construction. Masonry materials,
timber, insulation materials and coatings.
Hours
Three class periods and three-hour lab period.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
CENG 2311
Description
Minerals and rock types, superficial deposits, interpretation of geologic maps, structural geology, geologic exploration, ground
water cycle, geology of Egypt and greater Cairo.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
ENGR 2122 and ENGR 3202 (or concurrent).
435
Description
Introduction to water resources projects, pipelines and pipe networks, pumps, open channel flow, hydraulic structures, water flow
in soil media, seepage, wells and dewatering systems.
Hours
Two class periods and three hour lab period.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
CENG 3153
Description
Review of states of stresses, shear center, principles of fracture mechanics; energy principles with applications to beam deflection
and analysis of beams on elastic foundation; principals of structural dynamics; structural stability principles, buckling analysis,
and P-Delta effect; introduction to theory of plates and shells.
Prerequisites
CENG 3153
Description
Types of bridges. Loads; dead, live, impact, wind and other loading. Basic design and construction of various types of bridges;
truss, beam and plate girder, slab, box girder. bearings and expansion details.
Prerequisites
CENG 3153
Description
Prefabricated concrete; design methods, tolerance, floor and roof systems, wall panels and construction joints. Concrete water
structures; design considerations and parameters, water tightness, construction of circular and rectangular tanks. Prestressed
concrete; basic principles, methods and systems of prestressing, partial loss of prestressing, analysis and design for flexural,
shear, bond and bearing.
Prerequisites
CENG 3152 or CENG 3153
Description
Structural systems for modern tall buildings: gravity load systems; transfer floor systems; lateral load systems for resisting wind
and earthquake forces; design considerations for tall buildings. Roof systems for large span areas and arenas: shell structures;
folded plates; tensile structures and canopies.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
436
CENG 452/4158 - Structural Systems and Advanced Design (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
CENG 3152 or CENG 3153
Description
Structural design process, structural performance criteria, choice of structural system, design topics for reinforced concrete and
steel structures including: rigid frames, ribbed and flat floor systems, torsion, biaxial bending, deflections, composite
construction.
Prerequisites
CENG 3211
Description
Various types of advanced concrete, metals, and highway materials. Examples are concrete admixtures, special concretes,
special construction alloys, soil stabilizers, and bituminous materials and high strength low alloy steels. Advanced mechanics of
components incorporating innovative materials. Environmental-friendly use of materials and incorporation of waste materials.
Advanced quality control techniques. Laboratory experiments are conducted for demonstration purposes.
Prerequisites
ARCH 2551 or ARCH 3562 , CENG 3112 or CENG 3153 or with ARCH 3331 or CENG 3211.
Description
Techniques of building construction. Methods, materials, tools and equipment of construction. Traditional, mechanized and
prefabrication construction systems. Applications on site management and safety, Selection of construction equipment.
Applications on influence of construction methods on design and details. Emphasis in applications will be provided based on
student Program.
Hours
Two class periods and one three hour field trip or drawing lab period.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
CENG 4252
Description
Civil construction; methods, materials, tools and equipment; traditional and modern construction technologies. Evaluation and
selection of appropriate construction technology. Sizing, operation and maintenance of construction equipment, design of
temporary construction elements such as: concrete formwork, scaffolding systems, cofferdams.
Cross-listed
Same as CENG 5246 with special course assignments for graduate students.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
437
CENG 411/4313 - Soil Mechanics (4 cr.)
Prerequisites
ENGR 229/2112 - Strength and Testing of Materials (4 cr.) CENG 311/3511 - Fundamentals of Hydraulic Engineering (3 cr.)
Description
Soils' index properties and engineering classification; soil composition and structure; lab and field soil compaction; water seepage
and water flow net in soil media, stresses in soil, soil stress-strain properties; consolidation in soil; shear strength of soils, basic
theory of lateral earth pressure of soils; analysis of soil slope stability. Experimental testing, measurements and reporting.
Hours
Three class periods and three-hour lab period.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
CENG 4313
Description
Earth pressure theories; bases for design of retaining structures; fundamental problems of slope stability; types of foundations
systems and design criteria; design of shallow foundations and deep foundations; construction methods; effects of construction of
nearby structures.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
CENG 4314 or concurrent.
Description
Geotechnical analysis and design concepts applied to engineering projects: stability of natural and man-made soil and rock
slopes, reinforced earth, deep soil stabilization, cofferdams, mat foundation, deep foundation under various loading conditions.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
ENGR 2104 and CENG 3211
Description
Introduction to transportation planning and engineering; transportation planning tools, concepts of geometric and structural
design and construction of highways, and concepts of geometric design of railways.
438
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
CENG 4351
Description
Analysis of factors in developing highway transportation facilities, traffic estimates and assignment, problems of highway
geometric and design standards, planning and location principles, intersection design factors, structural design of pavement and
highway maintenance.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
For construction engineering students: ENGR 3222, CENG 3153 and ARCH 3562 .
For architectural engineering students: ENGR 3222 and CENG 3151 .
Description
Introduction to construction management: participants involved types of construction project life cycle. Estimating techniques
and procedures: approximate estimating, quantity surveying, detailed estimating procedure, costing of labor, material, equipment,
overhead costs, cash flow analysis, financing costs, cost recording and cost accounts, Quality Management, and Safety
Management; basics of company's organization and HR management.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
CENG 4410
Description
Participants in a construction contract. Contract definition. Types of contracts; formation principles of a contract, performance or
breach of contractual obligations. Analysis and comparison of the different kinds of construction contracts. Bidding logistics.
Legal organizational structures. Different types and uses of specifications. Different forms of contracts utilized in construction.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
CENG 4410 and CENG 4440
Description
Introduction to Risk and Uncertainty. Process of Risk Management: Risk Identification, Risk Analysis (Qualitative and
439
Quantitative), Risk Response Planning, Risk Monitoring and Control, Tools and Techniques: Decision Tree, modeling,
optimization, linear programming, network optimization, and inventory models. Monte Carlo Simulation and Application.
Accounting for Project Risks. Introduction to Risk Analysis packages (Crystal Ball, PERT Master). Analyzing the Bidding
Behavior of Key Competitors and Estimating Optimum Markup.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
CENG 4410 .
Description
Project definition and work breakdown structure, deterministic and probabilistic scheduling and control models and techniques.
Resource allocation and levelling, optimal schedules, documentation and reporting, time and cost control, progress monitoring
and evaluation. Computer applications.
Cross-listed
Same as CENG 5246 with special course assignments for graduate students.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
CENG 4252
Description
Building Information Modeling, Computer modeling of construction processes, 4D Simulation of construction operations,
Productivity modeling, measuring and forecasting, Sequencing and coordination of construction systems, Post-Optimality
Analysis of Integer and Linear Programming Models in construction, discrete event simulation of construction processes.
Hours
Two one-hour class periods and three-hour lab period.
Prerequisites
CENG 4420
Description
Basic accounting terminology, accounting cycle and process, financial statements and analysis, unique aspects of accounting for
the construction industry methods of revenue recognition for construction, percentage of completion computations, unbalanced
items in construction: costs in excess and billings in excess.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
440
Prerequisites
CENG 4420 or concurrent.
Description
Construction project parties' responsibilities pursuant to Civil Code and the Law of Tenders and Auctions (No. 89/1998),
tendering procedures, contract negotiation and drafting, document control, international form of contracts (FIDIC), management
of the variation process, Claims preparation and evaluation, disputes resolution methods.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
CENG 3511
Description
Water quality. Material balance relationships and water pollution control. Water demand. Drinking water: collection, treatment,
distribution and quality assurance. Domestic and industrial wastewater collection, treatment and disposal. Environmental Impact
Assessment.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
CENG 4313
Description
Introduction to water resources engineering. Design of irrigation systems and canals. Hydraulic structures: types, functions,
hydraulic design, environmental impact. Urban and rural drainage systems associated with public infrastructure projects: types,
design considerations, and hydraulic design.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
CENG 4551 concurrent.
Description
Theory and design of unit operations and processes in environmental engineering, emphasizing water and wastewater treatment;
namely: physical, chemical and biological unit processes, sludge handling processes.
Cross-listed
Same as ENVE 5251, but with additional requirements for graduate students.
441
Prerequisites
CENG 3511 and CENG 4410 .
Description
Sanitary, storm water and combined sewerage systems: selection, elements, layout, computer-assisted hydraulic modeling and
design. Water supply and distribution systems: hydraulic modeling and design. Pipeline asset management, GIS application in
pipeline management and Life Cycle Cost Analysis. Pipeline rehabilitation and repair methods. Planning and construction
considerations.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
Pre-requisites: Senior standing.
Description
Solid wastes - Nature, generation and collection. Local and regional management strategies including recycling and recovery of
useful products, landfilling, and incineration. . Hazardous wastes - Nature, generation and collection. Risk
assessment. Management strategies including source reduction, treatment, recovery, landfilling, and incineration.
Cross-listed
Same asENVE 5254, but with additional requirements for graduate students.
Same as GREN 5213 .
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: senior standing.
Description
Specialized topics in construction engineering will be selected and presented.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: consent of instructor and department chair on the basis of a well-defined proposal.
Description
Independent study in various problem areas of construction may be assigned to individual students or groups.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Repeatable
May be repeated for credit if content changes.
Notes
Readings assigned and frequent consultations held.
442
CENG 497/4951 - Practical Training (1 cr.)
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: completion of 96 credit hours.
Description
Each student is required to spend a minimum of eight weeks in industrial training in Egypt or abroad. A complete account of the
experience is reported, presented and evaluated. Professional ethics: theories and analysis of ethical case studies.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: completion of 78 credits in major.
Description
A capstone project. Topics are selected by groups of students according to their area of interest upon advisors' approval. Projects
address solutions to open ended applications using an integrated engineering approach.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: .CENG 4980 .
Description
An applied cap stone project. Continuation of senior project I topics is encouraged. Actual construction projects are selected by
groups of students upon advisors' approval for analysis. The management and technology aspects of construction are simulated
and investigated.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Description
Types, mechanisms and analyses of deterioration of concrete and steel structures, approaches and means of damage assessment,
assessing structural stability and integrity of existing structures, development of sound strategy for repair and restoration.
Protection and repair materials, techniques, design and economic aspects.
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
Description
443
Fundamentals of the Finite Element Method (Equilibrium Equations, Virtual Work and Potential Energy, Interpolation and Shape
Functions, Convergence, and Computer Programming), One-Dimensional Elements (Truss, Beam, and Frame Elements), Two-
Dimensional Elements (Plane Stress and Plane Strain Elements, and Isoparametric Formulations), Three-Dimensional Elements
(General and Axisymmetric Solids), Surface Elements (Flexure in Plates, General and Axisymmetric Shells), Analyses
(Vibration Analysis, Stability Analysis, and Nonlinear Analysis), and Finite Element Surface Packages.
Description
Recent developments in the areas of concrete, highway materials and metals. Examples are concrete admixtures, light weight
aggregates, polymers, prestressed concrete, soil stabilizers, bituminous materials and high strength low alloy steels. Advanced
mechanics of components incorporating innovative materials. Environmental-friendly use of materials and recycling of solid
waste.
Prerequisites
Consent of instructor.
Description
Systems analysis approach; systems modeling; systems approach to engineering and management; closed versus open systems;
modeling construction organizations as open systems. Decision analysis: Artificial intelligence techniques: evolutionary
algorithms, prediction and behavior detection, regression analysis, artificial neural networks, knowledge representation, fuzzy
logic and fuzzy sets, fuzzy knowledge based systems.
Notes
Not open for students with MENG 5251 .
Description
Civil construction; methods, materials, tools and equipment; traditional and modern construction technologies. Evaluation and
selection of appropriate construction technology. Value engineering. Sizing, operation and maintenance of construction
equipment. (Not open for AUC graduates.)
Prerequisites
Consent of instructor.
Description
Construction details, materials, equipment, manufacture, fabrication and erection of special building structures: high rise
buildings, wide span structures, underground buildings, large scale projects, specialized buildings, etc. Construction organization,
advanced construction materials with cost implications; Advanced Delivery Techniques for projects; Company organization and
funding of projects.
Prerequisites
Consent of instructor.
444
Description
Urban infrastructure systems. It presents a generic framework for asset management that includes: information management and
decision support systems, condition assessment, deterioration prediction, life cycle cost analysis, risk management, performance
measures, and budget allocation. Elements of this framework are presented within the context of civil infrastructure systems;
Roads, Buildings, Water networks, and Sewer networks.
Prerequisites
Consent of instructor
Description
Simulation Paradigms, discrete event simulation, systems dynamics simulation, agent based simulation, elementary queuing
theory applications in construction, validating simulation models, visualizing techniques in simulation, sampling from non-
uniform distributions, introduction to special purpose simulation languages for construction, simulation modeling techniques and
analysis.
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
Description
Successful construction practices are impacted not only by the technical skills but also by the leadership and management
personal skills of the project team. This course outlines indispensable leadership and management skills including time
management, communication skills, capacity and team building as well as the ethical components in construction. International
and local case studies are provided to illustrate these issues and quantify both the positive and negative impacts. A final project is
submitted where with situational analyses and lessons learned.
Notes
Not open for credit for M.S. students.
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
Description
The course covers advanced topics in the area of construction management including advanced scheduling techniques, cost
schedule integration, bidding models applied to the construction industry emphasizing the difference in view points between
owners and contractors, risk in construction, contingency and mark-up allocations, risk versus return relationship including
models to determine the cost-of-capital for construction firms and projects.
Description
The course provides an in-depth coverage of the litigious environment within the construction industry and outlines the
appropriate techniques to handle such environment. Claims and disputes from both owners and contractors perspectives are
covered. The course also outlines the use of techniques such as scheduling as mechanisms for the efficient resolution of claims.
445
Description
Project definition and work breakdown structure, scheduling and control models and techniques. Resource allocation and
leveling, optimal schedules, documentation and reporting services, time and cost control, progress monitoring and evaluation.
Computer applications. (Not open for AUC graduates.)
Prerequisites
Consent of instructor.
Description
Resource management as an integral part of the construction management process. Management of materials; scheduling,
handling, utilization, costing, accountability, procurement, warehousing, supply chain management, and inventory systems.
Management of labor; tabulation, productivity, ergonomics, utilization, costing, and human resource management. Management
of equipment; acquisition, production rates, utilization, matching and costing.
Description
Introduction to the basic construction industry and its problems. Participants in a construction contract, contract definition, types
of contracts, formation principles of a contract, performance or breach of contractual obligations. Analysis and comparison of the
different kinds of contracts used in construction. Bidding logistics. Legal organizational structures. Different types and uses of
specifications.
Description
Introduction to construction management: participants involved types of construction project life cycle. Estimating techniques
and procedure: approximate estimating, quantity surveying, detailed estimating procedure, costing of labor, material, equipment,
overhead costs, financing costs, cost recording and cost accounts, Quality Management, and Safety Management.
Description
Project definition and work breakdown structure, scheduling and control models and techniques. Resource allocation and
leveling, optimal schedules, documentation and reporting, time and cost control, progress monitoring and evaluation. Computer
applications.
Prerequisites
CENG 5262
Description
Complexities of multinational Projects. Challenges in managing multinational Projects; crosscultural differences, communication,
standards, approaches to problem solving. Cross-culture differences & engineering firms, avoiding cross-cultural pitfalls, taking
advantage of cultural diversity. Distance management. Breaking into foreign markets.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
446
CENG 534/5265 - Risk Management and Bidding Strategies (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
CENG 5262
Description
Introduction to risk and uncertainty. Process of risk management; risk identification, risk analysis (qualitative and quantitative),
risk response planning, risk monitoring and control. Tools and techniques; decision trees, PERT, modeling, optimization, Monte
Carlo simulation and application. Introduction to risk analysis packages (Crystal Ball, PERT Master). Analyzing the bidding
accounting for project risks. Behavior of key competitors, estimating optimum markup.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
CENG 5262 .
Description
The course provides an in-depth coverage of the litigious environment within the construction industry, appropriate techniques to
handle such litigations. Claims and disputes from both owners and contractors perspectives. Techniques of scheduling as
mechanisms for the efficient resolution of claims.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
CENG 5263
Description
Integration and application of systems science, operations research and systems methodologies. Design, production, and
maintenance of efficient and reliable systems. Introduction to mathematical models. The formulation of the linear programming
models. Solving of linear programming models using the graphical solution method, simplex technique, transportation and
assignment problem. Decision making under uncertainty, minimum cost model, and sensitivity analysis.
Description
Resource management as part of the construction management process. Productivity in construction; conceptual and
mathematical formulation of labor, equipment, and materials factors affecting productivity. Management of materials;
scheduling, handling, utilization, procurement and acquisition costing, material management information systems, inventory
analysis. Management of labor; productivity, ergonomics, utilization, costing, manpower planning and organization. Management
of equipment; acquisition, production rates, utilization, matching, costing. Critical project resources.
CENG 538/5269 - Procurement of Assets & Services for Construction Projects (3 cr.)
447
Description
Articulation of requirements for new facilities and needs, facility definition and delivery, effective search and definition of
resources, management of the process of acquisition, negotiation approaches and strategies, alternative solution and value
optimization. International and local case studies.
Description
Consultation on problems related to student thesis. Must be taken twice for credit.
Description
Independent study in various problem areas of engineering may be assigned to individual students or to groups. Readings
assigned and frequent consultations held.
Notes
(Students may sign for up to 3 credits towards fulfilling M. Sc. requirements).
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
Description
Topics to be chosen every year according to specific interests.
Repeatable
May be taken for credit more than once if content changes.
Prerequisites
Consent of instructor.
Description
Fundamental concepts in elastic stability: equilibrium equations, stability criteria and post-buckling behavior. Various aspects of
instability: buckling of columns, frames, arches, plates and shells, dynamic buckling, nonlinear problems, torsion and flexural
buckling. Approximate methods for stability analysis. Interactive buckling phenomena in light metallic constructions.
Prerequisites
Consent of instructor.
Description
Dynamics of discretized systems; one degree of freedom systems; free and forced vibration; response to base excitation,
stochastic excitation, impact. Lumped - mass multidegree systems: free and forced vibration of two degrees of freedom systems
in response to harmonic and step functions, pulses, and general type. Matrix formulation for multiple degrees of freedom, natural
frequencies, Lagrange equations, modal analysis. Flexural vibrations of beams, plates and frames. Dynamic response to impact
and moving loads.
448
CENG 613/6213 - Earthquake Engineering and Seismic Design (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
Consent of instructor.
Description
Earthquake ground motion and response spectra, dynamic response of buildings and structures to seismic loads, lateral load
resisting systems, seismic design considerations, drift and lateral stability, code considerations, design of reinforced concrete,
masonry and steel structures, design of nonstructural systems, structures with seismic mitigation systems: active and passive
damping and base isolation.
Prerequisites
Consent of instructor.
Description
Review of applied mechanics of materials. Asphalt concrete; components, conventional and SUPERPAV characterization of
asphalts, asphalt concrete conventional and SUPERPAV mix design, mechanistic and environmental performance. Special types
of concrete; e.g. high strength, high durability, corrosion resistant, self compact. Non-conventional construction materials.
Prerequisites
CENG 5121 or Equivalent Course/Experience
Description
Protection of masonry, wood, concrete and steel and composite structures. Preserving historic structures. Condition assessment
using innovative techniques. Equations and formulae for condition assessment with lab field visits. Complex repair of structures
subjected to moderate to sever damage. Durability and sustainability of strategic structures. Repair life cycle cost.
Prerequisites
Consent of instructor.
Description
Pavement systems, structures and design factors. Flexible pavements; materials characterization, traffic loading and volume,
stresses and strains models, sensitivity analysis, pavement performance, reliability, design criteria, traditional and contemporary
methods of design. Rigid pavements; stresses and deflections in rigid pavements due to curling, loading and frication, design
criteria, methods of design, design of joints. Design project.
CENG 699/6290 - Research Guidance Dissertation (3 cr.)
449
Description
Consultation on problems related to student thesis. To be taken 11 times for credit.
CENG 680/6291 - Independent Study in Structural and Material Engineering (3 cr. max.)
Description
Independent study in various problem areas of structural and material engineering may be assigned to individual students or to
groups. Readings assigned and frequent consultations held.
CENG 692/6292 - Advanced Selected Topics in Structural and Material Engineering (3 cr.)
Description
Topics chosen according to special interests of faculty and students. May be repeated for credit more than once if content
changes.
Prerequisites
Taken concurrently with RHET 1010 .
Description
This course is a cluster of distinct courses (topics may vary semester to semester) with shared goals and learning outcomes. All
sections of CORE 1010 aim to introduce students to university-level academic study and the meaning and values of a liberal arts
education. Through varied section topics, readings, films and other media, discussions and assignments, CORE 1010 will help
students adapt and succeed in today's university environment, as they develop their skills in critical thinking, information literacy,
teamwork, and effective reading and communication. Courses focus on issues of lasting value and current relevance for students,
and address questions such as "Who am I?" "What do citizenship and civic responsibility mean?" "How do I know what is true?"
and "What is a good life?"
When Offered
Fall and Spring. Summer only for students repeating the course.
Description
Course addressing broad intellectual concerns and accessible to all students, irrespective of major.
Description
This interdisciplinary course explores the different facets of what it means to be human and how the human spirit is manifest in
various human endeavors and situations. Students will discuss or debate readings in various genres, watch films, analyze various
perspectives, write, and draw on their own experiences to formulate conclusions about how and why the answers to these
essential and enduring questions involve complexity and multiple points of view.
450
Description
This course aims to deepen students' understanding and broaden their perspective on the issues and methods of civic and
community engagement. Students will analyze the needs of various groups and develop a critical, reflective understanding of the
role of context, interconnectedness, and respect of d9difference. Some sections may integrate Community Based Learning; please
check prior registration.
CORE 000/2096 - Selected Topics for the Core Curriculum in Global Studies (3 cr.)
Description
Course addressing broad intellectual concerns and open to all students, irrespective of major.
Prerequisites
RHET 1000
Description
Course addressing broad intellectual concerns and accessible to all students, irrespective of major.
CORE 000/2142 - Profiles in Civic Leadership and Civic Project Development (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
RHET 1020
Description
This course uses an interdisciplinary approach to examine human rights, social justice, civic engagement and leadership, with a
special focus on the university and the opportunities it can provide for service learning and student leadership. Students will learn
about the structure and role of various types of institutions including the state, international and civil society institutions within
development planning and practice, as well as fund raising and grant writing. While others work on a Civic Leader Project, MEPI
students will develop their " Civic Service Project", required formally in their senior year.
Prerequisites
RHET 2010
Description
Interdisciplinary seminar addressing broad current topics and concerns from a variety of intellectual and professional
perspectives; open and accessible to all senior students, irrespective of major.
SEMR 111/1011 - The Human Quest: Exploring the "Big Questions" (3 cr.)
Description
This is an interdisciplinary survey course aimed at helping new undergraduate students acquire an attitude of engaged curiosity, a
widened worldview, and enhanced self expression as they begin to discover how a university education can help them find their
places in the world. Using an interdisciplinary approach combining geography, history, biology, political science, anthropology,
sociology, literature, and the arts, it aims to introduce students to the process of raising and exploring life's enduring "Big
Questions," through readings, music, debates, films, and technology, and thus they acquire some of the knowledge, skills, and
attitudes needed by a university student in the 21st century.
451
SEMR 112/1012 - "Who Am I?": Explorations in Consciousness and Self Across the
Disciplines" (3 cr.)
Description
Self-awareness allows us to perceive both limits and possibilities. This course will be a practical and theoretical exploration of
different approaches to consciousness and the self in the sciences, psychology, philosophy and religion, among others.
SEMR 123/1023 - Celebrating Ideas: A Voyage Through Books, film, Art and Theater (3
cr.)
Description
This course aims at exposing students to a wide range of key landmarks in human intellectual and cultural development. This is
achieved through reading a number of texts, each important, simulating, often groundbreaking and discussing the ideas and
concepts embodied in these texts. The topics and themes raised through the readings will be further explored and enhanced
through exposure not just to the written word but through film, art and theater, all modes in which humankind has been able to
express its intellectual development and creative energy.
Description
Pathways 2 freshmen level course inter-disciplinary course taught by 5 instructors over 2 sections using a modular approach to
themes and content.
The course examines the nature of creative thinking, problem solving and innovation, across a variety of contexts and disciplines,
and seeks to awaken and foster students' creativity, as something innate in all of us. Students will participate in a variety of
assignments and mini-projects over the course of the semester with both individual and group work, focusing on relevant and
engaging real-life problems. The course brings a multi-disciplinary, modular approach to an examination of creativity as a 21st
century skill vital for students in all fields of study.
Description
This course provides a unique opportunity for students at AUC to share their educational experience with students in the west.
The medium for this shared experience will be videoconferences held over the Internet with university classes in the United
States and other Western countries. For each videoconference, we will be reading the same texts as the students at our partner
institutions. The videoconferences provide not only the medium for the shared component of this course; they also suggest its
substantive theme. For, while we encounter the apparent cultural other over the Internet, we will be exploring with them the
question of our relationship to the other- especially how our perceptions of the other have developed over time and how they
continue to influence the political interaction between "East" and "West" today.
452
Cross-listed
Same as POLS 4018
Notes
SEMR 4018 cannot be taken as a capstone class "within the major" by political science students.
SEMR 411/4028 - The Arab Spring in Arab Eyes: Perceptions and Reflections from the
Arab World (3 cr.)
Description
This videoconference dialogue course offers a comparative view of the 2011 Egyptian Revolution in relation to the Arab revolts
that have swept the region since the beginning of 2011, in what became known as the Arab Spring. This course shall use an
interdisciplinary approach to explore the social, economic, political and cultural contexts that led up to these popular uprisings. In
this light, AUC will be holding videoconferences with various partner universities and institutions in order for the class to share
perspectives and first-hand experiences relating to the Arab Spring with the partners. Specific readings will be assigned by AUC
and the partnering universities, offering a general introduction of the countries that will be studied and a specific background with
regards to the linkage these countries/geographical areas have with the Arab Spring. This is an interdisciplinary course that can
be relevant to students from different backgrounds and disciplines, especially those that have an interest in contemporary Middle
East issues.
SEMR 412/4038 - South-South Dialogue: Perceptions and Reflections from the Global
South (3 cr.)
Description
This videoconference dialogue course aims at offering a comparative view of and a fresh perspective on the 'Global South.' The
course shall use an interdisciplinary approach to explore the social, economic, political and cultural contexts of some of the
countries/regions that constitute what is known today as the 'Global South' in an attempt to outline the commonalities as well as
the differences that exist within this global conglomerate of nation-states. In this light, AUC will be holding videoconferences
with various partner universities and institutions in order for the class to share perspectives and first-hand experiences relating to
the themes and topics of discussion with the partners. Specific readings will be assigned by AUC and the partnering universities
to have a general introduction to the countries that will be studied and a specific background on the linkage these
countries/geographical areas have with the Global South as an economic and a political amalgam. This is an interdisciplinary
course that can be relevant to students from different backgrounds and disciplines, especially those that have an interest in
contemporary development issues.
Prerequisites
RHET 1000
Description
This course introduces the concept of economic rationality while exploring applications of this logic to historical and
contemporary problems facing individuals, firms, and societies. The course will explore the fundamentally economic nature of
the human condition specifically addressing issues such as scarcity, public goods, poverty and inequality, environmental
conservation, underground markets, and health care.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
This course does not count as part of Economics major or minor requirements.
453
ECON 202/2011 - Introduction to Microeconomics (3 cr.)
Description
Fundamental economic concepts and methods of economic analysis with emphasis on microeconomic issues. Analyzes basic
principles of market economics including resource allocation, opportunity cost, core elements of demand and supply, market
equilibrium, elasticity, pricing, market structure, and trade exchange. Labor and capital markets, market efficiency, regulation,
and social welfare implications.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Description
Fundamental economic concepts and methods of economic analysis with emphasis on macroeconomic issues. Analyzes
aggregate economic activity in relation to the level, stability and growth of national income. Topics analyzed include the
determination and effects of national income, consumption, investment, unemployment, inflation, interest rates, and how these
may be influenced by monetary, fiscal and other policies.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Description
Historical survey of the economic conditions, systems, and institutions of the Middle East with special emphasis on the period
1800-1945.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
MACT 1111 or equivalent.
Description
Algebraic methods. Calculus of a single variable. Composite functions, limits and asymptotes, continuity, simple and implicit
differentiation, Taylor's theorem, maxima and minima and points of inflection, logarithmic and exponential functions.
Introduction to integral calculus. Applications to economic theory and business finance.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
MACT 1121 and ECON 2061 are not equivalent.
Prerequisites
MACT 2222 .
Description
454
The course covers descriptive and sample inferential statistical techniques, including main descriptive statistics and data sources
and types. Topics include point estimation and statistical estimators' desirable properties, hypothesis testing, correlation, and
analysis of variance (ANOVA). Applications in Economics and Business are emphasized.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
ECON 2011 and ECON 3061
Description
Preferences, utility theory, and derivation of consumer demand. Convergence conditions in consumer choice. Slutsky
decomposition. Supply, cost structure, factor inputs, and technology. Properties of production functions including the Euler
Theorem. Monopoly, duopoly (Bertrand and Cournot), oligopoly, monopolistic, and competitive markets. The extent of market
entry. Labor choice, the capital asset pricing model, and technological innovation. Introduction to game theory. General
equilibrium and welfare economics.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
ECON 2021 and ECON 2011
Description
Application of efficiency criteria to political decision making: allocation of resources to social goods, tax and subsidy correctives
for externalities, minimizing excess burden of financing government activity. Equity criteria for tax systems and income
distribution. Analysis of Egypt's public finances and evaluation of Egyptian public policy.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
ECON 2021 and ( ECON 2061 or MACT 1122 ).
Description
This course covers aggregate economic behavior using Keynesian and Neoclassical macroeconomic analysis. Various theories of
how a nation's income, employment and price level behave under static and dynamic conditions are examined. Topics covered
include: income determination, unemployment, price stability, budget deficits, balance of payments equilibrium and economic
growth, in addition to the impact of fiscal, monetary and exchange rate policy on macroeconomic performance.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
455
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: FINC 2101 plus ECON 2021 and ECON 2011
Description
This course emphasizes the role of central banks, monetary tools, the banking sector and financial markets in impacting domestic
macroeconomic performance and the global economy. Topics include: monetary theory; central banking; management of the
banking system; financial regulations; and the interaction between monetary policy, financial markets and macroeconomic
performance. The course combines theoretical formalization with empirical investigations.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
ECON 2021 and ECON 2011
Description
Major economic problems of developing countries. Alternative explanations of underdevelopment and theories of development.
Major domestic and international aspects of development including population growth, capital accumulation and international
economic relations. Sustainable development.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
ECON 2021 and ECON 2011
Description
The course discusses basic environmental and natural resource models and environmental policies as applied to energy, minerals,
water, fisheries, pollution control, and sustainable development. It includes an experiential learning component.
Prerequisites
ECON 2021 and ECON 2011 .
Description
The course offers analysis of the economics of information technology, knowledge and intellectual property. Topics include:
electronic readiness, knowledge measurement indices, the digital divide; economics of content: knowledge as a public good,
static and dynamic costs and benefits of intellectual property rights; competition and intellectual property; open business models,
innovation and entrepreneurship in the digital economy.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
456
Prerequisites
ECON 2061
Description
The first part of the course is matrix algebra which covers the following: determinant, rank, matrix inverse, Cramer's rule,
eigenvalues and eigenvectors. The second part discusses multivariate functions and partial derivatives as well as unconstrained
and constrained optimization. Homogeneous and homothetic properties of multivariate functions are also discussed. The third
part of the course is advanced integral calculus. Economic applications are emphasized throughout the course.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
ECON 2021 and ECON 2011
Description
The course offers a general treatment of modern theoretical and empirical labor economics. Topics to be covered include:
operation of labor markets; wage determination; firm, industry and public sector labor demand; human capital investment; race
and gender employment and wage discrimination; public policy effects. The relation of labor market outcomes and attendant
public policy to poverty, income distribution and economic growth is covered. (The course includes community-based learning
components)
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
ECON 2081 and ECON 3061
Description
The course covers regression methods for analyzing data in economics, including multiple regression with indicator variables,
regression with heteroskedastic and correlated errors, hypothesis and diagnostic testing. The course emphasizes practical
applications using econometrics software.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
Consent of instructor and unit head, senior standing.
Description
Guided reading, research, and discussion based on a subject of mutual interest to a student and faculty member.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
457
Prerequisites
ECON 2011 and ECON 2021
Description
This course develops the analytical tools and applied case study analysis to financial and economic project evaluation. Cost-
benefit analysis, shadow pricing, multiple criteria for project feasibility, economic worth of investment projects, cash flow
discounting, and financial and economic rates of return. Applications to real life cases including investment and development
projects as well as entrepreneurship ventures and risk assessment.
When Offered
Offered occasionally
Prerequisites
ECON 3011
Description
The course will expose students to the science of behavioral economics. It will cover a range of topics including individual
decisions, markets and public choice. Topics include extensions and shortcomings of the rational choice model and deviations
from the Expected Utility Theory; Prospect theory and preference dependence; time preferences; social preferences, behavioral
trust and fairness.
Prerequisites
ECON 3021 and ECON 3011
Description
International Trade Theory: Mercantilist Theory, comparative costs, and post- Ricardian theories including economies of scale
and imperfect competition. Protection Theory; Effective Protection. Terms of trade, national income and the balance of
payments. Fluctuations in trade. Foreign exchange markets, exchange rates and adjustment in the balance of payments.
International resource movements.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
ECON 2081, ECON 3011 and FINC 2101 .
Description
This course provides a rigorous introduction to modern financial economics. It is designed to equip students with theoretical tools
and practical case studies necessary to understand the dynamics of financial markets and their interaction with other spheres of
the economy including asset pricing, risk management, and financial regulation schemes.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
458
Prerequisites
ECON 2021
Description
This course explores the application of key concepts relating to economic development and policy analysis to contemporary
problems facing countries in the Middle East and North Africa. The course focus is upon thematic policy issues such as growth
and structural change; macroeconomic adjustment, industrial development, food and agriculture policy, and trade and financial
sector reform.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
ECON 3061
Description
The course starts with a discussion of quasiconcave programming (Kuhn-Tucker theorem), then moves on to linear (first- and
second-order) and nonlinear difference equations. This is followed by linear and nonlinear differential equations, including
stability analysis, steady-state equilibrium, convergence and phase diagrams. In addition, systems of differential equations (the
saddle path) are also studied. The final component of the course is dynamic optimization covering finite- and infinite-horizon
problems as well as discounting. Economic applications are emphasized throughout the course.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
ECON 3081
Description
The first part of the course covers extensions of the classical linear model including departures from the basic assumptions of the
general model: multicollinearity, autocorrelation, heteroskedasticity, endogenous regressors and GMM estimation. The second
part discusses models with limited dependent variables (e.g. logit and probit models) and their applications. The third part
explores panel data, covering issues related to estimation and inference in panel datasets as well as applications.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Description
This practicum is structured to run parallel with ECON 4081. It is conduced as an application of the tools studied in ECON
4081to solve practical problems using econometrics software.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
459
Prerequisites
ECON 2021 and ECON 2011
Description
This course investigates the historical evolution of economic theory by examining the development of Mercantilism,
Physiocracy, Classical, Marxian, Neoclassical theory, Austrian-Keynesian and post-Keynesian economics.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
ECON 2021 and ECON 2011 . Junior standing or higher.
Description
This course is an application of economic tools to explore the performance, analyze major problems and propose reform agendas
for the contemporary Egyptian economy. Among the topics discussed are the path of economic development, macroeconomic
performance, sectoral behavior, and institutional restructuring since the Nasser era and up to the present time. The course gives
the students a chance to conduct applied research for the most recent challenges facing the Egyptian economy.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Description
Guided reading, research, and discussion of specific topics chosen by the instructor in theoretical policy or applied economics.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Repeatable
May be taken for credit more than once if content changes.
Description
Guided reading, research, and discussion based on a subject of mutual interest to a student and faculty member. Must obtain the
approval of the Director of Graduate Program and Chair of the Department.
Prerequisites
ECON 5211, ECON 5221 and ECON 5281.
Description
This course offers an overview of different research methods and processes, resulting in the completion and presentation of a
major research paper by each student.
When Offered
Offered Fall and Summer
460
ECON 599/5202 - Research Guidance and Thesis (6 cr.)
Prerequisites
ECON 4061
Description
Axioms of consumer preferences and rational utility representation. Derivation of Marshallian, Hicksian and Engel demands.
Consumer theory under uncertainty. Advanced theory of the firm. Market structure and competition including Counot, Bertrand,
and Stackelberg competition for homogeneous and differentiated products. The Envelope Theorem and its applications including
Roy, Sheppard, and Hotelling Lemmas. The equilibrium number of firms and business cycle behavior. General equilibrium
theory.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
ECON 5251 or ECON 3011 or FINC 5201.
Description
Analysis of economic criteria (cost benefit analysis) applied in evaluating development projects for economic policy and
planning, following a review of the project cycle from inception to impact evaluation.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
ECON 3011 or FINC 5201 or Consent of Instructor.
Description
Analysis of competitive strategy and game theory including Nash equilibrium and its refinements. Subgame perfection, Bayesian
equilibrium, and information uncertainty. Repeated games. Game theory applications to various economic themes such as in
trade, labor, industry, education, stock markets, insurance, and R & D.
When Offered
Offered in Spring.
Prerequisites
ECON 4061 or ECON 5282 .
Description
This course explores health economics and its unique features in relation to the developing world. Students will learn about the
supply and demand for services provided by the health care sector and gain an understanding of the markets for health
461
professionals and health care provider firms specifically extant in the developing world. The course will also explore the roles of
insurance, managed care and HMO's, professional licensure, for-profit and not-for-profit provider firms, and asymmetric
information problems in health care markets. Finally, the course will explore issues within the developing world pertaining to
regulation, government financing of health care, and health care reform.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
ECON 5282 or ( ECON 3021 and ECON 3011)
Description
This course explores how health care systems in the developing world raise revenue, the advantages and disadvantages of varying
methods of doing so, and how health systems strike a balance between public and private revenue sources. The course also
explores how policy makers choose which services to include in publicly-financed health systems, the allocation of resources to
those 'purchasing' health care, and the degree to which there is a role for competition in this realm. This course will also explore
how resources are allocated to health care providers and the incentives associated with different payment methods.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
ECON 4061
Description
Analysis of the equilibrium and disequilibrium macroeconomic activity of an open, monetized economy with a government
sector. Theories of aggregate consumption and investment behavior.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
ECON 5251 or ( ECON 3021 and ECON 3011).
Description
Analysis of topics in the pure theory of international trade. International aspects of monetary mechanisms, nature and effects of
foreign investment, significance of trade theory and monetary movements for developing countries.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Prerequisites
ECON 5221
462
Description
This course focuses on the fundamental open macroeconomic issues whether theoretical or empirical. Topics covered include the
economics of exchange rates, models of speculative attacks, Mundell-Fleming model, regime credibility, predicting currency and
financial crises, international capital flows, and international contagion.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Prerequisites
ECON 4061
Description
Analysis of financial assets and institutions. The course emphasizes modern asset valuation theory and the role of financial
intermediaries, and their regulation, in the financial system. State-preference theory and optimal portfolio decision mean-variance
portfolio theory, measuring portfolio risk and return, Capital Asset Pricing model (CAPM), Arbitrage Pricing Theory (APT),
Option Pricing Theory, the Black-Scholes formula, Asymmetric information and rational expectations, term structure of interest
rates.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
ECON 4081 and ECON 5241 .
Description
This course aims to advance students' understanding of modern econometric techniques related to financial issues. This course
will cover frontier tools of financial econometrics and empirical finance. The interaction between financial theory and
econometric analysis is emphasized. Topics include: non-normality of financial data, volatility clustering and asymmetric
volatility, time series models, Vector Autoregressive (VAR) models and continuous time and threshold models. The course is
also designed to train students in formulating, estimating and testing models for financial time series using EViews software.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Description
Does not count for credit in the M.A. degree in Economics. Foundation course dealing with macroeconomic variables and issues
concerned with the functioning of an economy, in addition to selected microeconomic aspects pertinent to development. Special
attention is given to concepts and tools applicable to challenges facing developing countries whose economies often lack the
maturity of more developed countries in terms of institutional and policy settings.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Description
This course explores the economic structures, institutions, and policy challenges in the Middle East and North Africa (MENA).
463
Topics investigated include: the demographic transition, the participation of women in the workforce, regional migration, growth
and structural change, poverty, inequality, and regional integration.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Prerequisites
(ECON 5251 and ECON 5282 ) or ( ECON 3021 and ECON 3011 )
Description
Growth models and their limitations in developing countries, role of capital, investment, and inflation in economic development,
non-economic factors, criteria, and choices of techniques in the process of development.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
ECON 5251 or ECON 3021 .
Description
This course issues of an ethical nature that are related to the development process, decision-making and implementation of
development projects. The course will first consider ethical and moral concepts and their philosophical underpinnings and review
different schools of thought. Against this background, selected issues specific to development strategies and practices will be
dealt with. The course will make use of case studies to illustrate and help analyze issues of concern.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
(ECON 5251 and ECON 5282 ) or (ECON 3021 and ECON 3011 )
Description
This course explores economic strategies achieving balanced and sustainable development from Keynesian, Structuralist, and
Neoclassical perspectives. Development policy concerned with short term resource allocation, medium term economic
adjustments, and sustainable long term economic growth with technical progress will be studied. Comparative country studies
will conclude the course.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Prerequisites
Completion of at least 3 core courses.
Description
464
This course is a 200-hour assignment requiring that students gain extensive experience with a relevant development-related
institution either locally or abroad. It is to be completed over a 4-6 week period providing students exposure and work experience
in a development setting. Students are then required to prepare, under faculty supervision, a substantial research-based paper
drawing on their practicum experience.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Prerequisites
ECON 4061
Description
Introduction to economic models: models of the single sector, the trade cycle, growth with employment, medium- and long-term
planning, and cyclical growth. Economic regulation, the treatment of technical progress, input-output models.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Description
The course delivers an advanced treatment of mainstream and alternative approaches to labor economics emphasizing an
integration of theoretical and empirical models. Topics to be covered include the life cycle human capital models, search
theoretic models, internal markets, reservation wages, migration, inequality, and poverty.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
ECON 4081
Description
The course covers the theory and practice of time series econometrics, including ARMA and VAR models and their applications.
Non-stationary time series is analyzed such as unit roots, co-integration and error correction model. Further topics are volatility
models (GARCH models) that model the conditional variances and covariances of time series data. Forecast evaluation and
model selection methods are also discussed.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Description
The course aims to ensure that students understand, master and apply quantitative techniques used in modeling and decision-
making related to development. More specifically, the course introduces the basic concepts of quantitative approaches to decision
making. It also utilizes wide applications of quantitative techniques to analyze a variety of economic and social problems. Topics
include: regression analyses, factor and cluster analysis, panel data and qualitative models.
465
ECON 509/5291 - An Advanced History of Economic Thought (3 cr.)
Description
This course will explore, using bothprimary and secondary sources, the ideas put forth by the great economic thinkers. Class
discussion will center on the immediate social impact of these ideas and the factors influencing the course of their evolutionary or
revolutionary change over time. Further, this class will encourage students to think critically about the writings of the great
economists and explore the possibility that ideological bias is an inexorable feature of science.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
Consent of instructor
Description
Guided readings, research, and discussion in special topics in Economics. May be taken for credit more than once if content
changes.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Description
This course will consider current significant topics related to education. Open to all freshmen students.
Description
An introduction to a sustained inquiry into the social, cultural, historical and contemporary dynamics of education in the 21st
century. Students will explore how formal and informal education relate to local, regional, and global trends. Using a model that
employs disciplines from the humanities, social sciences, and STEM (science, technology, engineering, mathematics), students
will examine, critique, and explain education in light of its origins, major influences, and consequences. Students will have the
opportunity through readings to explore not only the social science focus of what actually happens in education, but also the
cultural studies focus of the meaning people give to education. Students will explore potential solutions for relevant local and
global educational issues.
Description
The overall goal of this course is to help students gain an understanding of the fundamental concepts of how students learn and
how teachers teach. The former is achieved through a study of major classical and contemporary learning theories, while the
latter is achieved through a study of knowledge of the fundamental teaching theories and what it takes to be an effective teacher.
The connection between learning theories and teaching strategies will be made to link learning and teaching together. Students
will be introduced to the main theories derived from neuro-scientific research. This focus will help students understand the roles
of classroom teachers and how this should be based on explicit knowledge of learning theories. In addition, the basics of
classroom assessment and lesson planning will be covered.
466
EDUC 000/2099 - Selected Topics in Core Curriculum (3 cr.)
Description
This course addresses contemporary issues in education and is open to all students regardless of major. May be taken more than
once if content changes.
EDUC 000/3011 - Educating Children and Youth for a Sustainable Future (3 cr.)
Description
The natural resources available on planet earth are declining due to people's misuse of these resources. This course presents the
knowledge, skills and dispositions children and youth need in order to successfully meet the challenges and opportunities that
await them as agents of change in a sustainable global development context, to preserve the planet's resources. Through this
course, students will achieve an understanding of education for sustainable development (ESD), how is it defined, why it is
needed and how to infuse it into the educational system. ESD is perceived as a need for this generation and future generations in
Egypt and elsewhere, for thinking about a future in which environmental, societal, and economic considerations are balanced, in
the pursuit of development and improved quality of life.
Description
The course is an introduction to educational assessment and its interdependent relationship with the design of instructional
experiences. Traditional and alternative methods of assessment are covered, with the aim of helping students understand the
design and implications of these assessments as well as apply some of them to instructional tasks. The course will also expose
students to current issues related to the use of assessment in terms of policy, accountability, teaching, learning, and supporting
diverse groups of students.
Prerequisites
EDUC 2011 and EDUC 2021
Description
This course explores the changing roles of civil society in education and development, with a special emphasis on
intergovernmental organizations, NGOs, community-based associations, and grassroots movements. The course introduces
students to different educational ideologies for analyzing the relationships among civil society, citizenship and human
development. Included are the corresponding themes of: democratic citizenship; national and global models of education for a
competitive global free market; local and global network of human rights and peace education; and environmental movements
and education in a global civil society. This is an interdisciplinary course for students interested in philosophical, social,
economic, political or global studies.
Description
This class address the changing, but continuing patterns of marginalization, power, authority, and unequal expectations,
opportunities, and treatment through educational systems for all students, female and male utilizing historical, contemporary, and
cultural contexts. A number of ways will be explored on how gender is played out, structured, reproduced and transformed in
contemporary formal settings (classrooms from preschool to university) and informal settings (non-classrooms). Foundational
issues to be investigated including how gender complicates disciplinary knowledge (and vice versa), the (de) constructing and
reinforcing of genders (via science and schooling), implications for teaching, society, and social justice as well as relationships
among different cultural categories. Different narrative sources will be utilized including biography, popular culture, primary
467
source materials, and artifacts. This will be a multi-disciplinary class with material drawn from sociology, gender & women's
studies, history, and other fields, applied distinctly policy and practice.
Description
Participants in this seminar will consider a significant current educational issue from multiple academic and professional
perspectives. Open to all senior students regardless of major.
Description
The fundamental aim of this course is to assist MA candidates to develop the knowledge and skills essential to the identification
and critical evaluation of educational research relevant to their professional interests and contexts. In the process, learners will
become familiar with key issues in qualitative and quantitative research in the field of international and comparative education,
and be able to distinguish between good and poor research.
Notes
This pre-requisite course must be taken in the first or second semester of study.
Description
Using a multidisciplinary approach, the course will examine the underlying issues within contemporary educational policies,
practices and theories. The course will draw on humanities and social science disciplines to foster the development of MA
student's interpretive, normative and critical perspectives on education both inside and outside of schools. It will also assist
students as they explore the relationship of education (formal and informal) to societal, regional and global issues.
Notes
This pre-requisite course must be taken in the first or second semester of study.
Description
This course introduces MA students to the origins and development of the field of international and comparative education. The
course addresses current educational concerns both on local and international levels, such as purposes of schooling, educational
access and opportunity, education accountability and authority, teacher professionalism, and impact of globalization on
education. The course also explores the relationship between education and national development, and deepens student's
understanding of methodological approaches to comparative and international education research.
Description
This course provides an introduction to human growth and development from infancy to adulthood. Emphasis is placed on the
integration of various aspects of development, including cognitive, linguistic, social-emotional, and motor. Students will study
theoretical and empirical advances in learning, including neuro-cognitive research, to understand learning from formal (school,
university) perspectives, as well as social, informal perspectives.
468
Description
This course provides an introduction to methods of instruction at primary, secondary, and higher education levels. While
pragmatic concerns such as classroom management, lesson planning, differentiation, modes of learning, and standards-based
instruction will all be covered, the course will emphasize theories and empirical evidence regarding various strategies,
techniques, and philosophies of instruction. Curriculum development, assessment, and student-centered learning approaches will
be covered.
EDUC 532/5211 - Globalization, Development, and Educational Reform in the Arab World
(3 cr.)
Description
This course surveys policy and reform issues of education in the Arab World, with focus on specific initiatives and how they fit
into the context of policy, culture, and economics. The course will examine traditional and non-traditional methods of teaching,
school organization, and educational policy-making and will seek to understand how globalized reform initiatives, often
instigated through development projects, have impacted those methods. Resulting modes of governance, policy and practice will
be analyzed.
Description
This course will explore gender, adolescent youth, and human development policy from a global perspective. The course will
examine issues of gender with regard to social and education disparities, as well as women's rights in comparative and
international perspectives. It will also target the changing roles of youth and adolescents in society and the rights and
responsibilities of young people. Particular attention will be given to the relationships between educational practices, systems,
and policies and their relationship to life-work outcomes.
Description
Contemporary educators are expected to know how to assess and evaluate the knowledge and performance of students, teachers,
staff members, and themselves. In today's reform-minded, information-based society, practitioners must be able to frame
problems accurately, collect appropriate data, and analyze the information using acceptable approaches. This course will use a
comparative approach, to help MA students learn to: (a) frame a problem using various approaches; (b) identify appropriate data;
(c) analyze data; and (d) develop and evaluate alternative solutions to a defined problem. Students will also learn how to utilize
current models and methods of assessment in educational contexts.
Description
This course surveys issues and specialized topics in human rights-based education policy, practice, and research. The course
focuses on issues of educational availability and access in terms of gender, location, and fees; additionally, it focuses on access to
education in conflict areas. The course also focuses on the rights of children in both formal educational environments and within
communities. The course will explore these issues through cases and empirical research.
Description
This course explores the policy cycle and contextual factors that influence decisions, by enabling and refining student's analytic
skills. Topics will include the analysis of how policy is created; the ideal and actual forms of the policy cycle; how to create
469
sustainable feedback systems; how to use appropriate analytic approaches to the study of data; and how to use appropriate
analytic techniques to analyze policy choices.
Description
Following an interdisciplinary approach, the course focuses on the reform of educational policy and practices at national,
regional, and international levels. The course aims at acquainting students with educational reform trends and approaches
including sector reform and school-based reform; developing students' analytical skills of reform initiatives and outcomes in
different countries; developing students' research skills related to the monitoring and evaluation of reform projects; and
promoting the approach of lifelong learning among students as researchers and reflective practitioners.
Description
Education and development are often considered strategically together. This course will examine, from an educational lens, the
implications of educational planning in a country's development. In particular, the course will examine the role of educational
policy on the economy, cultural hegemony, and politics. Students will study human capital theory in relationship to various
educational strategies. Students will also understand the economic tradeoffs in education as a strategy for development.
Description
In this course students will investigate leadership theories, with an emphasis on the elements of transformational leadership and
how transformational leaders create successful school change and innovation. Students will analyze case studies and leadership
styles. The course content and activities will encourage and enable students to be educational change agents. Students will study
leadership traits, styles and strategies in their own leadership and consider the effectiveness of these characteristics in different
circumstances and/or cultural settings. Attention will also be directed to using facilitative power to make second order changes.
Description
This course examines the allocation of resources to support both student and faculty learning and the effective management of
school operations to insure a safe and secure environment, conducive to learning. The course will cover the application of
research on effective schools, models of supervision and leadership theory and implementation; it will also investigate the
interconnectedness of instructional supervision, educational leadership and school governance and management.
Description
Educational organizations - schools in particular - are complex environments that are considered to have competing demands.
This course seeks to identify the organizational facets of educational institutions that either enhance or obstruct meaningful
educational reform. By examining sociological, political, economic, and technical features of educational organizations, this
course will expose opportunities for leadership-based change in these organizations.
Description
The task of improving teaching and learning in the classroom is one that all school administrators face. This course explores the
470
theory and practice of instructional supervision within a school culture and its critical importance to student achievement. It
focuses on the principal as the instructional leader in the school.
EDUC 552/5231 - Online and Blended Learning Design and Instruction in Developing
Countries (3 cr.)
Description
Online and blended learning have become commonplace instructional modalities all over the world. Integrating them into
developing countries and Arab contexts presents its own challenges and opportunities. The first part of the course will focus on
research related to the latter. The main part of the course will focus on design, assessment, and teaching principles for online and
blended learning. Students will engage in real-world projects that involve the application of these principles to their own
contexts. The final part will discuss the implications of some trends such as MOOCs and social media for instruction in the
region. The course is relevant for educators and designers in both K-12 and higher education settings.
Description
The primary goal of this course is to introduce new views of what literacy and learning are, and the consequent changes in their
relationship to education.Topics will include: differentiating elite from mass literacy; the role of literacy in schooling; the
application of these concepts to instruction in classroom settings (Pre-K-12 and higher education); and how the continuing
evolution of these concepts may change their relationship to education yet again in future.
Prerequisites
EDUC 5201
Description
This course will lead students into action research, a form of self-reflective systematic inquiry by practitioners on their own
practice. The process of action research will assist students in assessing needs, documenting the steps of inquiry, analyzing data,
and making informed decisions that can lead to desired educational outcomes. The course will equip students with research tools
that can be used to contribute to school renewal and instructional improvement. Students will also learn about the four types of
action research: collaborative, critical, classroom, and participatory. Finally, the course will critically examine a selected number
of case studies from various regions.
Description
Traditional methods of teaching have been unable to meet the needs of all learners. Students with physical and learning
disabilities, students for whom the language of instruction is not their first language, and students who come from impoverished
backgrounds all tend to struggle to learn and demonstrate academic proficiency in traditional models of education. This course
explores the methods of differentiation and the theoretical foundations of special education, second language instruction, and
education of impoverished students. It provides an introduction to each of these areas by providing explicit classroom strategies
while providing the underlying theoretical conditions for these strategies.
471
Description
The overall goal of this course is to help MA candidates achieve a deeper understanding of Education for Sustainable
Development as a societal need for Egypt with an emphasis on STE2 AM education. We will examine the goals, strategies, and
elements of Education for Sustainable Development as we consider "What is Education for Sustainability?" Our work will focus
on using the "lens of sustainability"-- considering the overlapping perspectives of the environment, the economy, equity and
social justice- to frame learning in formal and non-formal/ informal education settings and partnerships and collaboration
between them. What knowledge, skills and dispositions do students need in order to successfully meet the challenges and
opportunities that await them as agents of change in an ESD global context? What pedagogies could be utilized to present ESD
issues in an interdisciplinary manner bringing together disciplines of science, technology, engineering, arts, humanities, and
mathematics? Through exemplars and case studies, participants will be provided with opportunities to critically evaluate ESD
policies and practices through an international lens focusing on theories and pedagogical practices. Furthermore, there will be
analysis to different curricula design for sustainability components and to the challenges they encounter. This will help focus on
how to develop interdisciplinary learning material that is the core essence of ESD and STEAM education and relevant to the
community local needs in Egypt.
EDUC 562/5241 - Pedagogy & Theory of Modern Teaching & Learning in Higher
Education (3 cr.)
Description
This course provides students with an overview of trends, theories, principles, and practices in higher education instruction,
including online learning and associated instructional models. Beginning with a focus on adult learning theory, as well as
learning theories especially associated with traditional university-aged students, the course will provide both general and
disciplinary-specific trends in content delivery and skill development. The course will examine new models of delivery in
contexts of both learning theories and institutional missions. Students will conduct research projects that involve classroom
observation, student outcome data analysis, and teacher and learner interviews, all with the purpose of providing specific
guidance on instructional improvement from both and an organizational a classroom perspectives.
EDUC 563/5242 - Theories of Student Development in Higher Education (3 cr.)
Description
This course examines patterns of intellectual, identity, and social development among older adolescents and adults, and how
these relate to learning and development of desired outcomes of postsecondary education. It is designed to introduce graduate
students to major theoretical perspectives, the research based on these theories, and how this body of theory and research can be
used to guide the design of educational policies and practices in colleges and universities to promote college student learning and
development.
Description
This course provides an overview of both the organizational theories associated with higher education and the trends and
practices in policy and administration of higher education. The course includes the role of governance and how it influences
organizational structure, policy and leadership. In addition, the course provides comparative knowledge on the impact of policies
and organizational structures on recourse allocation, learning outcomes, student satisfaction, labor market satisfaction and other
characteristics.
Description
This course presents students with major education debates, practices and challenges which face educators around the world. The
course addresses both persistent and emerging themes in learning, teaching, policy making, and educational leadership in schools
and in higher education. The course may be taken twice if the topic is different.
472
EDUC 595/5281 - Supervised Fieldwork (3 cr.)
Description
This practical course provides participants with opportunities to interact in fieldwork settings, whether as classroom teachers or
school-level educational leaders. Students complete 30 hours of supervised fieldwork, with the distribution of activities based on
the student's background and interests, and with the agreement of the student's advisor. Each student must participate in at least
three different types of fieldwork activities, which could include peer observation, group-based interaction, observation by a
qualified supervisor or mentor, or other parallel activity. Required of MA students who have never taken a documented fieldwork
course with extensive classroom and/or school-based experience.
Notes
This course will be graded Pass-Fail.
Description
Independent study in various areas of International & Comparative Education. To be assigned to individual students or to groups.
Readings and assignments are required, and frequent consultations are held.
Prerequisites
Final semester before graduation
Description
Students prepare for comprehensive examinations, in lieu of a thesis.
Prerequisites
EDUC 5201 and EDUC 5202 .
Description
Students undertake a capstone project related to their concentration, approved by student's advisor and two faculty readers. The
capstone should be an applied project, firmly grounded in a theoretical framework and a rigorous literature review.
Description
Guidance and approval of thesis research.
Description
Course addressing broad intellectual concerns and accessible to all first-year students as part of the Primary Level Core.
473
Description
An introduction to history, society, religion, art and architecture of Ancient Egypt, including a description of the nature and
character of the field of Egyptology. The continuing impact of Ancient Egypt on subsequent societies and cultures including that
of modern Egypt will be examined.
When Offered
Offered each semester.
Prerequisites
Only open to declared architecture majors and Egyptology majors.
Description
A basic class on Egyptian architecture, comprised of a brief introduction to the culture of the ancient Egyptians, followed by a
series of lectures dealing with Egyptian architecture, the typology of Egyptian architecture, and the role it played in Egyptian
society and culture. The raw materials and tools used by the Egyptians will be covered, as well as some of the motifs used in the
buildings, and their ideas about architecture, including their use of light, water, and space in the buildings. The course includes
sections on temples, tombs, and, with a brief discussion of urban planning. The course will conclude with a section on Egypt's
legacy to architecture, and how the use of the grammar of architecture changes over time. Field-trips will also constitute an
important part of the course and will, in some cases, take the place of class-time.
Prerequisites
RHET 1000
Description
Course addressing broad intellectual concerns and accessible to all students, irrespective of major.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Description
The methods and theories of archaeological excavation and interpretation; archaeological evidence of human cultural
development; archaeology as a social science.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Description
The course will analyze Ancient Egyptian literary texts -including folk tales, myths, wisdom literature and poetry- in order to
present Ancient Egyptian culture through its literature.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
474
EGPT 253/2251 - Hieroglyphics I (3 cr.)
Description
The course introduces the student to the study of classical Egyptian script, grammar and hieroglyphic texts of the Middle
Kingdom.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
EGPT 2251
Description
The course is a continuation of EGPT 2251 . Students will concentrate on the verbal forms of classical Egyptian.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Prerequisites
Instructor's consent
Description
The class examines Egypt's history and geography and devotes special attention to the effect of geography and natural resources
upon the development of Ancient Egyptian history, art, and civilization.
Prerequisites instructors consent
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
EGPT 2020 or consent of instructor.
Description
The course covers the period between the Predynastic and the Middle Kingdom and includes: reliefs, statuary, architecture, and
minor arts, illustrated with images. The class focuses on learning how to look at and to analyze Egyptian art and to place it in its
context. This course involves a significant amount of memorization that enables the student to create a mental data-bank that is
useful when putting excavated material in context and in analyzing Egyptian art. There will be field-trips to the museum and to
Giza and Saqqara durign the semester.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
475
Prerequisites
EGPT 2020 or consent of instructor.
Description
The course covers the period betweem the Middle Kingdom and the Ptolemaic Period. It includes: reliefs, statuary, architecture,
and minor arts, illustrated with images. The class focuses on identifying the basic principles of Egyptian art and architecture,
learning how to look at and to analyze Egyptian art and to place it in its context. There will be field-trips to the museum and to
other sites, possibly including Luxor, during the semester.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
EGPT 343/3211 - History of Ancient Egypt I: Pre-Dynastic Through Middle Kingdom Egypt
(3 cr.)
Description
This course covers the history of Egypt from the Predynastic period to the Middle Kingdom. The course focuses on the 'official'
history of Egypt rather than the cultural/social history which is covered in a separate course. The scope of 'official' history
includes: the rise of the Egyptian state, the different rulers of Egypt and their contributions to the state in terms of buildings,
religious changes and foreign policy, the economy, social organization, and Egypt's foreign relations. Literary souces will be
augmented by archaeological evidence. Field trips to archaeological sites in the Cairo area are an obligatory aspect of the course.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
EGPT 344/3212 - History of Ancient Egypt II: Middle Kingdom through Ptolemaic Egypt (3
cr.)
Description
This course covers the history of Egypt from the Middle Kingdom to the end of Pharaonic history. The course focuses on the
'official' history of Egypt rather than the cultural/social history that is covered in a separate course. The scope of 'official' history
includes: the different rulers of Egypt and their contributions to the state in terms of buildings, religious changes and foreign
policy, the economy, social organization, and Egypt's foreign relations. Literary sources will be augmented by archaeological
evidence. Field trips to archaeological sites are an important component of the course.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Description
Independent research projects in Egyptology, with consent of instructor and student's adviser.
When Offered
Offered every semester.
476
EGPT 440/4040 - Ancient Egyptian Religion and Ethics (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: instructor's permission.
Description
The course will examine in detail the beliefs and religious institutions of the Ancient Egyptians. Special attention will be devoted
to official and popular religions, and to their manifestation in architecture as well as in the literature of Ancient Egypt.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
Department approval.
Description
Guided individual readings and/or research on a subject of mutual interest to student and faculty member that is beyond the scope
of what is offered.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Repeatable
May be taken only twice.
Prerequisites
Description
The course identifies the basic structure of ancient Egyptian society and culture, and places special emphasis upon the interaction
of economics, social organization, environment, law, politics, and religion.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
Consent of instructor.
Description
The course will cover the cultural, technological, and social history of ancient Egypt, with an emphasis on using primary sources
and, if appropriate, experimental work. The subject matter covered includes the social organization of Egypt, the economy,
agriculture, food, medicine, crafts, building methods, family structure, etc.
477
Prerequisites
EGPT 3211 and EGPT 3212 , or instructor's consent.
Description
The course covers the history of Egypt during the first millennium BC (1069-332 BC), a period characterized by much internal
conflict and long periods of foreign domination. It examines the factors that led to the demise of Egypt's New Kingdom, traces
the rise of the Libyan and Nubian dynasties, and the subsequent annexation of Egypt by the Persian Empire. Special Attention
will be devoted to the last dynasties of the Pharaonic tradition, Dynasties XXI-XXX.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
Consent of instructor.
Description
This course will enable students to recognize Egyptianizing art and architecture in Egypt and around the world and to understand
its religious, social, and ideological origins. Students will also gain an understanding of Ancient Egypt's cultural impact on the
world.
Prerequisites
Consent of instructor.
Description
This course will explore the history of Egypt in the Graeco-Roman period and the momentous confrontation between Greek and
Egyptian culture between 300 BC and 700 AD.
Prerequisites
EGPT 3211 and EGPT 3212 , or instructor's consent.
Description
The course will study the history of Egypt in the Graeco-Roman period and the momentous confrontation between Greek and
Egyptian culture between 300 BC and 700 AD. It will also examine the social consequences of the spread of Christianity in
Egypt and the rise of Coptic culture.
Cross-listed
Same as HIST 3903.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
EGPT 512/5130 - Art, Societies, and Cultures of the Ancient Near East (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
Consent of instructor.
478
Description
This course provides students with an overview of the prehistory and early historical periods of the ancient Near East.
Considerable attention is given to the fundamental transitions which occurred in this region. In particular, we will examine: (1)
the first emergence of settled village life, hierarchical social organization and the domestication of plants and animals during the
Neolithic period; (2) the rise of urban centers, temple and palace elites and writing; (3) the emergence and spread of the states
and subsequent militaristic empires which became the dominant political force in the ancient Near East for several millennia.
This course examines both archaeological and historical evidence with a heavy emphasis on material culture, primary
archaeological and historical data and the process of scholarly interpretation.
EGPT 346/5130 - Societies and Culture of the Ancient Near East (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
EGPT 5120 and EGPT 3211 , or instructor's consent.
Description
The course constitutes a historical overview of the societies and cultures of Egypt, the Mediterranean world and the Middle East,
from the emergence of urban society in Iraq in the fourth millennium BC to the rise and fall of the great empires of Babylon,
Assyria, the Hitties, Achaemenid Persia, Greece and Rome. Special attention will be paid to the position of Ancient Egyptian
civilization within the wider context of Ancient Near Eastern history.
Cross-listed
Same as HIST 3904.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: consent or of instructor.
Description
The course will survey the emergence of food-producing societies in Nubia and the Sudan from 6000 BC, and will examine the
development of Nubian civilization from the Kerma culture and the kingdoms of Kush and Mere to the advent of Islam. Special
attention will be devoted to the interaction between Egyptian and Nubian civilizations.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
Consent of instructor.
Description
This course is intended to serve as a broad survey of the development of history, culture and society in Nubia and the Northern
Sudan from the earliest era of food production (ca. 6000-4000 BCE/BC) to the development of the medieval kingdoms of Nubia
(ca. 600-700 CE/AD). Special attention will be devoted to the question of the relations - cultural, commercial, technological,
political - between Ancient Egypt and Ancient Nubia. For the purposes of this class, the term "Nubia" will mean the long stretch
of the Nile Valley that extends between the Nile's First Cataract (located in Southern Egypt just south of the city of Aswan) and
its Sixth Cataract (located in the Sudan some distance north of the city of Khartoum). The term "Nubian" will describe the people
of this specific area as well as all the distinctive languages and cultures that flourished here from the beginning of recorded
history to the early modern period.
479
EGPT 400/5150 - Introduction to Coptic (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
EGPT 2252
Description
Coptic represents the last stage of the ancient Egyptian language. The course will include reading of selected texts in two Coptic
dialects.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
EGPT 2252 or basic hieroglyphs.
Description
Coptic represents the last stage of the ancient Egyptian language. The course will include reading of selected texts in two Coptic
dialects.
Cross-listed
Same as EGPT 5150.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
EGPT 2252
Description
Students will read a number of Egyptian texts and learn how to translate and interpret written documents.
When Offered
Offered every fall.
Prerequisites
EGPT 2252 or equivalent.
Description
Students will read a number of Egyptian texts and learn how to translate and interpret written documents.
When Offered
Offered every fall.
480
Prerequisites
EGPT 2252
Description
Hieratic is a script derived from hieroglyphics used mainly on papyrus. The course is a study of this script through reading
selected texts literary, religious, or administrative- related to daily life in ancient Egypt .
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
EGPT 5151 .
Description
The course consists of further reading of Egyptian texts with an introduction to the new Egyptian language of the later periods of
Pharaonic history. In order to introduce students to epigraphy, they are required to copy and study texts from the Cairo Museum.
Cross-listed
Same as EGPT 5153.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Prerequisites
Hieroglyphics I-III or equivalent
Description
The course consists of further reading of Egyptian texts with an introduction to the new Egyptian language of the later periods of
Pharaonic history. In order to introduce students to epigraphy, they are required to copy and study texts from Cairo Museum.
Cross-listed
Same as EGPT 5153.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Description
This class introduces students to the language and literature of Egypt's New Kingdom. Late Egyptian is a unique stage of
Egyptian in which the vernacular found its way into the textual record. By the end of this course, students will be able to read a
variety of literary and non-literary texts.
Description
This course allows instructors to offer a topic in Coptic Studies. The topic will be chosen from year to year in coordination with
the departments concerned and the dean of the School of HUSS, and according to the individual interests and areas of expertise
of the instructors. Topics chosen may include various aspects of Coptic art and history, monasticism, folklore, or other subjects.
481
Cross-listed
Same asARIC 5132,ANTH 4499,HIST 4905,SOC 4499, and EGPT 5160.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Repeatable
The course may be taken more than once if the topic changes.
Notes
Students in these majors may petition preferably before registration to have the course included in their major requirements.
Description
This course allows instructors to offer a topic in Coptic Studies. The topic will be chosen from year to year in coordination with
the departments concerned and the dean of the School of HUSS, and according to the individual interests and areas of expertise
of the instructors. Topics chosen may include various aspects of Coptic art and history, monasticism, folklore, or other subjects.
The course may be taken more than once if the topic changes.
Students in these majors may petition preferably before registration to have the course included in their major requirements.
Cross-listed
Same asARIC 5132,ANTH 4499,HIST 4905,SOC 4499,EGPT 5160.
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
Description
The course deals with different types of cultural heritage present in Egypt and their physical and cultural environment, and with
the various methods of managing them in order to ensure their proper preservation while making them accessible to tourists and
scholars. At the instructor's discretion, the course may also provide an understanding of the role of museums in the modern world
and the basic methodology and practice of museum management.
Cross-listed
Same as EGPT 5170.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
Consent of instructor.
Description
The course deals with different types of cultural heritage present in Egypt and their physical and cultural environment, and with
the various methods of managing them in order to ensure their proper preservation while making them accessible to tourists and
scholars. At the instructor's discretion, the course may also provide an understanding of the role of museums in the modern world
and the basic methodology and practice of museum management.
Cross-listed
Same as EGPT 5170.
482
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
EGPT 540/5180 - Advanced Method and Theory: Archaeological and Historical (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
Consent of instructor.
Description
This seminar is geared to providing a methodological basis and theoretical approach for both the disciplines of archaeology and
history. More time and emphasis will be put on the archaeological, however, as it is the more basic discipline in Egyptology.
Prerequisites
Permission of instructor.
Description
Preference will be given to majors in Egyptology. Field-work may take the form of epigraphy, excavation, survey, or museum
work. Inquiries concerning the course must be made no fewer than seven months prior to the start of the summer semester.
Cross-listed
same as EGPT 5191.
Prerequisites
Permission of instructor.
Description
Preference will be given to majors in Egyptology, anthropology, archaeology. Inquiries concerning the course must be made no
fewer than seven months prior to the start of the summer semester for participation in archaeological and/or epigraphic fieldwork
in Egypt. Sites and projects will vary.
Cross-listed
Same as EGPT 5191.
EGPT 519/5199 - Selected Topics in Ancient Egyptian Art and Culture (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
Consent of instructor.
Description
The topic of this course changes regularly and can be taken more than once. The subject matter chosen for the course can be any
aspect of ancient Egyptian art, architecture, archaeology and culture.
483
Prerequisites
Prerequisites: junior standing and/or consent of instructor.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Repeatable
May be repeated for credit when content changes.
Prerequisites
Consent of instructor.
Description
This course will investigate ancient Egyptian religious beliefs and practices, their origin, and development. The great mythic
Solar Cycle of creation and Osirian Cycle of betrayal and revenge, death and rebirth are discussed, as well as the place of the
myriad local and minor Gods and Goddesses within Egyptian mythology. The interaction of sacred and secular in Egyptian
society is considered through the nature of divine kingship, large temple institutions, and funerary foundations. The relationship
between the state cults and private worship by noble and commoner is explored, and the nature and potency of ancient Egyptian
magic and curses investigated. The nature and development of Egyptian funerary beliefs are also detailed.
Description
This seminar introduces students to the material culture of the ancient Egyptians, specifically that of their settlements and daily
life. The seminar concentrates on the archaeological evidence from settlements of the three most important periods of ancient
Egyptian civilization: the Old, Middle and New Kingdoms. The seminar will first discuss urban settlement patterns in ancient
Egypt, and secondly the processes by which material assemblages form in settlements. The plans and structure of dwellings will
also be considered along with the material evidence found inside of them.
EGPT 526/5240 - Death and Burial in Ancient Egypt (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
Consent of instructor.
Description
This course will cover the funerary practices and beliefs of ancient Egypt from the Old Kingdom to the Graeco-Roman period.
The subject matter covered will include the process of mummification and the spells used during the operation; the development
of coffins, sarcophagi, amulets, canopic jars, canopic chests, shabtis, and other tomb furnishings; the evolution of the tomb, both
royal and private, and any symbolic values that might be attached to the decoration and architecture; funerals, the cult of the
dead, economic foundations supporting the tomb, and the religious rituals associated with funerals, the afterlife, and the mortuary
cult. Experimental archaeology (mummification) might be involved in this class.
Description
This course examines the techniques and methods of Classical Archaeology as revealed through an examination of the major
monuments and artefacts of the Greek and Roman world from Prehistory to the Late Empire. Architecture, sculpture, fresco
painting, and the minor arts are examined at such sights as Mycenae, Olympia, Athens, Pompeii, and Rome.
484
Prerequisites
Consent of the instructor.
Description
This course is designed to familiarise students with the material and historical culture of the Late Antique and Byzantine periods,
with an emphasis on the geographical area of the eastern Mediterranean and Egypt. This course includes direct experience with
actual works of Late Antique and Byzantine visual culture.
Prerequisites
Consent of the instructor.
Description
A course designed to introduce students to Coptic art and architecture, with an emphasis on monasticism. Field trips are required.
Prerequisites
Consent of instructor.
Description
The course will provide an overview of different types of objects from funerary, ritual, and quotidian contexts, with special
museum sessions. It is designed to familiarize students with different types of material culture of ancient Egypt so that they can
identify and work with objects confidently, in museums or on excavations.
Prerequisites
Consent of instructor.
Description
This course is intended for students to learn about the history of a site in preparation for working at it, or on excavated material
from it. They will choose sites and research its excavation history, as well as tracing back any documentation culled from the
accounts of Eastern and Western travellers and historians. Understanding, using, and critiquing site reports will form part of the
course, as well as learning to ask questions of the data. Site visits, local accounts, and modern imaging techniques should be used
in order to understand and explore the past and present of the chosen site.
Prerequisites
A course In Egyptian art.
Description
The civilization of ancient Egypt left behind a vast material culture, both inscribed and decorated. An important part of a student's
understanding of ancient Egypt is to be able to recognize and understand the attributes and symbols recorded and depicted on
ancient Egyptian monuments. This class is designed to draw upon students' understanding of hieroglyphs, art and religion, and
apply their knowledge to the comprehension of the iconography in tombs, temples, and in the minor arts.
485
Prerequisites
EGPT 5152 or equivalent.
Description
The class consists of more advanced readings from the different stages of the hieratic writing, the different hands encountered,
and the different categories of texts. Although this course will focus primarily on Palaeography, the translation of these texts will
also familiarize students with aspects of the culture they may not necessarily have come across as undergraduates. They will also
enhance their training in grammar and improve their knowledge of the Ancient Egyptian Language in general.
EGPT 502/5520 - Introduction to Demotic (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
Equivalency to advanced hieroglyphs.
Description
Demotic is a cursive script derived from Hieratic, and rooted in Hieroglyphics. It emerged in the 7th century B.C. and remained
in use in parallel with Hieroglyphics and Hieratic, and later also with Coptic until the Byzantine Period, when the latter language
took over. The Egyptian Language in its Demotic manifestation has further developed and new grammatical forms and
vocabulary have appeared. In this class students will learn Demotic and work on a series of different texts.
EGPT 503/5530 - Ptolemaic Hieroglyphs (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
EGPT 2251 EGPT 2252 or equivalent.
Description
Ptolemaic Hieroglyphs are mostly used for historic or religious texts of the Greco-Roman Period. Although the hieroglyphic
signs are mostly known, the scribes assign different phonetic values to them based on a different system that needs to be
understood and practiced. Religious texts in the Greco Roman Period are written in a more elaborate manner, with more details
and explanatory glosses and are, therefore very important for a better understanding of Ancient Egyptian religion and its
development across time.
Prerequisites
Basic Coptic.
Description
An advanced course in Coptic that permits students to read a variety of texts. The subject matter changes regularly, and the
course can be taken more than once as long as the material is different.
Prerequisites
EGPT 2251 EGPT 2252 EGPT 5151 EGPT 5153
Description
This course is designed to study ancient Egyptian religious texts in depth, including their form, their content, their various usages,
whether in temple rituals, in funerary religion, or in magical compositions etc. and the development of the religious expression
across history. By the end of the course students should have learned about religion as well as modes of expression of certain
beliefs, as well as grammatical structures unique to sacred forms of expression.
486
EGPT 562/5560 - Advanced Readings in Historical Literature from the Old Kingdom to the
Late Period (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
EGPT 2251 EGPT 2252 EGPT 5151 EGPT 5153
Description
This course is designed to cover readings from all period of Egyptian history to expose students to different types of historical
literature, and to allow them to be able to select the period they prefer for further research.
Prerequisites
Consent of instructor.
Description
The course is intended to give students an opportunity to clarify and structure their thesis planning, particularly by way of
identifying the major problem they wish to explore, its possible scope and dimensions, and justifying the theoretical perspectives
and methodology appropriate for the purpose. This course will also ensure that students are taught the expectations and the
culture of their specific academic discipline so that they can participate successfully in it.
Prerequisites
Completion of required coursework.
Description
For the MA degree in Egyptology a thesis of 25,000 words, exclusive of Bibliography and appendices is required on a topic that
has been approved by the thesis committee. The committee should be made of the chief and second advisor. Additional advisors
will be added if extra specialties are needed.
Prerequisites
CSCE 1001 . Concurrent with ECNG 2108L
Description
The nature of digital logic and numbering systems. Boolean algebra, Karnaugh map, decision-making elements, memory
elements, latches, flip-flops, design of combinational and sequential circuits, integrated circuits and logic families, shift registers,
counters and combinational circuits, adders, subtracters, multiplication and division circuits, memory types. Exposure to logic
design automation software. Introduction to FPGAs and HDL.
When Offered
Offered in fall, spring and summer.
Prerequisites
PHYS 1021
487
Description
Ohm's law, Kirshoff's law, Mesh current method, node-voltage method, superposition theorem, reciprocity theorem, Thevenin's
theorem, Norton's theorem, maximum power transfer theorem, compensation theorem, T and II networks, transformation
equations II to T and T to II. Transients in RC and RL circuits, time constants, mutual inductance and transformers. Time domain
behavior of inductance and capacitance, energy storage.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
ECNG 2105 and concurrent with MACT 2141 and ECNG 2109L
Description
Alternating current circuit analysis using complex numbers (phasors), complex impedance and complex admittance. Series
resonance and parallel resonance, half power points, sharpness of resonance, the Q-factor, maximum power to an alternating
current load, Decibels, power level measurements. The s-plane and poles and zeroes of the transfer function. Forced and natural
response of circuits using complex frequency analysis. Three-phase circuits. Two-port networks and the y, z, h and ABCD
parameters. Reciprocal networks. Laplace transform techniques.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
Concurrent with ECNG 2101
Description
The laboratory component will cover experiments in digital design and experiments illustrating material of course ECNG
2101 including an FPGA-based project.
When Offered
Offered in fall, spring and summer.
Prerequisites
Concurrent with ECNG 2106
Description
Experiments illustrating material of course ECNG 2106 .
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
ECNG 2106
488
Description
Devices and Basic Circuits: Introduction to Electronics, Operational Amplifiers, Active Filters, Diodes, Bipolar Junction
Transistors (BJT's) (DC and small signal analysis), MOS Field Effect Transistors (MOSFET's) (DC and small signal analysis).
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
ECNG 3105 , concurrent with ECNG 3109L .
Description
Differential and Multistage Amplifiers, Frequency Response, Feedback, Output Stages and Power Amplifiers, Analog Integrated
Circuits, Filters and Tuned Amplifiers, Signal Generators and Waveform Shaping Circuits.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
ECNG 2101 and ECNG 3105
Description
Introduction to fabrication techniques for silicon very large integrated circuits (VLSI), Introduction to MOS transistor. Details of
CMOS inverter, transmission gates. Design of Complex CMOS gates; combinational and sequential design techniques in VLSI.
CMOS technology and rationale behind various design rules. Design and synthesis using hardware description languages (HDL)
such as Verilog. Use CAD tools to design, layout, check and simulate some basic circuits. Design, layout and simulation of a
project.
Hours
Two class periods and one three-hour lab period.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
Concurrent with ECNG 3106 .
Description
Experiments illustrating material of course ECNG 3106 .
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
ECNG 2106, MACT 2141 and CSCE 1101
Description
489
Basic properties of signals and systems, linearity, stability, step and impulse response,superposition integral, block diagrams,
Fourier series and Fourier transform for discrete and continuous time signals, sampling theorem, Z-transform.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
ECNG 3201
Description
Principles of closed-loop feedback control systems, control systems design criteria, block diagrams, signal flow graphs, state
space representation of linear systems, general feedback theory, transfer functions of control systems, Routh criterion, root locus
theory and methods. Several experiments are conducted in the Control Lab to illustrate material covered in the course.
When Offered
Offered in Fall and Spring.
Prerequisites
PHYS 2221 and MACT 2124
Description
Electric field and potential. Gauss's law; divergence. Conductors, dielectrics and capacitance. Poisson's and Laplace's equations.
Electrostatic analogs. Magnetic field and vector potential. Time varying fields; displacement current. Maxwell's equations in
differential form, Poynting's theorem and Electromagnetic waves in vacuum and in matter.
Cross-listed
Same as PHYS 3023.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
CSCE 1101 and either CSCE 2301* or ECNG 2101
*Can be taken concurrently
Description
Explaining the state of the art computer systems focusing on major components: CPU,I/O, and memory. In-depth discussion of
the instructions set architecture of the MIPS microprocessors. This includes different types of assembly instructions doing basic
arithmetic, data movement, decision making, and jumping. Discussing different performance matrices of microprocessors and
how to measure and analyze performance and evaluate speedups. Going through basic computer arithmetic covering integer and
floating point operations. Discussing I/O ports, I/O devices and controllers, DMA channels, priority interrupts. Also discussing
different I/O technologies, such as magnetic disks, flash disks, and optical storage. It also discusses the latest trends in
microprocessors design and programming (such as SIMD and MIMD).
Cross-listed
Same as CSCE 2303.
490
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
ECNG 2106 and ECNG 3401
Description
Power system components, basic concepts and operating characteristics of transformers, DC and AC machine fundamentals,
theory of operation and basic concepts of induction motors, transmission line construction and operation, renewable energy
sources, fault analysis and protection system elements, Electrical Installations in Buildings, Elements of Power Electronics,
Switching, Converters, Applications of PE in Power systems (FACT, SVC), Harmonics in Power Systems.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
Description
Theory of semiconductor surfaces, field effect transistors, application in static logic design, semiconductor sensors and
transducers.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
ECNG 2101
Description
Basic concepts behind testing digital circuits. Causes of permanent and temporary failures. Test pattern generation techniques
including exhaustive, Pseudo-exhaustive, Path sensitization, Critical path, Random and Pseudo-random Testing. Design for
testability methods for testing Integrated Circuits. Techniques for testing Printed circuit boards.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
ECNG 414/4104 - High Level Digital ASIC Design Using CAD (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
ECNG 3105
Description
Design of digital application-specific integrated circuits (ASICS) using synthesis CAD tools. Topics include the following:
design flow, hierarchical design, hardware description languages such as VHDL, synthesis, design verification, IC test, chip-scale
synchronous design, field programmable gate arrays, mask programmable gate arrays, CMOS circuits and IC process technology.
For the project, students will design and implement a significant digital system using field programmable gate arrays.
491
Hours
Two class periods and one three-hour lab period.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
ECNG 3106
Description
Microfabrication techniques for silicon very large integrated circuits (VLSI), unit processes including lithography, native film
growth, diffusion, ion implantation, thin film deposition and etching. Metal interconnects. Process integration for CMOS,
BiCMOS, ECL and MEMS.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
ECNG 4104
Description
This course covers advanced topics related to netlist synthesis, place & route, timing verification, clock tree insertion, power grid
distribution, floorplanning of cell-based ASIC design. Other advanced verification techniques topics related to the design
automation flow will be covered. Students will design a standard cell library using Verilog for their project.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
ECNG 3201 , MACT 3224 and ENGR 3202 , concurrent with ECNG 4314L .
Description
Review of signal representation and classification, time and frequency domains, Fourier transform; Energy and power spectral
density. Basics of analog communication: amplitude, angle, and pulse modulation; modulators and demodulators; frequency
division multiplexing. Introduction to digital communication: Review of sampling and quantization; pulse code modulation
(PCM), Delta Modulation, Differential PCM, time division multiplexing, line codes; the matched filter. Introduction to Random
Processes. Noise in communication systems.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
ECNG 4301
492
Description
Fundamentals of Digital Communications. Geometric Representation of Signals; Binary and M-ary Modulation and their
Performance Analysis and Spectral Efficiency M-ary Baseband Transmission. Introduction to Information Theory and Source
and Channel Coding; Channel Capacity; Block and Convolutional Codes. Introduction to Spread-Spectrum Communications and
Discrete Multitone (DMT). Several experiments are conducted in the Communication Lab to illustrate the material covered in the
course.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
Concurrent with ECNG 4310 .
Description
Experiments in fiber optics illustrating concepts pertaining to fiber dispersion, attenuation measurements, characterization of light
sources (LEDs and Laser diodes) and detectors (photodiodes), optical multiplexing and demultiplexing, optical and
interferometric sensors.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
ECNG 4301 .
Description
Introduction to communication networks including basic networking concepts, OSI and TCP/IP models; Transport layer
protocols, Data link layer, multiple access, wireless LANs; Network layer including logical addressing, Internet Protocol (IP),
data forwarding and routing.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
ECNG 4301 and ECNG 4306
Description
Telephone system fundamentals including infrastructure, transmission, switching, capacity planning and DSL systems; Voice
over IP network basics including major techniques such as H.323 and SIP; Satellite communications including configurations and
characteristics of satellite communication systems, Services, Orbits and Satellite networks.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
493
Prerequisites
ECNG 3401 and PHYS 2221 , concurrent with ECNG 4304L .
Description
Operating principles of optical communication systems and fiber optic communication technology. Characteristics of optical
fibers, laser diodes, and laser modulation, laser and fiber amplifiers, detection and demodulation, dispersion compensation, and
network topologies. System topology, star networks, bus networks, layered architectures, all-optical networks.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
ECNG 4302 and ECNG 4306
Description
The development, structure, and techniques of mobile communications systems. Propagation models in mobile communications.
Cellular Networks and their capacity. Coding and diversity for wireless communications. Wireless communication standards;
control signaling; MAC-related concepts. Wireless LAN's.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
Concurrent with ECNG 4301
Description
Experiments illustrating material of course ECNG 4301 .
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
ENGR 1005 , CHEM 1005 and ECNG 3401 .
Description
Review of Maxwell's equations. Transmission lines. Signal matching, Smith chart, Stub matching. Parallel plate, rectangular, and
optical waveguides. Antennas and radiation of electromagnetic energy. Boundary Value problems. Several experiments are
conducted in the Microwave Lab to illustrate material covered in the course.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
ECNG 4402
494
Description
Introduction to microwave engineering and wave equation review. Wave propagation and cutoff considerations. Transmission
line power and mode limits. Planar and microstrip lines. Obstacles in transmission lines. Impedance matching and tuning.
Quarter-wave transformer design. Microstrip transitions. Transmission line and cavity resonators. Sacttering-parameters and
applications. Microwave transistor amplifier gain and stability design. Microwave filter design by insertion loss method.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
ECNG 2101 ,ECNG 3106 ,ECNG 3502 and concurrent with ECNG 4509L .
Description
Microcontroller architecture (ARM, Motorola 68HC11). Interrupts, serial and parallel Input/Output, Timers, Analog-to-Digital
and Digital-to-Analog conversion, Watchdog timers, I/O expansion, Interfacing to keypads and display devices, AC control,
Introduction to RISC and CISC.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
ECNG 2101 ,ECNG 3502 concurrent with ECNG 4508L .
Description
The objectives of this course are to introduce the principles of Modern Computer Architecture and design. Topics to be discussed
include Instruction Set Architectures, Arithmetic Logic Unit design, CPU data path design, CPU pipelining, memory hierarchy,
cache and virtual memory, and introduction to I/O.
Cross-listed
Same as CSCE 3301.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
ECNG 2101 and ECNG 3202 (for ECNG students); MENG 4756 (for MENG students).
Description
PLCs and DCS in industrial automation, Basic components of a PLC and DCS, Programming of PLCs by ladder logic, Internal
markers, Timers, Counters, PLC program development for control applications, Interlocking and sequential logic, Advanced
Sequential Control Techniques, Data handling instructions, A/D and D/A PLC modules, Industrial communication busses.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
495
Prerequisites
Concurrent with ECNG 4505
Description
The laboratory will cover experiments in computer architecture and hardware design and experiments illustrating material of
Course ECNG 4505 .
Cross-listed
Same as CSCE 3302.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
Concurrent with ECNG 4503
Description
Experiments illustrating material of course ECNG 4503 .
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
Senior level standing.
Description
The focus of the course is integration of the marketing, design, and manufacturing functions to create a new product. The course
is intended to provide you with the following benefits:
Competence with a set a tools and methods for product design and development.
Confidence in your own abilities to create a new product.
Awareness of the role of multiple functions in creating a new product (e.g. marketing, industrial design, engineering,
production).
Ability to coordinate multiple, interdisciplinary tasks in order to achieve a common objective.
Reinforcement of specific knowledge from other courses through practice and reflection in an action-oriented setting.
Enhanced team working skills.
Prerequisites
Consent of instructor and departmental approval
Description
Independent study in various problem areas of electronics engineering may be assigned to individual students or to groups.
Readings assigned and frequent consultations held.
496
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Repeatable
May be repeated for credit if content changes.
Prerequisites
Senior standing.
Description
Course content will be selected each semester from current developments in the field of electronics engineering.
When Offered
Offered occasionally
Prerequisites
Completion of 8 weeks of industrial training AFTER the completion of 100 credit hours
Description
Each Student is required to spend a minimum of eight weeks in industrial training in an ECNG related field. The training may be
in Egypt or abroad, but at least four weeks must be with a single employer. A complete account of the experience is reported,
presented and evaluated. Each Student is also required to be trained for 15 hours in the Mechanical Engineering workshops to the
study fundamentals of manufacturing processes (forming, welding and machining) prior to, or while, taking the course.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: senior standing.
Description
A capstone project. Topics are selected by groups of students according to their area of interest and the advisor's approval.
Projects address solutions to open-ended applications using an integrated engineering approach.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
ECNG 4980
Description
A continuation of the capstone project.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
497
ECNG 510/5210 - Advanced Solid-State Devices (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
Graduate standing in engineering and physics. Electromagnetics, vector algebra, differential equations, and MATLAB
programming.
Description
This course covers crystal structures, band gap theory, ionic equilibrium theory, fundamentals of carrier transport, compound
semiconductors III-V. This course will make special emphasis on the properties of various types of junctions (p-n junctions,
heterojunctions, metal-semiconductor junctions) leading to various electronic devices such as field effect transistors (FETs),
metal oxide-semiconductor FETS (MOSFETs), high electron mobility transistors (HEMTs), etc. Short Channel effects and
nanoscale phenomena will be emphasized throughout the course and their impact on device modeling in analog and digital
circuits.
Cross-listed
Same as NANO 5261.
Prerequisites
ECNG 3106
Description
Design techniques for analog and mixed-signal VLSI circuits. Amplifiers: operational amplifiers, transconductance amplifiers,
finite gain amplifiers and current amplifiers. Linear building block: differential amplifiers, current mirrors, references, cascoding
and buffering. Performance characterization of linear integrated circuits: offset, noise, sensitivity and stability. Layout
considerations, simulation, yield and modeling for high-performance linear integrated circuits. CAD tools: Cadence.
Prerequisites
ECNG 3105 and ECNG 3106
Description
The Diode (DC and Dynamic Behavior), The MOSFET (DC and Dynamic Behavior as well as short channel effects), The CMOS
inverter (Static and Dynamic Behavior - Power / Speed Tradeoffs), Combinational Logic Gates (Static CMOS Design, Transistor
Sizing, Static vs. Dynamic logic styles, Power / Speed Tradeoffs), Sequential Logic Circuits ( Static and Dynamic
circuits/flipflops, Power / Speed Tradeoffs), Low Power Circuit Techniques, Memory circuit design and power / reliability
consideration, arithmetic logic blocks (adders/ multipliers) and its design.
Prerequisites
ECNG 3108
Description
The objective of this course is to provide the students with the knowledge of designing emerging nanoelectronic devices and
using these devices to build future computing systems. After an introduction to CMOS devices and circuits, the course will cover
CMOS design and simulation topics. More attention will be paid to the applications of these devices in the implementation of
future computers. The memory and logic architectures that take advantage of the properties of the emerging devices will be
discussed. Particularly, signal integrity and timing issues, as well as power consumption will be emphasized.
498
Cross-listed
Same as NANO 5262.
Prerequisites
ECNG 3108 or equivalent.
Description
Nano-meter CMOS devices (short channel effects, velocity saturation, device leakage, thermal effects, degradation effects NBTI,
etc), Dynamic, short-circuit, and leakage power consumption of CMOS circuits, low power design, Classic I/O Modeling and
design, The interconnect bottle-neck (modeling and analysis), Noise in integrated circuits, Approximate temporal information in
RC and RLC trees (Elmore, Wyatt, Penfield-Rubinstien delay models, and equivalent Elmore delay for RLC trees), Model order
reduction (AWE, PRIMA, numerical issues, stability, etc),3-D Modeling, Thermal effects in integrated circuits, Power
distribution network models, electromigration, Ldi/dt noise, and RI drops, High-speed clock distribution network issues:
Retiming, register allocation, skew control, and clock scheduling.
Prerequisites
ECNG 4503
Description
Faults, errors, fault modeling, redundancy techniques, error detecting and correcting codes, self-checking circuits, reliability and
availability modeling, performability.
Prerequisites
ECNG 3201 or equivalent.
Description
Fundamentals of digital signal processing and filter design. Topics covered include Z-transform, Discrete Fourier transform
(DFT), fast Fourier transform (FFT), finite impulse response (FIR) filter design, infinite impulse response (IIR) filter design,
multirate signal processing, polyphase structures, short-time Fourier analysis, applications to communication systems and speech
processing.
Prerequisites
ECNG 3202 and ECNG 4306
Description
Introduction to Networked Control Systems, real-time systems, network architecture, wired and wireless network protocols,
international standards, NCS in industrial control, NCS in terrestrial transportation systems, Study of different software packages
and simulation tools for NCS.
Cross-listed
Same as RCSS 5234.
499
ECNG 522/5230 - Stochastic Processes for Engineers (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
MACT 3224 or equivalent.
Description
Probability and stochastic processes with engineering applications. Topics include review of probability and sampling methods;
modeling of random experiments; linear and nonlinear transformations of random vectors; discrete-time and continuous-time
random processes; analysis and processing of random signals; Markov chains. A project on selected applications will be
assigned.
Prerequisites
ECNG 4302 and ECNG 5230 or equivalent.
Description
Digital communications over noisy and dispersive channels. Topics covered include digital modulation over band-limited
channels and Inter-Symbol Interference (ISI); partial-response signaling; continuous-phase modulation; pulse shaping; flat fading
channels; time- and frequency domain equalization. Implementation complexity will be discussed and a simulation project is
included.
Prerequisites
ECNG 4302 or equivalent.
Description
Communication over wireless channels. Topics include indoor and outdoor propagation models and path loss analysis; time- and
frequency-selective fading channels; Fading countermeasures including diversity, Rake, adaptive modulation and coding, and
interleaving; spread-spectrum communications; synchronization; current topics will be discussed and wireless communications
standards will be cited. Simulation projects and literature readings are included.
ECNG 524/5234 - Enabling Technologies for High Date Rate Communications (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
ECNG 5230 or equivalent.
Description
MIMO and space-time coding; multicarrier modulation, OFDM, OFDMA, and SC-FDMA; interference suppression; current and
emerging topcis will be discussed. Wireless standards will be cited including 4G, WLAN/MAN/RAN. Practical receiver
techniques will be discussed. Simulation projects and literature readings are included.
Prerequisites
ECNG 4302 or equivalent.
Description
Introduction to information theory and source and channel codes and their decoders. Topics include measures of information,
500
entropy, and channel capacity in single and multiple antenna systems; Shannon's source and channel coding theorems; Rate
distortion theory; Linear block codes including Reed-Solomon codes; convolutional codes; Turbo codes and LDPC codes.
Emphasis on decoder implementation and reference to usage of different codes in communications standards.
ECNG 530/5238 - Advanced Computer Networks (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
ECNG 4306 or equivalent.
Description
An overview of the internet layered architecture and functionality, network architecture classifications, advanced routing
strategies with emphasis on state-of-the-art routing techniques, multimedia networking, quality of service (QoS) issues, securing
network access via techniques such as VPN, some wireless building blocks of the internet-of-things e.g. MANET and WSN.
Prerequisites
ECNG 4402 or equivalent.
Description
Microwave circuit theory and techniques. Emphasis on microwave integrated circuits (MIC). Maxwell's equations, planar
transmission lines, transmission line theory, impedance, scattering and transmission parameters, Smith chart, impedance
matching, power dividers and directional couplers, active two port networks, devices for microwave amplification. Low noise
amplifier design, power amplifier design, stability of microwave circuits.
Prerequisites
ECNG 5241 or equivalent.
Description
The general hardware components, system parameters, and architectures of RF and microwave wireless systems. Practical
examples of components and system configurations. Communication systems are used to illustrate the applications. Design of
basic RF transceiver systems. Requirements allocation to RF units.
Prerequisites
ECNG 5241 or equivalent.
Description
Introduction to RF terminology, technology tradeoffs in RFIC design. Architecture and design of radio receivers and transmitters.
Low noise amplifiers, power amplifiers, mixers, oscillators, and frequency synthesizers.
501
Prerequisites
ECNG 5241 or equivalent.
Description
Introduction to frequency spectrum, Maxwell's equations, propagation in free space, infinitesimal dipole antennas, antennas
parameters. Aspects of wired antenna will be covered: small dipole, finite length dipole, image theory, monopole, folded dipole,
matching techniques, infinitesimal loop antenna, small loop antennas, and helical antennas. Review on rectangular waveguides,
rectangular horn, equivalence theory, Love's equivalence theory, H-plane sectoral horn, E-plane sectoral horn, pyramidal horn,
parabolic reflectors. Two element array, uniform array, array factor, broadside and end fire arrays, phase scanning arrays, non
uniform array, Binomial array, Dolph-Chebyshev array in addition to broadband antennas such as Yagi-Uda, log-periodic
antennas. The course will introduce the fundamentals of microstrip antennas.
Description
The course covers the following topics: Development Processes and Organizations, Identifying Customer Needs, Product
Specifications, Concept Generation, Concept Selection, Concept Testing, Product Architecture, Industrial Design, Design for
Manufacturing, Prototyping, Robust Design, Patents and Intellectual Property, Product Development Economics, Managing
Projects. The focus of the course is integration of the marketing, design, and manufacturing functions to create a new product.
Description
This is a case based course drawing on best practices in industry and the most up to date and important general management
technology and innovation management academic material. Students should be prepared to discuss major technology issues
covered in the readings each class. This course is designed to develop strong technology management skills to help managers
make good decisions in regard to technology strategy and implementation of technology within their firms. This course is
designed to develop general managers with strong abilities to lead in various technological environments and manage the
innovation process and projects across and within their own function effectively.
Cross-listed
Same as MGMT 5309.
Description
Innovation is regarded as a critical source of competitive advantage in an increasingly changing environment. Innovation is
production or adoption, assimilation, and exploitation of a value-added novelty in economic and social spheres; renewal and
enlargement of products, services, and markets; development of new methods of production; and establishment of new
management systems. This course will study the theory and practice of innovation as a process and an outcome based on a
comprehensive model of innovation which consists of three determinants: innovation leadership, managerial levers and business
processes. The course will examine the impact of accelerating innovation on cost, product quality and marketability;
organizational changes required to couple R&D with marketing and commercialization; and the managerial skills and
professional expertise needed to develop a sustainable innovation practice within an organization.
Cross-listed
Same as MGMT 5308 and GREN 5222 .
502
Description
Innovation lies at the heart of economic growth in the modern world. Entrepreneurs with the ability and resourcefulness to
establish their own business are critical to the process of innovation. Innovation is not just about starting a new business but it is
also about creating and developing Innovative ways of management. Whether you are thinking of starting a new venture or
developing innovative mechanisms of management in a large organization, you will need to understand Entrepreneurship and
Innovation.
This course takes students through the various aspects of starting, managing, and growing a business. Whether you want to start a
new venture, a new project, or develop an innovative way of management. You will need to write a business plan? This course
will teach you how to write a business plan, its benefits and how does it differ from a feasibility study.
Opportunity identification, clear business and market definition, segmentation, and entry, building a team and creating a suitable
organizational form, avoiding common pitfalls, and various strategies for starting or growing a business , are among the
numerous facets of entrepreneurship covered in the course.
Methods employed include individual and group case analysis, writing a business plan, interviews with, and talks by,
entrepreneurs, and profiling of successes and failures
Cross-listed
Same as GREN 5204 and MGMT 5307 .
Description
Students are allowed to register for this course for a maximum of two times, if content changes.
Description
The increasing complexity of nanoscale CMOS technology imposes important constraints on the design of analog integrated
circuits: while circuit performance using downscaled CMOS is largely improved in terms of speed, other analog figures of merit,
such as transistor gain, are degraded. Reduced voltage headroom often requires the adoption of ultra-low-voltage techniques
particularly in moderate inversion. Furthermore, variability is an important bottleneck impairing design in scaled technologies.
The course covers issues ranging from technology and compact modeling aspects, to analog circuit design retargeting and
methodologies for variability reduction using digital tuning, and optimization aspects on the system level.
Prerequisites
Consent of instructor.
Description
Issues that arise in the design and anlysis of VLSI circuits at high speeds. Examples are: impact of variations, power
management, static and statistical timing analysis, clock distribution and Model Order Reduction. The course will stress intuition
in VLSI circuits rather than using blind trial and error approaches. Historic development in key topics and the current state-of-
the-art status of these topics, enforcing scientific thinking and problem solving approaches using these real life examples.
503
Prerequisites
ECNG 5230
Description
Bayesian parameter estimation; linear least squares Estimation; Cramer-Rao lower bound; minimum variance unbiased estimator
(MVUE); maximum likelihood estimation (MLE); Kalman filtering; statistical decision theory: Bayes, min-max,
Neyman/Pearson, simple and composite hypotheses; optimum (map) demodulation; application to coherent communications,
signal processing, and classification including coherent and non-coherent signal detection; M-ary hypotheses testing.
Prerequisites
Consent of instructor.
Description
Advanced topics selected from current developments in electronics engineering.
Prerequisites
ECNG 5233
Description
The course covers advanced and current topics in wireless technology: Practical issues in wireless receiver design including
receiver gain optimization, noise figure and intermodulation products, and automatic gain control; Non-idealities in OFDM
technology including phase noise, and frequency and phase offset. Selected current and emerging technologies are also covered.
Simulation projects and literature readings are required.
Description
Consultation on problems related to student thesis. To be taken 11 times for credit.
Description
History of engineering. Engineering fields of specialization and curricula. The engineering profession: team work,
professionalism, ethics, licensing, communication and societal obligations. Engineering support personnel and activities.
Engineering approach to problem solving. Examples of major engineering projects. Course project.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
The course must be taken in the year of admission to the engineering program.
Description
Introductory descriptive geometry. Orthographic and pictorial drawing. Sectional views, auxiliary views, and conventions.
504
Dimensioning. Free hand sketching, and both manual and computer-aided drafting.
Hours
One class period and one three-hour lab period.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
MACT 1122 and PHYS 1011
Description
Fundamentals of mechanics. Equilibrium of practices, forces in space, equivalent systems, equilibrium of rigid bodies, distributed
forces, center of gravity, internal actions, analysis of simple structures and machine parts. Friction. Moment of inertia.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
MACT 2123 and ENGR 2102
Description
Kinematics and kinetics of a particle, system of particles, and rigid bodies. Energy and momentum methods. Engineering
applications.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
ENGR 2102
Description
Concept of stress and strain in components, mechanical behavior of materials under tensile, compressive, and shear loads,
hardness, impact loading, fracture and fatigue. Analysis of stresses and the corresponding deformations in components, axial
loading, torsion, bending, and transverse loading. Statically indeterminate problems. Transformation of plane stresses, and
Mohr's circle..
Hours
Three class periods and one three-hour lab period
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
PHYS 1021 and ENGR 2104
505
Description
Fluid properties, fluid statics, fluid flow. Conservation of momentum, energy, continuity and Bernoulli's equations. Viscous
efforts for laminar and turbulent flow. Steady state closed conduit and open channel flow.
Hours
Two class periods and one three-hour lab period.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
CSCE 1001 and MACT 2141
Description
Solution of sets of linear equations, roots of equations, curve fitting (interpolation), numerical integration and differentiation,
numerical solution of ordinary differential equations, boundary value problems and introduction to the finite difference method of
computer programs for problem solving. It includes a programming based project.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
PHYS 1021 and MACT 2123
Description
Active, reactive and apparent power, three-phase systems, electrical measurements, transformers, motors: types, performance and
selection generation, transmission and distribution of Electrical Energy, protective and earthing systems, energy management and
cost.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
MACT 1122
Description
Economic and cost concepts, the time value of money, single, multiple and series of cash flows, gradients, functional notation,
nominal and effective interest rates, continuous compounding, rates of return. Computation and applications, economic feasibility
of projects and worth of investments, comparison of alternatives. Replacement, deprecation and B.E. analysis. Introduction to
risk analysis.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
506
Prerequisites
PHYS 1011 . Open for Electronics Engineering major only.
Description
Introduction to thermodynamics concepts and definitions; pure substance and ideal gases; the first law of thermodynamics, the
concepts of the second law of thermodynamics, continuity; momentum and energy equations; introduction to laminar and
turbulent flows; flow in conduits; introduction to turbomachinery; conduction heat transfer: one-dimensional and fins; forced and
natural convention heat transfer.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Description
This capstone course provides a general introduction to Entrepreneurship and New Venture Creation. It develops a perception of
being an "entrepreneur" in the mind of the student. Students analyze the concepts, elements, processes and behaviors associated
with successful entrepreneurship, and develop an insight into how to evaluate and launch ventures and enterprises in all sectors,
including business, culture, and society. The course is structured around lectures, interactive sessions, visiting speakers, case
study analysis, and community-based learning. The skills of critical and creative thinking, communication, presentation, analysis,
synthesis and persuasion are emphasized.
Description
Numerical solution of sets of algebraic and transcendental equations, eigen system analysis, numerical integration and
differentiation. Numerical solution of ordinary differential equations, numerical solution of partial differential equations,
optimization methods. Applications using MATLAB.
Description
Probability distributions, sampling distributions, estimation, test of hypotheses, regression, correlation, and nonparametric
statistics.
Description
Types of experiments. Physical models: type, scale, material selection. Experimental setups. Measurements: electrical
measurements and sensing devices; pressure and flow measurements; temperature and thermal measurements; force, strain and
motion measurements; computer data storage. Design of experiments: review of statistical inference, single factor experiments,
randomized block and Latin square designs, factorial designs. Regression.
Description
Solid, industrial and hazardous waste generation and control, with an emphasis on sustainable engineering practices such as
environmental impact assessment and performance, waste management, pollution prevention, waste minimization, cleaner
production, energy recovery, recycling and reuse.
Cross-listed
Same as GREN 5202 .
507
ENGR 590/5940 - Graduate Thesis Seminar I (2 cr.)
Description
Seminars on research topics, research methodology and thesis writing, and presentations given by invited speakers.
Cross-listed
Same as RCSS 5940.
Prerequisites
ENGR 5940
Description
Seminars on research topics given by invited speakers and on research plans given by students to discuss their thesis topics and
the results they obtained in their work.
Cross-listed
Same as RCSS 5941.
Description
ENGL 0210 is a non-credit, concurrent, conference-centered course in which classes meet four days a week for a total of 12 (in-
class) instructional hours, in addition to weekly conferences with the teacher. A student who for any reason misses more than 10
days (or the equivalent of 36 contact hours) will be dropped from the course. A student who is dropped will be allowed to retake
the course the following semester. Sessions are devoted to the comprehension and summary of university-level texts, the
introduction to basic research tools, the writing of essays on science and humanities topics and remedial grammar, within the
context of individual teacher-student conferences. Freshmen taking ENGL 0210 may enroll in no more than two academic
courses with a maximum of 7 academic course credits. Any student who withdraws from ENGL 0210 must also withdraw from
the two other academic courses.
For new students, placement in Academic English for Freshmen is determined by their score on the International English
Language Testing System (IELTS) or Test of English as a Foreign Language Internet-Based Test (TOEFL-iBT) For students
enrolled in the intensive English program, placement in Academic English for Freshmen is determined by their scores on the IEP
exit test. All students who have been admitted into ENGL 0210 must satisfactorily complete the course work within a time period
not to exceed two full semesters and a summer session. Students taking ENGL 0210 in summer may not enroll in any other
academic course.
508
ENGL 125/0312 - Listening and Speaking (for Graduates) (0 cr.)
Description
Course addressing broad intellectual concerns and accessible to all first-year students as part of the Primary Level Core.
Notes
May be taken concurrently with ENGL 0210 .
Description
The course introduces short literary works juxtaposed to texts and visual material from different fields of knowledge in order to
train students to read, differentiate, and interpret texts and images.
Description
Course addressing broad intellectual concerns and accessible to all first-year students as part of the Primary Level Core.
Description
For students interested in literature but not necessarily intending to major in the field, this course will enable the student to
acquire the tools and learn the methods which would help him/her understand poetry, fiction and drama and develop a deeper
appreciation of great literary texts from various places and times.
Description
The course introduces students to a selection of major works in British Literature from its beginnings to the present. It instructs
students to analyze and interpret influential novels, plays, poems, and essays. The course presents the development of British
literature historically while emphasizing the cultural and aesthetic dimensions of the texts.
Description
The course explores modern literature written in English by native and non-native speakers (African, Arab, American, British,
European, Indian, and Asian writers). This course emphasizes the stylistic analysis, theoretical examination, and historical
context of shorter texts to develop an appreciation for the globalization of English-language literary production, and for the role
of postcolonial writers.
Description
This interdisciplinary course is designed to introduce students to key events and texts in the history and culture of the United
States. Using films, literature and historical texts, the course will examine American culture within a historical context.
Cross-listed
Same as HIST 2019.
509
ECLT 299/2096 - Selected Topics for the Core Curriculum in Global Studies (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
RHET 1000
Description
Course addressing broad intellectual concerns and accessible to all students, irrespective of major.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
ECLT 299/2097 - Selected Topics for the Core Curriculum in Arab World Studies (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
RHET 1000
Description
Course addressing broad intellectual concerns and accessible to all students, irrespective of major.
ECLT 299/2099 - Selected Topics for the Core Curriculum in Humanities (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
RHET 1000
Description
Course addressing broad intellectual concerns and accessible to all students, irrespective of major.
Description
The course introduces the student to the literary culture and counter-culture of the Middle Ages through reading selected
autobiographical and fictional texts from St. Augustine, Abelard, Heloise, Dante, Chaucer, Attar and The Arabian Nights.
Description
A survey of Renaissance authors, beginning with Petrarch and the origins of the Renaissance in Italy. The course traces this
cultural revolution as it spread from Italy to other parts of the European continent and finally to Tudor England.
Description
The literary developments that followed the Renaissance are explored, culminating in discussion of John Milton and his epic
masterpiece, Paradise Lost.
510
Description
Dominant modes in European literature and thought between 1660 and 1760.
Works not originally written in English will be read in English translations.
Description
Major European and American ideas and literary works of the period 1760-1848.
Works not originally written in English will be read in English translations.
Description
Major European works of fiction, poetry and drama from the period between 1789-1914.
Works not originally written in English will be read in English translations.
Description
Selected readings of American and European authors representing literary trends from 1900 to the present
Description
Selected readings of literary works beginning with pre-Columbian oral traditions and moving from the colonial era to the early
national period through to the late nineteenth century.
Cross-listed
Same asAMST 3010.
Description
Works of twentieth-century American writers. The reading list may be chosen to reflect changing ethnic and cultural phenomena
and will vary from year to year.
Cross-listed
Same asAMST 3011.
Description
The course concentrates on the intersection of the literary mode with the philosophical quest in Eastern and Western writing.
Students are trained to analyze philosophical myths, tales, poems and dialogues as well as grasp the symbolic structures and
expository techniques of philosophers.
Cross-listed
Same as PHIL 3014.
511
Description
The course investigates the relationship between literature and cinema and how they complement each other in representing
textually and visually a broad theme, a historical period, or a national concern.
Description
The course covers seminal literary works in both Western and non-Western canons, assigned in editions of excellent English
translations.
Description
The course concentrates on modern literature of the African continent with special emphasis on sub-Saharan literary works,
including their correspondence to North African literature. Texts by prominent writers from Africa (men and women/ black and
white) will be analyzed in relation to the indigenous culture and oral creativity, as well as in relation to the colonial and post-
colonial experience.
Description
The course investigates gender roles in literary texts and the image of women in different historical periods and cultural settings.
Readings include Feminist and anti-Feminist literary and theoretical texts drawn from the North and the South.
Description
The course analyzes Third World literary texts from Asia, Africa and South America in their historical context and their
contribution to post-colonial discourse.
Description
The course explores literary texts which marked the period following World War II as well as very recent European and
American works in a comparative context.
Description
The course revolves around a selected literary theme (such as Romance, Friendship, or Loss among others), recurring in different
cultures and regions of the world or/and recurring through the ages. The literary theme might be in one genre (drama, fiction, or
poetry) or in a combination of genres.
DescriptionA study of mainly European drama in the period from Ibsen to the present, including plays by Shaw, Chekhov,
Strindberg, Pirandello, Brecht, Sartre, Beckett, Pinter and others, and dealing with related developments in theatre, cultures and
society.
512
Description
Analysis of Shakespearean drama, including tragedy, comedy, history and romance. The course begins with an examination of
the theatrical and historical content in which Shakespeare lived and wrote. It then focuses on individual plays, paying attention to
the details of Shakespearean language, as well as to the broader issues of power, politics and gender.
Description
A course on literary writing designed to accommodate the needs of diverse students. Emphasis is on developing ones own story-
telling, play-writing, and/or poetic skills by studying the craft of influential authors from different regions and traditions. The
students will meet and interact with Cairo-based emerging and established creative writers as part of their course work.
Description
Examination of specific topics in genre and other areas of special interest and expertise of the faculty. May be repeated for credit
if content changes. In recent years, the following have been offered under this heading: The Arabian Nights, The Lyrical Mode
(in English, Arabic and French), Autobiographies, Literature and Cultural History, Literature and the Visual Arts, Literature and
Urban Culture, Theory of Narrative, The European Novel, Figures of the Scared, T. S. Eliot, The Bloomsbury Group and Albert
Camus.
Description
Major works of Greek literature since 700 B.C., chosen on the basis of merit and influence and studied in the most artistic
translations.
Cross-listed
Same as ECLT 5106.
Description
Major works in ancient Near Eastern and Latin literatures studied in the most artistic translations.
Cross-listed
Same as ECLT 5107.
Description
Study of central documents in the tradition of Western literary criticism, from Plato to the Romantics.
Cross-listed
Same as ECLT 5108.
Description
Analysis of the major trends in modern literary theory, such as Russian formalism, new criticism and post-structuralism.
Cross-listed
Same as ECLT 5109.
513
ECLT 447/4099 - Capstone Seminar: Selected Topics (3 cr.)
Description
Examination of specific themes and other topics of special interest. This coure is designed to meet the requirements of a capstone
seminar for the core curriculm. May be repeated for credit if content changes.
Description
Major works of Greek literature since 700 B.C., chosen on the basis of merit and influence and studied in the most artistic
translations.
Cross-listed
Same as ECLT 4009.
Description
Major works in ancient Near Eastern and Latin literatures studied in the most artistic translations.
Cross-listed
Same as ECLT 4010.
Description
Study of central documents in the history of literary criticism, from Plato to the Romantics.
Cross-listed
Same as ECLT 4011.
Description
Analysis of the major trends in modern literary theory, such as Russian formalism, new criticism and post-structuralism.
Cross-listed
Same as ECLT 4012.
Description
Detailed study of the works of selected British or European writers from Petrarch to Shakespeare.
Description
Detailed study of the works of selected seventeenth-century European and British writers.
514
ECLT 514/5114 - Eighteenth-Century Writers (3 cr.)
Description
Selected works of major eighteenth-century writers.
Description
Selected critical problems in the Romantic movement..
Description
Works of selected major nineteenth-century novelists and poets.
Description
Readings and analyses of works of major British, European, and American poets from the beginnings of the Symbolist and
Imagist movements to the present.
Description
Works of selected novelists of the twentieth century.
Description
Guided reading.
Description
Guided reading.
Description
Guided reading.
Description
Guided reading, research, and discussion. In recent years, the following courses have been offered under this heading: The
Arabian Nights, The Lyrical Mode (in English, Arabic and French), Autobiographies, Literature and Cultural History, Literature
and the Visual Arts, Literature and Urban Culture, Theory of Narrative, The European Novel, Figures of the Scared, T. S. Eliot,
The Bloomsbury Group and Albert Camus.
515
When Offered
5199 offered in fall, 5299 in spring.
Repeatable
May be repeated for credit if content changes.
Description
The course introduces scholarship, debates, methods, and professional trends in the field of literary studies, considering questions
of theory, application, interdisciplinary, and textuality. The goal of this course is to train students in the methods that they will
use to conduct literary research in their papers and theses, giving careful attention to library resources and academic style.
ECLT 000/5256 - Approaches to Gender and Women's Studies in the Middle East/North
Africa (3 cr.)
Description
This course immerses students in the literary, historical, and theoretical debates within the academic filed of Middle East gender
and women's studies. Interdisciplinary approaches as well as varieties of theoretical positions are exposed and discussed
critically. Acknowledging the entanglements of regions, scholarly debates and political struggles, this course locates the Middle
East/ North Africa region within its worldly context.
Cross-listed
GWST 5101
When Offered
Spring 2016
Repeatable
Not repeatable
Description
Individual consultation for students preparing for the comprehensive examination.
Description
This course teaches about financing of new entrepreneurial ventures. The course will examine both the entrepreneur's and
investor's perspective with special emphasis on the venture capital process.
Prerequisites
BADM 2001
Description
This is an interdisciplinary course combining skills from all areas of business. It focuses on the creation of new business ventures
with an emphasis on personal rather than corporate goals. Special focus is placed on problems encountered by the entrepreneurs
in the Middle East and development of solutions to those problems. The course also prepares students for intrapreneur or
516
entrepreneur business careers in startups and small and large corporations. It offers and understanding of the stages of business
formation and what activities are appropriate at each stage of business development to meet financial goals including
preparations of feasibility studies for business start-ups.
ENTR 417/4301 - Entrepreneurship Lab: Developing and Launching a New Venture (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
MKTG 302/2101 - Principles of Marketing (3 cr.) ; ENTR 303/3201 - Principles of Entrepreneurial Finance (3 cr.) or FINC
303/2101 - Business Finance I (3 cr.) ; ENTR 413/4102 - Entrepreneurship and Innovation (3 cr.)
Description
This course is specially intended for non-business students, minors in entrepreneurship, and students writing business plans for
new ventures. It concentrates on the mechanics of constructing a creative, realistic and effective business plans for a new concept
that the student team has generated and developed. Thus, it is intended as a "hands-on" experience that explores the process that a
person must go through to put together a proper business plan for a start-up venture.
Prerequisites
ENTR 413/4102 - Entrepreneurship and Innovation (3 cr.)
Description
The course aims at understanding the DNA of entrepreneurial firms through answering the questions of what are the
characteristics of renowned corporates, why there is a need for developing corporate venturing and how to construct the elements
of an entrepreneurial ecosystem. The course will stress on the related issues to creating intrapreneurship through strategic,
culture, human resources as well as other managerial functions. The course will also tackle strategies for sustaining competitive
advantage within the business world.
Prerequisites
ENTR 4102
Description
This course introduces students to the social entrepreneurship phenomenon is which combines the passion of a social mission
with an image of business-like discipline, innovation, and determination. The course discusses how social entrepreneurial
practices blur the traditional lines between nonprofit enterprise, government and private sector contributes to the generation of a
unique set of opportunities and challenges that characterize this new landscape of entrepreneurship.
Prerequisites
ENTR 413/4102 - Entrepreneurship and Innovation (3 cr.)
Description
This course will examine the causes and consequences of the creation of family fortunes, with a focus on the practical
implications for family decision-making and how to create an institutional organization. The course will address challenges
facing the family business with an insight on the succession planning and governance. The course will present several case
studies of successful family business as well as failures with a stress on the cultural aspects associated with the local Egyptian
one. The course also discusses the organizational behavior issues related to family businesses and what are their impacts on the
business sustainability.
517
ENTR 421/4502 - Innovaton and Technology (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
ENTR 413/4102 - Entrepreneurship and Innovation (3 cr.)
Description
The course is designed for business students; in a quest to understand the role of innovation and technology in entrepreneurial
organizations as well as in society. The course will cover the different types of innovation in an organization with a special focus
on business model innovation. The concept of technology will be addressed through understanding the fundamentals of
product/service and process innovation as well as technology management in prominent organizations. Also the concept of
intellectual property rights management and protection as well as new product/service development will be covered as
contemporary concepts affecting the organizational effectiveness.
Prerequisites
Consent of Instructor.
Description
Considers selected topics of current relevance in Entrepreneurship.
Notes
Enrollment in is limited, and priority is given to students seeking the Bachelor of Business Administration degree.
Description
Water quality parameters: standards and analysis; theory and basic processes for modeling fate and transport of pollutants in
surface water bodies; integrated water pollution control strategies.
Description
Theory and design of unit operations and processes in environmental engineering, emphasizing water and wastewater treatment;
namely: physical, chemical and biological unit processes, sludge handling processes.
Cross-listed
Same as CENG 4553 but with additional requirements for graduate students.
Description
Air pollutants sources, sinks, and residence time. Costs of air pollution. Control strategies and systems design. Mathematical
models of air pollution. Monitoring and control instruments.
Description
Air pollution and combustion, combustion generated pollutants, greenhouse effect, fuel alternatives, effects of air pollution on
health and vegetation, other forms of energy sources, technologies for emission reduction and control.
518
ENVE 566/5254 - Solid and Hazardous Wastes Engineering (3 cr.)
Description
Solid wastes - Nature, generation and collection. Local and regional management strategies including recycling and recovery of
useful products, landfilling, and incineration. Hazardous wastes - Nature, generation and collection. Risk
assessment. Management strategies including source reduction, treatment, recovery, landfilling, and incineration.
Cross-listed
Same as CENG 4555 but with additional requirements for graduate students.
Same as GREN 5213 .
Description
Chemical principles for quantitative solution of environmental engineering problems with a focus on aqueous systems. Concept
of chemical equilibrium is developed to determine mass distribution of environmentally significant substances. Applications of
acid-base, coordination, oxidation-reduction, and organic distribution reactions are developed for water and wastewater systems.
Description
Properties of sound waves in free fields and enclosures; effects of noise on people; quantitative measurement of noise
characteristics and impact; noise reduction indoors and outdoors; noise control regulations.
Description
Groundwater and well hydraulics with applications to water supply and control of contaminants; groundwater contamination;
development, solution and application of contaminant transport equations; groundwater remediation; introduction to unsaturated
flow.
Description
Independent study in various problem areas of engineering may be assigned to individual students or to groups. Readings
assigned and frequent consultations held.
Notes
(Students may sign for up to 3 credits towards fulfilling M. Sc. requirements).
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
Description
Topics to be chosen every year according to specific interests.
519
Repeatable
May be taken for credit more than once if content changes.
Description
Consultation on problems related to student thesis.
Repeatable
Must be taken twice for credit.
Description
Description, design, and applications of advanced technologies for removal of contaminants from environmental media;
membrane technologies - nanofiltration, ultrafiltration, reverse osmosis, membrane bioreactors; adsorption; biological activated
carbon; biofilters; pulsators; tube settlers; advanced oxidation processes - ozonation, UV radiation, photo-oxidation, chemical
oxidation and reduction; cryogenic and thermal processes.
Description
Independent study in various problem areas of environmental engineering may be assigned to individual students or to groups.
Readings assigned and frequent consultations held.
Description
Topics chosen according to special interests of faculty and students. May be repeated for credit more than once if content
changes.
Description
Consultation on problems related to student thesis. To be taken 11 times for credit.
Description
This module focuses on planning, implementing and managing change in a fast-changing dynamic environment of today. It
assists executives to understand challenges, tools, and burdens associated with initializing and implementing major changes in the
organization. It addresses change efforts, reconstructing and reengineering and organizational adaptation decisions and
developing action plans for making smooth transformation process and preventing resistance to change from employees and
providing effective leadership of people in the organization.
Description
The module focuses on team building and growth, performance, effective strategies for better group decision making, team
leadership, resolving conflict within and across teams, evaluating and rewarding teams performance and developing a team-
520
focused organizational culture. It aims at improving participants' ability to lead high-performing teams through effective design
and development. They will gain in-depth knowledge of practices of successful teamwork and will examine why other teams fail
to deliver their expected results. They will learn how organizations can encourage innovation, strategic decision-making, and co-
operation with other organizations through the use of teams and effective communication.
EMBA 603/5603 - Data Analysis and Analytical Decision Modeling for Optimizing
Decisions (2 cr.)
Description
This module focuses on exploring the use of sample data, survey, regression analysis, decision models and statistical methods for
estimating, predicting, and forecasting and making business decision. It will also include applications to total quality
management, polling, employee attitude surveys, market research, operation and finance. It improves participants modeling
skills, which are the key to success. Participants learn about weaknesses and strengths of quantitative models. It provides them
with a reality check on the forecasts, enables 'what if' analysis and provides an integrated view of business, and is a key step in
valuation.
Description
This module covers the basics of microeconomics (supply, demand, market price and output, production, cost and market
equilibrium) and the international macroeconomics and monetary environment within which business operate. It provides
intensive overview of economic analysis of firms, industries, markets, forms of competition, role of industry structure, the
influence of government policies. It provides framework that participants use to understand the performance of international
economies and financial markets, linkage among countries through trade, exchange rates and the balance of payment, business
cycles and rescissions, inflation and deflation, and the effects of the governments' macroeconomic policies.
Description
The module addresses corporate financial reports as an important means of communication with investors and with managers in
making tactical and strategic decisions. It focuses on the development, analysis and use of these reports and what assumptions
and concepts accountants use to prepare them, and why they use those assumptions and concepts. It introduces basic costs
concepts and develops techniques such as cost drivers, activity-based accounting, customer profitability, value-add and values
chain analysis, and target costing. Other topics may include mergers and acquisitions, purchase and pooling, free cash flow and
financial statement analysis, studies the nature, design and decision-facilitating role of cost systems and focuses on the effects of
strategy, technology and the environment on cost system designs. Tools such as budgets, variance analysis, benchmarking,
transfer pricing and balanced scorecard are used to illustrate planning, control and performance measurement systems that
facilitate successful implementation of organization's strategies
Description
It introduces the basic principles of finance. It addresses topics as discounting techniques and applications, evaluation of capital
expenditure, estimating cost of capital, bond and stock valuation and investment decisions under uncertainty. Participants are
expected by the end of this module to apply basic valuation formulas to standard financial instruments.
Description
It analysis corporate financial decisions. It introduces the structure of markets, the evaluation of assets and concepts of risk-
521
adjusted returns. It addresses essential topics as market efficiency, capital structure, dividend and stock repurchase policy, and
firms' use of options and convertible securities. By the end of this module, participants should be able to understand the
underlying analytical framework for corporate finance.
Description
The act of management is all about amplifying the human capability of an organization. This module addresses the people side of
business from a general management perspective. Within the context of newer thinking in "Talent management and
Organizational Performance", the module integrates concepts from strategy, organizational behavior, talent management,
motivation, incentives, empowerment, leadership, organizational design, and transformation. It assist the participants in
developing a deeper understanding of how human capability (talent) can be amplified or dampened by the enabling or disabling
attributes of the intangible assets of a company (structure, leadership, culture, information, networks, beliefs, values, and reward
systems); and it equips the participants with management practices, approaches and coaching and mentoring skills, that can be
employed to optimize the various inter-related levers of talent and organizational performance.
Description
This module introduces operation from the general managers' point of view rather than operation specialist. It approaches the
integration, efficiency and effectiveness of managerial functions in support of development of the organization's strategic goals,
improving business decisions and achieving competitive advantage. It discusses operating systems: production process, process
design and flow analysis, inventory concepts and models, time-to-market and responsiveness, project management, effects of
uncertainty and waiting lines in producing an organization's products and services. It focuses on quality management and
statistical quality controls, as well as recent process-improvement ideas. Case studies are used to highlight central issues.
EMBA 610/5610 - Global Marketing Management (International Live-in Module) (2.75 cr.)
Description
The module examines strategies over the product lifecycle including growth strategies for mature and declining markets, and
defensive strategies. It addresses the importance of companies being market-driven and customer focused and presents current
theories and practices of marketing management. Participants will be able to have an integrative strategic view of marketing,
including the impact of globalization, information technologies and challenges to implement them.
EMBA 611/5611 - Competitive & Corporate Strategy (International Live-in Module) (2.75
cr.)
Description
Corporate Strategy focuses on business policy by a firm and the development and implementation of a business strategy that will
allow the firm to achieve its goals and objectives. Achieving these goals and objectives usually occurs within a competitive
context, in which other rival organizations seek similar if not the same ends (e.g. market share, profits, control of scarce
resources, etc.). How a firm stands against its rivals' attempts and how it develops and implements a competitive strategy. Topics
include industry analysis and competitive advantage as it derives from the firm's strategic investments, resources allocation, and
organizational coalitions.
Description
The module examines application of information resources and technology in organizations. The objective is to familiarize
participants with key concepts in the use and management of Information Technology (IT). Topics covered include selected
aspects of hardware, software, organizing data and information, telecommunication, electronic commerce, transaction processing
522
systems, decision support systems, business intelligence systems and systems development. Participants will learn how do
information technologies create value and affect the structure of competition.
Description
The leadership module moves participants to a deeper understanding of their leadership competencies and personality style
through further analysis of assessments with Center for Creative Learning (CCL) coach. Participants will be able to integrate
managerial skills and effective concepts of leadership (Traits, Competencies and Ethics) of the work place. They will learn how
to understand to better coach others when in leadership role and how to flex their styles as needed to lead others more effectively.
They will be able to refine and update their personal development goals, as needed in response to circumstances on the job and
further feedback in providing leadership solutions.
EMBA 614/5614 - Innovation and Creating the Best Practices of Tomorrow (1.75 cr.)
Description
It explores a broader, more inclusive view of innovation, enabling the manager to employ innovation as a more effective
competitive weapon, leading to an understanding of state-of-the-art "Innovation Process Management" within and between firms
and across geographies. It addresses how to make creative energy the goal of the organization and energizes the staff to be
creative and see problems not as obstacles but as opportunities for innovation.
EMBA 615/5615 - Global Supply Chain Management and Operational Excellence (2 cr.)
Description
This module is about supply chain management from suppliers to customers to clients, how to link it with marketing and business
strategy and develop Global Business Networks. It addresses operational excellence as a competitive strategy, customer service
versus operational efficiency from "built-to-forecast" to "build-to-order" and behavioral operational management
Description
It focuses on negotiation as an important process in resolving conflicts that may arise from differences in interests such as goal,
priorities or competition from limited resources. It examines stakes, power, interdependence, trust, coalitions, communication,
and personal negotiation styles. Participants practice cross-cultural negotiations, dispute resolution, coalition formulation. It
addresses multiparty negotiations, extremely competitive negotiations and negotiations via Information Technology (IT).
Description
It covers the challenges involved in managing entrepreneurial ventures, whether they are start-ups, small entrepreneurial firm or
units within larger, well-established companies. It focuses on the behaviors and attributes required to operate successfully within
entrepreneurial environment. The module addresses the concepts, theory of practice of entrepreneurship in a dynamic
international environment. It helps participants to understand the risks and rewards that accompany entrepreneurial activities and
develop the skills of leadership while enhancing their own practice.
EMBA 618/5618 - Doing Business With The East (International Live-in Module) (2.75 cr.)
Description
The module is live-in week in Hong Kong. Participants will be prepared for new challenges and opportunities that they will face
in the business world, especially in China and Asia. The modules include introduction to Asia/China Business, Economic, social
523
and political environments. Emphasis will be on China's current Economy Development, Change in Business environment and
managing in a Chinese context.
EMBA 619/5619 - Doing Business With The East (International Live-in Module) (2.75 cr.)
Description
The module will be a continuation of above topic. There will be an overview about the Legal and Regulatory issues, managing
Joint-Venture Partnerships, Entry strategies, Marketing and Human Resources challenges in China. Practical cases on Legal and
Regulatory issues and on Successful Negotiation in China will be studies. Participants will be able to visit companies during their
study.
Description
This module focuses on how corporate governance, as a set of processes, customs, policies, laws and institutions, affects the way
the organization is directed and controlled. It examines how the quality of corporate governance system influences prices shares
of the company and the cost of raising capital and how it complies with the legal and regulatory requirements. It addresses some
important topics as the separation of ownership and control, property rights, reconciling conflicts between stakeholders and the
role of the board of directors in ensuring accountability, fairness and transparency in the firm's relationship with all its
stakeholders.
Description
This module relates business to its legal environment. It provides broad analysis of how laws influence management decisions
and strategies, how to review the characteristics of various legal structures and how to set the legal framework for doing business.
It focuses on how business decisions and transactions should comply with the law. It familiarizes participants with certain basic
legal concepts relating to doing business on national and international levels.
EMBA 622/5622 - Development & Rationale for Competitive Law (1.75 cr.)
Description
This module looks at how competition law fits in a larger context of economic policy. It covers the development and rationale for
international competition law for firms, with reference to developing countries' competition law as well as relevant provisions in
the Egyptian competition policy and covers agreements between firms (cartels, joint ventures, mergers), monopolization, and
public enforcement of law by competition authorities, private enforcement in the courts and the coordination of private and
public enforcement.
Description
Participants undertake a successful "consulting" project within their own organization, identifying a challenge or an opportunity
they seek to address and undertaking the appropriate analysis leading to a recommended course of action. Participants are
encouraged to apply and integrate several analytical tools and organizational skills learned in various courses of the program. It
provides concrete tools and concepts for projects management. The module is taught in an interactive case-based format.
Participants are expected to actively participate while providing insights from their own experiences with project management.
Participants will understand why many projects fail, know the critical success factors, be able to define and analyze work
breakdown structures and critical paths for projects, and understand the impact of uncertainty on project management.
524
Description
Course addressing broad intellectual concern and accessible to all first-year students as part of the Primary Level Core.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
RHET 1000
Description
Course addressing broad intellectual concerns and accessible to all students, irrespective of major.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Description
This lecture course provides a primer in visual literacy across media, introducing students to key terms and methods for critically
reading the visual world including iconology, formal analysis, art history, ideological analysis, and semiotics. Students gain
fluency in understanding how images work in cultural context to communicate meaning, to express a sense of self, to convey
pleasure, to sell things, and to distribute power. Questions of the effect of specific visual technologies are also engaged,
particularly their impact on perception and conduct. Examples are drawn from fine art, advertising, film, popular culture, and
new media.
Cross-listed
Same as ARTV 2113 ,DSGN 2113 .
Description
An introduction to the art of cinema, covering basic film history, theory, aesthetics, and production. Dramatic narrative (fiction),
documentary (non-fiction), and avant-grade subjects are analyzed in detail, and relevant films are screened in class to stimulate
discussion.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
Required for the Major and Minor in Film.
Prerequisites
FILM 2120 or consent of the instructor
Description
This course in an extension of the introduction to film (FILM 2120). While the first introductory course focuses on the basics of
cinematic language and textual analysis. Introduction to Film Criticism focuses on the basic schools of film criticism and
analysis. This course is foundational for film majors,providing them with basic knowledge necessary for satisfactory performance
525
in more advanced film courses. The course is also open, with permission of the instructor, to non-film majors/ minors interested
in a more comprehensive introduction to the field (e.g., students of media/journalism and comparative literature).
Description
This introductory studio course introduces students to techniques of visual research as a basis for creative work in various media
forms. Students undertake a continuous visual research project as the basis for the course. By means of class lectures and
exercises, sketchbook practices, technical workshops, take-home assignments, and group critiques designed to activate the
research process, they develop their skills in the expressive use of analogue and digital media for the realization of art, design, or
film projects.
Cross-listed
Same as DSGN 2200 ,ARTV 2200 .
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Description
A basic course in the fundamentals of acting, designed for majors, minors, and those with some previous experience. In-class
exercises and improvisations, combined with rehearsed scenes and monologues from simple realistic texts, will help students gain
proficiency in objective/obstacles, creation of character, basic voice and breath control, and basic body alignment and awareness.
Cross-listed
Same as THTR 2201 .
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring, and occasionally in the summer.
Description
The art and craft of acting as a systematic process applied to the specific demands of Arabic Drama. Scene work and monologues
from modern and contemporary Arabic plays.
Cross-listed
Same as THTR 2211
When Offered
Offered in fall or spring, and occasionally in the summer.
Prerequisites
ANTH 2101
Description
The history and practice of film in anthropology; film as ethnography; comparison of films and analytical ethnographies.
Cross-listed
Same as ANTH 3070 .
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
526
FILM 370/3070 - Selected Topics in Film (3 cr.)
Description
In-depth examination of specific topics in film determined by the special interests and expertise of the faculty..
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Repeatable
May be repeated for credit if content changes
Description
A survey of international narrative cinema, from the silent period to the present. Individual films, film movements and film
genres will be studied, and important films from the respective periods will be screened in whole or in part.
When Offered
Offered in the fall or spring.
Description
The course provides a history of the most influential cinema in the world: Hollywood. The course focuses on the first half of the
twentieth century, and the second half of the twenty-first century along with the first decade of the twenty-first century. Students
will acquire broad knowledge of Hollywood cinema, its early precursors and experimental innovators as well as its later,
independent challengers and critical deviations. History of American Cinema is designed for students from across the disciplines
and carries no prerequisites for non-film majors or minors.
DescriptionThe course provides a history of the most influential cinema in the world: Hollywood. The course focuses on the first
half of the twentieth century, and the second half of twentieth century along with the first decade of the twenty-first century.
Students will acquire broad knowledge of Hollywood cinema, its early precursors and experimental innovators as well as its later,
independent challengers and critical deviations. The course is designed for students from across the disciplines and carries no
prerequisites for non-film majors or minors.
Description
This course examines various aspects of cinema in Egypt and the Arab World in order to understand its history, and determine
the themes, the styles, and the character of this cinema which has been historically among the most influential in national world
cinemas. Topics could include areas such as New Arab Cinemas, classical Egyptian cinema, the Arab film industry, independent
Arab cinema, among others.
Description
This course variably focuses on a specific national and, where appropriate, regional cinema, such as that of Germany, France,
Argentina, Brazil, Japan,Italy, England, Sub-Saharan Africa, India, China, Canada, Mexico, Cuba, Eastern Europe, Iran, Turkey,
527
Russia or Scandinavia. The course considers recent shifts in the study of national cinemas that accounts for understanding the
notion of "identity" in a global context. The course is open to students from across disciplines.
Prerequisites
FILM 2120 or consent of the Director of the Film Program.
Description
A historical study of the major theoretical approaches to motion picture art, Including early analysis of film aesthetics, structure,
and form, as well as modernist political critiques of cinema. Films will be screened class to facilitate understanding of the
readings.
When Offered
Offered in the fall or spring.
Prerequisites
FILM 2120 or consent of the Director of the Film Program.
Description
A Study of the non-fiction film, Its international history, theoretical approaches to its structure and effects, and current issues in
documentary production. Class screenings will be used to expose students to important and relevant examples of documentary
cinema.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Description
This course provides a basic history and theorization of the representation of women in cinema, filmmaking, and the field of film
studies. The course engages in a historiographic analysis of feminist film theory while mapping aspects of women's
representation in cinema and her role behind the camera. The course is open to students from across disciplines, and should be of
strong appeal to students majoring in psychology, sociology, anthropology, and comparative literature.
Description
A detailed study of the themes, the characteristic style, development, and influence of the director within the world of cinema.
The course will assess, compare, and/or contrast combinations of two to three filmmakers. Themes could inclulde empahsis on
filmmakers such as Quentin Tarantino, Martin Scorcese, the Coen Brothers, Youssef Chahine, George Romero, George Lucas,
Francis Ford Coppola, Ingmar Bergman, Salah Abou-Seif, Pier Paolo Pasolini, among others.
Description
This course examines questions relating to one or several generic forms and conventions, drawing examples from Hollywood as
well as a variety of world cinemas. Topics could include the Musical, Comedy, Horror, Film Noir, Western, Historical Epic
genres, etc.
528
FILM 351/3251 - Digital Editing (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
FILM 2120 and FILM 2200
Description
This course focuses on developing practical as well as aesthetic skills for digital forms of film editing. Students will engage in
several assignments and exercises manifesting their capacity to work on various applications of editing techniques.
When Offered
Offered at least once every year.
Notes
Priority of registration in this course is given to declared Film Major and Minor students.
Prerequisites
FILM 2120 and FILM 2200
Description
This course focuses on developing the practical as well as aesthetic skills necessary for digital cinematography. As part of a fast
emerging and increasingly dominant form of filmmaking, digital cinematography has become key in contemporary mainstream,
alternative and independent filmmaking. Students will perform assignments and exercises manifesting their capacity to work with
various applications of cinematographic techniques and their integration with lighting design and camera movement.
When Offered
Offered at least once every year.
Notes
Priority of registration in this course is given to declared Film Major and Minor students.
Prerequisites
FILM 2120
Description
Provides an overview of the role of storytelling in filmmaking practice, introducing students to the techniques used by
screenwriters to craft stories in both fiction and non-fiction and television programs and other moving picture media.
Prerequisites
FILM 2200 and MUSC 2301 .
Description
This course provides an in-depth, interactive study of sound and its relationship to picture. Topics will include post production
areas relative to time code, synchronization, workflow, data interchange, sound recording and editing, lip-syncing and voice over
tracks using ADR (Automatic Dialog Replacement), creating special effects with Foley, routing structures, sound mixing, and
delivery methods. All of the above will be first described in class lectures and then applied practically in projects.
529
Cross-listed
Same as MUSC 3306 .
Description
The organization of the production, distribution and exhibition practices of various film industries. May include an examination
of the relationship between a national film industry and other visual media; changing technologies and their impact on the
medium; connections and intersections between the film industry and other economic industries and dynamics.
Prerequisites
FILM 2120 or consent of Visual Cultures Director.
Description
The course maps aspects of spectatorship, audience, and reception approaches as they intersect with experiences and study of
cinema. The course provides students with tools to appreciate film as an interactive medium of communication. It explored these
approaches with emphasis on spectatorial agency. Resistant and subversive reading, and hegemonic and counter-hegemonic
readership and production.
Prerequisites
FILM 3251 , FILM 3253 and MUSC 3306 .
Description
Senior students work on making their own film projects with the participation of other film students. Under the supervision of the
instructor, students will develop their project through pre-production, production, post-production phases. Attention will be given
to quality excellence rather than quantity and length films.
When Offered
Offered once a year in the spring semester.
Notes
Enrollment in this course is restricted to students with a declared Film Major.
FILM 452/4352 - The Arab and Egyptian Film Industries: National and Global Perspectives
(3 cr.)
Prerequisites
Fourth year level in the Film major or the consent of the Program Director.
Description
A study of the nature of the Arab and Egyptian Film industry. Emphasis will be on the evolution of the Arab motion picture
industry in the twentieth century and how it is situated in contemporary popular culture. Other topics include Egyptian cinema's
relationship to Hollywood, the audience for Egyptian and Arab films, the role of the state cinematic funding, distribution and
production systems, the impact of new technologies, and how the structure of the Egyptian and Arab film industries compares
with those of other countries.
530
Notes
This course may be repeated for credit.
Prerequisites
Fourth year level in the Film major or the consent of the Program Director.
Description
This course designed to provide students with the opportunity to gain practical experience and to work and learn within the film
community (production, festivals, administration, archives, research) as interns, paid employment, or volunteers.
Students interested in enrolling in this course should submit a proposal to the Film Program. The proposal should be submitted
for approval at least one month in advance to beginning the work. Students should also include an official letter from the host
institution that has agreed to supervise their project indicating approval of the proposed student project. The host institution
should also agree to provide an evaluation of the quality of the student performance within two weeks after the end of the student
project.
Prerequisites
Fourth year level in the Film Major or Minor, or consent of the Director of Film.
Description
The course is designed to provide students with an opportunity to survey and investigate various and specialized areas of film
studies. Topics may include history, theory, filmmakers, national cinemas, women in film, etc. Seminars may also discuss film
industry and distribution, film media, festivals, production systems, etc. Within the framework of the seminar's general topic,
each student develops his/her more focused research project. This project builds upon and develops the material discussed in
class and in the required readings.
Notes
Students may choose to take this course twice provided the specific area of each of the seminars falls in a different area of study,
and pending approval.
Prerequisites
This course is restricted to senior level students in the Film Major or Minor. Departmental approval required.
Description
With departmental approval, advanced students may arrange an individualized course topic to be completed under faculty
supervision.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
ACCT 2001 , ( ECON 2021 or ECON 2011 ) and MACT 1221 or MACT 2222 .
Description
531
The study of the principles of finance and their application to business enterprises. Special emphasis on financial analysis,
management of working capital, cost of capital, capital budgeting, long term financing, dividend policy and internal finance.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
Enrollment in is limited, and priority is given to students seeking the Bachelor of Business Administration degree or the Bachelor
of Accounting degree, students enrolling in specified as collateral requirements in other majors, and students who have declared
business administration as a minor.
Prerequisites
FINC 2101
Description
Introduction to the theory of investments. Topics include risk and return, the theory of portfolio selection, asset pricing models,
valuation for stocks, bond pricing and the term structure of interest rates and options.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
Enrollment in is limited, and priority is given to students seeking the Bachelor of Business Administration degree or the Bachelor
of Accounting degree, students enrolling in specified as collateral requirements in other majors, and students who have declared
business administration as a minor.
Prerequisites
FINC 2101 .
Description
Measuring returns and risks in banking, evaluation of a bank's performance, introduction to lending techniques and risk rating
methods. Analyzing creditworthiness of business firms and financial institutions. Credit-management techniques such as asset
protection, asset conversion and cash-flow analysis are introduced.
When Offered
Offered twice a year.
Notes
Enrollment in is limited, and priority is given to students seeking the Bachelor of Business Administration degree or the Bachelor
of Accounting degree, students enrolling in specified as collateral requirements in other majors, and students who have declared
business administration as a minor.
Prerequisites
FINC 2101
Description
The effect of the international financial environment on the major financial decisions of business. The international financial
institution and their effect on firms operating in the international environment.
532
Cross-listed
Same as INTB 3501 .
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Notes
Enrollment in is limited, and priority is given to students seeking the Bachelor of Business Administration degree or the Bachelor
of Accounting degree, students enrolling in specified as collateral requirements in other majors, and students who have declared
business administration as a minor.
Prerequisites
FINC 2101 .
Description
The objective of this course is to provide students with a thorough understanding of the structure and mechanics of financial
markets coupled with a practical perspective of the use of finacial tools and their applications. It will introduce students to capital
markets with global applications to various financial instruments including debt, equity and derivative securities, such as
forwards, futures, and options. The course, as well, aims to widen students understanding of the various risks encountered by
financial institutions and the means by which they are mitigated and managed.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
Enrollment in courses is limited, and priority is given to students seeking the Bachelor of Business Administration degree or the
Bachelor of Accounting degree, students enrolling in courses specified as collateral requirements in other majors, and students
who have declared business administration as a minor.
Prerequisites
FINC 3201
Description
Overview of basic derivative securities; forwards, futures and options. The focus is on the valuation of these securities and the
use of derivatives for hedging risks. More complex derivatives may be covered.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Notes
Enrollment in is limited, and priority is given to students seeking the Bachelor of Business Administration degree or the Bachelor
of Accounting degree, students enrolling in specified as collateral requirements in other majors, and students who have declared
business administration as a minor.
Prerequisites
FINC 3201
Description
Portfolio Theory provides students with basic concepts and models of financial theory and introduces them to the evaluation of
quantity risk and return decisions. Subjects that are offered in this course: Capital assets Pricing Theory; Arbitrage Pricing
533
Theory; Derivatives and Portfolio Selection and Management.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Notes
Enrollment in is limited, and priority is given to students seeking the Bachelor of Business Administration degree or the Bachelor
of Accounting degree, students enrolling in specified as collateral requirements in other majors, and students who have declared
business administration as a minor.
Prerequisites
FINC 3201
Description
The course introduces students to basic concepts of corporate finance in the Egyptian environment. The course will cover the
theory and application of capital budgeting techniques and capital structure choice of firms.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
Enrollment in is limited, and priority is given to students seeking the Bachelor of Business Administration degree or the Bachelor
of Accounting degree, students enrolling in specified as collateral requirements in other majors, and students who have declared
business administration as a minor.
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: Consent of Instructor.
Description
Considers selected topics of current relevance in Financial Management.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Notes
Enrollment in is limited, and priority is given to students seeking the Bachelor of Business Administration degree or the Bachelor
of Accounting degree, students enrolling in specified as collateral requirements in other majors, and students who have declared
business administration as a minor.
Prerequisites
Prerequisites: Senior standing and consent of FINC unit head and chair.
Description
Guided readings, research, and discussions on specific selected topic in Financial Management.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Notes
Enrollment in is limited, and priority is given to students seeking the Bachelor of Business Administration degree or the Bachelor
534
of Accounting degree, students enrolling in specified as collateral requirements in other majors, and students who have declared
business administration as a minor.
Description
This course aims at applying economic principles to managerial decision making. The course covers topics such as demand, costs
and market structure and their relation to pricing, product choice and resource allocation. This course also covers Macroeconomic
topics such as saving, investment and the rate of interest; the theory of inflation; and economic growth.
Prerequisites
ACCT 5201
Description
It is a basic business finance course, dealing with various aspects of financial decision making. It provides an introduction to time
value of money; bond and stock valuation; ratio analysis; financing decisions; capital budgeting; cost of capital; capital structure;
risk and return; dividend policy; operating and financial leverage; and working capital management.
Cross-listed
Same as GREN 5224 .
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
ACCT 5201 and FINC 5202 .
Description
This course will examine four different types of asset markets: equity markets, fixed income markets, futures markets and options
markets. It will focus on the valuation of assets in these markets, the empirical evidence on asset valuation models, and strategies
that can be employed to achieve various investment goals.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Prerequisites
ACCT 5201 and FINC 5202 .
Description
This course introduces the main econometric methods and techniques used in the analysis of issues related to finance. The course
will cover econometric models and their application to various financial problems such as: the testing of market efficiency,
empirical testing of the various asset pricing models (CAPM, Fama French, APT), measuring and forecasting volatility of bond
and stock returns (ARCH and GARCH models) and tests for market contagion amongst others.
535
FINC 542/5311 - International Financial Management (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
ACCT 5201 and FINC 5202 .
Description
This is a course on international financial markets and exchange rates. Topics include pricing in the foreign currency and use of
forward exchange for hedging short-term returns and market efficiency in the international money markets, foreign currency
options, international capital asset pricing, pricing of foreign currency bonds, currency swaps, syndicated loans, foreign currency
financing and exposure management
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
ACCT 5201 and FINC 5202 .
Description
This course will analyze the role of financial markets and financial institutions in allocating capital. The major focus will be on
debt contracts and securities and on innovations in the bond and money markets. The functions of commercial banks, investment
banks, and other financial intermediaries will be covered. Aspects of the regulation of these institutions will also be examined.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
ACCT 5201 , FINC 5202 and FINC 5203 .
Description
This course covers a list of advanced topics in derivative securities. It assumes that students have taken an introductory course in
derivatives as well as an introduction to fixed-income markets. The first part of the course develops numerical techniques which
are used to implement pricing methodologies. The techniques are applied to exotic options and real options. The second part of
the course develops term structure models and options based on fixed income securities.
Prerequisites
ACCT 5201 and FINC 5202
Description
The course introduces main elements of real estate Finance. It begins with a comprehensive introduction of mortgage from the
perspective of capital market investors. The mortgage basics are then used in investment analysis of income producing properties.
The public debt and equity are introduced in the third part of this course.
536
Prerequisites
ACCT 5201 and FINC 5202
Description
Islamic Finance is one of the fastest growing and most innovative financial disciplines in the international financial markets. It is
growing at a rate of 15-20 % each year. It is one of the least understood both by the western financial community and indeed by
those in Islamic communities. This course offers a clear and understandable examination of this dynamic area of finance. It will
help participants to fully understand the fundamental principles underlying modern Islamic finance, as well as modern practices
prevailing in this industry.
Prerequisites
ACCT 5201 and FINC 5202
Description
This is a course on fixed-income securities and related derivatives. It covers basic analytical tools in fixed-income markets.
Topics include relative pricing of fixed-income securities, forward rates, yield-to-maturity, yield-curve trading strategies and
immunization techniques. It also discusses term structure models, fixed-income securities with embedded options, and
derivatives with fixed-income underlying securities. Instruments to be discussed are forward rate agreements, bond and interest
rate futures, interest rate swaps, fixed-income options, mortgage-backed securities, and credit derivatives. The course emphasizes
analytical techniques, rather than institutional details.
Prerequisites
ACCT 5201 , FINC 5201 ,FINC 5202, MGMT 5307 MGMT 5202, MKTG 5201, MOIS 5201, OPMG 5201 and OPMG 5202.
Description
The course focuses on private equity and venture capital cycles. Emphasis is placed on the valuation concepts and their
application to privately held companies. Case studies are an integral part of the course.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
ACCT 5201 and FINC 5202 .
Description
This is an advanced corporate finance course with an emphasis on debt and equity management, security issuance, and
distribution policy. Topics include descriptions of types of debt and equity, tradeoffs in the choice of an optimal capital structure;
the role of capital structure in competitive strategy; the design of capital structure and securities to control information problems
and limit conflicts of interest between different classes of security holders; procedures and costs of issuing securities including
initial public offerings, and the determinants of optimal payout policy. The course is intended for those with career objectives in
financial management, the corporate finance aspects of investment banking, or general management.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
537
Prerequisites
ACCT 5201 and FINC 5202
Description
This is a hands on course that introduces financial concepts through analytic frameworks and financial models that can be used to
identify and solve financial management issues. The course guides students through various intermediate methods and techniques
of financial modeling in Microsoft Excel emphasizing the use of (1) Excel Solver for Optimization, (2) Monte Carlo Simulation
and (3) Excel's Visual Basic for Applications (VBA) programming language.
Prerequisites
ACCT 5201 and FINC 5202 .
Description
This course deals with the ways in which risks are quantified and managed by financial institutions. Among the topics covered
are the nature of financial institutions and their regulation, market risk, credit risk, operational risk, liquidity risk, and the credit
crisis of 2007.
Prerequisites
ACCT 5201 and FINC 5202 .
Description
It considers selected topics of current relevance in Financial Management.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: Consent of FINC unit head and chair.
Description
Guided readings, research, and discussions on specific selected topic in Financial Management.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Description
The Master thesis will ensure that students can demonstrate the ability to address a timely and original research question through
relevant research methodology. The thesis should include the following components: a novel and feasible research question, a
comprehensive literature review, a detailed presentation of data and methods for conducting the research and collection and
analysis of data. The final outcome is a formal write-up of the thesis and a public defense in front of a panel.
Hours
Nine credit hours to be taken in three consecutive semesters
538
FINC 590/5402 - Research Methodology (3 cr.)
Description
This course offers an overview of different research methods and processes in the area of finance. The course outcome will be the
completion and presentation of a comprehensive research proposal for a research study.
Description
This seminar introduces students to the core theoretical literature and debates in the field of gender and women studies. In
addition to laying the intellectual foundation for further academic work in gender and women's studies, the seminar also engages
contemporary debates on traveling theory with a particular focus on the Global South. All GWST MA students are required to
take this course in their first semester.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
GWST 501/5101 - Approaches to Gender and Women's Studies in the Middle East/ North
Africa (3 cr.)
Description
This course immerses students in the literary, historical, and theoretical debates within the academic field of Middle East Gender
and Women's Studies. Interdisciplinary approaches as well as varieties of theoretical positions are exposed and discussed
critically. Acknowledging the entanglements of regions, scholarly debates and politically struggles, this course locates the Middle
East/ North Africa region within its worldly context. Must be taken in the second semester.
Cross-listed
ECLT 5256
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Repeatable
May be taken more than once if content changes.
Description
This course introduces students to justice as a problem in contemporary cultural, legal and philosophical debates. The course
explores the different domains through which justice becomes a universal language of rights, and the resultant
compartmentalization of human experiences along parameters in which culture is presumed to be non-existent, rendering
different forms of justice, such as gender justice, appendixes to the already known. The course will engage with questions of
distribution of justice - economic, social, political, historical - in the contemporary world with special focus on locating theories
of justice in the practice thereof. It is conceived as laying the intellectual foundation for the GWST gender and justice graduate
concentration, for graduate work in IHRL and other related fields.
Cross-listed
Same as LAW 5220.
When Offered
Offered every fall.
Description
The aim of this foundation seminar is to introduce students to the historical, theoretical and empirical perspectives and
539
experiences that inform current programs and polices in the filed of gender and development. The course is divided into four
sub-modules each of which will present key concepts in the analysis of social relations between men and women in the context of
development thinking. Each module will present these theoretical perspectives with reference to concrete empirical applications.
When Offered
Offered every fall.
Description
This seminar provides an in depth engagement with the growing sub-field of Gender and Migration. Themes covered include:
international gendered labor markets, migration to and from the Middle East, domestic labor, trafficking, displacement through
conflict and development, remittances, and human rights. This is a joint course offered by the Center for Migration Studies and
Refugee Studies and the Institute for Gender and Women's Studies.
Cross-listed
Same as MRS 5104 .
Description
This course offers a reading in the genealogies of capital in order to critically engage emergent political, economic and social
forms. The course examines the nexus between events, structure, agency; Marxist conceptions of the making of histories; the
variety of Marxian frameworks delineating the relation between socio-economic and political rights.
Cross-listed
same as SOC-ANTH 5295
Description
This seminar explores the spatial and its social, political and gendered effects with a particular focus on dispossession. It
introduces students to critical work about space in the social sciences aimed towards social transformation.
Description
This seminar explores the historical development of the notion of the human from the 1950's to the present. It introduces students
to women's struggles for incorporation into human rights discourses, the consolidation of dominant regulatory processes, and
their contemporary critical feminist engagements.
Description
Alternating selected topics.
Repeatable
May be taken more than once if content changes.
540
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: Approval of IGWS Graduate Advisory Committee.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
GWST 5100
Description
This course provides an introduction to gender and feminist approaches to dominant theories of knowledge and research
methodologies in the social sciences.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Prerequisites
GWST 5205
Description
This course serves as an intermediary phase between the research proposal and the Master's thesis. It is designed to help students
transition from fieldwork and data collection to data analysis and writing.
Description
Consultation for students in problems related to their thesis.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Description
This lecture course provides a primer in visual literacy across media, introducing students to key terms and methods for critically
reading the visual world including iconology, formal analysis, art history, ideological analysis, and semiotics. Students gain
fluency in understanding how images work in cultural context to communicate meaning, to express a sense of self, to convey
pleasure, to sell things, and to distribute power. Questions of the effect of specific visual technologies are also engaged,
particularly their impact on perception and conduct. Examples are drawn from fine art, advertising, film, popular culture, and
new media.
Cross-listed
Same asARTV 2113,FILM 2113.
541
Prerequisites
DSGN 2113
Description
This course introduces students to the conceptual and critical aspects of graphic design through the discourse of history and
theory of visual communication. It addresses how international graphic design went hand in hand with social, political and
technological developments around it. It is a chronological survey of graphic design through slide lectures and research.
Description
This introductory studio course introduces students to techniques of visual research as a basis for creative work in various media
forms. Students undertake a continuous visual research project as the basis for the course. By means of class lectures and
exercises, sketchbook practices, technical workshops, take home assignments, and group critiques designed to activate the
research process, they develop their skills in the expressive use of analogue and digital media for the realization of art, design, or
film projects.
Cross-listed
Same as ARTV 2200,FILM 2200.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
DSGN 2200 and DSGN 2113
Description
Based on a series of experimental visual exercises, this course investigates basic design principles like concepts development and
its application in different mediums. Students will explore the fundamentals of graphic form, communicating visually, and
integration of type through drawing, collage, and other experimental media.
Prerequisites
DSGN 2210 and DSGN 2250
Description
The development of an identity of brand through its logo and corporate identity is the aim of this course. It teaches students to
think strategically about a company's image and mission. In this studio course students will work with real client briefs and
experimental ideas.
Prerequisites
DSGN 2200 and DSGN 2113
Description
This course is an introduction to and experimentation with different aspects of Latin and Arabic typography. It addresses
letterforms and their legibility, visual organization, classification and text applications. Projects will explore the fundamentals of
Latin and Arabic typography in terms of history, theory and practice.
542
DSGN 240/2240 - Color (3 cr.)
Description
A series of experiences devoted to the development of the perception of color and its use as a tool for the graphic designer. The
physics of color, colored light, colored pigments and the color wheel. The study of Johannes Litten's color theory and Labert
Munsell's color solid, the psychology of color and application of its relations to different design fields. There will be an emphasis
on using gouache paint and matching paint colors with digital color and printing as well as exploring digital color on the
computer.
Description
Students explore the different media of illustration for different end products in this studio course.
Prerequisites
DSGN 2200
Description
Introduction to the basic operation of computers for designers and developing their skills on desktop programs like Illustrator and
Photoshop.
Prerequisites
DSGN 2113
Description
Exploring a relatively new field in the region, this course will explore the history of graphic design in the Arab world by looking
at the rise of different newspapers, magazines and packaging design from the turn of the century until today.
Prerequisites
DSGN 2113
Description
A course on the history of advertising in the Arab world that studies visual communication in the region from the rise of the
printing press to the introduction of multinational brands.
Description
A Slide-lecture based course that will introduce students to the history of Arabic calligraphy from the early Quran scripts,
through highlights of the creative output of different Islamic dynasties until the introduction of the printing press. It will discuss
the aesthetics of the calligraphic Arabic word and different stages of development of the script on paper and different media.
543
Prerequisites
DSGN 2210 and DSGN 3250
Description
This course focuses on the different formats that a printed word can appear in on different items like brochures, catalogues,
newspapers, magazines and books. Students are given briefs that push for exploration of type on different grids, as well as
layouts, editing photos, structure, and space.
Prerequisites
DSGN 2210 and DSGN 2250
Description
Understanding shelf-life and presence, this studio course is based on designing and understanding communication graphics for
packaged products. Students experiment with structures of products and the application of type, color, and image on different
media like paper, plastic, nylon etc. Projects may be based on real market client briefs and/or experimental ideas.
Prerequisites
DSGN 2210 and DSGN 2250 .
Description
In this course students develop one whole project in all of its applications. From a logo to in-store signage, students explore the
application of a unified visual system across several media from print to on-line.
Prerequisites
DSGN 2250 and DSGN 3250
Description
In studio we will explore concepts and the design of branding in the web environment. After presentation of the basic programs
and related means of web production, as well as the importation of sound, motion and image, each student will create and design
the interface of a brand that exclusively exists on the web. Students will develop a branding strategy, identity design, the
components of on-line standards and its digital manual format. The instructors will provide information on strategy, information
narratives, hypertext, interactivity, accessibility and system. Students will experiments with type, form color, layout, grid,
hierarchy, sequence etc. and explore how these behave in an interactive interface. By the end of the course, students will have
produced a working prototype and interface web site for their brand.
When Offered
Offered in Fall and Spring.
Prerequisites
DSGN 2210
Description
This course continues exploring the world of typography through the study of essential typographic elements and principles while
544
discussing typographic functions and critical theoretical issues. Studies will include grid layout and page systems and
typographic matching between Arabic and Latin typography.
Prerequisites
DSGN 3220
Description
Technology and typography is explored in this course. Students will explore and understand type applications on different media
from cell phones to home appliances to websites. The aim of this course is to equip students in applying typography in any media
such as music, videos, web applications, film titles, etc.
Prerequisites
DSGN 3250
Description
Students are taught how to deal with shapes in motion, character and background animation using director or flash.
Prerequisites
DSGN 2250
Description
This course continues students learning in desktop software with a focus on in-design and the cross usage of the Adobe CS
package with software like Illustrator Photoshop and Bridge.
Prerequisites
ARTV 2230
Description
How to write a photography brief, what is a product shot, how to cast the right model for your concept, food styling and
photography, and working with different photographers. How and when to work with photo banks. Students will learn how to
work as designers with different specialized photographers and understand the different needs of each photo assignment.
Prerequisites
DSGN 2210 and DSGN 2250 .
Description
A theory and practice course on the world of art direction for advertising. Students will be exposed to classic advertising concepts
like total branding and new ones like CRM and activation. The course is studio based and might include real market briefs or
experimental ones.
545
DSGN 400/4200 - Professional Practice (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
Completion of all Major Courses.
Description
Off-campus experiential learning in Graphic Design. Students are encouraged to explore the market by interning for eight weeks
at different international and Pan-Arab design houses, advertising agencies, web design companies, publishing houses,
calligrapher studios, TV stations, printing presses, post production houses and animation firms.
Prerequisites
Completion of all major courses.
Description
This course helps students create and promote their image in the market through discussions on career pathways. It will prepare
students for the professional world guiding them on how to design a digital and printed portfolio, a resume and a personal
corporate identity.
Prerequisites
Completion of all major courses.
Description
Design production is explored in all its phases and aspects in this course. From preparing files for different design products to
color separation and advanced techniques in printing. Students will be exposed to different highlights in the history of printing
and will be acquainted with printing terminology, and the visual and tactile aspects of paper, printing and binding.
Prerequisites
Completion of all major courses.
Description
An independent research with a topic approved by the department. Students are requested to work independently and submit a
comprehensive paper on their chosen topic.
Prerequisites
DSGN 4269
Description
Independent design project as a continuation of researched topics approved previously by the department. Visiting critics will be
invited to review as assess the final project.
546
Description
Course addressing broad intellectual concerns and accessible to all first-year students.
Description
An examination of the development and diffusion of culture throughout the world from the great ancient civilizations to the
present. The focus will be on making connections across time and space and developing a deeper understanding of the human
community in all its aspects: political, social, economic, cultural and environmental.
Description
A study of the earth, the universe and human civilizations that tries to understand how human beings are connected to their
environments and the billions of years of historical evolution that preceded their appearance on the planet. Beginning with big
bang cosmology and continuing all the way through to the future, it is an attempt to put everything - and everyone - into
perspective.
HIST 122/1103 - Words That Made History: Great Speeches of the 20th Century (3 cr.)
Description
Readings and recordings of historic speeches. Studies the lives of the speakers, the contexts in which the speeches were
delivered, the rhetoric of the speeches, and the impact the speeches had, both on events and on the English language.
Description
Focuses on research and fieldwork. Acquaints students with interview techniques and methods in oral and family history. By
integrating their own family stories into various conceptual and chronological frameworks, students will discover how history
relates to them.
Description
This interdisciplinary course is designed to introduce students to key events and texts in the history and culture of the United
States. Using films, literature and historical texts, the course will examine American culture within a historical context.
Cross-listed
Same as ECLT 2019.
HIST 299/2096 - Selected Topics for the Core Curriculum in Global Studies (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
RHET 1000
Description
Course addressing broad intellectual concerns and accessible to all students, irrespective of major.
Notes
May be repeated for credit when content changes.
547
HIST 299/2097 - Selected Topics for the Core Curriculum in Arab World Studies (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
RHET 1000
Description
Course addressing broad intellectual concerns and accessible to all students, irrespective of major.
Notes
May be repeated for credit when content changes.
HIST 299/2099 - Selected Topics for the Core Curriculum in Humanities (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
RHET 1000
Description
Course addressing broad intellectual concerns and accessible to all students, irrespective of major.
Notes
May be repeated for credit when content changes.
Description
The development of human society from 11,000 BCE to the present. Using archaeology, anthropology, ethno-biology and
traditional history, this course examines the civilizations of Polynesia, China, India, Africa, Meso-America, South America, the
United States, Europe and the Middle East in order to explain why some societies today are politically, economically and
technologically more powerful than others.
Description
This course offers introductory history topics, each taught in a separate section. Topics focus on major historical events or
movements and will be traced through contemporary literary or visual documentary records and representations of those closely
involved. Topics will also examine the way interpretation of such materials may alter over time. Topics will change according to
instructor and students should consult current course schedules.
Description
This course presents the history of the Arabic-speaking Middle East from pre-Islamic times to the modern era, with emphasis on
the principal political, economic, social, religious, and cultural developments and their relevance to the contemporary Middle
East. The course introduces students to historical methodology and different interpretive approaches. It attempts to foster a
critical attitude toward sources and provides a context in which students can apply skills and concepts acquired in other.
Cross-listed
Same as ARIC 2346.
548
Description
A historical tour of how we got where we are today. The course starts with the late pre-modern Arab world and Ottoman empire,
and moves through various forms of threat, influence, change, and modernization to the present. Events in the Arab world are
examined in their wider, global context.
Description
This course will examine the history of sub-Saharan Africa from the eve of the European colonization to the present day. In
combining a thematic and chronological approach students will discover the complex history of various people and regions in
Africa during this period. Topics range from the imperial scramble to colonize Africa to the integration of African societies into
the colonial and global economy; from Western perceptions of Africa and Africans to the social, political and economical
impacts of colonial policies; and from Africans' struggles for freedom during decolonization to Africa's post independence
experience.
Description
An introduction to the history of western society from ancient Greece and Rome to the Middle Ages with emphasis on the ideas
and institutions that led to the growth and expansion of European civilization.
HIST 204/2402 - Europe from the Middle Ages to the Enlightenment (1337-1789) (3 cr.)
Description
This course explores the history of Europe from the start of the Hundred Years War to the French Revolution. It examines the
major developments of European politics, society and culture as it moved from the late Middle Ages to the Early Modern Period
(including the Renaissance and the Age of Enlightenment) to the beginning of the Age of Revolution.
HIST 205/2403 - Europe in the Age of Revolution and Reform (1789-1914) (3 cr.)
Description
This Course explores Europe's so-called "Long 19th century" from the French Revolution to World War I including many of the
phenomena that came to define the century such as capitalism, nationalism, socialism, feminism and imperialism.
Cross-listed
Same as POLS 2403
Description
This Course explores major development in European and international socio-economic politics from the end of the 1800s to the
present day. It introduces the key events and trends of this tumultuous century including wars, revolutions, and ideological
movements.
Cross-listed
Same as POLS 2404.
549
Description
A survey of American cultural roots from the period of exploration through the foundation of a federal American republic, social
and industrial challenges, the question of slavery, and the crisis of civil war.
Description
A survey of events leading to the creation of a distinct American culture as the United States meets the challenges of moral crisis,
the industrial revolution, and world leadership from the nineteenth century to the present.
Description
An introduction to the academic study of religion. By looking at the history, beliefs, practices, institutions and cultural
expressions of a number of different religions, students will broaden their understanding of religions other than their own, and of
the diversity of the human religious experience. Students will learn to appreciate the variety of religions in the world, and the
similarities and differences between them.
Description
Investigates the life and teachings of Jesus of Nazareth within the context of Second Temple Judaism and Greco-Roman culture.
Considers a range of pre-modern and modern interpretations of Jesus and the emergence of Christianity.
Cross-listed
Same as CREL 2605.
Description
The history of Pharaonic Egypt from predynastic times to the end of the Middle Kingdom will be covered. Literary sources will
be augmented by archeological evidence
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Notes
Field trips to archeological sites in the Cairo area are an obligatory aspect of the course.
HIST 244/2902 - History II: Middle Kingdom Through New Kingdom Egypt (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
HIST 2901 or consent of the instructor.
Description
The course will focus on the history of Pharaonic Egypt from the Middle Kingdom to the decline of the New Kingdom and will
examine the texts, monuments and artifacts that underline our understanding of this era.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Notes
Field trips to the Cairo Museum and other relevant sites are a required part of the course.
550
HIST 320/3105 - Big History (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
The course will not be open to students who have already taken HIST 1102 .
Description
A study of the earth, the universe and human civilizations that tries to understand how human beings are connected to their
environments and the billions of years of historical evolution that preceded their appearance on the planet. Beginning with big
bang cosmology and continuing all the way through to the future, it is an attempt to put everything - and everyone - into
perspective.
HIST 319/3205 - Islamic Spain and North Africa (711-1492 A.D.) (3 cr.)
Description
This course is an introduction to the political, economic, social, and cultural history of Muslim Spain and North Africa. Its
emphasis is on explaining how interactions among different ethnic groups (Arabs, Berbers, and Iberian natives) and different
confessional communities (Jews, Christians, and Muslims) created social situations that made the Western Muslim lands unique
in Islamic history.
Cross-listed
Same as ARIC 3319.
HIST 330/3206 - Urban Landscapes in the Modern Middle East/North Africa (3 cr.)
Description
This course presents diverse histories of cities in the Middle East in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, from the impact of
French and British colonialism to Arab nationalism. It introduces students to central themes in modern urban history with
emphasis on the city and the production of modern lives, rural migration and the transformation of the city, women and men in
the city, and urban crisis and social movements.
Description
This survey course covers the history of modern Palestine and Israel. It is based on a comparative approach that allows students
to engage with primary materials, secondary historical texts, literary narratives, and cinematic representations. This course
provides students with the historical and theoretical tools to learn about and engage formations of nation and history in
Palestine/Israel.
Description
The Zionist ideology and movement in its own terms, and in the context of modern Judaism. The course places Zionism in its
historical and religious contexts, and examines its varieties. The Zionist movement is followed from its origins to the
establishment of Israel. Related aspects of Israeli politics are then examined, with especial reference to ideological and religious
debates.
Cross-listed
Same as CREL 3209.
HIST 343/3210 - Birth of Muslim Community and Rise of the Arab Caliphates (3 cr.)
551
Description
The rise of Islam and Arab expansion, the classical period of Islamic civilization during its first centuries to the period of Abbasid
political disintegration.
Cross-listed
Same as ARIC 3343.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
HIST 344/3211 - Caliphs and Sultans in the Age of Crusades and Mongols (3 cr.)
Description
The later Abbasid caliphate, the rise of Shi'ism and the Fatimids, Sunni consolidation under the Seljuks and Ayyubids, external
threats to dar al-Islam; the rise of Mamluks .
Cross-listed
Same as ARIC 3344.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Description
The decline of the Mamluks; the Timurids in Persia; the age of gunpowder: the Safavid Ottoman, and Moghul empires and their
decline.
Cross-listed
Same as ARIC 3345.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
HIST 355/3213 - State and Society in the Middle East, 1699-1914 (3 cr.)
Description
The Ottoman Empire and Iran: continuities and transformations. Imperial administration and relations with Europe. Challenges to
the premodern order: regional and global economies; social and cultural trends
Cross-listed
Same as ARIC 3355.
HIST 356/3214 - State and Society in the Middle East, 1906-present (3 cr.)
Description
Beginning with the Young Turk and Iran's Constitutional revolutions, this course follows the fate of Middle Eastern societies and
states during the twentieth century, with a special focus on colonialism and nationalism; independence movements and
decolonization; the Arab-Israeli conflict; society, politics, and culture.
Cross-listed
Same as ARIC 3356.
HIST 000/3215 - Zawiyas, Harems, Coffee shops, Everyday Life in the Pre-Modern Mideast
(3 cr.)
552
Description
Examination of major trends in social and cultural trends, movements, and institutions in the medieval and early modern Middle
East. Includes the interpretation of cultural identity, the transmission of knowledge and culture, the construction of social status,
and the integration or marginalization of specific social groups in family, social and state structures.
Cross-listed
Same as ARIC 3321
Description
This course focuses on the historical roles of Shi'i Muslims from the seventh century to the present. The aim of the course is to
familiarize the student with the major Shi'i discourses as they evolved in specific historical contexts. While emphasis will be on
the historical development of Twelver Shi'ism, other important groups such as the Ismai'liyya and the Zaydiyya will also receive
due consideration.
Cross-listed
same as ARIC 3337
Description
Focuses on theme or topic in the history of the Middle East. May be repeated for credit when topic changes.
Cross-listed
Same as ARIC 3397.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Description
This course will explore the complexities of violent conflicts on the African continent in the past 125 years. As violence, conflicts
and wars seem to be crucial elements of Africa's modern history; students will for example investigate if this means that Africans
are inherently more violent than the rest of the world - or if such an assumption only disguises the complex historical roots of war
and conflicts? Moreover, students will also discover that Africans have historically resisted violence and oppression just as often
as they have promoted it. Students can expect to engage with a variety of interdisciplinary material and will be introduced to
different African regions to get a deeper understanding of contexts of violence in Africa's past and present. By the end of the
course students will be able to critically analyze common narratives about "the violent continent" reproduced by mass media.
HIST 307/3405 - The Middle Ages, the Renaissance and the Reformation (3 cr.)
Description
An investigation of the development of European culture in the High Middle Ages and an examination of the ways in which
European society was transformed by the intellectual and religious movements known as the Renaissance and the Reformation.
Description
An examination of the ways in which European intellectual developments during the Enlightenment were connected with socio-
political changes in the seventeenth, eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries.
553
HIST 342/3903 - History of Egypt in the Graeco-Roman Era (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
HIST 2901 and HIST 2902 or instructor's consent.
Description
This course will study the history of Egypt in the Graeco-Roman period and the momentous confrontation between Greek and
Egyptian culture between 300 BC and 700 AD. It will also examine the social consequences of the spread of Christianity in
Egypt and the rise of Coptic culture.
Cross-listed
Same as EGPT 5120.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
HIST 346/3904 - Societies and Cultures of the Ancient Near East (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
HIST 2901 and HIST 2902 , or instructor's consent
Description
The course constitutes a historical overview of the societies and cultures of Egypt, the Mediterranean World and the Middle East,
from the emergence of urban society in Iraq in the fourth millennium BCE to the rise and fall of the great empires of Babylon,
Assyria, the Hitties, Archaemenid Persia, Greece and Rome. Special attention will be paid to the position of Ancient Egyptian
civilization within the wider context of Ancient Near Eastern History.
Cross-listed
Same as EGPT 5130.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
HIST 4801 and admission to the Honors Program.
Description
The course is part of a two-semester sequence, with the Honors section of HIST 4801 forming the first part of the sequence. This
course provides students enrolled in the department's Honors Program the opportunity to conduct original historical research,
write a scholarly article under faculty supervision, and either submit the article for publication or make a public presentation of it
at the annual EURECA conference. Preliminary work on the project will begin in HIST 4801 and will be completed in HIST
4000.
Description
An inter-disciplinary examination of the role of food in human history beginning with the agricultural revolution and including
such topics as the Columbian exchange, industrialization, the rise of the restaurant, food as cultural identity, food policy and the
state, fast food, gender roles, health and nutrition, and the emergence of modern attitudes towards food and the body.
554
Description
An examination of the relationship between humans and the environment from the Agricultural Revolution (c. 10,000 BCE) to
the present with an emphasis on the Industrial Revolution and the modern world.
Repeatable
May be repeated for credit when content changes.
HIST 415/4215 - The Marriage Crisis and the Middle East (3 cr.)
Description
This course examines how men and women imagine their nations through marriage and understand their rights and duties in the
twentieth-century Middle East. It shows how marriage is a lens that reflects and critiques larger socioeconomic and political
issues. It also contributes to our historical understanding of the "marriage crisis", which continues to dominate public debates
today.
Description
The History of Cairo with an emphasis on social, political and economic developments in the twentieth century.
HIST 440/4217 - Colonialism and Imperialism in the Middle East and South Asia (3 cr.)
Description
This course deals with the history of colonialism and imperialism in the Middle East and South Asia. Its basic premise is that the
colonial encounter was a formative one for both colonizer and colonized. We will be studying not only the political and military
aspects of that encounter, but also its ideological and cultural ones. Topics touched upon include: Orientalism, imperialism and
culture, medicine, law, urban planning, and gender.
Prerequisites
HIST 3213 or HIST 3214 or equivalent background.
Description
Trends of thought and activism that developed throughout the Muslim world from the eighteenth century onward and identified
themselves as Islamic. This course looks at intellectual roots, affiliations, and differences. It investigates modernity, reform,
statehood, and social change as addressed by state and non-state actors, in theory and in practice.
Cross-listed
Same as ARIC 5134 .
Cross-listed
Same as ARIC 5135 .
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Repeatable
May be repeated for credit when content changes.
555
HIST 463/4221 - Selected Topics in the History of Islamic Thought and Institutions (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: consent of instructor
Cross-listed
Same as ARIC 5101.
Repeatable
May be repeated for credit when content changes.
Prerequisites
(1) Working Knowledge of colloquial Arabic
(2) Junior standing in any field
Description
This course examines the Nasserite historical experience: its historiography, primary documents, legacy, milestone events,
institutional frameworks, and trajectory-all within the regional and global contexts of that period.
Description
An examination of the processes initiated with Egypt's integration in the modern world market in the early nineteenth century.
The course uses a general social history approach and places the examined processes in their regional and global contexts.
HIST 462/4288 - Selected Topics in the History of the Modern Middle East (3 cr.)
Cross-listed
Same as ARIC 5136.
Repeatable
May be repeated for credit when content changes.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Repeatable
May be repeated for credit when content changes.
Description
Topics to be chosen according to specific interest, such as: the making of the modern Egyptian nation; cities, towns and villages
in modern Egyptian history; social and cultural history of modern Egypt.
Repeatable
May be repeated for credit when content changes.
556
HIST 450/4303 - Global Capitalism and Africa: An Economic History (3 cr.)
Description
In this seminar students will explore the relationship between the rise of capitalism and the integration of Sub-Saharan Africa's
labor and natural resources into the global economy in the nineteenth and twentieth century. We will be especially interested in
two distinct but related issues: First, we want to explore the role of African labor, minerals, and agricultural products for the
economic growth of the Global North. Second, we want to examine how oversea markets and foreign influences shaped local
economies and "working lives" in different regions in Africa, and explore how Africans confronted these changes.
Description
In exceptional circumstances, students may, with department approval, arrange to study beyond the regular course offerings.
Open only to juniors and seniors with a minimum B average. May be repeated for credit if content changes.
Repeatable
May be repeated for credit when content changes
HIST 401/4588 - Selected Topics in the History of the United States (3 cr.)
Repeatable
May be repeated for credit when content changes.
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: To be taken in senior year
Description
Seminar on historical thought from its emergence in the classical world to the present, including consideration of the Arab
historical tradition. Covers schools of historical interpretation and methodological approaches. Major Capstone.
Description
This course allows instructors to offer a topic in Coptic Studies. The topic will be chosen from year to year in coordination with
the departments concerned and the dean of the School of HUSS, and according to the individual interests and areas of expertise
of the instructors. Topics chosen may include various aspects of Coptic art and history, monasticism, folklore, or other subjects.
The course may be taken more than once if the topic changes.
Cross-listed
Same as ARIC 5132,EGPT 5160, ANTH 4499 , SOC 4499 .
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Notes
Students in these majors may petition preferably before registration to have the course included in their major requirements.
557
HIST 542/5222 - Seminar on the Nineteenth-Century Middle East (3 cr.)
Description
Readings, discussion, and research.
Cross-listed
Same as ARIC 5231.
Description
Readings, discussion, and research.
Cross-listed
Same as ARIC 5232.
Prerequisites
FINC 2101
Description
The effect of the international financial environment on the major financial decisions of business. The international financial
institution and their effect on firms operating in the international environment.
Cross-listed
Same as FINC 3501.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Notes
Enrollment in is limited, and priority is given to students seeking the Bachelor of Business Administration degree or the Bachelor
of Accounting degree, students enrolling in specified as collateral requirements in other majors, and students who have declared
business administration as a minor.
Prerequisites
MKTG 2101
Description
The marketing problems and opportunities of the exporter, licenser, or manufacturer in a foreign country. Topics include factors
in assessing world marketing opportunities and the international market mix.
Cross-listed
Same as MKTG 4601.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
Enrollment in is limited, and priority is given to students seeking the Bachelor of Business Administration degree or the Bachelor
558
of Accounting degree, students enrolling in specified as collateral requirements in other majors, and students who have declared
business administration as a minor.
LAW 510/5210 - Introduction to International Human Rights and Humanitarian Law (3 cr.)
Description
This gateway course provides an overview of the substance and some of the mechanisms of international human rights and
humanitarian law. The course covers the doctrinal, institutional, methodological and theoretical bases of human rights law and
international humanitarian law and offers an introduction to the substantive development of the corpus of human rights and
humanitarian law, through the case-law of the international, regional, and domestic monitoring and judicial authorities on
selected issues of substance or procedure (varying interpretations of given substantive political, social and economic rights,
standards of evidence in human rights law, universal jurisdiction, definition of terrorism in human rights and humanitarian law,
etc).
Prerequisites
LAW 5209 and LAW 5210 (prerequisites can be waived by special permission of the Law Department).
Description
This course provides basic introduction to the field of international humanitarian law (IHL), otherwise known as the laws of war,
the law or armed conflict, or jus in bello. It will consist in an overview of the existing substantive body of international law
relating to the regulation of armed conflict, as well as an exploration of its internal structure and dynamics. It will discuss in a
first part the relationship between humanitarian law and both general international law and international human rights Law, with
regard to applicability implementation, and enforcement. In a second part, the course and materials will approach the "principle
of distinction" and its implementation in the so-called "Geneva Law", relating to protected persons, as well as the so-called
"Hague Law", relating to the means and methods of combat. Final sessions will discuss questions of implementation and criminal
responsibility.
Prerequisites
LAW 5209 and LAW 5210 . (Prerequisites can be waived by special permission of the Law department).
Description
The framework and evolution of international human rights law within the system established by the United Nations
Organization examined in relation to its antecedents, establishing documents, processes of norm creation and application, and
present methods and activities of monitoring within the UN system.
Prerequisites
LAW 5209 and LAW 5210 . (Prerequisites can be waived by special permission of the Law department).
Description
The procedures and substantive law contained in conventions, treaties, reports, judgments, and other documents will be examined
for a comprehensive understanding of the development of human rights law in Europe.' These human rights systems are
considered in relation to their origins in social and political movements and their subsequent effects on politics and society.
559
LAW 514/5214 - Human Rights in the Middle East (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
LAW 5209 and LAW 5210 . (Prerequisites can be waived by permission of the department).
Description
An overview of the dynamics of international human rights law in the Middle-East, through national, regional and universal
mechanisms dealing with current human rights issues in the region. The course will cover a series of substantive themes of
interest to the countries and people of the region with the help of legal cases and documents coming from the UN system, the
African System, the Arab League, and national courts and institutions. The course will also examine the norms and institutions of
international humanitarian law in their specific relationship to conflicts in the region.
Prerequisites
LAW 5209 and LAW 5210 . (Prerequisites can be waived by special permission of the Law department).
Description
Consideration of the historical development of the recognition of economic, social and cultural rights together with present
convenants and other instruments operating at the international level. Specific rights such as the right to work, trade union rights,
right to social security, right to adequate standards of living, health and education are considered as well as their philosophical
underpinnings and social modalities.
Prerequisites
LAW 5209 and LAW 5210 . (Prerequisites can be waived by special permission of the Law department).
Description
This course focuses attention on the use of identity groups as legal objects of special protection in international human rights law.
Various concepts related to the protection of the rights of groups that have been identified as either "vulnerable" or historically
discriminated against, such as women and children, are examined. Instruments and mechanisms as well as the conceptual
framework for the protection of these groups (and other non-protected "vulnerable" groups) are considered in relation to their
perceived vulnerabilities.
Prerequisites
LAW 5209 and LAW 5210 . (Prerequisites can be waived by special permission of the Law department).
Description
This course introduces the international refugee law regime and the background and historical context from which foundational
concepts emerged. The bulk of the course is spent on the 1951 Refugee Convention and its Protocol, as well as the expanding
mandate of UNHCR. The course considers some of the contradictions and dilemmas of international refugee law and takes into
account developments in related areas of international human rights law, international humanitarian law and migration law. This
course is required for all students seeking the MA or Diploma in Migration and Refugee Studies.
Cross-listed
Same as MRS 5201.
560
LAW 519/5219 - Human Rights in Africa (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
LAW 5209 and LAW 5210 (Prerequisites may be waived by permission of the department)
Description
An overview of the contribution of the African continent to human rights law. The course will cover the specificities of Africa
from the perspective of the development, interpretation, and enforcement of international human rights law from four
perspectives: (1) the development and contributions of the African regional system of human rights, (2) the treatment of human
rights issues in Africa by the universal system of human rights, (3) the place and application of human rights standards in selected
African countries, and (4) the application of international humanitarian law in contemporary African conflict situations. As an
advanced course dealing with the role of regional approaches and issues in the contemporary history of international human
rights law, the substantive focus will be on the relevance of cultural and political specificity to human rights when seen from the
perspective of the varied social contexts of the African continent. In light of the rich complexity of the African social, cultural
and political background, some attention will be given to the particular situation of certain African States in the development of
African human rights law, such as Egypt, Nigeria or South Africa.
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: consent of the instructor.
Description
Specialized areas of International Human Rights Law.
Repeatable
May be taken a second time for credit if content changes.
Prerequisites
Consent of the instructor.
Description
Internship for four to six months in an organization pursuing human rights activities, or active involvement on an institutional
research project having a human rights emphasis. The work is assessed on the basis of a written report and discussion.
Description
An introductory survey of the theory, history, structure, and function of mass communication in the Middle East and globally.
Notes
Open to all university students.
561
Description
Study and practice of basic writing, editing, and reporting techniques used in the international print media; newsroom practices to
develop listening, reading, writing and editing skills.
Prerequisites
JRMC 2201
Description
Cross-media study and practice of writing and reporting for print, broadcast, Internet.
Description
Critical analyses of media laws and professional philosophies, standards, and practices in journalism, public relations,
advertising, and other fields of mass communication. Discussion of ethical and practical considerations and dilemmas in different
professional and social contexts.
Description
History of photography, digital camera skills, visual composition, digital production, developing assignment ideas, interpreting
images.
Description
Comparative study of global communication systems and theory in relation to national and international development.
Notes
Open to all university students.
Description
An introduction to the Internet as a medium of communication, as well as to its nature, development, and future. Students will
examine how the Internet is being used, and how it is affecting communities and societies at large. Ethical aspects of the online
experience will also be covered.
Prerequisites
RHET 1000
562
Description
Course addressing broad intellectual concerns and accessible to all students, irrespective of major.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Notes
Enrollment is limited and priority is given to students with declared JMC majors.
Prerequisites
JRMC 2202
Description
Principles of, and laboratory practice in, copyediting and proofreading; headline writing; scaling and cropping photographs; and
layout and design.
Prerequisites
JRMC 2201
Description
Introductory laboratory in basics of typography, desktop publishing, digital design of publications and advertising. Taught by
lecture with practical application.
Description
Theoretical and practical study of the social role of international and national mass media, policymakers and the public in
formation of public opinion.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Notes
Open to all university students.
Prerequisites
JRMC 2202
Description
Supervised newsroom experience in reporting, writing, editing, designing and layout for print, broadcast and online version of
The Caravan and AUC TV.
Prerequisites
JRMC 3305
563
Description
Survey of professional principles and practices in advertising and their relationship to business and government, with special
emphasis on the United States and Egypt.
Prerequisites
Junior standing.
Description
Methods and theories used in mass communication research. Emphasis on the various methods and measurement tools used in
message, communicator and audience measurements. They will learn to work with statistics, databases, specialized websites and
other resources.
Prerequisites
JRMC 2230
Description
History of photojournalism, advanced camera skills, photographic lighting skills, visual story-telling strategies, editing and
sequencing, research subjects, building a portfolio.
Prerequisites
JRMC 3312
Description
A research course designed specifically for journalists, providing students with a broad understanding of how to find and analyze
various forms of information. They will learn to use databases, specialized websites and other Internet resources and how to
organize and apply their findings for news and feature reporting.
Prerequisites
JRMC 2202
Description
Classroom and field training in basic television scriptwriting and story production. Instruction in theoretical principles that
differentiate television from print journalism, ethical aspects of picture use and editing and related topics. Requires weekly
practice hours outside class time.
Prerequisites
JRMC 3337
Description
Techniques of television production and presentation from planning and writing to directing and producing. Topics of study
564
include elements of various forms of television writing, production, design, lighting, graphics, program planning and production
practices in a studio or workshop setting. Requires weekly practice time outside class to provide AUC TV's daily news bulletin.
Prerequisites
JRMC 3305 and JRMC 3315
Description
Development of creative strategy, writing advertising and promotional copy, designing and preparing layouts for various media,
planning and executing written and oral presentations.
Prerequisites
Completion of university general requirements in Arabic and JRMC 2202 .
Description
Advanced principles and practice in reporting and writing in and from Arabic.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
JRMC 2202
Description
Principles and intensive practice in researching, organizing, and writing feature articles for international newspapers and
magazines.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Notes
Enrollment is limited and priority is given to students with declared MMJ majors.
Prerequisites
JRMC 3305
Description
Advanced practical integration of digital text and photographs in desktop publishing of printed material using state-of-the-art
production hardware and software.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
565
Prerequisites
Junior standing.
Description
Field experience in an approved professional setting in journalism, advertising, public relations, public information, broadcast or
online media outlet. Supervised by a professional and an AUC full-time faculty member.
Prerequisites
JRMC 3312
Description
Supervised advanced newsroom experience in writing, editing, layout and management of Caravan, the AUC newspaper.
Prerequisites
JRMC 2202 and JRMC 3315
Description
Principles and practical use of public relations and public information techniques, with emphasis on media use for business and
non-profit organizations.
Prerequisites
Junior standing.
Description
Management theories and practices as applied to media organization, unique characteristics of media outlets, various operating
philosophies, legal issues, regulations and related topics will also be covered including programming strategies.
Prerequisites
JRMC 3315, JRMC 3320 and JRMC 4415
Description
Examination, development, and critique of advertising and marketing communication campaigns, with emphasis given to creative
and media factors.
Notes
IMC seniors only.
Prerequisites
JRMC 2202
Description
566
Intensive field and lab training with digital video camera. Computer-driven digital editing program enables video journalist to
shoot and edit news events to a finished professional product. Requires weekly practice hours outside class time.
Prerequisites
JRMC 2203
Description
An explanation of communication law and regulation with its major segments libel, privacy and news-gathering together with
journalists' rights and defenses against libel suits. Issues of national and international topics are covered together with media law
cases.
Cross-listed
AMST 4444
Prerequisites
JRMC 2202 and junior standing.
Description
Studio experience in Audio production.
Prerequisites
JRMC 2202
Description
Examination of the emerging forms of information delivery by computer and related convergence of print and broadcast media.
Emphasis on learning multi-media reporting skills needed to publish quality work on the Internet.
Prerequisites
JRMC 3333, JRMC 3339 and JRMC 4460
Description
Advanced principles and practice in news gathering and reporting, effective organization and presentation, and writing. Students
produce a capstone reporting project that demonstrates their ability to operate on all media platforms and produce professional,
responsible and ethical journalism.
Notes
For seniors only.
Prerequisites
JRMC 3320, JRMC 4420 and JRMC 4444
567
Description
Explores the intersection of mass communication technologies. Students examine the digital future of media and the impact of
media convergence on politics, business, civil and global society.
Notes
For seniors only.
Description
Special topics in journalism and mass communication will vary depending on instructor.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Repeatable
May be repeated by student for credit if content changes
Prerequisites
Junior standing and written project proposal endorsed by fulltime faculty with project review by department.
Description
Individual projects in mass communication completed under the supervision of a full-time mass communication faculty member.
Students propose projects not covered by coursework that will complement their academic programs.
Repeatable
May be repeated once for credit if content changes.
Notes
Enrollment is limited and priority is given to students with declared JRMC majors.
Description
Survey of mass communication theory and the philosophical, sociological and political effects of mass media on audiences and
societies.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
appropriate professional experience or undergraduate coursework (JRMC 2201 and JRMC 3301 or equivalent).
Description
Intensive reporting, research, and writing of in-depth articles for magazines and newspapers with intent to publish.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
568
JRMC 502/5202 - Seminar: Current Issues in Mass Communication (3 cr.)
Description
Overview of major issues in mass communication and how they impact audiences and society.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Description
Introduction to scientific method and mass media research methods: field surveys, quantitative and qualitative research.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Description
Field experience in an approved professional setting in journalism, advertising, public relations or public information. Supervised
by a professional and an AUC full-time faculty member.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
JRMC 5201 .
Description
Provides the knowledge and skills that enable students to report on Arab civil society organizations. Combines seminar-style
instruction on structure and role of civil society groups with hands-on print and radio reporting about Egyptian civil society for a
new civil society portal based at the Adham Center.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Description
World news communication systems, including news-gathering agencies; the role of foreign correspondents, the foreign press,
information flow, propaganda and comparative press laws.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Description
A comprehensive seminar examining the role of journalists in society. Covers both historic role and rights and responsibilities
569
today. Issues include ethics, journalist-government relations, fairness and balance, freedom of the press, impact on domestic and
international policy, role of the media in conflict and related topics. Discussion will cover comparative approaches in the West,
developing countries and the Arab world, with particular emphasis on role of media in regional politics and international relations
in the post-9/11 era.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Description
The role of mass communication in developing nations and its relationship to economic growth, education, socialization,
persuasion, and diffusion of innovation.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Description
Examination of the ways in which all forms of journalism are converging in the digital realm. Emphasis will include writing and
reporting for the internet and other multi-media platforms, such as podcasts and digital phones, and the practical ways in which
broadcast and print are merging on the internet.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Description
Media-specific issues and developments in television related to programming and production; production and delivery;
technological bias and special problems such as piracy, television and religion, regulation and "equal time."
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Description
Individual consultation for students preparing for the comprehensive examination.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Description
Content varies with the instructor. Can be repeated once for credit if content changes.
When Offered
Offered occasionally
570
JRMC 599/5299 - Research Guidance and Thesis (no cr.)
Description
Consultation with students as they prepare their theses.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Description
This course is designed to help undergraduate students improve their research skills through exposure to information literacy
concepts. Students are taught to locate, evaluate and use information properly, through a variety of hands on activities and
assignments
Description
Major aspects and procedures of the systematic study of human language in its biological and social contexts. Principles and
techniques of linguistic analysis as they relate to cognition, symbolization and other aspects of culture.
Description
This course aims to acquaint students with basic knowledge of the world's natural languages. We will look at the diversity and
fundamental similarities among the languages of the world and, in doing so, explore the following topics: language families and
historic relationships, linguistic typology and language universals, language policy and politics, writing systems, and language
obsolescence.
Prerequisites
RHET 2010 .
Description
This course introduces the latest theories, principles and techniques of teaching English. It is a community based learning course
and gives students practice by peer teaching, observing others teach and actual teaching in the community in order to learn to
reflect and evaluate critically.
Prerequisites
RHET 1000 .
Description
Course addressing broad intellectual concerns and accessible to all students, irrespective of major..
Repeatable
May be taken more than once if content changes
571
LING 352/3075 - Language in Culture (3 cr.)
Description
The role played by language in humankind's symbolic relation to the world. Emphasis on linguistic analysis, ethnosemantics,
sociolinguistics, expressive speech, and language and socialization as these elucidate patterns of cognitive orientation.
Cross-listed
Same as ANTH 3075.
Description
Study of the articulatory and acoustic properties of speech sounds and features of language with particular reference to English
and Arabic. Includes introductory work in transcription and technological developments in phonetic research.
Prerequisites
9 hours of humanities and/or social sciences, and junior or senior standing.
Description
This is a special topics course in which topics will be chosen according to specific interests of the students and areas of
specialization of faculty. Topics could include, but would not be limited to, sociolinguistic, language in the media, language and
politics, and advancedESOL methodology.
Description
Linguistic and psychological concepts in first- and second-language learning; human perceptual and productive language
processes; biological foundations of language, bilingualism and multilingualism; and inferences from animal communication.
Description
Introduces students to the practice and theoretical foundations of public international law, covering such topics as sources
doctrine (customary international law, treaty law etc.), international personality, jurisdiction, state responsibility, self-
determination and the use of force. This course may be counted towards the Dual Degree Option combining a BA in Political
Science and an MA in International Human Rights Law.
Cross-listed
Same as POLS 4371 .
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Description
The Egyptian legal system will be considered according to its present structure and historical development, including institutions,
processes, laws, and the courts. There will be special emphasis on developments in constitutional law and the role played by the
constitution in the political context of present day Egypt. The course also offers an introduction to Islamic jurisprudence in the
classical doctrine, in the pre-modern Egyptian legal system and in contemporary Egypt. This course may be counted towards the
Dual Degree Option combining a BA in Political Science and an MA in International Human Rights Law.
572
Cross-listed
Same as POLS 4375 .
When Offered
Offered once a year.
Description
The course provides an overview of the major human rights treaties, customary norms, international institutions and mechanisms
of enforcement while at the same time, encouraging a critical stance, which questions the role and effect of human rights in a
world of distress and inequality. This course may be counted towards the Dual Degree Option combining a BA in Political
Science and an MA in International Human Rights Law.
Cross-listed
Same as POLS 4378 .
When Offered
Offered once a year.
Description
A workshop designed to develop the lawyering skills in research, drafting, legal argument and oral presentation, especially with
respect to practice in transnational legal problems and settings. Required of all students in the LL.M program during the first
semester of study.
Prerequisites
LAW 5200 (prerequisites can be waived by special permission of the Law department)
Description
The course will look at the major schools of legal theory in the United States including Sociological Jurisprudence, Legal
Realism, Legal Process, Critical Legal Studies, Liberal Legalism, Critical Race Theory, Feminist Legal Theory and Law and
Economics. The course aims at introducing students to different and innovative legal methodologies.
Description
Introduction to the main differences between Civil Law and Common Law systems with respect to selected problems regulated
under public and private law regimes. The comparative study will concentrate on the American, German, and French legal
systems.
Description
Exploration of the relationship between different strategies of economic development and legal reforms in the public and private
spheres from a comparative law perspective.
Prerequisites
LAW 5202 or LAW 5209 (Prerequisites can be waived by special permission of the Law department).
573
Description
Introduction to the major institutions and decision making procedures of the European Union's constitutional structure as well as
the foundational doctrines and processes developed by the EU judicial system.
Prerequisites
LAW 5202 or LAW 5209 (Prerequisites can be waived by special permission of the Law department).
Description
Exploration of different approaches to reforming Islamic law in the Arab World from the mid-nineteenth century to the present,
paying special attention to contemporary developments in Arab legal systems.
Description
This course explores Egypt's various waves of "legal reform" over the past two centuries, paying close attention to the fields of
constitutional law and human rights, as well as family, commercial, and criminal law. We also examine the emergence of the
modern Egyptian legal elite, its rise to political and intellectual prominence, its fall during the Nasser years, and its potential for
public policy impact today. Egypt's modern legal history is set in a larger "law and development" policy frame, exploring
ramifications on the rule of law, economic and political liberalization, and calls for a "return to shari'a" by Islamist political actors
today.
LAW 507/5207 - The Law and Practice of the Settlement of International Disputes
Between States (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
LAW 5209 and LAW 5210 (prerequisites can be waived by special permission of the Law Department).
Description
The course combines the fundamentals of the law governing the settlement of international disputes between states and a Moot
Court exercise. The two components of the course are intertwined. The course thus aspires to combine theoretical and practical
dimensions of the experience of international dispute settlement. The doctrinal part of the course includes a general overview of
the methods for dispute settlement in public international law, and basic procedural norms and principles governing international
legal proceedings. The course looks in detail at specific institutions, such as the International Court of Justice, the Permanent
Court of Arbitration, the Iran-United States Claims Tribunal, the International Tribunal for the Law of the Sea, and others.
Students will have the opportunity to study recent developments in the theory, practice and in policy debates underlying the
system of international dispute settlement.
Prerequisites
LAW 5209 and LAW 5210 (prerequisites can be waived by special permission of the Law Department).
Description
The course will cover the central doctrines, procedures and institutions of International Criminal Law with emphasis on
contemporary debates. It will consist in an overview of the main doctrines that "frame" international criminal law and set the
conditions for its existence as a distinct field of legal practice, as well as substantive international crimes (Elements of crimes,
War crimes, Crimes against humanity, Genocide, Aggression and Crimes against peace) and international criminal courts and
tribunals.
574
LAW 509/5209 - International Law (3 cr.)
Description
An in-depth overview of the international legal system. The course will cover the fundamental concepts, institutions, processes
and mechanisms of international law. Some of the topics that will be covered include: the relationships between public and
private international law, the question of sovereignty, the sources of international law, and the place of non-State actors.
Description
How constitutional rights, concepts and practices have merged and developed within contemporary governments. Emphasis will
be on the analysis of civil, political, economic, social and cultural rights together with freedoms and liberties protected by various
constitutions, considered within their social and political contexts.
Description
This course introduces students to justice as a problem in contemporary cultural, legal and philosophical debates. The course
explores the different domains through which justice becomes a universal language of rights, and the resultant
compartmentalization of human experiences along parameters in which culture is presumed to be non-existent, rendering
different forms of justice, such as gender justice, appendixes to the already known. This course will engage with questions of
distribution of justice - economic, social, political, historical- in the contemporary world with special focus on locating theories
of justice in the practice thereof. It is conceived as laying the intellectual foundation for the GWST gender and justice graduate
concentration, for graduate work in IHRL and other related fields. This is a joint course offered by the Institute for Gender and
Women's Studies and the Department of Law.
Cross-listed
Same as GWST 5102.
Description
Rules of law and policy of economic relations under the GATT/WTO system, as well as regional agreements on trade
partnerships between the European Union and the Arab Mediterranean.
Prerequisites
LAW 5202 or LAW 5209 (Prerequisites can be waived by special permission of the Law department).
Description
The law of international commercial arbitration considered from a comparative perspective in major Civil and Common Law
jurisdictions, as well as its practice in the context of international transactions.
Prerequisites
LAW 5202
Description
575
Comparison of how select questions of corporate governance, control, and finance are regulated under American, French,
German, and Egyptian corporate law.
Prerequisites
LAW 5202
Description
Legal and institutional framework for the offering, purchase and sale of investment securities under US, EU and Egyptian law,
with special attention to national and transnational aspects of securities fraud.
Prerequisites
LAW 5202 (Prerequisites can be waived by special permission of the Law department).
Description
Basic principles of antitrust regulation in the US from the Sherman Act to the present, compared with recent developments in EU
law, and with the Egyptian Competition Law.
Prerequisites
Permission of the Department. Prerequisites can be waived by special permission of the Law Department.
Description
Reading, discussion and intensive writing about theory and methodology in law, political theory, and relevant social sciences.
This course is a pre-requisite to the Thesis requirement for all students in the LL.M. in International and Comparative Law, and
MA in International Human Rights Law. The course targets students who have completed at least nine credits hours toward the
degree.
Prerequisites
LAW 5209 and LAW 5210
Description
The Arab region experiences mass voluntary and involuntary population movements, driven by various factors including
economic reasons, conflict and insecurity, and increasing resource scarcity and environmental change. These movements pose a
challenge to regional stability and security unless there are appropriate and integrated national, regional and international
responses. A course on Migration in International Law allows students to engage with issues of growing regional and
international importance. While the Center for Migration and Refugee Studies offers courses in International Refugee Law and
Comparative Migration Law, there is presently no course that introduces the complex and growing area of international law
dealing with migration.
Cross-listed
Same as MRS 5228.
576
Prerequisites
Permission of the Department. Prerequisites can be waived by special permission of the Law Department.
Description
In addition to allowing the resident faculty to give special topics seminars as regular 3 credit courses, this course as well as LAW
5271 and LAW 5272 are used to accommodate the short courses that distinguished visiting lecturers give, with varying credit
values depending on the number of hours covered.
Repeatable
May be taken more than once for credit if content changes.
Prerequisites
Permission of the Department. Prerequisites can be waived by special permission of the Law Department.
Repeatable
May be taken more than once for credit if content changes.
Prerequisites
Permission of the Department. Prerequisites can be waived by special permission of the Law Department.
Repeatable
May be taken more than once for credit if content changes.
Prerequisites
Consent of the instructor.
Description
Internship for four to six months in a corporation, law firm practicing in the Middle East, international organization, an NGO
pursuing Development activities. The work is assessed on the basis of
a written report and discussion.
Prerequisites
Consent of the instructor and approval of the Degree Program Director.
Description
Guided individual reading and/or research on a subject of mutual interest to the student and the faculty member.
Prerequisites
LAW 5227
577
Description
To register for the thesis, students normally are expected to have finished all or almost all coursework. Students are expected to
be in residence during thesis supervision. Residency requirement can be waived by permission of the thesis supervisor in
accordance with Department's policies.
Prerequisites
ENTR 4102
Description
This course focuses on the key skills, tools, methods, needed for creating effective digital innovations and building digital
platforms that will boost customer acquisition and engagement and the diverse business models for sustaining these platforms.
The course will deliberately expose the students to a large number of digital tools and tactics with the aim of addressing digital
strategy from a 360 degree view analyzing and improving the design and content of every touch point of your digital platforms.
Description
Aims at acquainting the student with the basic management functions and processes with a focus on planning, organizing, leading
and controlling. Stresses how communication, motivation, and teamwork affect the organization, how organizations are managed,
and how managers apply their skills and knowledge to meet the organizational objectives. Emphasis on the environmental
constraints imposed on the Egyptian manager and applying principles of management in Egyptian enterprises.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
Enrollment in is limited, and priority is given to students seeking the Bachelor of Business Administration degree or the Bachelor
of Accounting degree, students enrolling in specified as collateral requirements in other majors, and students who have declared
business administration as a minor.
Prerequisites
BADM 203/2001 - Introduction to Business (3 cr.) or MGMT 307/3201 - Management Fundamentals (3 cr.)
Description
The nature, formation, and application of the law. Topics include: law and the Egyptian business environment, contracts, agency,
forms of business organization, fiscal policy, taxation, commercial transaction, and governmental regulation of business.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
Enrollment in is limited, and priority is given to students seeking the Bachelor of Business Administration degree or the Bachelor
of Accounting degree, students enrolling in specified as collateral requirements in other majors, and students who have declared
business administration as a minor.
Prerequisites
BADM 2001
578
Description
This course focuses on dynamics of personality, group dynamics, team building, organization culture, motivation, leadership, and
communication, what is the human capital, strategic human resource management, HR planning, job analysis, recruitment,
selection, training, development, performance management and compensation.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Notes
Enrollment in is limited, and priority is given to students seeking the Bachelor of Business Administration degree or the Bachelor
of Accounting degree, students enrolling in specified as collateral requirements in other majors, and students who have declared
business administration as a minor.
Prerequisites
MGMT 3201
Description
Inter-group dynamics, organizations as systems, process of organizational development, intervention strategies, organizational
diagnosis, team building, structural intervention, behavioral change, resistance to change, and implementation strategies.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Notes
Enrollment in is limited, and priority is given to students seeking the Bachelor of Business Administration degree or the Bachelor
of Accounting degree, students enrolling in specified as collateral requirements in other majors, and students who have declared
business administration as a minor.
Prerequisites
Junior standing & instructor consent.
Description
This course aims to equip Business, Accounting and Economics students with the necessary tools to work in the business
consulting field. The approach is practical, involving a series of case solving assignments and projects. Additionally, students
will be trained on how to communicate their solutions effectively. The key objectives of the course are:
Learn up-to-date problem solving techniques
Understand how to use key business fundamentals effectively
Be able to communicate business consultancy solutions professionally
Write and publish high-quality case studies
Learn how to crack cases in a case interview
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: Consent of Instructor.
Description
Considers selected topics of current relevance in management.
When Offered
579
Offered occasionally.
Notes
Enrollment in is limited, and priority is given to students seeking the Bachelor of Business Administration degree or the Bachelor
of Accounting degree, students enrolling in specified as collateral requirements in other majors, and students who have declared
business administration as a minor.
Prerequisites
Prerequisites: Senior standing and consent of MGMT unit head and chair.
Description
Guided readings, research, and discussions on specific selected topic in Management.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Notes
Enrollment in is limited, and priority is given to students seeking the Bachelor of Business Administration degree or the Bachelor
of Accounting degree, students enrolling in specified as collateral requirements in other majors, and students who have declared
business administration as a minor.
Description
The course aims at acquainting the student with how a leader could manage an organization in a dynamic environment. The
course focuses on the main functions of a manager such as planning, organizing, controlling, motivation, team building and with
special emphasis on leadership. It emphasizes contemporary and applied management in a global and dynamic environment. It
also aims at developing an understanding of the tasks that managers must perform to keep the organization running both
effectively and efficiently. In addition, the course emphasizes the environmental constraints imposed on the Egyptian manager
and attempts to explore ways of applying the principles of management in Egyptian enterprises.
Cross-listed
Same as GREN 5223 .
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
MGMT 5202.
Description
This course concentrates on how the human capital in a company can be best managed and utilized. Strategic human resource
management is presented. This includes topics such as human resources strategies, human capital, social capital, job analysis,
recruitment, selection, human resource development, talent management, strategies for for effective performance appraisal
systems, compensation, labor law, and positive psychological capital. In addition, positive organizational behavior of employees
is discussed. The course also includes a critical analysis of how the concepts in the literature can be applied in the Egyptian
context.
When Offered
Offered in spring
580
MGMT 505/5303 - Organizational Design (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
MGMT 5202 or equivalent.
Description
The course covers topics like strategy and structure, vertical and horizontal integration, structural options, process of
organizational design, the concept of fit, designing jobs and organizational units and control elements in the design of
organizations.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
BADM 5310
Description
In this course, attention is given to principles, practices, and problems of managing international business activities, entry
decision, supply strategy, ownership and control, labor and legal issues, and the financial and management implications of
conducting business in foreign countries. The course covers topics such as world politics and how they come to bear on
international business decisions, cultural differences and communication, trade regimes and institutions and global technological
trends and diffusion.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
BADM 5310
Description
This course reviews the procedures, styles and methods of leadership in both theory and practice. Students will review the
personal, relationship and organizational side of leadership as well as the leader as a social architect. At the completion of this
course students will develop and acquire the necessary skills to become effective leaders through examples of real world
leadership.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
MGMT 5202
Description
Innovation lies at the heart of economic growth in the modern world. Entrepreneurs with the ability and resourcefulness to
establish their own business are critical to the process of innovation. Innovation is not just about starting a new business but it is
also about creating and developing Innovative ways of management. Whether you are thinking of starting a new venture or
developing innovative mechanisms of management in a large organization, you will need to understand Entrepreneurship and
Innovation.
This course takes students through the various aspects of starting, managing, and growing a business. Whether you want to start a
new venture, a new project, or develop an innovative way of management. You will need to write a business plan? This course
581
will teach you how to write a business plan, its benefits and how does it differ from a feasibility study.
Opportunity identification, clear business and market definition, segmentation, and entry, building a team and creating a suitable
organizational form, avoiding common pitfalls, and various strategies for starting or growing a business , are among the
numerous facets of entrepreneurship covered in the course.
Methods employed include individual and group case analysis, writing a business plan, interviews with, and talks by,
entrepreneurs, and profiling of successes and failures.
Cross-listed
Same as ECNG 5274 /GREN 5204 .
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
BADM 5310
Description
Innovation is regarded as a critical source of competitive advantage in an increasingly changing environment. Innovation is
production or adoption, assimilation, and exploitation of a value-added novelty in economic and social spheres; renewal and
enlargement of products, services, and markets; development of new methods of production; and establishment of new
management systems. This course will study the theory and practice of innovation as a process and an outcome based on a
comprehensive model of innovation which consists of three determinants: innovation leadership, managerial levers and business
processes. The course will examine the impact of accelerating innovation on cost, product quality and marketability;
organizational changes required to couple R&D with marketing and commercialization; and the managerial skills and
professional expertise needed to develop a sustainable innovation practice within an organization.
Cross-listed
Same as GREN 5222 and ECNG 5273 .
Prerequisites
Core requirements met and consent of instructor.
Description
This is a case based course drawing on best practices in industry and the most up to date and important general management
technology and innovation management academic material. Students should be prepared to discuss major technology issues
covered in the readings each class. This course is designed to develop strong technology management skills to help managers
make good decisions in regard to technology strategy and implementation of technology within their firms. This course is
designed to develop general managers with strong abilities to lead in various technological environments and manage the
innovation process and projects across and within their own function effectively.
Cross-listed
Same as ECNG 5272 .
Prerequisites
BADM 5310
Description
It considers selected topics of current relevance in Management.
582
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: Consent of MGMT unit head and chair.
Description
Guided readings, research, and discussions on specific selected topic in Management.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Description
This course is an introduction to information systems/technology and its applications for business students. The course explores
the computer base applications in the major functional areas of business including accounting, finance, marketing, production,
and personnel. It aims at the development of computer end-users and systems managers through a comprehensive coverage of
business processes, systems concepts, systems types, applications software, database concepts, electronic commerce and
competitive advantage.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
Enrollment in is limited, and priority is given to students seeking the Bachelor of Business Administration degree or the Bachelor
of Accounting degree, students enrolling in specified as collateral requirements in other majors, and students who have declared
business administration as a minor.
Prerequisites
MOIS 2101 .
Description
The course aims at defining a framework of management information systems with emphasis on the organization. It relates to a
number of important organizational aspects such as the human and technological infrastructure and the needs and requirements of
an organizational information system. The course also covers the relational database model, with special emphasis on the design
and querying of relational databases and exploration of the relationship of database to the rest of the system.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
Enrollment in is limited, and priority is given to students seeking the Bachelor of Business Administration degree or the Bachelor
of Accounting degree, students enrolling in specified as collateral requirements in other majors, and students who have declared
business administration as a minor.
583
Prerequisites
MOIS 2101
Description
This course provides an introduction to the basics of modern business in a networked environment which is changing the
landscape of business operation. The course focuses on the important electronic business issues with a broad understanding of the
concepts, technologies, tools, techniques and strategies associated with electronic business, students learn how to exploit the
business development potentials of the new information based society and how to develop simple IT solutions to some of the
most significant business problems. Hence, students get to exercise needs finding methods, brainstorming and concept creation,
understanding and interpreting IT business needs, analysis and feasibility, basic prototyping and market assessment.
When Offered
Offered in fall & spring.
Notes
Enrollment in is limited, and priority is given to students seeking the Bachelor of Business Administration degree or the Bachelor
of Accounting degree, students enrolling in specified as collateral requirements in other majors, and students who have declared
business administration as a minor.
Prerequisites
MOIS 2101
Description
This course provides a business-oriented approach to Human Computer Interaction (HCI). It merges theories and concepts with
methods of design, evaluation, and implementation of any interactive business system such as enterprise resource planning
(ERP), organizational decision support, project management, and other business applications. HCI combines educational and
cognitive psychology, business administration, as well as ergonomics and computer science in designing the business system that
can greatly increase productivity, help in decision making and gain marketing advantages. Students do not only study the theory
and principles of HCI design, but also design an interactive system that enables the users to do tasks quickly and work in an
environment of proficiency and satisfaction.
Prerequisites
MOIS 2101
Description
This course provides an introduction to the use of the geographic information systems (GIS) and its applications for business
decision support. It builds working knowledge and skills in applying and managing GIS by focusing on business and people
related issues. Students learn to set up geo-referenced databases, to design maps, to analyze data, to extract information. This
course exposes students to the functional areas in the technology management stream and gives them a practical hands-on
experience for business applications. By the end of the class students will have mastered sufficient introductory concepts and
practical skills to use GIS for business decision making improvement.
Prerequisites
MOIS 2101
Description
This course will demonstrate in the real environment managerial applications such as the basics of the MS SQL data mining and
584
will provide the knowledge about the possibilities of Business Intelligence (BI) use. It will examine the BI tasks management,
critical success factors of BI, planning and analysis design and modeling design, development and implementation of information
technology based systems that support managerial and professional work, including Communications-Driven and Group Decision
Support Systems (GDSS), Data-Driven DSS, Model-Driven DSS and Knowledge-Driven DSS.
When Offered
Offered in fall & spring.
Notes
Enrollment in is limited, and priority is given to students seeking the Bachelor of Business Administration degree or the Bachelor
of Accounting degree, students enrolling in specified as collateral requirements in other majors, and students who have declared
business administration as a minor.
Prerequisites
MOIS 2101
Description
This course focuses on the issues relating to the management and use of information systems in order to support marketing
management decision-making with emphasis on the areas of products, pricing, distribution, promotion, systems analysis, and
functional information systems. Students learn the importance of: (1) developing an effective data base; (2) conducting marketing
research studies; (3) creating a marketing plan; (4) using data mining techniques to extract data from data warehouses and build
prognostic models and (5) incorporating technology tools to develop marketing information systems and decision support
systems.
When Offered
Offered in fall & spring.
Notes
Enrollment in is limited, and priority is given to students seeking the Bachelor of Business Administration degree or the Bachelor
of Accounting degree, students enrolling in specified as collateral requirements in other majors, and students who have declared
business administration as a minor.
Prerequisites
MOIS 2101
Description
The content of this course will vary to keep pace with changing business needs and information technologies that is an integral
part of any business aspect in Finance. Topics to be covered will apply the theoretical concepts taught in Finance by practically
using advanced information systems approaches.
Notes
Enrollment in is limited, and priority is given to students seeking the Bachelor of Business Administration degree or the Bachelor
of Accounting degree, students enrolling in specified as collateral requirements in other majors, and students who have declared
business administration as a minor.
Prerequisites
MOIS 2101
585
Description
This course focuses on application of information systems/information technology in the fields of accounting. It starts with the
conceptual foundations of accounting information systems and information technology in general and covers control and audit. It
also focuses on accounting information systems applications and explores the computerization of the traditional transaction
processing cycles in detail. It requires the students to use their knowledge in accounting to analyze and design an accounting
information systems.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Notes
Enrollment in is limited, and priority is given to students seeking the Bachelor of Business Administration degree or the Bachelor
of Accounting degree, students enrolling in specified as collateral requirements in other majors, and students who have declared
business administration as a minor.
Prerequisites
MOIS 2101
Description
The course aims to provide students with an understanding of the links between the strategic issues of the organization and the
role and implications of management information systems. The course focuses on the strategic impacts different information
systems can have on productivity, performance, competitiveness and organizational growth.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
MOIS 2101
Description
The Course emphasizes various elements related to business information systems analysis and development in the new digital
economy. Doing business is not as usual as before with the use of innovative information and communication technology tools
and techniques and this course intends to introduce students to the opportunities enabled by various business information systems
within the information economy.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Notes
Enrollment in is limited, and priority is given to students seeking the Bachelor of Business Administration degree or the Bachelor
of Accounting degree, students enrolling in specified as collateral requirements in other majors, and students who have declared
business administration as a minor.
Prerequisites
MOIS 2101
Description
This course emphasizes the value of integration between information systems in modern organizations. This is achieved by
586
having different computing systems and software applications are linked in seamless physical and/or functional integration. The
main objective of the course is to provide students with clear understanding of the issues involved in systems integration. In this
course, the concepts of developing information systems will be stressed while keeping the focus on strategies and methods for
merging a set of interdependent systems together. The course will explore variety of tools and techniques for systems integration
while at the same time tackling management best practices for system integration.
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: Consent of Instructor.
Description
Considers selected topics of current relevance in management of information systems.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Notes
Enrollment in is limited, and priority is given to students seeking the Bachelor of Business Administration degree or the Bachelor
of Accounting degree, students enrolling in specified as collateral requirements in other majors, and students who have declared
business administration as a minor.
Prerequisites
Prerequisites: Senior standing and consent of MOIS unit head and chair.
Description
Guided readings, research, and discussions on specific selected topic in Management of Information Systems.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Notes
Enrollment in is limited, and priority is given to students seeking the Bachelor of Business Administration degree or the Bachelor
of Accounting degree, students enrolling in specified as collateral requirements in other majors, and students who have declared
business administration as a minor.
Prerequisites
Completion of all MOIS core courses.
Description
The course offers the students the opportunity to participate in real-life work experience in the IS/IT field. Students in
collaboration with the MOIS unit will be responsible for their own placement in an internship approved by the advisor.
Participating students will be required to select a project topic in MOIS according to their subject of interest and the availability
of advisors. Subject areas include but are not limited to human resources, finance, marketing, electronic commerce and
accounting. Students should submit a plan followed by progress reports and finally deliver the project document and presentation
of the findings.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
587
Enrollment in courses is limited, and priority is given to students seeking the Bachelor of Business Administration degree or the
Bachelor of Accounting degree, students enrolling in courses specified as collateral requirements in other majors, and students
who have declared business administration as a minor.
Description
Today's electronic means, computing, networks and software applications have become an integral part of business. The premise
of the course is that adequate knowledge of technology is now a prerequisite for a successful business owner or manager. This
course is intended to provide a basic technical literacy, with an emphasis on implications for organizations. The technical
component of the course includes data and voice communication networks, database structures as a significant tool for managing
information, data modeling, data integration, data warehousing and data mining, as well as information support systems design,
and computer security.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
BADM 5310
Description
The objective of the course is to improve understanding of how information technologies can help in the transformation of
business models within existing organizations as well as the development of completely new business models and new
organizational practices. Hence, the purpose of the course is twofold. The course is first and foremost an intensive, integrative,
project course in which student teams create one or more real business models. Second, the course provides students with the
experience of Working with different tools and techniques in systems analysis and design. The students study the systems
development life-cycle emphasizing current techniques for documenting users' requirements and producing maintainable, cost
effective systems. The project experience helps the team members learn key tools and fundamentals useful in modeling, problem
solving, and design.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
BADM 5310
Description
The primary goal of this course is to allow the student to comprehend and explore the significant issues in automating business
decision support at various levels. The amount of data collected by businesses has not only grown exponentially in the last few
years but has also witnessed a major expansion in enabling technologies such as database systems, data-mining techniques,
client-server and cloud computing as well as artificial intelligence. The course covers the above topics and overviews Some of
the most Widely used decision support techniques (such as decision trees, genetic algorithms and neural networks), cloud
computing and business intelligence techniques as well as decision support applications (such as in management, trade,
marketing strategies and customer support) via simulated decision cases and real datasets.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
588
MOIS 551/5303 - Electronic Business: Doing Business in the Digital Economy (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
BADM 5310
Description
This course considers how we can take advantage of new technology opportunities and how they change the structure of firms,
industries and value chains, with an emphasis on business issues. It focuses on new market trends in e-Business and the
entrepreneurial virtual businesses that are more on the Web. It deals with Electronic Markets and Market structures and the
strategic uses of information within the firm it covers several essential topics in information strategy such as IT and market
structure, the impact of IT on knowledge-intensive products and services. Students may compete in simulated electronic markets,
using different market mechanisms and formulate information-based strategies.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
BADM 5310
Description
Information is an integral part in organizational success paralleling the importance of its technology component. This course
focuses on the intersection of IT strategy and the entrepreneurial business. It considers how one can take advantage of new
technology opportunities and how they change the structure of firms, industries and value chains, with an emphasis on business
issues. Topics include user needs, appropriate technology design, rapid prototype design and testing, social technology
entrepreneurship, business modeling, and project management. Case studies are an integral part of the course. Classes combine
lecture and case study discussions and the workload should include a project Where students apply IT and business skills to
design product or service prototypes, distribution systems or a business plan for entrepreneurial ventures that meet today's World
challenges.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
BADM 5310
Description
Conducting business in a networked economy invariably involves interplay with technology. The purpose of the course is to
explore a number of next generation technologies, the business drivers of technology-related decisions in firms, and to stimulate
thought on emerging applications for commerce (including disruptive technologies). The course provides an overview of various
evolving technologies and culminates in discussion of potential business impact of these technologies in the near future.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
589
Prerequisites
Consent of MOIS unit head and Director of MBA Program.
Description
Using the theoretical and practical skills acquired, students will be asked to conduct an in-depth study of an organization from an
IT/IS perspective. Students should be using different resources available including material discussed in different courses, case
studies, and textbooks but more importantly investigating different issues addressed with public and/or private sector
organizations. A supervisor will be assigned to each student to guide him/her throughout the research process.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Description
The nature and scope of marketing. Marketing systems and the marketing environment, definition of a market, market
segmentation, and buyer behavior. The marketing mix: product, place, price, and promotion. Marketing research and marketing
information systems. The application of these topics to the Egyptian environment constitutes an important part of the study. Some
of the class discussions and projects will incorporate entrepreneurial issues in Marketing.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
Enrollment in is limited, and priority is given to students seeking the Bachelor of Business Administration degree or the Bachelor
of Accounting degree, students enrolling in specified as collateral requirements in other majors, and students who have declared
business administration as a minor.
Prerequisites
MKTG 2101 and MACT 1221 or MACT 2222 .
Description
The nature and scope of marketing research. The scientific method and its application in the field of marketing, research design,
basic methods of collecting data, marketing research procedures, applications of marketing research.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
Enrollment in is limited, and priority is given to students seeking the Bachelor of Business Administration degree or the Bachelor
of Accounting degree, students enrolling in specified as collateral requirements in other majors, and students who have declared
business administration as a minor.
Prerequisites
MKTG 2101
Description
Buyer behavior relevant to marketing decisions. Theoretical and practical implications of individual behavioral variables such as
motivation, learning, perception, personality and attitudes, and group influences. Buyer behavior analyzed in terms of decision-
making processes and models of individual and aggregate behavior. Special attention given to consumer behavior in the Middle
East.
590
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
Enrollment in is limited, and priority is given to students seeking the Bachelor of Business Administration degree or the Bachelor
of Accounting degree, students enrolling in specified as collateral requirements in other majors, and students who have declared
business administration as a minor.
Prerequisites
MKTG 2101
Description
An introduction to marketing communications, covering advertising, sales promotion, personal selling and public relations. The
design, management and integration of an organization's marketing communications strategy.
When Offered
Offered fall and spring.
Notes
Enrollment in is limited, and priority is given to students seeking the Bachelor of Business Administration degree or the Bachelor
of Accounting degree, students enrolling in specified as collateral requirements in other majors, and students who have declared
business administration as a minor.
Prerequisites
MKTG 3201
Description
This course is designed to strengthen students' abilities to perform marketing research at a level superior to that of most
marketing graduates worldwide. The topics offered will be chosen with particular emphasis on their value to Egyptian and
regional organizations. Such topics include the qualitative techniques-focus groups, long interviews, and participant observation;
and advanced widely-accepted quantitative statistical techniques for marketing decision making.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Notes
Enrollment in is limited, and priority is given to students seeking the Bachelor of Business Administration degree or the Bachelor
of Accounting degree, students enrolling in specified as collateral requirements in other majors, and students who have declared
business administration as a minor.
Prerequisites
MKTG 2101
Description
Principles, best practices, and hands-on applications of E-Marketing. The course is designed to hone skills in E-Marketing,
including developing a comprehensive E-Marketing plan and creating an interactive website.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
591
Notes
Enrollment in is limited, and priority is given to students seeking the Bachelor of Business Administration degree or the Bachelor
of Accounting degree, students enrolling in specified as collateral requirements in other majors, and students who have declared
business administration as a minor.
Prerequisites
MKTG 2101
Description
An overview of the public relations profession in the Middle East. Public-relations principles and techniques, current public
relations problems, possible solutions.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Notes
Enrollment in is limited, and priority is given to students seeking the Bachelor of Business Administration degree or the Bachelor
of Accounting degree, students enrolling in specified as collateral requirements in other majors, and students who have declared
business administration as a minor.
Prerequisites
MKTG 2101
Description
Professional selling skills, analyzing advantages and challenges of a sales career, and most desired characteristics of successful
sales people. The course explains the buying process, buying systems, and procedures and how the making of each customer type
has an impact on the sales process. The course walks students through all the steps of the selling and post sale activities.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Notes
Enrollment in is limited, and priority is given to students seeking the Bachelor of Business Administration degree or the Bachelor
of Accounting degree, students enrolling in specified as collateral requirements in other majors, and students who have declared
business administration as a minor.
Prerequisites
MKTG 2101
Description
An elective marketing course for undergraduate students seeking greater understanding of devising and delivering services to
world-class standards. The course deals with identifying service quality from the customer's perspective, designing effective
service products, designing effective service delivery systems, and implementing service quality control features suitable to the
Egyptian environment.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Notes
592
Enrollment in is limited, and priority is given to students seeking the Bachelor of Business Administration degree or the Bachelor
of Accounting degree, students enrolling in specified as collateral requirements in other majors, and students who have declared
business administration as a minor.
Prerequisites
MKTG 2101
Description
The marketing problems and opportunities of the exporter, licenser, or manufacturer in a foreign country. Topics include factors
in assessing world marketing opportunities and the international marketing mix.
Cross-listed
Same as INTB 4601.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Notes
Enrollment in is limited, and priority is given to students seeking the Bachelor of Business Administration degree or the Bachelor
of Accounting degree, students enrolling in specified as collateral requirements in other majors, and students who have declared
business administration as a minor.
Prerequisites
MKTG 3201 ,MKTG 3202 FINC 2101 and Senior standing.
Description
An integrative capstone course for students seeking a marketing specialization. Provides a transitional experience between the
marketing concepts and techniques introduced in prior courses and the practice of marketing in real-world business situations.
Students learn to integrate the various elements of marketing and the other functional areas of business and develop critical
decision-making abilities in strategic marketing in the context of a rapidly changing marketplace.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
Enrollment in is limited, and priority is given to students seeking the Bachelor of Business Administration degree or the Bachelor
of Accounting degree, students enrolling in specified as collateral requirements in other majors, and students who have declared
business administration as a minor.
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: Consent of Instructor.
Description
Considers selected topics of current relevance in marketing.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Notes
Enrollment in is limited, and priority is given to students seeking the Bachelor of Business Administration degree or the Bachelor
593
of Accounting degree, students enrolling in specified as collateral requirements in other majors, and students who have declared
business administration as a minor.
Prerequisites
Prerequisites: Senior standing and consent of MKTG unit head and chair.
Description
Guided readings, research, and discussions on specific selected topic in Marketing.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Notes
Enrollment in is limited, and priority is given to students seeking the Bachelor of Business Administration degree or the Bachelor
of Accounting degree, students enrolling in specified as collateral requirements in other majors, and students who have declared
business administration as a minor.
Description
Highlights the role of marketing as a process for creating value and managing customer relationships. The course addresses the
marketing challenge of designing and implementing the best combination of marketing variables to carry out a firm's strategy in
its target markets. Further, this course seeks to develop the student's skills in applying the analytic perspectives and concepts of
marketing to such decisions as: segmentation, targeting, positioning, branding, pricing, distribution and promotion. The goal is to
understand how the firm can benefit by creating and delivering value to its customers and stakeholders. The new role of
marketing is emphasized including: stakeholder marketing, internal marketing, social marketing, customer relationship
management and other recent trends in the market. This course takes an analytical approach to the study of marketing problems
of for-profit and not-for-profit organizations.
Cross-listed
Same as GREN 5221
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
BADM 5310
Description
This course highlights the importance of using a variety of marketing research methods in making marketing decisions. This
course is designed to offer an understanding of the market research process through coverage of the steps comprising the process
from defining the research problem, to developing an approach, to formulating a research design, to data collection, analysis, and
conclusions. The course takes on an applied orientation in covering the research process. The course examines the proper use of
statistical applications, with an emphasis on the interpretation and use of results. The course describes the process of acquiring,
classifying and interpreting primary and secondary marketing data needed for intelligent, profitable marketing decisions. It also
covers recent developments in the systematic recording and use of internal and external data needed for marketing decisions.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
594
MKTG 524/5304 - Global Marketing (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
BADM 5310
Description
This course covers the environmental, organizational, and financial aspects of international marketing. It also describes the
special marketing research, pricing, channels of distribution, product policy, and communication issues which firms face doing
business in international markets. Further, this course examines the cultural, behavioral and legal challenges of entering and
doing business in foreign markets. Decisions must be made regarding international marketing objectives, strategies and policies,
foreign market selection, adaptation of products, and distribution channels of communications to fit each foreign market.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
BADM 5310
Description
This course focuses on a fully integrated approach to the marketing communication of products and services and on the major
marketing communication decisions made by brand/communication managers. These decisions include mass media advertising,
public relations, sales promotion, direct response marketing, sponsorship and events, packaging, and personal selling. This course
is designed to provide students with both a theoretical and applied understanding of how marketing communication messages are
created to positively impact customer relationships and brands.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
BADM 5310
Description
The course addresses the relationship of marketing to environmental forces and other business functions. Principal topics include
resource allocation, market entry/exit decisions, and competitive analysis. The course stresses on the analysis, planning, and
implementation issues marketing managers encounter when they develop market strategies in competitive environments. This is
done by case analysis of marketing problems and examining current developments in marketing practice. Topics include a
focused review of competitor analysis, buyer analysis, market segmentation, and assessing business competitive advantages.
Product portfolio issues are identified and marketing strategies developed, assessed and implemented.
When Offered
Offered occasionally
Prerequisites
BADM 5310
595
Description
In the Global World we are in today, the long term survival and sustainability is linked to how well brands will perform. This
means that Brands Building and Brand Management are crucial today. The savvy company must develop, manage, sustain and
eventually nourish a Distinctive Brand for its target customers.
This course will examine the different factors that lead to building equity to a Brand. Also, the many factors that should be
considered to develop, manage, sustain, and nourish a given brand will be reviewed and analyzed. Also, several parts of this
course will shed the lights on measuring brand equity with special emphasis on real life case studies.
Prerequisites
BADM 5310
Description
Recent topics in marketing.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
Consent of MKTG unit head and Director of MBA Program.
Description
Readings and research on recent topics in marketing.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
Prerequisites: Thanawyia 'Amma Arts or equivalent.
Description
.Linear and quadratic equations, graphs, the circle, the rectangular hyperbola. Exponential and logarithmic functions,
trigonometric functions. Systems of equations. Complex numbers. Roots of equations, zeros of polynomials. Binomial theorem,
arithmetic and geometric series.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring
Notes
No credit for Thannawia Amma Math/Science students, or equivalent, or students majoring in any of the departments of the
School of Sciences and Engineering
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: Thanawyia 'Amma Science or .MACT 1111 .
Description
596
Fundamentals of algebra. Equations and inequalities. Matrices. Introduction to differential and integral calculus.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Notes
No credit for science majors
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: Thanawiya, 'Amma Science or equivalent.
Description
Limits of one-variable functions, continuity and differentiability. Extrema and Curve sketching. Related rates. Linear
approximation. Differentiation of Trigonometric functions. Applications of the derivative
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
MACT 1121 or exemption.
Description
Definite and indefinite integrals. The fundamental theorem of calculus and applications of the definite integral. Area, arc length,
volumes and surfaces of revolution. Differentiation and integration of Exponential, Logarithmic, Trigonometric and other
Transcendental functions. Techniques of integration. Numerical integration. Improper integrals
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Description
Descriptive and inferential statistics, including graphing data and correlation analysis. Random variables and their probability
distributions. The distribution of the sample means, the central limit theorem. Point and interval estimation and hypotheses
testing. Students are instructed on the use of a statistics computer package at the beginning of the term and use it for assignments.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
Students can not take both MACT 1221 and for credit.MACT 2222
Description
A course addressing broad intellectual concerns and accessible to all students, irrespective of major.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
597
MACT 231/2123 - Calculus III (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
MACT 1122
Description
Sequences and series (including power series). Vectors and planes. Surfaces. Partial differentiation. Introduction to double
integrals (including double integrals in polar coordinates).
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
MACT 2123
Description
Multiple integrals. Parametric equations. Cylindrical and spherical coordinates. Vector-valued functions, vector calculus: Green's
Theorem, Gauss Theorem and Stokes' Theorem and their applications. Complex numbers.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
MACT 1111 or equivalent.
Description
Logic and Proofs: Basic propositional and predicate logic, rules of inference, direct and indirect proof methods (including
contraposition and contradiction). Sets: Set operations, functions, sequences and finite series, infinite cardinalities, and matrices.
Integers: divisibility and modular arithmetic, primes and the Fundamental Theorem of Arithmetic, the greatest common divisor,
proofs by regular and strong mathematical induction. Combinatorics: Permutations and combinations, the Pigeonhole Principle.
Relations and their properties, representing relations using Boolean matrices and digraphs, equivalence relations.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
MACT 2123
Description
Solutions of systems of linear equations. Matrices and determinants. The space Rn, vector spaces and subspaces. Linear
independence, basis and dimension. Inner product and orthonormal bases. Linear transformations. Eigenvalues and eigenvectors.
Diagonalization. Various applications.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
598
MACT 233/2141 - Differential Equations (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
MACT 2123
Description
First-order differential equations and applications. Higher-order differential equations. Applications of second-order linear
differential equations with constant coefficients. Systems of linear differential equations. Series solutions. Laplace transform.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Description
The course aims at acquainting the students with the basic statistical methods in a business context. The course demonstrates the
relevance of the statistical methods in making decisions in the different areas of business: accounting, finance, human resource
management, marketing, operations, management of information systems, and more. The course covers the following: descriptive
statistics, random variables and continuous probability distributions, sampling distributions, estimation and confidence intervals,
one-sample hypothesis testing, inferences from two samples, Chi-Square tests, analysis of variance and simple linear regression.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
Students can not take both MACT 1221 and MACT 2222 for credit.
Prerequisites
MACT 200/2131 - Discrete Mathematics (3 cr.)
PHIL 221/2010 - Informal Logic (3 cr.)
Description
Introduction to the goals and methods of mathematical logic. Propositional and predicate calculus (first order logic) are presented
in detail. Goedel's completeness and incompleteness theorems, and some of the philosophico-mathematical problems in set
theory, and alternative logics are discussed.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
MACT 2141
Description
Special functions. Partial differential equations. Fourier series and integrals. Diffusion, potential and wave equations in
rectangular, cylindrical, and spherical coordinates. Numerical methods.
599
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
CSCE 1001 MACT 2141 and MACT 2132 . Any of them can be taken concurrently.
Description
Number systems and errors. Solution of nonlinear equations. Interpolation. Systems of linear equations. Approximation.
Differentiation and integration. Solution of ordinary differential equations. Introduction to the solution of partial differential
equations by finite differences.
When Offered
Offered once a year.
Prerequisites
MACT 2132
Description
Formulation of linear programming problems, graphical solutions, the simplex method. The revised simplex method, dual
problems and sensitivity analysis. Transportation and assignment problems.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
MACT 2123
Description
Network flows, minimal- cost network flows, maximal-flow problems. Critical-path methods and PERT. Non linear
programming. Deterministic and probabilistic inventory theory. Deterministic and probabilistic dynamic programming.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
MACT 2123 or concurrently.
Description
Sample space, probability axioms, combinatorial techniques, conditional probability, independence and Bayes' theorem. Random
variables. Distribution functions, moments and generating functions. Some probability distributions. Joint distribution, the
Chebychev inequality and the law of large numbers. The central limit theorem and sampling distributions. Applications of
probability in the social, biological, and engineering sciences.
600
When Offered
Offered once a year.
Prerequisites
MACT 3211
Description
Sampling distribution. Point and interval estimation, methods of moments and MLE. Hypothesis testing, Uniformly Most
Powerful (UMP), generalized likelihood ratio tests and order statistics.
When Offered
Offered once a year.
Prerequisites
MACT 231/2123 - Calculus III (3 cr.)
Description
A course in probability and statistics designed for computer science and engineering students. Probability is used to construct
parametric models that often arise in computer science and engineering problems. Statistics is then used to estimate the
parameters of these models based on available data, check the adequacy of the fitted models, and test specific hypotheses. Topics
include random variables and their probability distributions including uniform, binomial, geometric, Poisson, normal, and
exponential distributions; expected value of functions of random variables; stochastic simulation; sampling distributions;
maximum likelihood and least squares methods of estimation; statistical inference including hypothesis testing and interval
estimation.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
Students can neither take both MACT 3211 and MACT 3224 for credit nor can they take both MACT 3223 and MACT 3224 for
credit.
Prerequisites
MACT 2123 or concurrently.
Description
The most commonly used mathematical functions for computing interest and discount rates are discussed. This includes simple,
compound, and other forms of interest used in financial valuations, accumulated value and present value, annuities, sinking
funds, amortization of debt, and determination of yield rates on securities. The theory developed in the first part of the course is
then applied to the valuation of bonds, mortgages, capital budgeting, depreciation methods, and other financial instruments. Zero-
coupon bond, term structure of interest rates, coupon bonds, modified and Macaulay durations, convexity.
When Offered
Offered once a year.
601
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: junior standing
Description
Weekly one hour seminar in different areas of Mathematics to be given by faculty or invited speakers from industries and other
scientific communities.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
MACT 2124
Description
The complex plane, analytic functions. Cauchy-Riemann equations. Elementary functions, complex integration. Cauchy's
theorem, Cauchy integral formula. Taylor and Laurent series. The calculus of residues.
When Offered
Offered once a year.
Prerequisites
MACT 2131 ,MACT 2124 or consent of instructor.
Description
Heine-Borel and Bolzano-Weierstrass theorems. Sequences and series. Continuity. Differentiability.
When Offered
Offered once a year.
Prerequisites
MACT 4126
Description
Riemann-Stieltjes integral. Sequences and series of functions. Lebesgue integral. Hausdorff measure and dimension. Linear
spaces and functions.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
MACT 2131 ,MACT 2132 , or consent of instructor.
Description
Sets, integers, groups. Integral domains. Fields. Rings and ideals. Homomorphisms. Quotient groups and quotient rings.
602
When Offered
Offered once a year.
Prerequisites
MACT 2131 , and either MACT 3211 ,MACT 3224 or consent of instructor.
Description
Set-theoretic definition of a graph. Bipartite graph, directed acyclic graph, and tournament. Matchings, Hall's Theorem and
Berge's Theorem, as well as the algorithms of Prim, Dijkstra, Kruskal, and Ford-Fulkerson. Trees, connectivity and Menger's
Theorem. Planarity and chromatic number. Choice of topics among: graphical probability models, dynamic programming,
Bayesian Belief Propagation, and treewidth.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
MACT 2141 MACT 3211 or MACT 3224
Description
Introduction to stochastic process, discrete time Markov chain, Poisson process, Compound Poisson Processes and Renewal
Processes, continuous-time Markov Chain, Transition probabilities and limiting behavior for Markov Chains, Martingales,
Brownian Motion, applications in finance and insurance.
When Offered
Offered once a year.
Prerequisites
MACT 2132 and MACT 4212
Description
Introduction to the mathematical modeling. Deterministic models in discrete and continuous times using difference and
differential equations. Probabilistic models in discrete and continuous times using discrete and continuous times Markov chains.
Applications in actuarial science, biology, computer science, economics, engineering and environmental science.
When Offered
Offered once a year.
Prerequisites
MACT 2132 and either .MACT 3223 MACT 3224 or ECON 2081
Description
Review of matrix algebra notation and vocabulary. Standard least squares method and application to problems arising from
social, biological and engineering sciences. Deviation from assumption of multicollinearity. Variable selection methods. Analysis
603
of variance, logistic regression models. Course includes an applied project (a thorough analysis of real-life data using computer
packaged programs).
When Offered
Offered once a year.
Prerequisites
MACT 4231 or ECON 3081
Description
This course is a continuation of MACT 4231 . It deals with the problems of modelling and forecasting time series data. Computer
program packages are used as an aid for obtaining solutions. Topics include serial correlation, seasonal adjustments, exponential
smoothing and extrapolation, state space models, moving average, autoregressive, ARMA and ARIMA models, and nonlinear
time series, including ARCH models and chaos. Emphasis on model building, diagnostic checking, and model selection.
When Offered
Offered once a year.
Prerequisites
MACT 2132 and either MACT 3223 ,MACT 3224 or ECON 3081
Description
Techniques of multivariate statistical analysis illustrated by examples from various fields. Topics include: Multivariate normal
distribution. Sample geometry and multivariate distances. Inference about a mean vector. Comparison of several multivariate
means, variances, and covariances. Detection of multivariate outliers. Principle components. Factor analysis. Canonical
correlation. Discriminant analysis. Course includes an applied project (a thorough analysis of real-life data sets using computer-
packaged programs).
When Offered
Offered once a year.
Prerequisites
MACT 3311
Description
Introduction to financial concepts: Forwards and futures, options, put-call parity, arbitrage and no-arbitrage strategies, pricing
forwards with dividends and without dividends, description of commodity and interest rate swaps.
Mathematical techniques for pricing: put-call parity with and without dividends, put-call parity for coupon bonds, relationships
between European and American options, properties of options (monotonicity, rate of increments, convexity), one-period and
multi-period binomial trees for stock price and forward price, pricing options using a binomial tree, delta hedging, risk-neutral
pricing, pricing and hedging American options.
When Offered
Offered once a year.
604
Prerequisites
MACT 406/4212 - Stochastic Processes (3 cr.) and MACT 421/4312 - Mathematics of Derivatives Pricing I (3 cr.)
Description
Continuous time model, options, options on futures, Black-Scholes formulas, Black's formula, greeks and their calculation,
implied volatility, mathematics of delta hedging and delta-gamma hedging, exotic options, normal and lognormal distributions,
Brownian motion, geometric Brownian, stock price process under the physical and risk-neutral probability measures, stochastic
differential equations, Black-Sholes equation, Ito's lemma, risk-neutral pricing in continuous time, continuous and discrete time
interest rate models.
When Offered
Offered once a year.
Prerequisites
MACT 3211 and MACT 3311
Description
Mortality laws, future lifetimes, force of mortality, life table, fractional age assumptions, continuous and discrete life insurances,
continuous and discrete life annuities, net single premium, annual benefit premium, loss at issue, premium principles.
When Offered
Offered once a year.
Prerequisites
MACT 4321
Description
Expenses loaded premium, policy values and reserves, representations of benefit reserves, recursive relationships, multiple life
models, joint life status, multiple life insurances and annuities, multiple decrements models, multiple state models, pension
mathematics. When Offered Offered once a year.
When Offered
Offered once a year.
Prerequisites
MACT 3211
Description
Risk Theory: Loss/claim severity models, creating a new model by transformation inflation, insurance coverage modifications,
policy limit, loss elimination ratio, deductibles, inflation, coinsurance, loss/claim frequency models, Poisson, geometric, negative
binomial, (a,b,0) and (a,b,1) classes, aggregate loss models, compound distribution, recursive formula, impact of individual claim
modifications.
Credibility Theory: mixture models and Bayesian estimation, discrete and continuous mixtures, prior distribution, marginal
distribution, posterior distribution, predictive distribution, Bayesian premium, Buhlmann model, credibility premium, credibility
605
factor.
When Offered
Offered once a year.
Prerequisites
MACT 3223 and MACT 4331
Description
Non-parametric estimation for complete data: empirical estimates, Nelson-Aalen estimates; Non-parametric estimation for left
truncated and right censored data Kaplan-Meier product-limit estimates, Nelson-Aalen estimates, evaluation of estimators,
confidence intervals for survival and cumulative hazard functions; Kernel density models; Parametric estimation: method of
moments, percentile matching, maximum likelihood estimation, applications to loss data with deductible and limit; goodness-of-
fit tests; Proportional hazards model: baseline hazard rate, individual hazard rate, partial likelihood function.
When Offered
Offered once a year.
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: senior standing and consent of supervisor.
Description
Under guidance of a faculty member and with approval of the Chairman, the student carries on reading or research on a specific
mathematics topic. Student should demonstrate achievements by presenting results, submitting a report, or passing an
examination as determined by the supervisor..
Repeatable
May be repeated for credit if content changes
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
Description
Topics chosen according to interests of students and faculty.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Repeatable
May be repeated for credit if content changes.
Prerequisites
Senior standing and consent of supervisor.
Description
Under guidance of a faculty member and with approval of the Chairman, the student carries on reading or research on a specific
actuarial science topic. Student should demonstrate achievements by presenting results, submitting a report, or passing an
examination as determined by the supervisor.
When Offered
Occasionally.
606
Repeatable
May be repeated for credit if content changes.
Prerequisites
Permission of the Department Chair or the Director of Actuarial Science Program. Students seeking to take this course must meet
with their academic advisor. Approval is based on their GPA in their previous two semesters and individual evaluation.
Description
A minimum of four weeks of training in industrial, commercial, educational or government establishments in Egypt or abroad. A
detailed report of this practical experience is presented both in written form and orally, and is evaluated according to department
rubrics.
When Offered
Offered in summer.
Prerequisites
Senior standing.
Description
Methods used in obtaining and reporting research. Each student selects a topic in his/her field of interest. Under the supervision
of a faculty member, he/she prepares an outline, assembles a bibliography, and makes a study plan to be followed in preparing
the project. After completing the project, the student makes an oral presentation of his/her chosen topic. The written thesis is
completed after criticism and suggestions.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
Senior standing and consent of adviser and instructor.
Description
The course introduces students to the concept of risk and the role of enterprise risk management (ERM) in mitigating loss and
optimizing opportunity across a business. The course covers the development of an ERM framework, identification, measurement
and management of risk within risk-bearing enterprises. Students will participate in a mock risk committee, practice the risk
control process in a case study group and gain hands-on experience drafting an ERM framework.
Hours
Two class periods.
When Offered
Offered once a year.
Prerequisites
Consent of instructor.
Description
Numerical optimization: nonlinear unconstrained optimization, direct methods, simplex method, genetic algorithms, gradient
methods, Quasi-Newton methods, constrained optimization, interior point methods, the ellipsoidal technique, trust region and
optimization through surrogate models, design centering and tolerance. Solution of partial differential equations: advances in the
finite element technique, finite volume, spectral methods, fuzzy approach.
607
MACT 605/6121 - Advanced Probability with Engineering Applications (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
A course in probability and consent of instructor.
Description
Introduction to concepts of stochastic processes, Markov processes in discrete or continuous time; renewal processes;
martingales; Brownian motion and diffusion theory; random walks, inventory models, population growth, queuing models,
illustrated by examples from sciences and engineering, biological models, traffic flow and applications from other areas
depending on the interest of the class.
Prerequisites
ENGR 1001 and ENGR 1005
Description
Computer-aided drafting. Mechanical details and assembly drawings. Working drawings. Geometrical tolerances. Welding
symbols and details, introduction to 3D modeling. Introduction to civil and architectural drawings.
Hours
One three hour lab period
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
CHEM 1005 and ENGR 2112
Description
Introduction to materials. Crystal structure of solids. Construction and use of phase diagrams in materials systems. Relationship
of crystal structure to properties of metallic materials and their applications. Heat treatment of steels. Types of polymers,
ceramics, glasses, and semiconducting materials and their applications.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
MENG 3207
Description
Processing by casting, powder metallurgy, metal working, material removal, welding and joining. Processing of plastics and
ceramics. Finishing processes. Materials recycling.
Hours
Two class periods and one three-hour lab period.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
ENGR 3202 and MACT 3224
608
Description
Fundamentals of statistical quality control; control charts for variables and attributes; process capability analysis; sampling plans
and techniques; introduction to design of experiments.
Hours
.Two class periods and one three hour lab period.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
MACT 3224, ENGR 3222
Description
Concepts of Engineering Management, Organizing, Motivation and Leadership, Incentive Plans, Performance evaluation, Project
selection and initiation, Engineering Project Planning, Project scheduling, monitoring, control, and evaluation, Resources
scheduling, Project management software.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
ENGR 2104 and ENGR 3202.
Description
Linkage synthesis, position, velocity, and acceleration of mechanisms, cams, gears and gear trains, machine dynamics, rotating
and reciprocating machines, dynamic balancing.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
ENGR 2112 and MENG 2505
Description
Internal reactions, load-stress relations and transformation of stresses for generally loaded rods. Generalized concepts of stress,
strain and material relations. Energy methods. Elastic-plastic behavior of beams. Analysis of thin walled beams. Membrane
theory of axisymmetric shells. Stress concentrations.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
ENGR 2104 MENG 2505 and MENG 3505
Description
Introduction to design concepts. Constructional details as affected by manufacturing, assembly, and strength considerations.
Engineering materials. Design for steady and cyclic loading, and for rigidity and stability. Rigid and elastic connections. Bolts,
rivets and welds. Design of shafts and springs. Use of interactive computer programs for problem solving is illustrated and
encouraged. Design projects.
Hours
.Two class periods and one three-hour design and analysis session
609
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
ENGR 2122 , CHEM 1005 and CHEM 1015 .
Description
Fundamental Concepts and Definitions. Thermodynamic Processes, pure substances and perfect gases, The First Law of
Thermodynamics, the Second Law of Thermodynamics, the Carnot cycle. Thermodynamic Relations, Reversibility and Entropy.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
MENG 3601
Description
Dimensional analysis, fluid measurements, compressible flow, pipe network and water hammer, turbo machinery, pumps and
turbines.
Hours
Two class periods and one three-hour lab period
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
MENG 3601
Description
Availability and second-law analysis. Power cycles: air standard and actual cycles; reversed cycles: refrigerators and heat pumps,
gas mixtures, psychrometry and air conditioning, hydrocarbon reactions, waste heat recovery.
Hours
Two class periods and one three-hour lab period.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
PHYS 2211 , PHYS 2212 and MENG 3502 .
Description
Mathematical modeling of mechanical, electrical, and electromechanical systems. Free and forced vibrations for single degree of
freedom systems. Free and forced vibrations of multiple degree of freedom systems. State space and transfer function solutions.
System analogies. Introduction to automatic control, Feedback Control, Time response analysis, Stability and Steady state error.
610
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
MENG 3209 and MENG 3506
Description
Effect of material properties on design. Effect of manufacturing processes on design. Failure and reliability of components in
service. Economics of materials and manufacturing processes. Decision making and the selection process. Integration of design
and economic analysis with materials and process selection. Case studies.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
MENG 3209
Description
Structure, processing (powder synthesis, characterization, mixing and size reduction), micro-structure and property relationships
and their applications in the design and production of ceramic nanomaterials and nanocomposites for various applications.
Hours
Two class periods and one three hour lab period.
When Offered
offered in spring.
Prerequisites
MENG 3209
Description
Polymeric materials, processing and design considerations. Structure, mechanical and physical properties of polymers.
Degradation of polymers. Types and properties of polymer-matrix composite materials. Manufacturing of components made of
polymers and composite materials. Case studies.
Hours
Two class periods and one three-hour laboratory
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Prerequisites
MENG 3209
Description
611
Structure-property relationship in alloy systems. Imperfections in solids. Diffusion and phase transformation. Heat treatment of
ferrous and non-ferrous alloys. Structure, properties and processing of metal matrix composites (MMCs). Behavior of metallic
alloys and composite materials in service. Case studies and laboratory experiments.
Hours
Two class periods and one three-hour lab period
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
MENG 3209 .
Description
Mechanical failures, fracture mechanics, types of corrosion. Failure modes: fracture fatigue, creep, corrosion and wear. Diagnosis
and prevention of failures. Case studies.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Prerequisites
MENG 3209
Description
Introduction to Nanotechnology, Nanomaterials e.g. carbon nanotubes and nanoclays. Nanostructured materials. Transition from
microstructure to nanostructure. Grain refinement techniques. Paradox of strength and ductility. Multi-modal microstructures.
Fabrication techniques. Overview of mechanical, thermal and structural characterization techniques. Applications.
Cross-listed
Same as MENG 5230.
When Offered
Offered spring.
Prerequisites
MENG 3209
Description
Processing for grain refinement of engineering materials; Solidification, cooling rates and heat treatment for casting and molding;
shape forming; powder, fiber, and composite processing; Joining processes; laser processes; deposition technology for coatings
for various applications.
Hours
Two class periods and one three- hour laboratory
When Offered
Offered in fall.
612
Prerequisites
PHYS 2211 and MENG 3209 .
Description
Nontraditional manufacturing processes, such as microfabrication and nanofabrication technologies, friction stir welding and
processing, laser welding and cutting, spark erosion and water jet machining. Automation of manufacturing processes.
Numerically-controlled machine tools. NC programming. Economics of nontraditional and automated manufacturing.
Hours
Two class periods and one three-hour lab period.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Prerequisites
ENGR 3202
Description
Introduction to operations research, Linear Programming (LP) models; LP Solution approaches; integer programming; post
optimality analysis; transportation, transshipment, and assignment problems. Maximal flow, shortest route, minimum spanning
tree, and travelling salesman problems. Case studies, model formulations and applications using software.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
MENG 4440 and MACT 3224 .
Description
Interactive computer-based engineering decision support systems (DSS), Design and development, informational data base,
mathematical models including nonlinear, goal and dynamic programming problems, queuing and decision analysis, heuristics
and user interface.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
MENG 3402
Description
Basic concepts of components and systems reliability. Methods of modeling systems for reliability analysis. Reliability
estimation & measurement. Principal methods of reliability analysis, including fault tree and reliability block diagrams; Failure
Mode and Effects Analysis (FMEA); event tree construction and evaluation; reliability data collection and analysis. Design by
reliability & probabilistic design. Overview of Risk Assessment and Risk Management, relation to System Safety and Reliability
Engineering measures.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
613
MENG 443/4443 - Systems Simulation (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
MENG 3402
Description
Basic concepts; examples of different production and service systems; pseudo random numbers; queuing models; random variate
generation; discrete-event simulation; simulation languages; model validation and analysis of simulation data.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
MENG 3209
Description
Methods used in determining the most effective utilization of effort in human activity systems; work methods, analysis and
design; micro motion analysis; predetermined time systems; human and rating factors; work samplings; learning curves;
physiological and psychological factors; computer-aided time study.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
ENGR 3202 and ENGR 3222
Description
Basic concepts of production management ; forecasting; break-even analysis, aggregate production planning; inventory
management; master scheduling, materials requirement planning; capacity planning; resource allocation and scheduling.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
MENG 4440
Description
Process analysis; operation analysis, job design; facility location; facility layout; materials handling systems; storage and
warehousing; office layout; design principles and analytical solution procedures; computerized approaches.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
614
Prerequisites
ENGR 3222
Description
Maintenance Systems performance measures, types of equipment, scheduled, preventive, and predictive maintenance, work
orders, planning, scheduling and control of maintenance operations, equipment safety and reliability, life cycle costing and
replacement, spare parts inventory management and cost of maintenance.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
MENG 3209
Description
Computer assisted manufacturing systems NC, CNC, DNC, robotics, material handling, group technology, flexible
manufacturing systems, process planning and control.
Hours
Two class periods and one three-hour lab period
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Prerequisites
MENG 3506 and MENG 3502
Description
Design of machine elements used in power transmission: couplings, gears, bearings, roller chain drives, clutches. Design for
surface failure prevention. Applications: automotive and machine tool areas, etc. Basics of systems design. Design projects.
Hours
Two class periods and one three-hour design and analysis session.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
Senior standing, MENG 2505 and MENG 3506
Description
Introduction to CAD/CAM. CAD software and hardware. Geometric modeling. Types of curves and surfaces. Three-dimensional
modeling. Data capturing techniques. Surface fitting techniques. Rapid prototyping techniques. Overview and utilization of
typical interactive computer graphics package. Hands-on experience in using CAD software, 3D laser digitizing scanner, rapid
prototyping machine, and other peripherals.
Hours
Two class periods and one three-hour lab period.
615
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Prerequisites
MENG 3505 and ENGR 3202
Description
Displacement approach for simple elements in structural mechanics. Generalization to three-dimensional elements. Overview of
the finite element method (FEM), variational principles, transformation, assembly, boundary conditions, solutions, convergence
and stability. Isoparametric elements. Applications to solid mechanics, heat conduction and coupled problems. Pre- and post
processing. Integration of FEM in Computer Aided Design.
Hours
Two class-periods and one three-hour lab period.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
MENG 454/4554 - Finite Element Method in Dynamic Analysis and Design (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
MENG 4553
Description
Finite element formulation of eigen problems and initial value problems in one- and multi-dimensions; model, harmonic and
transient response; applications in mechanical engineering.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
Senior standing and MENG 3705
Description
Elements of vibration measuring systems, vibrations-severity measurements, frequency analysis of mechanical vibration,
measuring systems for frequency analysis, vibration of continuous systems, application of vibration measurements in condition
monitoring and diagnostics, fault detection in rotating equipment, vibration control.
Hours
Two class periods and one three-hour laboratory period
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
MENG 3209 and MENG 3506
Description
616
The engineering design environment. Design and manufacturing. Design pitfalls and their early identification. Design measures
for improving the maintainability, reliability and environmental impact. Implementation of the principle of redundancy.
Introduction to design optimization.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
MENG 3506
Description
Elements of system architecture, product versus process-driven design objectives, design of systems, synthesis and analysis in
systems design, case studies.
When Offered
Offered in occasional.
Prerequisites
ENGR 3202 and MENG 3602
Description
Steady and unsteady, one and multi-dimensional, heat conduction. Finite-difference and Finite-volume methods applied to heat
conduction. Heat transfer by natural and forced convection. Introduction to Mass transfer. Heat transfer by radiation. Design of
Heat exchangers.
Hours
Three class periods and one three-hour laboratory period
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
MENG 3602
Description
Preliminary design procedures for turbo-machines. Ideal and actual performance characteristics for hydraulic pumps and turbines,
axial and centrifugal flow compressors and fans, axial and radial flow gas turbines. Cavitation in hydraulic machinery. Turbo-
chargers. Hydro-power plants and pumped-storage.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
617
Prerequisites
MENG 4606 and MENG 3605 .
Description
Steam and Gas turbine power plants. Combined-cycle power plants. Co-generation. Principles of nuclear energy and introduction
to Nuclear power plants. Environmental impacts of power plants.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
MENG 3605 and MENG 4606 .
Description
The world energy scene. Environmental impact of energy use. Wind power, PV and Solar Thermal Electricity and Biomass.
Hybrid systems. Renewable energy generation in Power systems. Economics and sustainability.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Prerequisites
MENG 3602 and MENG 3605
Description
Review of Air standard cycles. Diesel and Petrol combustion overview. Fuels and chemistry of combustion reactions. Octane
and Cetane ratings. Fluid mechanic interactions with flames - burn rates. Overview of exhaust emissions. Turbocharging and
supercharging, volumetric efficiency and valve timing.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
MENG 416/4666 - Design of Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning Systems (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
MENG 3605 and MENG 4606.
Description
Calculation of building cooling and heating loads, and ventilation requirements. Design of Air conditioning and ventilation
systems. Passive cooling and heating. Air conditioning equipment.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
MENG 4606 and MENG 3605 .
Description
618
Refrigeration and Air conditioning cycles and C.O.P. Vapor compression refrigeration systems. Absorption refrigeration.
Cryogenics. Design of Air conditioning systems and components. Heat pumps and heating systems. District cooling.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Prerequisites
MENG 4662
Description
Introduction to nuclear engineering principles - the generation, transfer and transmission of energy in nuclear - reactor - nuclear
power plant layout and location selection - the pressurized water reactors - boiling water reactors - gas - cooled reactors - fast
reactors - the future of nuclear fusion - Nuclear power plant dynamics and control - Nuclear power plant safety.
Prerequisites
Senior standing and MENG 3705 .
Description
Feedback control system and analysis in time domain. PID controllers: analysis and design. State space controllers. Stability and
the concept of Routh-Hurwitz. Root locus analysis and design. Analysis of systems in frequency domains. Bode plots and
controller design. Nyquist stability criterion. Introduction to intelligent control. Introduction to digital control systems.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Prerequisites
ENGR 2104 .
Description
Robotics and Automation, Robot classification and technical specifications, Robotic safety, homogeneous coordinate
transformation, Direct and inverse kinematics, Differential motion, Jacobian: Velocities and static forces, Trajectory planning,
Manipulator dynamics: Newton-Euler and Lagrange-Euler dynamic models, robot control.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
PHYS 2211
Description
Mechatronics and digital systems, Digital logic design, Microprocessor and Microcontroller architecture, Embedded systems,
Interfacing techniques, A/D and D/A conversion, Memory addressing techniques, Interrupt techniques, I/O needs and expansion,
Timers, Introduction to assembly, and project application work.
Hours
Two class periods and one three-hour laboratory period
619
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
MENG 3705
Description
Mechatronics design and development process, Digital systems, Microcontrollers in Mechatronics, Programmable logic
controllers (PLC), PLC and interfacing techniques, Ladder logic programming, servo motors: motion, braking and speed control,
Transducers and instrumentation, Vision sensing principles, Power supplies, Pneumatic and Electro-pneumatic control. Design,
control and application of electromechanical systems, Integrated Mechatronics design project.
Hours
Two class periods and one three-hour laboratory period.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: approval of department chair.
Description
Independent study in various problem areas of engineering may be assigned to individual students or to groups. Readings
assigned and frequent consultations held.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Repeatable
May be repeated for credit if content changes
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: senior standing.
Description
Specialized topics in mechanical engineering will be discussed, e.g. energy conversion and transmission, nuclear engineering,
computer applications in mechanical engineering, composite materials, corrosion, and protection.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: senior standing in mechanical engineering.
Description
Specialized topics in design will be discussed, e.g. advanced strength of materials, power-plant analysis and design, design of
620
manufacturing aids, materials-handling equipment, microcomputers in control, fluid machinery and power systems, finite-
elements method in engineering, etc.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Prerequisites
MENG 3209
Description
This course will cover topics to be chosen based on the emerging advancements in the field of Materials and Manufacturing.
Maybe taken for credit more than once if content changes.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: Senior standing and completion of all ENGR in addition to a minimum of 18 credits of MENG.
Description
Each student is required to spend a minimum of eight weeks in industrial training in Egypt or abroad. A complete account of the
experience is reported, presented and evaluated.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
All ENGR courses and all 300 level MENG core courses.
Description
A capstone project. Topics are selected by groups of students according to their area of interest and the advisors' approval.
Projects address solutions to open ended applications using an integrated engineering approach. Participants give an oral
presentation of the main results achieved. After criticism and suggestions, they submit a written report.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
MENG 4980
Description
Participating students continue the work on the project topic selected in MENG 4980 . Participants give an oral presentation of
the main results achieved. After criticism and suggestions, they submit a written report.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
621
MENG 521/5221 - Advanced Topics in Mechanical Behavior of Engineering Materials (3
cr.)
Description
Advanced Topics in Mechanical Behavior of Engineering Materials (minor change in course content) Parameters affecting the
mechanical behavior of materials under stresses. Strengthening mechanisms in metals and alloys. High-temperature and room
temperature deformation. Effect of residual stresses. Mechanisms of cyclic deformation. Structural properties of polymers and
composites. Emphasizes the relationships between micro and nanoscopic mechanisms and macroscopic behavior of materials.
Case studies using industrially available materials.
Description
Interrelationship of design, materials and manufacturing. Control of material properties to meet design and manufacturing
requirements. Thermo-mechanical processing, surface treatment and coatings. Composite materials. Reverse engineering and
materials substitution. Materials recycling. Economic considerations and life cycle costing. Case studies.
Description
Relationships between mechanical behavior, composition, microstructure, and processing variables. Imperfections in materials
and their effect on properties. Diffusion in solids and its industrial applications. Effect of heat treatment on the microstructure and
mechanical behavior for ferrous and non-ferrous alloys. Design of new materials: meso, micro and nanostructured materials, their
synthesis and applications.
Description
Quantization and energy barrier, central field problem; free electron models of solids; specific heat, susceptibility, emission;
electron transport in electrical and magnetic fields; optical phenomena: transmittance, reflectance, dielectric constant, band
models of solids, determination of fermi surface semiconductors; mobility; impurity states, carrier lifetime; fundamental theory
and characteristics of elemental and compound semiconductors. Semiconductor nanotechnology.
Description
Fundamental concepts describing the mechanics and mechanisms of plastic deformation under different conditions of
temperature, time, and strain rates. The mechanical and metallurgical aspects of crack nucleation and propagation under different
loading conditions and in different environments. Materials design for safe structures.
Description
Applications of computer and modeling techniques to the study of materials systems and processes. Examples of the topics
discussed are: Behavior of multi phase materials and casting and working process.
622
Description
Composite materials, including naturally occurring substances such as wood and bone, and engineered materials from concrete to
fiber and dispersion reinforced matrices. Development of micromechanical models for a variety of constitutive laws and the link
between processing, property and composite structural analysis. Fabrication and processing techniques of composites; dispersion
of reinforcements; interfacial adhesion; mechanical and functional properties, design and applications.
Description
Experimental techniques in the study of materials including quantitative measurements for the characterization of micro and
nanostructured bulk and thin film materials using optical, electron and atomic force microscopy; Secondary ion mass
spectroscopy (SIMS), Auger Electron Spectroscopy (AES), Rutherford Backscattering (RBS); EDX; X-ray diffraction and
differential scanning calometry for thermal analysis. Advanced and conventional testing techniques for characterization of the
physical, optical, magnetic and mechanical properties of micron and Nanomaterials and devices.
Cross-listed
Same as NANO 5203.
Description
Failure analysis methodology and techniques including fractography, metallography, and mechanical testing. Causes of failure in
service including manufacturing defects, design deficiencies, environmental effects, overloads. Fail safe designs. Case studies in
failure analysis.
Description
Introduction to Nanotechnology, Nanomaterials e.g. carbon nanotubes and nanoclays. Nanostructured materials. Transition from
microstructure to nanostructure. Grain refinement techniques. Paradox of strength and ductility. Multi-modal microstructures.
Fabrication techniques. Overview of mechanical, thermal and structural characterization techniques. Applications.
Cross-listed
Same as MENG 4229.
When Offered
offered in spring
Description
This course will cover different techniques implemented for preparing thin films such as chemical vapor deposition, physical
vapor deposition (evaporation, sputtering, pulsed laser deposition, electron beam, etc), and molecular beam epitaxy. In addition,
different techniques for enhancing the Physical properties of materials will be covered. This will include post-laser treatments,
metal induced crystallization, thermal treatments, etc.
Cross-listed
Same as NANO 5204.
When Offered
occasionally.
MENG 532/5232 - Simulation and Modeling for Nanoscale Materials and Systems (3 cr.)
Description
Principles of modeling structures and processes at the nanometer scale, including meshing techniques, finite element analysis,
623
and molecular dynamics. Simulation of Materials Science-based or Mechanics-based modeling methods employed; mechanical
response of nanostructured materials; Modeling methods including electronic structure, molecular dynamics and Monte Carlo are
included.
Cross-listed
Same as NANO 5202.
Description
This course will focus on advanced electrochemical energy conversion and storage systems including fuel cells, lithium-ion
batteries, and supercapacitors; Hydrogen storage; Advanced thermal storage . Through the journey in this course, students are
anticipated to understand why and how these systems are advantageous in renewable energy applications.
Cross-listed
Same as NANO 5233.
Description
Lectures will include: materials for biomedical and dental restoration applications and their biocompatibility; design at a
molecular scale of materials used in contact with biological systems, including biotechnology and biomedical engineering;
methods for biomaterials surface modification and characterization. Other topics include analysis of protein absorption on
biomaterials; tissue and organ regeneration; design of implants and prostheses based on control of biomaterials-tissue
interactions; drung delivery, and cell-guiding surfaces.
Cross-listed
Same as NANO 6230.
Description
Computer aided manufacturing, automation, flexible manufacturing systems, numerical control machines, computerized process
planning, information systems in a plant, selection of automated systems.
Description
Product quality and losses to society, loss function, product life cycle, design for quality, quality deployment charts, customer
needs, process design planning and control, continuous quality improvement, quality circles.
Description
Modeling of large scale industrial problems, theory of optimization, software performance evaluation, simulation of complex
industrial systems, input/output analysis, model validation, overview of simulation languages, manufacturing systems case
studies.
624
Description
Production planning, workforce and line balancing capacity planning and expansions, optimal sequencing and scheduling,
measures of effectiveness of operating systems, computer applications, applied case studies.
Description
Location evaluation for plants, warehouses, and facilities, computerized layout design, selection and installation of material
handling equipment, planning for expansion, modeling and analysis of facility layout: Quadratic assignment approach, graph
theoretic approach, decomposition of large facilities, locating new facilities.
Description
Introduction, system design process, system modelling and optimization, design for operational feasibility, artificial intelligence
and expert systems, applications.
Description
Homogeneous Coordinates and Cartesian Coordinates. Explicit and Implicit Representations of Lines, Planes, Surfaces and
Intersections. Surface Modeling:Bezier, B-Spline and NURBS surfaces. Curve and Surface Fitting and Approximation. Solid
Modeling: Constructive Solid Modeling, and Boundary Representation. Shading and Rendering. Homogeneous perspective,
stereographic projections and virtual reality. Introduction to Shape and Topology Optimization.
Description
Differential and integral formulations of elastic problems: equilibrium, continuity, generalized material relations, boundary
conditions. Applications to two dimensional problems, plates and shells. Yield criteria and inelastic stress-strain relations. Limit
analysis. Inelastic design. Simplified techniques for large deformation problems: energy approach, slab method, and upper bound
solutions, numerical techniques.
Prerequisites
Consent of instructor.
Description
Dynamic analysis of lumped-parameter and continuous systems including strings, rods, beams and plates, use of finite elements
in dynamic analysis, design of dynamic systems, systems concepts, design and synthesis of mechanical networks, modern
control, system behavior analysis in time and frequency domains, compensation and design of control systems using different
design methods, digital control systems.
Description
Conceptual design: levels, generic concepts, main and subconcepts. The preliminary design stage. Design for reliability. Design
optimization. Examples and a case study.
625
MENG 558/5258 - Applied Finite Element Analysis for Engineers (3 cr.)
Description
Advanced modeling techniques. Material, geometric and boundary condition nonlinearities. Application to elastoplasticity, creep
and buckling. Time response dynamic analysis, nonlinear heat transfer. Projects involving extensive utilization of FEM packages
on engineering workstations.
Prerequisites
B.Sc. level Mechanical engineering courses in Thermodynamics, Heat transfer, Fluid mechanics and applications, or equivalent.
Description
Introduction to cogeneration; cogeneration technologies; issues and applications; introduction to energy storage; types;
applications in renewable energy and conventional systems; economic analysis.
Prerequisites
Undergraduate level knowledge of
i) fluid properties, fluid flows with and without friction, duct flows, Bernouli's equation and continuity equation; heat and mass
transfer.
ii) numerical analysis including solution of sets of algebraic linear equations, and P.D.E.s employing F.D.; programming in
MATLAB or any other language.
Description
Introduction to CFD, basic equations of Flow, FV method, SIMPLE algorithm and variants. Turbulence modeling. Introduction
to PHOENICS/FLUENT code, application to case studies.
Prerequisites
Instructor Consent.
Description
Feedback control systems and role of sensors. Process modelling and identification. Linear system response in time domain,
Routh-Horwitz stability criteria. PID controllers design and implementations. Root locus: analysis, design, lead/lag
compensators. Frequency response methods and analysis. Vibrations of multi-degree-of-freedom and continuous systems,
introduction to finite element vibrations analysis, response to periodic and arbitrary inputs, passive and active vibration control,
applied vibration measurement and analysis. Sensors: characteristics, physical properties and usage. Industrial automation and
sensors. Measurement and uncertainty. Study of various techniques for sensor integration. Common instrumentation networks.
Remote instrumentation for monitoring and control. Future prospect of instrumentations and intelligence.
Prerequisites
Instructor Consent.
Description
626
Robot mechanisms, End-effector mechanisms, Actuators and drives, Sensors. Robot forward and inverse kinematics. Differential
motion and Jacobian (Velocities and forces). Simulation software and analysis. Acceleration and Inertia, Robot dynamics.
Trajectory generation and control of robot manipulators. Robot planning and control. Task oriented control, Force compliance
control. Robot programming, Robot work cell design and work cycle analysis. Robot vision, Teleoperation and Interactive
haptics. Closed-Loop Kinematic chains, Parallel-link robot kinematics. Non-holomonic systems, Legged robots.
Cross-listed
Same as RCSS 5201.
Prerequisites
Instructor Consent.
Description
Fundamentals of embedded control system design, embedded processor architecture and operation. General overview of existing
families of micro-controllers, DSPs, FPGAs, ASICs. Selected embedded 8/16/32 processor architectures, and programming.
Real- time, resources and management, I/O, Virtual memory and memory management. Concurrency, resource sharing and
deadlocks. Scheduling theory. Real-time programming and embedded software. Real-time kernels and operating systems. Bus
structure and Interfacing. Programming pervasive and ubiquitous embedded system. Designing embedded system. Discretization
and implementation of continuous-time control systems. Networked embedded systems and integrated control.
Cross-listed
Same as RCSS 5202.
Prerequisites
Instructor consent.
Description
Basic linear system response: Analysis in time domain, stability analysis, Routh- Horwitz stability criteria of LTI. Feedback
analysis and design continuous-time systems on the basis of root locus: analysis, design, lead/lag compensators, and Control
synthesis in frequency domain: (Bode response, Nyquist stability criteria, sensitivity and design). Control design concepts for
linear multivariable systems using state variable techniques. State space representation and transition matrix. Control system
design in state space: controllability, pole method and pole placement design, observer/observability and compensators design.
Optimal observer based feedback. Lyapunov Stability. The solutions to LQR problem, Kalman filtering problem. LQG and LTR
based design methods. Discrete-time systems and computer control.
Cross-listed
Same as RCSS 5203.
Prerequisites
Instructor Consent.
Description
Autonomous and Mobile robots, Locomotion concepts and mechanisms, Degrees of mobility and steering. Non holonomic
concept and constraint. Wheeled mobile robots: Kinematic and dynamic models. Trajectory generation and Control methods.
Sensors, sensor models and perception. Mapping and knowledge representations. Control architectures and Navigation: Planning,
Subsumption, Potential field, Motor Schemas, Probabilistic, Learning from observations and Reinforcement learning. Relative
627
and absolute localization. Navigation and localization techniques. SLAM (Simultaneous Localization and Mapping). Multi
robotic system: navigation, cooperation and autonomy.
Cross-listed
Same as RCSS 5221.
Description
Independent study in various problem areas of engineering may be assigned to individual students or to groups. Readings
assigned and frequent consultations held.
Notes
(Students may sign for up to 3 credits towards fulfilling M. Sc. requirements).
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
Description
Topics to be chosen every year according to specific interests.
Repeatable
May be taken for credit more than once if content changes.
Description
Students are required to attend the library and writing modules of ENGR 5940 and to undertake an engineering project approved
by the chair of the supervisory committee, which consists of the student advisor and two additional faculty members. A final
report is submitted and orally defended in the presence of the supervisory committee.
Description
Consultation on problems related to student thesis.
Repeatable
Must be taken twice for credit.
Prerequisites
Graduate level knowledge of probability, statistics and stochastic processes.
Description
Continuous and discrete event Simulation models, random number generation, relevant probability distributions, replications,
transient and steady-state conditions, design of simulation experiments, statistical analysis of results, data and file management,
stochastic queues, simulation languages.
628
Prerequisites
MENG 3505
Description
Mechanics of deformable bodies, finite deformation and strain measures, kinematics of continua and global and local balance
laws. Thermodynamics of continua, first and second laws. Introduction to constitutive theory for elastic solids, viscous fluids and
memory dependent materials. Examples of exact solutions for linear and hyper elastic solids and Stokesian fluids.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Description
Energy systems; energy demand; energy audit; sustainable development; energy efficiency; energy management.
Prerequisites
MENG 3602 ,MENG 4606 and CFD course covering numerical solutions of flow equations.
Description
Mass, momentum, and energy transport; kinetic theory of transport properties; analytical and approximate solutions to the
equations of change; boundary layer theory; turbulence; simultaneous heat and mass transfer; over-all balances.
Prerequisites
Consent of instructor.
Description
Introduction to the analysis and design of nonlinear control systems. Linearization of nonlinear systems. Phase-plane analysis,
Lyapunov stability analysis. Design of stabilizing controllers. Properties of adaptive systems, Adaptive control and real-time
parameter estimation, Deterministic self-tuning regulators, model reference control, Adaptive observers, model reference
adaptive control, gain scheduling controller modeling. Stability of adaptive control systems.
Cross-listed
Same as RCSS 5233.
Description
Consultation on problems related to student thesis. To be taken 11 times for credit.
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor and department on the basis of a well-defined proposal.
Description
Guided reading, research, and discussion based on a subject of mutual interest to a student and faculty member.
629
MEST 430/4301 - Special Topics in Middle East Studies (3 cr.)
Description
Selected topics to be investigated under the guidance of a faculty member, may be offered as a seminar.
Repeatable
May be repeated for credit if content changes.
MEST 500/5200 - Migration and Refugee movements in the Middle East and North Africa
(3 cr.)
Description
The course offers a systematic review of international migration and refugee movements to, through and from, the Middle East
and North Africa (MENA) over the last decade. It addresses their trends, causes and consequences for individuals and societies,
and stresses the universality of international mobility determinants, but the specificity of the context in which they operate in the
MENA.
Cross-listed
Same as MRS 5202 .
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Description
Required for all MA students in Middle East Studies. Introduces major debates in several disciplines of Middle East area studies:
the history and politics of Orientalism; modernization theory; area studies as a field of knowledge; gender as a category of
analysis; economic and political development; international relations and US Middle East policy; contending understandings of
Islamism.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: completion of 24 credit hours toward the degree or consent of program director.
Description
Required for all MA students in Middle East Studies. Reading, discussion and intensive writing about cutting edge scholarly
literature on: the nature of modernity, colonialism and social science, gender and colonialism, nationalism, the nature of "national
economies", the politics of realist literature, economic development, the character of autocracy and political liberalization.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Description
This inter-disciplinary course will be an opportunity for students to engage directly with the major practical and theoretical issues
connected with Palestinian refugees, critically assessing the historical, political, legal and ideological forces that have shaped
630
their turbulent circumstances.
Cross-listed
Same as MRS 5205.
Description
Problems discussed may vary depending on instructor and students needs. Course is offered only if participating departments do
not offer an equivalent course. Focus will be announced prior to registration.
When Offered
Offered only occasionally.
Prerequisites
Pre-requisites: completion of one semester and Program approval required.
Description
Guided individual readings and/or research on a subject of mutual interest to the student and faculty member.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Description
Individual consultation for students preparing for the comprehensive examination.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Description
A seminar designed to help students formulate and execute an MA thesis proposal.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Description
This seminar provides an in depth engagement with the growing sub-field of Gender and Migration. Themes covered include:
international gendered labor markets, migration to and from the Middle East, domestic labor, trafficking, displacement through
conflict and development, remittances, and human rights. This is a joint course offered by the Center for Migration Studies and
Refugee Studies and the Institute for Gender and Women's studies.
631
Cross-listed
Same as GWST 5104.
Description
The course explores the psychosocial dimensions of forced migration including ethno-cultural. Concepts of well-being, sources
of stress and coping, the impact of forced migration on child development, psychosocial consequences of torture and sexual
victimization, and the interaction of trauma and bereavement. Culturally, appropriate mental health assessment, community-
based intervention programs, methods of program evaluation, and ethical issues in working with refugee populations will be
discussed.
Cross-listed
Same as PSYC 5112.
When Offered
Offered in spring
Description
Drawing on interdisciplinary approaches in history, political science, sociology, economics and psychology, this introductory
course examines the causes and consequences of population movements, and provides basic background , terminology and
concepts for further studies in this field. It offers an overview of migrants' trajectories across national boundaries, analyzes
migrants' integration and their transformative impact on as well as contribution to host societies. It examines the networks of
relations migrants may maintain with their home countries. It also looks at the role of policies and practices of the humanitarian
regime in shaping the experience and addressing the challenges faced by refugees, asylum seekers, and returnees.
Cross-listed
Same as SOC/ANTH 5200.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Description
This course introduces the international refugee law regime and the background and historical context from which foundational
concepts emerged. The bulk of the course is spent on the 1951 Refugee Convention and its Protocol, as well as the expanding
mandate of UNHCR. The course considers some of the contradictions and dilemmas of international refugee law and takes into
account, developments in related areas of international human rights law, international humanitarian law and migration law. This
course is required for all students seeking the MA or Diploma in Migration and Refugee Studies.
Cross-listed
Same as LAW 5218.
When Offered
Offered in the fall.
MRS 500/5202 - Migration & Refugee Movements in the Middle East and North Africa (3
cr.)
Description
The course offers a systematic review of international migration and refugee movements to, through and from, the Middle East
and North Africa (MENA) over the last decades. It addresses their trends, causes and consequences for individuals and societies,
632
and stresses the universality of international mobility determinants, but the specificity of the context in which they operate in the
MENA, combining insecurity engendered by wars and civil conflicts with acute international inequalities of economic, social and
political opportunities.
The course starts with concepts and theories, then addresses the various facets of cross-border mobility in the MENA: voluntary
and forced migration; migration and labor markets; financial transfers (remittances and investment) and migration; the mobility
of skills and the brain drain / brain gain nexus; transnational communities, diasporas and their countries of origin; families and
communities left behind; MENA states' policies on emigration; integration of migrant and refugee communities; EU and Gulf
states' policies on asylum and immigration; transit migration; trafficking in migrants; return migration.
Cross-listed
Same as MEST 5200 .
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Description
The course provides an overview of recent literature and debates concerned with the relationships between migration and
development. Migration and development are related issues. On the one hand, development is a determinant of
migration. International differentials in development, mainly economic (labor-, income- and capital-related), but also political
(state- and society-related), will be reviewed. These elements apply at the sending end as push factors (underemployment and
unemployment; poverty; poor access to welfare; low rewards to skills; poor governance, political or civil instability, etc.) and at
the receiving end as pull factors (jobs availability; higher incomes; social security; higher education; networks of previous
migrants; etc.). On the other hand, migration has an impact on development. International mobility of workers and their family
members can work for, or against, development. Debates on the impact of development include the following:
Destination Countries:
Considering whether migrant workers compete with or complement local labor? Do they reduce or increase average
incomes/wages? Contribute to or drain host country welfare services?
Origin Countries:
While migrant remittances provide for better housing, education and health of families left behind, their impact on the local and
national economy is much debated. Do they boost production or imports? Do they create employment or deter entry into the
local labour market? Do they lead to sustainable patterns of development? Do they further the access to credit of local
communities and migrants themselves? To what extent do migrants establish businesses as a result of their earnings abroad? To
what extent do governments foster development along with migrant communities and host countries with migration-induced
development through confidence building, infrastructure and skills training? Under what conditions does migration of skills
result in a brain drain or a brain gain for sending countries? In both sending and receiving countries, different patterns of
migration: circular, return, temporary, permanent, regular/irregular may have different impacts on development.
Description
The course seeks to provide an orientation to the primary methodological issues that need to be addressed when conducting both
primary and secondary research. The course addresses the cross-disciplinary and trans-national aspects of research that place
extra demands on research methods in data collection, sampling, comparative policy framework analysis, usage of terminology,
ethical considerations, comparisons of discourses and ideological representations in a sometimes contested and controversial field
of inquiry. Designed with both quantitative and qualitative approach, this course addresses challenges and dilemmas that
researchers confront when collecting and interpreting data in studies of refugees and migration. This course further addresses in-
depth analysis regarding accessibility of relevant data (ranging from use of statistics as well as access to social fields), how to
handle ethical issues; how to develop intersectional analysis, and specific questions related to multi-strategy research design;
ethical issues and how to handle after-use questionnaire and checklist.
When Offered
Offered in the spring.
633
MRS 505/5205 - Palestinian Refugee Issues (3 cr.)
Description
This inter-disciplinary course will be an opportunity for students to engage directly with the major practical and theoretical issues
connected with Palestinian refugees, critically assessing the historical, political, legal and ideological forces that have shaped
their turbulent circumstances.
Cross-listed
Same as MEST 5205.
Description
Countries at both ends of the migration process develop migration policies that govern a variety of issue areas. In countries of
destination, migrants essentially contribute to economic activity. Therefore, their policies address issues such as demand for
migrant workers, admission criteria, recognition of skills, non-discrimination and integration of migrant workers and their
families, curbing irregular migration, border control and patrolling sea lanes, the role of business and trade union and
international cooperation. Countries of origin are mainly concerned with releasing pressures over their labor markets, the
protection of migrants, their welfare, maximizing the contributions of migrants to development through financial remittances and
their productive use, effective return migration policies, migration statistics, and international cooperation. The course will
examine how a selected number of countries of origin and destination formulated and implemented policies in the respective
areas of concern to the two sets of countries.
Description
The course attends to the consequence for the nation state and for the international system of migration and refugee movement.
The course focuses on historical and contemporary population movements. By connecting historical and contemporary
population movements to, among others, colonization, globalization, nationalism, citizenship, human rights and minority politics,
the course interrogates the relationship between migrants, refugees, the nation-state, and the international system.
Description
Topics discussed vary every semester and depends on the instructor. The topic of the course will be announced prior to
registration.
Cross-listed
Same as SOC/ANTH 5208.
When Offered
Offered annually.
Description
This course will examine the challenges brought to citizenship theory by migrations and migrants integration. Diverging
definitions of citizenry embody and express distinctive understandings of nationhood, be it state-centered and assimilationist,
ethnocratic and 'differentialist' or multiculturalist, that are deeply rooted in the political and cultural history of different nations.
The course will focus on the various conceptions of citizenship and how they influence the integration and the migrants' identity
(re)constructions well as, to a certain extent, trigger a redefinition of receiving countries 'cultural and political norms, including
the very meaning of Nation-State.
634
Cross-listed
Same as SOC/ANTH 5209.
MRS 514/5214 - Psychosocial Interventions for Forced Migrants and Refugees (3 cr.)
Description
This course explores international law's impact on state migration control, as well as its broader influence on the global
phenomenon of migration. States and other actors have increasingly sought to manage aspects of migration at the international
level to ensure orderly and humane control of population movements. This course examines the different ways in which
international law engaged with migration through, amongst other things, general principles of international law, human rights and
labor law, international criminal law, the laws of armed conflict, as well as trade and environmental law.
Cross-listed
Same as LAW 5228.
Prerequisites
Permission of Advisor.
Description
Internship for four to six months in an organization working with migrants/refugees or active involvement on an institutional
research project that examines elements of population movements. The work is assessed on the basis of a written report and
discussions with faculty advisor.
Description
Supervision in the writing of the thesis.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Description
An introduction to popular American music via genre and performance. Study of discrete sets of American songs, drawn from the
major genres of current popular American music, and identification of salient features of these genres.
Notes
Requires no previous musical training.
Description
An overview of the skills required to sing well. Training in vocal production, some sight-singing, and study of songs chosen by
635
the instructor and by the student.
Notes
Requires no previous musical training.
MUSC 250/1012 - Guitar and Piano: Accompaniment and improvisation "by ear" (3 cr.)
Description
Students will acquire an understanding of the division of the octave into 12 semitones, and of basic related scales and chords.
They will learn to play improvised song accompaniments on piano and guitar, and to develop more elaborate accompaniments
over time.
Notes
Requires no previous musical training.
Description
Course addressing broad intellectual concerns and accessible to all first-year students as part of the Primary Level Core.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
Concurrent: Students in MUSC 1800 must register concurrently in MUSC 1805 , or achieve a passing grade on the placement
exam. Students who have taken MUSC 1800 should register for MUSC 1801; those who have completed MUSC 2800 should
register for MUSC 2801. MUSC 283 may be repeated for credit indefinitely. Music majors would normally register for MUSC
4800 after completing MUSC 2801.
Description
Private lessons in voice or an instrument. Twelve one-hour lessons in the semester. Students are expected to practice a minimum
of one hour every day. Students will perform before a jury of teachers for the final examination. A lab fee will be assessed for
each semester of instruction.
Notes
All students are required to meet with their teacher IN THE FIRST WEEK OF CLASSES. They MUST contact the Music
Coordinator in the Department of the Arts' Main Office by the first day of classes in order to arrange this. Students in
MUSC 1800 may be assigned to a different teacher after this initial meeting, at the discretion of the Music Program.
Description
Instruction in how to read music.
Notes
Students taking MUSC 1800-1801 , Applied Private Instruction (1 cr) are required to take this course in the same semester, or
pass the music literacy placement exam.
Description
Study of the musical practices and cultures of representative diverse nations and peoples.
Notes
Requires no previous musical training
636
MUSC 299/2099 - Selected Topics for Core Curriculum (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
RHET 1000
Description
Course addressing broad intellectual concerns and accessible to all students, irrespective of major.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Description
The course will consist of two parts. The first is an introduction to the fundamental elements of music, including harmony,
melody, timbre, rhythm and tempo, and texture, and to the instruments of the orchestra, voices, and choirs. Students will also
learn the elements of musical notation and how to read it. The second is a short survey of great music in the western tradition,
and of the composers who created it.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Description
Introduction to the study of acoustics and digital audio, music synthesis, MIDI, music sequencing, and basic recording
techniques. Students will produce and record audio projects with available facilities.
Notes
Preference will be given to declared music minors. No prior musical training is required.
Description
After finishing this course, students will be qualified to apply for certification from Digidesign, the creator of Protools software,
the industry standard. Students will learn to combine audio multi track recordings of live instruments with music instruments
digital interface (MIDI) recording for arranging and composing, using software synthesizers and samplers (electric and real
recorded acoustic instruments), and audio looping. Also, this course will develop essential techniques for recording, editing, and
mixing. The software used to accomplish this will be Protools HD, Protools LE, and Protools M-Powered systems (v. 8.0.1),
which are the market standard for digital audio workstation applications used for sound recording and mixing.
Prerequisites
MUSC 2200 and MUSC 2300 .
Students entering the course for the first time register in MUSC 2302. Students who have taken a semester of MUSC 2302 should
register for MUSC 3302; those who have completed MUSC 3302 register for MUSC 4302.
Description
The course teaches the theory and practice of digital audio recording and editing, and music instruments digital interface (MIDI)
637
composing and arranging, using a digital audio workstation (DAW) application and MIDI controllers. The DAW software used
to accomplish this will be Protools HD , Protools LE, and Protools M-Powered systems (v.8.0.1), which are the market standard
for digital audio workstation applications used for sound recording and mixing
Prerequisites
MUSC 2300 and MUSC 2301
Description
A brief history of microphone development and a general introduction to microphone theory and design, with an overview of
wireless microphones. Detailed study of microphone polarity, frequency response, and amplitude ability, which are the features
that define how the microphone captures sound and its suitability to different instruments. In addition, the course will study
microphone placement, and microphone preamplifiers and accessories, in recording in studio and in live performances.
Prerequisites
MUSC 1805 ,MUSC 2200 and MUSC 1800. Concurrent with MUSC 2401.
Description
Students will review the elementary concepts of pitch and rhythmic notation. The course quickly progresses through scale
construction, pitch intervals, chord construction, and fundamental concepts of counterpoint and instrumentation. By the end of
the semester, students will be able to compose two-part counterpoint, spell triads and seventh chords, and will begin to
understand four-part notation and scoring.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
Concurrent with MUSC 2400
Description
Students will review the elementary concepts of pitch and rhythmic notation. By the end of the semester, they will be able to sing
melodies in major and minor tonalities, articulate rhythms in simple and compound meters, and vocally arpeggiate triads and
seventh chords. Students will practice dictation as well as aural skills.
Notes
Students must be able to match pitch within a 1-octave range.
Prerequisites
MUSC 1805 ,MUSC 2200 and MUSC 1800. Concurrent with MUSC 2451.
Description
Students will review the elementary concepts of jinses (Arab tri-, tetra-, or pentachord), maqamat (Arab music modes), and
doroob (Arab rhythm) notation. The course quickly progresses through maqam construction, jins intervals, darb construction, and
fundamental concepts of Arab music texture and instrumentation. By the end of the semester, students will be able to compose
638
Arab music simple forms, spell jinses and maqamat, and will begin to understand maqamat families and how to modulate
between maqam family members, and the takht (traditional Arab music ensemble) notation and scoring.
MUSC 246/2451 - Maqam I (Arab Music Sight-Singing and Aural Skills) (1 cr.)
Prerequisites
MUSC 1805 ,MUSC 2200 and MUSC 1800 . Concurrent with MUSC 2450.
Description
Students will learn the elementary concepts of Arab pitch and rhythmic notation. By the end of the semester, students will be able
to sing Arab melodies in different maqams, and articulate doroob in simple and compound meters. Students will practice
dictation as well as aural skills.
Prerequisites
must be taken concurrently with MUSC 3250
Description
The class will constitute a vocal and instrumental performing ensemble, which will rehearse during class periods.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Repeatable
MUSC 2622 may be repeated for credit.
Notes
Rehearsal will lead to a concert performance of the music prepared.
Prerequisites
There are no pre-requisites for MUSC 2630. Students who have taken MUSC 2630 should register for MUSC 3631; those who
have completed MUSC 3631 register for MUSC 4632. MUSC 4632 may be repeated for credit indefinitely.
Description
The class will constitute a performing ensemble, which will rehearse during class periods. Work will also include the techniques
of playing, and some study of how to read music.
Prerequisites
Permission of the Director of the Music Program. Students who have taken MUSC 2640 should register for MUSC 2641; those
who have completed MUSC 2641 register for MUSC 2642. MUSC 2642 may be repeated for credit indefinitely.
Description
Private coaching for a chamber music ensemble, normally of two to six players (rarely more). This may be a jazz combo, a takht,
a percussion ensemble, or conventional chamber ensemble for Western art music (e.g. string quartet or piano-violin duo). Twelve
one-hour coachings in the semester. Students will perform before a jury of teachers for the final examination. A lab fee will be
assessed for each semester of instruction.
639
MUSC 265-365-465/2650-2651-2652 - Rehearsal/Performance Practicum (1 cr.)
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: consent of music faculty (required prior to registration).
Description
2652 may be repeated for credit.
Notes
A significant contribution to departmental concerts and recitals, or membership in the Cairo Choral Society, or other appropriate
organizations approved by the Director of the Music Program.
Prerequisites
Consent of the director.
Description
The class will constitute a chorus, which will rehearse during class periods. Work will also include the techniques of singing, and
some study of how to read music.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Repeatable
2662 may be repeated for credit.
Notes
Rehearsal will lead to a concert performance of the music prepared.
Prerequisites
Permission of the instructor. Students who have taken MUSC 2670 should register for MUSC 2671; those who have completed
MUSC 2671 register for MUSC 2671. MUSC 2671 may be repeated for credit indefinitely.
Description
A community chorus dedicated to the study, promotion, and performance of the great choral works in the Western musical
tradition. It presents performances with a professional orchestra (the Cairo Festival Orchestra) and soloists at various venues in
Cairo. Students registered in this course will participate in all rehearsals and performances in the semester. (Students may also
choose to join the chorus on a not-for-credit basis.)
Prerequisites
MUSC 1800-1801 . Students who have completed MUSC 1801 register for MUSC 2800, and those who have completed MUSC
2800 register for MUSC 2801. MUSC 2801 may be repeated for credit indefinitely. Music majors would normally register for
MUSC 4800 after completing MUSC 2801.
Description
Private lessons in voice or an instrument. Twelve one-hour lessons in the semester. Students are expected to practice a minimum
of two hours every day. Students will perform before a jury of teachers for the final examination. A lab fee will be assessed for
each semester of instruction.
640
Notes
All students are required to meet with their teacher IN THE FIRST WEEK OF CLASSES. They MUST contact the Music
Coordinator in the Department of the Arts' Main Office by the first day of classes in order to arrange this. Students in
MUSC 1800 may be assigned to a different teacher after this initial meeting, at the discretion of the Music Program.
Prerequisites
There are no pre-requisites for MUSC 2850. Students who have taken MUSC 2850 should register for MUSC 2851; students who
have register for MUSC 2851 should register for MUSC 2852.
Concurrent : Students in MUSC 2850 with no prior experience, or who cannot read music, MUST register concurrently in MUSC
1805.
Description
Private lessons in piano, intended for music majors or minors whose primary instrument is not piano. Twelve one-hour lessons in
the semester. Students will perform before a jury of teachers for the final examination. A lab fee will be assessed for each
semester of instruction.
Notes
1. Students registering in this course for the first time should enroll in MUSC 2850. 2. Students in MUSC 2850 with no prior
experience, or who cannot read music, MUST register concurrently in MUSC 1805 . 3. All students are required to meet with
their teacher in the first week o classes. They must contact the Music Coordinator in the Department of the Arts' Main Office on
the first day of classes in order to arrange this. Students in MUSC 1800-1801 may be assigned to a different teacher after this
initial meeting, at the discretion of the Music Program
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: consent of the instructor.
Description
Offered occasionally.
Repeatable
May be repeated for credit if content changes.
Prerequisites
MUSC 1800/4800 (at least two semesters) or permission of the instructor.
Description
Study of the fundamentals of diction for singing in German, French, Italian, and English. Students will learn the International
Phonetic Alphabet (IPA), and perform repertory in these languages in class. Open to students outside the voice concentration,
including nan-majors, with permission of the instructor; some prior study of voice is required, however.
641
Prerequisites
MUSC 2200
Description
Fundamentals of percussion, brass, woodwind, string, keyboard, and electric and electronic instruments in Western and Arab
music. The course will explain how sound is produced in these instruments, looking at pitch and decibel ranges as well as playing
techniques. Also, this course will examine the structure of music ensembles, from the orchestra and Arab takht to modern and
contemporary ensembles in Western and Arab music.
Prerequisites
MUSC 2200 and MUSC 2400 .
Description
The study of western music in its historical and cultural context, from its medieval roots to the present day, with an emphasis on
representative great works and their composers.
Prerequisites
MUSC 2200
Description
Study of Arab music and song in its historical and cultural context, from its origins to the present day.
Notes
No previous experience in Arab music is required.
Prerequisites
MUSC 2200 MUSC 2300 and MUSC 2301
Description
This course is designed to introduce students to a range of techniques and technologies used in producing audio for visual media.
The course will examine theory and practice used in music production for TV, film, web, video games, and art installations.
Students will acquire skills in digital music production for visual media by working on projects which simulate actual
professional productions. The course also provides the terminology of audio production and the basic theoretical framework upon
which production skills can be built.
Prerequisites
MUSC 2200 and MUSC 2300
Description
A study of the history of Electronic music, in brief prior to 1945, and in more detail thereafter, touching on the different schools
of electronic music in Paris (Musique Concrete), Cologne (Elektronische Muzik), Milan, and America, the use of the Voltage-
Controlled synthesizer, tape composition, live Electronic music, Rock and Pop Electronic music, and the Digital Revolution and
MIDI. In addition to history, the course will explain Electronic musical instruments, forms, and composers.
642
MUSC 336/3306 - Sound for Picture Production (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
FILM 2200 and MUSC 2301
Description
This course provides an in-depth, interactive study of sound and its relationship to picture. Topics will include post production
areas relative to time code, synchronization, workflow, data interchange, sound recording and editing, lip-syncing and voice over
tracks using ADR (Automatic Dialog Replacement), creating special effects with Foley, routing structures, sound mixing, and
delivery methods. All of the above will be first described in class lectures and then applied practically in projects.
Cross-listed
Same as FILM 3306 .
Prerequisites
MUSC 2300.
Description
The course is intended to provide understanding of the fundamentals of Live Sound and knowledge of the various components,
equipment, tools, history and theory, as well as sound system design concerns commonly encountered in the real world. The
practical part consists of setting-up a basic sound reinforcement system and hands-on operation. Previous experience or
knowledge in music, recording or live sound is not expected nor required, although it is a plus.
Prerequisites
MUSC 2400 and MUSC 2401 . Concurrent with 3400
Description
Students will review the concepts of counterpoint and harmony. The course will cover instrumentation, phrase, tonic and
dominant, embellishing tones, chorale harmonization and figured bass, phrase structure and expansion, diatonic sequence, and
intensifying the dominant. Students will learn to analyze, compose, and write about music topics covered in class.
Prerequisites
MUSC 2400 ,MUSC 2401 . Concurrent with MUSC 3400.
Description
Students will review the intermediate concepts of pitch and rhythmic notation. By the end of the semester, they will be able to
sing more complex melodies in major and minor tonalities, and develop their ability to perform simple and compound meters,
aurally identify all intervals, and study phrasing, cadences, and the harmonic expansion of secondary chords.
Prerequisites
MUSC 2450 and MUSC 2451 .
Concurrent: Students in this course must also register for MUSC 3451
643
Description
Review of the instrumental and song forms of Arab music. The course will explore maqam construction, jins intervals, darb
construction, and fundamental concepts of Arab music texture and instrumentation. By the end of the semester, students will be
able to analyze Arab music instrumental and song forms and extract darbs and maqamat from them. In addition students will be
able to compose Arab music, modulating between maqamat and changing darbs in the same piece.
MUSC 346/3451 - Maqam II (Arab Music Sight-Singing and Aural Skills) (1 cr.)
Prerequisites
MUSC 2450 and MUSC 2451 . Concurrent: Students in this course must also register for MUSC 3450
Description
Study of pitch and rhythmic elements of Arab music at an advanced level. By the end of the semester, students will be able to
sing complex Arab melodies in different maqamat and their families, and articulate and decorate darbs in simple and compound
meters. Students will practice dictation as well as aural skills.
Prerequisites
MUSC 1805 MUSC 2200 and MUSC 1800/4800.
Description
Preparation for a professional career that balances performance and teaching. Coursework will involve the analysis of guitar
methods, technique manuals, and literature. The topics that will be addressed over the semester will include early childhood
education methods and group instruction, as well as how to coordinate beginning, intermediate and advanced level private guitar
lessons and studios for adults.
Prerequisites
Open to students with a minimum B average.
Description
In exceptional circumstances, some advanced music students may arrange, with departmental approval, to study beyond the
regular course offerings.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Repeatable
May be repeated for credit if content changes.
Prerequisites
MUSC 2300 and MUSC 2301
Description
A continuation of Music Production Using Protools I. The course will teach students advanced sound engineering techniques. For
example, students will learn how to adapt their workstation (including the rams, processor, and hard disks) to accommodate large
recording sessions without facing problems of slow processing which can affect quality, by adjusting the playback engine and
delaying compensation. Students will learn how to set time and tempo operations and key signature for composing and arranging
644
songs using Protools, and how to upgrade the quality of the MIDI recorded tracks performed by amateurs into professional-
quality output. The course will also explore different types of recording and advanced editing techniques, and develop essential
techniques for using plug-ins in the mixing and mastering stages.
Prerequisites
MUSC 2200 ,MUSC 2300 and MUSC 2301
Description
The course will examine the theory and practice of the music mixing process and mixing analysis, using a digital audio
workstation (DAW) application, Protools v.8.0.1, currently the market standard. Students will study the different hardware (like
studio monitors or speakers), software (i.e. the Protools application), and processes (like meters and signal flow), involved in
digital mixing, the use of equalizers, dynamics processors, effects (reverb, chorus and delay) and pitch corrections, and the
different types of panning, automation and bouncing of final mixes.
Prerequisites
MUSC 3400 and MUSC 3401 . Concurrent: students in this course must also register for MUSC 4401
Description
In-depth study of phrase rhythm and motivic analysis, tonicizing scale degrees other than V, modulation to closely related keys,
binary and ternary forms, modal mixture and chromatic mediants and submediants, and the Neapolitan sixth and augmented sixth
chords. Students will leave this course with ability to analyze, compose, and write about all of the topics covered in Western
Music Theory I-III.
Prerequisites
MUSC 3400 and MUSC 3401 . Concurrent: students in this course must also register for MUSC 4400
Description
Review of advanced concepts of pitch, harmony, and rhythmic notation. By the end of the semester, students will be able to sing
melodies in all major and minor tonalities, articulate rhythms in simple, compound, and irregular meters, arpeggiate harmonic
progressions include augmented and other predominant harmonies and modulation, and handle various chromatic techniques.
Prerequisites
MUSC 2801. Students who have taken a semester of MUSC 4800 should register for MUSC 4801; those who have completed
MUSC 4801 register for MUSC 4802, and those who have completed MUSC 4802 register for MUSC 4803. MUSC 4803 may be
repeated for credit indefinitely.
Description
Private lessons in voice or an instrument. Twelve one-hour lessons in the semester. Students are expected to practice three hours
each day. Students will perform before a jury of teachers for final examination. A lab fee will be assessed for each semester of
instruction.
645
Notes
All students are required to meet with their teacher IN THE FIRST WEEK OF CLASSES
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor.
Description
In-depth examination of special advanced topics in music determined by the special interest and expertise of the faculty.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Notes
Designed for advanced students.
Prerequisites
MUSC 4802.
Description
Twelve one-hour private lessons in voice or an instrument, constituting final preparation for a solo recital at least forty minutes in
length, of repertory chosen by the instructor, normally presented in the senior year. Students are expected to practice at least three
hours each day. A lab fee will be assessed. The student must play the full recital as a juried exam with a grade of B or higher at
least thirty days before presenting the recital. Students who do not achieve a grade of B or higher in the jury may repeat the
course once for credit in order to qualify to present the recital, which is required for graduation with the B.M.A. The jury will
also attend the recital and assign the final grade for the course.
Description
This course provides a comprehensive introduction to nanomaterials, their synthesis, properties, processing techniques and
applications. The coverage addresses top-down and bottom-up approaches including nanomaterials ranging from small particles
and isolated clusters to nanostructured materials, multilayer and consolidated bulk products, thin film and coatings. Their
chemical, mechanical, optical and magnetic properties will be introduced.
NANO 502/5202 - Simulation and Modeling for Nanoscale Materials and Systems (3 cr.)
Description
Principles of modeling structures and processes at the nanometer scale, including meshing techniques, finite element analysis,
and molecular dynamics. Simulation of Materials Science-based or Mechanics-based modeling methods employed; mechanical
response of nanostructured materials; Modeling methods including electronic structure, molecular dynamics and Monte Carlo
techniques are included.
Cross-listed
Same as MENG 5232.
646
Description
Experimental techniques in the study of materials including quantitative measurements for the characterization of micro and
nanostructured bulk and thin film materials using optical, electron and atomic force microscopy; Secondary ion mass
spectroscopy (SIMS), Auger Electron Spectroscopy (AES), Rutherford Backscattering (RBS); EDX; X-ray diffraction and
differential scanning calometry for thermal analysis. Advanced and conventional testing techniques for characterization of the
physical, optical, magnetic and mechanical properties of micron and Nanomaterials and devices.
Cross-listed
Same as MENG 5228.
Description
This course will cover different techniques implemented for preparing thin films such as chemical vapor deposition, physical
vapor deposition (evaporation, sputtering, pulsed laser deposition, electron beam, etc), and molecular beam epitaxy. In addition,
different techniques for enhancing the physical properties of materials will be covered. This will include post-laser treatments,
metal induced crystallization, thermal treatments, etc.
Cross-listed
Same as MENG 5231.
Description
This course introduces students to the basics of chemistry at the nanoscale, and would entail a general introduction to the nano
world; physico-chemical considerations for properties at the nanoscale (band structures, typical and useful "nano effects" etc...);
basic synthesis and fabrication methods for nano structures (top-down and bottom up approaches).
Cross-listed
CHEM 5205
Description
The course will discuss various aspects of management and economics of nanotechnology. It would include: (1)
Nanotechnology's role in society and particularly within a fast changing world. (2) Nanotechnology is the next big driver of
wealth creation within corporations and countries. (3) Product and Production Nanotechnologies, (4) Enhancing creativity and
managing innovation in the context of nanotechnology. (5) Nanotechnology Life Cycles (The Curves of Technological Progress,
Nanotechnology & Market Interactions and Products & Process Life Cycles)
Prerequisites
PHYS 4042 or equivalent.
Description
Fundamental concepts of quantum mechanics including the harmonic oscillator, the hydrogen atom, electron spin and addition of
angular momentum. Qualitative and approximation methods in quantum mechanics, including time-independent and time-
dependent perturbation theory, variational methods, scattering and semiclassical methods. Applications are made to atomic,
molecular and solid matter. Systems of identical particles including many electron atoms and the Fermi gas.
Cross-listed
Same as PHYS 5043.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
647
NANO 521/5221 - MEMS/NEMS Technology and Devices (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
Consent of instructor.
Description
Basic MEMS/NEMS fabrication technologies, various transduction mechanisms such as piezoelectric, pyroelectric,
thermoelectric, thermionic, piezoresistive, etc. The theory of operation of few sensors including infrared detectors, radiation
sensors, rotation and acceleration sensors, flow sensors, pressure and force sensors, and motion sensors. An introduction to
different techniques for analyzing experimental data.
Cross-listed
Same as PHYS 5277,RCSS 5242 .
When Offered
Offered in fall
Description
This course will cover three main topics namely: Near-equilibrium transport in the presence of small gradients in the
electrochemical potential or temperature, with or without the application of a small magnetic field.Physics of carrier scattering
and how the microscopic scattering processes are related to macroscopic relaxation times and mean-free-paths. High-field
transport in bulk semiconductors and "non-local" transport in sub-micron devices.
Cross-listed
Same as PHYS 5236.
Description
This course is designed to provide fundamental understanding of emerging nanocomposite materials science and technology. The
topical areas to discuss include synthesis of various nanoscale reinforcements, such as nanowires, nanotubes, and inorganic
nanoparticles; fabrication and processing techniques of nanocomposites; dispersion of nanoreinforcements; interfacial adhesion;
mechanical and functional properties of nanocomposites including gas/moisture barrier characteristics, electrical and magnetic
properties, thermal properties and flame retardancy; molecular dynamic simulations; design and applications of nanocomposites.
Description
This course will focus on advanced electrochemical energy conversion and storage systems including fuel cells, lithium-ion
batteries, and supercapacitors; Hydrogen storage; Advanced thermal storage . Through the journey in this course, students are
anticipated to understand why and how these systems are advantageous in renewable energy applications.
Cross-listed
Same as MENG 5234.
Prerequisites
NANO 5205
Description
This course addresses the synthesis and chemical properties of the different categories of nanostructures such as carbon
648
NANOubes/nanorods/ etc..., fullerenes, colloids, Self-assembled monolayer structures (SAMs), dendrimers and other
macromolecules, oxide and inorganic nanotubes/fibers/rods/etc. For each category examples of applications would be giving to
demonstrate the applicability of the properties discussed.
Cross-listed
CHEM 5241
Prerequisites
NANO 5205
Description
This course addresses the fundamentals of electrochemistry, and their application to the synthesis of nanostructures, together with
applications (e.g. sensors, fuel cells, batteries, electrolysis, photovoltaic cells, reduction of carbon dioxide, environmental
remediation, water disinfection, ect...). Characterization and analysis techniques would also be addressed.
Cross-listed
CHEM 5242
Description
This course covers the use of nanotechnology in studying the particle shape, size and composition of conventional and advanced
construction materials on a sub micro level. The correlation between the nano level characteristics and the mechanical properties
as well as the durability of the materials is studied. Composition and arrangement of crystalline structures and chemical
composition of materials are examined to yield materials of superior properties.
Description
The course employs nanotechnology to study submicro cracks, flaws and damage indications in structures through examining the
materials used. The course aims at providing early prediction of the life time of structures and nano-based prediction of the
damage patters and hence around decision on repair intervention and the technique used.
Prerequisites
Graduate standing in engineering and physics. Electromagnetics, vector algebra, differential equations, and MATLAB
programming.
Description
This course covers crystal structures, band gap theory, ionic equilibrium theory, fundamentals of carrier transport, compound
semiconductors III-V. This course will make special emphasis on the properties of various types of junctions (p-n junctions,
heterojunctions, metal-semiconductor junctions) leading to various electronic devices such as field effect transistors (FETs),
metal oxide-semiconductor FETS (MOSFETs), high electron mobility transistors (HEMTs), etc. Short Channel effects and
nanoscale phenomena will be emphasized throughout the course and their impact on device modeling in analog and digital
circuits.
Cross-listed
Same as ECNG 5210
649
Description
The objective of this course is to provide the students with the knowledge of designing emerging nanoelectronic devices and
using these devices to build future computing systems. After an introduction to CMOS devices and circuits, the course will cover
CMOS design and simulation topics. More attention will be paid to the applications of these devices in the implementation of
future computers. The memory and logic architectures that take advantage of the properties of the emerging devices will be
discussed. Particularly, signal integrity and timing issues, as well as power consumption will be emphasized.
Cross-listed
Same as ECNG 5218.
Description
This course covers the use of various nanostructures for ultrasensitive detection of DNA, bacteria and viruses. Recent techniques
for detection of single biomolecules that offers superior advantages over the conventional bulk measurements will also be
presented. This course will also cover the use of different nanoparticles such as nanocrystals and gold nanoparticles for optical
imaging, as hyperthermia agents for cancer therapy, and the development of smart drug delivery nanocarriers.
Cross-listed
BIOT 5271
Prerequisites
Consent of the faculty advisor.
Description
Topics to be chosen every year according to specific interests. Maybe taken for credit more than once if content changes.
Description
Seminar on research topics, research methodology and thesis writing. The seminars given by invited speakers include topics on
the economic impact of nanoscale sciences and nanotechnology, nano-industry and nano-enterpreneurship.
Prerequisites
NANO 5940
Description
Seminars on research topics given by invited speakers that includes health and environmental impact of nanotechnology. In
addition, seminars are given by the enrolled students on their research work.
Prerequisites
NANO 5940
Description
Consultation on problems related to student thesis
Must be taken at least twice for credit.
650
Description
The course will cover: Maxwell's equations, light-matter interaction, dispersion, EM properties of nanostructures, etc., Photonic
crystals Photonic crystal fibers, Photonic nanocircuits Metal optics, manipulating light with plasmonic nanostructures, plasmonic
nano-sensors, near-field optics, metamaterials, negative refractive index and super-resolution.
Description
Lectures will include: materials for biomedical applications and their biocompatibility; design at a molecular scale of materials
used in contact with biological systems, including biotechnology and biomedical engineering; methods for biomaterials surface
modification and characterization. Other topics include analysis of protein adsorption on biomaterials; tissue and organ
regeneration; design of implants and prostheses based on control of biomaterials-tissue interactions; drug delivery, and cell-
guiding surfaces.
Cross-listed
Same as MENG 5235.
Prerequisites
NANO 5205
Description
Review of the field of nanoprous materials. Synthesis, characterization and surface modification. Adsorption and separation
processes, biological and catalytic applications. Nanoporous materials for the removal of pollutants in the gaseous and liquid
phases.
Cross-listed
CHEM 6240
Description
This course covers the characterization and reactivity of nanoscale catalysts. Concept of nanocatalysis. Reaction Engineering.
Modeling in Nanocatalysis. Nanocatalytic membranes for gas to liquid conversion. Nanocatalysis for dehydrogenation of
hydrocarbons. Charge transport in Molecular and Nanoscale systems. Synthesis of Nanoceramic catalysts by chemical and
physical routes.
Description
Consultation on problems related to student thesis. To be taken 11 times for credit.
Prerequisites
CHEM 1005
Description
Basic concepts of Geology; Uniformatization, Geologic Time, Plate Tectonics, Rocks and Minerals (Igneous, Sedimentary and
Metamorphic), Minerals, Origin of Sedimentary particles, Sedimentary Transport, Depositional Environments (Continental,
Transitional and Marine), Sedimentary Facies, Lithification, classification of sedimentary rocks, Mechanical behavior of the
651
rocks, Stratigraphy (correlation, superposition, unconformity, faunal succession and relative age), Structure, folds and its types,
faulting and their types.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
This course can only be offered to students matriculated before fall 2015.
Prerequisites
PENG 2011 or concurrent.
Description
Introduction to physical properties of the Earth's materials. Identification of rock forming minerals. Macroscopic description and
identification of rocks. Brief introduction to microscopic methods used in identification of the different types of rocks; mode of
preservation and identification of fossils and their significance to petroleum geology; topographic and subsurface maps; contour
maps and cross sections and finally, introduction to remote sensing techniques.
Notes
This course can only be offered to students matriculated before fall 2015.
Prerequisites
ENGR 1001
Description
Overview and history of the petroleum industry and petroleum engineering; nature of oil and gas reservoirs, exploration and
drilling, formation evaluation, well completions and production, surface facilities, reservoir mechanics, improved oil recovery;
overview of refining, petrochemical industry and downstream processing of oil and gas.
Prerequisites
PHYS 1021 and MACT 2123 .
Description
Electric circuit theory; Three-phase systems; circuit analysis; electrical insulation; electrical measurements; energy conversion;
induction motors, switchgear and substation apparatus, electric heating, Acoustics.
When Offered
Offered in fall or spring.
Notes
This course can only be offered to students matriculated before fall 2015.
Prerequisites
MACT 1122 and SCI 2005 or concurrent
Description
Principles of plane surveying, methods of measuring distances, angles and difference in heights (levels), traverse computations,
earthwork computations surveying fundamentals, survey mathematics, introduction to leveling, contouring, are and volume
computations, rig positioning and leveling, pipeline undulations, reservoir locating and coordinates.
652
When Offered
Offered in fall or spring.
Prerequisites
CHEM 1005 and ENGR 2122 or concurrent.
Description
Structure & properties of materials; Metals; Ceramics; Plastics; Phase Equilibria; Structure/Properties relationship; Materials
Selection; Performance of materials in oil environment.
When Offered
Offered in fall or spring.
Notes
This course can only be offered to students matriculated before fall 2015.
Prerequisites
PENG 2013 or concurrent
Description
Exploration geoscience, with an emphasis on applying current concepts, methods, and technologies on, basin analysis, sequence
stratigraphy, petroleum systems modeling, seismic processing and interpretation, borehole imaging, and bid analysis in
depositional basins.
When Offered
Offered in fall or spring.
Prerequisites
PENG 3011 and ENGR 2122 .
Description
Core retrieving, handling and preparation, measurements of the Rock Porosity, permeability, saturation, electric properties,
compressibility, and rock mechanics, surface tension, wettability, capillary pressure, relative permeability, formation damage,
evaluation and remediation, flow units, concept and definition.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Prerequisites
PENG 3021 and PENG 3211 or concurrent
Description
Lab safety and core plug preparation, measurements of porosity, gas and liquid permeabilities, saturation, electrical properties of
the rock, Dean stark and retort, surface tension (Amott Test), wettability, capillary pressure calculation, relative permeability,
PVT analysis.
653
When Offered
Offered in spring or fall.
Prerequisites
PENG 2413.
Description
Geomechanics and effective wellbore placement, formation pressure, fracture pressure, threads and couplings, drilling fluids, rig
types and basic systems, rig application ranges, drilling hazards and safety, well control, rig hydraulics, casing design, cementing
design, drill bits type and analysis.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
PENG 3111 or concurrently.
Description
Mud program design, tests, and rheology, well control simulation, bits dulling, bits selection.
When Offered
Offered in fall or spring.
Prerequisites
ENGR 2122 and PENG 3011.
Description
Petroleum fluid properties, gas behavior, application of deviation factor to ideal gas law, fundamentals of phase behavior: bubble
point and dew point curves, retrograde, characterizing the reservoir fluid, properties of reservoir fluids: formation volume factor,
viscosity, solution gas-oil ratio, API gravity, specific gravity; and estimating gas, oil, and water properties from correlations,
equations of state to predict PVT properties, applications of numerical methods and software, lab is to demonstrate
PVT experiments and emphasize the concepts of petroleum fluid behavior under reservoir and surface conditions.
Prerequisites
PENG 3211 and PENG 3021
Description
Fluid flow in porous media, reservoir energies, deriving mechanisms, diffusivity equation solutions, reservoir types and
characterization, MBE for oil and gas reservoirs, DCA for reservoirs, Coning and residual saturations, and introduction to
pressure transient.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
654
Prerequisites
PENG 3215 .
Description
Overview of the Diffusivity Equation for Well Test Analysis, Well Test Analysis (Build up and Draw down well testing);
Variable Rate Testing; Well Interference Testing; Gas Well Testing, Design of Well Tests, drillstem (DST) test, multiple-well
test, pressure derivative analysis.
When Offered
Offered in spring
Prerequisites
PENG 3221 or concurrently.
Description
Data Analysis and Modeling Exercises using the state of the art well testing software.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Prerequisites
PENG 3215 .
Description
Phase Behavior of Multicomponent Systems; Differential and Flash Vaporization, gas reservoir deliverability, material-balance
calculations and decline curve analysis, gas flow measurement, dehydration and gas sweetening processes, hydrate control.
When Offered
Offered in fall or spring.
Prerequisites
PENG 3021
Description
Introduction to modern well logging methods, petrophysical investigation of rocks in place, well to well correlations, qualitative
and quantitative interpretation of well logs, cased hole logs, and core-log integration, running commercial software for
petrophysical analyses.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
PENG 3111
Description
655
Introduction and definition of well completion and workover, Types of completions and pros and cons of each type (OH, CH, CH
cemented, Linear, ....etc), Surface (SWHs) and Downhole components of completions (equipment) (tbg, packers, bridge plugs,
SSDs, SSSV, SCSSV, ...etc) including the tubing design calculations, Coiled tubing/Wireline and coiled tubing operations,
Stimulation (frac, acidizing and acid fracs), carbonate and sandstone acidizing, Perforation, Sand control/gravel pack, Formation
damage, Workover fluid, Design completion of directional wells, Well completion economics, Lift systems.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
PENG 3310
Description
Pressure Draw Down and productivity; Flow regime in vertical and Horizontal Pipes; Off Shore and Deep Water Production,
Well Inflow Performance; Naturally Flowing Wells; Vertical lift performance, Multiphase flow; Gas separation, Emulsions and
Inhibitors; Field Measurements, analysis of the production systems using the state of the art software, nodal analysis.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Prerequisites
PENG 3311.
Description
Oil and gas gathering systems, gas separation and treatment, crude emulsion and desalting treatment, multistage separation,
surface facilities sizing, treatment facilities design and sizing, transportation of crude and gas, classification and fractionation of
crudes.
Prerequisites
ENGR 2122 and CHEM 1005
Description
Fundamental Concepts and Definitions; Properties of Pure Substances; First and Second Law of Thermodynamics; Reversed
Cycles; Reversibility and Entropy; Vapor and Gas Power Cycles.
When Offered
Offered in fall or spring.
Prerequisites
PHYS 1011 and PENG 3411
Description
Steady and Unsteady State Conduction, Forced and Natural convection, Radiation Heat Transfer and Solar Radiation, Heat
Exchangers.
656
When Offered
Offered in spring
Notes
This course can only be offered to students matriculated before fall 2015.
Prerequisites
ENGR 2122 and PENG 3413
Description
Basic energy calculations; material, mass, and energy balance; reaction rates during chemical transformations in energy systems.
Energy storage; Regeneration.
When Offered
Offered fall or spring.
Notes
This course can only be offered to students matriculated before fall 2015.
Prerequisites
CHEM 1005 ,PENG 2415 and PENG 3411
Description
Corrosion theory; types of Corrosion; Oxidation; Wagner's theory; gas solid reactions; Creep; Fatigue; Stress Corrosion; Hot
Corrosion; Inspection; Corrosion and Oxidation Protection of Pipe Lines and Drilling equipment.; Underwater Protection.
When Offered
Offered in fall or spring.
Notes
This course can only be offered to students matriculated before fall 2015.
Prerequisites
PENG 2411 and PENG 3420
Description
Principles of electrochemical conversion; Hydrogen production; Chemical and physical storage; Multicomponent storage
systems; Efficiency of hydrogen energy; Principles of fuel cell technology; Fuel Reforming; types and design of fuel cells; fuel
cell materials; efficiency and emissions.
When Offered
Offered fall or spring.
Notes
This course can only be offered to students matriculated before fall 2015.
657
Prerequisites
PENG 3021 and PENG 3022
Description
Petroleum traps; seeps; preliminary surface studies; Geological surveys; Gravity surveys; Magnetic surveys; Seisemic reflection
surveys; Seisemic refraction surveys.
Prerequisites
PENG 3111 and PENG 3215
Description
Rock mechanics in horizon/high deviation wells, directional drilling navigation systems, arctic drilling, offshore drilling systems,
wellbore surveying technologies, anti-collision, well control for deviated sections, drilling problems and management of deviated
sections, BHA design for deviated sections.
When Offered
Offered in fall
Prerequisites
PENG 4121 .
Description
Definition and functions of drilling fluids, drilling fluid chemistry and rheology, drilling fluid design for carbonates, sandstone
and shales, drilling fluid additives and chemicals, clay structure and shale problems, loss control material for complete loss
circulation, types of mud systems and their characteristics, mud behavior at HPHT wells, calculation related to drilling fluid,
hydraulics, mud surface equipment's, and contaminations, hole problem in related to drilling fluid, formation damage and hole
instability, mud design, mud selection, completion and workover fluid, air drilling in correlation with drilling fluid, smart fluid
and nano-technology.
Prerequisites
PENG 4121
Description
Drilling and completion of HPHT wells, casing drilling, dual gradient, UBD and MPD; covering equipment, types, drilling fluids
(air, mist, foam, etc...), flow drilling, mud cap drilling, hydraulics computations, tubular design.
Prerequisites
ENGR 3202 and PENG 3221
Description
Reservoir simulation fundamentals, Reservoir modeling approach, Reservoir modeling types, Model design concepts, Single well
658
model, Sector model, Cross-sectional model, Full-field model, Data required for a simulation study, Static Model, Initialization
phase, History matching, Prediction phase, Interpreting simulation results, Performance prediction, Reservoir optimization based
on economic analysis, Case studies and exercises using reservoir simulation software. Dynamic analysis using Petrel reservoir
engineering. Set up simulation case in Petrel and Eclipse, gridding, fluid model (PVT), well design, well flow controls, history
match analysis, and volume calculation.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
PENG 3215
Description
Fundamentals of enhanced oil recovery; Immiscible displacement, fractional flow and frontal advance; Overview of water
flooding, patterns, mobility ratio and Recovery Efficiencies; water flooding reservoir heterogeneity, Stiles Method, Dykstra-
parsons method, Craig-Geffen & Mors Method; polymer flooding, surfactant flooding, miscible gas flooding and thermal EOR,
microbial EOR, technical challenges and futures techniques.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Prerequisites
PENG 3311 and ENGR 3222
Description
Analysis of investment projects, reserves, depletion, regional and global legislation and taxation regulations; Evaluation of cost
and risk per each decision versus time and consequences, comparing international contracting and bidding types, operational risk
analysis.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Prerequisites
PENG 3227
Description
Integrated reservoir characterization and design experience for senior students in petroleum engineering, geology and geophysics;
includes using geophysical, geological, petro physical, and engineering data; emphasis on reservoir description (reservoir and
well data analysis and interpretation), reservoir modeling (simulation), reservoir management (production optimization), and
economic analysis (property evaluation).
Prerequisites
PENG 3215
659
Description
Unconventional resources; heavy oil and gas from low-permeability sandstones, fractured shales, coal bed, and hydrate;
emphasizing resources, geologic and geographic occurrences, recovery technology and their economics.
Prerequisites
PENG 3311
Description
Pipe line transport, pipe line design, calculation of the pressure drop through the pipes, fittings, valves, and bends, pipe line
construction, pumping and boosting stations, gas transmission lines, metering, pipe line automation, tanker and railroad
transportation, pipeline safety, regulations, specifications of the pipeline for onshore and offshore networks, examples of
international pipelines, pipeline operations and maintenance, crude oil storage type, temporary storage of crude oil, crude oil
stock calculations.
When Offered
Offered every other semester.
Prerequisites
PENG 3311
Description
Overview of production enhancement methods; Artificial lift design for ESP, gas lift, hydraulic jet pump, progressive cavity
pump, rod pump screening criteria and modeling.
Prerequisites
PENG 3420
Description
Type and evaluation of crude, petroleum processing, material and energy balance, physical separation, distillation, absorption,
cracking, reforming, chemical refining, sweetening, processing of petroleum gases, lubricating oil, refining schemes, refining
equipment's.
Notes
This course can only be offered to students matriculated before fall 2015.
Prerequisites
PENG 4320
Description
Matrix acidizing and hydraulic fracturing (proppant and acid fracturing). Design and execution of acidizing and hydraulic
fracturing treatments. Estimation of stimulated well performance. Reservoir inflow, formation damage, skin estimation and well
stimulation.
660
PENG 462/4421 - Renewable and Alternative Energy (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
PENG 3415 and PENG 3421
Description
Principles of Renewable and Alternative Energy Systems: Wind, Solar, Biogas, Geothermal, Fuel Cells, and Hydrogen
Technologies. Economic Aspects; Efficiency; Introduction to Nuclear Energy. Connection to Grid, Smart Grids and
intermittency, Market liberalization.
When Offered
Offered in fall or spring.
Notes
This course can only be offered to students matriculated before fall 2015.
Prerequisites
PENG 4421
Description
Conversion of fossil, nuclear, biomass to fuel; Electrochemical conversion in fuel cells and photovoltaics; Criteria determining
efficiency of energy conversions; Materials for energy applications including membranes, catalysis, electrodes, supercapacitors,
and semi conductors.
When Offered
Offered fall or spring.
Notes
This course can only be offered to students matriculated before fall 2015.
Prerequisites
PENG 2411 PENG 3415 and PENG 3420
Description
Energy use and energy patterns in modern society; Resource estimates; Engineering analysis of energy systems; Managing
carbon emissions; Environmental impact and protection, Environmental remediation technologies. Supply and Demand of
energy; Energy Scenarios and modeling; Energy Policy and Auditing; Sustainable development.
When Offered
Offered in fall or spring.
Notes
This course can only be offered to students matriculated before fall 2015.
Prerequisites
PENG 3415
Description
661
Air Pollution; Water Pollution; Chemical Pollution, Combustion Emissions; Toxicity, and Poisoning; Environmental
Management; Environmental Hazards; Industrial Pollution; Safety; Regional and Global Regulations and Certifications.
Biologica Oxygen Demand, Health and Safety, Oil spills and disasters, selected Case Studies.
When Offered
Offered every other semester.
Notes
This course can only be offered to students matriculated before fall 2015.
Prerequisites
PENG 3413 and PENG 3420
Description
Underground Hydrologic Cycle; Aquifers; Ground Water Movements; Flow Lines and Flow Nets; Steady and Unsteady State
Flow; Flow Problems; Oil Field Waters; Corrosion and Microbiological Problems; Scales and Sludge; Water Treatment and
Disposal; Well Injection.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Notes
This course can only be offered to students matriculated before fall 2015.
Prerequisites
PENG 2411 ,PENG 3415 and PENG 3420
Description
Technologies employed to reduce CO2, CH4, and soot emissions from energy utilization; Advantages and limitations of
technologies applied to reduce energy emissions; Efficient use of energy; Catalytic conversion; Greenhouse challenges;
Emerging greener technologies; Capture and storage of CO2 ; Emissions from nuclear power; Reforming; Sulphur and sulphur
scrubbers; Climate changes and green house gases; Energy efficiency in combating emissions NOFA (non fossil fuel agreements)
Kyoto and beyond.
When Offered
Offered fall or spring.
Notes
This course can only be offered to students matriculated before fall 2015.
Prerequisites
PENG 3415 and PENG 4421
Description
Introduction to nuclear engineering; Global and nationals energy requirements; Radioactivity; Atomic models; Fission and fusion
reactor concepts; Neutron diffusion theory; Radiation protection and safety.
662
When Offered
Offered fall or spring.
Notes
This course can only be offered to students matriculated before fall 2015.
Prerequisites
PENG 4511 or (CHEM 3003 and CHEM 3522)
Description
Ethylene and propylene production, petrochemical products, thermoplastics, thermosetting resins, fertilizers from natural gas, gas
to liquid processes, equipment design and calculations.
Notes
This course can only be offered to PENG students matriculated before fall 2015 or to CHEM students.
PENG 480/4920 - Independent Studies in Petroleum and Energy Engineering (1-3 cr.)
Prerequisites
Consent of instructor and department chair on the basis of a well-defined proposal.
Description
Independent study in various problem areas of Petroleum and Energy Engineering may be assigned to individual students or
groups. May be repeated for credit if content changes. Readings assigned and frequent consultations held.
Prerequisites
Senior standing.
Description
Petroleum Topics chosen from: Petroleum or Gas exploration, drilling production, simulation, recovery, and gas liquefaction.
Field study including assessment, evaluation, feasibility and economic studies will be required.
Energy Topics chosen from: Alternative Energy resources including solar, wind, biomass, fuel cells, nuclear or geothermal
energy. Field study including assessment, evaluation, feasibility and economic studies will be required.
When Offered
Offered fall and spring.
Prerequisites
A minimum of 12 credits of PENG courses
Description
Each student is required to spend a minimum of eight weeks of industrial training in Egypt or abroad. A detailed report is
presented and evaluated.
When Offered
Offered fall and spring.
663
PENG 490/4980 - Senior Project I (1cr.)
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: Senior standing.
Description
A capstone project. Topics are selected by groups of students and approved by faculty advisor. Topics must be related to applied
industrial problems using an integrated engineering approach.
When Offered
Offered fall and spring.
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: Senior standing and PENG 4980
Description
Continuation of the capstone project. Oral presentation and report submission required.
When Offered
Offered fall and spring.
Prerequisites
Graduate Seminar I ( BIOT 5940 ,CHEM 5940 ,CSCE 5940 ,ENGR 5940 ,NANO 5940 , RCSS 5940 )
Description
All Ph.D. students should attend a common class. This class will be a series of general lectures having a broad
interdisciplinary nature.
Each student should give a presentation in this series on a topic that shows how his/her capability of dealing with more
than one discipline.
The student will be evaluated based on:
o Reports submitted at the end of each class.
o The quality of the presentation and the extent of diversity.
The first four lectures Will be given by faculty members or renowned researchers conducting diverse interdisciplinary
research. This will give the students guidance on how to select their topics and how to link to other disciplines.
The maximum number of students who can register in the Ph.D. seminar must not exceed 10.
The Ph.D. seminar will be offered only once every academic year.
Prerequisites
ENGR 5204 or equivalent.
Description
Learn how to plan, design and conduct experiments efficiently and effectively, and analyze the resulting data to obtain objective
conclusions. Both design and statistical analysis issues are discussed. This course is intended for practical researchers and
664
scientists from a variety of fields such as engineering, physics, chemistry, biotechnology, and biology. Applications from various
fields of engineering, physics, chemistry, and biotechnology will be illustrated throughout the course. Computer software
packages (Design-Expert, Minitab) to implement the methods presented will be illustrated extensively, and you will have
opportunities to use it for homework assignments and the term project.
Prerequisites
Graduate Seminar I (BIOT 5940,CHEM 5940 ,CSCE 5940 ,ENGR 5940 ,NANO 5940 ,RCSS 5940 ).
Description
All Ph.D. students should attend a common class. This class will be a series of general lectures having a broad
interdisciplinary nature.
Each student should give a presentation in this series on a topic that shows how his/her capability of dealing with more
than one discipline.
The student will be evaluated based on:
o Reports submitted at the end of each class.
o The quality of the presentation and the extent of diversity.
The first four lectures Will be given by faculty members or renowned researchers conducting diverse interdisciplinary
research. This will give the students guidance on how to select their topics and how to link to other disciplines.
The maximum number of students who can register in the Ph.D. seminar must not exceed 10.
The Ph.D. seminar will be offered only once every academic year.
Description
In this course we read philosophy in class, and therefore read it together. This classroom experience is learning to read in a new
way, a careful way, the way of philosophy. Reading together, we open ourselves to understanding also in a new way. This course
will not only prepare students for PHIL 2100 , but also for any other course in philosophy that is based on the capacity to read, to
interpret, and then to write philosophy.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Description
Course addressing broad intellectual concerns and accessible to all students, irrespective to major.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Description
Informal logic aims to analyze and improve argumentation and reasoning as they occur in everyday life, to identify logical
fallacies, and to critically examine common techniques of persuasion. The course examines logically valid forms and rules of
inference, introduces deductive and inductive methods in ancient and modern logic, and elaborates the nature of definitions,
categories and judgments.
665
When Offered
Offered in alternate years.
Description
Course addressing broad intellectual concerns and accessible to all students, irrespective of major.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
RHET 1100 or concurrent (for students enrolled prior to Fall 2013).
RHET 1010 (for students enrolled in Fall 2013 or later)
Description
This course concerns the human desire to know. It is, therefore, a course in learning how to understand and how to be understood.
It teaches students to listen to what others say, interpret what others have written, and take responsibility for one's own words.
This is accomplished through reading texts of great intellectual distinction, patiently practising the art of interpretation without
easy answers, and carrying out a sustained effort to write thoughtfully. This course encourages students to think independently,
responsibly, and critically.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Description
What is self ? What do we mean by 'consciousness' or 'personal identity' ? Is the self a social being, or is it an entity within
society that stands apart from it ? Through selected readings drawn from the meeting-points and confrontations between
philosophy and fields such as psychology, anthropology and sociology, this course investigates the nature of the self and its place
within that plurality of selves we call society.
When Offered
Offered in alternate years.
Description
Many religions include an intellectual and theoretical component that can be investigated independently of the religion itself.
This course examines and clarifies some themes that arise from the rational investigation of the intellectual component of
religion. Topics may include: reason and religious belief, proofs of the existence of God, the nature of religious language, the
problem of evil, mysticism as a form of knowledge, and theological paradoxes (omnipotence, omniscience and free will, etc.)
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
666
Description
This course introduces moral philosophy, the attempt to provide systematic explanations of standards for human conduct. Can we
determine what the right thing is for us to do? How does society set its normative rules? How is a normative discourse possible?
Selected texts provide the relevant context in which these questions will be examined.
When Offered
Offered in alternate years.
Description
The social sciences do not consist simply of the application of the methodology of modern natural science to the study of society,
but instead are grounded in philosophy, both historically and thematically. This course presents the basic philosophy and
presuppositions from which the social sciences operate. The course is especially for students who major or minor in a social
science and who need a philosophic background as a context in which the social sciences can be properly understood.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Description
The goal of this course is to introduce students to the wider context of philosophy beyond the West. Philosophical issues and
methodologies will be discussed as they have been addressed by classical philosophical texts and eminent philosophers of
Eastern traditions.
This course will offer an advanced introduction to philosophical thinking using this broader historical scope. Topics covered may
include issues of ethics and action, knowledge and awareness, reality, truth, and value.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Description
In this course we engage and explore various philosophical accounts of human nature. What are the unique features of the human
being? Ever since Aristotle defined man as a rational animal, as the animal with language, or as a political animal, there have
been various attempts at defining what is specifically human. Other philosophers have emphasized, in addition to rationality and
an interest in public life, the religious dimension of human beings. These considerations lead to further questions: What is the
good life, and what role do reason and passion play in it? Are human beings essentially selfish, or are we 'hard-wired' for
altruism? This course comes to grips with these fundamental philosophical issues from a variety of places and periods.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Description
This course is an introduction to the history of political philosophy and addresses dominant issues central to political thinking in
the Western tradition. Themes may include the question of justice, the exercise of power, the meaning of democracy, the freedom
and rights of the individual, the circumstances of revolution, the roots of authority, and the role of violence. Course readings are
drawn from figures such as Plato, Aristotle, Machiavelli, Hobbes, Locke, Rousseau, Mill, Kant, Hegel, Nietzche, and Marx.
667
When Offered
Offered in alternate years.
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: Two philosophy courses or consent of instructor.
Description
This course explores some philosophical systems and issues characteristic of the earliest period of philosophy, especially fourth-
century BC Greece. Typical figures discussed might include: Thales, Anaxagoras, Heraclitus, Empedocles, Parmenides, Plato and
Aristotle; and also later figures from the Stoic, Epicurean and Neoplatonic traditions. Topics may include: early natural
philosophy, the riddle of non-being, theories of intelligible form, the good-life theories of knowledge, and the nature of the
human soul.
When Offered
Offered every year.
Prerequisites
Two philosophy courses or consent of instructor.
Description
This course explores some philosophical systems and issues characteristic of the period commonly called the "Middle Ages",
from 500 CE to 1500 CE. Typical figures discussed might include: Augustine, Boethius, al-Farabi, Ibn Sina, Anselm,
Maimonides, Ibn Rushd, Aquinas, Al-Ghazali, John Duns Scotus, William Ockham, and Suarez. Topics may include: reason and
faith, divine command ethics, truth and meaning, theories of human nature, occasionalism, virtues and the soul, the problem of
universals, free will, and illumination and knowledge.
When Offered
Offered every year.
Prerequisites
Two philosophy courses or consent of instructor.
Description
Philosophical progress played an essential role in the historical changes of the Enlightenment and the development of industrial
society. This course focuses on some of the major schools and figures of Modern thought, which include Rationalists such as
Descartes and Leibniz, Empiricists such as Locke and Hume, and/or pivotal thinkers such as Bacon, Rousseau, Hegel, Kant, and
Marx.
When Offered
Offered every year.
Prerequisites
Two philosophy courses or consent of instructor.
Description
The twentieth century has been marked above all by a focus on issues of language and the constitution of meaning. This course
668
will examine representative thinkers drawn from one or both of the traditions of analytic and continental philosophy.
When Offered
Offered every year.
Description
The course introduces the theme of beauty and issues of aesthetic value. Examples are drawn from areas such as literature, music,
the plastic arts, and architecture.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Prerequisites
Two philosophy courses or consent of instructor.
Description
This course examines how nineteenth century philosophers reacted to the Enlightenment's faith in reason: Whereas earlier
nineteenth century thinkers believed that all aspects of reality and human experience could be explicated with a rationalistic
'system', this faith in reason became increasingly undermined by the belief that a more adequate insight is provided by non-
rational 'feeling' and/or aesthetic experience. The course will also explore the 'historical turn' in nineteenth century philosophy.
Figures discussed might include: Reinhold, Fichte, Schelling, Hegel, Schopenhauer, Comte, Feuerbach, Mill, Kierkegaard, Marx,
Nietzsche, and Bergson.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
Two philosophy courses or consent of instructor.
Description
What is the nature of knowledge? How can we know? How is science possible? Is knowledge innate or acquired? These are some
of the questions that are examined in the context of selected classical as well as contemporary texts.
When Offered
Offered in alternate years.
Description
Western Civilization has gone to great lengths to 'develop' the 'underdeveloped world'. This course is a critical review of practices
and goals of international development. By concentrating on ethical considerations within the various relevant fields, such as
business, engineering and environmental protection, the students explore the mutual responsibilities in this cooperative
enterprise.
When Offered
Offered in alternate years.
669
PHIL 344/3014 - Literature and Philosophy (3 cr.)
Description
The course concentrates on the intersection of the literary mode with the philosophical quest in Eastern and Western writing.
Students are trained to analyze philosophical myths, tales, poems and dialogues as well as grasp the symbolic structures and
expository techniques of philosophers.
Cross-listed
Same as ECLT 3014.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Repeatable
May be repeated for credit if content changes
Prerequisites
HIST 2203 or ARIC/HIST 3210 or consent of instructor.
Description
A survey of the rational and spiritual dimensions of Arab-Islamic civilization as shown in the thought and ideas of major
theologians, philosophers, and mystics.
Cross-listed
Same as ARIC 3405.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
Two philosophy courses or consent of instructor.
Description
The course examines philosophy in North America, focusing on the central themes of democracy and pragmatism. A guiding
question of the course will be: How is the democratic process embedded in the philosophic enterprise? The views of major
thinkers such as Peirce, James, Royce, Santayana, Dewey, Quine, and Hartshorne will be examined.
Cross-listed
Same as AMST 3016 .
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Description
The relationship between science and technology has become a serious topic of debate. Is technology applied science or is
science itself techno-science? Both have become pervasive facts which have altered human abilities and experiences of the world.
This increase in power brings with it new responsibilities for the creators and users of science and technology. This course will
explore these new powers and attendant obligations upon humanity, other cultures and the environment.
670
When Offered
Offered in alternate years.
Prerequisites
Three Philosophy courses, and the approvals of the instructor and the department chair.
Description
In exceptional circumstances, some students may arrange for independent research projects in specific topics in Philosophy that
are not covered by the course offerings for that academic year.
Prerequisites
Senior level, graduate level, or consent of instructor.
Description
This course deals with questions as to the ultimate reality of the world, e.g., why is there something rather than nothing?
Profound metaphysical questions posed by ancient, modern, and contemporary philosophers will be discussed. Issues may
include Aristotle's Being qua Being, Leibniz' Principle of Sufficient Reason, and Heidegger's Analysis of Being.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
For Undergraduates: PHIL 3010 or consent of instructor.
For Graduates: None.
Description
This course offers in-depth analysis and discussion concerning key texts from the history of aesthetics and/or addressing current
debates in aesthetic theory. Issues covered may include the beautiful and the sublime, classicism and romanticism, tragedy and
the absurd, modernism and post-modernity.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
For Undergraduates: Two philosophy courses or consent of instructor.
For Graduates: None.
Description
This course covers key philosophical themes found in books published since the year 2000. While the popular imagination still
regards Derrida and Foucault as the cutting edge in continental philosophy, different and even opposed trends have arisen over
the course of the past decade. By the end of the semester, students should feel comfortable with major themes of philosophical
debate going on at this very moment.
671
When Offered
Offered occasionally
Prerequisites
Senior level, graduate level, or consent of instructor.
Description
This course will be an in-depth study of a single great work of philosophy and its place in the history of ideas.
When Offered
Offered in alternate years.
Repeatable
May be repeated for credit if the content changes
Prerequisites
Senior level, graduate level, or consent of instructor.
Description
This course is an in-depth study of one great philosophical figure. It is an opportunity to explore the philosophy of the thinker as
a whole concentrating on his/her place in the history of ideas and in history itself.
When Offered
Offered in alternate years.
Repeatable
May be repeated for credit if content changes.
Prerequisites
For Undergraduates: Two philosophy courses or consent of instructor.
For Graduates: None.
Description
This course will explore the theoretical underpinnings of ethical judgments and behavior. It will involve a more complex set of
reading than the Introduction to Ethics and apply ethical theories to particular issues.
When Offered
Offered in alternate years
Prerequisites
For undergraduates: Two philosophy courses.
For graduates: None
Description
Although the emphasis on the importance of a systematic philosophical reflection of language is a characteristic feature of its
672
development in the 20th century which, thus, has been described as taking a 'linguistic turn', the philosophical interest in
language is, nonetheless, almost coeval with the ancient origins of the discipline. As a result of this perennial interest,
philosophers have studied various dimensions of language and the ways in which it is constitutive of the way we conceive of
ourselves, relate to the world, establish and preserve political communities and partake in a shared historical world of meanings
and linguistic practices. This course, consequently, aims at a both historically and systematically informed exploration of these
dimensions of language in its philosophical reflection.
When Offered
Offered occasionally
Prerequisites
Senior level, graduate level, or consent of instructor.
Description
This advanced seminar will focus on contemporary trends in political philosophy with an emphasis on how classical political
texts and problems have served as points of departure for new perspectives. The approaches studied in this course will vary from
semester to semester and may include deliberative democracy, theories of recognition, liberalism, secularism/post-secularism,
cosmopolitanism, and the relationship between politics and aesthetics. Reading may include the work of Arendt, Schmitt,
Agamben, Ranciere, Honneth, Habermas, Rawls, Taylor, Zizek, Fraser, and Foucault.
When Offered
Offered in alternate years.
Prerequisites
Two philosophy courses
Description
This advanced seminar will focus on a particular issue in feminist philosophy. Topics will vary and may include an emphasis on
sex, gender, class, race, embodiment, power, intersectionality, disability, and other contemporary issues relevant to feminism.
Description
Speaking of logic, we do not only mean that science which analyzes the components, forms and grounds of the soundness of
reasoning; we do also refer to a human capacity that comes into play whenever we defend our claims and attack those of others.
Logic, thus, is both: a theory that can be studied and a know-how, governing our practices of argumentation. With that in mind,
philosophers are expected to cultivate their abilities to analyze and critically assess the logical structures of philosophical
arguments. This course, therefore, offers an introduction to syllogistic and symbolic logic with a focus on the argumentative
exigencies of the discipline.
When Offered
offered occasionally
Prerequisites
Senior level, graduate level, or consent of instructor.
673
Description
According to special interest of faculty and students.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Repeatable
May be repeated for credit if content changes.
Description
This course will deal with issues in Ancient Greek and Medieval Philosophy that are relevant for an appreciation of Egypt's
philosophical tradition, as well as for an understanding of the philosophical debates that contributed to the development of
Islamic Philosophy. Special emphasis will accordingly be placed upon the following: Some of the great philosophers who lived
and worked in Egypt (such as Philo Judaeus, Clement of Alexandria, Origen and Moses Maimonides); the history of Platonism
(Plato, Plotinus and the Ancient commentators on Plato and Aristotle working in the schools of Athens and Alexandria); and the
Aristotelian tradition (Aristotle, Alexander of Aphrodisias and Themistius). Because it provides valuable background material for
PHIL 5202 , the course will generally run in the Fall Semester.
Description
This course will survey the classical tradition of Islamic Philosophy. It will constitute a close study of the works of figures such
as Al-Farabi, Ibn Sina, Al-Ghazali, and the Andalusian thinkers such as Ibn Tufayl and Ibn Rushd. Ibn Al-Arabi and the Sufi
tradition, as well as selective writings by Shihab al-Din Suhrawardi and Mulla Sadra, may also be studied. Some consideration
may also be given to the significant status of Islamic Philosophy within the History of Science. Additionally, towards the end of
the course, some contemporary work in the field of Islamic Philosophy may also be considered. Because PHIL 5201 provides
valuable material for PHIL 5202, the latter will generally run in the Spring Semester.
Description
This course will focus upon the transformation of philosophy during the late enlightenment period that was enacted by Immanuel
Kant and which gave rise to what is now known as 'Continental Philosophy.' Kant's works will be studied alongside either those
thinkers by whom he was influenced, such as Leibniz and Hume, or those thinkers upon whom he had an influence, such as
Fichte, Schelling, Hegel and Schopenhauer.
Description
This course will begin by investigating the origins of phenomenology by means of a close reading of key selections from the
work of Husserl. It shall then move on to consider Heidegger's transformation of phenomenology. The work of later
phenomenologists, such as Sartre and Merleau-Ponty, may also be discussed.
Description
Students are required to write a thesis of approximately 15,000 words in length, which should demonstrate the student's ability to
conduct research and write critically and pointedly about a given subject. There will also be a final defense of the finished thesis.
674
Description
A conceptual overview of classical and modern physics. Mechanics, properties of matter, heat, sound, electricity and magnetism,
light, atomic and nuclear physics, relativity theory.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
No credit for Thannawia Amma Math/Science students, or equivalent, or students majoring in any of the departments of the
School of Sciences and Engineering.
Prerequisites
Thanawiya Amma MACT or Science, or IGCSE O-level physics, or German Abitur, or French Baccalaureate, or International
Baccalaureate. Other high school degrees have the option of taking PHYS 1001 and MACT 1111 as prerequisites or passing an
entrance exam in PHYS 1001 .MACT 1121 or concurrent. To be taken concurrently with PHYS 1012
Description
An introduction to classical mechanics covering vectors, applications of Newton's laws, conservation laws and forces, motion in a
plane, circular motion, equilibrium and elasticity, rotational motion, simple harmonic motion, energy and power; mechanical and
sound waves, temperature, heat and the first law of thermodynamics.
When Offered
Offered in fall, spring and summer.
Prerequisites
Concurrent with PHYS 1011
Description
The fundamental quantities of physics are measured through selected experiments in mechanics, heat, and sound. Data are
summarized, errors are estimated, and reports are presented.
Hours
.One three-hour laboratory period
When Offered
Offered in fall, spring and summer.
Prerequisites
PHYS 1011 ,PHYS 1012 ,MACT 1122 or concurrent. Concurrent with PHYS 1022
Description
An introduction to electricity and magnetism covering the electric field, Gauss's law, electric potential, capacitance, dc circuits,
magnetic fields, Faraday's and Ampere's laws, time-varying fields, Maxwell's equations in integral form and alternating currents.
When Offered
Offered in fall, spring and summer.
675
Prerequisites
Concurrent with PHYS 1021
Description
The fundamental quantities of physics are measured through selected experiments in electricity, magnetism, and optics. Data are
summarized, errors are estimated, and reports are presented.
Hours
One three-hour laboratory period
When Offered
Offered in fall, spring and summer.
Description
Course addressing broad intellectual concerns and accessible to all students, irrespective of major.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
PHYS 1021. Co-requisite MACT 2141 .
Description
Introduction to special relativity and quantum physics, experimental basis of relativity, Einstein's Postulates, Lorentz
transformation, relativistic momentum and energy, experimental evidence of quantization, wave-particle duality, and Schrodinger
equation.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
PHYS 2041 or Concurrent
Description
Quantization of electric charge, thermal radiation law, quantization of energy, particle nature of light, spin
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring
Prerequisites
PHYS 1021 and PHYS 2212 concurrent.
Description
Foundation of circuit analysis, AC theory, introduction to semiconductor devices, amplifiers, feedback oscillators.
When Offered
Offered in fall, spring and summer.
676
PHYS 221L/2212 - Electronics Laboratory (2 cr.)
Prerequisites
Concurrent with PHYS 2211 .
Description
Basic experiments in electronics.
When Offered
Offered in fall, spring and summer.
PHYS 222L/2213 - Electronics lab for Computer Scientists & Computer Engineers (1 cr.)
Prerequisites
Concurrent with PHYS 2211
Description
Basic experiments in electronics for the Computer Science & Engineering majors.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
PHYS 1021 and PHYS 2222 concurrent.
Description
Wave phenomena; EM waves, geometrical and physical optics.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
PHYS 2221 or concurrent.
Description
Basic experiments in physical optics with special emphasis on laser optics.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
CSCE 1001 and MACT 2123 .
Description
677
Linear systems of equations and matrices; eigenvalues and eigenvectors; numerical errors; numerical solution of linear and
nonlinear equations; curve fitting; numerical differentiation and integration; numerical solution of ordinary differential equations;
applications in various fields of physics. MATLAB will mostly be used as a programming language in the weekly computer
laboratory sessions.
Hours
Two credits lectures and one credit computer lab.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Prerequisites
PHYS 2041 and MACT 2141
Description
Vector and tensor analysis, statics, kinematics, and dynamics of a particle and system of particles, rigid and deformable bodies;
rotating coordinate systems, Lagrange's and Hamilton's equations with applications.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
PHYS 2221 and MACT 2124
Description
Electric field and potential. Gauss's law; divergence. Conductors, dielectrics and capacitance. Poisson's and Laplace's equations.
Electrostatic analogs. Magnetic field and vector potential. Time varying fields; displacement current. Maxwell's equations in
differential form, Poynting's theorem, Electromagnetic waves in vacuum and in matter
Cross-listed
Same as ECNG 3401.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Prerequisites
PHYS 2041 and MACT 2141
Description
A macroscopic and microscopic study of equilibrium thermal physics, fundamental laws of thermodynamics, and statistical
mechanics applied to various systems.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
678
Prerequisites
PHYS 2041 or concurrent.
Description
Experiments in atomic and nuclear physics.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
PHYS 2041. Junior Standing
Description
Coordinate symmetries, the principle of equivalence and its implications, metric description of a curved spacetime, Geodesic
equation and Einstein field equation, applications of spacetime outside a spherical star, Hubble's law, dark matter, Robertson-
walker metric, the expanding universe and thermal relics, inflation and the accelerated universe.
Prerequisites
PHYS 2222 ,PHYS 2221
Description
Geometric optics: generalized paraxial formulas, matrix formalism of Gaussian optics. Imaging properties of lens systems: lens
combination, the vector nature of light: polarization effects, diffraction effects, superposition of waves: interference, spatial and
temporal coherence length, and multilayer structures.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Prerequisites
PHYS 2041
Description
Classification of materials and their structural characteristics, symmetry and properties of materials, free-electron theory, band
theory, dielectric processes, optical processes in material.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Prerequisites
PHYS 3231
Description
Experiments in solid-state physics and semiconductor devices.
679
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
PHYS 2041 and MACT 3142 .
Description
Stern-Gerlach experiments, operators and measurement, Schrdinger time evolution, quantized energies and particle in potential
wells, unbound states, angular momentum, Hydrogen atom, harmonic oscillator.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Prerequisites
PHYS 4042
Description
Perturbation theory, hyperfine structure and the addition of angular momenta, perturbation of Hydrogen, identical particles, time-
dependent perturbation theory, periodic systems, modern applications of quantum mechanics.
Prerequisites
PHYS 4042
Description
A modern view of the fundamental structure of matter, nuclear structure, nuclear models, nuclear decay and radioactivity, nuclear
reactions; quarks, gluons, leptons; accelerators, particle interactions with matter, detectors; weak, electromagnetic and strong
interactions.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
PHYS 2221 or consent of instructor.
Description
Light sources and transmitters, receivers, laser diodes, LEDs and photodiodes. Electromagnetic mode theory for optical
propagation. Optical fiber measurements: fiber materials, multimode fibers, single-mode fibers. Fabrication, cabling, connectors
and couplers. Optical amplifiers, Erbium-Doped fiber amplifiers. Modulation of light, multiplexing and de-multiplexing, fiber
networking.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
680
PHYS 404L/4225 - Photonics and Optical Communication Laboratory (1 cr.)
Prerequisites
PHYS 4224 or concurrent. Consent of Instructor
Description
Experiments in fiber optics illustrating concepts pertaining to fiber dispersion, attenuation measurements, characterization of light
sources (LEDs and laser diodes) and detectors (photodiodes), optical multiplexing and de-multiplexing, optical and
interferometric sensors.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
PHYS 3231
Description
Fundamental theory and characteristics of elemental and compound semiconductors. Semiconductor technology. P-N junctions
and transistors.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
PHYS 2211 and PHYS 2212
Description
Experiments in semiconductor and electronics technology.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
Consent of instructor
Description
Working principle of a solar cell, fabrication of solar cells, PV module construction and the design of a PV system. The suitable
semiconductor materials, device physics, and fabrication technologies for solar cells are presented. The cost aspects, market
development, and the application areas of solar cells are also presented.
Prerequisites
Consent of the instructor
681
Description
Nanophysics fundamentals, physics nanostructures, thermodynamics of nanostructures, monocrystalline structures, Quantum
nanostructures, Nano optics, nanoplasmonics.
Prerequisites
Consent of the instructor
Description
Atomic structures, basics of energy conversions, fundamental of nanoscience and nanotechnology, wave optics, light-matter
interactions, diffractions and interference, Solar cell physics and design.
Prerequisites
Consent of instructor
Description
Fabrication methods of nanomaterials and nano devices, properties of nanoparticles, nanowires and nanotubes. Electronic
transport in nanostructures, nanoelectronics and nanophotonics, nanomagnetism
Prerequisites
Prerequisites: Junior standing. Consent of instructor.
Description
Experimental techniques for studying thermal, optical, magnetic and electric properties of matter. Low temperature physics: gas
liquefaction, storage of liquefied gases, cryostats for low temperature studies, applied cryogenics.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
Prerequisites: consent of the instructor, senior standing.
Description
In exceptional circumstances some senior physics students, with departmental approval, may arrange to study a selected topic
outside of the regular course offerings. The student and faculty member will select a topic of mutual interest and the student will
be guided in research and readings. The student would demonstrate achievement either by submitting a report or passing an
examination, according to the decision of the supervisor. May be repeated for credit more than once if contents change.
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: Junior standing or consent of instructor.
682
Description
Topics may include Quantum Field Theory, Superconductivity, Laser Physics, Biophysics, and Geophysics. Can be taken more
than once as long as the topic is different
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Repeatable
May be repeated for credit more than once if content changes.
Prerequisites
Senior standing.
Description
A capstone course, essential research methods such as preparing a literature survey, assembling a bibliography, using order of
magnitude estimates and dimensional analysis. Each student selects a topic in his/her field of interest under the supervision of a
faculty member. The student submits a written study plan and delivers a seminar in which this plan is presented for departmental
approval. The approved plan is carried out in the student's Senior Thesis PHYS 4981
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
PHYS 4980
Description
A capstone course. A continuation of PHYS 4980 where the approved study plan from this course is carried out. After finishing
this research project, an oral presentation, defense, and a written thesis are required of each candidate in accordance with the
departmental guidelines.
When Offered
offered in fall and spring
Prerequisites
PHYS 3013 or equivalent.
Description
Variational principles and Lagrange's Equations, central force problem, kinematics and equations of motion of rigid body
problem, oscillations, classical mechanics of the special theory of relativity, Hamiltonian equations of motion, canonical
transformations, Hamilton-Jacobi theory and action-angle variables.
When Offered
Offered in fall
683
Prerequisites
PHYS 3023 or equivalent and PHYS 5061
Description
Boundary value problems in electrostatics: Poisson and Laplace equations, formal solution of electrostatic boundary value
problem with Green function, applications in rectangular, spherical and cylindrical coordinates, multipoles, electrostatics of
macroscopic media, magnetostatics, Faraday's law and quasi-static fields, Maxwell equations, macroscopic electromagnetism and
conservation laws.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Prerequisites
PHYS 502/5023 - Classical Electrodynamics I (3 cr.)
Description
Transmission line theory, Planar transmission lines, Network parameters, Impedance matching circuits, Directional couplers,
Noise in microwave systems, Microwave diodes and transistors, Dielectric resonators, Maximum gain / specified gain / low-noise
/ balanced / distributed / power amplifiers, Diode / transistor / dielectric resonator oscillators, Monolithic microwave integrated
circuits.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Prerequisites
PHYS 3031 or equivalent.
Description
The laws and applications of thermodynamics, Boltzmann transport equation and transport phenomena, classical statistical
mechanics, canonical and grand canonical ensembles, quantum statistical mechanics, ideal Fermi and Bose gases, phase
transitions and critical phenomena.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Prerequisites
PHYS 4042 or equivalent.
Description
Fundamental concepts of quantum mechanics including the harmonic oscillator, the hydrogen atom, electron spin and addition of
angular momentum. Qualitative and approximation methods in quantum mechanics, including time-independent and time-
dependent perturbation theory, variational methods, scattering and semiclassical methods. Applications are made to atomic,
molecular and solid matter. Systems of identical particles including many electron atoms and the Fermi gas.
Cross-listed
Same as NANO 5210.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
684
PHYS 501/5061 - Mathematical Physics (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
MACT 2141 or equivalent.
Description
Vector analysis, coordinate systems, tensor analysis, matrices, group theory, functions of a complex variable: conformal mapping
and calculus of residues, series solutions of differential equations, special functions, partial differential equations of theoretical
physics, separation of variables, nonhomogeneous equations-Green's function, integral transforms, Fourier and Laplace
transforms.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
PHYS 3231 or equivalent.
Description
Classification of solids; preparation and characterization; binding energies; ionic, covalent and metallic bonds; crystallography;
reciprocal lattice; Brillouin zones; vector representation; crystal symmetry and macroscopic properties; tensor formulation;
diffraction in crystalline and amorphous solids; crystal imperfections; point-, linear-, and planar type; effects on properties; origin
of microstructure in crystalline and amorphous solids.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
PHYS 2211 and PHYS 3231 or equivalent.
Description
This is a course about how charge flows in semiconductors with an emphasis on transport in nanoscale devices. The course
consists of three main parts. Part 1 focuses on near- equilibrium transport in the presence of small gradients in the
electrochemical potential or temperature, with or without the application of a small magnetic field. The emphasis in Part 2 is on
the physics of carrier scattering and how the microscopic scattering processes are related to macroscopic relaxation times and
mean-free-paths. Part 3 examines high-field transport in bulk semiconductors and so-called "non-local" transport in sub-micron
devices. The course concludes with a brief introduction to quantum transport. The objective of the course is to develop a broad
understanding of the basic concepts needed to understand modern
electronic devices. It is intended for those who work on electronic devices - whether they are experimentalists, device theorists,
or computationalists.
Cross-listed
Same as NANO 5222 .
When Offered
Offered in fall
685
PHYS 513/5237 - Solid State Physics II (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
PHYS 5235
Description
Semi-classical theory of electron dynamics; classification of solids; failures of the static lattice model; classical and quantum
theories of harmonic crystal: phonons and lattice vibrations; thermal properties of insulators; defects, dislocations and
thermodynamics stability; dielectric properties; phenomena in insulators: excitons, photoconductivity, light amplification, non-
linear optics, luminescence.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Prerequisites
MACT 2141 MACT 3143 or consent of instructor.
Description
Numerical methods for quadrature solution of integral and differential equations, and linear algebra. finite difference methods,
finite element techniques, solving a system of equations. Use of computation and computer graphics to simulate the behavior of
complex physical systems. Monte Carlo simulations.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
Consent of instructor.
Description
Basic MEMS/NEMS fabrication technologies, various transduction mechanisms such as piezoelectric, pyroelectric,
thermoelectric, thermionic, piezoresistive, etc. The theory of operation of few sensors including infrared detectors, radiation
sensors, rotation and acceleration sensors, flow sensors, pressure and force sensors, and motion sensors. An introduction to
different techniques for analyzing experimental data.
Cross-listed
Same as NANO 5221 ,RCSS 5242 .
When Offered
Offered in fall
Prerequisites
PHYS 3052 PHYS 3232 and PHYS 4234 or equivalent.
Description
This course is designed to introduce students to advanced techniques in experimental physics. The emphasis is on self-study of
the phenomena, data analysis, and presentation in journal paper format. Experiments may vary each semester. Examples of
topics: Thin film deposition and characterization, high pressure physics, photonics, solid state techniques, fluid flow
visualization. This course is team-taught through a course coordinator.
686
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: Consent of supervisor, graduate standing.
Description
In exceptional circumstances, some senior graduates with departmental approval may arrange to study beyond the regular course
offerings. Guided reading for research and discussions based on a subject of mutual interest to the student and the responsible
faculty member. The student demonstrates his/her achievement by submitting a report and by passing a subsequent examination.
Notes
Maximum of 3 credit hours of independent studies can be used towards the M. Sc. degree in physics.
Prerequisites
Consent of the faculty advisor.
Description
Topics to be chosen according to specific interests. Maybe taken for credit more than once if content changes.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
Seminars of research topics given by invited speakers. The student must register for this course prior to submitting a thesis topic.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
PHYS 5940
Description
Presentations and discussions of results obtained by the graduate students during research work.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Description
Thesis consultation for qualified students. Two semesters are required, with credit being given each time.
687
Prerequisites
PHYS 5023
Description
Plane electromagnetic waves and wave propagation, waveguides, resonant cavities, radiating systems, multipole fields and
radiation, scattering and diffraction, covariant formulation of electrodynamics, dynamics of relativistic particles and
electromagnetic fields, collisions, energy loss, and scattering of charged particles, Cherenkov and transition radiation, radiation
by moving charges, radiation damping.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
PHYS 4224 or equivalent.
Description
This course will introduce students to a range of passive photonic components; students will gain an understanding of the
fundamentals of how these devices operate and an appreciation of where these components find applications in communications,
energy and sensing systems. Topics covered in this course include: interaction of light with matter; resonator optics; periodic
structures, optical thin films and gratings; photonic band gap materials; waveguides and couplers, Plasmonics and Nanoparticles.
Hands on experience for modeling and design of these devices and structures using photonic software is of prime essential to
illustrate and validates the fundamentals of the course.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
PHYS 5023, PHYS 5242 or equivalent.
Description
Modeling electromagnetic phenomena related to microwave, millimeter, terahertz, and optical frequencies. Fundamentals of
electromagnetic theory, Green's functions in layered media, Integral equation formulation, Method of Moments, The Mode
Matching Method, Finite difference time domain, Variation approaches in electromagnetic and finite element methods, the Beam
propagation method, Spectral Fourier method for periodic structures.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
Consent of the faculty advisor.
Description
Topics to be chosen according to specific interests. May be taken for credit more than once if content changes.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
688
POLS 101/1001 - Introduction to Political Science (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
ENGL 0210
Description
Methods of study and the nature of political phenomena; terminology and conceptual tools; origins, forms, and historical
development of political organization; political institutions and functions; comparison of modern forms of political organization
at the national, local, and international levels.
Description
Course addressing broad intellectual concerns and accessible to all students, irrespective of major, and available for fulfillment of
the primary level Social Sciences requirement in the core curriculum.
Prerequisites
ENGL 0210
Description
This course is reserved for students above the level of their first semester sophomores who wish to major in Political Science, but
cannot be taken if students have already taken POLS 1001 . See the description of POLS 1001 .
Prerequisites
RHET 1000
Description
Course addressing broad intellectual concerns and accessible to all students, irrespective of major
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Repeatable
May be repeated for credit if content changes.
Prerequisites
RHET 1000 , POLS 1001 or POLS 2003
Description
The course is an introductory course intended for students seeking a career in political science-related fields. The key purpose of
the course is to introduce students to main methods of scientific political enquiry. Using existing data sources, qualitative and
quantitative research methods are the main topics to be covered in this course.
POLS 205/2403 - Europe in the Age of Revolution and Reform (1789-1914) (3 cr.)
689
Description
This Course explores Europe's so-called "Long 19th century" from the French Revolution to World War I including many of the
phenomena that came to define the century such as capitalism, nationalism, socialism, feminism and imperialism.
Cross-listed
Same as HIST 2403.
Description
This Course explores major development in European and international socio-economic politics from the end of the 1800's to the
present day. It introduces the key events and trends of this tumultuous century including wars, revolutions, and ideological
movements.
Cross-listed
Same as HIST 2404.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring
Prerequisites
RHET 1000 and POLS 1001 or POLS 2003
Description
Analysis of the thought of the major contributors, from Plato to the present. Fall semester (301): ancient and medieval political
philosophy and the modern break with traditions. Spring semester (302): main currents of modern thought.
When Offered
POLS 3202 Is not Offered in the fall semester.
Prerequisites
RHET 1000 and POLS 1001 or POLS 2003
Description
This course provides an introduction to the analysis of comparative politics, exploring differences in the institutional make-up
and the workings of political systems worldwide. Topics covered include an examination of the key institutions of the state,
executive-legislative relations, the different tiers of government, the media in politics, interest group and party politics and
political transitions.
Prerequisites
RHET 1000 and POLS 1001 or POLS 2003
Description
Formation and implementation of public policy, with attention to the structure, powers, and functions of the presidency, the
bureaucracy, the Congress, and the federal courts and the forces that influence their actions.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
690
POLS 305/3405 - Politics and Society in Contemporary Africa (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
RHET 1000 and 6 hours of social sciences.
Description
Introduction to the social arena within which politics occurs and the political arena which helps to shape society in Africa today.
Focuses on understanding continuity and change in African politics and societies, and sheds light on both the significant potential
of Africa, and the enormous challenges the continent faces.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
RHET 1000 and POLS 1001 or POLS 2003 .
Description
Comparative study of government and ideologies, social stratification, and institutions in the Middle East. Also includes a study
of the problems of modernization and political development.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
RHET 1000 and POLS 1001 or POLS 2003
Description
The government and politics of selected countries in the developing world (Middle East, Africa, Asia, Latin America). Subjects
covered may include the structural and functional characteristics of executive, legislative, and judicial institutions; bureaucracy,
political parties, mass movements, political culture, the role of public opinion, foreign policy.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
RHET 1000 and POLS 1001 or POLS 2003
Description
The collapse of communism and post-communist political and economic developments. Transition to democracy and market
economy. Ethnicity, nationalism and the emergence of nation states. Consideration of the government and politics of selected
countries.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
691
POLS 325/3425 - Government and Politics of Egypt (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
RHET 1000 .
Description
Examination of structure and process of the Egyptian government and political life including: the executive, legislative and
judicial institutions and their powers; the legislative process; executive policy making; electoral processes; parties and interest
groups; and other selected aspects of the interaction between state and society.
POLS 354/3454 - Political and Social Thought in the Modern Arab World (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
RHET 1000
Description
Development of political and social ideologies in the Arab world since the beginning of the twentieth century. Topics will include
the impact of liberal thought on Arab elites, the rise of nationalism, and the emergence of theories of political and social
transformation.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
RHET 1000 and POLS 1001 or POLS 2003
Description
Introduces students to development dilemmas in the "Global South," using a political economy approach. Questions raised
include: What is development? How to measure it? Why are some nations "developed" and others are not? The course covers
theories of Modernization, Dependency, Neo-Liberalism, and Statism, as well experiences of various countries.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
RHET 1000 ,POLS 1001 or POLS 2003 and ECON 2021
Description
Analysis of interconnections between politics and economics, political authority and the market, power and wealth. Survey of
main schools of thought in political economy, their evolution, convergence and divergence. Empirical issues essential to the
understanding of the interaction between politics and economics in today's world will be included.
Prerequisites
RHET 1000
692
Description
Traces the history of political economy and its major schools, covers how different schools conceptualize the mutual
relationships between the economy and politics. Relates these schools to the development of capitalism and the process of
globalization.
Prerequisites
RHET 1000 ,POLS 1001 or POLS 2003 and POLS 2404
Description
The nature of politics among sovereign states: approaches and basic concepts, national power, the balance of power, nationalism
and imperialism, instruments and goals of national policy, real or ideal limitation on international anarchy. Emphasis on
international law and the United Nations, selected topics in contemporary international political history.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
Honors Status, POLS 3201-3202
Description
This course is the capstone seminar for the Department of Political Science's Honors Program. The course familiarizes students
with the genealogy of the discipline of political science, and their place in it, introduces them to a range of authors, texts and
ideas associated with critical social theory and prepares them to write their major research project. The course is only open to
students enrolled in the honors program.
POLS 000/4018 - East- West Dialogue: Cross-Cultural Perceptions and Reflections (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
RHET 2010 and 6 credits at 3000 level in POLS
Description
This course provides a unique opportunity for students at AUC to share their educational experience with students in the west.
The medium for this shared experience will be videoconferences held over the internet with university classes in the United
States and other Western countries. For each videoconference, we will be reading the same texts as the students at our partner
institutions. The videoconferences provide not only the medium for the shared component of the course; they also suggest its
substantive theme. For, while we encounter the apparent cultural other over the internet, we will be exploring with them the
question of our relationship to the other - especially how our perceptions of the other have developed over time and how they
continue to influence the political interaction between "East" and "West" today.
Cross-listed
Same as SEMR 4018
POLS 430/4030 - Seminar: Special Topics in Political Science for Undergraduates (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
RHET 2010 and 6 credit hrs at 3000 level in POLS.
Description
693
Selected topics to be investigated under the guidance of a faculty member.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Repeatable
May be repeated for credit if content changes
Notes
May be offered as a seminar.
Prerequisites
RHET 2010 and consent of instructor and department on the basis of a well-defined proposal.
Description
Guided reading, research, and discussion based on a subject of mutual interest to a student and faculty member.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
Prerequisites: 9 hours of social science, and junior or senior standing.
Description
Social bases of various political systems such as Western-type democracy, authoritarianism, and totalitarianism. Topics include:
determinants of political behavior, power, elite formation, bureaucracy, and the political role of the military and intellectuals in
Third World societies.
Cross-listed
Same as SOC 4035.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
The pre-requisites for POLS 4099 is being enrolled in the Honors Program and accumulating the requisite credits in the
prescribed courses, including, but not limited to, POLS 4000 and POLS 4104
Description
This course provides students enrolled in the department's Honors Program the opportunity to write an original research thesis
with faculty supervision.
Prerequisites
RHET 2010 POLS 2104 and 3 credit hours at 300 level in POLS.
Description
This course seeks to provide students with a critical understanding of political science methods, the ability to read statistical
694
materials, and to use advanced qualitative and quantitative research methods. Electoral behavior and systems are extensively
studied in this course and used to demonstrate how different research methods are applied to study a topic as important as
elections.
POLS 416/4216 - Race, Class and Gender: Theorizing Political Identity (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
Six credits at 300 level in POLS.
Description
This course will survey a variety of contemporary trends in the political theorization of race, gender and class as they relate to the
development of notions of identity in a historical context and as categories of political exclusion and inclusion. Special emphasis
will be given to modern and contemporary concepts of identity, including notions of subjectivity, gender, race, culture, class and
ethnicity.
Prerequisites
POLS 3201-3202
Description
The course considers questions of justice in a global context. It uses case studies and theoretical (historical and contemporary) to
explore issues associated with just war, human rights, migration, citizenship, as well as economic, environmental, and social
justice across state borders.
Prerequisites
RHET 2010
Description
This course is designed to provide an understanding of the phenomenon of political Islam in the Arab and Muslim worlds. It
examines the reasons, implications, and consequences of the reassertion of Islam in today's politics. The course is divided into
three parts. The first provides a thorough analysis of the main idea and model (s) that inspire contemporary Islamist activists. The
second part critically examines the different trends within the Islamic movements and presents case studies of their origins,
evolution, dynamics, and limitations. Finally, the course concludes with a critical analysis of the ideas of prominent Islamic
thinkers that are considered as main ideologues of political Islam.
Prerequisites
RHET 2010 and POLS 3620
Description
Introduces students to the practice and theoretical foundations of public International law, covering such topics as source doctrine
(customary International law, treaty law, etc.), international personality, jurisdiction, state responsibility, self-determination and
the use of force. This course may be counted toward the Dual Degree Option combining a BA in Political Science and an MA in
International Human Rights Law.
Cross-listed
Same as LAW 4371
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
695
POLS 472/4372 - International Law in the Middle East (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
RHET 2010 and POLS 4371 .
Description
An in-depth treatment of selected issues of contemporary international law. Provides students with an understanding of
specialized areas of international law including the use of force and dispute resolution, acquisition of territory, state succession,
law of the sea, and international human rights law by focusing on specific issues relevant to the Middle East.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Prerequisites
RHET 2010 and 6 credit hrs at 300 level in POLS.
Description
Topics drawn from constitutional and administrative law, including related jurisprudence and judicial institutions.
Repeatable
May be taken a second time if content changes.
Prerequisites
RHET 2010 and POLS 4371
Description
Specialized areas of international law, such as human rights and humanitarian law.
Repeatable
May be taken if content changes.
Prerequisites
RHET 2010
Description
The Egyptian legal system will be considered according to its present structure and historical development including institutions,
processes, laws, and the courts. There will be special emphasis on developments in constitutional law and the role played by the
constitution in the political context of present day Egypt. The course also offers an introduction to Islamic jurisprudence in the
classical doctrine, in the pre-modern Egyptian legal system, and in contemporary Egypt. This course may be counted toward the
Dual Degree option combining a BA in Political Science and an MA in International Human Rights Law.
Cross-listed
Same as LAW 4375 .
When Offered
Offered once a year.
696
POLS 477/4377 - Law and Development (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
RHET 2010 ,POLS 3510 and POLS 4371
Description
This course will explore the interface between law and processes of development. by looking critically at what is meant by "law",
we will explore the impact of law (however defined) on social and economic development. In so doing, the beneficial and
detrimental impacts of law on development will be assessed. The influence of law in the domains of population,
constitutionalism, and the environment, among others, will be considered.
Prerequisites
RHET 2010 .
Description
The course provides an overview of the major human rights treaties, customary norms, international institutions and mechanisms
of enforcement, while at the same time encouraging a critical stance that questions the role and effect of human rights in a world
of distress and inequality. This course may be counted towards the Dual Degree Option combining a BA in Political Science and
an MA in International Human Rights Law.
Cross-listed
Same as LAW 4378 .
When Offered
Offered once a year.
Prerequisites
RHET 2010 and POLS 3408 .
Description
Selected Topics in Middle East Politics investigated under the guidance of a faculty member. May be offered as a seminar.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Repeatable
May be repeated for credit if content changes
Prerequisites
RHET 2010 and POLS 3408
Description
This course examines the current Politics of Egypt, including elections, civil society activism and changing power relations
between social forces.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
697
POLS 432/4432 - Seminar: Comparative Politics and/or Policies (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
RHET 2010 and one of POLS 3408 POLS 3423 POLS 3424 .
Description
Selected topics in the field of comparative politics or policies, with concentration on a single country, problem, or policy.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Repeatable
May be repeated for credit if content changes.
Prerequisites
RHET 2010 and 6 credit hrs. at 300 level in Political Science.
Description
The concept of the State is at the center of the study of politics and of our understandings of political and socio-economic
problems like ethnic conflict, sectarian strife, law enforcement, economic development and democratization. This course offers a
critical study of theories from Marx, Weber, and other social scientists about the State, its institutions, and its interactions with its
society and its citizens.
Prerequisites
RHET 2010
Description
An examination of the evolution of modern China's political system in the light of Chinese history. Areas for consideration will
include the structure of Chinese political culture, how communism has served China, how China's past may continue to
determine China's future. When there is sufficient interest, and such arrangements are possible, the course will include a two- to
three- week trip to China.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
POLS 439/4439 - Government and Politics in the Modern Caucasus and Central Asia (3
cr.)
Prerequisites
RHET 2010 ,POLS 1001 and POLS 2003
Description
The policy of colonization and the collapse of the Soviet multi ethnic empire. New nation states in the post communist era
including their relations with the Middle East.
Prerequisites
RHET 2010 and 6 credit hrs at 300 level in Political Science.
698
Description
This is a research-oriented class on the politics of human rights in comparative perspective with special reference to issues in
Egypt and the Middle East
Prerequisites
RHET 2010 and 6 credit hrs. of Social Science.
Description
This course offers an analytic view of a wide variety of political and social aspects of Israel's domestic setting, including: Israel's
political system; economy; civil-military relations; new immigrants; as well as the main political and social divisions.
Prerequisites
RHET 2010 and POLS 3620 .
Description
This course critically examines the politics of Palestinian-Israeli relations. Topics will include, inter alia, the history of political
relations between the two communities, and the manner in which the relations have been historicized and politicized, the political
economy of the relations, mechanisms of Israel's occupation and the prospects of and for a Palestinian state.
Prerequisites
RHET 2010 ,POLS 3510 and POLS 3550
Description
The course focuses on the political factors that shaped the economy, the polity and society at large. In this class, we will try to
understand the dynamics of internal and international power relations that shaped the history of modern development, the factors
of policy making, the role of the state and the role of external factors
Prerequisites
RHET 2010 ,ECON 2021 and POLS 3620 .
Description
The politics of international economics, focusing on the role of the IMF, World Bank, WTO, and other multinational institutions
as well as regional financial and economic integration with emphasis on European Union and Middle East and Islamic finance
and banking. Special attention will be given to the political dimensions of such issues as debt rescheduling, structural adjustment,
international trade regulations, foreign aid, trade wars and embargoes.
Prerequisites
RHET 2010 ,POLS 3510 and POLS 3550
Description
699
The focus of this seminar is on the mechanisms that influence poverty. Some of the major issues are: the socio-economic and
political characterization of the poor; the role of the state in poverty alleviation; the impact of globalization on poverty and the
best policies to reduce poverty.
POLS 424/4524 - Political Economy of the Middle East and North Africa (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
RHET 2010 ,POLS 3510 and POLS 3550
Description
An examination of the interconnection between the socio-political forces and economic policies in the Middle East and North
Africa. For instance: how liberalization affects democratization and vice versa, how economic national characteristics affect the
political process and vice versa. Required for all students in Political Economy Specialization.
Prerequisites
RHET 2010 ,POLS 3620 and POLS 3550
Description
The dialectics of the relationship between market and state. Types of international actors and the international division of labor;
old and new. Theory of international regimes and the evolution of mechanisms of international trade and finance. Transformation
of the global political economy and its impact on patterns of hegemony/ marginalization in the contemporary world.
Prerequisites
RHET 2010
Description
This course analyzes environmental politics in an international arena. It examines the policies and tactics of a range of actors,
including national and local governments, non-governmental and intergovernmental organizations, corporations, mass
movements and scientists.
Prerequisites
RHET 2010 and POLS 3550 .
Description
The course will explore interactions and the impact of government and business relations in modern economies. It will first look
at some of the key theoretical issues and then examine the nature of this relationship in a comparative international context.
Prerequisites
RHET 2010 and 12 hours of social science.
Description
Interdisciplinary and comparative analysis of development as a process and as a historical phenomenon. Critical evaluation of
economic, political, social, and cultural technological and managerial factors that structure developmental change.
700
Cross-listed
Same as ANTH 4560,SOC 4560.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
RHET 2010 ,POLS 3408 and POLS 3620 .
Description
This seminar seeks to examine the relationships of the Middle East to the great powers of our time, with emphasis on the
political, military, economic and cultural impact of these powers on shaping the region, and its future.
Prerequisites
RHET 2010 and POLS 3620
Description
This seminar examines the structure and evolution international organizations, both intergovernmental (IO's) and non-
governmental (NGO's), with an emphasis on the United Nations system, its specialized agencies, and recent issues of global
governance.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Prerequisites
RHET 2010 and POLS 3620 .
Description
Discusses the major theories of war and peace. Encompasses a study of international crisis, conflict, war, and strategies for
managing conflicts. Covers critical security studies to understand the challenges of the assumptions underpinning traditional
security studies. Diverse topics including environmental security, global human security, and international terrorism will be
studied with a view of focusing on the changing nature of international security.
Prerequisites
RHET 2010 and POLS 3620 .
Description
Investigates the processes involved in foreign policy decision-making. Focus will be on understanding the contexts, constraints
and influences which foreign policy decision-makers have to deal with, combined with specialized knowledge of the post-1945
foreign policies of major and emerging states in the international system.
701
Prerequisites
RHET 2010 and POLS 3620
Description
Main themes of Egyptian foreign policy from 1952 including: Egypt's relations with the great powers; inter-Arab relationships
and policy including unity experiments, the inter-Arab arena including the Arab League, and the Gulf Cooperation Council;
effects on foreign policy of the Arab-Israeli conflict; relations with the Non-Aligned Movement, the Islamic Conference, the
Organization of African Unity; policy concerns of the national interest including Nile waters and the Suez Canal.
Prerequisites
RHET 2010 and POLS 3620 .
Description
Examines major issues and processes of U.S. foreign policy considered historically focusing on the post World War II era.
Processes of policy formulation and values manifested in U.S. foreign policy are explored in the context of specific issue areas
such as the Cold War, the end of the Cold War, the Western Alliance, and development aid and assistance to Latin America,
Africa, and Asia.
Prerequisites
RHET 2010 and POLS 3620
Description
A special issue or theme in international relations investigated under the guidance of a faculty member.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Repeatable
May be repeated for credit if content changes.
POLS 430/5130 - Seminar: Special Topics in Political Science for both Undergraduates
and Graduates (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
Junior standing.
Description
Selected topics to be investigated under the guidance of a faculty member.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Repeatable
May be repeated for credit if content changes
Notes
May be offered as a seminar.
702
POLS 440/5140 - Seminar: Special Topics in International Relations for both
Undergraduates and Graduates (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
Junior standing.
Description
Selected topics to be investigated under the guidance of a faculty member.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Repeatable
May be repeated for credit if content changes.
Notes
May be offered as a seminar.
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: graduate standing.
Description
An examination of the field of Comparative Politics and major relevant theories, approaches to research, and analysis. Required
of all students in the Comparative Politics Specialization.
Description
A critical review of the theories, models, and methodologies relevant to the study of political development, especially in the
Third World.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Description
Critical review of major theories and concepts in international relations, and the relevance of theory to contemporary world
politics. Special attention will be given to the development of theoretical and research skills needed for the conducting of
graduate research and the writing of graduate thesis.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Description
The course provides students with a critical understanding of quantitative and qualitative research methods in political science. It
should help students draft thesis proposals according to the department guidelines. Students should enroll in this course starting
703
their second semester in the program. The topics covered include: the design of research projects, methods to gather and analyze
data, and the ethical problems involved in conducting social science research.
Description
Studies identities, cultures and norms in world politics. It explores, inter alia, the construction of domestic and state identities and
the making of norms and cultures, as well as the intersection of these three elements, at the global level.
When Offered
Offered in Spring.
Description
This course explores the ideas, institutions and practices of global governance, multilateralism and world order. A range of
theoretical frameworks and case studies examine the role of social forces, state and non-state actors, issues such as cooperation
and regulation, discourses of imperialism and institutional mechanisms in the current world order.
When Offered
Offered in Fall.
Description
Protracted social conflicts (PSCs) are endemic conflicts based on horizontal inequalities such as ethnicity, religion, race and
gender. This course will examine how PSCs affect development priorities, the distribution of income and services, etc; which
exacerbates unequal access to economic resources and benefits, which in turn intensifies hatred and conflict on non-class
demarcation lines.
Description
Patterns of the evolution, organization and functioning of the global political economy including the role of states and other
international actors; theory and practice of international regimes and global issues of the third millennium.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Description
This course examines the patterns, criteria, and dynamics of regionalism in the global political economy. The course takes a
comparative approach to analyzing the political economy of regionalism, studying the Middle East, Latin America, Asia, Europe
and Sub-Sahara Africa. We will examine the positive and negative effects of the trends of regionalism, identify patterns, and
compare the political, economic, military/security, socio-cultural, linguistic, historical, and ideological variables of each region
under study.
704
Prerequisites
POLS 5201
Description
The course addresses the academic debate on authoritarianism, regime change, and democratization in theoretical and empirical
perspective. Conceptual approaches include regime type analysis, theories of democratic transition and consolidation, and hybrid
regimes. Empirical cases compare developments in different world regimes.
Description
The Arab-Israeli conflict is at the core of Middle East conflicts; the numerous Arab-Israeli wars and peace efforts dominated the
conflict scene in the region for more than half a century. Other conflicts are fueled, affected, and intertwined with the various
aspects of Arab-Israeli conflict. This seminar analyzes roots of this protracted conflict since Zionism clashed with Palestinian
nationalism in the early 20th century until the most recent effort to settle it.
When Offered
Offered in Fall.
Description
This course provides an in-depth examination of the nature and dynamics of Middle East politics. It explores some of the main
approaches to understanding the Middle East Political system. The course will focus on state formation, national identities,
leadership, elites and the impact of the west.
Description
This course is designed to examine current intellectual, economic, political, and foreign policy issues in political Islam. Among
the topics that will be analyzed are political Islam and the challenges modernity,; secularism; the Islamic state; democracy and
pluralism; human rights; women; Islamic economic system; and globalization.
Description
This seminar explores key thinkers in the development of modern Islamic political thought. It examines how thinkers from
Morocco to South Asia have used religious arguments to inform their political philosophies.
Description
This course offers an in-depth analysis of the nature and dynamics of modern Egyptian politics. Assessments of the Nasser, Sadat
and Mubarak presidencies are followed by a treatment of the major issues and themes confronting and shaping Egypt's
contemporary political arena.
Description
Considers the governance structures, processes, and patterns of politics in major states, institutions of the EU, and international
organizations.
705
POLS 545/5245 - Development Politics and International Cooperation (3 cr.)
Description
This course examines the main features of the politics of development and international development cooperation, including, but
not limited to, conceptual issues such as changing understandings of development, as well as theoretical approaches to explaining
development or its absence
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Description
The general aim of this course is to acquaint the student with an overall historic view of contemporary Asian politics, in an
evolving international political and economic environment. The course is divided into two parts: (I) an introduction to the
continent, and to Comparative Politics; and (II) five case studies, most of them covering more than one country, which will be
thought alternatively, according to the availability of lecturers, 2-3 cases studies per semester.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Description
The course provides an in-depth examination of the nature and dynamics of African politics. It explores issues related to state
formation; post-colonial development processes; conflicts and civil wars; attempts at regional and sub-regional cooperation and
integration and Africa international political and economic relations in the globalization era.
Description
This is a course which will introduce students to the growing importance of Arab-American relations in the post Cold War era.
Informed by conceptual approaches in International Relations, it will examine changing patterns in political and strategic
relationships, and will also assess the impact of US policy on some of the crucial regional issues which cause serious concerns to
the governments and peoples of the region.
Description
Patterns of the international system are greatly shaped by the strategies, objectives, and decisions of states, i.e. their foreign
policies. Consequently, this course deals with the sources, processes and outcomes of these policies and how far they shape the
global arena.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Description
This course examines, theoretically and through case studies, conflict and security in world politics. This includes analysis of the
dynamics of inter-state, ethnic, and anti-imperial and -colonial conflict, as well as security arrangements, from balance of power
706
to regional and global security regimes.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
POLS 5201 or POLS 5202 and POLS 5235 or POLS 5240
Description
Polity, economy, and society considered as interconnected areas for research in comparative politics; the impasse debate about
theory in Middle East politics explored in relation to comparative work on other areas and analysis of representative studies;
consideration of materials relevant for studying the Middle East; practice in formulating a research proposal and in developing an
agenda for research.
Prerequisites
ECON 2021 and POLS 5202 or POLS 5235
Description
Public policy-making considered within contexts of current policy debates. Historical perspectives emphasized, as well as the
effects of the globalization of trade, rise of multinationals, and the parameters of effective policy making at national and sub-
national levels.
Prerequisites
POLS 5202
Description
The structure of international aid and assistance, with emphasis on analyzing the activities of multilateral, and bilateral
organizations and NGOs which attempt to promote development. Emphasis will be on the political and bureaucratic
environments in which these organizations operate.
Description
Alternating selected Topics to be investigated and reported.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Repeatable
May be taken more than once if content changes.
POLS 571/5271 - Seminar: Special Topics in International Relations for Graduates (3 cr.)
Description
Issues in international relations regionally or topically defined. Each student will investigate an aspect of the topic as defined,
researching it and reporting on it within the seminar context.
707
Repeatable
May be taken more than once if content changes.
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: Department approval.
Description
Guided individual readings and/or research on a subject of mutual interest to student and faculty member.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Repeatable
May be taken only once.
Prerequisites
At least eighteen hours of master's degree work and permission of course convener.
Description
Internship for four to six months in an organization pursuing development activities, or active involvement on an institutional
research project having a development emphasis. The work is assessed on the basis of a written report and discussion.
Description
This is a special seminar for the practical development specialization. It includes the examination, specification and identification
of problem areas; conceptualization and design of programs and their implementation; evaluation of project proposals and
implementation. Students will be assessed by a variety of practical exercises, and the design of a project proposal.
Description
This special seminar for the development specialization offers practical skills integral for working in the development field. The
approach will be thematic and students will be introduced to the latest in techniques relevant to the field. A critique of the various
approaches will be encouraged. Students will be assessed by a variety of practical exercises, essays and research projects.
Prerequisites
MACT 1112 or ECON 2061 .
Description
Basic concepts and applications of statistical analysis in business decisions. Methods include probability, risk analysis,
estimation, forecasting, analysis of variances, and regression analysis.
708
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Notes
Enrollment in is limited, and priority is given to students seeking the Bachelor of Business Administration degree or the Bachelor
of Accounting degree, students enrolling in specified as collateral requirements in other majors, and students who have declared
business administration as a minor.
Prerequisites
MACT 1221 or ECON 2061 or MACT 2222 .
Description
How firms can gain competitive advantage from the operation function. This course introduces the basic concepts, tools and
principles that are essential for the analysis and improvement of business processes. Topics may include forecasting, product and
service design, capacity planning, quality management, materials management and project management.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
Enrollment in is limited, and priority is given to students seeking the Bachelor of Business Administration degree or the Bachelor
of Accounting degree, students enrolling in specified as collateral requirements in other majors, and students who have declared
business administration as a minor.
Prerequisites
OPMG 4202
Description
Topics like the philosophy and techniques of operations research, the theory of probability, inventory models, utility and decision
game theory, linear programming, queuing models, and simulation methods are emphasized.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Notes
Enrollment in is limited, and priority is given to students seeking the Bachelor of Business Administration degree or the Bachelor
of Accounting degree, students enrolling in specified as collateral requirements in other majors, and students who have declared
business administration as a minor.
Prerequisites
OPMG 3201
Description
Current theory and practice in the planning, operating, and control of production/service systems. Topics include: production
planning, purchasing and materials management, quality assurance, and productivity analysis.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
709
Enrollment in is limited, and priority is given to students seeking the Bachelor of Business Administration degree or the Bachelor
of Accounting degree, students enrolling in specified as collateral requirements in other majors, and students who have declared
business administration as a minor.
Prerequisites
OPMG 3201
Description
Initiatives in quality (TQM), time-based competition, balanced score card, business simulation and business dynamics, including
recent development in benchmarking and business process reengineering, with particular attention given to process management
through supporting process design and improvement.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Notes
Enrollment in is limited, and priority is given to students seeking the Bachelor of Business Administration degree or the Bachelor
of Accounting degree, students enrolling in specified as collateral requirements in other majors, and students who have declared
business administration as a minor.
Prerequisites
OPMG 3201
Description
Service organizations are dominating the global economy in terms of GDP share and employment, this is even more acute in the
Egyptian economy. As such, the need to know how to design, operate and analyze service operational systems is more crucial
than ever. This course covers the basic principles behind the design and operation of service enterprises with focus on service
facility design, location, demand management, yield management and service capacity planning. Industries which could be
considered include tourism, hospitality, financial, health care and government operations.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Notes
Enrollment in is limited, and priority is given to students seeking the Bachelor of Business Administration degree or the Bachelor
of Accounting degree, students enrolling in specified as collateral requirements in other majors, and students who have declared
business administration as a minor.
Prerequisites
OPMG 3201 .
Description
The integrative managerial issuzes and challenges related to developing and implementing a firm's supply chain strategy.
Attention is directed to the supply chain strategy mission confronted by varied types of business organizations.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
Enrollment in is limited, and priority is given to students seeking the Bachelor of Business Administration degree or the Bachelor
710
of Accounting degree, students enrolling in specified as collateral requirements in other majors, and students who have declared
business administration as a minor.
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: Consent of Instructor.
Description
Considers selected topics of current relevance in Production / Operation Management.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Notes
Enrollment in is limited, and priority is given to students seeking the Bachelor of Business Administration degree or the Bachelor
of Accounting degree, students enrolling in specified as collateral requirements in other majors, and students who have declared
business administration as a minor.
Prerequisites
Prerequisites: Senior standing and consent of OPMG unit head and chair.
Description
Guided readings, research, and discussions on specific selected topic in Production/Operation Management.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Notes
Enrollment in is limited, and priority is given to students seeking the Bachelor of Business Administration degree or the Bachelor
of Accounting degree, students enrolling in specified as collateral requirements in other majors, and students who have declared
business administration as a minor.
Description
This course provides a basic introduction to statistics as applied to finance, business, and accounting problems. Conceptual
understanding of the concepts is stressed. Students will learn both limitations of statistics and how to interpret results. Hands-on
experience in applying the concepts using Excel and SPSS is an integral part of the course. Topics include graphical & tabular
descriptive techniques, random variables and descriptive probability distributions, continuous probability distributions, sampling
distributions, estimation, hypothesis testing, regression analysis, and analysis of variance. Application areas used include finance
(e.g., portfolio construction), operations (e.g., statistical process control), and marketing.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
OPMG 5201
Description
711
This course provides a basic understanding of manufacturing and service operations, and their role in the organization. Topics
covered include process analysis, process capacity, quality management and control, forecasting, inventory control, lean
operations, and planning and control. Topics are covered with emphasis on managerial, applications-oriented perspective.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
BADM 5310
Description
Supply Chain Management (SCM) deals with the efficient and effective flow of goods, services, information and financial
resources through a network of suppliers, transformation facilities, distribution sites and customers. The goal of this course is to
understand how supply chain decisions impact the performance of the firm as well as the entire supply chain. This course covers
the major issues in supply chain management, including: definition of a supply chain; role of inventory; bullwhip effect and
information sharing; vendor-managed inventories and other distribution strategies; third-party logistics; managing product
variety; information technology and supply chain management; international issues. SCM focuses on managing material and
information outside of the factory walls including aspects of sourcing, product design collaboration, demand planning and
forecasting, inventory deployment, distribution system design, channel management, procurement, and logistics. We explore
order fulfillment strategies and the impact of the Internet on distribution and back-end supply chain processes. We also examine
strategies for enterprise integration.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
BADM 5310
Description
To compete successfully many organizations provide unique goods and/or services which are delivered via "projects." These
include the professional services firms that provide a broad portfolio of services supporting their clients' projects. Even
organizations that do not regularly engage in projects often utilize projects to enable organizational, process or technological
change. In all cases effective management of projects is required in order to achieve the overarching project goal of customer
satisfaction. The course focuses on strategies and tools useful in management of projects. Topics covered include efficient &
effective management of tasks within individual project, project portfolio management. Managing distributed development, and
common classification of project types.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
BADM 5310
Description
This course uses the Excel/VBA environment for developing models. Students will develop spreadsheets and write programs for
forecasting, financial price simulation, option pricing, and financial statements. Add-ins are used for optimization, simulation,
and decision analysis.
712
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
BADM 5310
Description
In this course we examine how firms can develop a competitive edge via excellence in operations strategy formulation and
implementation. We study how companies can design operations to compete based on cost, quality, flexibility, or service. We
will also study different scenarios in which firms make structural strategic decisions; dealing with "hard" issues such as
technology choice, capacity expansion, and factory focus; and infrastructural strategic decisions; dealing with "softer" issues such
as quality management & benchmarking, and procedures for global sourcing & inter-functional coordination.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
BADM 5310
Description
This course introduces system dynamics modeling for the analysis of business policy and strategy. Students will learn to visualize
and analyze a business organization in terms of the structures and policies that create dynamics and regulate performance. A
common theme that runs through the course is the search for connections between the behavior of people (and groups) in
organizations and the organizational trajectories they generate; and how interactions among physical, cognitive, social, and
informational factors in various organizational settings lead to dynamic behavior over time. We will also introduce" management
flight simulators" that allow us to experience the long term side effects of decisions, systematically explore new strategies, and
develop our understanding of complex systems.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
BADM 5310
Description
It considers selected topics of current relevance in Operations Management.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: Consent of OPMG unit head and chair.
713
Description
Guided readings, research, and discussions on specific selected topic in Production/Operation Management.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Description
Survey of the general field of psychology. Topics include the history of psychology, research methods, biological aspects of
behavior, sensation and perception, learning and memory, cognition and language, consciousness and cognitive abilities,
motivation and emotion, human development, health and stress, personality, psychological disorders and their treatment, and the
social aspects of behavior.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Description
Basic Introduction to the application and interpretation of statistical analysis in psychology. Begins with statistical methodology,
branches of statistics, definition of a variable and its measurement. Topics include frequency tables and graphs, central tendency,
variability, probability distributions, normal distribution, estimation, significant tests, comparison of two or more groups,
association between categorical variables, regression, correlation. Use of SPSS software.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
PSYC 1000 , sophomore or junior standing and permission of the instructor.
Description
Topics will vary depending on contemporary trends in the field of psychology.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Repeatable
May be repeated for credit if content changes.
Prerequisites
PSYC 1000 and PSYC 2000
Description
Review of qualitative and quantitative research methods that form the empirical basis of contemporary psychology. Progresses
from the logic of scientific discovery and comprehension of research literature to the formulation, design, conduct, analysis, and
reporting of specific research projects. The laboratory will provide applied exercises to facilitate an understanding of the research
methods and mentorship in the comprehensive development and implementation of student research project required for this
class.
714
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
This course is designed for psychology majors.
Description
Introduce the students to the different concepts and approaches to community development as well as to community
organizing. Utilizes a critically reflective framework as part of the curriculum to overcome the potential division between theory
and practice. Identifies the key issues that the students are likely to confront in community development and organizing work.
Cross-listed
Same as ANTH 2201,SOC 2201.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
PSYC 1000
Description
This course covers personal psychological adjustment with a focus on the practical and applied aspects of psychology as opposed
to theoretical. Students will learn to apply psychological knowledge toward developing and achieving goals. Topics will include
personal change, health, stress management, relationships and intimacy, communication, study skills, career development, and
time management. For the course learning outcomes to be successfully attained, students will develop and implement a
community-based learning project.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
PSYC 1000 or SOC/ANTH/PSYC 240/2201 OR permission of the instructor.
Description
This course will introduce students to theory and practice in community psychology. The practice of community psychology is
directed towards the design and evaluation of strategies to prevent social pathologies such as crime, widespread drug abuse, and
domestic violence, and promote community empowerment and healthy group coping strategies. While these strategies are, of
course, aimed at promoting mental health in the individual, the idea is to target the social system of which he/she is a part and
thus create a psychologically healthy setting for many individuals.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
PSYC 1000
715
Description
The extension of general psychological principles and methods to the study of interaction with social and physical environment.
The nature and methodology of research in social psychology. The major theoretical concepts and their applications and
contributions to a variety of areas in the field including development and socialization, social perception and attribution of
causality, attitude formation and changes, pro- and anti-social behavior, interpersonal attraction and intimacy, and the social
effects and functions of groups.
Cross-listed
Same as SOC 3010.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
PSYC 1000
Description
Educational Psychology introduces psychological principles, theories, and methodologies to issues of teaching and learning in
education. The role of psychology of education in studying and influencing teaching and learning will be explored with an
emphasis on direct application to planning, implementing, and evaluating instruction in the classroom.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
PSYC 1000 .
Description
The study of human growth and development across the lifespan with emphasis on normal growth and milestones achieved in the
physical, cognitive, social, and emotional systems. Educational and familial contexts are highlighted. Students will develop an
understanding of the concepts, methods, and research findings central to the study of developmental psychology.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
PSYC 2100
Description
Current research and theory concerning mental processing and mental structures. Emphasis on the processes of perceiving,
learning, remembering, and thinking. The merits and limitations of studying these processes from an information-processing
perspective.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
716
Description
Reviews the fundamentals of the processes of learning, memory and conditioning, emphasizing both classical and operant
conditioning in human and animal models. It is followed by an exploration of the techniques and theories of behavioral
psychology in the applied setting.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
PSYC 1000 and PSYC 2000
Description
Study of psychometrics, including measurement statistics, reliability, validity. Overview of test construction and development.
Introduction to types of testing including intellectual/cognitive; achievement; and personality measures. Ethical and cultural
issues in assessment.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Description
This course will introduce students to the appropriate research methodologies when dealing with community organizing and
development, particularly the participatory action research approach to community development.
Cross-listed
Same as ANTH 3202,SOC 3202.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
PSYC 1000
Description
The study of the development and dynamics of personality from a variety of theoretical perspectives, including psychoanalytic,
cognitive, behavioral, trait, biological, and humanistic. A critical analysis of the theories includes discussion of cultural and
historical contexts and examination of scientific evidence.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
PSYC 1000
Description
Different theoretical approaches and empirical studies of causes, symptoms, and treatment of abnormal patterns of behavior.
Problems and advantages of creating a classification scheme for abnormal behavior. The major diagnostic categories and review
717
of the more common patterns of abnormal behavior. How such disorders arise from subtle interactions between organic or
psychological predispositions.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
BIOL 1010 or BIOL 1011 and PSYC 1000 and PSYC 2100 .
Description
This course explores the relationship between the nervous system and behavior. Topics include biopsychology as a neuroscience,
brain structures and functions, sensory and motor systems, human motivation, cognition, emotion and mental health.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
PSYC 2100 , minimum B average, and permission of instructor.
Description
Student will assist with a research project by working under the individual guidance of a Psychology faculty member.
Requirements may include library research, data collection, data entry, statistical analysis, qualitative analysis, and assistance in
planning or conducting parts of a research project.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Repeatable
May be repeated for credit if content changes. May not be taken for more than 6 credits per faculty advisor during the student's
academic path.
Prerequisites
Prerequisites: a minimum B average, consent of the instructor, and approval by the Unit Head and the Department Chair.
Description
In exceptional circumstances some seniors and graduating seniors with department approval may arrange for independent study
on a chosen topic in Psychology that is not covered in the regular offerings for that academic year. Guided readings, research and
frequent consultations held.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Repeatable
May be repeated for credit if content changes
Prerequisites
PSYC 1000 and junior or senior standing.
718
Description
This course will explore the nature of different psychological systems (or "ethnopsychologies") that exist throughout the world
and the complex relation of these to western psychology. Topics to be covered include the relationship of culture to human
development, personality, psychopathology, and psychotherapy, paying particular attention to the impact of social change and
cultural contact. This course will also address some major issues in applied psychology from a cultural and international
perspective. The successful student will leave this course with an appreciation of the cultural underpinnings of western
psychology, an in-depth understanding of the limitations of universalist perspectives, and a new appreciation for cultural and
psychological diversity.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
PSYC 3040 or permission of instructor.
Description
. Child psychology familiarizes students with contemporary theoretical and practical knowledge of child development. The
theoretical level involves theories of child development, with a special emphasis on children with special cognitive, emotional
and medical needs. The practical level requires students' involvement in the field by providing them with supervised applied
experience in dealing with children with various special needs such as disability, childhood illnesses, and child abuse and neglect.
When Offered
Offered occasionally
Prerequisites
Prerequisites: 6 hours of anthropology, 6 hours of psychology, and junior or senior standing
Description
Interdisciplinary and cross-cultural approach to the study of the reciprocal relations of culture and personality; special focus on
themes of identity, socialization, and the emergence of self in various cultural settings.
Cross-listed
Same as ANTH 4015.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
PSYC 3010 and PSYC 3270 .
Description
This course provides students with the understanding of the scientific basis and professional practice of industrial/organizational
psychology. Topics include personnel selection and placement, training and development, performance appraisal, organizational
development, quality of work life, and ergonomics.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
719
Prerequisites
Prerequisites: junior or senior standing and 15 hours of psychology, or permission of instructor.
Description
Places recent developments in psychology in a broad perspective. Emphasizes how new movements in psychology reflect both
psychology's past and the influence of related fields such as the cognitive and neurosciences.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Prerequisites
PSYC 3270 ,PSYC 3420 and PSYC 3800 or permission of instructor.
Description
This course will cover the history and current state of the field of clinical psychology. Topics that will be covered include clinical
assessment, clinical interventions, psychotrauma, and clinical theories. This course is intended for advanced undergraduate
students who are considering graduate work or practical work in fields related to clinical psychology.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
PSYC 1000 ,PSYC 3003 and permission of instructor.
Description
Provides an advanced introduction to theory and practice in community psychology, incorporating experiential community based
learning as an integral part of the course requirements. Builds upon theories and concepts covered in Psychology 3003
(Community Psychology) by introducing special topics of particular importance to Egypt. Topics and skills covered may relate to
oppression and liberation, social action, stress and coping, needs assessment, program development, program evaluation, public
policy or special populations such as refugees and persons with disabilities or mental illness.
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: junior or senior standing, and permission of the instructor.
Description
Topics to be chosen according to specific interest, for example: learning theory, conflict and stress, psycholinguistics,
ethnopsychology.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Repeatable
May be repeated for credit if content changes.
720
Prerequisites
Six hours of social sciences or consent of the instructor.
Description
One semester, field experience in an approved international development agency, local NGO or other professional setting
approved by faculty supervisor. Supervised by a faculty supervisor.
Cross-listed
Same as ANTH 4203 and SOC 4203.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
PSYC 000/5000 - Research Methods and Inferential Statistics for Psychology (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
Post baccalaureate
Description
This course will introduce students to research methods in psychology, including the process of scientific inquiry, features of
different research methods, and practical applications and challenges when conducting studies. Quantitative and qualitative
research methods will be reviewed such as experimental designs, correlation studies, and single-case studies. Inferential statistics
will include basic introduction, test of hypothesis, correlation and regression.
Prerequisites
Prerequisites: Permission of the instructor.
Description
Explores the psychosocial dimensions of forced migration including ethno-cultural concepts of well-being, sources of stress and
coping, the impact of forced migration on child development, psychosocial consequences of torture and sexual victimization, and
the interaction of trauma and bereavement. Culturally appropriate mental health assessment, community-based intervention
programs, methods of program evaluation, and ethical issues in working with refugee populations will be discussed. This course
is required of all students seeking the diploma in Forced Migration and Refugee Studies.
Cross-listed
Same as MRS 5112.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Description
This course is an introduction to culturally sensitive interviewing, listening, and report writing skills required of professional
helpers. Students will gain familiarity with fundamental counseling concepts and experience in using basic counseling
techniques. The course will enhance students' capacity for psychological mindedness and intervention.
Description
This course is an overview of the mainstream as well as alternative theoretical, methodological, and applied approaches that are
721
relevant to the study and practice of psychology. Specifically, the course will provide students with knowledge, awareness, and
skills in international and cultural issues related to the field of psychology.
Prerequisites
Minimum 3.0 GPA, consent of instructor, and approval of graduate advisor.
Description
In exceptional circumstances some students may arrange for independent study on a specific topic in psychology that is not
covered in the course offerings for that academic year. Guided readings, research and frequent consultations held.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Description
This course examines the core theories, values, and methodologies of community psychology and systems theory. An emphasis is
placed on the ecological perspective, empowerment theory, sociocultural and cross-cultural competence, community inclusion
and partnership, and ethical, reflective practice.
Description
This course will focus on prevention-oriented community and environmental interventions in school settings. General topics
areas addressed are: assessment, consultation, intervention, special education, research, reform movement in education,
multiculturalism, and diversity, and the future of education and school psychology.
Description
This course provides students with the conceptual knowledge and skills needed to understand, evaluate, and conduct multivariate
research. The course will also acquaint students with the statistical techniques used to analyze data derived from such research.
Description
This course will expose students to contemporary issues affecting families in a global context from a systemic/ecological
perspective. Issues of diversity and cross-cultural interactions will be integrated throughout the course, with an emphasis on the
Arab/Middle Eastern experience.
Description
This course is designed to introduce students to ethical decision-making that is an integral part of psychological practice and
research. Students will learn about specific ethical principles and guidelines, and will be challenged to increase awareness,
sensitivity and understanding of ethical and professional practices particularly within multicultural settings.
722
Description
This course exposes students to concepts and methods of applied research in community psychology, specifically community
assessment and program evaluation. Assessment techniques may focus on community needs and assets/ resources assessment.
Students will gain knowledge and skills in program evaluation, including evaluation theories, different types of evaluation
(including process, outcome, and impact), and qualitative and quantitative evaluation methodologies. There will be an emphasis
on strengths-based, participatory, and empowerment-oriented approaches, as well as professional ethics.
Description
This course examines historical and contemporary approaches to counseling and psychotherapy. Theoretical assumptions and
principle interventions and techniques of each paradigm will be studied, emphasizing evidence-based practice. Theories covered
include psychodynamic, humanistic/experiential, cognitive, behavioral, brief/strategic, and postmodern approaches. There is an
emphasis on multicultural considerations.
Description
This course provides students with knowledge and skills related to prevention across the lifespan, health promotion, and other
types of community interventions. Students are exposed to a variety of community and preventive interventions, so as to prepare
them to think about, work with, and lead community and preventive interventions in the future. The course provides training in
community program development by offering opportunities for students to participate in program development, implementation,
or management. Multicultural sensitivity and professional ethics are addressed.
Description
This course increases familiarity with psychological assessment tools and standardized psychological tests used for diagnostic
and behavioral health intervention planning purposes. Students examine strengths and limitations of tests and learn how to
administer, score, and interpret findings. Students learn how to read and write integrated reports that can inform treatment.
Ethical and multicultural issues throughout the assessment process are addressed.
Description
This course provides students with knowledge and skills for consultation with nonprofit organizations, using a participatory and
strengths-based approach. Topics include understanding the nonprofit sector, phases and theories of consultation, establishing
and marketing a consultation business, and ethical and professional competence. Nonprofit consultation often focuses on strategic
planning, organization development, needs assessment, capacity and resource development, program evaluation, and fundraising.
Prerequisites
Approval of advisor.
Description
In-depth examination of a specific topic in psychology of current theoretical, research, or clinical interest. Topics will vary
depending on instructor.
723
When Offered
Offered Occasionally.
Repeatable
May be repeated for credit if content changes.
Description
This course is an overview of contemporary views on psychopathology and resilience from a multicultural perspective. The
course will cover key processes influencing mental health across cultures such as belief systems and communication interaction
as well as ways to cultivate resilience.
Prerequisites
PSYC 5200 PSYC 5210 PSYC 5230 PSYC 5220 PSYC 5233 PSYC 5243 and approval of advisor.
Description
This course provides students with applied fieldwork experience in community psychology during an academic year-long field
internship. Students are placed at NGOs, community agencies, or private or public institutions as interns with an approved
external supervisor at the site. In addition, students meet regularly with a psychology faculty member for individual and group
supervision.
Prerequisites
PSYC 5200 PSYC 5210 PSYC 5291 PSYC 5230 PSYC 5241 PSYC 5251 and approval of advisor.
Description
Introductory practicum in which students provide direct counseling services with the support of individual and group supervision.
This practical training will help students develop their skills in areas including but not limited to: a. counseling assessment and
interventions; b. session and case management skills; c. ethical and legal principles, and d. documentation such as record keeping
and report writing.
Description
This course provides an overview of the concepts and applications of group interventions in community and counseling contexts.
Principles of group work will be reviewed, including systemic thinking, group dynamics and cohesion, professional tasks and
challenges, and stages of group development.
Prerequisites
PSYC 5200 PSYC 5210 PSYC 5291 PSYC 5230 PSYC 5241 PSYC 5251 and approval of advisor.
Description
Advanced practicum in which students provide direct counseling services with the support of individual and group supervision.
This practical training will help students develop their skills in areas including but not limited to: a. counseling assessment and
724
interventions; b. session and case management skills; c. ethical and legal principles, and d. and documentation such as record
keeping and report writing.
Prerequisites
Approval of Advisor.
Description
Introductory practicum in which students apply community psychology principles and methods in community settings with the
support of individual and group supervision. Specialized skills will be gained at various levels of ecological analysis with an
emphasis on ethical and professional practices, and may include consultation, prevention, community assessment or intervention,
program evaluation, or public policy development.
Description
The course will focus on theories and methods of effective counseling with couples. The course will also cover the influence of
socio-cultural factors on couples' relationships. The human sexuality portion of the course will address issues such as sexual
development across life span, sexual attitudes, sexual dysfunction, sexual assault, commercial sex and sex therapy.
Prerequisites
Completion of PSYC 5261 PSYC 5220 PSYC 5270 PSYC 5281 PSYC 5264 and PSYC 5274
Description
This course provides students with clinical training and experience in counseling during an academic year-long field internship.
Students are placed at NGOs, community agencies, or private or public institutions as interns with an approved external
supervisor at the site. In addition, students meet regularly with a psychology faculty member for individual and group
supervision.
Prerequisites
Approval of Advisor.
Description
Advanced practicum in which students apply community psychology principles and methods in community settings with the
support of individual and group supervision. Specialized skills will be gained at various levels of ecological analysis with an
emphasis on ethical and professional practices, and may include consultation, prevention, community assessment or intervention,
program evaluation, or public policy development.
Description
This course is an exploration of lifespan development through the lenses of biological, learning, cognitive, social, and cultural
theories. Emphasis is on gaining a conceptual understanding of healthy development and better practical understanding of how to
help children, adolescents, and adults address developmental challenges they face.
725
PSYC 599/5299 - Research Guidance and Thesis (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
Approval of advisor.
Description
Supervision in the preparation and writing of the Masters thesis. May be repeated for credit.
Prerequisites
RHET 1000
Description
Course addressing broad intellectual concerns and accessible to all students, irrespective of major.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Description
Introduction to management and policy-making in government and non-profit organizations, with an emphasis on development
programming in Egypt. Exploration of current policy and governance issues of importance to Egypt. Overview of management
techniques applied in designing, implementing, and assessing development programs in government and non-profit settings.
When Offered
Offered in spring
Description
Introduction to public policy and administration for students with limited preparation in political science and social science
generally. Exploration of what constitutes policy and how it is made, implemented, and evaluated, including role of different
institutions and actors in shaping policy outcomes. Overview of major management issues in nonprofit and government agencies,
including setting strategy, developing operational plans, and managing human and financial resources to achieve desired
outcomes. May be taken for MPP credit only by students with limited background in management or social sciences (advisor
approval required).
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Description
Factors that shape how employees and managers interact with each other, with partners, citizens, and clients, and with the
institutions themselves in public and nonprofit settings. Theories of motivation, leadership, group dynamics, power,
communication, and ethical behavior in organizations. Application of theoretical constructs to the reality of developing country
conditions, preparing students to address organizational challenges in professional settings.
When Offered
Offered in alternate years.
726
PPAD 512/5114 - Management of Development Programs (3 cr.)
Description
Theory and practice of management as applied to development projects, programs, and organizations. Managerial aspects of
social and economic development, with extensive use of case material to explore how management shapes development
outcomes. Implementation of management reforms in public and nonprofit settings, including project design and management.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Description
Review of theoretical and philosophical underpinnings of the state, institutions and public policy; explores dynamic relationships
among state, society and economy. Introduction to political theory, institutional theory and public policy theory, from theories of
who governs and how to the policy process. Extensive use of case studies to explore how institutions shape political life, policy,
reform, and the democratic transition.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
PPAD 511/5122 - Administrative Environment and Public Policy in Egypt and the Middle
East (3 cr.)
Description
In-depth exploration of the interaction of public policy and government institutions in Egypt and the Middle East to achieve
public purposes. Consideration of how administrative structures shape outcomes and how performance constraints can be
overcome, with application to selected social and productive sectors of public policy concern in Egypt and the region.
When Offered
Offered in alternate years.
Description
Provides students with an understanding of governance and accountability concepts, tools, and applications as applied in
governmental and nonprofit settings, including international development organizations, and corporations working in developing
countries. Strategies to overcome governance deficiencies including corruption, weak accountability to stakeholders, and
nontransparency. Approaches to negotiation, especially between sectors (government-nonprofit-private sector) and with
community stakeholders. Communication tools and other approaches for improving stakeholder relations.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Description
Approaches to leading change in government and nonprofit settings at the organizational, local, and national levels.
Consideration of how to develop personal leadership skills based on case studies and analysis of successful and unsuccessful
leadership models in the public sphere, and how to develop effective change strategies, overcome barriers, and shape group
behavior to achieve desired outcomes. Development of better oral and written communication skills, problem-solving
727
approaches, and skill in using management tools to build collaboration within and between organizations.
When Offered
Offered in alternate years.
Description
Exploration of institutional reforms to expand citizen engagement and government accountability in the Middle East, including
decentralization of government services, community-based services, and creation of mechanisms to engage citizens in
governance. Use of technology to improve citizen services and communication, including e-government.
When Offered
Offered in alternate years.
Description
Application of management concepts, approaches, and tools in a nonprofit setting, including strategic management, human
resource management, budgeting and financial management, and project management. Interaction of NGOs with partners
including participatory development approaches, relations with donors and governments, coalition-building and fundraising. Both
project and advocacy approaches will be covered.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Description
Exploration of the causes and consequences of ineffective government programming in social service delivery and strategies to
improve performance. Comparative analysis of issues in health, education, anti-poverty programming, including the interaction
of financial, human resource, and governance failures and ways to address them in a developing country context. Application of
intervention strategies to increase responsiveness to citizen needs, including the uses of information, technology, capacity-
building, and accountability mechanisms.
When Offered
Offered in alternate years.
Description
Overview of corporate social responsibility principles and applications from a developing country perspective. Issues in
responsible corporate management, including addressing environmental, social, and accountability challenges. Tools for
implementing and assessing corporate social responsibility programming, including mechanisms for developing effective
partnerships with nonprofit organizations. Extensive use of cases from developing country experience.
When Offered
Offered in alternate years.
728
Description
Integrative approach to the debate on globalization and development in the 21st century. Analyzes globalization through the lens
of diverse regions, using cases and analysis to explore global aspects of social change, growth and development, social and
economic stability and development finance. Considers emerging issues reshaping global development, including migration of
labor and capital, trade, technology, conflict, and global warming. Impact of globalization on sustainable development, including
environment, debt, crisis management, global governance, poverty, and inequality.
When Offered
Offered in alternate years.
Prerequisites
Completion of economics core or equivalent economics preparation.
Description
Role of government expenditure, taxation, and financing in public policy, with emphasis on socioeconomic development and
related policy issues. Application of financial and economic principles to government finance, with emphasis on rigorous theory,
empirical evidence, public choice analysis, and policy applications in a market economy. Design, selection, and evaluation of
spending programs (emphasizing social programs and social insurance); revenue generation including taxation, non-tax funding
mechanisms, government credit; subsidy and income transfer programs.
When Offered
Offered in alternate years.
Description
Overview of issues and analytic approaches for social and environmental policy, including programmatic and policy responses to
development challenges in the environment, health and social services, and anti-poverty programming, with an emphasis on
applications and case studies of experience in the Middle East and North Africa. Application of analytic methods to understand
the root causes of barriers to providing social services and protecting the environment, and potential solutions to address these
challenges from an interdisciplinary perspective.
Cross-listed
Same as GREN 5203 .
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Description
Examination of health issues in developing countries from a global perspective, with an emphasis on strategies to address social,
economic, and managerial barriers to better health outcomes. Consideration of healthcare delivery in the broader context of
development, equity, and government performance. Role of poverty, environmental degradation, and related social factors in
health outcomes and development of new approaches to tackle social determinants of health. Introduction to health finance issues
and approaches. Exploration of global issues affecting health such as migration, intellectual property rights, and governance
failures.
When Offered
Offered in alternate years.
729
Description
Introduction to government strategies to regulate social and economic sectors to overcome market failures. Comparative analysis
of regulatory structures and issues in financial markets, telecommunications, the utility sector (power, water), environment, and
social services (education, healthcare). Regulatory tools and analysis of alternative regulatory strategies as applied in developing
countries. Privatization and public-private partnerships, including legal frameworks, approaches to community involvement in
decision-making, accountability, and dispute resolution.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Description
Introduction to government strategies to promote broad-based and employment-creating growth at the national, regional, and
local levels. Small and midsize enterprise development, including financing tools. Mobilization of local resources through
collaboration with the business sector and community partners. Identification and removal of barriers to investment to create an
environment conducive to growth. Tools to attract investors and create local capacity for growth.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Description
The course approaches the topic of gender in public policy in three ways. We begin by exploring frameworks for thinking about
both gender differences and public policy. We then examine a series of policy issues that have gendered outcomes such as access
to social protection, education and employment. Finally, we consider the representation of women in the making of public policy,
looking at the participation of women in electoral politics and government machinery.
Description
Explores policy choices facing urban managers, planners, and the communities they serve with regard to putting cities on a path
to sustainability. Considers how allocation of, control over, and use of key land and financial resources shapes urban
development from political economy, governance and space planning perspectives. Examines participatory planning and other
methods to engage urban stakeholders in management of cities as well as tools to promote adoption of green technologies in the
urban housing, industrial, transport, power, water, and commercial building sectors.
Cross-listed
Same as GREN 5231 .
Description
Examines core concepts, analytic tools, and program models needed to develop the urban built environment in ways that are
socially and environmentally sustainable. Gives particular attention to retrofitting and sustainability upgrades for the existing
urban core, developing new communities on a sustainable model, and providing affordable options for low-income urban
residents, including upgrading of informal areas as well as new developments. Explores how the spatial distribution of work and
housing choices interacts with transport/transit systems, energy use, and infrastructure to shape urban sustainability outcomes.
Cross-listed
Same as GREN 5232 .
730
Description
Considers how the development of critical infrastructure (power generation and transmission, water/wastewater, transport/transit,
and waste management) can be directed toward socially and environmentally sound and economically viable models. Provides an
understanding of alternative infrastructure financing, regulation, and implementation models from state provision to public-
private partnerships. Explores how infrastructure network choices shape city expansion, urban quality of life, and efficiency
outcomes in a dynamic urban context.
Cross-listed
Same as GREN 5233.
Description
Exploration of strategies and techniques for managing potential and active conflicts at the national and international levels,
including such traditional and new threads to international security as inter-state territorial, intra-state ethnic-based, and violent
transnational extremist groups, dispute over non-renewable resources, and climate change. Consideration of institutions and
methods for managing each stage of the conflict process, from prevention and deterrence through conflict resolution and post-
conflict rebuilding.
When Offered
Offered in spring
Description
This course focuses on international intervention and conflict management with the objective of assessing the policy implications
of various conflict management strategies such as crisis management, mediation, peace-keeping, partition, humanitarian
intervention (responsibility to protect) and prevention. In addressing these issues, the course will examine the application and
outcomes in specific cases from the Middle East, Bosnia-Herzegovina, Sri Lanka and Sub-Saharan Africa.
When Offered
Offered in spring
Description
This course reviews the history of arms control and disarmament, especially during the cold war period and in its aftermath. The
role of the United Nations, the current focus on nuclear non-proliferation, the regime set up by the Non-proliferation Treaty
(NPT), the conformity of counter-proliferation policies with international law and the present status of treaties on weapons of
mass destruction will be discussed. The course will examine current issues of nuclear armament, particularly non-proliferation in
the Middle East.
When Offered
Offered in alternate years
PPAD 532/5154 - Issues in regional security in the Middle East and Africa (3 cr.)
Description
This course is about comparable and other issues of regional security in the Middle East and Africa. It will address categories of
issues and then focus on specific case studies of occupation, water, oil, other natural resources, and ethnic and intra-State
conflicts. Policies of regional and extra-regional powers and multilateral approaches towards these security cases will be
reviewed.
When Offered
Offered in alternate years.
731
PPAD 533/5155 - Cooperation for Development in the Multilateral System (3 cr.)
Description
This course will review the foundations of multilateral cooperation for development and the current development issues tackled
by the United Nations system such as poverty, employment, food security, the environment and population. It will examine the
processes through which multilateral approaches are defined; the attitudes towards these approaches of great, middle range
powers and developing countries; as well as the principles and means of multilateral action. The realization of the Millennium
Development Goals (MDGs) will be particularly studied.
When Offered
Offered in alternate years
Description
This course will review the policies of international cooperation put in place by industrialized countries. It will examine their
priority issues, such as fighting poverty, promoting entrepreneurship, gender equality, preservation of the environment and
migration, the objectives and geographic focuses of these policies. The course will also review modalities and delivery
institutions such as USAID, CIDA, SIDA, JAICA and GTZ.
When Offered
Offered in alternate years.
Description
This course is about the programs at the country level put in place by multilateral organizations to support public administrations
in developing countries carry out their development functions. It will review primary issues of development faced by these
countries. The course will then examine the design and implementation of programs of a number of organizations that meet the
priorities and needs of partner developing countries. The course will examine examples of programs of specific organizations
such as the World Bank, UNDP, ILO FAO and UNESCO.
When Offered
Offered in alternate years
Description
This proposed seminar will offer an in-depth analysis of the role of Islam in the world system in the post-9/11 era both as an
alternative perspective on global governance and global security, as well as actors in the system. It will be organized into four
parts. The first part analyzes the Islamic worldview as derived from its fundamental sources, the Qur'an and the Sunna;
subsequent classical perspectives; and modern academic and theoretical formulations of international relations. The second part
examines the emergence of Islam in the World system: from ummah to nation-states; Muslims encounter with colonialism and
the rise of anti-colonialism; transnational Muslim Organizations; and Islam in the West. The third part explores transnational
Islamic movements, such as the Tabligh-i-Jama`at, the Muslim Brothers, the Qaida and global jihadist. The last part investigates
Islam and global security; the interaction between Islam and contemporary geopolitical issues, including globalization, terrorism,
Muslim nuclear option and the Arab spring and the rise of Islamists.
Description
This proposed seminar will examine in-depth the theory and practice of war, peace and conflict resolution in Islam. The course is
732
divided into four parts. The first explores the place of Islam in the contemporary world and its impact on global security. The
second part examines the Islamic traditions on peace and war. It looks into Muslim conceptions of peace and the main ideas of
contemporary Muslim theologians of nonviolence. This section also examines the various Islamic theories on war and Jihad, the
just war theory and Islamic conduct of war, the Islamic ethics of weapons of mass destruction, and Islamic views on martyrdom
and suicide bombing. The third part investigates US global strategy and the Muslim world and on Muslim responses. The last
part examines the practical ideas and steps toward formulating a model for Islamic conflict resolution and peacebuilding. It
covers the role of education, women and building skills for peacemaking.
Description
The course analyzes both the limits and potential of diplomacy. It examines how thinking about diplomacy has evolved from the
classical period through to the beginning of the twenty-first century and how it might develop in the future in response to the
interrelated and changing issues and the interdependence between actors in world society.
PPAD 575/5175 - Independent Study in Public Policy and Administration (1-3 cr.)
Prerequisites
Pre-requisites: Permission of the instructor and unit head
Description
Guided readings, research, and discussions on specific selected topics in Public Policy and Administration
Prerequisites
Junior or Senior status.
Description
Students work on an approved individual or team professional assignment with a relevant government, non-profit, or other
organization. Class meets alternate weeks during the term to work on practicum assignments and to translate practicum products
into polished professional work products, which may become the basis of student theses or master's projects. Work may be begun
prior to the term in which the student enrolls in the class with instructor's approval. Assessment based on practicum supervisor's
review, and other products prepared, and contribution to peer reviews or team products.
Cross-listed
Same as PPAD 5198
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
Grading Pass/Fail.
Prerequisites
Completion of at least 3 courses or approval of department and instructor.
Description
Students must complete an approved individual or team professional assignment with a relevant government, non-profit, or other
organization. Class meets alternate weeks during the term to work on practicum assignments and to translate practicum products
into polished professional work products, which may become the basis for student theses or master's projects. Work may be
begun prior to the term in which the student enrolls in the class. Assessment based on practicum supervisor's review, research
paper and other products prepared, and contribution to peer reviews or team products. Students may arrange to complete an
733
individual practicum assignment on an independent study basis under faculty supervision.
Cross-listed
Same as PPAD 5198
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
Grading Pass/Fail.
PPAD 570/5199 - Special Topics in Public Policy and Administration (1-3 cr.)
Prerequisites
Consent of the instructor and advisor.
Description
Considers selected topics of relevance to public policy and administration. May be repeated with permission of the supervisor if
the topic varies from the previous enrollment.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
PPAD 500/5201 - Research Methods for Public Policy and Administration (3 cr.)
Description
Theoretical and applied aspects of developing a research project, including definition of research questions, literature review,
overall research design, and methodology, as well as research implementation planning (use of library sources, field
investigation, and scheduling). Each student will develop a research proposal that will generally serve as the basis for the thesis
proposal.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Description
Introduction to analytic tools, methods, and approaches to policy analysis in diverse development issues areas and country
situations. Develops skills in selection and application of tools to analyze policy problems, assess alternative solutions, and
develop recommendations for action, including cost-benefit and simulation. Approaches to program evaluation ex ante and ex
post, including identification of data needs, assessment of implementation issues and outcomes, and definition of strategies to
achieve desired outcomes.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Description
Use of qualitative data in policy and public administration research and analysis. Fundamental concepts and applications of
methods including interviews, case studies, historical research, focus groups, and qualitative surveys. Ethics in qualitative
analysis. Design, execution, and interpretation of qualitative results, including issues of validity and replicability.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
734
Description
Application of statistical techniques to policy analysis and policy/program evaluation. Use of the empirical techniques to
understand policy issues, analytical modeling and forecasts. Essentials of multivariate regression analysis with policy
applications, problems in regression analysis, forecasting, time series/panel data modeling, and simultaneous equations models,
with an emphasis on application rather than theory and use of statistical packages (SAS and SPSS) for policy analysis.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Description
Concepts of strategic management as applied to government and nonprofit organizations, including development agencies.
Methods and practical considerations related to developing organizational strategies to achieve public purposes, translation of
strategies into organizations plans in light of theory and practice of organizational behavior, and assessment of performance
relative to strategy.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Description
Essentials of financial management in nonprofit and governmental settings, providing an overview of budget planning,
management, monitoring, and controls at the program, agency, and government-wide level. Review of government financial
management principles and applications, including managing tax and expenditure programs, sources and uses of funds for
government organizations, control of corruption, fundamentals of performance measurement, budgetary decision-making
concepts and processes, and citizen participation in budgeting. Financial management of non-profits, including introduction to
fundraising and revenue generation strategies, sustainability, financial monitoring and reporting, and controls.
When Offered
Offered in alternate years.
Description
Explores international approaches to structuring and managing the public sector to meet national objectives. Examines alternative
models and their implications for government performance and effectiveness, with an emphasis on MENA region and developing
countries, but also considering European, North American, and Asian models. Application of analytic tools and models of
government behavior to compare approaches to reforming government management in diverse contexts.
When Offered
Offered in alternate years.
Description
Study of key concepts, tools, and methods for human resource management in government and nonprofit organizations.
Implementation of management tools to improve human resource productivity and performance through strategic application of
HR tools including structural reform, recruitment, capacity-building, motivation, promotion, evaluation, benefits, and conditions
of work.
735
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Description
Overview of concepts and methods for microeconomic and macroeconomic analysis as applied to public policy and public
sector/nonprofit management. Tools and concepts of microeconomic analysis, including factors shaping demand and supply,
theory of the firm, market distortions, externalities, and public goods, and application of economic tools to policy assessment.
Introduction to macroeconomic concepts including national income, monetary and fiscal policy, debt and financial markets,
growth and employment, savings and investment, and international trade, foreign exchange, and the balance of payments.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
PPAD 5231 or equivalent economic preparation.
Description
Overview of the interaction of markets with the economic and social development of developing countries and consideration of
the role of governments in promoting, regulating, and supplementing the action of markets to achieve public purposes.
Consideration of alternative government strategies in key social and productive sectors, including prevention of and responses to
market failures, promotion of equity and the rule of law, provision of social services, and maintenance of stable growth.
Application of economic analytic tools to assess and select government strategies in a market-oriented system.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Description
Exploration of how international organizations interact with each other and with national actors in defining and implementing
norms and functions of global governance. Focus on global governance actors and regimes developed for priority issue areas,
including peace and security; human development; trade; finance; human rights; the environment; labor and working conditions;
and international migration. Consideration of the role of United Nations, international and regional organizations and
mechanisms for collaboration with state, international, and non-state actors to strengthen and manage global regulatory regimes.
When Offered
Offered in fall
Description
This course reviews theories as well as practice of international negotiation, at the bilateral, regional and bilateral levels. It
examines determinants, drivers and hypotheses in negotiation processes as well as their different stages and forms. The course
also studies the practice of negotiation in specific bilateral, regional and global processes such as South Africa, Sri Lanka the
Arab-Israeli conflict and the law of the sea.
When Offered
Offered in spring
736
PPAD 539/5258 - Role of Force: Strategy and Statecraft (3 cr.)
Description
This course focuses on force as an instrument of policy in modern statecraft. Major concepts include the functions of force and
the formation of national security policy; classical military strategy and the influences of material resources, technology and
structural factors on its evolution; legal and moral limits on force; and the extension of military power into the realm of peace-
keeping, humanitarian relief and military occupation. The course also considers contemporary strategy challenges such as
insurgency, terrorism, non-violent resistance and civil military relations.
Prerequisites
Permission of adviser and instructor
Description
Students enrolling in this course will work towards the completion of their capstone project per departmental requirements. This
project should present a thorough analysis of an issue with relevance to their course of study in Public Administration, Public
Policy or Global Affairs. Final products for the course include a written report and an oral presentation that will be evaluated by
and faculty supervisor and a client representative.
Prerequisites
Supervisor approval of a thesis or master's project proposal or permission of the supervisor and instructor.
Description
Support to students in research phase of the thesis or master's project. Weekly meetings and assignments to support ongoing
analysis, research, and writing, guided discussions, peer-to-peer assessment, and critique of thesis or master's project
components. Ungraded; required for all students.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
Completion of all degree required courses
Description
Individual consultation for students preparing for the comprehensive examination.
Description
Develops proficiency in critical expository writing, critical reading and greater fluency in expression. Focuses on the writing
process with an emphasis on developing the student's voice, organizing and developing ideas independently within the context of
academic writing. Introduces library research and use of sources.
737
When Offered
Offered in fall, spring and summer.
Notes
For students beginning fall 2013 and later, RHET 1000 and RHET 1100 have been replaced with one course RHET 110/1010 -
Freshman Writing (3 cr.) .
Description
RHET 1010 is designed to help first year students improve their analytical and argumentative skills. This involves reading texts
analytically and critically within various disciplines, considering the rhetorical situations in which they are working, organizing
and supporting ideas to make a convincing argument while maintaining their voice as writers. This course also provides training
in the use and integration of sources, library and online research and fosters a more discriminating attitude to academically
acceptable sources. Ultimately, the course provides opportunities for students to develop effective and coherent communication
skills.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring. Summer only for students repeating the course.
Notes
RHET 1010 replaces RHET 101/1000 - Approaches to Critical Writing (3 cr.) and RHET 102/1100 - Effective Argument (3
cr.) for students beginning in the Freshman Program in fall 2013 and later.
Prerequisites
RHET 1010 concurrent with CORE 1010.
Description
This semester, after performing an extensive review of the literature on an area of interest, you will choose an area of study that
requires you to gather data to support a hypothesis. The topic should be one that lends itself to research. You are encouraged to
pursue an area that is related to your major or another of personal interest.
Notes
RHET 1020 replacesRHET 201/2010 - Research Writing (3 cr.) for students beginning the Freshman Program in fal 2013 and
later.
Description
Course addressing broad intellectual concerns and accessible to all first year students irrespective of major.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
RHET 1000
Description
Develops the skills to produce effective argument with a focus on organization, content, analysis of readings, critical thinking.
Provides training in the use and integration of sources, library and online research.
When Offered
Offered in fall, spring and summer.
Notes
738
For students beginning fall 2013 and later, RHET 1000 and RHET 1100 have been replaced with one course: RHET 110/1010 -
Freshman Writing (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
RHET 1100 or its equivalent.
Description
Develops the skills to produce extended forms of academic essays and research papers with a focus on the methods of research,
process of research paper writing, integration and evaluation of sources and critical analysis.
When Offered
Offered in fall, spring and summer.
Notes
For students beginning fall 2013 and later, RHET 2010 has been replaced by RHET 120/1020 - Research Writing (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
RHET 1000
Description
Course addressing broad intellectual concerns and accessible to all students irrespective of major.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
RHET 2010 or its equivalent.
For students beginning fall 2013 and later, RHET 2010 has been replaced by RHET 120/1020 - Research Writing (3 cr.) .
Description
Public Speaking is a course designed to provide both a practical introduction to the fundamental principles of speaking in public
and a forum for practicing public speaking skills. Through a variety of instructional strategies - discussion, class workshops,
readings, lectures, and presentations- students learn the processes by which effective speeches are conceived, prepared, and
delivered.
Prerequisites
RHET 2010 or equivalent.
For students beginning fall 2013 and later, RHET 2010 has been replaced by RHET 120/1020 - Research Writing (3 cr.).
Description
Course addresses broad intellectual concerns, and is accessible to all students irrespective of major.
739
Prerequisites
RHET 2010 or equivalent.
For students beginning fall 2013 and later, RHET 2010 has been replaced by RHET 120/1020 - Research Writing (3 cr.).
Description
This course focuses on the writing and critique of personal narratives, reflecting upon students' places as individuals within the
larger contexts of family, country, and/or region. They will learn fundamentals of narrative life writing, understand the crafts of
writing and revising, and consider their life stories in the wider context of cultural theory. Students will learn and practice
advanced discussion techniques in workshop, when narratives are critiqued by instructor and peers
Prerequisites
RHET 2010 or equivalent.
For students beginning fall 2013 and later, RHET 2010 has been replaced by RHET 120/1020 - Research Writing (3 cr.).
Description
This reading-intensive course will introduce students to the field of autobiographical and biographical literature known as life
writing. Students will analyze writing strategies in classic and contemporary memoirs, confessions, letters, diaries, and visual
portraits as well as autobiographies and biographies, through key themes of self, identity, secrets, truth, inheritance and ethics
Prerequisites
RHET 2010 or equivalent.
For students beginning fall 2013 and later, RHET 2010 has been replaced by RHET 120/1020 - Research Writing (3 cr.)
Description
In this course, students will become familiar with the genre of travel writing, and the history, politics and economics of place and
how these influence culture. Through various reading, writing, and travel experiences, students will gain an understanding of
themselves vis--vis the other and develop an appreciation of how travel can transform the self. They will learn how to respond
critically to travel narratives, identify credible sources to inform their writing, make original observations, and modify
perspective to compose alternative texts.
Prerequisites
RHET 2010 or equivalent.
For students beginning fall 2013 and later, RHET 2010 has been replaced by RHET 120/1020 - Research Writing (3 cr.).
Description
Students in this course will assess and write works of fiction and nonfiction addressing children through different media (picture
books, plays, short stories, novellas). Students will explore who writes and illustrates for children and why, and the language used
to address children during different stages. They will engage in projects to entertain children, while providing indirect instruction,
and produce written works for organizations that serve the needs of children.
Prerequisites
RHET 1020 or equivalent
740
Description
As a workshop with a significant critical component, this course focuses on developing students' mastery of language through the
writing of poetry. That writing is grounded with an examination of poetry's rhetorical and cultural impact. Students in this course
will write a series of poems in response to weekly assignments, analyze the work of poets from both the West and the Middle
East, and complete a final portfolio that shows significant revision and careful analytical thinking about the poems themselves as
well as their place within the genre.
Prerequisites
RHET 1020 or equivalent
Description
This course focuses on the craft and discipline of fiction writing. Students will study writers in the Arab and Western literary
tradition, and from that study, they will learn the fundamentals of various rhetorical strategies in fiction, understand how to
transform small ideas from daily life into fiction, and consider how their cultural background affects how they tell stories.
Students will also learn how to critique other students' stories in workshops and how to revise and develop their own work.
Prerequisites
RHET 2010 or equivalent; junior standing or instructor approval.
For students beginning fall 2013 and later, RHET 2010 has been replaced by RHET 120/1020 - Research Writing (3 cr.).
Description
This course focuses on the methods of persuasion that business professionals and administrators of organizations use to shape
messages for professional and public audiences. Rhetorical analyses of various workplace document genres are followed by
application of knowledge and skills to produce effective and appropriate business messages. Students will conduct research on
topics of interest to the business community, and present findings in the form of proposals, formal reports, and oral presentations.
When Offered
Offered in fall, spring and occasionally in the summer.
Prerequisites
RHET 2010 or equivalent; junior standing or instructor approval; science and engineering majors or instructor approval.
For students beginning fall 2013 and later, RHET 2010 has been replaced by RHET 120/1020 - Research Writing (3 cr.).
Description
This course develops the knowledge and skills to produce technical documents that meet professional and ethical standards
required by technical fields and professions. It focuses on both the rhetorical and workplace problems that are addressed by
writers, such as audience, exigency and purpose, and workplace constraints. Throughout the course, students will analyze and
discuss recent areas of concern in the field technical communication, as well as produce documents in various technical genres,
including proposals and formal reports.
When Offered
Offered in fall, spring and occasionally in summer
741
Prerequisites
RHET 2010 or equivalent.
For students beginning fall 2013 and later, RHET 2010 has been replaced by RHET 120/1020 - Research Writing (3 cr.).
Description
This course acquaints students with both the presentation and interpersonal communication skills required in business-related,
professional situations. It addresses both the composition and the delivery of professional speeches, such as sales presentations,
convention addresses, job bids, as well as the interpersonal skills necessary for the successful conduct of business discourse, in
particular negotiation contexts
Prerequisites
RHET 2010 or equivalent.
For students beginning fall 2013 and later, RHET 2010 has been replaced by RHET 120/1020 - Research Writing (3 cr.).
Description
This is a course in the rhetorical analysis of the relatively new but increasingly important genres that comprise the various
practices of E-Writing, including: blogging, wiki-development, networked writing, hypertext, social networking and other
manifestations of the digital age. Students will study and work with various digital environments with attention to their evolving
possibilities and constraints
Prerequisites
RHET 2010 or its equivalent.
For students beginning fall 2013 and later, RHET 2010 has been replaced by RHET 120/1020 - Research Writing (3 cr.).
Description
This course guides students through key texts in rhetorical theory to give them not only a foundational knowledge of major
questions, concepts and debates in the field but also to provide them with the language and tools to critically analyze a variety of
texts, whether these texts be visual, oral, or written. Students will reflect on, through various writing assignments, the intellectual,
social, and political contributions of rhetoric to the study of human communication
Prerequisites
RHET 2010 or equivalent; consent of instructor, consent of Chair/Associate Chair, junior or senior standing.
For students beginning fall 2013 and later, RHET 2010 has been replaced by RHET 120/1020 - Research Writing (3 cr.).
Description
This course focuses on writing in the student's discipline. Particular attention is paid to the conventions of professional writing
and citation, as well as a variety of approaches to delivering discipline-specific information to diverse audiences. Also included
are advanced research, public writing and public presentations.
Prerequisites
RHET 2010 or equivalent.
For students beginning fall 2013 and later, RHET 2010 has been replaced by RHET 120/1020 - Research Writing (3 cr.).
742
Description
Changing Words, Changing Worlds engages students with contemporary discourse within the humanities. It takes as its point of
departure a seminal work that frames our understanding and concepts within the humanities relating how this key text acts as a
trajectory creating a paradigm shift and permeating into other fields, such as Marx's Manifesto of the Communist Party. By
analyzing the interplay between language and ideas, students will be able to relate to how discourse within one area of the
humanities is infiltrated becoming a reference point for other fields
RHET 325/3340 - The Rhetoric of Argument in the Humanities and Social Sciences (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
RHET 2010 or equivalent.
For students beginning fall 2013 and later, RHET 2010 has been replaced by RHET 120/1020 - Research Writing (3 cr.).
Description
This course engages students in the study of argumentation, its theory and practice. Students will employ instruments for
identifying differences of opinion, analyzing and evaluating explicit and implicit standpoints of argument, and presenting
arguments in oral and written discourse.
Prerequisites
RHET 2010 or equivalent.
For students beginning fall 2013 and later, RHET 2010 has been replaced by RHET 120/1020 - Research Writing (3 cr.).
Description
This course takes an interdisciplinary approach to the phenomenon of writing by examining the cultural values embedded in
writing and the cognitive claims about the relationship between thought and language, and by surveying the ways written
expression has been used as a tool for reconstructing perception, memory, self and society. These issues will be approached
through reading and writing together, and through experimenting with assumptions and hypotheses about what happens when
people write. Class readings come from history, philosophy, cognitive psychology, composition studies, and literature
Prerequisites
Pre-requisites: Consent of Instructor, Consent of Chair/Associate Chair, Junior or Senior Standing.
Description
In exceptional circumstances, students, in consultation with a faculty member and with approval of the Chair/Associate Chair,
may design or take a course that is not regularly offered. In such a case, the student, in consultation with the instructor, will
propose a course of study and work will culminate in one of the following: a scholarly research paper on some aspect of the
history, theory, or application of rhetoric and composition; a practical application of writing, such as a grant or report submitted
to an outside agency; a body of work that is normally expected in a listed course not being offered during the current term.
Prerequisites
At least one 300-level RHET course and/or instructor permission solicited through a project proposal.
Description
Students in this course will complete a substantial portion of a long writing project while analyzing and modeling approaches to
manuscripts. Each student will design and generate a different project, so projects may span across genres(i.e., a group of
743
personal narratives or short stories, a novel, a book of poetry, a collection of critical and/or academic essays, etc.). Students will
engage in the process of writing a manuscript through utilizing genre analysis and class workshops. Students in a number of
writing contexts and disciplines, as well as Rhetoric and Writing Minors, are encouraged to take this capstone course.
Prerequisites
RHET 2010 or equivalent.
For students beginning fall 2013 and later, RHET 2010 has been replaced by RHET 120/1020 - Research Writing (3 cr.).
Description
Grant writing skills may be used for fundraising, applying for scholarships and fellowships, starting new businesses, securing
research and conference grants, and acquiring funding for the cultural, non-profit and non-governmental sectors. This course
develops the skills of effective fund-seeking and proposal writing through a step by step service-learning activity, where students
learn how to access donor funds to meet the needs of local non-profit organizations
Prerequisites
RHET 1020 or equivalent.
Description
This capstone course immerses students into an applied, real-world writing experience that helps them transition from academic
writing to work-place writing, as well as provides in-class guidance and reflection. Students select one of three tracks of
internship experience - professional business writing, literary writing and publishing, or technical writing for non-profits.
Prerequisites
RHET 2010 or equivalent. Engineering and Science Majors only; junior or senior standing.
For students beginning fall 2013 and later, RHET 2010 has been replaced by RHET 120/1020 - Research Writing (3 cr.).
Description
This course develops advanced scientific and technical communication skills for both academic and practical environments. It
features the IMRAD method of report writing, oral and visual presentation skills for senior projects, literature reviews for
scientists and engineers, technical reports for the workplace, and technical documents that represent organizations to the public
Prerequisites
RHET 2010 or equivalent.
For students beginning fall 2013 and later, RHET 2010 has been replaced by RHET 120/1020 - Research Writing (3 cr.).
Description
This course develops the skills to produce effective articles and presentations with a focus on journal submission requirements,
journal review and publication processes. Provides training in the integration of information technology for presentations, and in
primary and secondary research methods
744
Description
Robot mechanisms, End-effector mechanisms, Actuators and drives, Sensors. Robot forward and inverse kinematics. Differential
motion and Jacobian (Velocities and forces). Simulation software and analysis. Acceleration and Inertia, Robot dynamics.
Trajectory generation and control of robot manipulators. Robot planning and control. Task oriented control, Force compliance
control. Robot programming, Robot work cell design and work cycle analysis. Robot vision, Teleoperation and Interactive
haptics. Closed-Loop Kinematic chains, Parallel-link robot kinematics. Non-holonomic systems, Legged robots.
Cross-listed
Same as MENG 5271.
Description
Fundamentals of embedded control system design, embedded processor architecture and operation. General overview of existing
families of micro-controllers, DSPs, FPGAs, ASICs. Selected embedded 8/16/32 processor architectures, and programming.
Real-time, resources and management, I/O, Virtual memory and memory management. Concurrency, resource sharing and
deadlocks. Scheduling theory. Real-time programming and embedded software. Real-time kernels and operating systems. Bus
structure and Interfacing. Programming pervasive and ubiquitous embedded system. Designing embedded system. Discretization
and implementation of continuous-time control systems. Networked embedded systems and integrated control.
Cross-listed
Same as MENG 5272.
Description
Basic linear system response: Analysis in time domain, stability analysis, Routh-Horwitz stability criteria of LTI. Feedback
analysis and design continuous-time systems on the basis of root locus: analysis, design, lead/lag compensators, and Control
synthesis in frequency domain: (Bode response, Nyquist stability criteria, sensitivity and design). Control design concepts for
linear multivariable systems using state variable techniques. State space representation and transition matrices. Control system
design in state space: controllability, pole method and pole placement design, observer/observability and compensators design.
Optimal observer based feedback. Lyapunov Stability. The solutions to LQR problem, Kalman filtering problem. LQG and LTR
based design methods. Discrete-time systems and computer control.
Cross-listed
Same as MENG 5273.
Description
Introduction to Probability, Probability theory, Bayes theorem, Bayesian Inference. Introduction to estimation. Linear Optimal
Filters, Predictors, Smoothers, Nonlinear Filters. Kalman and Information filter, Continuous and Discrete Time Kalman Filter.
Extended Kalman filter and implementation, Unscented Kalman Filter (UKF). Distributed Kalman filter over network. Particle
filter, Rao-Blackwellized Particle Filter (RBPF). Particle filter Fast SLAM. Case Studies.
Description
Autonomous and Mobile robots, Locomotion concepts and mechanisms, Degrees of mobility and steering. Non holonomic
concept and constraint. Wheeled mobile robots: Kinematic and dynamic models. Trajectory generation and Control methods.
Sensors, sensor models and perception. Mapping and knowledge representations. Control architectures and Navigation: Planning,
Subsumption, Potential field, Motor Schemas, Probabilistic, Learning from observations and Reinforcement learning. Relative
and absolute localization. Navigation and localization techniques. SLAM (Simultaneous Localization and Mapping). Multi
745
robotic system: navigation, cooperation and autonomy.
Cross-listed
Same as MENG 5274.
Description
Mechatronics innovations: Concepts and innovative ideas, design and hands-on experimentation. Sensors and intelligent sensor
systems. Interfacing techniques. Controllers. Electrical motors: selection and control, encoders, and drivers. Power systems and
control: pneumatic, electro-pneumatic, hydraulic and electro-hydraulic. Technologies and techniques associated with industrial
and mobile robots. Joint space and operational space control. Velocity saturation, trajectory generation and tracking. Project work
supporting design, simulation and experimentation
Description
Traditional and Biomimetic robots. Bioinspired robot design: actuators, sensors, and material. Bioinspired algorithms for robot
control. Social Networks. Multi robotic systems (MRS): concept, homogeneous and heterogeneous architectures. MRS control
architecture: MRS planning, Motor schema based MRS, Behavior based MRS. MRS and machine learning. Inter-robot
communication and coordination. Auction-based task negotiation for MRS. Autonomy and cooperation. Task definition,
decomposition and knowledge representation. Resource management and deadlocks. Collaborative Observation and Localization.
Multi-Robot Navigation. Human-Robot Interaction. Biological inspired solutions: Ant colony and social insect behavior, Swarm
intelligence and self organization.
Description
Manufacturing systems: organization, facility layout, performance indicators. Robotics in Manufacturing. AGVs in
Manufacturing. Robot work cells. Sensors in Manufacturing. Communication protocols. Agile manufacturing. Models and
Metrics. Automation, NC/CNC. Design for Manufacturability. Manufacturing systems design: single cell, assembly line, group
technology, cellular and flexible systems. Material transport and storage systems. Analysis of flow lines, assembly systems and
line balancing. Quality measurement and reliability. Manufacturing support systems: CAD/CAM/CIM tools and product cycle,
process and production planning, shop floor control, inventory control. Modern manufacturing systems: Push/pull systems, pull
systems (KANBAN and CONWIP), Just-In-Time, TQM.
Description
Technical specifications: teleoperation and haptics systems. Haptics: Human, Machine, and Computer haptics, and their
interrelation. Haptic systems: sensors, actuators and interfaces. Haptic device modeling and control. Event-based haptics.
Rendering of stiff walls and friction, rigid-body and deformable body interaction. Haptic teleoperation. Bilateral teleoperation.
Teleoperation and haptic systems architecture control approaches. Force control, impedance control, stiffness control Feed-
forward control, Adaptive motion/force control. Performance specifications and stability issues, Stability and Transparency,
stability against passive human and environment impedances. Design for time-delayed teleoperation. Robustness issues.
Collaborative control and collaborated virtual environment.
Description
Linear system theory and robust control. System analysis: stability and performance, sensitivity function, integral quadratic
constraints, small-gain argument, H2 and H space and performance. NORMs. Robustness and Uncertainty. Robust stability,
746
quadratic stability, and stability margin. Robust performance, controller parameterization, design constraints. Balanced Model
Reduction, Modeling uncertainty. Linear fractional transform (LFT). Structured singular values, -Analysis, LMI analysis.
synthesis. H2 optimal control, H control and controller order reduction, H loop shaping. Optimal control theory: optimization
of static functions, calculus of variations, optimal linear regulators, dynamic programming.
Prerequisites
Consent of instructor.
Description
Introduction to the analysis and design of nonlinear control systems. Linearization of nonlinear systems. Phase-plane analysis,
Lyapunov stability analysis. Design of stabilizing controllers. Properties of adaptive systems, Adaptive control and real-time
parameter estimation, Deterministic self-tuning regulators, model reference control, Adaptive observers, model reference
adaptive control, gain scheduling controller modeling. Stability of adaptive control systems.
Cross-listed
Same as MENG 6270.
Prerequisites
ECNG 3202 and ECNG 4306
Description
Introduction to Networked Control Systems, real-time systems, network architecture, wired and wireless network protocols,
international standards, NCS in industrial control, NCS in terrestrial transportation systems, Study of different software packages
and simulation tools for NCS.
Cross-listed
Same as ECNG 5226.
Description
Intelligent systems and evolutionary algorithms. Computational methods, intelligent behaviors and algorithms observed in nature
and humans. Neural networks: Supervised and unsupervised Neural Networks (NNs), Single and Multi layer feed-forward NNs,
Feedback NNs, Hopfield NNs, Associative memories (Kohonen networks), Learning vector quantizer (LVQ) Radial base
function (RBF) NNs. Evolutionary algorithms, genetic algorithms. Fuzzy logic: memberships. reasoning, Fuzzy controllers,
Neuro-Fuzzy networks, Fuzzy ARMAP. Swarm Intelligence and Colony optimization. Feature selection. Computational
intelligence: imprecise and uncertain knowledge, learning, adaptive behavior and real time problems. Case studies.
Prerequisites
Consent of instructor.
Description
Basic MEMS/NEMS fabrication technologies, various transduction mechanisms such as piezoelectric, pyroelectric,
thermoelectric, thermionic, piezoresistive, etc. The theory of operation of few sensors including infrared detectors, radiation
sensors, rotation and acceleration sensors, flow sensors, pressure and force sensors, and motion sensors. An introduction to
different techniques for analyzing experimental data.
747
Cross-listed
Same as PHYS 5277,NANO 5221.
When Offered
Offered in fall
Description
Perception and image systems. Pinhole Camera Model. Auto-calibration. Digital image processing fundamentals. Image
normalization, gray and binary image processing, RGB and IHS color space representations. Image enhancement: contrast
stretching and digital filtering in the spatial and frequency domains. Image restoration. Coding and compression. Image
segmentation. Image Convolution / Correlation Matching / De-convolution. Object classification and classifiers. Object
recognition and interpretation. Estimating image field and image motion, Optical flow and motion. Stereo vision. Multi-view and
motion-based 3-D object reconstruction. Dynamic vision: object tracking, recursive state estimation, autonomous navigation,
discrete self-localization. Robotic Control via visual servoing.
Description
Sensors and perception. Physical principles of sensing. Static and dynamic characteristics of sensors. Sensor classifications and
selection. Interfacing techniques. Calibration and self-calibration of smart sensors. Sensors and intelligent systems: design trends
in the field of smart sensors systems. Sensors for: intelligent and autonomous robots, smart systems, automotive and
manufacturing industries, smart structures, and other modern industries and smart products. Sensor integration and data fusion.
Sensors in remote control and real time systems. Wireless sensor networks, features, architecture and technology, topology,
energy, communication protocols and security, distributed & collaborative signal processing, and applications.
Description
Problem Solving by Search, Knowledge Representation and Reasoning, Planning, Quantifying Uncertainty, Probabilistic
Reasoning, Learning from Examples, Learning Probabilistic Models, and Reinforcement Learning.
Cross-listed
Same as CSCE 5261
Prerequisites
Consent of the faculty advisor.
Description
Topics to be chosen according to specific interests. Maybe taken for credit more than once if content changes.
Description
Seminar on research topics, research methodology and thesis writing. The seminars given by invited speakers include topics on
the sustainable development and economic impact of RCSS and relevant technology, Industrial needs and the evolution of RCSS
and advanced research.
748
Cross-listed
Same as ENGR 5940.
Prerequisites
RCSS 5940
Description
Seminars on research topics given by invited speakers that include ongoing development in the area of RCSS interdisciplinary
field. In addition, seminars are given by the enrolled students on their research work.
Cross-listed
Same as ENGR 5941.
Description
Students are required to attend the library and the writing modules of RCSS 5940 and , to undertake an engineering project
approved by student's advisor and the director of the program. A final report of the project should be submitted and orally
defended in the presence of a supervisory committee consist of student's advisor and two faculty members.
Prerequisites
RCSS 5940
Description
Consultation on problems related to student thesis. Must be taken at least twice for credit.
RCSS 692/6930 - Advanced Selected Topics in Robotics, Control and Smart Systems
(RCSS) (3 cr.)
Description
Advanced topics in the field of Robotics, Control and Smart Systems (RCSS) to be chosen every year according to specific
interests and the evolution of knowledge and development trends in RCSS. May be taken for credit more than once if content
changes.
Description
Consultation on problems related to students thesis. To be taken 11 times for credit.
Description
Course addressing broad intellectual concerns and accessible to all first-year students as part of the Primary Level Core.
749
Prerequisites
RHET 2010 or concurrent.
Description
Description and analysis of social and cultural characteristics and problems of contemporary Arab Society, taking into
consideration the specific historical, economic, and ideological forces that shape it. The social basis for Arab unity and identity.
Introduction to basic concepts and principles for understanding social phenomena.
Cross-listed
Same as ANTH 2005.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
RHET 1000
Description
Course addressing broad intellectual concerns and accessible to all students, irrespective of major.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Description
General sociology concepts and theoretical issues. Survey of the field covering the sociology of small groups, the family,
education, work, community structure, and political life; discussions on the uses of sociology.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Description
Introduce the students to the different concepts and approaches to community development as well as to community
organizing. Utilizes a critically reflective framework as part of the curriculum to overcome the potential division between theory
and practice. Identifies the key issues that the students are likely to confront in community development and organizing work.
Cross-listed
Same as ANTH 2201 ,PSYC 2201 .
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Description
Major theoretical perspectives in studying social problems. Systematic examination of the salient stresses and strains in Egyptian,
Arab, and Middle Eastern societies. Discussion of selected concrete problems, such as population, bureaucracy, youth unrest,
deviance, drugs, prostitution.
750
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Description
The family as a social institution with emphasis on Middle Eastern characteristics, selected aspects of marriage and family life,
special attention to the social consequences of changing family styles.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Prerequisites
PSYC 1000
Description
The extension of general psychological principles and methods to the study of interaction and social environment. The nature and
methodology of research in social psychology. The major theoretical concepts and their applications and contributions to a
variety of areas in the field including development and socialization, social perception and attribution of causality, attitude
formation and changes, pro- and anti-social behavior, interpersonal attraction and intimacy, and the social effects and functions of
groups.
Cross-listed
Same as PSYC 3010 .
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Description
The course examines the various agencies active in the field of development. It investigates how these organizations, such as
NGOs, state bureaucracy and international development organizations shape the process of development.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Description
The social bases of literary productions both oral and written and the functions of literature for social integration. The
interrelationship of literary expression and movements for social change.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
Three hours of Social Sciences.
Description
This course will explore a variety of approaches for the study of life in cities, providing students with tools to think critically
751
about the meaning of urban life in the new century. Are cities the vibrant, vital centers of all that is exciting, new and
provocative in modern life or are they the decaying, decadent and dangerous remnants of an industrial age whose time has
passed? How do we link the lives of corporate elites and pop icons with crack dealers and shanty town dwellers? How do we
place migration, world capital flows, transnational media, and global consumption in our studies of city life?
Cross-listed
Same as ANTH 3045.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Description
The Middle Eastern rural community and its relation to agricultural development, tenure systems, ecological processes,
urbanization, migration, and changing technology.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Description
Facts and issues of human population. Creates demographic literacy, and an ability to deal with population realities. Substantive
knowledge covering processes and determinants of population structure, growth, and changes: fertility, mortality, and migration,
as well as challenges of population growth.
When Offered
Offered in alternate years.
SOC 332/3060 - Social Constructions of Difference: Race, Class and Gender (3 cr.)
Prerequisites
Three hours of Social Sciences.
Description
The course will first introduce students to the vast theoretical literature on the concepts of race, class and gender from sociology
and anthropology. Second, the course will expect students to shift focus away from looking at different cultures to analyzing
cultural productions of difference. In the course we will be concerned with how racial, class and gender identities are shaped by
diverse hegemonic systems, modes of resistance, and the structuring of social relations in different societies.
Cross-listed
Same as ANTH 3060.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
Three hours of Social Sciences.
Description
The technical aspects of environmental issues in Egypt are examined taking into account the cultural, social, and political
dimensions upsetting the balance of the environment. Major issues such as water scarcity, global warming, desertification, urban
752
pollution, tourism, and demographic pressures are presented and analyzed.
Cross-listed
Same as ANTH 3085.
When Offered
Offered in alternate years.
Prerequisites
Prerequisites: 9 hours of social sciences, and junior or senior standing, or consent of instructor.
Description
The nature and function of social theory and its development, especially since the Enlightenment. Emphasis on the cumulative
insights and ideas which have contributed to modern social theory. The essential aspects of the philosophy of social science,
especially epistemological problems in the sciences of sociology and anthropology.
Cross-listed
Same as ANTH 3102.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
Prerequisites: Students must have taken SOC 2101 , no exceptions
Description
This course is designed for students in the social sciences who do not have a background in mathematics except high school
algebra. The course will provide an introduction to statistics as a tool for analyzing and understanding data related to social life.
The course deals with basic concepts and procedures and integrates SPSS demonstrations and exercises..
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
SOC 3102 or consent of instructor.
Description
The main trends, basic problems, and unresolved issues of post-war sociological thought. Essential aspects of the logic of
scientific inquiry; contemporary theories as model building in sociology including new functionalism, critical theory,
structuralism and poststructuralism.
Cross-listed
Same as ANTH 3035.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
753
Prerequisites
SOC 2101 and SOC 3103 . For sociology minors only: An equivalent statistics course may be substituted for SOC 3103 only
with the permission of the instructor.
Description
.This course introduces students to the basic survey methods used in the social sciences. Emphasis is on the logic of social
science and the implications of the major forms of quantitative research methodology. Allows students to recognize and analyze
merits of research in the social sciences including public opinion and policy action research .
When Offered
Offered in spring
Notes
Students will be encouraged to conduct mini-scale surveys on the campus and beyond.
Description
This course will introduce students to the appropriate research methodologies when dealing with community organizing and
development, particularly the participatory action research approach to community development.
Cross-listed
Same as ANTH 3202 ,PSYC 3202 .
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
Three hours of Social Sciences.
Description
Basic processes by which societies initiate, consolidate, transform, and change their basic institutions and social structures.
Anatomy of reform and revolutionary social movements, especially those affecting Arab and Third World societies.
Cross-listed
Same as ANTH 3020.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Description
The basic theory and methods of the sociology of inequality. The nature and variety of stratification systems, major theories of
stratification, empirical studies and social correlates of class phenomena, social mobility, and class conflict. Emphasis on Middle
Eastern material.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
754
Description
This is a selected topics course that can vary according to the area and expertise of the faculty member.
Hours
Three hours of Social Sciences
Prerequisites
Prerequisites: Junior or senior standing, 6 hrs. of social science or the permission of the instructor.
Description
The course examines the concept of work and how it is defined and understood in contemporary society. It investigates the
changing nature of work, labor issues, changing management styles, and gender and the work place.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
Prerequisites: 9 hours of social sciences, and junior or senior standing.
Description
The nature and interrelationship of educational agencies to other social institutions. The emergent structure of Middle Eastern
educational programs and their implications for social change and integration.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
Prerequisites: 9 hours of social sciences, and junior or senior standing.
Description
Theories of crime and social control. Institutional programs charged with the custody and treatment of law violators. Problems of
deviance as related to class structure and social change.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
9 hours of social sciences and junior or senior standing.
Description
Comparative study of religion in culture and society. The course will explore a variety of theories and controversies in the
anthropological understanding of religion. Emphasis is on how religion may restrict but also empower believers, inform their
social identities, and intersect with political and economic practices and institutions in a globalizing world.
Cross-listed
755
Same as ANTH 4025.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
Prerequisites: 9 hours of social sciences, and junior or senior standing
Description
Social bases of various political systems such as Western-type democracy, authoritarianism, and totalitarianism. Topics include:
determinants of political behavior, power, elite formation, bureaucracy, and the political role of the military and intellectuals in
Third World societies.
Cross-listed
Same as POLS 4035 .
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: nine hours of social sciences, at least junior standing or the consent of the instructor.
Description
The course will examine the transformations in the lives of women and men through development and incorporation into global
economic and political systems from a sociological perspective, particularly from the "Third World". However, the focus is not
limited to women, but rather concentrates on the structure and process of gender relations. In examining "gender politics", we
will explore the politicization of gender relations at various levels of society, from domestic settings to national contexts to the
international sphere.
When Offered
Offered annually.
Prerequisites
9 hours of Social Sciences and Junior or Senior standing.
Description
Through the examination of a contemporary topic in African Studies, this interdisciplinary seminar examines epistemological and
methodological issues in African Studies such as transformation, resistance, power, technology, and women and development.
Original sources will be used to examine the theoretical assumptions, data, and methods underlying the literature. Prior course
work in African Studies is recommended.
Cross-listed
Same as ANTH 4055 .
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
756
Prerequisites
Prerequisites: 9 hours of social sciences, and junior or senior standing.
Description
Topics to be chosen according to specific interests, such as sociology of medicine, sex roles, symbolic interaction, applied
sociology.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Repeatable
May be repeated for credit if content changes.
Prerequisites
Prerequisites: 9 hours of social sciences and junior or senior standing.
Description
Contemporary theories of development as they apply to and illuminate the problems of development in underdeveloped
countries. The approach will be interdisciplinary.
Cross-listed
Same as ANTH 4050 .
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
Senior standing and SOC 3105 or ANTH 3105 or 12 hours of Social Sciences.
Description
Emphasis on current methodological trends in anthropology and sociology reflecting the research interests of the faculty and
students, and drawing on the experience of the undergraduate career. Content may therefore vary from year to year.
Cross-listed
Same as ANTH 4107 .
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Notes
The student will be required to write a methodologically sound senior paper, preferably based on field research.
Prerequisites
Six hours of social sciences or consent of the instructor.
Description
One semester, field experience in an approved international development agency, local NGO or other professional setting
approved by faculty supervisor. Supervised by a faculty supervisor.
Cross-listed
757
Same as ANTH 4203 and PSYC 4203 .
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Prerequisites
Prerequisites: a minimum B average, consent of the instructor, and approval by the Unit Head and the Department Chair.
Description
In exceptional circumstances some seniors and graduating seniors with department approval may arrange for independent study
on a chosen topic in sociology that is not covered in the regular offerings for that academic year. Guided readings, research and
frequent consultations held
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Repeatable
May be repeated for credit if content changes
Description
This course allows instructors to offer a topic in Coptic Studies. The topic will be chosen from year to year in coordination with
the departments concerned and the dean of the School of HUSS, and according to the individual interests and areas of expertise
of the instructors. Topics chosen may include various aspects of Coptic art and history, monasticism, folklore, or other subjects.
The course may be taken more than once if the topic changes.
Cross-listed
Same as ARIC 5132 ,EGPT 5160 ,HIST 4905 ,ANTH 4499 .
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Notes
Students in these majors may petition preferably before registration to have the course included in their major requirements.
Prerequisites
Prerequisites: 12 hours of social science
Description
Interdisciplinary and comparative analysis of development as a process and as a historical phenomenon. Critical evaluation of
economic, political, social, and cultural technological and managerial factors that structure developmental change.
Cross-listed
Same as ANTH 4560 ,POLS 4560 .
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Description
This course offers a reading in the genealogies of capital in order to critically engage emergent political, economic and social
forms. The course examines the nexus between events, structure, agency; Marxist conceptions of the making of histories; the
758
variety of Marxian frameworks delineating the relation between socio-economic and political rights.
Cross-listed
Same as GWST 5106
Prerequisites
Graduate standing or advanced undergraduate standing and permission of instructor.
Description
Drawing on interdisciplinary approaches in history, political science, sociology, economics and psychology, this introductory
course examines the causes and consequences of population movements, and provides basic background , terminology and
concepts for further studies in this field. It offers an overview of migrants' trajectories across national boundaries, analyzes
migrants' integration and their transformative impact on as well as contribution to host societies. It examines the networks of
relations migrants may maintain with their home countries. It also looks at the role of policies and practices of the humanitarian
regime in shaping the experience and addressing the challenges faced by refugees, asylum seekers, and returnees.
Cross-listed
Same as MRS 5200 .
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Description
An in-depth examination of classical sociological and anthropological theories of culture and society.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
SOC/ANTH 5201
Description
An in-depth examination fo contemporary sociological and anthropological theories of culture and society.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Description
Techniques of participant observation, non-participant observation, and in-depth interviewing used in anthropology and
ethnomethodology. Issues include problems of access, grounded theory and ethical issues. Students will normally carry out a
fieldwork project for the course.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Description
Techniques and issues in survey research. Sampling, operationalization, questionnaire design, survey application and analysis of
759
survey data. The course is designed to give students hands-on experience in every aspect of survey research.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Description
Topics discussed may vary depending on the instructor. Focus of the course will be announced prior to registration. Course may
be repeated for credit if content changes.
Cross-listed
Same as MRS 5208 .
Description
This course will examine the challenges brought to citizenship theory by migrations and migrants integration. Diverging
definitions of citizenry embody and express distinctive understandings of nationhood, be it state-centered and assimilationist,
ethnocratic and 'differentialist' or multiculturalist, that are deeply rooted in the political and cultural history of different nations.
The course will focus on the various conceptions of citizenship and how they influence the integration and the migrants' identity
(re)constructions well as, to a certain extent, trigger a redefinition of receiving countries 'cultural and political norms, including
the very meaning of Nation-State.
Cross-listed
Same as MRS 5209.
Description
Problems discussed may vary depending on the instructor and the needs of the students. Focus of the class will be announced
prior to registration. Course may be repeated for credit if content changes.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Description
Principles underlying group formation at the local level, such as kinship, residence, and friendship and the resultant web of
collective and dyadic relations; special emphasis on the articulation of these groups with class, occupational and ethnic groups,
and the state.
When Offered
Offered in alternate years.
Description
How sex roles and gender are socially constructed in cross-cultural perspectives: special emphasis on the impact of social-
cultural change on gender relations.
When Offered
Offered in alternate years.
760
Description
The relation of ideology and world religions to social action; special emphasis on the integrative aspects on society as well as
their potential for change and transformation.
When Offered
Offered in alternate years.
Description
This course offers a critical reading of the concept of the state, particularly in relation to governance and power, regulation of
subjects and citizens, discourses and practices of normalization of social orders, and limits to state power.
When Offered
Offered in alternate years.
Description
Theories of the growth of the new international division of labor and its relationship to socioeconomic change in both developed
and developing societies.
When Offered
Offered in alternate years.
Description
This course examines the remaking of rural communities in relation to historical shifts in capital and state dynamics, the
organization and practice of everyday life, the politics of labor and property, and the production of desire and subjectivity.
When Offered
Offered in alternate years.
Description
The structure of urban forms, patterns of city life, and the relationship of cities to the wider societies of which they are part.
Cross-listed
Same as GREN 5244 .
When Offered
Offered in alternate years.
Description
The epistemological foundations and social framework of knowledge; what is involved in "having knowledge" about society.
When Offered
Offered in alternate years.
761
SOC/ANTH 555/5255 - Comparative Health and Healing Systems (3 cr.)
Description
Cross-cultural and multidisciplinary approach to the crucial issues which link the social sciences to health and healing systems.
Special emphasis on issues of health and healing under conditions of social and cultural change; development and policy in the
Middle East.
When Offered
Offered in alternate years.
Description
A consideration of the causes and consequence of the growth and decline of population through the analysis of fertility, mortality,
and migration. Issues and research related to rapid population growth and labor migration will be emphasized.
When Offered
Offered in alternate years.
Description
This course examines the factors that contribute to modern nationalism or contradict it. Such factors include ethnic and other
forms of identity such as those constructed around the notions of race, language, and religion. The approach to the imagined
community is both cultural, dealing with identity formation and maintenance, and social, stressing processes and social groups.
When Offered
Offered in alternate years.
Description
This course uses a broad interdisciplinary approach to analyze the relationship between development and environmental
degradation, the ways in which development enhances protection, and the issues of sustainable development. It covers the social
movements that may emerge around the environmental concerns, and the social processes that lead to environmental risks.
Cross-listed
Same as GREN 5205 .
When Offered
Offered in alternate years.
Description
The emergence of modern social movements based on such issues as gender, ecology, race, ethnicity, community control, and
identity. The relation between "new" social movements and earlier social movements based on class, national liberation, and
revolutionary transformation, with comparison between First and Third World movements.
When Offered
Offered in alternate years.
762
Description
This course is an examination of the meanings and relationships between the past, memory and history in anthropological
practices and debates. Specifically, it seeks an analysis of the conceptual and methodological boundaries between history
production and collective memory paradigms.
When Offered
Offered in alternate years.
Description
Emphasis on those forces which have given Egyptian society cohesion and continuity in a rapidly changing world. Crucial issues
confronting social scientists and planners.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Description
A survey of the present state of knowledge concerning Middle Eastern societies, with an emphasis on the disciplinary approaches
of sociology and anthropology.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Prerequisites
Department approval.
Description
Guided individual readings and/or research on a subject of mutual interest to student and faculty member that will not be covered
in a regularly offered course.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Repeatable
May be taken only once.
Prerequisites
SOC/ANTH 5201 ,SOC/ANTH 5202 and either SOC/ANTH 5203 ,SOC/ANTH 5204 or the consent of the instructor.
Description
This course serves as an intermediary phase between the research proposal and the Master's thesis, which is designed to help
students transition from fieldwork and data collection to data analysis and writing up. Students will be lead through a process of
documenting, analyzing, and presenting their data in ways that emphasize faculty and peer evaluation and feedback.
763
Description
Consultation for students in problems related to their theses.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Description
The course is an introduction to the whole program. It focuses on sustainable development and global change- vital issues for
humanity- with specific attention to the challenges in Egypt of the transition from unsustainable to sustainable development.
Topics include rethinking established ways of production and consumption; types of green business, the interrelationship between
local and global challenges, business policy and decision making affecting sustainability; finding new ways of greening
economics, sustainable transportation, energy, engineering, architecture and construction; agriculture and water resources in a
changing global climate; and the role of SMEs.
Description
Solid, industrial and hazardous waste generation and control, with an emphasis on sustainable engineering practices such as
environmental impact assessment and performance, waste management, pollution prevention, waste minimization, cleaner
production, energy recovery, recycling and reuse.
Cross-listed
Same as ENGR 5240 .
GREN 503/5203 - Core Concepts & Applications for Social & Environmental Policy (3 cr.)
Description
Overview of issues and analytic approaches for social and environmental policy, including programmatic and policy responses to
development challenges in the environment, health and social services, and anti-poverty programming, with an emphasis on
applications and case studies of experience in the Middle East and North Africa. Application of analytic methods to understand
the root causes of barriers to providing social services and protecting the environment, and potential solutions to address these
challenges from an interdisciplinary perspective.
Cross-listed
Same as PPAD 5132 .
Prerequisites
MGMT 5307 .
Description
Innovation lies at the heart of economic growth in the modern world. Entrepreneurs with the ability and resourcefulness to
establish their own business are critical to the process of innovation. Innovation is not just about starting a new business but it is
also about creating and developing Innovative ways of management. Whether you are thinking of starting a new venture or
developing innovative mechanisms of management in a large organization, you will need to understand Entrepreneurship and
Innovation.
This course takes students through the various aspects of starting, managing, and growing a business. Whether you want to start a
new venture, a new project, or develop an innovative way of management. You will need to write a business plan? This course
764
will teach you how to write a business plan, its benefits and how does it differ from a feasibility study.
Opportunity identification, clear business and market definition, segmentation, and entry, building a team and creating a suitable
organizational form, avoiding common pitfalls, and various strategies for starting or growing a business , are among the
numerous facets of entrepreneurship covered in the course.
Methods employed include individual and group case analysis, writing a business plan, interviews with, and talks by,
entrepreneurs, and profiling of successes and failures.
Cross-listed
Same as ECNG 5274 and MGMT 5307 .
Description
This course uses a broad interdisciplinary approach to analyze the relationship between development and environmental
degradation, the ways in which development enhances protection, and the issues of sustainable development. It covers the social
movements that may emerge around the environmental concerns, and the social processes that lead to environmental risks.
Cross-listed
Same asSOC/ANTH 5270 .
Description
Description of methods of water analysis and treatment. Study of the properties of water and aqueous solutions. Detailed
discussion and analysis of design, maintenance, energy requirements and economics of the major processes of desalination, such
as distillation, reverse osmosis, and electrodialysis.
Description
Solid wastes - Nature, generation and collection. Local and regional management strategies including recycling and recovery of
useful products, landfilling, and incineration. . Hazardous wastes - Nature, generation and collection. Risk assessment.
Management strategies including source reduction, treatment, recovery, landfilling, and incineration.
Cross-listed
Same as ENVE 5254 /CENG 4555 .
Description
Climate change and the building sector, Environmental impacts of the Construction Industry, Concept of Green Buildings,
different rating systems, Sustainable Sites, Energy and Atmosphere, Indoor Environmental Quality, Materials & Resources,
recycling contents & VOC, Green Building for Existing Buildings, water efficiency, life cycle cost analysis, innovation on design
Description
Energy systems; energy demand; energy audit; sustainable development; energy efficiency; energy management.
Cross-listed
MENG 6261
765
Description
Highlights the role of marketing as a process for creating value and managing customer relationships. The course addresses the
marketing challenge of designing and implementing the best combination of marketing variables to carry out a firm's strategy in
its target markets. Further, this course seeks to develop the student's skills in applying the analytic perspectives and concepts of
marketing to such decisions as: segmentation, targeting, positioning, branding, pricing, distribution and promotion. The goal is to
understand how the firm can benefit by creating and delivering value to its customers and stakeholders. The new role of
marketing is emphasized including: stakeholder marketing, internal marketing, social marketing, customer relationship
management and other recent trends in the market. This course takes an analytical approach to the study of marketing problems
of for-profit and not-for-profit organizations.
Cross-listed
Same as MKTG 5201 .
Description
Innovation is regarded as a critical source of competitive advantage in an increasingly changing environment. Innovation is
production or adoption, assimilation, and exploitation of a value-added novelty in economic and social spheres; renewal and
enlargement of products, services, and markets; development of new methods of production; and establishment of new
management systems. This course will study the theory and practice of innovation as a process and an outcome based on a
comprehensive model of innovation which consists of three determinants: innovation leadership, managerial levers and business
processes. The course will examine the impact of accelerating innovation on cost, product quality and marketability;
organizational changes required to couple R&D with marketing and commercialization; and the managerial skills and
professional expertise needed to develop a sustainable innovation practice within an organization.
Cross-listed
Same as MGMT 5308 and ECNG 5273 .
Description
The course aims at acquainting the student with how a leader could manage an organization in a dynamic environment. The
course focuses on the main functions of a manager such as planning, organizing, controlling, motivation, team building and with
special emphasis on leadership. It emphasizes contemporary and applied management in a global and dynamic environment. It
also aims at developing an understanding of the tasks that managers must perform to keep the organization running both
effectively and efficiently. In addition, the course emphasizes the environmental constraints imposed on the Egyptian manager
and attempts to explore ways of applying the principles of management in Egyptian enterprises.
Cross-listed
Same as MGMT 5202 .
Prerequisites
ACCT 5201 .
Description
It is a basic business finance course, dealing with various aspects of financial decision making. It provides an introduction to time
value of money; bond and stock valuation; ratio analysis; financing decisions; capital budgeting; cost of capital; capital structure;
risk and return; dividend policy; operating and financial leverage; and working capital management.
Cross-listed
Same as FINC 5202 .
766
GREN 531/5231 - Policy for Sustainable Cities (3 cr.)
Description
Explores policy choices facing urban managers, planners, and the communities they serve with regard to putting cities on a path
to sustainability. Considers how allocation of, control over, and use of key land and financial resources shapes urban
development from political economy, governance and space planning perspectives. Examines participatory planning and other
methods to engage urban stakeholders in management of cities as well as tools to promote adoption of green technologies in the
urban housing, industrial, transport, power, water, and commercial building sectors.
Cross-listed
Same as PPAD 5141 .
Description
Examines core concepts, analytic tools, and program models needed to develop the urban built environment in ways that are
socially and environmentally sustainable. Gives particular attention to retrofitting and sustainability upgrades for the existing
urban core, developing new communities on a sustainable model, and providing affordable options for low-income urban
residents, including upgrading of informal areas as well as new developments. Explores how the spatial distribution of work and
housing choices interacts with transport/transit systems, energy use, and infrastructure to shape urban sustainability outcomes.
Cross-listed
Same as PPAD 5142 .
Description
Considers how the development of critical infrastructure (power generation and transmission, water/wastewater, transport/transit,
and waste management) can be directed toward socially and environmentally sound and economically viable models. Provides an
understanding of alternative infrastructure financing, regulation, and implementation models from state provision to public-
private partnerships. Explores how infrastructure network choices shape city expansion, urban quality of life, and efficiency
outcomes in a dynamic urban context.
Cross-listed
Same as PPAD 5143 .
Description
This course will give you a broad practical understanding of the Egyptian environmental law. The course is designed to introduce
you to the fascinating variety of important environmental challenges addressed by environmental laws, the difficult policy issues
surrounding environmental problems, and the legal complexities of environmental regulatory and administrative schemes.
Environmental laws can be extremely complex. This course, however, gives you the foundation by covering the "fundamentals"
of Egyptian environmental law. You will also develop some critical analytical and research skills (such as analyzing problems
and reading statutes) that are transferable to all areas of environmental law.
Description
Overview of corporate social responsibility principles and applications from a developing country perspective. Issues in
responsible corporate management, including addressing environmental, social, and accountability challenges. Tools for
implementing and assessing corporate social responsibility programming, including mechanisms for developing effective
partnerships with nonprofit organizations. Extensive use of cases from developing country experience.
767
Cross-listed
PPAD 5128
Description
The structure of urban forms, patterns of city life, and the relationship of cities to the wider societies of which they are part.
Cross-listed
Same as SOC/ANTH 5245 .
Description
This course exposes students to concepts and methods of applied research in community psychology, specifically community
assessment and program evaluation. Assessment techniques may focus on community needs and assets/ resources assessment.
Students will gain knowledge and skills in program evaluation, including evaluation theories, different types of evaluation
(including process, outcome, and impact), and qualitative and quantitative evaluation methodologies. There will be an emphasis
on strengths-based, participatory, and empowerment-oriented approaches, as well as professional ethics.
Cross-listed
PSYC 5233
Description
This course examines the core theories, values, and methodologies of community psychology and systems theory. An emphasis is
placed on the ecological perspective, empowerment theory, sociocultural and cross-cultural competence, community inclusion
and partnership, and ethical, reflective practice.
Cross-listed
PSYC 5210
Description
This course provides students with knowledge and skills related to prevention across the lifespan, health promotion, and other
types of community interventions. Students are exposed to a variety of community and preventive interventions, so as to prepare
them to think about, work with, and lead community and preventive interventions in the future. The course provides training in
community program development by offering opportunities for students to participate in program development, implementation,
or management. Multicultural sensitivity and professional ethics are addressed.
Cross-listed
PSYC 5243
Description
This course provides students with knowledge and skills for consultation with non-profit organizations, using a participatory and
strengths-based approach. Topics include understanding the nonprofit sector, phases and theories of consultation, establishing
and marketing a consultation business, and ethical and professional competence. Nonprofit consultation often focuses on
strategic planning, organization development, needs assessment, capacity and resource development, program evaluation, and
fundraising.
768
Cross-listed
PSYC 5253
Description
Seminar on multi-disciplinary research topics, research methodology, thesis writing, and presentations given by invited speakers.
Speakers from different backgrounds and experiences will be invited from the involved schools as well as the international
partners.
Description
Seminar on research plans given by students to discuss their thesis topics and the results they obtained in their works. In the case
of twinning thesis, students should organize together the seminar. However, every student should provide a presentation on
his/her part of the research.
Description
Consultation on problems related to student thesis. It must be taken twice for a total of 6 credits.
Prerequisites
Advisor Approval.
Description
Students complete three courses that cover the three dimensions (social, environment and economic) of advisor-supported
community-based project applying learning from the M.Sc. Program in Sustainable Development. Upon approval, students can
take this course with the other two courses concurrently. Part one will focus on the analysis of the project needs and the fact
findings through field visits.
Prerequisites
Advisor Approval.
Description
Students complete three courses that cover the three dimensions (social, environment and economic) of advisor-supported
community-based project applying learning from the M.Sc. Program in Sustainable Development. Upon approval, students can
take this course with the other two courses concurrently. Part two will focus on the planning of the community problem which
should respect the principles of sustainable development and participatory approach.
Prerequisites
Advisor Approval.
Description
Students complete three courses that cover the three dimensions (social, environment and economic) of advisor-supported
769
community-based project applying learning from the M.Sc. Program in Sustainable Development. Upon approval, students can
take this course with the other two courses concurrently. Part three will focus on planning the action plan for implementing the
planned solutions and validating the implementation with the identified stakeholders in the field.
Description
This course offers for students the change to study beyond the regular course offerings. Guided reading for research and
discussions based on a subject of mutual interest to the student and the responsible faculty member. The student demonstrates
his/her achievement by submitting deliverables according to the agreement with the responsible faculty and in line with the
course load of a graduate course.
Description
Course addressing broad intellectual concerns and accessible to all first-year students as part of the Primary Level Core.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Description
An initiation into the world of the theatre with the aim of developing the critical skills of an informed and perceptive audience
member through the reading of plays, critical articles, and the attendance of stage performances and film versions of plays.
Description
An introduction to the art and technique of acting for the non-major student, utilizing training games and exercises to present the
student with a general overview of the acting process, while also providing experiences and techniques beneficial to basic human
communication.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
May not be used for departmental credit by theatre majors or minors.
Description
An introduction to theatre as a collective art form by exploring all of its components and participants: from playwright to actor,
from director to designers, from producing team to audience.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Prerequisites
RHET 1000 .
770
Description
Course addressing broad intellectual concerns and accessible to all students, irrespective of major.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Description
A basic course in the fundamentals of acting, designed for majors, minors, and those with some previous experience. In-class
exercises and improvisations, combined with rehearsed scenes and monologues from simple realistic texts, will help students gain
proficiency in objective/obstacles, creation of a character, basic voice and breath control, and basic body alignment and
awareness.
Cross-listed
Same as FILM 2201
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring, and occasionally in the summer.
Description
The art and craft of acting as a systematic process applied to the specific demands of Arabic Drama. Scene work and monologues
from modern and contemporary Arabic plays.
Cross-listed
Same as FILM 2211
When Offered
Offered in fall or spring, and occasionally in the summer.
Description
The development of the art of reading a play through detailed examination of its dramatic structure and in-depth analysis of its
text. Both Western and Arabic plays will be examined.
When Offered
Offered in fall or spring.
Description
An introduction to the theories, techniques, tools, and materials of technical theatre. Technical areas to be covered include
organization, architecture, shops, stage equipment, scenery, props, lighting, sound, costumes, technical direction, and stage
management.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
Students will be expected to work on one of the technical crews for a major theatre department production concurrently with the
course.
771
THTR 240/2601 - Production Practicum (1 cr. per production)
Description
A course for any student who wishes to gain academic credit for significant contribution to departmental theatre productions in
one of the following area: a. Scenery, b. Costume, c. Props, d. Lighting, e. Sound; or f. Run Crew. Minimum of 50 hours of
practical work are required. Students work under direct supervision of a theatre faculty member. May be repeated twice for
credit.
Description
A course for any student who wishes to gain academic credit for significant contribution to departmental theatre productions in
one of the following areas: a. Performance or b. Stage Management. Students work under direct supervision of a theatre faculty
member. Registration by permission of the faculty member in charge of the specific activity. May be repeated twice.
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: consent of the instructor.
Description
In-depth examination of specific topics in theatre determined by the special interests and expertise of the faculty.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Repeatable
May be repeated for credit if content changes
Description
A study of dramatic literature and theatre practice in its social context from 5th century BC Athens to the closing of the English
theatres in 1642. Plays are studied for their literary value and as points of departure for exploration of performance and design
practices. The course examines ways in which theatre and the societies which produce its serve to reflect one another.
Description
Renaissance Italy, 17th century France and England, and the European Enlightenment and early Industrial Age. Plays are studied
for their literary value and as points of departure for exploration of performance and design practices. The course examines ways
in which theatre and the societies which produce it serve to reflect one another.
Description
A study of 19th to 21st Century European dramatic literature and theatre practice in its social context. Plays are studied for their
772
literary value and as points of departure for exploration of performance and design practices. The course examines ways in which
theatre and the societies which produce it serve to reflect one another.
Prerequisites
THTR 2201
Description
Students will build upon their knowledge of the acting process through focus upon a more rigorous examination of the
development of a character, utilizing challenging scenes from early modern playwrights such as Chekhov, Pinter, Albee and
Williams. Additionally, vocal and body work will continue through exploration of standard speech production, kinesthetic and
relaxation techniques.
When Offered
Offered once a year.
Prerequisites
THTR 3201
Description
In-depth examination and implementation of specialized acting and performance skills and techniques. Focus of study to be
determined by the special interests and expertise of the faculty.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Repeatable
May be repeated for credit if content changes
Prerequisites
THTR 3201
Description
An advanced acting class, offering exploration and techniques in varied acting styles, including but not limited to Greek/Roman,
Medieval, Restoration, Neo-Classicism, Romantism, Farce, Expressionism and Absurdism. Vocal work will be examined through
ensemble patterns, shared speech and period movement. Content of course to be determined by the interests and expertise of the
faculty.
When Offered
Offered once every other year.
Prerequisites
THTR 2201 or THTR 2211
Description
Movement for the Stage focuses on increasing the strength, flexibility, endurance, and movement vocabulary of the actors
physical instrument, its presence in space, and the use of it as a tool for theatrical storytelling.
773
Prerequisites
THTR 2211
Description
A continuation on a more advanced level of the work started in Acting in Arabic I, applied to a wider range culminating in the
presentation of a class term project.
When Offered
Offered in fall or spring.
Prerequisites
THTR 2201 and THTR 2301
Description
The fundamental directorial controls, as well as theoretical and practical training, leading to the production of single scenes.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Repeatable
May be repeated once for credit as content changes.
Prerequisites
THTR 1201 and THTR 2401
Description
A study of the principles of visual design and their application for the theatre. Play analysis that focuses on visual and spatial
design requirements. Includes scenery, costumes, and lighting. Involves drawing, painting, model making, and research into
period styles.
When Offered
Offered once a year.
Description
This course is an introduction to theatrical make up techniques for the actor. Students will explore the process of developing
character through the manipulation and transformation of their facial characteristics with makeup. Projects will focus primarily
on two dimensional techniques, but will introduce latex and other three dimensional techniques and will cover a wide range of
character and special effects applications.
When Offered
Offered occasionally in winter or summer session.
Description
A workshop in which students develop basic technical skills of playwriting through exercises culminating in the production of a
working scenario for a short one-act play.
774
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: .THTR 3501
Description
A workshop in which students develop the scenario they have produced in Playwriting I into a short one-act play to be performed
as a staged-reading.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Prerequisites
THTR 2401 ,THTR 2601 and consent of instructor.
Description
Advanced, specialized, and intensive participation in theatre production activities. Assignments made in major supervisory
positions in consultation with and under the supervision of a theatre faculty member. Technical production areas of scenery,
costumes, props, lighting, sound, or stage management.
When Offered
Offered fall and spring.
Repeatable
Repeatable for credit. No maximum.
Prerequisites
Prerequisites: Selection by application and interview.
Description
A course for students who wish to learn about theatre design through participation in designing a departmental theatre
production. Students selected through application and interview process.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Repeatable
Repeatable for credit.
Notes
Selected students will form a design team that will be responsible for designing scenery, props, costumes, lighting, and sound for
a major production.
Prerequisites
Minimum B average required.
Description
In exceptional circumstances, some senior majors may arrange, with departmental approval, to study beyond the regular course
775
offerings.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Description
An exploration of the various and conflicting perceptions of the nature and function of drama through the study of major works
of dramatic theory and criticism from the Greeks to the present.
When Offered
Offered in alternate springs.
Description
A critical exploration of the particular challenges surrounding a number of "translations" of drama, with specific focus on the
nature of dramatic language, the adaptability and contemporary value of myth, cultural and historical barriers and the means of
challenging them, the shortcomings and advantages of dramaturgy, and the inevitable concrete requirements of performance.
When Offered
Offered occasionally
Prerequisites
THTR 3301 and completion of all 200-level requirements.
Description
Advanced theoretical and practical, production-oriented training in play direction culminating in the presentation of a directorial
project.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
THTR 2401 and THTR 3401.
Description
The study of the principles of design and their application for scenery for the theatre. Course work will center on play analysis
that focuses on visual and spatial design requirements and the design process. Will include drawing, painting, model making, and
research into period styles.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
THTR 2401 or consent of instructor.
Description
776
The study of lighting theory and practice for the stage. Topics to be covered are: fundamentals of light theory, basics of
electricity, lighting equipment and its use, historical overview of lighting for theatre, examination of current lighting
methodology and an introduction to lighting design.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
THTR 2401, THTR 3401 or consent of instructor.
Description
Students will examine the social and historical dynamics of dress and the application of those dynamics to the theatrical and film
costume. Coursework will include research into the history of dress and it's application to historical costume design as well as the
interpretation of contemporary scripts for costume design. Will include instruction in fundamental drawing and painting skills.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: consent of the instructor.
Description
In-depth examination of advanced topics in theatre determined by the special interests of the faculty.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Notes
Designed for senior majors.
Prerequisites
THTR 3401 THTR 3301 THTR 4103 (or currently enrolled). Some projects will have additional prerequisites. Course should
be taken in final semester at AUC.
Description
Students will develop a major project, combining research and creative work that enables the student to integrate course work
from the theatre curriculum with self directed application. Projects will be of a depth of study and creative engagement to warrant
a capstone project on a senior level and could include work in the areas of acting, directing, design, playwriting, or dramaturgy.
Students will propose projects in the semester before the course is taken and will be subject to faculty approval.
Prerequisites
Prerequisite: consent of the instructor.
Description
Offered to first or second semester seniors in the department who have distinguished themselves artistically and academically
777
(minimum 3.4 GPA in the major, 3.2 cumulative). A major project, combining research and creative work in the areas of
directing, design, performance, playwriting, or dramaturgy.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
. Projects will be chosen by students in consultation with a faculty advisor.
Description
Field experience at an approved television, video/digital section of a publication or TV production companies in Egypt or abroad
to be conducted preferably as a six week long summer internship or during a semester.
When Offered
Offered occasionally
Prerequisites
Must be taken concurrently with TVDJ 5241 and TVDJ 5242 .
Description
Introduces students to the theory and practice of field reporting and production. Students will learn the concepts of television
journalism, the differences in reporting for print and broadcast, scriptwriting, use of pictures and related topics.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
TVDJ 5237
Description
Introduces students to the theory of field reporting and producing. Students will learn the concepts of television journalism, the
differences in reporting for print and broadcast, scriptwriting, use of pictures and related topics. The course is partially devoted to
presentation skills of Arabic TV reporting.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Notes
Non-Arabic speaking students may substitute an elective with approval of the director.
Prerequisites
TVDJ 5237
Description
A workshop devoted to the presentation of TV news and features, particularly when "on camera". The prime focus of the course
is to develop an awareness of how skeletal-muscular-respiratory organization can inhibit or promote vocal tone resonance and
778
articulation, and to provide the physical experiences necessary to promote improvement in posture and breathing. The course
provides the means whereby unconscious, inappropriate personal habits i.e. grimace, frown; nervous gesture can be brought to
consciousness and gradually eliminated. Particular attention will be given to developing unobtrusive and clear enunciation in
English.
When Offered
Offered in fall and/or winter.
Prerequisites
. Must be taken concurrently with TVDJ 5237 and TVDJ 5242 .
Description
Intensive field training on how to use digital video cameras. Students will learn the basics of camera shooting, sequencing,
framing, lighting, and also how to conduct vox pops and interviews. Students will practice shooting on different field and studio
camera models and formats, indoors, outdoors and in a studio environment. Students will also learn lighting techniques for the
field and studio.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
Must be taken concurrently with TVDJ 5241 and TVDJ 5237 .
Description
Intensive training in editing labs to master the basic operation of video editing equipment. Students will learn how to edit their
stories using machine to machine editing (linear editing) and software editing (non-linear editing). Students will also learn live
video editing and production inside the studio.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Prerequisites
TVDJ 5237 TVDJ 5241 and TVDJ 5242
Description
This course provides students with intensive, real-world exposure to the production of television field news reports. Students will
be involved in all aspects of creating a weekly television news program, including reporting, executive producing, studio camera
work, directing, writing and anchoring. Each student will produce a weekly three minute report.
When Offered
Offered in spring.
Prerequisites
TVDJ 5245
779
Description
A continuation of TVDJ 5245 , this course provides more advanced training in producing television news broadcasts with an
emphasis on writing, research, and execution of mini-documentaries, investigative reports and features. Students fluent in Arabic
may produce reports in Arabic. Students will complete the required capstone project in this course.
When Offered
Offered in fall.
Description
Introduces students to television interviewing across a variety of formats through delivery and practice. Students will learn one-
on-one interviews (live, pre-taped and remote) and talk show hosting. Students will learn the skills and techniques of researching
a guest, developing topics and preparing questions.
When Offered
Offered in Spring.
Description
Content varies with the instructor. Can be repeated once for credit if content changes.
When Offered
Offered occasionally.
Description
This course focuses on the developments in the field of Translation Studies since the 1970s when translation became increasingly
conceptualized as cultural transfer rather than a linguistic operation. It introduces students to the interdisciplinary approaches in
the field including the impact of deconstruction, gender studies and post-colonial theory. Students will explore the cultural and
political agendas of translation through selected theoretical texts. The course will also introduce students to various translation
practices (adaptation, e-writing, etc)and will look at a translator's role in society, and translation as an agent social change.
Students will read a selection of texts in literary theory that will inform their practice in translation. Students will situate their
own work in translation not only in relation to contemporary cultural forms and practices, but also in relation to the traditions that
inform current translating practices. Selected texts and translation exercises will be in English and in Arabic.
Cross-listed
Same as ARIC 5217 .
Description
Students will read pioneering works of the nineteenth and the twentieth century in the Arab region that dealt with issues of
translation and its centrality to modern nation-building. What exactly is the role of the translator? What is the function of
translation in society? The course situates at the act of translation within colonial/postcolonial contexts in which questions of
power surround the relationship between the original text and its translation. It also explores questions of visibility and
invisibility of the translator, translation vs, adaptation, original text and target cultural context. Taught in English. Readings and
translation exercises in English and Arabic.
Cross-listed
Same as ARIC 5218 .
780
Description
The course is designed to be an introductory course for students with no prior knowledge in business. The course starts by
defining the business organization and its role in society as well as entrepreneurship and its role in the economy. The course then
covers all the business functions including management, marketing, operations, accounting, finance, human resource
management and information systems. The four basic functions of a manager, namely planning, organizing, leading and
controlling are also introduced. The ethical and social responsibility if business if emphasized. The course is meant to give
students who are considering majoring or minoring in Business or Entrepreneurship an introductory overview about the field, that
gives a practical and integrated view of the profession and the field of study.
Prerequisites
MKTG 2101 and BADM 2001.
Description
The social, cultural, political, legal, and technological environment of international business. The theoretical relationship
underlying international business transactions and the integration of functional activities in international firms.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
Enrollment in this course is limited. Priority is given to students seeking the Bachelor of Business Administration degree or the
Bachelor of Accounting degree, students need it as collateral requirement in other major, and students who have declared
business administration as a minor.
Prerequisites
BADM 2001 or MGMT 3201
Description
Perspectives on the business environment and the ethical issues facing business. Organizational responses to environmental and
ethical issues. Social responsibility of business firms.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
Enrollment in this course is limited. Priority is given to students seeking the Bachelor of Business Administration degree or the
Bachelor of Accounting degree, students need it as collateral requirement in other major, and students who have declared
business administration as a minor.
Prerequisites
All BBA Business Core courses and graduating senior standing.
Description
A capstone course, which integrates all business functions. Emphasis is on developing business strategies, discussing different
levels of strategies, and developing a business plan for organizations.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
Enrollment in this course is limited. Priority is given to students seeking the Bachelor of Business Administration degree or the
Bachelor of Accounting degree, students need it as collateral requirement in other major, and students who have declared
business administration as a minor.
781
Prerequisites
Junior standing and instructor consent.
Description
This course offers business students an opportunity to present the work and learning they got from a practical internship. It also
offers students valuable tips on how to link theoretical concepts to practice. In addition, students learn from each other's
experiences and presentations
Prerequisites
All MBA Foundation Courses
Description
This course provides a framework through which core business skills acquired from the foundational courses are integrated
together. Such integration replicates how the different business functions are interrelated and ultimately reflected in the strategic
development of the organization. The course addresses two central questions for any business entity; where to compete and how
to compete. Participants learn effective means by which a business entity could harness its resources in order to translate a well
designed strategy into superior performance at all organizational levels.
When Offered
Offered in fall and spring.
Notes
This is the capstone course for the MBA program
Prerequisites
Consent of Instructor.
Description
This course provides MBA students with a platform to apply and practice the multidisciplinary business competencies they
acquired throughout the program within a comprehensive and practical context. A major component of the course will be a
graduation consultancy project offering business solutions for real established companies or developing a business plan for a
startup. Students will also be coached on how to professionally communicate their business solutions as consultants. Skills
acquired through this course will be augmented by the extensive use of cases covering a variety of business problems, including
but not limited to growth strategy, international and regional expansion, entrepreneurship, family business challenges,
organizational restructuring, business transformation, mergers & acquisitions, and operational efficiency.
782
Egyptian Students InternationalStudents
Category of Students Number of EGP
USDPortion USD
Credits Portion
12 4,020 31,476 14,556
New students admitted in academic
15 5,025 39,345 18,195
year 2016/2017
18 6,030 47,214 21,834
Current students admitted in academic 12 4,884 34,176 14,424
year 2014/2015 and 2015/2016 15 5,007 35,031 14,784
18 6,105 42,720 18,030
12 4,632 32,448 13,704
Currentstudents admitted before
15 4,749 33,258 14,046
academic year 2014/2015
18 5,790 40,560 17,130
*For Undergraduate students admitted academic year 2016/2017, the tuition rate is based on flat rate of
USD 335 and EGP 2,623 for Egyptian students and USD 1,213 for International students per credit
hour.
Tuition at AUC is expressed 50 percent in Egyptian pounds and 50 percent in U.S. dollars.The total
amount of the tuition may be paid in either currency or in both. Tuition rates are subject to an annual
increase. The U.S. dollar portion may be paid in Egyptian pounds according to the Central Bank of
Egypts prevailing rate at the day of payment.
Tuition and fees are collected by semester. No student, with outstanding bill (including charges for
breakage or library fines) will be admitted to any examination, be given any certificate or report of
academic standing, or be permitted to register for a subsequent semester.
The Financial Aid Office at the American University in Cairo assists U.S. citizen and dual citizen undergraduatestudents by awarding
US federal financial aid.
783
the form of a grant to degree seeking undergraduate students with demonstrated financial need. This financial aid provides
awards to cover partial tuition fees. Approximately thirty five percent of undergraduate students have received financial
assistance in recent years.
Eligibility
To be eligible for institutional financial aid awards, you must meet certain eligibility criteria.
Undergraduate
In awarding financial aid, we take into consideration your individual circumstances, the demand for aid from all
students and University resources. The financial aid application and supporting documents are reviewed and
verified. Students or their parents may be asked for an interview and/or to submit additional documents. Financial
need is defined as the difference between the costs of attending the American University in Cairo and the amount a
student or family can contribute toward those costs. They are given in the form of a fixed amount that will be credited to
eligible students accounts.
784
every academic year if they continue to demonstrate financial need. They are responsible for reporting changes in
their familys financial resources. A students award may increase, decrease, or remain the same from year to year
depending on the familys current financial ability, and university budget. Students on probation are not eligible to receive
their financial aid awards.
Deferred Payment
When degree seeking student (Undergraduate/Graduate) is unable to pay the entire tuition amount at
the time of registration, the Office of Student Financial Affairs and Scholarships may approve
payment in two or three installments.
Current studentsshould submit online deferred payment request through Banner Self Service. (Add
the link )
785
7. Press on Click to apply for deferred payment Deferred payment -- Fall Check Apply
for this award checkbox Press Save and continue.
8. Check for options available (either 2 or 3 installmentsfor fall).
9. Check Mark this section complete checkbox then press Continue button.
10. Read the deferred payment agreement carefully. If you agreed on it check Mark this section
complete checkbox then press Continue button.
11. Press Submit button.
12. PDF form of the submitted application is available by pressing Generate PDF Application.
Deferred payment will be assigned automatically on your account within one business
day after submitting the deferred payment application.
The balance must be paid by November 20th for the fall semester, April 6th for the spring
semester and July 16th for the summer semester.
No deferred payment in the winter semester
Summer tuition can only be paid on two installments.
Fall 2016
Deadline of Submission of
Installments the Deferred Payment Deadline of Payments
Application Form Online
Without late
With late charge
charge
September 18th,
1st September 17th , 2016 September 27th, 2016
2016
On Two
Installments
November 20th,
2nd
2016
September 18th,
1st September 17th , 2016 September 27th, 2016
2016
On Three
2nd October 20th, 2016
Installments
November 20th,
3rd
2016
786
Spring 2017
Deadline of Submission of
Installments the Deferred Payment Deadline of Payments
Application Form Online
Without late
With late charge
charge
On Three
2nd March 7th, 2017
Installments
Summer 2017
Without late
With late charge
charge
787
It is highly recommended to finalize the course load & scholarships, and financial aid before applying
for deferred payment application.
No deferred Payment requests would be accepted under any circumstances after the deadline of
submitting the deferred payment requests. After that date, current students who fail to submit
the online application will have to pay the full tuition and fees.
Degree seeking student only are eligible for deferred payment (Non-degree students are not
eligible).
Housing fees or any other types of fines will be added to the first installment.
Installment plan is eligible for current term tuition and fees ONLY.
Balance carried forward will affect your first installment.
In case a student has credit balance, he/she must pass by the Students Accounts Office and ask
for transferring it to subsequent semester.
Minimum number of credit hours for undergraduate students is 12 credit hours and 3 credit hours
for graduates.
1. Disqualified cases: students who were disqualified and readmitted will be required to pay the full tuition fee prevailing
at the time of readmission.
2. Readmission after one semester of withdrawal: no change in tuition level, same as prior to withdrawal.
3. Readmission cases for students who withdrew for more than one semester: students will pay according to the tuition
level of their cumulative GPA at the time of readmission.
Refund Policy
http://www.aucegypt.edu/academics/grad/regpay/Pages/RegistrationandPayment.aspx.
School of Continuing Education
For regular courses offered by the School of Continuing Education, the Management Center, and Engineering and Science
Services, schedules of fees are included in separate announcements. Fees for other educational and training programs are
based on separate contractual arrangements. Most programs have differential fees for Egyptian and non-Egyptian
participants.
Undergraduate:
788
AUC offers scholarships based on merit and need. Generally, scholarships are reserved for students with
special qualifications, such as academic, athletic or artistic talent. The types of scholarships are:
Merit-Based Scholarships
Merit-based scholarships are non-need-based financial awards offered to students with high academic,
cultural, sports and other achievements. These awards are renewable for up to five years of study
provided that certain criteria are met.
Honor Scholarship
The Honor Scholarship is a selective, merit-based, one-year award given at the beginning of each
academic year to newly admitted students achieving the highest scores at the national or regional level in
their respective high school diplomas. Students are selected directly based on their academic records
with no need for any additional submission of application. The scholarship is offered to five students and
amounts to a 40 percent reduction in AUC's full tuition fees per semester.
Maintainability
To continue to be eligible for this scholarship you must meet the following criteria:
Artistic and cultural activities such as music, singing, dancing, acting, drawing or writing
Scientific activities such as scientific innovation or significant scientific research
Community service activities such as extensive social work, significant community service
projects or community leadership initiatives.
Students who are awarded this scholarship receive up to 15 percent reduction in their tuition for a
maximum of 15 credits per semester. Renewal is pending certain conditions. For more
information, click here.
The scholarship award is not offered in the winter semester.
The scholarship award will be cancelled if the student is on social or academic probation.
Eligibility
To be eligible:
You must be talented and have distinguished relevant achievements in the named fields.
You must submit official documents (from government, schools and other relevant organizations)
789
proving your distinction in that particular activity.
You must not be awarded any full-tuition scholarship from the University.
This scholarship is highly selective and meeting minimum requirements is not a guarantee of
acceptance.
Your documents and applications will be evaluated and you may be required to sit for an
interview.
To Apply
New Students: Complete an online application through Banner Self-Service and submit supporting
documents to the Student Service Center.
Deadline
Eligibility
To be eligible you must:
To Apply
790
Complete an online application through Banner Self-Service and contact the cultural programs unit in the
Office of
Student Development at [email protected].
Deadline
Students who receive the Innovation, Cultural and Leadership Achievement Scholarship could
also be granted the Cultural Merit Award if they meet the criteria of both awards.
Eligibility
To be eligible:
You must participate in sports including, but not limited to, basketball, swimming, judo, rowing,
tennis, handball or squash.
You must not be awarded any other full-tuition scholarship from the University.
You must submit an official letter issued by the federation of the game, which must be endorsed
by the concerned sports union, the Supreme Council of Youth and Sports, and the Olympic
committee. School competitions are not accepted.
You may also qualify for the Sports Achievement Scholarship if you have competed in one of the
below-mentioned junior championships (less than 18 years), provided that the championship was
held during the previous year.
Students who joined the University with no Sports Achievement Scholarship can apply the
following year according to the below criteria:
1. Students who subsequently realized a position in the annual National Universities Tournament
(Shahid El Refaii) as per the below table may submit the certificates obtained from the Egyptian
University Sports Federation to the Office of Student Financial Affairs and Scholarships and be
granted the scholarship the following fall semester.
2. Students who subsequently realized a position as per the below table may submit the
certificates obtained from the Sports Federation to the Office of Student Financial Affairs and
Scholarships and apply for a Sports Achievement Scholarship starting second year of admission.
Students will be granted the scholarship on the semester of submission of required documents,
791
provided that they should have been participating since admission in all AUC tournaments, both
national and international.
3. Students who play sports that are not listed in or organized by the Egyptian
University Sports Federation such as golf, equestrian, or water ballet, and who have not realized a
position in the annual National Universities Tournament (Shahid El Refaii), may submit another
certificate with evidence of continued success from federation of the game every academic year,
until their graduation, to the Office of Student Financial Affairs and Scholarships.
You must meet the following level of distinction in your final secondary school year:
Position
Team
Type of Championship Individual Sports
Sports
792
Additional 15 Percent Sports Scholarship Award
Additional funds through the Sports Achievement Scholarship program are available for students who
place in the top five at recognized world championships in selected sports. These annual awards are up
to an additional 15 percent of tuition, for a total of up to a 30 percent scholarship award, Evidence of
continued success on the international level is required to renew the additional portion of the scholarship.
The Office of Athletics will review all documents submitted to qualify for this additional portion of the
scholarship. Official communication certifying the rank in international events must be submitted from the
international organization sponsoring the competition or the Olympic committee of the applicants home
country. Further information about the process and criteria may be directed to the Office of Athletics.
To view the list of sports considered and classified as individual or team sports, click here.
Your application and documents proving your sports achievement levels will be reviewed by the
Office of Athletics and evaluated by a committee.
To Apply
New Students: Complete an online application through Banner Self-Service and submit supporting
documents to the Student Service Center.
Deadline
Eligibility
To be eligible you must:
To Apply:
Deadline
793
For applications instructions and tips, click here.
The achievement scholarship is only available to current students who were admitted to AUC before Fall
2015. For more information, click here.
Mohamed Ragheb Scholarship in the Arts at the School of Humanities and Social
Sciences (Vacant)
Established in 2015 to cover the tuition fees for one student majoring in the arts at the School of
Humanities and Social Sciences.
Established in 2015 to provide a scholarship to one student majoring in engineering or computer science.
Established in 2004 to support the graduating senior with the highest grade point average in the
accounting department.
Need-Based Scholarships
Need-based scholarships are financial awards given based on need and merit.
Eligibility
Applicants should be Egyptian students coming from public schools (not including language
schools) or STEM schools.
They should have an outstanding secondary school academic record.
They should demonstrate financial need for the scholarship.
794
They should meet admission requirements.
Maintainability
Selected students will maintain their scholarship until graduation as long as they are making satisfactory
progress toward their degrees and maintain a grade point average of not less than 3.0.
1. Students with thanawiya amma certificates from public schools in the Arab Republic of Egypt (not
including language schools, whether governmental or private or experimental) or STEM certificates for
the academic year 2015 - 2016.
2. Minimum acceptance score is 97 percent for the science section and 96 percent for the arts section.
Minimum acceptance score is 92 percent for the STEM certificate.
3. Students must pass either the International English Language Testing System (IELTS) with
a minimum band score of 5.5 and writing score of 5.5 or the Test of English as a Foreign Language
(TOEFL) with a minimum total score of 62 and writing score of 17.
Tests must be completed no more than two years prior to the first day of the term for which applicants are
applying.
4. Students must submit the official results of the English test with the official result of the thanawiya
amma or STEM to the Egyptian Ministry of Education, Cultural Affairs Office, 3 Safeya Zaghloul Street,
Cairo on the day following the announcement of the official thanawiya amma results and STEM results.
Students who do not complete the required documents will be permanently disqualified from the
scholarship.
Empower Scholarship
The AUC-funded Empower Scholarship offers five full and/or partial annual scholarships to thanawiya
795
amma graduates from five governorates in Upper Egypt: Assiut, Beni Suef, Menya, Sohag and Fayoum.
Selection is based on high academic achievement and demonstrated extra-curricular activities.
Established in 2016 to provide support for two undergraduate students in electronics engineering (one
male and one female) who demonstrate financial need and academic merit.
Eligibility
Students with thanawiya amma certificates from public schools in Matareya, Khosos and Shark Shubra El
Kheima ( Mostorod) for the academic year 2015 - 2016
Egyptian students
Demonstrate financial need for the scholarship
Active member in school activities or in the local community
A minimum score of 97.50 percent in thanawiya amma in the science division and 95 percent in the non-
science division
A minimum score of 90 percent in English language test
Students must pass the International English Language Testing System (IELTS) with a minimum band
score of 5.5 and writing score of 5.5
Adequate communication skills
Orientation and commitment to public service
Potential for further leadership development
Application Requirements
Program application
Financial application
796
A copy of the applicant's birth certificate
A letter from the school's administration identifying the type of school (i.e., governmental, private or
experimental)
Official copy of third preparatory, first secondary and second secondary high-school certificates
Official copy of the thanawiya amma certificate upon announcement of the grades
Proof of extracurricular activities ( i.e. copy of certificates)
Recent official valid IELTS test results, with a minimum score of 5.5 in both writing and total score
Established in 2015 by Mr. Khalaf Ahmad Al Habtoor, chairman of Al Habtoor Group in the United Arab
Emirates. The Khalaf Ahmad Al Habtoor Scholarship Fund will support tuition and accommodation for a
total of 10 students in perpetuity from the far corners of Egypt (one vacant slot).
The Al Alfi scholarship program is designed to prepare future Egyptian scientists. The scholarship
provides partial tuition to four undergraduate students at AUC.
This is a grant established to support undergraduate female students from Egyptian public schools.
The Misr El Kheir (MEK) Foundation is an Egyptian not-for-profit foundation committed to developing
Egyptian citizens and communities. The foundation shares the costs of the MEK scholarship program
with AUC to provide students who graduated with a STEM certificate with a full tuition scholarship, in
addition to books. In Fall 2014, AUC admitted three MEK-STEM students to complete their
undergraduate science degree at AUC.
The Misr El Kheir (MEK) Foundation is an Egyptian not-for-profit foundation committed to developing
Egyptian citizens and communities. The foundation shares the costs of the MEK scholarship program
797
with AUC to provide students with full-tuition scholarships, in addition to leadership training, books,
stipends, transportation and housing. In Fall 2013, AUC admitted five MEK students from Assuit, Bani
Suef, Sohag and Fayoum governorates to complete their undergraduate non-science degree at AUC.
OC-AUC Scholarship
AUC partnered with Orascom Construction to offer a new OC - AUC scholarship program. The
scholarship provides five full-tuition annual scholarships to public or private high school graduates from
eight governorates in Upper Egypt (Assiut, Bani Suef, Minya, Sohag, Fayoum, Qena, Luxor and Aswan)
to pursue an undergraduate degree in economics at AUC.
NON-EGYPTIAN STUDENTS
AUC offers scholarships based on merit and need. Generally, scholarships are reserved for students with special qualifications,
such as academic, athletic or artistic talent. The types of scholarships are as follows:
Merit-Based Scholarships
Merit-based scholarships are non-need-based financial awards offered to students with high academic,
cultural, sports and other achievements. These awards are renewable for up to five years of study
provided that certain criteria are met.
Honor Scholarship
The Honor Scholarship is a selective merit-based, one-year award given at the beginning of each
academic year to newly admitted students achieving the highest scores at the national or regional level in
their respective high school diplomas. Students are selected directly based on their academic records
with no need for any additional submission of application. The scholarship is offered to five students and
amounts to a 40 percent reduction in AUC's full tuition fees per semester.
Maintainability
To continue to be eligible for this scholarship you must meet the following criteria:
798
Artistic and cultural activities such as music, singing, dancing, acting, drawing or writing
Scientific activities such as scientific innovation or significant scientific research
Community service activities such as extensive social work, significant community service
projects or community leadership initiatives.
Students who are awarded this scholarship receive a 15 percent reduction in their tuition for a
maximum of 15 credits per semester. Renewal is pending certain conditions. For more
information, click here.
The scholarship award is not offered in the winter semester.
The scholarship award will be cancelled if the student is on social or academic probation.
Eligibility
To be eligible:
You must be talented and have distinguished relevant achievements in the named fields.
You must submit official documents (from government, schools and other relevant organizations)
proving your distinction in that particular activity.
You must not be awarded any full-tuition scholarship from the University.
This scholarship is highly selective and meeting minimum requirements is not a guarantee of
acceptance.
Your documents and applications will be evaluated and you may be required to sit for an
interview.
To Apply
New Students: Complete an online application through Banner Self-Service and submit supporting
documents to the Student Service Center.
Deadline
799
Cultural Merit Scholarship
These are small cash awards granted to students who represent the University in cultural activities
organized by the Office of Student Development.
Eligibility
To be eligible you must:
To Apply
Complete an online application through Banner Self-Service and contact the cultural programs unit in the
Office of Student Development at [email protected].
Deadline
Students who receive the Innovation, Cultural and Leadership Achievement Scholarship could
also be granted the Cultural Merit Award if they meet the criteria of both awards.
The Sports Achievement Scholarship is an annual merit-based award provided to a select number of newly
admitted students who participate in sports that are listed in the Egyptian Championships tournament, with a high
level of distinction in their final secondary school year. Students who are awarded this scholarship receive a 15
percent reduction in their tuition for a maximum of 15 credit hours per semester. For more information, click here
Eligibility
To be eligible:
You must participate in sports including, but not limited to, basketball, swimming, judo, rowing, tennis,
handball or squash.
800
You must not be awarded any other full-tuition scholarship from the University.
You may also qualify for the Sports Achievement Scholarship if you have competed in one of the below-
mentioned junior championships (less than 18 years), provided that the championship was held during the
previous year.
Students who joined the University with no Sports Achievement Scholarship can apply the following year
according to the below criteria:
1. Students who subsequently realized a position in the annual National Universities Tournament (Shahid El
Refaii) as per the below table may submit the certificates obtained from the Egyptian
University Sports Federation to the Office of Student Financial Affairs and Scholarships and be granted the
scholarship the following fall semester.
2. Students who subsequently realized a position as per the below table may submit the certificates obtained
from the Sports Federation to the Office of Student Financial Affairs and Scholarships and apply for a Sports
Achievement Scholarship starting second year of admission. Students will be granted the scholarship on the
semester of submission of required documents, provided that they should have been participating since
admission in all AUC tournaments, both national and international.
3. Students who play sports that are not listed in or organized by the Egyptian University Sports Federation
such as golf, equestrian, or water ballet, and who have not realized a position in the annual National
Universities Tournament (Shahid El Refaii), may submit another certificate with evidence of continued
success from federation of the game every academic year, until their graduation, to the Office of Student
Financial Affairs and Scholarships.
You must meet the following level of distinction in your final secondary school year:
Position
Type of Championship
801
Olympic Games or World Championship Up to Fourth Up to Third
Required Documents:
You should bring an official stamped certificate from the federation of your type of sport, proving that you have
participated in an official national tournament that covers the whole state or country, or have represented your
country in an official international championship.
The official certificate should be approved by either the Olympic committee or the ministry concerned with sport
affairs in the country where the tournament took place.
Finally, the certificate should also be approved by the Ministry of Foreign Affairs of your country.
Additional funds through the Sports Achievement Scholarship program are available for students who place in the
top five at recognized world championships in selected sports. These annual awards are up to an additional 15
percent of tuition, for a total of a 30 percent scholarship award, Evidence of continued success on the international
level is required to renew the additional portion of the scholarship.
The Office of Athletics will review all documents submitted to qualify for this additional portion of the scholarship.
Official communication certifying the rank in international events must be submitted from the international
organization sponsoring the competition and/or the Olympic committee of the applicants home country. Further
information about the process and criteria may be directed to the Office of Athletics.
To view the list of sports considered and classified as individual or team sports, click here.
Your application and documents proving your sports achievement levels will be reviewed by the Office of
Athletics and evaluated by a committee.
To Apply
New Students: Complete an online application through Banner Self-Service and submit supporting
documents to the Student Service Center.
Deadline
802
Sports Merit Award:
These are small cash grants to students who represent the University at the annual National Universities
Tournament and achieved high ranks.
Eligibility
To be eligible you must:
To Apply:
Deadline
The Academic Achievement Scholarship is only available to current students who were admitted to AUC
before Fall 2015. For more information, click here.
Established in 2006 to support five deserving and talented students from the Occupied Territories. The
amount generated by the endowment toward the tuition of the five scholars will be matched by AUC.
Mohamed Ragheb Scholarship in the Arts at the School of Humanities and Social Sciences (Vacant)
803
Established in 2015 to cover the tuition fees for one student majoring in the arts at the School of
Humanities and Social Sciences.
Established in 2006 to provide partial support to two deserving and talented students from Jordan or
Palestine. The amount generated by the endowment toward the tuition of the two scholars will be
matched by AUC.
Established in 2004 to support the graduating senior with the highest GPA in the accounting department.
Need-Based Scholarships
Need-based scholarships are financial awards given based on need and merit.
The Tomorrows Leaders Scholarship Program is initiated and co-funded by the U.S. State Department
through the Office of Assistance Coordination for capable and highly motivated high school seniors in the
Middle East and North Africa who come from diverse backgrounds. The program provides four-year
university scholarships and internship opportunities at select institutions of higher learning in the Middle
East to students who have the potential to become leaders. For more information about the
program, click here.
804
engineering or mathematics (STEM) majors offered at AUC. If you are a high-achieving student
interested in pursing an education and future in a STEM- related field, apply to the Abdulla Al Ghurair
Foundation for Education. The foundation could offer you a full scholarship to study at AUC. The program
is tailored for bright young Arab students who are seeking undergraduate or graduate degrees in any of
the STEM majors or fields at AUC but do not have the financial means to cover its cost.
Established in 1994 to cover tuition, housing, board, textbooks, medical insurance and local medical
services for up to four Yemeni students who meet the University requirements for admission. The
scholarship covers tuition for a regular academic load of 15 credit hours per semester in the fall and
spring semesters. Overloads, minors as well as attending summer and winter sessions can only be
processed after the approval of AUC's Office of Student Financial Affairs and Scholarships. Students
must have a Yemeni citizenship, must have completed a full-time high school in Yemen and should
demonstrate financial need.
Established in 2002 to support Palestinian students from the Occupied Territories based on their financial
need.
Established in 2005 to provide support to six Palestinian students who demonstrate financial need. AUC
will provide annual scholarship support in the name of the Taher Family member to six Palestinian
students (four male and two female) who have met AUCs academic requirements, enrolled in the
University and demonstrated financial need.
The Office of Career Services, provides students with the opportunity to gain on-campus work experience and
develop skills while earning some money through the Work-study program. The work-study program gives
students the opportunity to work in various departments on campus during the academic year and contribute to
projects and programs within AUCs academic and administrative departments.
It allows students to contribute towards their education expenses, make use of their free time, gain experience,
develop transferable skills, boost their resumes and earn extra money.
The type of work a student is required to accomplish may differ from one department to another according to the
duties performed by each department.
Students participating in the program should be willing to dedicate 8-10 working hours per week with a
805
maximum of 120 hours during the regular semester, 60 hours during the summer session and 30 hours during the
winter session.
The student is compensated at the end of each semester.
Work-Study Program for 2014-2015
Eligibility
Undergraduate, enrolled, full-time students in their sophomore year or above, with a grade point average of not
less than 2.5.
All enrolled graduate students
Both Egyptian as well as non-Egyptian students
Each department should not exceed the number of 30 full time work-study students per semester.
Compensation
Students should prepare their resumes and upload them to Career Web. For assistance on preparing a resume,
please refer to http://www.caps.aucegypt.edu/services/resume/resume_writing.html
Research and apply to available work-study opportunities at Career Web under the Jobs/Internships section.
Once departments send the details of selected students to the Career Center, within two to five business days, log
into Career Web to complete the work-study commitment form.
Complete the work-study evaluation form on Career Web upon completion of the program.
The form must be printed, signed and stamped from your work-study department.
Ensure that your supervisor completes the department work-study evaluation form by the last day of the exam
period of each semester.
The Financial Aid Office at the American University in Cairo (AUC) assists U.S. citizen and dual citizen undergraduate students by
awarding US federal financial aid to help pay for their post-secondary education. U.S. citizens and eligible non-citizens attending AUC
may be eligible for the William D. Ford Federal Direct Loan Program to assist them financially in their education. Because AUC is a
foreign institution, other US federal financial aid that is awarded on campuses located in the United States, such as Federal Pell Grant,
Work Study and Perkins Loans are not available at AUC.
AUC can certify Stafford Loans (both Subsidized and Unsubsidized) and Parent PLUS loans for students enrolled in a degree-seeking
programs.
Subsidized Loan
Unsubsidized Loan
Direct PLUS Loans (Parent PLUS)
806
Direct Loan Funds come directly from the Federal Government must be repaid, with interest. Student loans cannot be cancelled once
disbursed and are legal obligations. The maximum Direct Loan amount you can borrow each academic year depends on your academic
level in school and whether you are a dependent or independent student. For students who are eligible for a subsidized Direct Loan, the
U.S. Department of Education pays the interest while youre in school at least half-time, during the first six months after you leave
school (your grace period) and during a deferment (a postponement of loan payments). Unsubsidized Direct Loans do not require a
student to have financial need. The borrower is responsible for paying all interest on unsubsidized Direct Loans.
Students can apply for federal financial aid at AUC by completing two steps: Step 1)completing Free Application for Federal Student
Aid, or FAFSA (available at http://www.fafsa.ed.gov/), using AUC School Code G05034, as soon after January 1 as possible. Step 2)
completing the Virtual Financial Aid Office application found at https://aucegypt.vfao.com.
AUC also offers private loans through Sallie Mae. The Sallie Mae Smart Option Student Loan and Parent Loan is a private, credit-
based, school-certified loan for undergraduate and graduate student borrowers enrolled at least half time in an eligible degree
program. Qualified students may be eligible to borrow up to the cost of attendance, less other aid received, as certified by AUC. We do
not award or process these loans through AUC, so you will need to deal with Sallie Mae directly at https://www.salliemae.com/
Other than the opportunities described above, American students may be able to obtain outside
support for work at AUC from the following sources:
Rotary Foundation International Scholarships for one year of undergraduate, or language study. Contact:
students local Rotary Club or Rotary Foundation of Rotary International, 1 Rotary Center, 1560 Sherman
Avenue, Evanston, Illinois 60201. www.rotary.org
807
Veterans Administration educational benefits are applicable to undergraduate degree study at AUC. U.S.
veterans should contact their regional office of the Veterans Administration. Written approval of benefits from
the Veterans Administration should be obtained prior to coming to Cairo. www.va.gov
Federal Stafford Loans can be used by U.S. citizens or permanent residents for undergraduate degree study or to
earn a certificate in Arabic language (at least one year of intensive study). Pell Grants are not applicable. Degree
and certificate students must obtain instructions from the AUC New York Office (e-
mail:[email protected]). Study abroad students may apply to their home universitys financial aid office
for campus-based aid and/or student loans to be used while they are enrolled at AUC
Gilman Scholarships U.S. undergraduates can receive financial support for study abroad programs worldwide
through the new Benjamin A. Gilman International Scholarship Program of the State Departments Bureau of
Educational and Cultural Affairs. The program is named after Congressman Ben Gilman (R-NY), the sponsor of
legislation that sets aside $ 1.5 million to broaden and increase opportunities for study abroad by undergraduate
students who face financial constraints. The Institute of International Education (IIE), a New York-based non-
profit organization, will administer the program through its Southern Regional Office in Houston, Texas under a
grant from the Bureau.
Established under the International Academic Opportunity Act of 2002, Gilman International Scholarships will provide up
to $5,000 for American students to pursue overseas study for college credit.
Application forms are available at the Gilman International Scholarship website, www.iie.org/gilman. Additional
information is available through IIEs Southern Regional Office by e-mail, at [email protected], or by calling (713) 621-
6300 ext. 25.
Undergraduate Admissions
The university, in keeping with the long-standing protocol with the Egyptian government, maintains an enrollment of
808
undergraduate degree-seeking students that is at least seventy-five percent Egyptian. Accordingly, AUC establishes quotas
regarding the offer of admission and enrollment of non-Egyptian students.
Applicants may apply for admission up to one year in advance of their anticipated date of first enrollment. The University
reviews completed admission applications on a rolling basis. AUC cannot determine the admissibility of candidates with
incomplete applications.
The university and the Egyptian Ministry of Education require that all students entering AUC undergraduate program complete a
minimum of twelve years of primary and secondary education prior to enrollment in university courses. Applicants must provide
proof, in the form of a first-year primary certificate or Idadia Certificate followed by three years of study as proof that they have
completed at least twelve years of education.
All undergraduate degree-seeking admission applicants are required to submit official secondary school academic transcripts,
mark sheets, and/or certificates. Applicants who have attempted post-secondary studies must also submit official academic
transcripts, mark sheets, and/or certificates from each post-secondary school attended regardless of whether they have earned
credit or seek transfer credit. All academic records not in English or Arabic must be accompanied by certified English
translations.
All undergraduate degree applicants must demonstrate proficiency in English by submitting recent Academic IELTS, TOEFL
and/or SAT results, or completed college-level English coursework. Non-Egyptian applicants and/or their sponsors must provide
official evidence indicating that a minimum of $31,000 is available to cover the tuition, fees, travel, and living expenses for the
first year of study at the University.
Academic Preparation
The University seeks highly qualified applicants who complete the most demanding courses available in secondary school.
Excellent grades in honors classes indicate the applicant's ability and willingness to meet the academic challenges of university
study. The University's most capable first-year applicants have achieved excellent grades while completing a well-balanced
university preparatory program.
In addition, AUC considers the personal qualities of applicants - how well they have taken advantage of available resources,
whether they have faced and withstood unusual adversity, and the extent to which they show promise as a contributing member
of the AUC community. The University also considers applicants' personal achievements outside the classroom as demonstrated
by sustained participation, commitment, and leadership in school and community activities.
Applicants that satisfy one or more of the following criteria qualify for exemption:
Satisfactory scores on appropriate standardized tests including the SAT, the ACT and College Board Advanced
Placement tests
Successful completion of one or more non-remedial academic writing course in a post secondary institution whose
English language admission requirements are the same as those of AUC
Successful completion of English-medium secondary school coursework and examinations that qualify for advanced
placement including the International Baccalaureate Diploma Program
809
Recent Academic IELTS or TOEFL scores are required of an applicant who does not attend an English Language
university or who has attended less than three semesters at a university where the language of instruction is English
Students in the following programs are exempt from the English language proficiency requirement:
The University determines English Language placement using applicants' highest score on the TOEFL or Academic IELTS. AUC
may offer applicants that do not qualify for the Rhetoric and Composition the opportunity to enroll in AUC's Intensive English
Program (IEP) or Academic English for Freshmen (ENGL 0210 ). ENGL 0210 is the University's bridge course between the IEP
and the Rhetoric and Composition. IEP students must complete the program within one calendar year (two semesters and the
summer session).
All students who have been admitted into ENGL 0210 must satisfactorily complete the course work within a time period not to
exceed two full semesters and a summer session. Students taking ENGL 0210 in summer may not enroll in any academic courses.
The University's most qualified candidates have earned excellent grades in their courses. When determining admission, the
University considers a combination of factors including academic program, grades and test scores, as well as diversified
background, and participation in extracurricular activities. The vast majority of those applying to AUC are capable of succeeding
scholastically at the University. Many more academically qualified students apply for admission than there is room available. The
University's task is not simply to select those who are qualified, but to identify those who have distinguished themselves.
Applications submitted beyond the deadline dates will be wait listed and may be considered pending space availability only
Minimum requirements for first-year applicants: AUC's minimum requirements for first-year applicants vary by the type of
secondary program. Because of the large number of qualified applicants, those offered admission generally score well above the
following minimums:
810
Egyptian Thanawiya Amma - Arts, or Science (General Secondary School Certificate). Submit the results of the final
sitting of the Thanawiya Amma. Applicants must earn at least 70 percent on the final sitting to be considered for
admission.
Thanawiya Amma from Arab countries - Arts, or Science (General Secondary School Certificate). Submit the results of
the final sitting of the Thanawiya Amma. Applicants must earn at least 75 percent on the final sitting to be considered
for admission.
British Certificate: Submit eight GCE/GCSE/IGCSE subjects. Applicants who have completed Advanced/Advanced
Supplementary level subjects and have earned excellent grades are given preference. Grades 'A to C' are accepted at the
Ordinary and Advanced Supplementary levels. Grade 'D' is accepted at the Advanced level only. Subjects completed at
the Advanced and Advanced Supplementary level are not double counted. Applicants must submit all certificates to the
University. However, AUC utilizes only the best eight subjects during the admission evaluation process.
American High School. Complete a college preparatory program of courses and earn a high school diploma with at
least a 2.0 (on a four-point scale) grade point average in academic courses. The estimated SAT-I composite cut-off
score for Fall 2014 and spring 2015 was 1400 or comparable ACT scores. Students are encouraged to complete a well
balanced university preparatory program that includes:
Applicants who have attended an accredited high school for less than three semesters must also submit official results in SAT-II
in two subjects with a total score of 1100 and a minimum score of 500 on each subject.
Applicants who have taken Advanced Placement (AP) courses and exams (results issued by the College Board) may be granted
transfer credit.
Medical Examination
A recent medical report stating that the student is physically and mentally capable of doing university work should be submitted
with the application.
It is recommended that non-Egyptian students have health and accident insurance which will cover them while they are in Egypt.
In addition, all non-Egyptian students are required to enroll in the medical insurance service plan offered by the American
University in Cairo which provides for limited care at a specified hospital in Cairo. Exemptions are made only for those non-
Egyptian students who reside in Cairo with their families, or who are provided for by their companies, embassies or sponsoring
agencies in Cairo. The medical service fee is announced by the Office of Student Financial Affairs every year.
811
Transfer Admissions
Applicants who have attempted post-secondary school studies of an advanced-level subjects or at a university level during or
following their secondary school program are transfer applicants. These students are classified as follows:
A transfer student is not guaranteed acceptance into his/her current major. Admission to the same major is ultimately decided
upon by the School Dean.
1. Applicants who are transferring from accredited post-secondary institutions and have taken courses at the university
level. The university awards transfer credit to students who complete coursework in fields of study that are comparable to those
offered by AUC, with a minimum grade of "C" from institutions operating in the USA, a minimum grade of "Good" from the
National Universities of Egypt, and equivalent grade to a "C" (at AUC) from other institutions. The determination of transfer
credit award occurs following the submission of an official academic transcript, the university catalog, as well as required course-
related materials. Internships, Occupational, vocational, remedial coursework, and studies classified as less than first-year
(Freshman) level by the sending institution or AUC are not transferable. Credits earned to satisfy the requirements of a previous
degree are not considered for transfer credit.
The transferable coursework must have been completed at post-secondary institutions that are recognized by the Ministry of
Higher Education, and/or the Supreme Council of Universities, depending on the country in which the institution is operation.
Post-secondary institutions in the United States must be accredited by one of the following six "Regional Accrediting
Organizations":
812
Southern Association of Colleges and Schools, Commission on Colleges
Western Association of Schools and Colleges, Commission for Senior Colleges and Universities
2. Applicants who have completed collegiate-level studies, prior to matriculation into the university, with a grade that is
comparable to at least a "B" at AUC.
Transfer credits for higher level academic subjects with grade of five, six or seven (out of seven).
Up to 15 credits of lower-division general elective transfer credit for the completion of the IB Diploma with a
minimum total point of 30.
The AUC does not grant transfer credit for subsidiary level subjects.
o French Baccalaureat II
The University grants up to 30 transfer credits for academic subjects with advanced level scores of 14 or more (out of 20).
Readmission
AUC students who withdraw from the University in good standing and subsequently wish to return after an absence of one or
more semesters may apply for readmission. Readmission is offered on a space-available basis and is not guaranteed. Selected
applicants must submit recent TOEFL or Academic IELTS results with their readmission application.
TOEFL/IELTS
English Level at Time of Withdrawal Lapse of Time
Required
Successfully completed RHET 201, RHET 2010, RHET 1020 Less than 24 months No
813
Enrolled in ENGL 0210
Less than 6 months No
, or RHET 101 or RHET 1000, RHET 1010 & CORE 1010 (Tandem
Sections)
RHET 102, RHET 1100 (RHET 1010 Stand alone section) or RHET 201,
Between 6-12
RHET 2010 , RHET 1020 Optional
months
, or RHET 101, RHET 1000 , RHET 1010), RHET102, RHET 1100 More than 12 months Yes
(RHET 1010 Stand alone section) or RHET 201, RHET 2010, RHET 1020)
Since AUC is both a US-accredited institution, and one recognized by the Ministry of Higher Education in Egypt, students from
most universities around the world are able to transfer credits earned at AUC to their home institutions.
Study Abroad/Non-Degree applicants must submit application materials that include post-secondary school transcripts, letters of
reference, and a study plan approved by their home university to AUC's New York office. The current Study Abroad/ Non-
Degree Application Booklet lists application deadlines and the specific documents that applicants must submit to complete their
application. The information is also available on the AUC website at: www.aucegypt.edu/admissions
Auditors
Individuals who wish to attend individual classes without credit may apply as auditors. Auditors are not eligible to sit for final
examinations, receive academic credit, or enrollment certification from the University. Permission to audit is granted on a space-
available basis. Auditors generally enroll during the late registration period after other students have had an opportunity to
register. Auditors are not allowed to enroll in language courses.
814
The Department of Arabic Language Institute
The Department of Arabic Language Instruction is one of the most respected Arabic language study programs in the world. The
department offers intensive programs beginning three times each year that range in length from eight weeks to one or more years.
It also offers courses to fulfill the Arabic Language requirements of undergraduates at AUC. The department's world-class faculty
teaches classes in Modern Standard Arabic, Classical Arabic, and Egyptian Colloquial Arabic at the elementary, intermediate,
and advanced levels. The department's programs culminate in certificates of achievement recognized around the world.
The Department of Arabic Language Instruction applicants submit completed application forms, as well as other materials
specified in the current Undergraduate Admission Application booklet. The information is also available on the internet at:
www.aucegypt.edu/huss/ali/Pages/default.aspx
Students registered to the ALIN wishing to change their program to AUC undergraduate, graduate and non-degree programs have
to satisfy the admission requirements listed in the catalog for these programs.
All non-Thanawiya Amma students should sit for an Arabic placement exam, administered by the ALNG Unit, to determine the
Arabic language course level they must register for. According to the exam results, students may be exempted or required to take
one or two Arabic language courses (3 or 6 credits).
Non-degree and study abroad students sit for an Arabic placement exam if they are registering for an Arabic course higher than
ALNG 1101 or ALNG 1501.
A mandatory program providing a common vision for all entrants and engaging them in guided activities and experiences, the
significance of which they can reflect upon and learn to appreciate. Students will also read and sign the code of academic
integrity during the program.
Goals
This program aims to familiarize students with knowledge of the purposes and expectations of higher education, AUC culture and
services, student rights and responsibilities, academic, personal and social competencies necessary for college success; equip
them with the skills to become self-reliant in the use of university information resources, and in identifying relevant service
offices when needed; and promote the values of respect and appreciation for the institution, other members of the AUC
community, and the learning experience.
Participants
Undergraduate Egyptian and international degree-seeking students, including ELI students, who have been admitted to AUC will
take part in the FYE program.
Transfer students, international non-degree seeking students and graduate students do not form part of this program.
815
Classes are administered by a faculty member who is assisted by a student leader. Student leaders organize social events to help
freshmen integrate and make new friends.
Structure
The FYE is designed as a thematic-based experiential learning program that includes seminars, interactive sessions, and an
evening Convocation. Each of the program days covers a theme that highlights a key value or area of knowledge prioritized in the
university mission statement.
Attendance
First year students are required to attend all days of this program. Students who miss FYE will not be permitted to register for
their courses.
Undergraduate Studies
The Office of the Dean of Undergraduate Studies
Academic Advising Center
The Core Curriculum
Dialogue Program
Community Based Learning
Undergraduate Research Program
The Office of the Dean of Undergraduate Studies acts to support and enhance undergraduate education at AUC, through
administration of the Core Curriculum, the Academic Advising Center, Community Based Learning (CBL) and Undergraduate
Research, as well as through facilitating the development of new Freshman Year, Bridge and Honors programs. Focusing on non-
declared students and working as well in close collaboration with the deans, faculty and staff of the Schools, the office seeks to
further the integration and coordination of teaching and learning across the curriculum, pertinent registration and student petition
issues, and related University policies and procedures - and to serve overall as an advocate for undergraduate students and studies
at AUC.
Dialogue Program
The courses are based on the principles of cross-cultural dialogue, incorporating various engaging mediums such as
videoconferencing technologies. The courses give the students the opportunity to explore the dialogue process with counter-
partners from around the globe, discussing topics that range from current local events to a wide variety of global socioeconomic,
political and cultural issues.
The Undergraduate Research Program institutionalizes, supports and expands opportunities for undergraduate student research,
entrepreneurship and creative achievement. It nurtures amongst the academic community, across the disciplines, a culture of
research and development, and the drive to advance the liberal education outcomes of undergraduate inquiry and critical and
creative competence.
Among other programs and services, the Program adminsters a conference and mini-grant program for undergraduate researchers
and hosts the yearly EURECA conference featuring student research and creative work.
816
Academic Advising Center (AAC)
The mission of the Academic Advising Center (AAC) at AUC is to provide academic advising and assist all undeclared
undergraduate students in developing their educational plans, and setting career and life goals while helping them appreciate the
values of liberal arts education until they declare their major. This is done through advising and mentoring systems offered to
students throughout their year (s) at the center. Once they declare a major, the students should receive the same service in their
department of major while the center will continue providing the needed academic support, advice and help regarding the core
curriculum and general academic rules and regulations. AAC operates on the basis of shared responsibility where AUC
community (faculty, student and staff) interact and coordinate efforts to achieve advising goals and desired student outcomes
from admission to graduation.
One of the goals of AAC is to provide developmental advising, a process that involves both teaching and learning as it engages
the students actively in their education and helps them to develop a sense of responsibility for their academic choices. Continuity
and follow up on the students academic, mental, intellectual, psychological and post-graduate planning status on a one-on-one
basis are fundamental practices and assessment of the centers goals and outcomes is integral.
Restrictions
817
No course that a student employs to meet a requirement of the Core Curriculum in the Freshman or Secondary Levels may be
used to also meet any of the requirements - including concentration requirements, specialization requirements, collateral
requirements, major core requirements, concentration electives, and general electives - of that student's major. Similarly, a course
that a student employs to meet any of the requirements of a major may not be used to meet any of the requirements of the Core
Curriculum, except in the Core capstone level. At the Core capstone level (and nowhere else), one course may do double service
("double count") for both Core Curriculum and major credit. In addition, any course that meets Core Curriculum requirements, at
any level of the Core, may also count towards meeting requirements of a minor, to the extent consistent with stipulations of the
department or program offering the minor.
The Core Curriculum consists of three parts: The Freshman Level, the
Secondary Level, and the Capstone Level.
The Freshman Program aims to offer students a coherent, integrated introduction to one of the defining features of AUC: liberal
arts education. In addition, the Program equips students with communication skills in English and enables them to transfer these
skills to content courses so they are prepared to cope with assignments in their majors, and enhances critical thinking skills and
their application in a variety of disciplines. Finally, Freshman Program courses aim to help students think with clarity and insight
about themselves, their goals and the decisions they face, and to foster their civic responsibility, personal and academic integrity,
and appreciation of diversity.
For students entering AUC in the 2013-14 academic year and later, the Freshman Program consists of the following
requirements: In their first semester, students begin as members of a "learning community:" small groups of students taking two
closely linked classes together, a Rhetoric class (RHET 1010) and a multidisciplinary seminar (CORE 1010), that work in tandem
to develop and enhance the reading, writing, critical thinking and general academic skills needed for success throughout study at
AUC. The program also includes six other courses, to be taken over the first three semesters (four semesters for engineering
students): a second RHET course in research skills and writing, Scientific Thinking, Philosophical Thinking, Information
Literacy, and two "Pathways of Learning" courses.
In normal circumstances, all AUC students should complete their RHET classes in their first two semesters, and all
their other Freshman Program classes, including their Information Literacy class, by the end of their first three or (in
the case of engineering students) four semesters.
Timely completion of Freshman Program courses is of vital importance, insofar as these courses aim at accomplishing
basic learning outcomes, in an integrated and sequenced manner, as a foundation for subsequent study in the Core and
in the majors.
Policies:
All students should complete their RHET courses before proceeding to Sophomore-level status.
If students fail to register for their second RHET course, RHET 1020 , in the semester immediately following
successful completion of RHET 1010 (or immediately after receiving equivalent credit for or exemption from the
course), a hold will be placed on their subsequent registration until the issue is satisfactorily resolved.
Students other than those in the School of Science and Engineering must enroll in Scientific Thinking, and the
Pathways One (Scientific Encounters) and Pathways Two (Cultural Explorations) required Core courses, within their
first four semesters. (All SSE students are deemed to fulfill their Pathways One requirement within the major, so they
need to complete six rather than seven courses in their Freshman Program; SSE students majoring or intending to major
in engineering, will take slightly longer to complete Freshman Program requirements, in line with the Five Year Plans
of their majors.)
If students fail to register for all of the following: a Pathways One class + the 1 cr. hr. lab (non-science students only), a
Pathways Two class, Scientific Thinking*, Philosophical Thinking, and LALT 1010, Information Literacy, by the end
818
of their third semester (end of the fourth semester for engineering students), they will be notified. If the problem
persists in the following semester, a hold will be placed on their subsequent registration until the issue is satisfactorily
resolved.
For undeclared students, only those who have completed the RHET 1010/ CORE 1010 tandem classes, RHET 1020,
LALT 1010, and Scientific Thinking, will be eligible to declare a major at AUC. During the semester in which they
wish to declare, these students must also have completed or be currently enrolled in either ALL or ALL BUT ONE of
their required Pathways course(s) and Philosophical Thinking.
Only those students who have completed all Freshman Level courses can proceed to the Junior Level of their major, according to
the four- or five-year plan of that major.
Any student who wishes to declare or proceed in his or her major without having completed the Freshman Program requirements
according to the terms set out above, will require explicit written approval from the Office of the Dean of Undergraduate Studies.
Such approval will be granted only upon acceptance of a signed statement from the student indicating precisely how and when he
or she will complete all outstanding Freshman Program requirements. Students who fail to fulfill their stated plans, without
sufficient, documented justification, will be placed on probation, leading to dismissal.
These rules shall apply to students who begin the Freshman Program at AUC in fall 2014 and thereafter. Provisions concerning
holds on registration will apply to all students, at whatever level, beginning in fall 2014.
After the release of registration holds, students will not be allowed to drop the Freshman Program courses concerned, following
the timelines mentioned above, without the consent of their advisors.
*For students wishing to declare engineering, the requirement that Scientific Thinking be completed prior to
Specific rules applied to RHET 1010/CORE 1010 or RHET 1020 courses taken in the freshman level of the core
curriculum:
Students may retake each of RHET 1010, CORE 1010 and RHET 1020 up to three times in three consecutive semesters. If the
second retake is unsuccessful, students will recieve a warning, and continued study at AUC will be contingent on successful
completion of the course, on a third retake, in the following semester.
All students, except for those with transfer credits or advanced standing, take the RHET 1010/CORE 1010 tandem
classes (6 cr hrs total) in their first semester as freshmen. Students cannot drop one without dropping the other, and
dropping both can only happen with permission.
All students must take RHET 1020 in their second semester, preferably along with the LALT 1010 Information
Literacy class.
Dropping one of the two courses RHET 1010 or CORE 1010 (Freshman Writing or Freshman Seminar) will result in
the other course being dropped as well, automatically.
Students retaking the tandem courses CORE 1010/RHET 1010 must enroll in a different theme.
Students may pass or fail one or both of the tandem courses RHET 1010 and CORE 1010, depending on their
performance in each course.
819
Pathways of Learning courses:
Note: Students majoring in any program in the School of Sciences and Enginering meet these requirements through their program
requirements rather than as part of the Core Curriculum. Actuarial science students are required to take a lab as part of the Core
Curriculum. (The following list is representative: for an updated list of available courses, please see The Core Curriculum
webpage or contact the Core office).
Students must choose one course with lab component from the following list:
820
SCI 150L/1015 - General Science Laboratory (1 cr.)
Courses taken to fulfill the Humanities / Social Science requirement at the Secondary Level must be from a department other than
the one offering the course taken to meet the Pathways Two requirement, and should be from a different discipline. (The
following list is representative: for an updated list of available courses, please see The Core Curriculum webpage or contact the
Core office). Most students will complete these requirements in their first three semesters.
821
Arabic Language (0-6 credit hours)
All newly admitted students, except those who have passed the Thanawiya Amma exam or its equivalent, will take an Arabic
placement exam. Based on the exam results, students may be required to take up to two modern standard Arabic courses from the
following:
Every student must choose and complete one course in this category. It must be from a department other than the one offering the
course taken to meet the Pathways Two requirement in the Freshman Level, and should be from a different discipline. (The
following list is representative: for an updated list of available courses, please see The Core Curriculum webpage or contact the
Core office).The requirement should be completed by the end of the student's sixth semester.
822
PHIL 299/2099 - Selected Topics for Core Curriculum (3 cr.)
PHIL 344/3014 - Literature and Philosophy (3 cr.)
RHET 225/2220 - Public Speaking (3 cr.)
RHET 299/2099 - Selected Topics (3 cr.)
RHET 310/3310 - Effective Rhetoric: Discourse and Power (3 cr.)
RHET 323/3330 - Changing Words, Changing Worlds (3 cr.)
RHET 325/3340 - The Rhetoric of Argument in the Humanities and Social Sciences (3 cr.)
RHET 340/3120 - Life Narratives: Reading as Writers (3 cr.)
RHET 345/3110 - The Writer's Workshop (3 cr.)
RHET 380/3150 - Poetry Writing (3 cr.)
RHET 399/3099 - Selected Topics (3 cr.)
THTR 203/1201 - Theatre in the Making (3 cr.)
THTR 230/2301 - Play Analysis (3 cr.)
THTR 299/2099 - Selected Topics for Core Curriculum (3 cr.)
SEMR 200/2010 - Core Seminar (3 cr.)
SEMR 299/2099 - Selected Topics in the Humanities (3 cr.)
SEMR 300/3099 - Core Honors Seminar (3 cr.)
ANTH 202/2101 - Cultural Anthropology (3 cr.)
ANTH 299/2099 - Selected Topics for Core Curriculum (3 cr.)
ARIC 299/2099 - Selected Topics for the Core Curriculum in Humanities (3 cr.)
ARIC 323/3323 - Marriage and the Family in the Medieval and Early Modern Middle East (3 cr.)
ARIC 325/3325 - Beggars, Madmen, Prostitutes: the Marginalized in Pre-Modern Mideast History. (3 cr.)
CORE 299/2099 - Selected Topics for Core Curriculum (3 cr.)
ECON 201/2021 - Introduction to Macroeconomics (3 cr.)
ECON 202/2011 - Introduction to Microeconomics (3 cr.)
EGPT 202/2020 - Ancient Egypt: An Introduction (3 cr.)
EGPT 299/2099 - Selected Topics for Core Curriculum (3 cr.)
LING 252/2200 - Introduction to Linguistics (3 cr.)
LING 268/2210 - Principles and Practice of Teaching English (3 cr.)
PPAD 299/2099 - Selected Topics for the Core Curriculum (3 cr.)
PPAD 308/3198 - Management in Government (3 cr.)
PHIL 242/2116 - Philosophical Anthropology (3 cr.)
PSYC 201/1000 - Introduction to Psychology (3 cr.)
PSYC 299/2099 - Selected Topics in Psychology (3 cr.)
PSYC 330/3003 - Community Psychology (3 cr.)
RHET 320/3210 - Business Communication (3 cr.)
RHET 321/3230 - Technical Communication (3 cr.)
RHET 322/3320 - Writing in the Social Sciences (3 cr.)
RHET 330/3350 - Writing and Cognition (3 cr.)
RHET 332/3240 - Presentation and Persuasion in Business (3 cr.)
RHET 334/3250 - Digital Rhetoric (3 cr.)
SOC 201/2101 - Introduction to Sociology (3 cr.)
SOC 240/2201 - Introduction to Community Development (3 cr.)
SOC 299/2099 - Selected Topics for Core Curriculum (3 cr.)
CORE 000/2142 - Profiles in Civic Leadership and Civic Project Development (3 cr.)
ARIC 369/3269 - Ceramic Arts of the Islamic World (3 cr.)
ARIC 353/3353 - Muslim Political Thought (3 cr.)
ARIC 354/3405 - Islamic Philosophy (3cr.)
ARCH 314/2211 - History and Philosophy of Modern and Contemporary Architecture (3 cr.)
ECLT 303/3003 - Seventeenth-Century Literature (3 cr.)
ECLT 304/3004 - Eighteenth-Century Literature (3 cr.)
ECLT 305/3005 - Romanticism (3 cr.)
ECLT 306/3006 - Nineteenth-Century European Literature (3 cr.)
823
ECLT 310/3010 - American Literature to 1900 (3 cr.)
ECLT 360/3060 - Shakespeare (3 cr.)
Every student must choose and complete two courses in this category. (The following list is representative: for an updated list of
available courses, please see The Core Curriculum webpage or contact the Core office). This requirement should be completed by
the end of the student's sixth semester.
824
Category 3: Global Studies (3 credit hours)
Every student must choose and complete one course in this category. (The following list is representative: for an updated list of
available courses, please see The Core Curriculum webpage or contact the Core office). The requirement should be completed by
the end of the student's sixth semester.
825
SOC 370/3085 - Environmental Issues in Egypt (3 cr.)
HIST 212/2604 - The Quest for the Historical Jesus (3 cr.)
HIST 250/2301 - Colonial and Postcolonial Africa
AMST 301/3100 - The US and the World Economy (3 cr.)
ANTH 320/3040 - States, Capital and Rural Lives (3 cr.)
ARIC 368/3268 - The Art of the Book in the Islamic World (3 cr.)
CREL 220/2606 - Hinduism and Buddhism in India (3 cr.)
CREL 230/2607 - Pilgrimage Traditions in the World's Religions (3 cr.)
CREL 320/3608 - Masters, Saints, and Saviors: Sacred Biography in the World's Religions (3 cr.)
ECLT 302/3002 - Literature of the Renaissance (3 cr.)
ECLT 330/3030 - Literature and Cinema (3 cr.)
ECLT 348/3048 - Contemporary Literature (3 cr.)
ECLT 352/3052 - Recurrent Themes in Literature (3 cr.)
HIST 201/2501 - History of American Civilization to the Nineteenth Century (3 cr.)
HIST 202/2502 - History of Modern American Civilization (3 cr.)
SOC 306/3030 - Sociology of Literature (3 cr.)
The requirements may be met by selecting two courses from a variety of options, including Senior Project or Thesis, Senior
Seminar, Senior Internship, Study Abroad, Community Engagement, Honors Seminar, Interdisciplinary Senior Seminar or a 400
level course counting toward a double major. (The following list is representative: for an updated list of available courses, please
see The Core Curriculum webpage or contact the Core office). No more than 3 of the 6 credit hour requirements may be taken in
the department of major.
826
ECON 308/3071 - Labor Economics (3 cr.) *
ECON 411/4099 - Seminar: Special Topics in Economics (3 cr.) *
ECON 415/4051 - Seminar on Economic Development in the Middle East (3 cr.) *
ECNG 490/4980 - Senior Project I (1 cr.) *
ECNG 491/4981 - Senior Project II (2 cr.) *
EGPT 440/4040 - Ancient Egyptian Religion and Ethics (3 cr.) **
EGPT 499/5199 - Selected Topics in Egyptology (3 cr.) **
ENGR 494/4990 - Entrepreneurial Development and Innovation (3 cr.)
ENTR 413/4102 - Entrepreneurship and Innovation (3 cr.) *
FILM 450/4250 - Senior Film Project (3 cr.) *
FILM 470/4370 - Advanced Seminar in Film Study and Research (3 cr.)
HIST 401/4588 - Selected Topics in the History of the United States (3 cr.)
HIST 412/4290 - Selected Topics in Modern Egyptian History (3 cr.)
HIST 415/4215 - The Marriage Crisis and the Middle East (3 cr.)
HIST 435/4216 - Social and Political History of Modern Cairo (3 cr.)
HIST 454/4219 - Modern Movements in Islam (3 cr.)
HIST 462/4288 - Selected Topics in the History of the Modern Middle East (3 cr.)
JRMC 420/4420 - Media Management (3 cr.) *
JRMC 425/4425 - Integrated Marketing Communication Campaigns Capstone (3 cr.) *
JRMC 480/4480 - Multimedia Reporting Capstone (3 cr.) *
JRMC 482/4482 - Media Convergence Capstone (3 cr.) *
MACT 495/4980 - Senior Thesis (3 cr.) *
MACT 497/4950 - Practical Internship (3 cr.) *
MACT 000/4990 - Enterprise Risk Management (3 cr.) *
MENG 490/4980 - Senior Project I (1 cr.) *
MENG 491/4981 - Senior Project II (2 cr.) *
MEST 430/4301 - Special Topics in Middle East Studies (3 cr.)
BADM 480/4001 - Business Planning and Strategy (3 cr.) *
MKTG 480/4602 - Marketing Strategy (3 cr.) *
MUSC 492/4980 - Capstone Final Recital (3 cr.)
PENG 490/4980 - Senior Project I (1cr.) *
PENG 491/4981 - Senior Project II (2cr.) *
PHIL 410/5112 - Advanced Seminar in Aesthetics (3 cr.) **
PHIL 418/5114 - Philosophical Masterpieces (3 cr.) *
PHIL 420/5115 - Philosophical Figures (3 cr.) *
PHYS 401/4980 - Research Skills (1 cr.) *
POLS 400/4000 - The Discipline and Critical Social Theory (3 cr.) *
POLS 430/4030 - Seminar: Special Topics in Political Science for Undergraduates (3 cr.) *
PPAD 491/5198 - Practicum (3 cr.) *
PPAD 540/5161 - Diplomacy: Theory and Practice (3 cr.)
PSYC 430/4063 - Advanced Community Psychology (3 cr.) *
PSYC 442/4062 - Clinical Psychology (3 cr.) *
RHET 342/3140 - Writing Children's Literature (3 cr.) *
RHET 400/4360 - Writing and Editing for Publication (3 cr.) *
RHET 410/4260 - Writing for Project Funding (3 cr.) *
RHET 450/4160 - Imagining the Book (3 cr.) *
RHET 480/4270 - Research and Writing Internship (3 cr.) *
827
RHET 490/4280 - Advanced Scientific and Technical Writing (3 cr.) *
SEMR 300/3099 - Core Honors Seminar (3 cr.)
SEMR 410/4018 - East-West Dialogue: Cross-Cultural Perceptions and Reflections (3 cr.)
SEMR 411/4028 - The Arab Spring in Arab Eyes: Perceptions and Reflections from the Arab World (3 cr.)
SEMR 412/4038 - South-South Dialogue: Perceptions and Reflections from the Global South (3 cr.)
THTR 490/4703 - Senior Thesis (3 cr.) *
EDUC 000/4098 - Selected Topics for Core Curriculum (3 cr.)
ARIC 000/5102 - Cairo in the Cultural Imaginary (3 cr.)
HIST 405/4188 - Selected Topics in World History (3 cr.)
HIST 450/4303 - Global Capitalism and Africa: An Economic History (3 cr.)
HIST 402/4488 - Selected Topics in European History (3 cr.)
ARIC 000/5137 - International Trade 1000 - 1700: Egypt and the Mediterranean - Red Sea Trade (3 cr.)
THTR 495/4705 - Senior Honors Project (3 cr.) **
The academic regulations described in this section are effective at the time of publication. The university reserves the right to
modify them, in which case changes will be announced when necessary. The student is responsible for being aware of all
academic requirements and regulations. These can only be waived by action of the university, as appropriate. Current university
regulations apply regardless of the regulations in effect at the time a student entered the university, except where current
regulations specifically state the contrary.
Non-Discrimination Policy
The American University in Cairo admits students regardless of race, color, religion, gender, disability or national origin with all
rights and privileges to programs and activities generally accorded or made available to students at the University. The University
does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, religion, gender, disability, or national origin in the administration of its
academic policies, admission policies, scholarship and loan programs, and athletic and other school-administered programs.
Accordingly the University does not tolerate any forms of discrimination and / or harassment including sexual harassment.
Student Responsibility
Students are responsible for familiarizing themselves with the information presented in this catalog and for observing all policies
and procedures related to their participation in the university community. In addition, AUC has adopted a set of policies and
procedures concerning the statutes and regulations on the campus. Copies of these policies and procedures may be obtained at the
Office of the Registrar.
Regulations will not be waived nor exceptions granted based on a student's lack of awareness of the policies and procedures of
the American University in Cairo. Although a number of university personnel (e.g. advisors, faculty members, registrar,
departmental staff, and student affairs staff members) assist students, the student is personally responsible for following all
policies and meeting deadlines and requirements. This responsibility includes, but is not limited to, academic requirements and
the rules listed under the appropriate information sections of this catalog.
828
Privacy Rights of Student Records
Students have the right to access their own official records. The written consent of the student must be received before personally
identifiable data is released from the student's records to any party other than the exceptions specified below.
While the university is authorized under the United States Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 to release
"directory information" about students, AUC does not publish a student directory. Student information is subject to release by the
university unless the university has received prior written objection from the student specifying information that the student
requests not to be released. Such written objection should be submitted to the Office of the Registrar.
AUC is authorized to provide access to student records to campus officials and employees who have legitimate educational
interests in such access. These persons are those who have responsibilities in connection with the academic, administrative, or
service functions of the university and who have reason for using student records connected with their academic or other
university responsibilities. Disclosure may also be made to other persons or organizations under certain conditions (e.g. as part of
an accreditation or program evaluation; in response to a court order or subpoena; in connection with financial aid; or to US
institutions to which the student is transferring).
1. A Core Curriculum: foundation of general education in the natural sciences, social sciences, and humanities.
2. Arabic language requirements.
3. Concentrations: subjects in which students concentrate their studies and receive degrees.
4. Collaterals: subjects in supporting disciplines specified by the department of major.
5. Minors: subjects which students may, if they wish, study beyond the introductory level.
6. Electives: courses chosen by students in consultation with their advisers.
Residence
To obtain a bachelor's degree a student must take at least 45 credit hours of courses in residence at the American University in
Cairo. At least 30 of the 45 hours must be in courses at the 3000 and 4000 levels; with a stipulation that no more than 15 transfer
credits in 3000-4000 level courses, will satisfy concentration requirement of any program. The maximum credit to be considered
for each program is as follows:
1. A maximum of 15 transfer credit hours in the 3000-4000 level courses in programs offered by the School of Business.
2. A maximum of 15 transfer credit hours in the 3000-4000 level courses in programs offered by the School of Sciences
and Engineering.
3. A maximum of 15 transfer credit hours in the 3000-4000 level courses in programs offered by the School of Global
Affairs and Public Policy except for Middle East Studies program; a maximum of 12 transfer credit hours.
4. A maximum of 12 transfer credit hours in the 3000-4000 level courses in programs offered by the School of
Humanities and Social Sciences.
AUC students who join a year abroad exchange program administered by the university are exempted from the residence
requirement part of maximum transfer credits in 3000-4000 level courses towards concentration requirements.
Graduation
To be awarded the Bachelor of Arts degree, students must complete a minimum of 120 credit hours (127 in Business
Administration and in Accounting also 133 in Management of Information and Communication Technology) in courses in which
829
the grades are "D" or better, and must earn a grade-point average of "C" or better, both overall and in the field of concentration.
These requirements must be completed within seven years of the date of first registration as a freshman.
To be awarded the Bachelor of Science degree students must complete between 130 and 162 credit hours, depending on the
major, in courses with grades of "D" or better and earn a grade-point average of "C" or better, both overall and in the field of
concentration. These requirements must be completed within eight years of the date of first registration as a freshman.
Any period of withdrawal from the university is counted as part of the seven- or eight-year limit mentioned above.
Majors
The university offers courses of study leading to bachelor's degrees in various academic fields in the arts and sciences and in
professional fields. Undergraduates must select a major and fulfill the requirements of the department offering the degree. The
fields of major and the departmental requirements are described in the "Fields of Study" section. Academic regulations
concerning the declaration of major and change of major are described in the "Academic Regulations" section.
Double Majors
Students may earn two majors in related or unrelated fields and receive one bachelor's degree. While it is acknowledged that
some students will not be able to manage the heavy workload that a double major entails, the American University in Cairo
enthusiastically endorses the principle that any undergraduate student should be permitted to pursue a double major, subject to
the following rules:
1. Acceptance into a second major must occur before the last semester of the senior year. Acceptance into a second major
will be on the same basis as if it were the first major.
2. No student will be accepted into a second major without the formal approval of the chair of the department offering the
student's first choice of major as well as the chair of the department offering the student's second choice of major.
3. Any student considering a second major should review carefully the catalog descriptions of both her/his first major and
his/her intended second major, paying special attention to any specific rules established by the relevant departments
with regard to double majors. For example, departments may restrict the ability of one of their own majors to declare a
second major by limiting the range of majors eligible as "second majors."
4. Students who are pursuing a double-major must complete all of the requirements for both majors. In the rare
circumstance where one course is eligible to meet both the concentration, collateral or elective requirements of one
major and also the concentration, collateral or elective requirements of a second major, this course may be counted for
both majors - unless the catalog description of either major explicitly states otherwise.
5. Students must have a faculty adviser in each major. The student must meet with each of his/her advisors and plan the
student's academic program. Both advisers must sign the student's registration forms.
6. One degree will be awarded upon successful completion of both majors. If one major qualifies for the bachelor of arts
degree and the other for the bachelor of science degree, the student in consultation with his/her advisers will decide
which degree to receive.
7. In considering whether to major in two subjects, students should be aware that it may take more than four years to
complete all requirements, that scheduling of prerequisites and required courses in two majors may be difficult, and
that some AUC departments, particularly those which limit enrollment, may not allow students to take a second major
in their programs.
Minors
In addition to major subjects leading to a degree, students may select one or two minor academic disciplines. The minor program
is available to students who would like to study a particular subject beyond the introductory courses but not to the level of
expertise required for a major. An undergraduate minor introduces the student to the scope and methodology of the minor field
and is often an important auxiliary to his/her major field. The American University in Cairo enthusiastically endorses the
principle that undergraduate students should be permitted and even encouraged to pursue a minor discipline that will broaden
their experience at AUC and enhance the interdisciplinary character of the undergraduate programs.
Minors may be within a given discipline, or interdisciplinary. Students wishing to minor in a given discipline may do so if they
satisfy the requirements of the department or unit offering the minor, using the requirements for the AUC catalog year in which
830
they declare the related minor. Students should be aware that in some cases the minimum credit hours required for graduation
may have to be exceeded. At least 15 hours of courses as specified under each field are required for a minor.
In the circumstance where one course is eligible to meet both the concentration, collateral or elective requirements of a major and
also any of the requirements of a minor, this course may be counted for both the major and the minor - unless the catalog
description of either the major or the minor explicitly states otherwise.
The requirements for individual minors appear under the relevant field of study. Each interdisciplinary minor is administered by a
steering committee which is itself interdisciplinary. Steering committee membership is open either to all teachers in the program
or to representation from each department in the program in any given year.
Students who are pursuing a minor must have a faculty adviser in for the minor. This adviser will meet with the student to review
the academic requirements for the minor and the student's plans to complete these requirements.
A student who decides to withdraw from this dual degree program, will receive his/her appropriate undergraduate degree
contingent on having completed all requirements for this undergraduate degree.
Change of Courses
With careful attention to the degree requirements and course offerings there should be minimal need for course changes after
registration has been completed. Any student who desires a course change must follow the instructions in the Registrar's web
page: www.aucegypt.edu/students/registrar/Pages/default.aspx
Another course may not be substituted for a required course unless university action requires that the change be made.
Students may not drop 1000-level Rhetoric and Composition (RHET) courses without permission from the Department
of Rhetoric and Composition.
Students may drop and/or add courses without penalty during the formal "Late Registration and Course Changes
Period" specified in the instructions in the Registrar's web page:
www.aucegypt.edu/students/registrar/Pages/default.aspx
A course may not be added to the student's schedule after the end of the period of Late Registration and Course
Changes.
831
Students may drop a course and receive a "W" grade during the seven weeks following the conclusion of any period of
Late Registration and Course Changes associated with a fall or spring semester.
Students are not permitted to drop classes after the seventh week of the closing date of Late Registration and Drop/Add
operations.
Students will receive a grade of "F" if they stop attending classes without officially dropping the course.
Students may petition their Deans - or, in the case of non-declared students, the Dean for Undergraduate Studies and
Director of the Core Curriculum - for permission to drop a class and receive a "W" grade after the seventh week of the
closing date of Late Registration and Drop/Add operations. However, such petitions will be approved only in special
cases, which in most extraordinary circumstances will mean documented health or family crises. Petitions will be
neither accepted nor approved for the purpose of avoiding a low or failing grade.
Fulltime international transfer students and fulltime non-declared international students may petition for permission to
drop a class and receive a "W" grade after the seventh week of the closing date of Late Registration and Drop/Add
operations by seeking the approval of the Faculty Advisor in the International Programs Office and then submitting the
petition for approval to the responsible department chair and dean. In general, such petitions will be approved only in
special cases, which in most circumstances will mean documented health or family crises.
Credit Hours
Coursework is counted in credit hours. In general, a credit hour represents a one-hour class period that requires at least two hours
of individual study each week for one semester. Thus a course of three credit hours would meet for three hours a week and the
student would be expected to study for six hours outside of class. Laboratory courses involve less outside work, so usually one
hour of credit is granted for a three-hour session.
Class Standing
Class standing is determined by the number of credit hours completed. Students become sophomores on completing 30 credit
hours, juniors on completing 60 credit hours, and seniors on completing 90 credit hours.
Declaration of Major
Declaring intended Program:
Students are required to indicate their preferred "Intended Program" during admission. Only students intending Engineering
majors may be accepted into their "Intended Program" at the same time as they are offered admission into the University. All
other students are admitted as "Undeclared students".
Any student in good standing (i.e., who has a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 or above) may seek admission to any major
offered by any AUC academic program. AUC is proud of the quality and rigor of all of its undergraduate programs, and the
University undertakes to insure that every student admitted to the University will have several major disciplines from which to
choose. However, AUC does not undertake to insure that every student will be admitted to the specific major program(s) that the
student may prefer. Admission to a student's preferred major is not guaranteed and is subject to the following factors:
1. Departments that offer majors that are in such high demand that the number of students applying for a major exceeds
the department's capacity may limit the number of majors whom they admit in accordance with the number of full-time
faculty and the availability of appropriate facilities. These departments will announce the number of new places
available in the major each semester as well as the criteria and associated rationale according to which the programs
determine the number of places of available.
2. A department that has limited capacity relative to the numbers of students seeking to major in that department's
discipline(s), must employ a variety of criteria in identifying those students who will be admitted into the major(s).
These criteria include, but must not be limited to, a measure of academic performance in all courses taken at AUC
joined with a measure of academic performance in specific courses taken at AUC essential to the academic discipline in
question. All criteria must be appropriately weighted in admission decisions when employed. These criteria may
include (among other things):
Secondary school performance. (This criterion is especially important in the case of Engineering, which selects many
of the students who will be permitted to pursue Engineering majors during Admission).
832
Interviews.
Assigned essays.
Aptitude tests.
Portfolios.
3. Admission into some majors may also be dependent on meeting standards of aptitude or skill (e.g. musical training,
mathematics or linguistics skills).
Students may choose to declare their major at any time between the end of their second semester and the beginning of the fifth
semester - that is, after they have completed from 26 to 30 credits, as determined by each department for its major(s), and before
they have completed 60 credits. Once a student has achieved junior standing (that is, has completed 60 credit hours), he or she
must have declared a major. No student who has achieved junior standing will be permitted to register in courses unless he or she
has declared a major, and no student will be considered a "declared major" unless and until the student has received a formal
statement, signed by the chair of the department or the person most directly responsible for offering the major in question,
confirming that the student has been admitted to this major.
Students follow the degree requirements stated in the catalog of the year in which they make their declaration. However, if a
student withdraws from the university and is later readmitted s/he will be required to follow the catalog requirements of the year
in which readmission occurs.
Change of Major
A student who has achieved junior standing is expected to complete the requirements of and graduate with the major in which he
or she is declared. However, students may change their field of study or be required to change it by university action at any time
up to the end of their junior year. A change requires approval from the department of the new major. Students follow the degree
requirements stated in the catalog of the year in which they make the change.
Students may not change their major after the start of their senior year. That is, once a student has completed 90 credit hours and
achieved senior standing, he or she will only be permitted to complete and graduate with the undergraduate major in which he or
she is declared at that time.
Academic Load
Full time undergraduate students normally take an academic load of twelve to sixteen hours, with the exception of science,
engineering and computer science students who may take up to eighteen hours. In the summer session, students may take up to
seven credit hours. In the Winter session, summer A session and summer B session, students may take up to four credit hours.
Permission to exceed the above maximums, up to twenty one credit hours in fall and spring semesters and nine credit hours in the
summer, is based on the student's previous academic record in addition to the recommendation of the department chair and the
University Registrar. Freshman and Sophomore students are not permitted to exceed the maximum load, and courses taken for no
credit are included within that load.
Students taking less than twelve credit hours are part-time students unless they are seniors who need to complete their degree
requirements, or are prevented from taking normal load as a result of university restrictions. Students may not change their status
from full time to part time during the semester without the approval of the University Registrar.
The university encourages students to carry a full load and to devote all their effort to university work and activities to obtain full
benefit from their undergraduate education. Those who cannot devote full time to their undergraduate program, whether because
of needed employment or other obligations, may carry a lighter course load of six to nine hours. The university cannot reschedule
classes because they conflict with outside obligations.
Full-time students are entitled to university certification concerning deferment from military service and are eligible for student
aid and employment. Part-time students are not entitled to certification concerning military deferment and are not eligible for
student aid or employment.
833
Foreign students carrying a full academic load are entitled to university certification for use in obtaining their student visa. In
case of withdrawal, the university reports the Egyptian authorities to cancel the student residence visa that was received through
the university. Part-time students are not entitled to university certification for obtaining a student visa.
Grades/Examinations
Student work in each course is evaluated throughout the semester. Examinations, quizzes, reports, discussions or other means of
evaluation help students know how they stand in a course.
Final examinations review the entire semester's work but are not heavily emphasized. Each examination lasts no longer than two
hours and counts for no more than one-third of the final course grade. Except in 400-level courses and higher where extensive
writing assignments and projects pertain, no other element in the final course grade will count for more than one-third. Final
examinations are held during the official examination period, which is listed in the academic calendar of the university.
At the close of the semester students receive a final grade in each course. The grade is the professor's official estimate of the
student's achievement as reflected in examinations, assignments, and class participation. The final grades are recorded on the
student's permanent record at the Office of the Registrar. The grade may not be changed on the student record.
A 4.0 Excellent
A- 3.7
B 3.0
B- 2.7 Good
C+ 2.3
C 2.0 Passing
C- 1.7
D 1.0
F 0.0 Failing
P Pass*
F Fail
I Incomplete
834
S Satisfactory
U Unsatisfactory
W Withdrew
AU Audit
*Pass indicates a quality of performance at the minimum level of " C." "Pass/Fail" grades are assigned only to certain courses as
defined in their course description.
** For Pass/Fail and first-year RHET Courses, an 'IP' grade may be assigned to students that are attending and progressing but
not achieving an acceptable level of proficiency in meeting the course outcomes. It is not to be used as an alternative to an 'I' or
'F'. An 'IP' will appear and remain on the student's transcript with no credits awarded. The course with an 'IP' grade must be
retaken at the same level in the following semester.
The grade point average is calculated by multiplying the grade value by the number of credit hours the course represents; the
result is the column listed as quality points. The total quality points is then divided by the total credit hours, excluding the credit
hours for "P/F" courses, as illustrated below.
RHET 1010 C 3 6
CHEM 1005 D 3 3
MACT 1121 F 3 0
14 11 14 25.7 1.83
AHRS: Attempted Hours are the credit hours that the student is registering for.
EHRS: Earned Hours are hours of courses in which the student achieved a passing grade, including courses with "pass/fail"
grades. The earned hours (not attempted) are counted to determine the student's class and graduation.
QHRS: Quality Hours are hours of courses which are graded, excluding pass/fail or satisfactory/unsatisfactory courses.
QPTS: Quality Points are points allotted to each course, which are the result of multiplying the credit hours of the course by the
points assigned to each grade mentioned above.
GPA: Grade Point Average is the quotient obtained by dividing the total quality points by the total quality hours i.e. 25.7/14 =
1.83.
835
A "C" average (2.00) is required to graduate from the American University in Cairo. Likewise, a minimum grade point average of
2.00 is required in majors and minors.
Grades of "pass/fail", "I", "S", "U", "W", "AU" and "IP" are not assigned grade point values and are not used in the computation
of the grade point average. Decimals beyond 2 places are truncated, not rounded up, in computing the grade point average.
Incomplete Work
In very rare cases, undergraduate students who are unable to complete a course may be permitted to continue work in that course
beyond the examination period. Any professor submitting an incomplete grade must supplement this submission with a form to
the Office of the Registrar (copies to the instructor, and the student) giving the following information:
If students have one incomplete grade, their academic load limit the following semester will not be affected. If they have more
than one incomplete grade, the credit hours of the incomplete will be included in their academic load for the following semester.
Students who receive an incomplete grade(s) while on warning due to a deficiency in their overall grade point average will not be
allowed to register the following semester. If, however, they complete their incomplete work before the end of the late
registration period, and are academically eligible, they will be allowed to proceed with registration.
Class Attendance
Attendance and participation in class and laboratory sessions are essential to achieving learning
outcomes in all AUC courses. Students benefit from lectures and discussions with their
instructors and fellow students, and if they fail to attend class, they fail to take advantage of an
educational opportunity that may be vital to their academic progress. For this reason, students are
expected to attend class regularly in accordance with the general university policy described
below and the specific policy detailed in each course syllabus.
The Policy
1. Regular attendance is expected of each student. Students are expected to maintain awareness
of their records of attendance and avoid excessive absences, thereby avoiding circumstances in
which it may become difficult or impossible for an instructor to evaluate and assess a student
properly.
2. The attendance policy at AUC allows a maximum of the equivalent to three weeks of
absences. However, students grades may suffer if their absences from any class session cause
them to miss any direct assessment activities, unless otherwise approved by the instructor.
3. On the first day of classes, each instructor will provide his or her students with a syllabus in
which the rules and procedures governing the attendance in the course are specified and detailed,
and are applied equally and without bias to all members of the course in question.
836
4. Students are personally responsible for making up any academic tasks, assignments or
assessments due to any absence, in accordance with the attendance policy described in the
syllabus for each course.
6. A student who misses more than the three-week equivalent of class sessions may be assigned a
reduced grade for the course including the grade of F solely on the basis of inadequate
attendance as outlined in the syllabus of the course, or announced and published by academic
programs.
7. Individual academic programs may establish an alternative attendance policy for specific
courses, such as courses that rely heavily on in class or outside of class learning activities. Any
such policy should be authorized and approved by the dean of the school offering the course(s) in
question. Any faculty member who teaches such a course is also expected to observe the course
wide attendance policy.
8. As AUC recognizes the value of all extra-curricular activities,faculty will accept excuses for
absences that are the consequence of participation in formal AUC activities or formally
representing Egypt in national or international sporting and/or cultural and academic activities
and events. It is also recognized that medical and family emergencies may cause absences.
Students will not be penalized and the instructor will provide the opportunity to make up the
missed assessments for such absences subject to the following conditions:
a.extra-curricular activity excuses are only valid if signed by a university officer designated by
the Vice President for student affairs and if the student has informed the instructor in advance of
the absences in question.
b.medical and family emergency excuses are only valid if documented and approved by an
authorized medical officer and certified by an AUC officer designated by the AUC clinic director
and if the student has informed the instructor within a period of seven working days.
9.Students who miss more than the maximum three-week equivalent of absences due to any of
the excuses stated in item (8) above,
a.may petition to drop their course after the formal deadline to drop courses and before the
deadline for withdrawal from the university. The dean of the school under which is the course is
administrated will determine the merit of any such petitions based on the documented absences
from the instructor, department chair, or
b.may petition to continue the course. The instructor of the course will determine the merit and
have the final decision.
837
All Undergraduate students may repeat a course once for the purpose of improving a grade. The Repeat Policy is subject to the
following limitations:
1. Students may repeat a maximum of 5 courses during the entire undergraduate career.
2. The rule applies to courses taken at AUC within two consecutive Academic Years (Four Successive Semesters).
3. All course repeats must be taken in residency at AUC.
4. Students must repeat the same course that was previously taken. In case that the same course is no longer offered
within the permissible two years, the department offering the course is authorized to substitute it by another course with
the approval of the department of major.
5. Students cannot make use of the Repeat policy if the grade is related to Academic Integrity.
6. After a course is repeated, the credit hours of the first attempt will not be matriculated in the total earned hours of the
student record. Also the grade received in the first attempt will not be deleted from the student's record but will no more
be calculated in the grade point average; instead the second grade is the one that will be calculated in the grade point
average.
7. The Online Course Repeat form is available on the Registrar Web Page: student.aucegypt.edu . The Online form must
be submitted by maximum the eighth week of the semester in which the course is being repeated.
Retaking Courses Outside of the Course Repeat Policy
Students who have consumed all privileges of the Course Repeat Policy such as Academic Integrity, Exceeding the Five Repeats,
Repeating the same course more than once and earned grades of "D", "D+", or "F" will follow a different calculation path which
entails that grades of the first and second attempt are kept on the student record and the average of both are matriculated, but only
the credit hours of one attempt will be included in the earned hours of the student record
The Online Course Repeat form is available on the Registrar Web Page: student.aucegypt.edu
The Online form must be submitted by maximum the eighth week of the semester in which the course is being repeated.
Honors
The university awards honors to students who do superior work. Full-time students who earn a grade point average of 3.50 or
above for the previous semester are placed on the dean's honor roll. This distinction is noted on the student's academic record.
Graduation honors are awarded to students who have maintained a superior grade point average throughout their college careers:
1. Students who enter the university as freshmen or sophomores earn honors (Cum Laude) if they graduate with a
cumulative average of 3.4, high honors (Magna Cum Laude) with 3.6 and highest honors (Summa Cum Laude) with
3.8.
2. Students who graduate from the university with transfer credits of 45 hours or more receive graduation honors if they
earn a cumulative average of 3.5, high honors if they earn a grade point average of 3.7 and highest honors if they earn a
grade point average of 3.9.
Probation/Warning
Students who fail to meet the academic standards established by the university will be placed on probation. The probation period
provides the student with an opportunity to correct the deficiency, but that period may last for no more than two regular
semesters. Failure to achieve the required standard by the end of the probation period disqualifies the student from further
attendance at the university.
Students who fail to maintain a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 or better at the end of a semester will be placed on
probation. Students who fail ENGL 0210 will be placed on warning.
838
In the above cases, an email is sent to the student, which includes a statement of what is required to avoid dismissal from the
university. To be allowed to continue on probation the following semester students in this category must show satisfactory
improvement during the first semester of their probation period (i.e. achieve at least a 2.0 semester GPA).
Students placed on probation for a deficiency in their cumulative GPA must limit their academic load during their probation
period to four courses with a maximum of 13 credit hours per semester. The permissible load for students taking ENGL 0210 is a
maximum of 7 credit hours per semester. It is the responsibility of the adviser to follow up on the student's performance and
academic load.
Students who fail to maintain a grade point average of 2.0 in their major at the end of any semester following their declaration of
major, will be placed on major probation. An email is sent to the student, with a copy to the department of major.
Students will have two semesters to clear the deficiency in their major. If by the end of the two semesters the deficiency is not
corrected, they will be discontinued unless accepted in another major.
Students on probation/warning for any of the above deficiencies are not allowed to participate actively, or represent the
university, in co-curricular activities, such as teams, clubs, plays, and university competitions. They may not be nominated for the
Student Union.
Dismissal
To avoid dismissal, students on overall probation must achieve a semester grade point average of 2.0 following the first semester
of their probation period, and a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 at the end of the second semester of their probation period.
A student who fails ENGL 0210 twice in two regular semesters and a third time in a Summer session will be dismissed from the
University and must wait one full semester before applying for readmission. The student must score high enough on the TOEFL
for direct admission to the Department of Rhetoric and Composition courses (RHET) since s/he will not be allowed to take
ENGL 0210 for a third time during a regular semester.
Planned educational leaves may be granted for a variety of reasons or projects, but certain characteristics must be contained in
any request for a leave:
1. The leave must have a definite purpose relevant to the student's overall educational objectives and goals.
2. The request must be for a specific period of time which should not exceed 3 regular semesters for students pursuing an
undergraduate program.
3. The student must plan to return to AUC at the conclusion of his or her leave.
The following regulations apply to the planned educational leave:
1. An application for a Planned Educational Leave of Absence and additional information can be obtained from the Office
of the Registrar or on the Registrar web page http://student.aucegypt.edu
2. The student must obtain the approval of his or her faculty advisor, the department chair of his or her major (or, in the
case of an undeclared student, the Freshman Advisor) and the University Registrar.
3. The student should be in academic good standing at the time of the leave request. The leave application must be
submitted to the Office of the Registrar by the start of the final examination period of the semester immediately
839
preceding the requested leave. The Office of the Registrar will notify the leave applicant of the status of the request
after all of his or her final grades have been submitted.
4. The student may cancel a leave of absence as late as the first day of classes of the term for which the leave has been
requested.
5. A degree student who discontinues active enrollment in degree studies without being granted a leave of absence, or a
student granted a leave who does not return to active study at the close of the period of approved absence, will be
considered to have withdrawn from the University and must apply for readmission and be subject to the regulations and
requirements then in force.
6. The right to use university facilities is suspended while the leave is in effect, with the exception of library privileges
subject of the approval of the department of major.
7. A Planned Educational Leave of Absence is counted as part of the time limitations specified under the heading
"Graduation" in this section. A student returning from an approved leave remains under the requirements of the catalog
that s/he was following upon the declaration of major.
8. Any academic credit during a Planned Educational Leave of Absence is accredited by AUC only if permission is
granted in advance by the University Registrar.
Withdrawal from the University
Students who drop all their courses during a semester are requested to pass by the Office of the Registrar to activate their
registration screens before the advising/registration period for the consecutive semester.
Students who wish to withdraw from the University for one semester or more due to illness or other emergency circumstances are
requested to fill in a "Withdrawal Form" and submit it to the Office of the Registrar - forms are available at the Office of the
Registrar and on the Registrar web page http://student.aucegypt.edu
Withdrawal grades "W" will be recorded for each course. No academic credit is given for courses from which students withdraw.
Students who wish to return after an absence of one or more semesters may apply for readmission. Readmission is not granted
automatically. (See the "Admissions" section of the catalog.)
Transcripts
Students who have graduated or who withdrew from the University can apply for official or student transcripts of their academic
record. There will be a charge for this service. No transcript of academic record will be issued during the examination,
registration, or graduation periods. Academic transcripts will not be issued when unsatisfied financial obligations to the
university exist.
Non-degree students should note the sections pertaining to registration, change of courses, academic load, grades, probation,
incomplete work, class attendance, and transcripts in the undergraduate section as appropriate.
Non-degree students who wish to transfer their ALIN (Arabic Language Intensive Program) credits towards a degree in a regular
AUC program should get the approval of their department of major. Those wishing to transfer credits to their home universities
should check these universities' policies before coming to Cairo.
840
1. Academic dishonesty is not acceptable in an institution dedicated to learning or in any society. Academic dishonesty
includes, but is not limited to:
1. Cheating: using unauthorized notes, aids, or information on an examination; altering a graded work prior to
its return to a faculty member; allowing another person to do one's own work and submitting it for grading.
2. Plagiarism: submitting material that in part or whole is not one's own work; submitting one's own work
without properly attributing the correct sources of its content.
3. Fabrication: inventing or falsifying information, data, or citation; presenting data gathered outside of
acceptable professorial guidelines; failing to provide an accurate account of how information, data or
citations were gathered; altering documents affecting academic records; forging signatures or authorizing
false information on an official academic document, grade, letter, form, ID card, or any other university
document; submitting false excuses for absence, delay or illness.
4. Multiple Submissions: submitting identical papers or course work for credit in more than one course without
prior permission of the instructor.
5. Obtaining or Attempting to Obtain Unfair Advantage:
1. gaining or providing access to examination materials prior to the time authorized by an instructor;
2. stealing, defacing, or destroying library or research materials which can deprive others of their use;
3. unauthorized collaboration on an academic assignment;
4. retaining, possessing, or circulating previously used examination materials without the instructor's
permission;
5. obstructing or interfering with another student's academic work;
6. engaging in any activity designed to obtain an unfair advantage over another student in the same
course;
7. offering bribes to staff or any university employee to effect a grade change, or gain unfair
advantage over other students.
6. Unauthorized Access: viewing or altering in any way computer records, modifying computer programs or
systems, releasing or distributing information gathered via unauthorized access, or in any way interfering
with the use or availability of computer systems/information.
7. Aiding and Abetting: providing material, information, or other assistance which violates the above Standards
for Academic Integrity; providing false information in connection with any inquiry regarding academic
integrity.
8. Impersonation: impersonating or allowing to be impersonated by another individual during classes,
examination or other university activities.
9. Threatening harm: threatening, effecting, or encouraging bodily, professional or financial harm to any
faculty, staff, administrator or student who has witnessed or reported a violation of the Code of Ethics.
10. Misconduct: behaving in a manner that violates or adversely affects the rights of other members of the AUC
community (disrupting meetings or activities, unruly behavior, etc).
11. Copyright infringement: using copyrighted materials (print, electronic, or multimedia) in a manner that
violates international copyright laws.
The University reserves the right to take disciplinary action as severe as dismissal according to procedures delineated in
section II.
2. An instructor has full authority to deal with an academic dishonesty incident within the context of his/her course.
Disciplinary action may cover the range from reprimand to "F" for the course grade. The instructor may also
recommend suspension or dismissal from the University.
The instructor's action on incidents of academic dishonesty must be communicated to the student(s) involved as well as
to the Student Affairs Office and the office responsible for monitoring academic integrity by her/him within two weeks
of the time the instructor became aware of the incident.
All cases of academic dishonesty are to be immediately reported to the chair of the Academic Integrity Committee and
to the Chair of the instructor's department. In the case of a recommendation for suspension or dismissal, the Academic
Integrity Committee will meet promptly to investigate and submit a recommendation to the Provost, who is the final
authority.
841
All students involved in academic dishonesty will receive an official letter of warning from the University
administration, a copy of which will remain in the students' file in the department as well as in the Student Affairs
Office and the office responsible for monitoring academic integrity.
3. Once the Academic Integrity Committee has given a hearing to the student and submitted its recommendation to the
Provost, no further appeal may be made unless substantial new evidence is presented to the Chair of the Academic
Integrity Committee, who will evaluate the evidence and reopen the case if deemed necessary.
Graduate Admissions
Graduate applicants must complete the Graduate Admission application by the set deadlines, including all required
documents/credentials. A file for each applicant is prepared, and evaluated by the Office of Graduate Admission to ensure that
the applicants have met the minimum requirements as indicated by the university catalog. The file is then evaluated by the
relevant program for recommendation. The relevant school dean then reviews the file and the program recommendation, and
sends his/her recommendation to the Dean of Graduate Studies for review and final recommendation. The Office of Graduate
Admission finalizes the admission evaluation, and an admission letter is then sent out to the applicant specifying the type of
admission, along with details on advising, registration, and tuition payment. The files of those applicants who enroll at AUC are
sent to the Office of the Registrar by the second week of the term for which they enroll
The Graduate application form is prepared and finalized by The Office of Graduate Admission, and The Office of Recruitment
and Student Services Center.
Applicants for graduate study must have an accredited Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree with an academic record at
a level sufficient to qualify for full or provisional admission as described under "Categories of Admission" below. Additional
criteria such as the following may also be considered when evaluating a candidate for admission to the graduate program:
Applicants must have completed both an accredited Bachelor of Science degree and Master's degree with an academic record at a
level sufficient to qualify for admissions. In additional to the criteria mentioned above for MA and MS degrees the following
may also be considered when evaluating a candidate for admission to the PhD program:
1. Academic performance showing evidence they are prepared for PhD level courses.
2. GRE test scores that suggest potential.
3. Thesis abstract.
4. Research interest and objectives
5. Evidence of academic English proficiency prior to enrollment.
English Language Proficiency
An applicant must demonstrate knowledge of adequate English language for graduate studies. For full admission to the
842
university, a graduate applicant must attain the required score on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (International
TOEFL with TWE), (iBT) or the International English Language Testing System (Academic IELTS) examination. An applicant
who does not attain the minimum test score required for full admission, but who is otherwise qualified for admission is placed in
an English language course for further language study.
The University does not exempt applicants from the English test solely on the basis of citizenship or graduation from an
international university in the region. An applicant may be exempted from these examinations if :
He/she is currently enrolled in an accredited university where English is the sole language of instruction.
He/she holds degrees from an accredited university where English is the sole language of instruction.
He/she has recently completed at least one continuous year of full time academic studies at an accredited university
where English is the sole language of instruction
Graduate students may be asked to demonstrate a minimum competency in use of computers and academic libraries as they relate
to graduate study and research.
Entrance Examination
The program of major may require applicants to sit for a graduate entrance examination. The Graduate Record Examination
(GRE) is required for admission to the PhD program, the master programs in Economics and Economics in International
Development. The Graduate Management Admission Test (GMAT) is required for the Master of Business Administration
(MBA). Either the GRE or the GMAT is required for the master of Science in Finance.
GRE and GMAT exams must be valid past the first day of classes of the first semester of registration in the relevant graduate
program.
Medical Examination
Recent medical report indicating that the student is physically and mentally fit for conducting university studies work is required
from admitted students. This is to be submitted prior to registering for classes. Non-Egyptian students are required to submit a
recent HIV test results for of student visa student visa purposes, as mandated by the Egyptian authorities.
It is recommended that non-Egyptian students have health and accident insurance which will cover them while they are in Egypt.
In addition, all non-Egyptian students are required to enroll in the medical insurance service plan offered by the American
University in Cairo which provides for limited care at a specified hospitals in Cairo. Exemptions are made only for those non-
Egyptian students who reside in Cairo with their families, or who are provided for by their companies, embassies or sponsoring
agencies in Cairo. The medical service fee will be announced by the Office of Student Financial Affairs and Scholarships every
year.
Admission Deferral
An applicant who is granted full admission may defer his/her admission to a subsequent semester. This privilege may be
exercised only once, and the deferral can be for a maximum of one academic year. Full admission that is conditioned by the
submission of original documents or satisfactory test results will not be considered for deferral if these requirements are not
submitted within the deadlines set by the Office of Graduate Admission.
In cases where test results expire before the start of the semester to which admission is to be deferred, applicants must submit
new satisfactory test results.
843
Applicants granted provisional admission cannot defer their admission, but may re-apply in a subsequent semester. The request
for admission deferral must reach the Office of Graduate Admission at least one week before the first day of classes.
Categories of Admission
There are two categories of graduate admission, depending on the qualifications of the applicant.
1. Full Admission: Full admission may be granted to applicants who have met any of the following requirements:
a. A bachelor's degree with an overall grade-point average (GPA) of at least 2.75 or its equivalent, and 3.0 or its equivalent in the
major.
b. An overall average of gayyid giddan on a bachelor's degree from an Egyptian national university.
c. A graduate degree with a minimum overall average of gayyid giddan or 'B' if the degree is closely related to the intended
major.
Additionally, the program of the major may require satisfactory performance on an examination.
Full admission is also attained when fulfilling the conditions specified under the provisional admission category below.
2. Provisional Admission: Provisional admission may be granted to applicants not qualifying for full admission but who have
additional attributes that give them a high potential for success in a given graduate program.
Applicants offered provisional admission may be required to take English courses or a number of specified prerequisite courses.
Students are required to achieve a minimum of 'B' average in these prerequisite courses or else their admission at AUC will be
discontinued. Students may repeat one of the prerequisite courses to maintain a 'B' average, to fulfill admission conditions.
In some instances, applicants may not be required to fulfill any prerequisite courses while on provisional status. However, in this
case, they are considered on probation and must achieve a minimum 'B' average in the first three graduate courses, or more, or
they will be dropped from the relevant program.
The university offers several graduate diploma programs for which the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree and a high
grade-point average are normally required.
When recommended by program faculty, students may be accepted for diploma programs without commitment or expectation of
future admission for a master's degree.
Diploma applicants follow the same requirements and procedures for admission as master degree-seeking students.
Non-degree Admissions
An applicant not seeking an AUC degree but who wishes to register for AUC courses for academic credit may be admitted as a
non-degree student if he/she meets the minimum criteria for graduate admission. A number of places are set aside each year for
this category of such students, most of whom take a year away from their home institution for study and living experience in
Egypt. Since AUC is a U.S. accredited institution following an American system, students from U.S. universities are usually able
to transfer their AUC credits to their home institutions, but they are advised to check in advance. Non-degree applicants follow
the same procedures for admission as degree-seeking applicants. Non-Degree applicants are not admitted if they do not meet the
minimum requirements of the English language test that correspond to full admission: Students assigned ELNG or ELIN courses
will not be admitted as graduate non-degree students.
If a graduate non-degree student should apply for and become a degree candidate, the program of major may consider accepting
credit for courses taken under the non-degree status. A period of five years should not be exceeded between the dates of
844
completing these credits and the start of the degree of concern. All Any academic regulations that are normally applicable to
degree students will apply with such change of status.
Other Admissions
Transfer of Credits
Upon the recommendation of the student's program to the school dean in consultation with the Office of the Dean of Graduate
Studies and the Office of the University Registrar, a graduate student may receive a number of transfer credits equivalent to up to
one-third of the credit hours of graduate course work required for his/her graduate degree. Transfer course work is applied as
credit (TR) toward the degree and is not included in the calculation of the grade point average.
Graduate transfer credits will not be granted for credits earned by examination or for completing required thesis or dissertation
credit hours.
A graduate degree program may establish lower limits on the number of transfer credits than those of the university. Degree
programs establishing lower limits may waive their own policy, but within the university specified limit, by approval of the
concerned school dean. Course work credits to be transferred, and taken prior to matriculation to a current AUC degree program,
must have been completed within five years of admission to this degree program.
Types of credits allowed to transfer encompass graduate-level course work taken at another institution and meeting the following
conditions:
They have not been previously used to earn another degree or transcripted certificate.
They are for graded graduate level course work from an accredited institution, for which the student has achieved a
grade of "B" or better.
They are of relevance to the student's program of study.
They have been completed within a period of five years from the date of the start of the degree to which they are to be
transferred.
Any request for the acceptance of transfer credit towards an AUC degree shall be carefully considered by the program concerned
before submitting a recommendation to the school dean for approval.
Readmission
AUC students who withdraw from the University in good standing and subsequently wish to return after an absence of one or
more semesters may apply for readmission. Application must be made before the appropriate application deadline, and the
applicant must meet all the admission requirements prevailing at the time of readmission. Readmission is offered on a space-
available basis and is not guaranteed.
Disqualified or suspended students must petition for readmission in addition to the required readmission application and must
meet all the admission requirements prevailing at the time of readmission.
Students who are suspended because they have not passed Intensive English courses (ELIN 0301 or ELIN 0302 ) in two
semesters and a summer (or three semesters if a summer course is not offered) are required to submit a recent International
TOEFL with TWE, (iBT) or Academic IELTS and they must demonstrate a level of proficiency for direct admission to Academic
English for Graduates (English modules) or higher. Students who are disqualified because they have failed any other Academic
English module (ENGL 0310, ENGL 0311 or ENGL 0312) three times are required to demonstrate a level of English language
proficiency for direct admission without any English requirement.
845
TOEFL /Academic IELTS
English Level at Time of Withdrawal Lapse of Time
Required
Between 6-12
Optional
months
More than 12
Enrolled in Intensive English or Academic English Yes
months
Auditing
Those who wish to attend individual classes may apply as auditors; however, they may not sit for final examinations, nor receive
academic credit or any university certificate of enrollment. Auditors do not have to meet all requirements for regular admission
but must apply to the Office of the University Registrar by the announced deadlines. Since permission to audit is on a space-
available basis, applicants are not permitted to register until after the registration of regular students has been completed.
Auditors are not allowed to enroll in language courses.
The academic regulations described in this section are effective at the time of publication. The university reserves the right to
modify them, in which case changes will be announced when necessary. The student is responsible for being aware of all
academic regulations. Current university regulations apply regardless of the regulations in effect at the time a student entered the
university, except where current regulations specifically state the contrary.
846
The degree programs described represent the core of the university's wide range of academic and service activities. The
university also conducts significant programs in research, training, and adult education, which are briefly listed in a separate
section of this catalog and in more detail in other publications. Nondegree, intensive language programs in English and Arabic
are described in the "English and Arabic Language Programs" section.
Adviser
Upon starting the program of major, the student will be assigned an academic adviser who will provide counsel concerning
degree requirements, course offerings, preparation for the comprehensive examination, and selection of a thesis topic and thesis
supervisor. When a thesis topic and supervisor are selected and approved, the thesis supervisor then also becomes the academic
adviser.
Residence
Residence is the period of study completed at AUC. For the master of arts or master of science degree, and for the PhD degree,
two-thirds of the required credit hours, excluding research seminars and thesis credit hours, must be completed in residence. An
acceptable thesis is also required. Additional courses are assigned in lieu of the thesis if it is optional.
The normal load for a full time student is 9 credit hours per semester. Upon the recommendation of the program concerned,
students may register for up to 15 credit hours per semester. In this respect, overload forms are available at the Office of
University Registrar's webpage: http://student.aucegypt.edu.
A student taking a load of less than 9 credit hours per semester is considered a part-time student. A foreign student taking a
course load of 9 credit hours per semester is entitled to university certification for obtaining a student visa. Foreign students
carrying less than a full load are not entitled to such certification unless they are fellows or sponsored students. In case of
withdrawal, the university reports to the Egyptian authorities to cancel the student residence visa that was received through the
university.
Typically, the completion of these requirements take two years of full time academic work for the master's degree, and five years
for the PhD degree. Students unable to carry a full course load may be permitted to take more time to complete their degree.
However, they must complete all requirements, including the thesis, where applicable, within five years of the date of first
registration as a provisional or fully admitted graduate student in a master's degree program. Students enrolling in the M.B.A.
program must complete all requirements within six years of their provisional or full admission to the program. Students enrolling
in the PhD program must complete all requirements within seven years of their provisional or full admission to the program. The
time limit does not include semesters for which students are only enrolled in English language instruction. Any period of
interrupted studies, such as an approved Planned Educational Leave of Absence, or a period of temporary withdrawal, is counted
as part of the time period required for degree completion.
An academic program may grant an extension for completing the degree beyond the set limit by one semester, up to a maximum
of one academic year. This requires the approvals of the dean of the degree program and the dean of Graduate Studies.
A student may sit for a required comprehensive examination after completing 24 credit hours or while taking the final 6 credit
hours. Comprehensive examinations are offered usually in mid-December and mid-April. Students not registered for courses or
thesis credit hours and planning to sit for the comprehensive examination in any semester must register for comprehensives in
that semester and pay tuition equivalent to one graduate credit hour.
A PhD student should sit for the PhD qualifying examination the semester immediately following the completion of the required
course credit hours, but no later than the fourth semester since full or provisional admission. The exam is offered twice a year:
once in each of the fall and spring semesters. Dates are announced at the beginning of each academic year. A PhD student can
only sit for the PhD qualifying examination while enrolled at AUC.
847
Comprehensive and qualifying examinations may be repeated once. A student who fails the comprehensive or qualifying
examination a second time would be dismissed from the degree program after the end of the semester in which the examination
was retaken.
Thesis Requirements
Additional to required courses, most master's degree programs and the PhD program require a thesis. Exceptions to this
requirement are noted in the descriptions of the individual programs, which may specify supplementary requirements instead of a
thesis.
The student is responsible for selecting and developing a thesis topic which has program approval and for which a qualified
supervisor is available. In consultation with the supervisor, the student must submit a thesis proposal, as per the specifications of
the degree program, for consideration by the program. Once the proposal is approved, the student may proceed with thesis
research and writing. A Copy of the proposal approval must be kept in the program of major and a copy must be forwarded to the
Office of the Registrar.
At the program's discretion, and in order for a master's student to embark on his/her thesis work, the student may register for
Research Guidance and Thesis credits, and pay tuition equivalent to 3 credit hours each semester until completion of the thesis.
For a PhD student, he/she may register for up to 9 credit hours of Research Guidance and Thesis credits each semester. A student
who does not complete the thesis requirement within the period of two semesters for master's degrees, and within the assigned
total number of thesis credits for a PhD degree, will be charged a fee equivalent to one graduate credit hour for each additional
semester of thesis registration.
The thesis must be written in English. It will be judged on content, organization, documentation, and presentation. Guidelines on
thesis writing and format are available at the graduate studies website.
All research involving human subjects requires in-advance approval from AUC's Institutional Review Board (IRB). Each
student's thesis supervisor is responsible for ensuring that the student has obtained IRB approval, where applicable, before
embarking on thesis work. Thesis work involving human subjects and conducted without obtaining prior IRB approval cannot be
used. Without proper IRB approval, the thesis cannot be accepted nor be posted on DAR, and the student is not eligible to
graduate. For more information, please refer to the IRB webpage www.aucegypt.edu/research/ReviewBoard/Pages/Home.aspx
For some research, approval from the Egyptian Central Agency for Public Mobilization and Statistics (CAPMAS) is required for
data collection. Where applicable, a student must secure this approval prior to his/her data collection.
Submission of Thesis
If the degree is expected at the end of the fall semester, an acceptable (supervisor -approved) thesis must be presented by
November 15. If graduation is expected at the end of the spring semester, the deadline for submitting the thesis is April 15. Each
student is advised to submit the thesis early to allow time for the revisions which may be required. Otherwise, awarding of the
degree may be delayed.
Within three weeks of submission of the thesis, the candidate will meet with the committee appointed by the program for an
examination of the thesis. The committee may include members from outside the department or outside the university.
All revisions required by the committee must be incorporated in the final copy. The committee members may consider the
revised thesis individually or schedule another meeting with the candidate.
The top copy of the accepted and signed thesis is submitted to the office of the dean of the degree program the third Tuesday of
January (for fall, and winter graduates), by the third Tuesday of May (for spring graduates) and by the third Tuesday of July (for
summer graduates). In case the university is closed on any of these days, then the submission of the thesis is due on the following
day the university is open. If the thesis is submitted late, the degree will not be conferred that semester. In addition to submitting
a hard copy of the thesis, students are required to submit an electronic version of the thesis directly to the AUC Digital Archive
and Research Repository (AUC DAR) [email protected]
848
Graduate Academic Regulations
Registration
Students must register during the official registration period at the times announced in the university calendar. They should plan
their courses with their advisers prior to registration and follow the instructions contained in bulletins issued by the Office of the
Registrar or on the Registrar's web site. Planning forms are available on the Registrar's webpage http://student.aucegypt.edu. For
foreign students, registration must be completed before a student visa can be issued.
Change of Courses
With careful attention to the degree requirements and course offerings, there should be minimal need for course changes after
registration has been completed. Any student who desires a change must follow the instructions contained in the bulletin issued
by the Office of the Registrar. Change of courses can only take place during the start of a semester during the drop/add period
determined by the Office of the Registrar .
No other course may be substituted for a required course unless university action requires that the change be made.
A course may not be added to the student's schedule after the registration deadline.
Students may drop and/or add courses without penalty during the formal "Late Registration and Course Changes
Period" specified in the bulletin issued by the Office of the Registrar.
A course may not be added to the student's schedule after the end of the period of Late Registration and Course
Changes.
Students may drop a course and receive a "W" grade during the seven weeks following the conclusion of any period of
Late Registration and Course Changes associated with a fall or spring semester (that is, up to eight weeks after the
beginning of a semester).
Students are not permitted to drop classes after the seventh week of the closing date of Late Registration and Drop/Add
operations.
Students will receive a grade of "F" if they stop attending classes without officially dropping the course.
Students may petition their dean for permission to drop a class and receive a "W" grade after the seventh week of the
closing date of Late Registration and Drop/Add operations. However, such petitions will be approved only in special
cases, which in most extraordinary circumstances will mean documented health or family crises. Petitions will be
neither accepted nor approved for the purpose of avoiding a low or failing grade.
Fulltime international transfer students may petition for permission to drop a class and receive a "W" grade after the
seventh week of the closing date of Late Registration and Drop/Add operations by seeking the approval of the
concerned program director and dean. In general, such petitions will be approved only in special cases, which in most
circumstances will mean documented health or family crises. Petitions will be neither accepted nor approved for the
purpose of avoiding a low or failing grade.
Credit Hours
Coursework is counted in credit hours. In general, a credit hour represents a one-hour class period and at least two hours of
individual study each week for one semester.
Academic Load
The normal load for a full-time graduate student is 9 credit hours per semester. Upon the recommendation of the program
concerned, students may register for up to 15 credit hours per semester, at an extra tuition charge. In this respect, overload forms
are available at the Office of University Registrar's webpage http://student.aucegypt.edu.
Overload shall not be allowed for students that are on any sort of academic probation or have not completed the outstanding
course work related to an incomplete grade.
849
A student taking a load of less than 9 credit hours per semester is considered a part-time student. A foreign student taking a
course load of 9 credit hours per semester is entitled to university certification for obtaining a student visa. Foreign students
carrying less than a full load are not entitled to such certification unless they are fellows or sponsored students. In case of
withdrawal, the university reports to the Egyptian authorities to cancel the student residence visa that was received through the
university.
The academic load in the summer session is a maximum of 6 credits, overlapping of courses in the longer summer session with
the shorter sessions is not allowed.
Grades
At the close of the semester students receive a final grade in each course. The grade is the course instructor's official evaluation
of the student's achievement as reflected in course work. This final grade is recorded by the course instructor on Banner, and
becomes part of the permanent academic record maintained by the Office of the Registrar. The grade may not be changed or
removed from the record.
A 4.0 Excellent
A- 3.7
B 3.0 Good
B- 2.7
C 2.0
F 0.0 Failing
I Incomplete
S Satisfactory
U Unsatisfactory
W Withdrew
AU Audit
IP In progress
850
NR Deferred Grade
P Pass
The grade point average is calculated by multiplying the grade point value by the number of credit hours the course represents.
The result is listed as quality points. The total quality points are then divided by the total credit hours. The results in courses for
no credit are not included in the computation of a grade point average. Grades of "I", "S", "U", "W", "AU", "IP", "NR" and "P"
are not assigned grade point values and are not used in the computation of the grade point average. Decimals beyond two places
are truncated, not rounded up, in computing the grade point average.
Graduate students may pursue two distinct graduate degrees (diploma and MA/MS or Two MA's/MS's) in different majors, either
simultaneously or consecutively. In either case, the student must apply to and be accepted by each program involved. "Dual
Graduate Degree" forms are available on at the Office of the Registrar's webpage http://student.aucegypt.edu.
The student may have up to a maximum of 12 credit hours accepted for credit in both degree programs contingent on the
approvals of the concerned programs and school deans. A maximum of 9 credit hours may be accepted for the case of dual
diploma degrees or the case of a dual master's and diploma degrees.
In the case of sequential degrees, credit hours from the first degree can be accepted for credit in the second degree contingent on
the approval of the second degree concerned program and concerned school dean. A period of five years should not be exceeded
between the dates of completing these credits in the first degree and the start of the second degree.
In the case of simultaneous programs, students who have completed all the requirements for one of the degrees and who decide to
withdraw from the other degree, will receive the appropriate single degree. Students who have withdrawn from one of the
degrees and later decide to complete this degree, must apply for readmission, be readmitted and then fulfill the requirements for
this degree. This must be carried out within the period of the time limit for completing a degree (please refer to section of
"Enrollment Status and Time Limit for a Degree Completion")
A dual undergraduate/graduate degree program is an approved program in which a student pursues a graduate degree with an
undergraduate degree in a related field. The total time for the two degrees could be decreased through the acceptance of up to 12
credit hours of required courses in both degrees. A student enrolled in a such a program must complete all requirements for the
two degrees and is awarded both degrees at the end of the program. In this regard, this student is admitted to the graduate
program before he/she have earned a bachelor's degree. The student is typically able to take both undergraduate and graduate
courses for the program during his/her senior year.
A student who decides to withdraw from this dual degree program, will receive his/her appropriate undergraduate degree
contingent on having completed all requirements for this undergraduate degree.
Incomplete Work
In very rare cases, graduate students who are unable to complete a course may be permitted to continue and complete it in the
following semester. In the meantime, a grade of "I" is assigned to the course. Any course instructor submitting an incomplete
grade must supplement this submission with an incomplete form to the Office of the Registrar(with copies to the program
director, and the student) giving the following information:
851
The student must make the necessary arrangements with the course instructor to complete the outstanding course work before the
start of the examination period of the following semester, whether the student is enrolled at university or not. In completing the
outstanding work, the student need not register again for the incomplete course. Failure to complete the course work within this
time period will result in the grade to change to "F", signifying failure for the course. No extension of this time period is allowed.
Students, in good academic standing, with an incomplete grade are not allowed to register for more than 9 credit hours during the
semester in which they need to complete the required course work for the incomplete grade. Students with an incomplete grade
and who are on probation will not be allowed to register for any credits during the semester in which they need to complete the
course work for the incomplete grade. No overload is permitted as long as a student has not completed the outstanding course
work for an incomplete grade.
Only the final grade, received upon completion of the outstanding work, is kept on the student's record.
If the student's grade point average falls below "B" either in graduate work or in prerequisite course requirements, he/she will be
placed on probation for one semester, during which time he/she must regain a "B" average.
A graduate student who receives an "F" in any course will normally be dismissed and not be allowed to continue in the university
(please refer to the course repeat policy in the following paragraph); a student may also be dismissed from the university if he/she
does not complete all program requirements within the period specified under 'Enrollment Status and Time Limit for a Degree
Completion'.
With the recommendation of the program and the approval of the school dean, a graduate student may be allowed to repeat one
course, except if the grade is received for breaching academic integrity (please refer to the following paragraph for "F" grades
due to a breach of academic integrity). With the recommendation of the program and approval of the school dean, substitution is
allowed for an elective or an infrequently offered course. Both the original grade and the new grade will appear on the transcript
but only the new grade will be used in calculating the GPA. Repeat forms are available at the Office of the Registrar's
webpage http://student.aucegypt.edu. A student dismissed because of an "F", and allowed to repeat the course, will need to
petition for a readmission to the program. He/ She is not allowed to register in any other courses until successfully repeating this
course and clearing the "F" grade.
A graduate student receiving an "F" grade in any course because of a breach of academic integrity will be dismissed from the
university. Upon the recommendation of the program and the approvals of the school dean and the dean of graduate studies a
student may be allowed to retake the course when it is next offered, unless otherwise stipulated by the academic integrity
sanctions. Both the original grade and the new grade will appear in the transcript and both will be used in calculating the GPA.
Until the student retakes the course, he/she is not allowed to register in any other courses. A student dismissed because of an "F"
due to a breach of academic integrity and allowed to retake the course, will need to petition for a readmission to the program.
This privilege of repeating and/or retaking a course may be exercised only once.
A degree-seeking student may apply for a Planned Educational Leave of Absence. A Planned Educational Leave of Absence is
defined as a planned interruption of a student's regular education during which the student temporarily ceases his or her formal
studies at AUC, and after which he/she resumes his/her studies without the need to apply for readmission. A student who is
approved for a Planned Educational Leave will be considered as maintaining his or her status as a continuing student.
1. A student requesting a Planned Educational Leave of Absence must be in good academic standing at the time of request. The
leave is conditional on the approval of the concerned program, and school dean. The leave application must be submitted to the
Office of the Registrar no later than two week before the start of the semester by when the leave is requested. The Office of the
Registrar will notify the leave applicant of the status of the request before the start of the semester when the leave is requested.
Specify the purpose of the leave, which must be relevant to the student's overall educational objectives.
852
Not exceed a maximum of 2 regular semesters.
Include the student's confirmation of returning to AUC at the conclusion of the leave.
2. The Planned Educational Leave of Absence form is available at the Office of the Office of the Registrar's
webpage http://student.aucegypt.edu
3. The student may cancel a leave of absence as late as the first day of classes of the term for which the leave has been requested
and approved.
A degree-seeking student shall be considered as having withdrawn from the university if he/she discontinues active enrollment in
his/her program without being granted an approved leave of absence, if he/she does not return to active study at the close of the
period of approved leave absence. This student must apply for readmission and be subject to the regulations and requirements
then in force.
The right to use university facilities is suspended while the approved leave of absence is in effect, with the exception of library
privileges subject to the approval of the program of major and the concerned school dean.
A Planned Educational Leave of Absence is counted as part of the time period for the completion of the degree. A student
returning from an approved leave remains under the requirements of the catalog that he or she was following upon his/her first
registration into the program.
Any academic credits accrued during a Planned Educational Leave of Absence is accepted by AUC only if prior permission is
granted by the Office of the Registrar and the department program of major.
Degree-seeking students who wish to withdraw from the university for one semester or more due to illness or other emergency
circumstances are requested to fill in a withdrawal form available at the Office of the Registrar
webpage http://student.aucegypt.edu
A "W" grade will be recorded for each course from which the student withdrew, unless the withdrawal has taken place during the
drop and add period in a semester and no academic credit is given for these courses.
Withdrawn students who wish to return after an absence of one or more semesters must apply for readmission. Readmission is
not granted automatically. (See the "Admissions" section of the catalog.)
A withdrawal period is counted as part of the time period for the completion of the degree.
Transcripts
Students who have graduated or who withdrew from the University can apply for official or student transcripts of their academic
record. There will be a charge for this service. No transcript of academic record will be issued during the examination,
registration, or graduation periods. Academic transcripts will not be issued when unsatisfied financial obligations to the
university exist.
Non-degree students should note the regulations pertaining to registration, change of courses, academic load, grades, probation,
incomplete work, class attendance, and transcripts in the graduate section, as appropriate.
The CBL Program at AUC aims to support and foster Community-Based Learning, which is a methodology that advances
articulated learning goals through student service to a partner community. Launched from the classroom and lectures, readings,
and discussions, students apply academic theories and innovative thinking in co-developmental, hands-on service with local,
Egyptian, and international communities. Students reflect on the changes within themselves, within the partners they've worked
with, and within the community at large to assess the impact of civic engagement and responsibility on self, others, and the
world.
Designation:
Community-Based Learning courses are designated as "Course Title : Community-Based Learning" on the Schedule for
Classes/Registrar. (ex: "Grant Writing: Community-Based Learning")
The following are the graduate tuition rates for 3, 6, 9 and 12, credit hours per semester for the academic
year 2016 - 2017:
International
Egyptian Students
Students
Category of Students Number All Majors MBA/LLM (only)
Of Credits USDPort EGP USDPort EGP
USD
ion Portion ion Portion
New students admitted in 3 930 6,504 1,086 7,599 3,639
academic year 2016/2017 and 6 1,860 13,008 2,172 15,198 7,278
current students admitted in 9 2,790 19,512 3,258 22,797 10,917
academic year 2015/2016 12 3,720 26,016 4,344 30,396 14,556
Currentstudents admitted in 3 864 6,042 1,008 7,059 3,639
academic year 2014/2015 6 1,728 12,084 2,016 14,118 7,278
854
9 2,592 18,126 3,024 21,177 10,917
12 3,456 24,168 4,032 28,236 14,556
3 819 5,733 960 6,699 3,456
Currentstudents admitted before 6 1,638 11,466 1,920 13,398 6,912
academic year 2014/2015 9 2,457 17,199 2,880 20,097 10,368
12 3,276 22,932 3,840 26,796 13,824
Additional charges are added for additional credits.
Tuition at AUC is expressed 50 percent in Egyptian pounds and 50 percent in U.S. dollars. The total amount
of the tuition may be paid in either currency or in both. Tuition rates are subject to an annual increase. The
U.S. dollar portion may be paid in Egyptian pounds according to the Central Bank of Egypts prevailing rate at
the day of payment.
Tuition and fees are collected by semester. No student, with outstanding bill (including charges for breakage
or library fines) will be admitted to any examination, be given any certificate or report of academic standing,
or be permitted to register for a subsequent semester.
AUC offers a range of fellowships, institutional financial aid, and student work programs to assist students in meeting the
expense of their education. The Financial Aid Office at the American University in Cairo assists U.S. citizen and dual citizen graduate
students by awarding US federal financial aid.
Theinstitutional financial aid program at the American University in Cairo is designed to provide financial assistance in the
form of a grant to degree seeking graduate students with demonstrated financial need. These awards cover partial tuition fees.
Eligibility
To be eligible for institutional financial aid awards, you must meet certain eligibility criteria.
855
demonstrate financial need
How to Apply
Complete the financial aid undergraduate application on Banner Self-Service and upload all the required documents. It is
very important to read instructions carefully before filling out the application. Applications that have missing
information or missing documents will be considered incomplete and will not be evaluated.
Read the financial aid tips on the application to help you complete the online financial aid application successfully.
Please note that incomplete applications that have missing or inaccurate information will not be processed.
In awarding financial aid, we take into consideration your individual circumstances, the demand for aid from all students
and University resources. The financial aid application and supporting documents are reviewed and verified. Students
may be asked for an interview and/or to submit additional documents. Financial need is defined as the difference between
the costs of attending the American University in Cairo and the amount a student or family can contribute toward those costs.
Graduate students who are on fellowship will not be awarded institutional financial aid.
PHD and EMBA students are not eligible to apply for institutional financial aid.
The Financial Aid Office at the American University in Cairo (AUC) assists U.S. citizen and dual citizen graduate students by awarding US
federal financial aid to help pay for their post-secondary education. U.S. citizens and eligible non-citizens attending AUC may be eligible for
the William D. Ford Federal Direct Loan Program to assist them financially in their education. Because AUC is a foreign institution, other
US federal financial aid that is awarded on campuses located in the United States, such as Federal Pell Grant, Work Study and Perkins Loans
are not available at AUC.
AUC can certify Unsubsidized Stafford Loansand Graduate PLUS loans for students enrolled in a degree-seeking program.
Direct Loan Funds come directly from the Federal Government must be repaid, with interest. Student loans cannot be cancelled once
856
disbursed and are legal obligations. The maximum Direct Loan amount you can borrow each academic year depends on your academic level
in school and whether you are a dependent or independent student. Unsubsidized Direct Loans do not require a student to have financial
need. The borrower is responsible for paying all interest on unsubsidized Direct Loans.
Students can apply for federal financial aid at AUC by completing two steps: Step 1)completing Free Application for Federal Student Aid,
or FAFSA (available at http://www.fafsa.ed.gov/), using AUC School Code G05034, as soon after January 1 as possible. Step 2) completing
the Virtual Financial Aid Office application found at https://aucegypt.vfao.com.
AUC also offers private loans through Sallie Mae. The Sallie Mae Smart Option Student Loan and Parent Loan is a private, credit-based,
school-certified loan for undergraduate and graduate student borrowers enrolled at least half time in an eligible degree program. Qualified
students may be eligible to borrow up to the cost of attendance, less other aid received, as certified by AUC. We do not award or process
these loans through AUC, so you will need to deal with Sallie Mae directly at https://www.salliemae.com/
Institutional Financial Aid Calendar
Deadline
When degree seeking student (Graduate) is unable to pay the entire tuition amount at the time of
registration, the Office of Student Financial Affairs and Scholarships may approve payment in two or
three installments.
Current studentsshould submit online deferred payment request through Banner Self Service. (Add the
link )
857
14. Login with your AUC email username and password.
15. Click on Student Student Account Apply for Deferred Payment.
16. Choose Financial year 2016-2017 then press Continue button.
17. Choose Deferred Payment Application- Fall 2016 then press Continue button.
18. Check for Application submission deadline (September 17th ,2016) then press Continue
button.
19. Press on Click to apply for deferred payment Deferred payment -- Fall Check Apply for
this award checkbox Press Save and continue.
20. Check for options available (either 2 or 3 installmentsfor fall).
21. Check Mark this section complete checkbox then press Continue button.
22. Read the deferred payment agreement carefully. If you agreed on it check Mark this section
complete checkbox then press Continue button.
23. Press Submit button.
24. PDF form of the submitted application is available by pressing Generate PDF Application.
Deferred payment will be assigned automatically on your account within one business day
after submitting the deferred payment application.
The balance must be paid by November 20th for the fall semester, April 6th for the spring semester
and July 16th for the summer semester.
No deferred payment in the winter semester
Summer tuition can only be paid on two installments.
Fall 2016
Deadline of Submission of
Installments the Deferred Payment Deadline of Payments
Application Form Online
Without late
With late charge
charge
September 18th,
1st September 17th , 2016 September 27th, 2016
2016
On Two
Installments
November 20th,
2nd
2016
858
2nd October 20th, 2016
November 20th,
3rd
2016
Spring 2017
Deadline of Submission of
Installments the Deferred Payment Deadline of Payments
Application Form Online
Without late
With late charge
charge
On Three
2nd March 7th, 2017
Installments
Summer 2017
859
Deadline of Submission of the
Installments Deferred Payment Application Deadline of Payments
Form Online
Without late
With late charge
charge
It is highly recommended to finalize the course load & scholarships, and financial aid before applying for
deferred payment application.
No deferred Payment requests would be accepted under any circumstances after the deadline of
submitting the deferred payment requests. After that date, current students who fail to submit the
online application will have to pay the full tuition and fees.
Degree seeking student only are eligible for deferred payment (Non-degree students are not
eligible).
Housing fees or any other types of fines will be added to the first installment.
Installment plan is eligible for current term tuition and fees ONLY.
Balance carried forward will affect your first installment.
In case a student has credit balance, he/she must pass by the Students Accounts Office and ask for
transferring it to subsequent semester.
Minimum number of credit hours for undergraduate students is 12 credit hours and 3 credit hours
for graduates.
860
End of the first week of classes 20 percent of full tuition will be forfeited
End of the second week of classes 40 percent of full tuition will be forfeited
End of the third week of classes 60 percent of full tuition will be forfeited
End of the fourth week of classes 80 percent of full tuition will be forfeited
After the end of the fourth week of classes No refund
Note: The refund schedule applies to tuition for credit courses, audited courses and instruction in the Department of Arabic
Language Instruction and English Language Instruction. All fees are non-refundable.
Summer-session students who withdraw one day after registration can be refunded the amount paid. Summer session students
who withdraw more than one day after registration will receive a partial refund according to the following schedule:
By the end of the first week: seventy five percent of tuition and fees
By the end of the second week: fifty percent of tuition and fees
After the end of the second week no refunds will be made
Refund Policy for Continuing Students:
End of the first week of classes 100 percent of full tuition will be transferred
End of the second week of classes 20 percent of full tuition will be forfeited
End of the third week of classes 40 percent of full tuition will be forfeited
End of the fourth week of classes 60 percent of full tuition will be forfeited
End of the fifth week of classes 80 percent of full tuition will be forfeited
After the end of the fifth week No transfer will be made
The Work-Study program gives students the opportunity to work in various departments on campus during the academic year
and contribute to projects and programs within AUCs academic and administrative departments.
It allows students to contribute toward their education expenses, make use of their free time, gain experience, develop
transferable skills, boost their resumes and earn extra money.
The type of work a student is required to accomplish may differ from one department to another according to the duties
performed by each department.
861
Students participating in the program should be willing to dedicate 8 to 10 working hours per week with a maximum of 120
hours during the regular semester, 60 hours during the summer session and 30 hours during the winter session.
Undergraduate, enrolled, full-time students with a grade point average of not less than 2.0
All enrolled graduate students
Both Egyptian and non-Egyptian students
Compensation
Student Section
Students should prepare their resumes and upload them to CareerWeb. For assistance on preparing a resume, please refer
towww.caps.aucegypt.edu/services/resume/resume_writing.html.
Research and apply to available work-study opportunities at CareerWeb under the Jobs/Internship section
athttp://careerweb.caps.aucegypt.edu. Once selected, complete and submit the Work-Study Commitment Form
athttp://forms.caps.aucegypt.edu/workstudy/newindex.jsp. The form must be printed, signed and stamped from your
work-study department.
Upon completion of the program, complete the Work-Study Evaluation Form on CareerWeb.
Ensure that your supervisor completes the department work-study evaluation form before the deadline below:
Fellowships
The American University in Cairo has two categories of fellowships: institutional and sponsored. Institutional
fellowships are funded by the university while sponsored fellowships are from private endowments and
donors.
Fellowships are highly competitive awards. They are open to new students, and may also be available to
continuing graduate students who display superior performance in their academic endeavors, depending on the
availability of allocated funds for a given fellowship award.
862
While both types of fellowships recognize high achieving applicants, the University considers financial need as
well as academic merit. Preference is given to those who wish to pursue full-time study in a graduate program
at AUC.
Eligibility
To compete for the institutional fellowships as a graduate student, you must have completed your AUC
application for admission and be fully admitted into a given graduate program. Non degree students are not
eligible for fellowships.
Fellowship awards can be given in the form of full tuition fees coverage of nine credits per semester or partial
tuition fees coverage between one and eight credits, or a reduction of fees each semester. Unless specified in
the fellowship letter of award, graduate students must apply for renewal every semester. Renewal is neither
guaranteed nor automatic.
Some of the externally funded fellowships available provide coverage of remedial English courses.
Selection
Some of the fellowship selection committees that are in charge of the selection process are from members of a
specific school or graduate program and some are interdisciplinary in nature.
Each fellowship application is thoroughly reviewed by the selection committee. Fellowship committee
members take into consideration academic performance, individual circumstances, demand for fellowship from
other applicants and the University resources.
For externally funded fellowships (non-institutional awards) you need to check the specified duration of
coverage and terms provided in your signed letter of award.
863
The system will not allow you to apply to fellowships unless your graduate admission application is on record.
If you have already or recently submitted your graduate admission application and received a student ID
Number please allow seven working days before starting the online fellowship web application process.
If one week after receiving your student ID number, the system still does not allow you to start the process,
please contact [email protected] for technical assistance.
1. Respond to any reporting requests which may include an academic performance progress report and
photo by the announced deadline.
2. Attend scholarship/fellowship orientation events or any meetings requested which may include events
with the donors by the Office of Advancement and Communications.
Administration Personnel
Board of Trustees
Welcome Note
On behalf of the Board of Trustees, it is my pleasure to welcome you to The American
University in Cairo. AUC was founded in 1919 by Americans devoted to education and
community service in the Middle East. Today, AUC is the regions premier English-language
University an essential contributor to the social, political and cultural life of the Arab world.
It also serves as a crossroads for the worlds cultures: a vital, vibrant forum for reasoned
argument, spirited debate and understanding across cultures.
AUCs trustees constitute a governing board that is responsible for the overall direction of the
University. They select the president of the University, approve the operating and capital
budgets, supervise the investment of the University's endowment and oversee campus real
estate and long-range physical planning. The trustees also exercise prior review and
approval concerning changes in major policies at the University.
864
AUC's current board members come from the United States, Europe, Egypt and the rest of
the Middle East. They serve without compensation and dedicate their efforts and resources
to supporting the University. More information about the board members can be found at the
bottom of the page, and I hope you will take the time to become more acquainted with AUC.
Sincerely,
Richard A. Bartlett, chair
President's Cabinet
Francis J. Ricciardone, Jr.
A distinguished career diplomat, Ricciardone served as vice president and director of the
Rafik Hariri Center for the Middle East at the U.S.-based Atlantic Council before joining
AUC.
Previously, Ricciardone served as the U.S. ambassador to Turkey from 2011 to 2014,
charg daffaires and deputy ambassador to Afghanistan from 2009 to 2010, and U.S.
ambassador to Egypt from 2005 to 2008.
He was also U.S. ambassador to the Philippines and Palau from 2002 to 2005. Ricciardone
has extensive executive experience in public policy in world affairs, interdisciplinary and
inter-agency program direction, international educational exchange, organizational change
and development, and cross-cultural public communications.
Born in Boston and a graduate of Malden Catholic High School, Ricciardone graduated
summa cum laude from Dartmouth College in 1973, after which he received a Fulbright
scholarship for teaching and studying in Italy. He was also a guest scholar at the U.S.
Institute of Peace.
In 1976, Ricciardone went to Iran as a teacher, traveling widely in Southwest Asia, Europe
and the Middle East until he entered the United States Foreign Service in 1978. Ricciardone
speaks and reads Arabic, Italian, Turkish and French, as well as rudimentary Farsi.
Academic Administration
Office of the Provost Sherif Sedky, provost
Ehab Abdel Rahman, vice provost
Ahmed Tolba, associate provost for strategic
initiatives
John Swanson, associate provost for special
projects
865
director of Core Curriculum
Ghada El Shimi, associate dean of undergraduate
studies and associate director of the Core
Curriculum
866
studies and research
Shahjahan Bhuiyan, associate dean for
undergraduate studies and administration
867
Department of Philosophy Richard Fincham, chair
Center for Learning and Teaching (CLT) Aziza Ellozy, associate dean for learning
868
technologies and director of CLT
Rare Books and Special Collections Library Philip Croom, associate dean for RBSCL and
(RBSCL) Archives
Location
Two locations are available:
-Room P112 in the Department of Rhetoric and Composition, Prince Alwaleed Bin Talal Bin
Abdulaziz Alsaud Hall
-Library first floor, Carrel 1005
Workshops
Workshops on communication topics are scheduled and announced each semester.
869
Effective Oral Presentation Skills
APA and MLA Citation Styles
Writing Effective Outlines and Papers
Using Technology for Research
Writing Resources
Review writing resources to find explanations, tutorials, examples, links and practice
exercises to guide you in your journey of acquiring effective writing strategies.
Faculty Resources
Instructors may request a tutor from the Mohamed Taymour Writing Center to come to their
class by sending an email to [email protected]. Presentations that can be given
include, and are not limited to, writing a paper, citations, literature reviews, abstracts and
oral presentations.
Faculty members may use writing resources to enhance writing components in their
courses. They may also distribute the attached handouts to students, which include
information on the services provided by the writing center.
The Office of Strategic and International Initiatives
Career Advising and Placement Services
Office of Equal Opportunity and Affirmative Action
AUC PRESS
http://www.aucpress.com/t-history.aspx
870